Download MA5600T&MA5603T&MA5608T V800R013C00 Commissioning and Configuration Guide 02...
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multiservice Access Module V800R013C00
Commissioning and Configuration Guide Issue
02
Date
2013-07-25
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address:
Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
[email protected]
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
About This Document
About This Document Intended Audience This document describes the commissioning of the basic functions provided by the device in terms of hardware, software, interconnection, and maintenance and management to ensure that the device runs in a stable and reliable state. This document describes the configuration procedures of various services supported by the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in terms of configuration method and configuration example. This document helps to learn the commissioning flows, commissioning methods, and configuration procedures of various services of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. This document is intended for: l
Installation and commissioning engineers
l
System maintenance engineers
l
Data configuration engineers
Symbol Conventions The following symbols may be found in this document. They are defined as follows Symbol
Description DANGER indicates a hazard with a high level or medium level of risk which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. WARNING indicates a hazard with a low level of risk which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss, performance deterioration, or unanticipated results. TIP indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save time.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ii
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Symbol
About This Document
Description NOTE provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text.
Command Conventions Convention
Description
Boldface
The keywords of a command line are in boldface.
Italic
Command arguments are in italics.
[]
Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] are optional.
{ x | y | ... }
Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One is selected.
[ x | y | ... ]
Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets and separated by vertical bars. One or none is selected.
{ x | y | ... } *
Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one or a maximum of all can be selected.
GUI Conventions Convention
Description
Boldface
Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK.
>
Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder
Update History Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains all updates made in previous issues.
Updates in Issue 02 (2013-07-25) This is the second release. Compared with issue 01(2013-04-30) of V800R013C00, this issue has the following changes. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
About This Document
Type
Change
Adjust framework of the manual
The following section or content is migrated to Feature Guide. l Configuring the Clock l Configuring a VLAN l Configuring MAC Address Security Features l Configuring System Security l Configuring QoS l Configuring ACL l Configuring DHCP l Configuring the Route l Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service l Configuring the GPON Internet Access Service l Configuring the Voice Service l Configuring MPLS and PWE3 l Configuring VPLS l Configuring Network Protection
Updates in Issue 01 (2013-04-30) This is the first release. Compared with issue 02(2013-03-22) of V800R012C00, this issue has the following changes. Type
Change
New
l Configuring the 1588v2 Function. l Configuring a Validity Check for a CM. l Configuring a Validity Check for a CM Configuration File. l 2.5 Configuring DOCSIS Event Reporting. l Configuring an RF port. l Configuring a Frequency Spectrum Management Policy. l Configuring Load Balancing. l Configuring Admission Control. l Configuring CM Management. l Configuring a CM Service VLAN. l Configuring CR-LSP Backup. l Configuring BFD for BGP or BGP4+. l Configuring BFD for RSVP. l Configuring EFM Ethernet Link Monitoring.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iv
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
About This Document
Type
Change
Modify
l Configuring the System Clock Based on the SSM Clock Source Selection Mode. l Configuring External Clock. l Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of DHCPv4 User Accounts Using DHCP Option 82. l Configuring the Congestion Avoidance. l (Optional) Configuring Line Hunting. l Configuring the R2 Service. l Configuring the Ethernet EFM OAM.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
v
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Contents
Contents About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii 1 Commissioning..............................................................................................................................1 1.1 Commissioning Introduction..........................................................................................................................................2 1.1.1 Commissioning Definition..........................................................................................................................................2 1.1.2 Commissioning Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2 1.2 Commissioning Preparations..........................................................................................................................................3 1.2.1 Checking Hardware.....................................................................................................................................................3 1.2.2 Preparing Software......................................................................................................................................................4 1.2.3 Preparing Tools............................................................................................................................................................5 1.2.4 Planning Data..............................................................................................................................................................6 1.3 Stand-Alone Commissioning..........................................................................................................................................7 1.3.1 Checking the Settings of DIP Switches.......................................................................................................................7 1.3.2 Powering On the Device............................................................................................................................................16 1.3.3 Commissioning the Power Supply System................................................................................................................17 1.3.4 Configuring the Maintenance Terminal....................................................................................................................18 1.3.5 Logging In to the System...........................................................................................................................................20 1.3.6 Checking the Software State......................................................................................................................................61 1.3.7 Loading a Configuration Script.................................................................................................................................63 1.3.8 Changing the System Name......................................................................................................................................64 1.3.9 Configuring the System Time....................................................................................................................................65 1.3.10 Configuring a System User......................................................................................................................................67 1.3.11 Configuring a Board................................................................................................................................................71 1.3.12 Checking the Status of the Upstream Port...............................................................................................................74 1.3.13 Checking the Status of the Service Port..................................................................................................................75 1.3.14 Enabling the ONT Automatic Discovery function..................................................................................................75 1.3.15 Testing the Optical Power of an Optical Port..........................................................................................................76 1.3.16 Commissioning the EMU........................................................................................................................................83 1.3.17 Saving and Backing Up Data.................................................................................................................................127 1.4 Interconnection Commissioning.................................................................................................................................135 1.4.1 Commissioning the Interconnection with the NMS................................................................................................136 1.4.2 Commissioning the Interconnection with the Router..............................................................................................161 1.4.3 Commissioning the Interconnection with the BRAS..............................................................................................162 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vi
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Contents
1.4.4 Interconnection Commissioning of the MG Interface.............................................................................................164 1.4.5 Commissioning the Interconnection with the SIP Interface....................................................................................170 1.4.6 Commissioning the Management Channel Between the OLT and the GPON MDU.............................................173 1.4.7 Commissioning the Management Channel Between the OLT and the GPON ONT..............................................178 1.4.8 Commissioning the Management Channel to the xDSL CPE.................................................................................181 1.5 Maintenance and Management Commissioning.........................................................................................................184 1.5.1 Configuring the System Energy-Saving Function...................................................................................................184 1.5.2 Checking Alarms and Events..................................................................................................................................186 1.5.3 Checking the Log.....................................................................................................................................................189 1.5.4 Checking the System Switchover............................................................................................................................190 1.6 Supplementary Information........................................................................................................................................192 1.6.1 Script Making..........................................................................................................................................................192 1.6.2 Configuring the File Transfer Mode .......................................................................................................................193 1.6.3 Software Package Settings.......................................................................................................................................201
2 Basic Configurations.................................................................................................................217 2.1 Configuring Alarms....................................................................................................................................................218 2.2 Adding Port Description.............................................................................................................................................221 2.3 Configuring the Attributes of an Upstream Ethernet Port..........................................................................................222 2.4 Configuring AAA.......................................................................................................................................................224 2.4.1 Configuring the Local AAA....................................................................................................................................226 2.4.2 Configuring the Remote AAA (RADIUS Protocol)................................................................................................227 2.4.3 Configuration Example of the RADIUS Authentication and Accounting..............................................................235 2.4.4 Configuring the Remote AAA (HWTACACS Protocol)........................................................................................238 2.4.5 Configuration Example of the HWTACACS Authentication (802.1X access user)...............................................242 2.4.6 Configuration Example of HWTACACS Authentication (Management User)......................................................245 2.5 Configuring DOCSIS Event Reporting......................................................................................................................248
3 Configuring ARP Detection (for Accelerating Protection Switching)............................250 4 Example: Configuring the DSLAM Services.......................................................................254 4.1 Example: Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service.........................................................................................255 4.1.1 Example: Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Through PPPoE Dialup...............................................255 4.1.2 Example: Configuring the xDSL IPoE Internet Access Service.............................................................................262 4.1.3 Example: Configuring the xDSL PPPoA Internet Access Service..........................................................................269 4.1.4 Example: Configuring the xDSL IPoA Internet Access Service.............................................................................275 4.1.5 Example: Configuring the Internet Access Service in the xDSL 802.1X Mode.....................................................282 4.1.6 Configuration Example of Changing ADSL Internet Access Service to VDSL Internet Access Service (for the VDSL2 Board)...............................................................................................................................................................................290 4.1.7 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 Internet Access Services on a Vectoring-Enabled MA5603T...................294 4.2 Example: Configuring the xDSL Multicast Service...................................................................................................298 4.2.1 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Static Program Configuration).......................................298 4.2.2 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Dynamic Program Generation)......................................304 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vii
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Contents
4.3 Example: Configuring the VoIP Service....................................................................................................................308 4.3.1 Example: Configuring the VoIP Service (H.248-based).........................................................................................308 4.3.2 Example: Configuring the VoIP Service (MGCP-based)........................................................................................315 4.3.3 Example: Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service (SIP).............................................................................................323 4.3.4 Example: Configuring the VoIP Service (H.248-based and SIP-based).................................................................329 4.3.5 Example: Configuring the P2P ISDN BRA Service...............................................................................................334 4.3.6 Example: Configuring the P2P ISDN BRA Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)..................................................338 4.3.7 Example: Configuring the P2MP ISDN BRA Service............................................................................................341 4.3.8 Example: Configuring the P2MP ISDN BRA Service(Based on the SIP Protocol) ..............................................344 4.3.9 Example: Configuring the ISDN PRA Service.......................................................................................................346 4.3.10 Example: Configuring the ISDN PRA Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)........................................................350 4.3.11 Example: Configuring TDM SHDSL for Carrying the PRA Service...................................................................352 4.3.12 Example: Configuring TDM SHDSL for Carrying the PRA Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)......................355 4.3.13 Configuring VAGs................................................................................................................................................357 4.4 Example: Configuring the Triple Play........................................................................................................................369 4.4.1 Configuration Example of the Triple Play (Multi-PVC for Multiple Services)......................................................371 4.4.2 Configuration Example of the Triple Play (Single-PVC for Multiple Services) - Stream-based Rate Limitation ..........................................................................................................................................................................................378 4.4.3 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service (Single-PVC for Multiple Services) - User-based and Streambased Rate Limitation.......................................................................................................................................................385
5 Example: Configuring the Private Line Service..................................................................394 5.1 Example: Configuring the QinQ VLAN....................................................................................................................396 5.2 Example: Configuring VLAN Stacking Multi-ISP Wholesale Access......................................................................400 5.3 Configuration Example of the PWE3 Private Line Service.......................................................................................405 5.3.1 Example: Configuring ATM PWE3 to Implement Migration from ATM Network to IP Network.......................406 5.3.2 Example: Configuring the ATM PWE3 to Achieve emulated ATM Services on the MPLS Network..................415 5.3.3 Example: Configuring the ETH PWE3 to Emulate Ethernet Services on the MPLS Network..............................420 5.3.4 Example: Configuring the TDM PWE3 to Emulate TDM Services on the IP Network.........................................425 5.3.5 Example: Configuring the TDM PWE3 to Emulate TDM Services on the MPLS Network..................................431 5.4 Example: Configuring TDM SHDSL for Transparently Transmitting the Narrowband Data Private Line Service ..........................................................................................................................................................................................436 5.5 Example: Configuring the Private Line Service Leasing E1 Timeslots.....................................................................438
6 Example: MSTP Subtending Network..................................................................................444 6.1 MSTP Networking......................................................................................................................................................445 6.2 MSTP Dataplan..........................................................................................................................................................446 6.3 Configuring MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T-1.......................................................................................................450 6.4 Configuring MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T-2.......................................................................................................460 6.5 Configuring MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T-3.......................................................................................................470 6.6 Configuring MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T-4.......................................................................................................478 6.7 Configuring MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T-5.......................................................................................................486 6.8 Verification.................................................................................................................................................................492 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
viii
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Contents
7 Example: Configuring VPLS...................................................................................................493 7.1 Example: Configuring the VPLS Internet Access Service.........................................................................................495 7.2 Example: Configuring the VPLS Multicast Service...................................................................................................499 7.3 Example: Configuring the VPLS Enterprise Private Line Service.............................................................................504
8 Example: Subtending Networking.........................................................................................511 8.1 Subtended Network....................................................................................................................................................512 8.2 Data Plan for Subtended Network..............................................................................................................................513 8.3 Configuring MA5600T-1...........................................................................................................................................516 8.4 Configuring MA5600T-2...........................................................................................................................................525 8.5 Configuring MA5600T-3...........................................................................................................................................535 8.6 Configuring MA5600T-4...........................................................................................................................................542 8.7 Verification.................................................................................................................................................................547
9 FTTx Configuration Summary................................................................................................548 10 FTTH Configuration...............................................................................................................550 10.1 FTTH Service Overview..........................................................................................................................................551 10.2 Basic Concepts.........................................................................................................................................................551 10.3 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GPON)................................................................................553 10.4 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (P2P)....................................................................................555 10.5 Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets...............................................................................................................556 10.6 Principle of FTTH Data Plan....................................................................................................................................566 10.6.1 Data Plan Principles for IP Addresses...................................................................................................................566 10.6.2 Principle of QoS Planning.....................................................................................................................................567 10.6.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan.....................................................................................................570 10.6.4 Principle of Voice Service Data Plan....................................................................................................................572 10.6.5 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan.....................................................................................................................575 10.6.6 Principle of Security Data Plan.............................................................................................................................577 10.7 GPON Access: Configuring FTTH Service.............................................................................................................580 10.7.1 Bridging+Voice ONT Network Scenario..............................................................................................................581 10.7.2 Bridging ONT + HGW Network Scenario............................................................................................................631 10.7.3 Gateway ONT Network Scenario..........................................................................................................................657 10.7.4 Configuring Triple Play Service (Simplified Mode).............................................................................................711 10.8 P2P Access: Configuring FTTH Service..................................................................................................................718
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration.............................................................................................725 11.1 FTTB and FTTC Service Overview.........................................................................................................................726 11.1.1 Basic Concept........................................................................................................................................................726 11.1.2 Scenario and Hardware Configuration (GPON)....................................................................................................729 11.1.3 Scenario and Hardware Configuration (10G GPON)............................................................................................731 11.1.4 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (Ethernet Cascading)........................................................733 11.1.5 GPON ONU Capability Sets.................................................................................................................................735 11.1.6 10G GPON ONU Capability Sets.........................................................................................................................743 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ix
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Contents
11.1.7 Ethernet Upstream ONU Capability Sets..............................................................................................................744 11.2 Principle of FTTB and FTTC Data Plan..................................................................................................................751 11.2.1 Principle of Device Management Data Plan..........................................................................................................751 11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan....................................................................................................................................752 11.2.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan.....................................................................................................754 11.2.4 (Optional) Principle of Vectoring Data Plan.........................................................................................................757 11.2.5 Principle of VoIP Service Data Plan.....................................................................................................................759 11.2.6 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan.....................................................................................................................763 11.2.7 Principle of Security Data Plan.............................................................................................................................771 11.3 Configuring Services in Various FTTB and FTTC Scenarios (GPON and 10G GPON Access)............................773 11.3.1 FTTB Networking (LAN Access Without HGW)................................................................................................774 11.3.2 FTTB/C Networking (xDSL Access, Without HGW)..........................................................................................798 11.3.3 FTTB/FTTC+HGW Networking (Voice Service Provided by ONU)..................................................................837 11.3.4 FTTB/FTTC+HGW Networking (HGW Providing the VoIP Service)................................................................890 11.4 Configuring Services in Various FTTB and FTTC Scenarios (Ethernet Cascading)...............................................939 11.4.1 FTTB and FTTC Ethernet Cascade Networking (ONU Works as an Independent NE).......................................939 11.4.2 FTTB and FTTC Ethernet Cascade Networking (ONU works as a GE remote extended subrack).....................955
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)..............................................................................985 12.1 Overview of FTTO Services (SOHO and SME)......................................................................................................986 12.1.1 Basic Concept........................................................................................................................................................986 12.1.2 Networking Scenario and Hardware Configurations.............................................................................................988 12.1.3 ONU Capability Sets.............................................................................................................................................990 12.2 Principles of Planning Data for FTTO Services (SOHO and SME)........................................................................992 12.2.1 Principles of Planing Device Management Data...................................................................................................992 12.2.2 Principle of QoS Planning.....................................................................................................................................994 12.2.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan.....................................................................................................997 12.2.4 Principles of Planning Voice Service Data............................................................................................................998 12.2.5 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan...................................................................................................................1002 12.2.6 Principle of Security Data Plan...........................................................................................................................1003 12.2.7 Principle of Reliability Data Plan........................................................................................................................1006 12.3 SOHO Service Configuration (GPON)..................................................................................................................1008 12.3.1 Service Requirements and Usage Scenario.........................................................................................................1008 12.3.2 Configuration Procedure......................................................................................................................................1010 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.................................................................................................................................1011 12.3.4 Configuring the Internet Access Service.............................................................................................................1015 12.3.5 Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (on a Web Page)...........................................................................1019 12.3.6 Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (Through the CLI)........................................................................1026 12.3.7 Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page)...............................................................................1031 12.3.8 Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI)............................................................................1038 12.3.9 Configuring the BTV Service..............................................................................................................................1043 12.3.10 Configuring the VoD Service............................................................................................................................1046 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
x
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Contents
12.3.11 Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy.......................................................1047 12.3.12 Verifying Services.............................................................................................................................................1050 12.4 SME Service Configuration (GPON).....................................................................................................................1055 12.4.1 Bridging and Router Networking........................................................................................................................1055 12.4.2 Gateway Networking...........................................................................................................................................1099 12.4.3 Layer 2 Interoperation Service Between Enterprise Branches ...........................................................................1146
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)...................................................1162 13.1 Overview of Enterprise Access Service.................................................................................................................1163 13.1.1 Basic Concepts....................................................................................................................................................1163 13.1.2 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GPON)...........................................................................1166 13.1.3 GPON ONU Capability Set.................................................................................................................................1167 13.2 Principle of Planning Data for Enterprise Access Service.....................................................................................1169 13.2.1 Principle of Equipment Management Data Plan.................................................................................................1169 13.2.2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan..............................................................................................................................1170 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan..................................................................................................................................1172 13.2.4 Principle of Protocol Transparent Transmission Data Plan.................................................................................1175 13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan...........................................................................................................................1176 13.2.6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan........................................................................................................................1178 13.3 Configuring Enterprise Access Service (GPON)...................................................................................................1180 13.3.1 Layer 2 Interoperation Service Between Enterprise Branches............................................................................1181 13.3.2 Enterprise DDN Private Line Access Service.....................................................................................................1199 13.3.3 Enterprise IP PBX Private Line Access Service.................................................................................................1211 13.3.4 Enterprise PRA PBX Private Line Access Service.............................................................................................1224 13.3.5 Enterprise E1/T1 Unified Access Service...........................................................................................................1240 13.3.6 Enterprise E1/T1 Unified Access Service (OLT Cascading)..............................................................................1257
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access).....................................................................1274 14.1 Overview of Base Station Access Service..............................................................................................................1275 14.1.1 Basic Concepts....................................................................................................................................................1275 14.1.2 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GPON)...........................................................................1276 14.1.3 GPON ONU Capability Set ................................................................................................................................1278 14.2 Prinpicle of Planning Data for Base Station Access Service..................................................................................1280 14.2.1 Principle of Equipment Management Data Plan.................................................................................................1280 14.2.2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan..............................................................................................................................1280 14.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan..................................................................................................................................1282 14.2.4 Principle of Clock Synchronization Data Plan....................................................................................................1284 14.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan...........................................................................................................................1285 14.2.6 Planning Reliability Data.....................................................................................................................................1287 14.3 Configuring Base station access Clock Synchronization ......................................................................................1289 14.3.1 Overview of Base station access Clock/Time Synchronization..........................................................................1289 14.3.2 Configuring BITS Clock Synchronization..........................................................................................................1294 14.3.3 Configuring E1/STM-1 Line Clock Synchronization.........................................................................................1297 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xi
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Contents
14.3.4 Configuring Ethernet Clock Synchronization.....................................................................................................1299 14.3.5 Configuring "1PPS+ToD" Clock Synchronization.............................................................................................1302 14.4 Configuring Base Station Access Service (GPON)................................................................................................1306 14.4.1 E1 Base Station Access Service (in Native TDM Mode)....................................................................................1307 14.4.2 E1/T1 Base Station Access Service (in SAToP Mode).......................................................................................1322 14.4.3 Ethernet Base Station Access Service (in QinQ VLAN Mode)..........................................................................1340 14.4.4 Symmetrical TDM PWE3 Access for OLTs on Both Sides................................................................................1357 14.4.5 GPON Access for the OLT one Side and E1 or SHDSL access for the OLT on the Peer Side..........................1373 14.4.6 Symmetrical E1 or SHDSL Access for OLTs on Both Sides..............................................................................1387 14.4.7 E1 Access for the ONU and TDM PWE3 Between the ONU and Peer PE........................................................1394
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame) ........................................................................................................................................................1405 15.1 D-CMTS Service Overview...................................................................................................................................1407 15.1.1 Basic Concepts....................................................................................................................................................1407 15.1.2 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GPON)...........................................................................1410 15.1.3 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GE)................................................................................1411 15.2 Data Plan Principles for D-CMTS Services...........................................................................................................1412 15.2.1 Frequency Spectrum Management......................................................................................................................1412 15.2.2 Device Management............................................................................................................................................1414 15.2.3 QoS......................................................................................................................................................................1415 15.2.4 VLAN..................................................................................................................................................................1419 15.3 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works as a GPON Remote Extended Frame on a Layer 3 Network ........................................................................................................................................................................................1422 15.3.1 Home Service Networking..................................................................................................................................1422 15.3.2 L2VPN Enterprise Service Networking..............................................................................................................1442 15.3.3 WLAN Hotspot Radio Backhaul Service Networking........................................................................................1458 15.4 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works as a GE Remote Extended Frame on a Layer 3 Network.......1459 15.4.1 Home Service Networking..................................................................................................................................1459 15.4.2 L2VPN Enterprise Service Networking..............................................................................................................1478 15.4.3 WLAN Hotspot Radio Backhaul Service Networking........................................................................................1493
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)............1495 16.1 D-CMTS Service Overview...................................................................................................................................1496 16.1.1 Basic Concepts....................................................................................................................................................1496 16.1.2 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations.........................................................................................1499 16.2 Data Plan Principles for D-CMTS Services...........................................................................................................1500 16.2.1 Frequency Spectrum Management......................................................................................................................1500 16.2.2 Device Management............................................................................................................................................1502 16.2.3 QoS......................................................................................................................................................................1502 16.2.4 VLAN..................................................................................................................................................................1505 16.3 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works in GE Access Mode on a Layer 3 Network............................1508 16.3.1 Home Service Networking..................................................................................................................................1508 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xii
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Contents
16.3.2 L2VPN Enterprise Service Networking..............................................................................................................1526 16.3.3 WLAN Hotspot Radio Backhaul Service Networking........................................................................................1540 16.4 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works in GPON Access Mode on a Layer 3 Network......................1541 16.4.1 Home Service Networking..................................................................................................................................1541 16.4.2 L2VPN Enterprise Service Networking..............................................................................................................1563 16.4.3 WLAN Hotspot Radio Backhaul Service Networking........................................................................................1582
17 Electrical Service Configuration.........................................................................................1584 17.1 Configuration Example of the FTTx Service (GPON Access)..............................................................................1585 17.1.1 Configuration Example of Transmitting Video Monitoring Data over Ethernet Access....................................1585 17.1.2 Configuration Example of Intelligently Collecting Power Consumption Information over Ethernet Access ........................................................................................................................................................................................1594 17.1.3 Configuration Example of Automatically Transmitting Site Information over Ethernet (Single Homing)........1603 17.1.4 Configuration Example of Automatically Transmitting Site Information over Ethernet (Dual Homing)..........1620 17.1.5 Configuration Example of Transmitting Information Collected in Centralized Mode in the Smart Grid over a Serial Port..................................................................................................................................................................................1636
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration........................................................................1648 18.1 Configuring Example of EoC Services (OLTs Use GPON Access)......................................................................1649
19 IPv6 Configuration................................................................................................................1660 19.1 IPv6 Networking.....................................................................................................................................................1661 19.2 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4.................................................................................................1663 19.2.1 Configuration Differences Between IPv6 and IPv4 on the OLT.........................................................................1663 19.2.2 Configuration Differences Between IPv6 and IPv4 on the ONU........................................................................1667 19.2.3 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4 on the ONT..........................................................................1672 19.3 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTB/C (No HGWs) Scenario.........................................................................1673 19.3.1 Application Scenarios..........................................................................................................................................1673 19.3.2 Data Planning......................................................................................................................................................1674 19.3.3 Configuration Procedure......................................................................................................................................1676 19.3.4 Configuration Example........................................................................................................................................1678 19.4 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTB+HGW Scenario......................................................................................1686 19.4.1 Application Scenario...........................................................................................................................................1686 19.4.2 Data Planning......................................................................................................................................................1687 19.4.3 Configuration Procedure......................................................................................................................................1691 19.4.4 Configuration Example........................................................................................................................................1693 19.5 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTH (Bridging ONT) Scenario......................................................................1704 19.5.1 Application Scenarios..........................................................................................................................................1704 19.5.2 Data Planning......................................................................................................................................................1705 19.5.3 Configuration Procedure......................................................................................................................................1708 19.5.4 Configuration Example........................................................................................................................................1709 19.6 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTH (Gateway ONT) Scenario.......................................................................1723 19.6.1 Application Scenarios..........................................................................................................................................1724 19.6.2 Data Plan..............................................................................................................................................................1725 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xiii
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Contents
19.6.3 Configuration Procedure......................................................................................................................................1727 19.6.4 Configuration Example........................................................................................................................................1728
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations..............................................................1744 20.1 Manually Disconnecting Login Operators.............................................................................................................1746 20.2 Querying the MAC Addresses of the Online Users and the Ports That Provide the Access for the Users............1747 20.3 Changeing the Management IP Address and VLAN of a device...........................................................................1747 20.4 Changing the Port Rate of the xDSL User.............................................................................................................1748 20.5 Changing the Rate of the User Port in a xPON System.........................................................................................1748 20.6 Re-binding the ONT Line Profile...........................................................................................................................1749 20.7 Calculating the Remaining Bandwidth of a PON Port...........................................................................................1749 20.8 Changing IP Address of Voice service VLAN Interface........................................................................................1750 20.9 Loading the Version of the Standby Control Board...............................................................................................1752 20.10 Realizing the Communication Between Users on the Same Board......................................................................1753 20.11 Restricting User Login using ACL.......................................................................................................................1754 20.12 Configuring ACL and Time Segment to Restrict Users'Access to the Internet...................................................1755 20.13 Confirming an Upgraded Board...........................................................................................................................1758 20.14 Changing Upstream Board for Expanding the Bandwidth of the Upstream Port.................................................1758
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xiv
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
1
Commissioning
About This Chapter This document describes the commissioning of the basic functions provided by the device in terms of hardware, software, interconnection, and maintenance and management to ensure that the device runs in a stable and reliable state. 1.1 Commissioning Introduction The topic describes the commissioning definition and procedure. 1.2 Commissioning Preparations This topic describes the hardware, software, and tool preparations for the commissioning. 1.3 Stand-Alone Commissioning After the hardware installation, a stand-alone MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T should be commissioned to ensure that the stand-alone MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T works in the normal state. The following recommended commissioning tasks and sequences are for reference only. Different offices have different conditions; therefore, it is recommended that customers, with the assistance of Huawei engineers, modify commissioning tasks according to actual requirements. 1.4 Interconnection Commissioning The MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T provides multiple interfaces for interconnection. This topic describes the interconnection commissioning of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. The following recommended commissioning tasks and sequences are for reference only. Different offices have different conditions; therefore, it is recommended that customers, with the assistance of Huawei engineers, modify commissioning tasks according to actual requirements. 1.5 Maintenance and Management Commissioning To ensure the stability of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T, you need to verify the maintainability and reliability of the device after completing the stand-alone commissioning and interconnection commissioning. 1.6 Supplementary Information This topic provides the commissioning supplementary information, including script making, transmission mode setting, and default software settings.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
1.1 Commissioning Introduction The topic describes the commissioning definition and procedure.
1.1.1 Commissioning Definition Commissioning refers to the stand-alone commissioning, the interconnection commissioning, and the maintenance and management commissioning after the hardware installation. This ensures that the device works in the normal state according to the design specifications.
1.1.2 Commissioning Procedure This topic describes the procedure for commissioning the device.
Flowchart Perform the commissioning according to the flowchart. Figure 1-1 shows the commissioning procedure. Figure 1-1 Commissioning procedure
Commissioning Item The commissioning items in the commissioning procedure are described as follows: Commissioning Preparations This topic describes the hardware, software, and tool preparations for the commissioning. Stand-Alone Commissioning Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
After the hardware installation, a stand-alone MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T should be commissioned to ensure that the stand-alone MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T works in the normal state. Interconnection Commissioning The MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T provides multiple interfaces for interconnection. This topic describes the interconnection commissioning of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. Maintenance and Management Commissioning To ensure the stability of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T, you need to verify the maintainability and reliability of the device after completing the stand-alone commissioning and interconnection commissioning.
1.2 Commissioning Preparations This topic describes the hardware, software, and tool preparations for the commissioning.
1.2.1 Checking Hardware This topic describes how to prepare the hardware required before the commissioning. This facilitates the subsequent commissioning.
Context Table 1-1 lists the hardware to be checked before the commissioning. Table 1-1 Hardware checklist SN
Item
Description
1
Power supply and grounding
Ensure that the power cable and the grounding meet the following requirements: l The power cable and the ground cable are connected properly and are in good contact. l The labels of the power cable, ground cable, and power distribution switch are correct, legible and complete. l The connectors of the external ground cables and protection ground cables of the cabinet are connected properly, without any damage. l The power supply for the device is in the normal state.
2
Cables and connectors
Check the local maintenance serial port cable, network cable, optical fiber, subscriber cable, and connectors, and ensure that they meet the following requirements: l The connectors are tight and firm. l The cable jacket is intact. l Cable labels are legible. l Cables are bundled properly.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
SN
Item
Description
3
Upper-layer device
Ensure that the upper-layer device meets the following requirements: l The position of the interconnection port of the upper-layer device is correct. l The upper-layer device works in the normal state and can be used for the commissioning.
4
Board (daughter board)
The board (daughter board) selected should meet the requirements for the external ports. NOTE l Different boards (daughter boards) provide different external ports. For details about the boards and their external ports on the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T, see Board Overview of the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T Hardware Description. l During the system startup, you are not allowed to install or remove any boards.
1.2.2 Preparing Software This topic describes how to prepare the software required before the commissioning. This facilitates the subsequent commissioning. Table 1-2 shows the software checklist before the commissioning. Table 1-2 Software checklist SN
Item
Description
1
Software package
Ensure that files in the software package for the commissioning are complete and the software version is correct.
2
Software commissioning tools
Ensure that all the commissioning tools are available. The common commissioning tools are as follows: l HyperTerminal (provided by the Windows OS): used for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through the CLI. l TFTP, SFTP, and FTP tools: used for loading software. They can be downloaded from http:// support.huawei.com. You are advised to use SFTP tools. l Client software key generator Puttygen.exe, client software key convertor sshkey.exe and SSH client software putty.exe: used for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T through the SSH.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
1.2.3 Preparing Tools This topic describes how to prepare the tools required before the commissioning. This facilitates the subsequent commissioning. Table 1-3 lists the tools to be prepared for the commissioning. Table 1-3 Tool checklist
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
SN
Item
Description
Remarks
1
Cables
One RS-232 serial port cable (One end with an RJ-45 connector used to connect to the board and the other end with a DB-9 or DB-25 female connector used to connect to the maintenance terminal)
Used to connect the maintenance terminal to the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T for maintenance through the serial port.
One crossover cable
Used to connect the maintenance terminal to the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T for maintenance through telnet.
Some optical fibers and patch cords with different connectors
Used for the upstream transmission and optical power test.
2
Maintena nce terminal
One maintenance terminal configured with a HyperTerminal application, such as a laptop
Used to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T to commission the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T.
3
Auxiliary device and meter
One optical power meter
Used to test the mean launched power and the input optical power of an optical port.
One optical attenuator
Used to attenuate the input optical signal. It is used to protect the optical port from being damaged by intense optical signals during the device commissioning.
One multimeter
Used to measure the voltage, resistance and current intensity during the power commissioning.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
SN
Item
1 Commissioning
Description
Remarks
One optical multiplexer/demultiplexer
Used to test the input optical power of a single-fiber bidirectional optical port. It is a meter with the multiplexing and demultiplexing functions.
One data network performance analyzer
Used to test the input optical power. It is used to transmit data to simulate the networking environment.
1.2.4 Planning Data This topic describes the information to be collected about the hardware configuration, networking, and data plan before the commissioning based on the engineering document. This facilitates the data configuration. Table 1-4 lists the data collected for the commissioning. Table 1-4 Data checklist SN
Item
Description
1
Hardware configuration
This includes but is not limited to the following: l Types and slot distribution of the control board and service boards l Types and physical positions of the upstream ports and the service ports
2
Networking and data plan
This includes but is not limited to the following: l Networking mode l IP address assignment l VLAN planning
3
DIP Switches configuration NOTE Only the MA5600T supports this operation.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
l For details about the default settings of DIP switches on the ESC board on the MA5600T, see Checking the Settings of DIP Switches on the H801ESC Board. l For details about the default settings of DIP switches on the fan monitoring board on the MA5600T, see Checking the Settings of DIP Switches on the Fan Monitoring Board.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
NOTE
l A commissioning script can be made based on the actual networking and the data plan. For how to make a script, see 1.6.1 Script Making. l For details about the default settings of the main software on the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T, see 1.6.3 Software Package Settings.
1.3 Stand-Alone Commissioning After the hardware installation, a stand-alone MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T should be commissioned to ensure that the stand-alone MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T works in the normal state. The following recommended commissioning tasks and sequences are for reference only. Different offices have different conditions; therefore, it is recommended that customers, with the assistance of Huawei engineers, modify commissioning tasks according to actual requirements.
1.3.1 Checking the Settings of DIP Switches This topic describes how to check the settings of the DIP switches on the environment monitoring board (ESC board) and the fan monitoring board. This ensures the consistency between the settings of DIP switches and the application of DIP switches.
Checking the Settings of DIP Switches on the H801ESC Board This topic describes how to check the settings of DIP switches on the H801ESC board. Checking the settings of DIP switches helps ensure that the settings meets actual requirements.
Prerequisites The device must be powered off.
Description of DIP Switches The H801ESCA board resides in the I-type PDU and provides two DIP switches, namely, S5 and S6. Figure 1-2 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the H801ESCA board. Figure 1-2 Layout of the DIP switches (in default settings) on the H801ESCA board
Table 1-5 describes the usage of DIP switches S5 and S6. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Table 1-5 Usage of the DIP switches Electric Switch S5-1 S5-2 S5-3
Usage Used to set the external sensor type of JTA1-JTA4. For detailed information, see Table 1-6. l ON: The external sensors are of the current type. l OFF: The external sensors are of the voltage type.
S5-4 S6-1 S6-2 S6-3 S6-4
Used to set the sub-node ID. This value must correspond with the configured ESC sub-node ID in the system and cannot be identical to the address value of the sub-node. Such restrictions ensure that the H801ESC board can communicate with the control board. For detailed information, see Table 1-7. l ON: The mapping address bit is 0. l OFF: The mapping address bit is 1.
S6-5 S6-6
Reserved.
S6-7 S6-8
Used to set the baud rate of the communication between the H801ESCA board and the control board. l ON: The baud rate is 19200 bit/s (default). l OFF: The baud rate is 9600 bit/s.
Table 1-6 describes the mapping between S5-1 to S5-4 and sensor ports. Table 1-6 Mapping between S5-1 to S5-4 and sensor ports Electric Switch
OFF
ON
S5-1
The external sensor of JTA1 is of the voltage type.
The external sensor of JTA1 is of the current type.
S5-2
The external sensor of JTA2 is of the voltage type.
The external sensor of JTA2 is of the current type.
S5-3
The external sensor of JTA3 is of the voltage type.
The external sensor of JTA3 is of the current type.
S5-4
The external sensor of JTA4 is of the voltage type.
The external sensor of JTA4 is of the current type.
S6-1 to S6-5 are used to set the sub-node IDs of the H801ESC board. Table 1-7 lists the mapping between S6-1 to S6-5 and sub-node IDs. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Table 1-7 Mapping between S6-1 to S6-5 and sub-node IDs
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
S6-5
S6-4
S6-3
S6-2
S6-1
Address Value of Subnodes
0
0
0
0
0
00000 ( 0 )
0
0
0
0
1
00001(1)
0
0
0
1
0
00010(2)
0
0
0
1
1
00011(3)
0
0
1
0
0
00100(4)
0
0
1
0
1
00101(5)
0
0
1
1
0
00110(6)
0
0
1
1
1
00111(7)
0
1
0
0
0
01000(8)
0
1
0
0
1
01001(9)
0
1
0
1
0
01010(10)
0
1
0
1
1
01011(11)
0
1
1
0
0
01100(12)
0
1
1
0
1
01101(13)
0
1
1
1
0
01110(14)
0
1
1
1
1
01111(15) (default)
1
0
0
0
0
10000(16)
1
0
0
0
1
10001(17)
1
0
0
1
0
10010(18)
1
0
0
1
1
10011(19)
1
0
1
0
0
10100(20)
1
0
1
0
1
10101(21)
1
0
1
1
0
10110(22)
1
0
1
1
1
10111(23)
1
1
0
0
0
11000(24)
1
1
0
0
1
11001(25)
1
1
0
1
0
11010(26)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
S6-5
S6-4
S6-3
S6-2
S6-1
Address Value of Subnodes
1
1
0
1
1
11011(27)
1
1
1
0
0
11100(28)
1
1
1
0
1
11101(29)
1
1
1
1
0
11110(30) is used by the ESC board, and the H801ESC board cannot be set to this value.
1
1
1
1
1
11111(31)
Procedure Step 1 Remove the cable connector if the H801ESC board is connected to an environment monitoring cable. Step 2 Loosen the screws on the H801ESC board anticlockwise by using the Phillips screwdriver, as shown in (1) of Figure 1-3. Figure 1-3 Removing the H801ESC board
Step 3 Hold the ejector lever of the front panel and remove the H801ESC board from the PDU, as shown in (2) of Figure 1-3. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Step 4 Check whether settings of DIP switches on the H801ESC board are consistent with the application. If the settings are inconsistent with the application, set the DIP switches again according to "Description of DIP Switches". Step 5 Insert the H801ESC board into the PDU, as shown in (1) of Figure 1-4. Figure 1-4 Inserting the H801ESC board
Step 6 Fasten the screws on the H801ESC board clockwise by using the Phillips screwdriver, as shown in (2) of Figure 1-4. Step 7 Reconnect the environment monitoring cable to the H801ESC board. ----End
Result The settings of DIP switches on the H801ESC board are consistent with the actual requirements.
Checking the Settings of DIP Switches on the Fan Monitoring Board This topic describes how to check the settings of DIP switches on the fan monitoring board. Checking the settings of DIP switches helps ensure that the settings meet the application of DIP switches.
Prerequisites NOTE
Do not change the DIP switch setting on the fan monitoring board of the MA5603T. The DIP switches on the fan monitoring board of the MA5608T does not support the DIP switch.
The device must be powered off. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Description of DIP Switches The ESTI fan tray uses the FCBI fan monitoring board, and the 19-inch fan tray uses the FCBH fan monitoring board. The fan monitoring board provides a set of DIP switches named SW2. Figure 1-5 and Figure 1-6 show the layout of the DIP switches of the ESTI and the 19-inch fan trays respectively. Figure 1-5 Layout of the DIP switches (in default settings) of the ESTI fan tray
Figure 1-6 Layout of the DIP switches (in default settings) of the 19-inch fan tray
Table 1-8 lists the usage of the SW2. Table 1-8 usage of the SW2 DIP Switch
Usage
SW2-1
Used to set the sub-node address. This value must correspond with the configured sub-node address of the fan in the system and cannot be identical to the address value of the ESC sub-node. Such restrictions ensure that the fan tray can communicate with the control board. For detailed information, see Table 1-9.
SW2-2 SW2-3
l ON: The mapping address bit is 0. l OFF: The mapping address bit is 1. SW2-4
Used to set the baud rate of the communication between the fan tray and the control board. l ON: The baud rate is 19200 bit/s (default). l OFF: The baud rate is 9600 bit/s.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
DIP Switch
Usage
SW2-5
Used to set the number of fans. This value must correspond with the system data configuration. For detailed information, see Table 1-10.
SW2-6 SW2-7 SW2-8
Used to set the fan speed adjustment mode. This value must correspond with the system data configuration. For detailed information, see Table 1-11.
Table 1-9, Table 1-10, and Table 1-11 list the settings of each DIP switch of SW2. Table 1-9 Settings of SW2-1 to SW2-3 SW2-3
SW2-2
SW2-1
Address Value
ON
ON
ON
000(0)
ON
ON
OFF
001(1) (default setting)
ON
OFF
ON
010(2)
ON
OFF
OFF
011(3)
OFF
ON
ON
100(4)
OFF
ON
OFF
101(5)
OFF
OFF
ON
110(6)
OFF
OFF
OFF
111(7)
Table 1-10 Settings of SW2-5 and SW2-6
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
SW2-6
SW2-5
Quantity of Fans
Remarks
ON
ON
6
-
ON
OFF
8
The unique and default setting of the 19-inch fan tray
OFF
ON
4
The unique and default setting of the ETSI fan tray
OFF
OFF
10
-
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Table 1-11 Settings of SW2-7 and SW2-8 SW2-8
SW2-7
Speed Adjustment Mode
Speed Adjustment Policy
Remar ks
ON
ON
Measure the temperature at the air intake vent (reserved)
Policy 1
-
l If the temperature is lower than 25°C, the fans rotate at 50% of the full speed. l If the temperature ranges from 25°C to 35°C, the fans rotate at 50% to 100% of the full speed. l If the temperature is higher than 35°C, the fans rotate at full speed.
ON
OFF
Measure the temperature at the air exhaust vent
Policy 2
-
l If the temperature is lower than 55°C, the fans rotate at 50% of the full speed. l If the temperature ranges from 55°C to 65°C, the fans rotate at 50% to 100% of the full speed. l If the temperature is higher than 65°C, the fans rotate at the full speed.
OFF
ON
Measure the temperature at the air intake vent
Policy 3 l If the temperature is lower than 30°C, the fans rotate at 50% of the full speed. l If the temperature ranges from 30°C to 50°C, the fans rotate at 50% to 100% of the full speed. l If the temperature is higher than 50°C, the fans rotate at full speed.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
The ESTI and the 19-inch fan trays support only policy 3. Therefo re, only this setting can be adopted.
14
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
SW2-8
SW2-7
Speed Adjustment Mode
Speed Adjustment Policy
Remar ks
OFF
OFF
Stop fan rotating and measure the temperature at the air intake vent
Policy 4
-
l If the temperature is lower than 15°C, the fans stop rotating. l If the temperature ranges from 15°C to 45°C, the fans rotate at 50% of the full speed. l If the temperature ranges from 45°C to 65°C, the fans rotate at 50% to 100% of the full speed. l If the temperature is higher than 65°C, the fans rotate at full speed.
Procedure Step 1 Loosen the screws on the front panel of the fan tray anticlockwise by using the Phillips screwdriver, as shown in (1) of Figure 1-7. Figure 1-7 Removing/Inserting the fan tray
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Step 2 Hold the ejector lever of the fan tray and remove the fan tray from the service shelf, as shown in (2) of Figure 1-7. Step 3 Check whether the settings of DIP switches on the fan monitoring board are consistent with the application. If settings of DIP switches on the fan monitoring board are not consistent with the application, set the DIP switches again according to "Description of DIP Switches". Step 4 Insert the fan tray into the slot, as shown in (3) of Figure 1-7. Step 5 Use the Phillips screwdriver to fasten the panel screws clockwise on the fan tray, as shown in (4) of the Figure 1-7. ----End
Result The settings of DIP switches on the fan monitoring board are consistent with the application.
1.3.2 Powering On the Device This topic describes how to power on the device to ensure that all the boards can be normally powered on.
Prerequisites The after-installation check and the power-on check must be performed on the device. The after-installation check and the power-on check must be performed on the device.
Context
CAUTION Inserting or removing boards is prohibited during startup.
Procedure l
There are two kinds of devices: the indoor device and the outdoor device. – Powering on the indoor device 1.
Connect the input power supply of the DC PDU.
2.
Turn on the output control switch of the DC PDU.
– Powering on the outdoor device 1.
Connect the input power supply of the AC PDU.
2.
Turn on the output control switch of the AC PDU.
3.
Turn on the output control switch of the power system.
4.
Turn on the output control switch of the DC PDU.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Result The device can be normally powered on, and the STATUS indicator on the fan tray is on for 1s and off for 1s repeatedly, and so is the RUN ALM indicator on the board.
1.3.3 Commissioning the Power Supply System This topic describes how to commission the power supply to ensure the reliable and stable power supply provided for the device.
Checking the Power Supply of the DC PDU This topic describes how to verify that either of the two independent power supplies can supply power to the cabinet.
Prerequisites l
Only the MA5600T supports this operation.
l
The two independent power supplies of the DC power distribution unit (PDU) supply power to the cabinet concurrently.
Procedure Step 1 Disconnect the first power supply, and check the power supply of the cabinet. Step 2 Restore the first power supply to power the cabinet. Step 3 Disconnect the second power supply, and check the power supply of the cabinet. Step 4 Restore the second power supply to power the cabinet. ----End
Result After either of the two independent power supplies is disconnected, the power supply of the cabinet is in the normal state, and the power supply of the boards is not affected, that is, the RUN LED on the board is on for 1s and off for 1s repeatedly.
Checking the Power Supply of the Power Board This topic describes how to check the redundancy backup function of the power boards.
Prerequisites The two power boards configured must work in the normal state.
Context In the normal state, the two power boards work in the load balancing mode and provide power for all the service boards in the shelf. When one power board is faulty, the other power board provides power for all the service boards in the shelf. When checking the power supply of the power board, pay attention to the following points: Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
l
Wear an ESD wrist strap during the operation.
l
Turn off the -48 V input switch on the PDU that corresponds to the power board before replacing the board. In addition, when the board is powered on, do not remove or insert the power connector.
l
If one power board is faulty, replace the board in time to prevent the shelf from working for a long time when only one power board supplies power.
Procedure Step 1 Turn off the switch on the PDU that corresponds to one power board, and check the power supply for the service board. Step 2 Turn on the switch again. Step 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to check the other power board. ----End
Result The boards in the shelf work in the normal state after the switch on the PDU that corresponds to either power board is turned off, that is, the RUN LED on the board is on for 1s and off for 1s repeatedly.
1.3.4 Configuring the Maintenance Terminal During the commissioning, you need to maintain the device through the maintenance terminal. This topic describes how to start the maintenance terminal and configure the IP address of the maintenance terminal to meet the commissioning requirements.
Context A maintenance terminal is usually a laptop installed with a HyperTerminal application.
Procedure l
l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Starting the Maintenance Terminal. 1.
Power on the maintenance terminal. The Windows OS starts automatically, and the Log In dialog box is displayed.
2.
Power on the maintenance terminal. The Windows OS starts automatically, and the Log In dialog box is displayed.
3.
Click OK to enter the Windows OS.
Configuring the IP address of the maintenance terminal to ensure that you can log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the telnet or SSH mode through the maintenance terminal. You are advised to use SSH mode. 1.
Right-click My Network Places and choose Properties. The Network Connections window is displayed.
2.
In the Network Connections window, right-click Local Area Connection, and choose Properties. The Local Area Connection Properties dialog box is displayed.
3.
Click the General tab, and then select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) in Components checked are used by this connection, as shown in the following figure. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Figure 1-8 Configure the local area connection properties
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
4.
Click Properties to display the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box.
5.
Click General, and then select Use the following IP address: to configure the IP address and the subnet mask, as shown in the following figure.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Figure 1-9 Configure the IP address and the subnet mask
NOTE
The IP address of the maintenance terminal and the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port of the device must be in the same network segment.
6.
Click OK to return to the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box.
7.
Click OK.
----End
Result The IP address of the maintenance terminal and the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port of the device are in the same network segment. NOTE
By default, the IP address of the maintenance network port (ETH port on the control board) is 10.11.104.2, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
1.3.5 Logging In to the System You must log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T before commissioning the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T through the maintenance terminal. The following describes three login modes, namely, local serial port mode, telnet mode, and SSH mode. It is advised to use SSH mode. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Login Through the Local Serial Port When you need to maintain and manage the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T locally, you can log in to the system through the local serial port.
Prerequisites l
A maintenance terminal (generally a laptop configured with a HyperTerminal application) must be available.
l
An RS-232 serial port cable (one end with an RJ-45 connector and the other end with a DB-9 or DB-25 female connector) must be available.
Networking Figure 1-10 shows the networking for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through the local serial port. Figure 1-10 Logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through the local serial port
Serial port
PC
RS-232 cable
Access node
Flowchart Figure 1-11 shows the flowchart for logging in to the system through the local serial port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
21
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Figure 1-11 Flowchart for logging in to the system through the local serial port
Procedure Step 1 Connect the serial port cable. Use an RS-232 serial port cable to connect a serial port of the PC to the CON port of the SCU control board, as shown in Figure 1-10. Step 2 Set the HyperTerminal communication parameters. NOTE
This section uses the HyperTerminal of the Windows XP OS as an example. If other OSs, such as Windows 7, are not equipped with the HyperTerminal, download the HyperTerminal. The following section considers the typical mode in Windows as an example to describe how to log in to the system in the local serial port mode. Other modes are not described here.
1.
Set up a connection. Click Start. Choose All Programs > Accessories > Communications > Hyper Terminal to display the Connection Description dialog box. Input the connection name, and click OK, as shown in the following figure.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
22
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
1 Commissioning
Set the serial port. Select the serial port that is connected to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. You can select COM1 or COM2 (here, use COM2 as an example), and click OK, as shown in the following figure.
3.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Set the HyperTerminal communication parameters. For details, see the following figure.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
NOTE
l The baud rate of the HyperTerminal must be the same as the baud rate of the serial port on the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. By default, the baud rate of the serial port is 9600 bit/s. l If illegible characters are displayed on the HyperTerminal interface after you log in to the system, it is generally because the baud rate of the HyperTerminal is different from the baud rate of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. In this case, set the consistent baud rate for the HyperTerminal to log in to the system. The system supports the baud rates of 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/ s, 57600 bit/s, and 115200 bit/s.
4.
Click OK to display the HyperTerminal interface.
Step 3 (Optional) Set the properties of the HyperTerminal. 1.
Set the emulation type of the HyperTerminal. Choose File > Properties on the HyperTerminal interface. In the dialog box that is displayed, click the Settings tab, and set Emulation to VT100 or Auto Detect, as shown in the following figure. It is Auto Detect by default.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
1 Commissioning
Set the line delay and the character delay of the ASCII code. Click ASCII Setup. In the dialog box that is displayed, set line delay to 200 and Character delay to 200, and then click OK, as shown in the following figure. By default, Line delay is 0, and Character delay is 0.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
NOTE
When you paste a text to the HyperTerminal, the character delay controls the character transmit speed, and the line delay controls the interval of transmitting every line. If a delay is very short, loss of characters occurs. When the pasted text is displayed abnormally, modify the delay.
----End
Result On the Hyper Terminal interface, press Enter, and the system prompts you to input the user name. Input the user name and the password for user registration (by default, the super user name is root and the password is admin), and wait until the CLI prompt character is displayed. NOTE
To improve the system security, please modify your password after first login. You can run the terminal user password command to modify your password.
and then click on the operation interface. If the login still fails, If the login fails, click return to step 1 to check the parameter settings and the physical connections, and then try again.
Follow-up Procedure l
You can run the idle-timeout command to set the terminal timeout time. if you do not input commands within the specified timeout time, the system disconnects the terminal. By default, the terminal timeout time is set to 5 minutes. If you do not run any commands within 5 minutes, the system disconnects with the terminal. To perform any operation, you must have to log in to the system again.
l
In the commissioning procedure, you must use the command, It is recommended that you know well the command modes first.Figure 1-12 shows how to switch command modes. Figure 1-12 Login quit
User mode huawei>
enable disable
Privilege mode huawei#
config quit
Global config mode huawei(config)#
interface quit
Interface/config mode huawei(config-if-...)
return
Login Through Telnet (Outband Management) This topic describes how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T using the local maintenance Ethernet port (outband management port) in the telnet mode to maintain and manage the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. You are advised to use SSH mode.
Prerequisites Engineers are logged in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the local serial port or the ETH port. NOTE
The default IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port (ETH port on the control board) is 10.11.104.2, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
l
For details about how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the local serial port, see Login Through the Local Serial Port.
l
For details about how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the ETH port, see the following: – Configure the IP address of the PC that is used for logging in to the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T. This IP address is on the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port but is not the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. For example, configure the IP address to 10.11.104.6. – After logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T, run the ip address command to change the IP address of the device to 10.50.1.10/24. – Change the IP address of the PC to be on the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port but is not the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. For example, change the IP address of the device to 10.50.1.11/24.
Networking Figure 1-13 shows an example network for outband management through telnet in a LAN, and Figure 1-14 shows an example network for outband management through telnet in a WAN. Figure 1-13 Example network for outband management through telnet in a LAN
Access node
LSW LAN
PC
PC
PC
NOTE
The MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T is connected to the LAN using the straight using cable, and the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T is in the same network segment as the IP address of the maintenance terminal. Alternatively, the Ethernet port of the maintenance terminal can be directly connected to the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T to manage the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the outband management mode. In such a condition, if the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T uses SCUL/SCUB control board, and the peer device does not support the cable autosensing function, a crossover cable must be used.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Figure 1-14 Network example for outband management through telnet in a WAN
PC LAN Router PC
PC
Access node
Data Plan Table 1-12 and Table 1-13 provide the data plan for the outband management through telnet in a LAN and in a WAN respectively. Table 1-12 Data plan for the outband management through telnet in a LAN Item
Data
Maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T
IP address: 10.50.1.10/24
Maintenance terminal
IP address: 10.50.1.20/24 (in the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port)
NOTE By default, the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port (ETH port on the control board) is 10.11.104.2, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
Table 1-13 Data plan for the outband management through telnet in a WAN
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Item
Data
Maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T
IP address: 10.50.1.10/24
Maintenance terminal
IP address: 10.10.1.10/24
Router port connecting to the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T
IP address: 10.50.1.1/24
NOTE By default, the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port (ETH port on the control board) is 10.11.104.2, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Flowchart Figure 1-15 shows the flowchart for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through telnet (outband management). Figure 1-15 Flowchart for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through telnet (outband management)
Procedure Step 1 Set up the network environment. l
If you log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the LAN outband management mode through telnet, set up a network environment according to Figure 1-13.
l
If you log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the MAN outband management mode through telnet, set up a network environment according to Figure 1-14.
Step 2 Configure the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. In the MEth mode, run the ip address command to configure the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. huawei(config)#interface meth 0 huawei(config-if-meth0)#ip address 10.50.1.10 24
Step 3 Add a route for the outband management. l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1-13, you need not add a route. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
1 Commissioning
If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1-14, run the ip route-static command to add a route from the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T to the maintenance terminal. huawei(config-if-meth0)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.10.1.0 24 10.50.1.1
Step 4 Run the telnet application. On the maintenance terminal, choose Start > Run. On the Run window, input "telnet 10.50.1.10" in the Open field as shown in Figure 1-16 (considering the Windows OS as an example), and click OK. Then, the telnet dialog box is displayed. Figure 1-16 Running the telnet application
Step 5 Log in to the system. In the telnet dialog box, input the user name and the password. By default, the user name is root, and the password is admin. When the login is successful, the system displays the following information: >>User name:root >>User password:admin Huawei Integrated Access SoftwareMA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. Copyright(C) Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2002-2012. All rights reserved. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------User last login information: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Access Type : Telnet IP-Address : 10.10.10.122 Login Time : 2011-03-29 16:03:20+08:00 Logout Time : 2011-03-29 16:08:40+08:00 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------User fail login information: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Last Access Type : Telnet Last IP-Address : 10.10.10.74 Last Login Time : 2011-03-29 16:11:10+08:00 Login Failure Times : 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------All user fail login information: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Access Type IP-Address Time Login Times
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Telnet 10.10.10.74 2011-03-29 16:11:10+08:00 1 Telnet 10.10.10.122 2011-03-29 15:37:05+08:00 3 Telnet 10.10.10.193 2011-03-25 18:19:04+08:00 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table describes the parameters in response to this login. Parameter
Description
User name
Indicates the user name.
User password
Indicates the user password that is not displayed on the maintenance terminal.
User last login information
Indicates the information about the latest successful login.
Access Type
Indicates the access type of the latest successful login.
IP-Address
Indicates the IP address of the latest successful login.
Login Time
Indicates the time of the latest successful login.
Logout Time
Indicates the time of the latest successful logout. If the user does not log out, it displays as "--".
User fail login information
Indicates the information about the failed login.
Last Access Type
Indicates the access type of the latest failed login.
Last IP-Address
Indicates the IP address of the latest failed login.
Last Login Time
Indicates the time of the latest failed login.
Login Failure Times
Indicates the failed login times. It is the times of login failures between two login successes, but not the accumulative login failures.
All user fail login information
Indicates the information about failed login of all users, which can be viewed only by user root or security administrator.
Access Type
Indicates the access type of the login.
IP-Address
Indicates the IP address of the login.
Time
Indicates the time of the login.
Login Times
Indicates the login times.
----End
Result After logging in to the system, you can maintain and manage the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T. NOTE
To improve the system security, please modify your password after first login. You can run the terminal user password command to modify your password.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Follow-up Procedure l
You can run the idle-timeout command to set the terminal timeout time. if you do not input commands within the specified timeout time, the system disconnects the terminal. By default, the terminal timeout time is set to 5 minutes. If you do not run any commands within 5 minutes, the system disconnects with the terminal. To perform any operation, you must have to log in to the system again.
l
In the commissioning procedure, you must use the command, It is recommended that you know well the command modes first.Figure 1-17 shows how to switch command modes. Figure 1-17 Login quit
User mode huawei>
enable disable
Privilege mode huawei#
config quit
Global config mode huawei(config)#
interface quit
Interface/config mode huawei(config-if-...)
return
Login Through Telnet (Inband Management) This topic describes how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T using the upstream port (inband management port) in the telnet mode to maintain and manage the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T. You are advised to use SSH mode.
Prerequisites Engineers are logged in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the local serial port or the ETH port. NOTE
The default IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port (ETH port on the control board) is 10.11.104.2, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
l
For details about how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the local serial port, see Login Through the Local Serial Port.
l
For details about how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the ETH port, see the following: – Configure the IP address of the PC that is used for logging in to the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T. This IP address is on the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port but is not the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. For example, configure the IP address to 10.11.104.6. – After logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T, run the ip address command to change the IP address of the device to 10.50.1.10/24. – Change the IP address of the PC to be on the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port but is not the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. For example, change the IP address of the device to 10.50.1.11/24.
Networking Figure 1-18 shows an example network for inband management through telnet in a LAN, and Figure 1-19 shows an example network for inband management through telnet in a WAN. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
NOTE
In this network, the SCUB control board (in slot 9 or 10) is used for upstream transmission, and the upstream port is 0/19/0. In addition, the GIU upstream interface board (in slot 19 or 20) can be used for upstream transmission. Alternatively, you need to run the electro-switch0 location-1 command to switch the electronic switch to the GIU upstream interface board for upstream transmission. By default, the electronic switch is in the location-0 state, which indicates that the control board is used for upstream transmission.
Figure 1-18 Example network for inband management through telnet in a LAN
LAN PC
LSW
PC
Access node PC
Figure 1-19 Example network for inband management through telnet in a WAN
Access node
PC
Router
Data Plan Table 1-14 and Table 1-15 provide the data plan for the inband management through telnet in a LAN and in a WAN respectively. Table 1-14 Data plan for the inband management through telnet in a LAN Item
Data
Upstream port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T
l VLAN ID: 30 l Port: 0/19/0 l IP address: 10.50.1.10/24
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Item
Data
Maintenance terminal
IP address: 10.50.1.20/24 (in the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port)
Table 1-15 Data plan for the inband management through telnet in a WAN Item
Data
Upstream port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T
l VLAN ID: 30 l Port: 0/19/0 l IP address: 10.50.1.10/24
Maintenance terminal
IP address: 10.10.1.10/24
Router port connecting to the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T
IP address: 10.50.1.1/24
Flowchart Figure 1-20 shows the flowchart for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through telnet (inband management). Figure 1-20 Flowchart for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through telnet (inband management)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Procedure Step 1 Set up the network environment. l
If you log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the LAN inband management mode through telnet, set up a network environment according to Figure 1-18.
l
If you log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the WAN inband management mode through telnet, set up a network environment according to Figure 1-19.
Step 2 Configure the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface. 1.
Run the vlan command to create a management VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 30 standard
2.
Run the port vlan command to add an upstream port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#port vlan 30 0/19 0
3.
In the VLANIF mode, run the ip address command to configure the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 30 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#ip address 10.50.1.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#quit NOTE
If the packet transmitted from the upstream port is untagged, run the native-vlan command to configure the native VLAN of the upstream port to be the same as the VLAN of the upstream port.
Step 3 Add a route for the inband management. l
If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1-18, you need not add a route.
l
If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1-19, run the ip route-static command to add a route from the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T to the maintenance terminal. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.10.1.0 24 10.50.1.1
Step 4 Run the telnet application. On the maintenance terminal, choose Start > Run. On the Run window, input "telnet 10.50.1.10" in the Open field as shown in Figure 1-21 (considering the Windows OS as an example), and click OK. Then, the telnet dialog box is displayed. Figure 1-21 Running the telnet application
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
35
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Step 5 Log in to the system. In the telnet dialog box, input the user name and the password. By default, the user name is root, and the password is admin. When the login is successful, the system displays the following information: >>User name:root >>User password:admin Huawei Integrated Access SoftwareMA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. Copyright(C) Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2002-2012. All rights reserved. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------User last login information: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Access Type : Telnet IP-Address : 10.10.10.122 Login Time : 2011-03-29 16:03:20+08:00 Logout Time : 2011-03-29 16:08:40+08:00 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------User fail login information: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Last Access Type : Telnet Last IP-Address : 10.10.10.74 Last Login Time : 2011-03-29 16:11:10+08:00 Login Failure Times : 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------All user fail login information: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Access Type IP-Address Time Login Times ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Telnet 10.10.10.74 2011-03-29 16:11:10+08:00 1 Telnet 10.10.10.122 2011-03-29 15:37:05+08:00 3 Telnet 10.10.10.193 2011-03-25 18:19:04+08:00 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table describes the parameters in response to this login.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Parameter
Description
User name
Indicates the user name.
User password
Indicates the user password that is not displayed on the maintenance terminal.
User last login information
Indicates the information about the latest successful login.
Access Type
Indicates the access type of the latest successful login.
IP-Address
Indicates the IP address of the latest successful login.
Login Time
Indicates the time of the latest successful login.
Logout Time
Indicates the time of the latest successful logout. If the user does not log out, it displays as "--".
User fail login information
Indicates the information about the failed login.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
36
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Parameter
Description
Last Access Type
Indicates the access type of the latest failed login.
Last IP-Address
Indicates the IP address of the latest failed login.
Last Login Time
Indicates the time of the latest failed login.
Login Failure Times
Indicates the failed login times. It is the times of login failures between two login successes, but not the accumulative login failures.
All user fail login information
Indicates the information about failed login of all users, which can be viewed only by user root or security administrator.
Access Type
Indicates the access type of the login.
IP-Address
Indicates the IP address of the login.
Time
Indicates the time of the login.
Login Times
Indicates the login times.
----End
Result After logging in to the system, you can maintain and manage the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T. NOTE
To improve the system security, please modify your password after first login. You can run the terminal user password command to modify your password.
Follow-up Procedure l
You can run the idle-timeout command to set the terminal timeout time. if you do not input commands within the specified timeout time, the system disconnects the terminal. By default, the terminal timeout time is set to 5 minutes. If you do not run any commands within 5 minutes, the system disconnects with the terminal. To perform any operation, you must have to log in to the system again.
l
In the commissioning procedure, you must use the command, It is recommended that you know well the command modes first.Figure 1-22 shows how to switch command modes. Figure 1-22 Login quit
User mode huawei>
enable disable
Privilege mode huawei#
config quit
Global config mode huawei(config)#
interface quit
Interface/config mode huawei(config-if-...)
return
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Login Through SSH (Outband Management) This topic describes how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T using the local maintenance Ethernet port (outband management port) in the secure shell (SSH) mode to maintain and manage the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. The SSH provides authentication, encryption, and authorization to ensure the network communication security. When a user logs in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T remotely over an insecure network, SSH provides security guarantee and powerful authentication to protect the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T against attacks such as IP address spoofing and interception of plain text password.
Prerequisites Engineers are logged in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the local serial port or the ETH port. NOTE
The default IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port (ETH port on the control board) is 10.11.104.2, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
l
For details about how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the local serial port, see Login Through the Local Serial Port.
l
For details about how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the ETH port, see the following: – Configure the IP address of the PC that is used for logging in to the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T. This IP address is on the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port but is not the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. For example, configure the IP address to 10.11.104.6. – After logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T, run the ip address command to change the IP address of the device to 10.50.1.10/24. – Change the IP address of the PC to be on the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port but is not the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. For example, change the IP address of the device to 10.50.1.11/24.
Networking Figure 1-23 shows an example network for outband management through SSH in a LAN, and Figure 1-24 shows an example network for outband management through SSH in a WAN.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Figure 1-23 Example network for outband management through SSH in a LAN
Access node
LSW LAN
PC
PC
PC
NOTE
The MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T is connected to the LAN using the straight using cable, and the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T is in the same network segment as the IP address of the maintenance terminal. Alternatively, the Ethernet port of the maintenance terminal can be directly connected to the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T to manage the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the outband management mode. In such a condition, if the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T uses SCUL/SCUB control board, and the peer device does not support the cable autosensing function, a crossover cable must be used.
Figure 1-24 Example network for outband management through SSH in a WAN
PC LAN Router PC
PC
Access node
Data Plan Table 1-16 and Table 1-17 provide the data plan for the outband management through SSH in a LAN and in a WAN respectively. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Table 1-16 Data plan for the outband management through SSH in a LAN Item
Data
Maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T
l IP address: 10.50.1.10/24 l User authentication mode: RSA public key authentication l RSA key name: key NOTE By default, the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port (ETH port on the control board) is 10.11.104.2, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
l User name/Password: huawei/test01
New user
l Authority: Operator l Permitted reenter number: 4 Maintenance terminal
IP address: 10.50.1.20/24 (in the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port)
Table 1-17 Data plan for the outband management through SSH in a WAN Item
Data
Maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T
l IP address: 10.50.1.10/24 l User authentication mode: RSA public key authentication l RSA key name: key NOTE By default, the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port (ETH port on the control board) is 10.11.104.2, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
l User name/Password: huawei/test01
New user
l Authority: Operator l Permitted reenter number: 4 Maintenance terminal
IP address: 10.10.1.10/24
Router port connecting to the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T
IP address: 10.50.1.1/24
Flowchart Figure 1-25 shows the flowchart for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through SSH. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Figure 1-25 Flowchart for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through SSH (Outband Management)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Procedure Step 1 Set up the network environment. l
If you log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the LAN outband management mode through SSH, set up a network environment according to Figure 1-23.
l
If you log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the WAN outband management mode through SSH, set up a network environment according to Figure 1-24.
Step 2 Configure the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. In the MEth mode, run the ip address command to configure the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. huawei(config)#interface meth 0 huawei(config-if-meth0)#ip address 10.50.1.10 24 huawei(config-if-meth0)#quit
Step 3 Add a route for the outband management. l
If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1-23, you need not add a route.
l
If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1-24, run the ip route-static command to add a route from the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T to the maintenance terminal. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.10.1.0 24 10.50.1.1
Step 4 Create a user. Run the terminal user name command to create a user. huawei(config)#terminal user name User Name(length):huawei User Password(length):test01 //The password is not displayed on the maintenance terminal. Confirm Password(length):test01 //The password is not displayed on the maintenance terminal. User profile name(
enable disable
Privilege mode huawei#
config quit
Global config mode huawei(config)#
interface quit
Interface/config mode huawei(config-if-...)
return
Login Through SSH (Inband Management) This topic describes how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T using the upstream port (inband management port) in the secure shell (SSH) mode to maintain and manage the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. The SSH provides authentication, encryption, and authorization to ensure the network communication security. When a user logs in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T remotely over an insecure network, SSH provides security guarantee and powerful authentication to protect the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T against attacks such as IP address spoofing and interception of plain text password.
Prerequisites Engineers are logged in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the local serial port or the ETH port. NOTE
The default IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port (ETH port on the control board) is 10.11.104.2, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
l
For details about how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the local serial port, see Login Through the Local Serial Port.
l
For details about how to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T by using the ETH port, see the following: – Configure the IP address of the PC that is used for logging in to the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T. This IP address is on the same subnet as the IP address of the
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
49
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
maintenance Ethernet port but is not the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. For example, configure the IP address to 10.11.104.6. – After logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T, run the ip address command to change the IP address of the device to 10.50.1.10/24. – Change the IP address of the PC to be on the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port but is not the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port. For example, change the IP address of the device to 10.50.1.11/24.
Networking Figure 1-34 shows an example network for inband management through SSH in a LAN, and Figure 1-35 shows an example network for inband management through SSH in a WAN. NOTE
In this network, the SCUB control board (in slot 9 or 10) is used for upstream transmission, and the upstream port is 0/9/0. Alternatively, the GIU upstream interface board (in slot 19 or 20) can be used for upstream transmission. In this case, you need to run the electro-switch0 location-1 command to switch the electronic switch to the GIU upstream interface board for upstream transmission. By default, the electronic switch is in the location-0 state, which indicates the control board is used for upstream transmission.
Figure 1-34 Example network for inband management through SSH in a LAN
LAN PC
LSW
PC
Access node PC
Figure 1-35 Example network for inband management through SSH in a WAN
Access node
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Router
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
PC
50
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Data Plan Table 1-18 and Table 1-19 provide the data plan for the inband management through SSH in a LAN and in a WAN respectively. Table 1-18 Data plan for the inband management through SSH in a LAN Item
Data
Upstream port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T
l VLAN ID: 30 l Port: 0/9/0 l IP address: 10.50.1.10/24 l User authentication mode: RSA public key authentication l RSA key name: key l User name/Password: huawei/test01
New user
l Authority: Operator l Permitted reenter number: 4 Maintenance terminal
IP address: 10.50.1.20/24 (in the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port)
Table 1-19 Data plan for the inband management through SSH in a WAN Item
Data
Upstream port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T
l VLAN ID: 30 l Port: 0/9/0 l IP address: 10.50.1.10/24 l User authentication mode: RSA public key authentication l RSA key name: key l User name/Password: huawei/test01
New user
l Authority: Operator l Permitted reenter number: 4
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Maintenance terminal
IP address: 10.10.1.10/24
Router port connecting to the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T
IP address: 10.50.1.1/24
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Flowchart Figure 1-36 shows the flowchart for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through SSH.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
52
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Figure 1-36 Flowchart for logging in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through SSH (Inband Management)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Procedure Step 1 Set up the network environment. l
If you log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the LAN inband management mode through SSH, set up a network environment according to Figure 1-34.
l
If you log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the WAN inband management mode through SSH, set up a network environment according to Figure 1-35.
Step 2 Configure the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface. 1.
Run the vlan command to create a management VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 30 standard
2.
Run the port vlan command to add an upstream port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#port vlan 30 0/9 0
3.
In the VLANIF mode, run the ip address command to configure the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 30 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#ip address 10.50.1.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#quit NOTE
If the packet transmitted from the upstream port is untagged, run the native-vlan command to configure the native VLAN of the upstream port to be the same as the VLAN of the upstream port.
Step 3 Add a route for the inband management. l
If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1-34, you need not add a route.
l
If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1-35, run the ip route-static command to add a route from the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T to the maintenance terminal. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.10.1.0 24 10.50.1.1
Step 4 Create a user. Run the terminal user name command to create a user. huawei(config)#terminal user name User Name(length):huawei User Password(length):test01 //The password is not displayed on the maintenance terminal. Confirm Password(length):test01 //The password is not displayed on the maintenance terminal. User profile name(
enable disable
Privilege mode huawei#
config quit
Global config mode huawei(config)#
interface quit
Interface/config mode huawei(config-if-...)
return
1.3.6 Checking the Software State This topic describes how to verify that current software state meets the deployment requirement.
Procedure Step 1 Run the display language command to check whether the version of the host software meets the deployment requirement. Step 2 Run the display patch command to check whether the version of the patch meets the deployment requirement. Step 3 Run the display version command to check whether the version of the board software meets the deployment requirement. Step 4 Run the display board command to check whether the state of the boards meets the deployment requirement. l
In the integrated access scenario (involving optical, xDSL, and voice access), use the default configurations.
l
In the broadband access scenario (involving only optical and xDSL access), use the system workscene command to switch the scenario mode of the SCUN board to the OLT mode, ensuring that the memory is allocated properly and services are processed smoothly.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
Result l
The version of the host software, the version of the patch, the version of the boards and the state of the board software meet the deployment requirement.
l
If the version of the host software and the version of the board software do not meet the deployment requirement, contact the Huawei Customer Service Center. Upgrade the host software if necessary.
Example To query the host software state that is running in the system, do as follows: huawei>display language Local: Description: CHINESE SIMPLIFIED (DEFAULT LANGUAGE) Version: MA5600V800R0012C00 Encoding: GBK General: Description: ENGLISH (DEFAULT LANGUAGE) Version: MA5600V800R012C00 Encoding: ANSIhuawei(config)#display patch all Software Version:MA5600V800R012C00 -----------------------------------------------------------------------Current Patch State: -----------------------------------------------------------------------Patch Name Patch State Delivery Attribute Dependency ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total:0 Patches in the system cannot be rolled back huawei>display version { |backplane|frameid/slotid }: Command: display version VERSION : MA5600V800R012C00 PRODUCT : Active Mainboard Running Area Information: -------------------------------------------------Current Program Area : Area A Current Data Area : Area A Program Area A Version : MA5600V800R012C00 Program Area B Version : MA5600V800R012C00 Data Area A Version : MA5600V800R012C00 Data Area B Version : MA5600V800R012C00 -------------------------------------------------Uptime is 0 day(s), 0 hour(s), 0 minute(s), 50 second(s) huawei#display version Main Board: H801SCUN --------------------------------------PCB Version: H801SCUN VER B Base BIOS Version: 216 Extended BIOS Version: 222 Software Version: MA5600V800R012C00 Logic Version: (U48)115 MAB Version: 0002 huawei#display board 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
------------------------------------------------------------------------SlotID BoardName Status SubType0 SubType1 Online/Offline ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 H802ADPD Normal 2 H805ADPD Normal 3 H801EPBA Normal 4 5 6 7 H801GPBC Normal 8 H802SHLB Normal 9 H801SCUN Active_normal 10 11 H802EDTB Normal 12 ---- More ( Press 'Q' to break ) ----
1.3.7 Loading a Configuration Script You can run the commands in the configuration script in batches by loading the configuration script instead of running the commands one by one. This shortens the commissioning duration and improves the commissioning efficiency. If you do not use the configuration script to perform the commissioning, skip this operation, and follow the commissioning procedure to perform the subsequent operations.
Prerequisites l
The hardware must be installed and checked.
l
The configuration script must be prepared. For details about how to prepare a configuration script, see 1.6.1 Script Making.
l
The TFTP/FTP/SFTP server can normally communicate with the device, and the file path on the server is set correctly before you load the configuration script. For the detailed operation procedure, see 1.6.2 Configuring the File Transfer Mode .
l
The operator is in the privilege mode.
l
There are two methods for loading the configuration script. You can select one of them.
Procedure – Importing the configuration script 1.
Run the load configuration command to load the configuration script on the file server (TFTP/FTP/SFTP server) to the control board of the device.
2.
Run the active configuration system command to activate the configuration.
3.
Log in to the system using the user name root and password admin after the system restarts.
4.
Run the save command to save the configuration file and make the new configuration take effect.
– Copying commands in the configuration script 1.
Open the configuration script, and copy the commands in the configuration script to the command line interface (CLI). However, the following contents must be deleted. Otherwise, the script loading will fail. – Delete the following tags.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
# [global-config]
– Delete all the commands related to terminal user name.
CAUTION If you use this method to load the configuration script, you must enter the global config mode. The user level must be operation level at least. The administrator level is recommended. ----End
Result The loaded configuration script takes effect.
1.3.8 Changing the System Name This topic describes how to customize the useful system name to differentiate MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608Ts. This facilitates the management of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T.
Context l
By default, the system name is device name.
l
The system name takes effect immediately after change.
l
After the system name is changed, the CLI prompt character changes to the new name accordingly.
Procedure Step 1 Run the sysname command to set the system name. ----End
Result The CLI prompt character changes to the system name that is set after the command is executed successfully.
Example To name the first MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T at Longgang (a district in Shenzhen, Guangdong, China) guangdong_shenzhen_longgang_MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T_A based on the rule province_city_district_device name_SN, do as follows: huawei(config)#guangdong_shenzhen_longgang_MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T_A guangdong_shenzhen_longgang_MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T_A(config)#
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
1.3.9 Configuring the System Time This topic describes how to configure the system time, time zone, time stamp, NTP (Network Time Protocol), and start/end time of the daylight saving time (DST) of the MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T to ensure that they are consistent with those in the actual condition.
Procedure Step 1 Configure the system time. Run the display time command to query the current system time. If the system time is consistent with the local standard time, you need not change it. If the system time is inconsistent with the local standard time, run the time command to change the system time. Step 2 Configure the system time zone. Run the display timezone command to query the current system time zone. If the system time zone is consistent with the local standard time zone, you need not change it. If the system time zone is inconsistent with the local standard time zone, run the timezone command to change the system time zone. NOTE
l The system time zone include the eastern time zone and the western time zone. "GMT+" indicates the eastern time zone, that is, the local time is ahead of the Greenwich time. "GMT-" indicates the western time zone, that is, the local time is behind the Greenwich time. l By default, the system time zone is GMT+8:00.
Step 3 Configure the system time stamp. Run the display time time-stamp command to query the time stamp between the NMS and the NE, namely the displayed time format of the SNMP interface. If the system time stamp is consistent with the actual data plan, you need not change it. If the system time stamp is inconsistent with the actual data plan, run the time time-stamp command to change the system time stamp. NOTE
The time type of the SNMP interface between the NMS and the NE are categorized as UTC time and NE local time. By default, the time type is the NE local time.
Step 4 Configure NTP to ensure that the clock of all devices in the network is the same. l (Optional) Run the ntp-service refclock-master command to configure the NTP master clock. l Run the ntp-service unicast-server command to configure the NTP unicast server mode, and specify the IP address of the remote server that functions as the local time server and the interface for transmitting and receiving NTP packets.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
NOTE
l The NTP protocol supports the client/server, peer, broadcast, and multicast working modes. The following uses the client/server mode as an example. l The L3 interface and the interface IP address must be available for the client and the server to communicate with each other. l In the client/server mode, you need to configure only the client and the NTP master clock of the server. l In the client/server mode, the client is synchronized to the server but the server will not be synchronized to the client. l The clock stratum of the synchronizing device must be smaller than that of the synchronized device. Otherwise, the clock synchronization fails. l The device that runs the NTP protocol can be synchronized to other clock sources or function as the clock source for synchronizing other clocks. In addition, this device and other devices can be set to synchronized from each other. When the device works in the client mode, you need not set the system time and the device is automatically synchronized to the remote server.
Step 5 Configure the start/end time of the DST. Run the display time dst command to query the current start/end time of the DST of the system. If the start/end time of the DST is consistent with the actual start/end time of the DST, you need not change it. If the start/end time of the DST is inconsistent with the actual start/end time of the DST, run the time dst command to change the start/end time of the DST. ----End
Result The system time, time zone, time stamp, NTP, and start/end time of the DST are consistent with those in the actual condition.
Example To set the time stamp between the NMS and the NE to use the UTC time, do as follows: huawei#time time-stamp { local|utc }:utc Command: time time-stamp utc
Assume that the current time zone of MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T A is GMT+7:00, the device uses the network clock to adjust the time, and VLAN interface 2 is used to sent a clock synchronization request packet to MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T B (the IP address is 10.20.20.20/24 and the device works at layer 4) that functions as the NTP server. The start time is 00:00:00 on May 1, the end time is 00:00:00 on September 30, and the adjust time is 1:00. That is, if the local time is 5:00, the time is adjusted to 6:00. To set the DST, do as follows: huawei(config)A#timezone GMT+ 7:00 huawei(config)B#ntp-service refclock-master 4 huawei(config)A#ntp-service unicast-server 10.20.20.20 source-interface vlanif 2 huawei(config)A#time dst start 5-1 00:00:00 end 9-30 00:00:00 adjust 1:00
Assume that the current time zone of MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T A is GMT- 4:00, the local time is used, the current time is 2010-01-01 12:10:10. The start time is 00:00:00 on May 1, the end time is 00:00:00 on September 30, and the adjust time is 2:00. That is, if the local time is 5:00, the time is adjusted to 7:00. To set the DST, do as follows: huawei(config)A#timezone GMT- 4:00
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
huawei(config)A#time 2010-01-01 12:10:10 huawei(config)A#time dst start 5-1 00:00:00 end 9-30 00:00:00 adjust 2:00
1.3.10 Configuring a System User For logging in to, configuring, and managing the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T, system users of different attributes need to be added. This topic describes how to add a system user and modify the user attributes.
Adding a System User This topic describes how to add system users of different attributes for logging in to, configuring, and managing the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. This facilitates the management of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T.
Prerequisites You must have the administrator authority or higher authority.
Context l
The super user and the administrator have the authority to add a user at a lower level, that is: – The super user can add an administrator, an operator, or a common user. – The administrator can add only an operator or a common user.
l
By default, the system has a super user with the name of root and password of admin. The super user cannot be added or deleted.
l
The user name must be unique, and cannot be all or online.
l
The super user and the administrator can add multiple users consecutively. Up to 127 (total 128 including the root user) users can be added to the system.
l
The system supports up to 10 concurrently online terminal users.
When adding a user, you must configure the user attributes, including the user account, password, profile, authority, permitted reenter number, and appended information. Table 1-20 lists the user attributes. Table 1-20 User attributes
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
User Attribute
Description
Account
An account is also called a user name and consists of 6-15 printable characters. The user name is unique in the system. It cannot contain any space and is case insensitive.
Password
A password consists of 6-15 characters. It must contain at least one digit and one letter, and is case-sensitive.
User profile
The name of a user profile consists of 1-15 printable characters. A user profile includes the validity period of the user name, validity period of the password, login time, and logout time. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
67
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
User Attribute
Description
Authority
Users are classified into three levels: common user, operator, and administrator. NOTE According to the operation authority, users of the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T are classified into four levels: common user, operator, administrator, and super user. The user at one level can add only the user at a lower level. The following lists the authority of all users. l Common users can perform basic system operations and simple query operations. l Operators can configure the device and the services. l For the administrator and the super user, they have the following similarities and differences: l Similarities: l Perform all configurations. l Maintain and manage the device, user account, and user authority. l Differences: l Only one super user exists in the system; however, multiple administrators can coexist in the system. l The super user can add an administrator, but an administrator has no authority to add the super user.
Permitted reenter number
The permitted reenter number determines whether a user name can be used to log in to the system from several terminals at the same time. The permitted reenter number ranges from 0 to 4, and is generally set to 1.
Appended information
Appended information is a type of additional information about the user. It consists of a string of 0-30 characters. It can be the telephone number or the address of a user.
Procedure Step 1 Run the terminal user name command to add a user that is consistent with the actual data plan. Step 2 Run the display terminal user command to query the user information. ----End
Result The queried user information is the same as the actual data plan.
Example With the administrator authority, to add a common user with the account as huawei, password as test01, user profile as the default root user profile, user level as Common User, permitted reenter number as 3, and appended information as user, do as follows: huawei(config)#terminal user name User Name(length):huawei User Password(length):test01//The password is not displayed on the
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1 Commissioning
console. Confirm Password(length):test01//The password is not displayed on the console. User profile name( Control Panel > Network Connections. Right-click Local Area Connection and then choose Properties.
l
Step 2: In the dialog box that is displayed, 1.
On the General tab page, set Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to Obtain an IP address automatically.
2.
On the Authentication tab page, select Enable IEEE 802.1x authentication for this network.
3.
Click OK.
l
Step 3: Right-click Local Area Connection and then choose Disable.
l
Step 4: Right-click Local Area Connection and then choose Enable.
l
After a while, the modem2 prompt icon will be displayed in the lower right corner on the PC desktop. Click the icon. In the dialog box that is displayed, enter the user name shenzhen and the password shenzhen, and then click OK to start the actual service authentication. After passing the authentication, you can access the Internet.
l
When a file is downloaded through FTP, you can open Windows Task Manager and then click Networking to observe the link speed. Calculate the Internet access rate by the formula: Attainable Internet access rate = Computer network adapter rate/48 x 53 x 8. The calculated result approximates to the planned 2048 kbit/s.
Configuration File Configuration File of the ADSL access mode: vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan forwarding 50 vlan-connect port vlan 50 0/19 0 port vlan 50 0/19 1 link-aggregation 0/19 0 0/19 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static interface adsl 0/2 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 1 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 5 outbound traffic-table index 5 service-port desc 1 description Vlanid:50/adsl/vpi:1vci:39/stacking stacking label service-port 1 10 stacking inner-priority service-port 1 4 dot1x enable dot1x service-port 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
288
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
4 Example: Configuring the DSLAM Services
dot1x dhcp-trigger enable dot1x keepalive retransmit 1 interval 20 service-port 1 dot1x eap-end service-port 1 aaa authentication-scheme huawei authentication-mode local quit accounting-scheme huawei accounting-mode none quit local-user shenzhen@huawei password shenzhen domain huawei authentication-scheme huawei accounting-scheme huawei quit quit save
Configuration File of the SHDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan forwarding 50 vlan-connect port vlan 50 0/19 0 port vlan 50 0/19 1 link-aggregation 0/19 0 0/19 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 ptm rate 512 2048 interface shl 0/3 deactivate 1 activate 1 3 alarm-config 1 1 quit service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0/3/1 inbound traffic-table index 5 outbound traffic-table index 5 service-port desc 2 description Vlanid:50/shdsl/vpi:1vci:39/stacking stacking label service-port 2 10 stacking inner-priority service-port 2 4 dot1x enable dot1x service-port 2 dot1x dhcp-trigger enable dot1x keepalive retransmit 1 interval 20 service-port 2 dot1x eap-end service-port 2 aaa authentication-scheme huawei authentication-mode local quit accounting-scheme huawei accounting-mode none quit local-user shenzhen@huawei password shenzhen domain huawei authentication-scheme huawei accounting-scheme huawei quit quit save
Configuration File of the VDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan forwarding 50 vlan-connect port vlan 50 0/19 0 port vlan 50 0/19 1 link-aggregation 0/19 0 0/19 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
289
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
4 Example: Configuring the DSLAM Services
interface vdsl 0/4 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0/4/1 inbound traffic-table index 5 outbound traffic-table index 5 service-port desc 3 description Vlanid:50/vdsl/vpi:1vci:39/stacking stacking label service-port 3 10 stacking inner-priority service-port 3 4 stacking inner-priority service-port 2 4 dot1x enable dot1x service-port 3 dot1x dhcp-trigger enable dot1x keepalive retransmit 1 interval 20 service-port 3 dot1x eap-end service-port 3 aaa authentication-scheme huawei authentication-mode local quit accounting-scheme huawei accounting-mode none quit local-user shenzhen@huawei password shenzhen domain huawei authentication-scheme huawei accounting-scheme huawei quit quit save
4.1.6 Configuration Example of Changing ADSL Internet Access Service to VDSL Internet Access Service (for the VDSL2 Board) Driven by customer demands for higher bandwidth, the ADSL Internet access service of the VDSL2 board needs to change to the VDSL2 Internet access service. This topic describes how to achieve so.
Service Requirements l
During network restructuring, the ADSL Internet access service of the VDSL2 board needs to change to the VDSL2 Internet access service.
l
Users request a higher bandwidth of 8192 kbit/s.
l
The VDSL modem is a PTM-mode modem that uses the G993.2 profile 12a.
l
Users expect that new requirements are met by modifying certain configurations of the original ADSL service alone. PITP (protecting user accounts from theft), roaming, and upstream link aggregation are configured.
Figure 4-6 shows an example network of the Internet access service through PPPoE dialup.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
290
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
4 Example: Configuring the DSLAM Services
Figure 4-6 Example network of the Internet access service through PPPoE dialup
ADSL Modem
VDSL Modem
Prerequisite l
The AAA function must be configured. – To enable the AAA function on the device, see 2.4 Configuring AAA. – If the AAA function is implemented by the BRAS, a connection to the BRAS must be established. The BRAS should be capable of identifying the VLAN tag of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T in the upstream direction. For the identification purpose, the user name and password for dial-up Internet access must be configured on the BRAS.
Procedure Step 1 Confirm the line template bound to a port that needs such service modifications, for example, port 0/2/4. Run the display port state command to query the line template bound to the port. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#display port state 4 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Port Status Loopback Line Template Alarm Template Bonding-group -----------------------------------------------------------------------------4 Activated Disable 10 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The query result shows that line template 10 is bound to port 4. Run the display vdsl linetemplate command to query the channel profile and line profile in the line template. huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#display vdsl line-template 10 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Template index: 10 Name: VDSL LINE TEMPLATE 10 Line profile index : 1 Channel1 profile index : 10 Channel1 rate adaptation ratio downstream : 100 Channel1 rate adaptation ratio upstream : 100 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Step 2 Confirm whether to change the transmission mode and signal noise ratio (SNR). Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
291
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
4 Example: Configuring the DSLAM Services
The query result shows that line profile 1 and channel profile 10 are in line template 10. Run the display vdsl line-profile command to query the transmission mode and SNR configured in the line profile. huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#display vdsl line-profile 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 1 Name: DEFVAL Transmission mode: T1.413 G.992.1(Annex A/B/C) G.992.2(Annex A/C) G.992.3(Annex A/B/I/J/L/M) G.992.4(Annex A/I) G.992.5(Annex A/B/I/J/M) G.993.2(Annex A/B/C) Bit swap downstream : Enable Bit swap upstream : Enable Form of transmit rate adaptation downstream : AdaptAtStartup Form of transmit rate adaptation upstream : AdaptAtStartup Target SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 60 Minimum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 0 Maximum SNR margin downstream(0.1dB) : 300 Target SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 60 Minimum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 0 Maximum SNR margin upstream(0.1dB) : 300 UPBO US1 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,1020 UPBO US2 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 1650,615 UPBO US3 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 0,0 UPBO US4 band reference PSD parameters[a, b] : 0,0 ---- More ( Press 'Q' to break ) ----
l If the transmission mode is ADSL, change the transmission mode to VDSL or ALL. To do so, proceed to Step 3. l If the SNR value does not meet actual requirements over the live network, change it according to actual conditions. To do so, proceed to Step 3. l If the transmission mode is VDSL or ALL and the SNR value also meets actual conditions over the live network, go to Step 4. Step 3 Run the vdsl line-profile quickadd command to reconfigure the transmission mode and SNR. In addition, configure exclusive VDSL parameters. 1.
According to actual conditions over the live network, SNR is planned to 7 dB, transmission mode to all (its value is 1), and line profile index to 11. huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 11 transmode 1 snr 70 0 300 70 0 300
2.
All parameters following vdsl-parameter are VDSL parameters in contrast to ADSL. These parameters do not need to be configured in the case of the ADSL Internet access service. However, in the case of the VDSL Internet access service, these parameters need to be configured according to actual conditions. The default G993.2 profile is profile 12a, which is consistent with the required profile in this example. Hence, no modification is required.
Step 4 Run the display vdsl channel-profile command to query the data path mode and line rate in the channel profile. huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#display vdsl channel-profile 10 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Profile index: 10 Name: VDSL CHANNEL PROFILE 10 Data path mode : ATM Minimum impulse noise protection downstream : NoProtection Minimum impulse noise protection upstream : NoProtection Maximum interleaving delay downstream(ms) : 20 Maximum interleaving delay upstream(ms) : 20
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
292
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide Minimum Minimum Maximum Minimum Minimum Maximum ---- More
4 Example: Configuring the DSLAM Services
transmit rate downstream(Kbps) reserved transmit rate downstream(Kbps) transmit rate downstream(Kbps) transmit rate upstream(Kbps) reserved transmit rate upstream(Kbps) transmit rate upstream(Kbps) ( Press 'Q' to break ) ----
: : : : : :
32 32 200000 32 32 200000
If the line rate does not meet the requirements of users, change it. To do so, proceed to Step 5. Step 5 Run the vdsl channel-profile quickadd command to reconfigure the data path mode and line rate. To meet customer demands, increase bandwidth to 8192 kbit/s, set the data path mode to both and add a new channel profile (channel profile 11). huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#vdsl channel-profile quickadd 11 path-mode both rat e 32 81920 32 2048
Step 6 Bind the required VDSL2 line template 11 to port 0/2/4. NOTE
By default, a port is in the activated state. Before binding a template to the port, you must deactivate the port. huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#vdsl line-template quickadd 11 line 11 channel1 11 100 100 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#deactivate 4 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#activate 4 template-index 11 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#quit
Step 7 Add a traffic profile. 1.
Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { |to-index }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 tag-pri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7
According to customer requirements, the user access rate is 8192 kbit/s. The query result shows that no traffic profile meets customer requirements. Therefore, run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile (traffic profile 7) and set the rate to 8192 kbit/s in the new traffic profile. NOTE
You can configure the traffic profile or the VDSL2 line profile on the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T to limit the user access rate. When both profiles are configured, the bandwidth of the user is the minimum value of the two profiles. In this example, the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 8192 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
293
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
4 Example: Configuring the DSLAM Services
Step 8 Configure a service port. Run the display service-port command to query the original service port. huawei(config)#display service-port port 0/2/4 { |autosense|ont|sort-by }: Command: display service-port port 0/2/4 Switch-Oriented Flow List ---------------------------------------------------------------------------INDEX VLAN VLAN PORT F/ S/ P VPI VCI FLOW FLOW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA ---------------------------------------------------------------------------5 101 common vdl 0/2/4 0 35 vlan untag 6 6 up ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Total : 1 (Up/Down : 1/0)
The query result shows that VPI and VCI are configured, which indicate that VDSL is in the ATM mode. In this example, however, the VDSL is in the PTM mode. Run the service-port command to create a service port, adopt traffic profile 7, and set the S-VLAN ID to 101. Set the index of the service port to 3 (the index must be different from the original index) and the access port to 0/2/4. To facilitate maintenance of the service port, configure the service port description. NOTE
Generally, the ADSL is in the ATM mode and the VDSL is in the PTM mode. If an ATM service port only is configured, a PTM service port needs to be added. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/2/4 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port desc 3 description Vlanid:101/vdsl/ptm
Step 9 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Verification l
Step 1: Configure the user name and password for the dialup on the modem (the user name and password must be the same as those configured on the BRAS).
l
Step 2: Dial up on the PC by using the PPPoE dialup software. After the dialup is successful, the user can access the Internet.
l
Step 3: When FTP is used to download files and after the dialup is performed on the PPPoE dialup software, the PPPoE dialup software prompts that the dialup is successful. Then, the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE mode.
l
Step 4: When downloading files through FTP, you can open Task Manager in Windows and click Networking to check the link speed. Then, you can calculate the Internet access rate by the following formula: Attainable Internet access rate = Computer network adapter rate/48 x 53 x 8. The calculated result approximates to the planned 8192 kbit/s.
4.1.7 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 Internet Access Services on a Vectoring-Enabled MA5603T On a fiber to the building (FTTB) or fiber to the curb (FTTC) network, an MA5603T has the vectoring function enabled and provides the Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) Internet access service for very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) users. This topic describes how to configure VDSL2 Internet access service on such an MA5603T. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
294
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
4 Example: Configuring the DSLAM Services
Service Requirements l
In a new VDSL2 vectoring office, all VDSL2 lines connected to the MA5603T are physically bundled together, and all users connect to the Internet in PPPoE mode.
l
A customer premises equipment (CPE) that supports the vectoring function and a CPE that does not support the vectoring function are connected to the MA5603T. (A CPE that does not support the vectoring function is called a vectoring legacy CPE.)
l
Different virtual local area networks (VLANs) are used to differentiate access users.
l
The user access rates are not limited to prevent the vectoring performance from being affected.
l
The vectoring function takes effect in upstream and downstream directions of the VDSL2 lines to cancel the far-end crosstalk (FEXT).
l
User accounts must be protected against theft and roaming.
l
The VDSL2 mode is set to TR129 and aVDSL2 profile in the common mode is used on the MA5603T.
Figure 4-7 shows a VDSL2 Internet access service network that uses a vectoring-enabled MA5603T. Figure 4-7 VDSL2 Internet access service network that uses a vectoring-enabled MA5603T
PC_1
Modem_1
ONU
PC_n
OLT
Modem_n
Prerequisite The user name and password must be configured on the broadband remote access server (BRAS) for the BRAS to implement the Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) function. To implement AAA, the BRAS needs to identify the VLAN tags carried in the user packets forwarded by the MA5603T upstream.
Procedure Step 1 Create a service VLAN (SVLAN) and add an uplink port to the SVLAN. Create Smart SVLAN 50 and add uplink port 0/9/0 to SVLAN 50. huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/9 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
295
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
4 Example: Configuring the DSLAM Services
Step 2 Configure a VDSL2 access mode. 1.
Configure a VDSL2 profile. For details, see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode). For how to configure a VDSL2 profile in VDSL2 TI mode, see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode). Set the IDs of the VDSL2 line profile, VDSL2 channel profile, and VDSL2 line template to 3, channel mode to interleave, maximum downstream interleave delay to 8 ms, maximum upstream interleave delay to 2 ms, noise margin to 6 dB, minimum downstream impulse noise protection (INP) to 4, and minimum upstream INP to 2. huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 huawei(config)#vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100
2.
Activate VDSL2 port 0/4/1, and bind the configured VDSL2 line template 3 and the default VDSL2 alarm template 1 to this port. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/4 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/4)#deactivate 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/4)#activate 1 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/4)#alarm-config 1 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/4)#quit
3.
Run the display traffic table command to query the configured traffic profile in the system. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 b> { |toindex }:
display if-sip all -----------------------------------------------------------MGID 0 Transfer Mode UDP State Normal Signalling IP 192.168.0.170 Signalling Port 5068 Primary Proxy IP 1/DomainName 192.168.0.171 Primary Proxy Port 5060 Primary Proxy State Up Secondary Proxy IP 1/DomainName 192.168.0.172 Secondary Proxy Port 5061 Secondary Proxy State Up Current Proxy Primary Proxy ------------------------------------------------------------
Step 7 Configure the PSTN subscriber data. 1.
Configure the PSTN user data (Phone 0-Phone 63) in slot 0/2. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/2/0 0/2/63 0 telno 83110000
2.
Configure the calling priority of the PSTN user in port 0/2/0 as Cat2. huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser attribute set 0/2/0 priority cat2
3.
Configure the PSTN user data (Phone 64-Phone 127) in slot 0/3. huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/63 0 telno 88110000
4.
Configure the authentication data of the PSTN user in port 0/2/0. huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser auth set 0/2/0 telno 83110000 passwordmode password User Name(enable huawei#config huawei(config)#board confirm 0
Step 2 Configure the NMS. 1.
Configure the IP address of the inband NMS interface. l Create the NMS VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 10 standard
l Add the upstream port. huawei(config)#port vlan 10 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
516
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y
l Enter the NMS VLAN interface mode. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 10
l Configure the IP address of the NMS interface. huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ip address 10.10.1.2 255.255.255.0
2.
Add the route. l Configure the route destined to the NMS (Trap destination address). huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
l Configure the route destined to the time server. huawei(config)#ip route-static 4.4.4.4 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 4.4.4.5 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
l Configure the route destined to the log host. huawei(config)#ip route-static 3.3.3.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 3.3.4.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
3.
Add the ACL rule. huawei(config)#acl 3050 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source any destination any huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule deny ip source any destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 2.2.2.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 4.4.4.4 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 4.4.4.5 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 3.3.3.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 3.3.4.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#quit huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 3050 port 0/19/0 huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 3050 port 0/19/1
4.
Configure SNMP. l Set the community name and access authority. huawei(config)#snmp-agent community read public huawei(config)#snmp-agent community write private
l Set the SysContact. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075512345678
l Set the SysLocation. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen China
l Set the SNMP version. The SNMP version must be the same as that of the NMS. In this example, the SNMP version is set as SNMP V2C. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v2c
5. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable the trap sending. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
517
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard
6.
Set trap destination address. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 2.2.2.2 trap-paramsname abc huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei123 address 2.2.2.3 trap-paramsname 123
7.
Set trap source address. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source vlanif 10
Step 3 Configure the time server. huawei(config)#ntp-service unicast-server 4.4.4.4 source-interface vlanif 10 huawei(config)#ntp-service unicast-server 4.4.4.5 source-interface vlanif 10
Step 4 Configure the log host. huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost
add 3.3.3.3 activate ip add 3.3.4.3 activate ip
syslog-1 3.3.3.3 syslog-2 3.3.4.3
Step 5 Configure the EMU. This topic uses the fan monitoring as an example to show how to configure the EMU. In this example, assume that the slave node number is 1. In this case, you need to set the DIP switch of the node address on the fan monitoring unit as 1. huawei(config)#emu add 0 h801ESC 0 0 huawei(config)#emu add 1 fan 0 1
Step 6 Configure GIU subtending. MA5600T-1 is subtended with MA5600T-2 andMA5600T-3. Therefore, the subtending should be configured. huawei(config)#vlan 60 to 62 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 60 to 62 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y huawei(config)#vlan 101 to 102 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 101 to 102 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y
Step 7 Configure the ADSL2+ service. The MA5600T supports the ADSL2+ service of multiple encapsulation modes, such as IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, and PPPoE. This topic uses the PPPoE mode as an example to describe how to configure the ADSL2+ service. For other encapsulation modes, see "4.1 Example: Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service." 1.
Configure the ADSL2+ line profile. You can configure it based on your requirements. huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 10 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI) > 2: Full rate(G992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI) > 3: G.DMT (G992.1/3/5)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
518
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >
2.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
4: G.HS (G992.1~5) 5: ADSL (G992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413) 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G992.3~5) Please select (0~6) [1]: Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]: Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]: Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 10 successfully
Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile. The ADSL2+ channel profile should be configured based on the actual channel condition. huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 10 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]:24 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]:12 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [32]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [32]: > Maximum transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [24544]:8000 > Minimum transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [32]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [32]: > Maximum transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [1024]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 10 successfully
3.
Configure the ADSL2+ line template. Bind the configured line profile to the configured channel profile. The index of the line template is 10. huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 10 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
519
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
10 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]: 1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]: 10 Add template 10 successfully
4.
Configure the ADSL2+ alarm profile. The ADSL2+ alarm profile should be configured based on the actual line condition. see "Configuring an ADSL2+ Template" for the configuration. The following uses the alarm profile 1 as an example.
5.
Configure the ADSL2+ traffic profile. To configure the ADSL2+ traffic profile, run the traffic table ip command. In this example, the default profile (profile 6) is used.
6.
Activate the ADSL2+ port. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate all huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config all 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate all template-index 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit
7.
Configure the upstream port. l Configure the GIU board. By default, the GE optical port of the GIU board works in the full duplex mode with the rate of 1000 Mbit/s. To change the port working mode and the port rate, run the speed and duplex command in the GIU mode. The settings must be the same as the settings of the peer device. l Configure the VLAN. The ADSL2+ users of MA5600T-1 use the VLAN authentication. In this case, the MUX VLAN is used to identify the users. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 to 1031 mux huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y huawei(config)#port vlan 1001 to 1031 0/19 0
8.
Add the service port. All ports in slot 0/3 provide the ADSL2+ service. To add service ports in batches, run the multi-service-port command. huawei(config)#multi-service-port from-vlan 1000 port 0/2 0-31 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 8 Configure the SHDSL service. The MA5600T supports the SHDSL service of multiple encapsulation modes, such as IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, and PPPoE. This topic uses the PPPoE mode as an example to describe how to Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
520
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
configure the SHDSL service. For other encapsulation modes, see "4.1 Example: Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service." 1.
Configure the SHDSL line profile. To configure the SHDSL line profile, run the shdsl line-profile add or shdsl line-profile quickadd command. huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 10 line two-wire rate 2048 2048 psd symmetric transmission Annex-A remote disable probe disable snr-margin ds-curr 10 ds-worst 10 us-curr 10 us-worst 10 bitmap 0x03
2.
Configure the SHDSL alarm profile. To configure the SHDSL alarm profile, run the shdsl alarm-profile add command. In this example, the default profile (profile 1) is used.
3.
Configure the SHDSL traffic profile. To configure the SHDSL traffic profile, run the traffic table ip command. In this example, the default profile (profile 6) is used.
4.
Activate the SHDSL port. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/5 huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#deactivate all huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#alarm-config all 1 huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#activate all 10 huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#quit
5.
Configure the upstream port. The SHDSL users of MA5600T-1 use the VLAN authentication. In this case, the MUX VLAN is used to identify the users. huawei(config)#vlan 1300 to 1314 mux huawei(config)#port vlan 1300 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y huawei(config)#port vlan 1300 to 1314 0/19 0
6.
Add the service port. l Ports 0-15 in slot 0/5 provide the SHDSL service. l To add service ports in batches, run the multi-service-port command. huawei(config)#multi-service-port from-vlan 1300 port 0/5 0-14 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 9 Configure the GPON service. 1.
Configure the service VLAN and the upstream port. huawei(config)#vlan 1510 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1510 0/19 0
2.
Configure the DBA profile. huawei(config)#tcont-profile add profile-id 10 type1 fix 102400
3.
Configure the alarm threshold profile. l When you need to configure the alarm threshold value to monitor the performance statistics of the activated ONT line, run the gpon alarm-profile add command to configure the GPON alarm threshold profile.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
521
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
l In the default GPON alarm threshold profile 1, all alarm thresholds are set to 0, which indicates that no alarm is reported. l In this example, the default alarm threshold profile is used. You do not need to configure it. 4.
Configure the GPON traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 10240 priority 0 priority-policy tag-In-Package
5.
Add an ONT. NOTE
l You can add an ONT in two ways: run the ont add command to add an ONT offline or run the ont confirm command to confirm an ONT that is in the auto-find state. l You need to run the port ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the auto-find function of the ONT. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/18 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont add 1 0 hwhw-10101010 password-auth huawei profile-id 2
6.
Bind the alarm threshold profile. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont alarm-profile 1 0 profile-id 1
7.
Bind the DBA profile. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#tcont bind-profile 1 0 1 profile-id 10
8.
Divide the ONT port VLAN. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont port vlan 1 0 eth 10 0 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont port native-vlan 1 0 eth 0 vlan 1510
9.
Configure the GEM port. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#gemport add 1 gemportid 150 eth
10. Bind the GEM port to an ONT T-CONT. NOTE
In the actual application, if the ONT terminal does not support the priority queue scheduling, you can use the CAR to limit the rate when binding the GEM port to the ONT T-CONT. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont gemport bind 1 0 150 1 priority-queue 3
11. Create the mapping between the GEM port and the service stream. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont gemport mapping 1 0 150 vlan 1510 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#quit
12. Add the service port. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1510 gpon 0/18/0 gemport 150 multi-service user-vlan 10 rx-cttr 5 tx-cttr 8
Step 10 Configure the POTS service. 1.
Configure the upstream ports of the media stream and the signaling flow. huawei(config)#vlan 1600 smart huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1600 huawei(config)#port vlan 1600 0/19 0 huawei(config-if-vlanif1600)#ip address 10.176.6.33 24
2.
Configure the static route destined to the MGC. NOTE
When the MGC and the MG are in the same network segment, you do not need to configure the static route. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.30.80.0 255.255.255.0 10.176.6.62
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
522
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Configure the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.176.6.33 10.176.6.62 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.176.6.33
4.
Configure the MG interface. Add an MG interface. huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface? (y/n)[n]:y
Configure the MG interface attributes. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 10.176.6.33 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp primary-mgc-ip1 10.30.80.65 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 10.176.6.33
Configure the software parameters of the MG interface (in this example, only parameter 20 is configured, and other parameters use the default values). huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 20 2
5.
Reset the MG interface. NOTE
After configuring the MG interface, you need to reset the interface to validate the configuration. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y
6.
Configure the PSTN user data. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 terminalid 0 telno 88660032
Step 11 Configuring the QinQ private line service. MA5600T-1 and MA5600T-4 serve two branches of a company to provide the QinQ private line service. 1.
Create VLAN 50. huawei(config)#vlan 50 mux
2.
Set VLAN 50 as QinQ VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan attrib 50 q-in-q
3.
Add the upstream port. huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/19 0
4.
Add the service port. To add the service port, run the service-port command. Note that the VPI and VCI values of the virtual port must be the same as those on the modem. The QinQ VLAN supports the PVC-priority scheduling policy only. In this case, select the profile that supports PVC-priority policy. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir off priority 0 priority-policy local-Setting huawei(config)#service-port vlan 50 shdsl 0/5/15 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7
Step 12 Configure the multicast service. After the configuration, the following results should be achieved: Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
523
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
l Users of port 0/2/2 need to be authenticated, and have rights to watch two programs and to preview one program. l Users of port 0/2/3 do not need to be authenticated. 1.
Configure the xDSL. In this example, there is no need to configure the xDSL. The default line profile (profile 1002) is used.
2.
Configure the VLAN. l Create a VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart
l Configure the VLAN upstream port. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y
l Configure the native VLAN. NOTE
When the VLAN ID of the tag packet is the same as the VLAN ID of the native VLAN of the egress, the egress removes the tag of the packet. That is, the tagged packet becomes to the untagged packet (without VLAN ID) after the tagged packet passes through the egress. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/19 huawei(config-if-giu-0/19)#native-vlan 0 vlan 100 huawei(config-if-giu-0/19)#native-vlan 1 vlan 100
l Create the traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting
l Add ADSL2+ ports 0/0/2 and 0/0/3 to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/2 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 8 txcttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/3 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 8 txcttr 8
3.
Configure the multicast service. l Enable the multicast proxy function. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 100 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y
l Set the upstream port. huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan100)#quit huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
l Set the preview parameters. In this example, configure the preview authority profile with the preview duration for the program to 150s, the number of preview attempts to 6 each day and the preview interval to 60s. huawei(config-btv)#igmp preview-profile add index 1 duration 150 times 6 interval 60 huawei(config-btv)#igmp preview auto-reset-time 00:00:00 huawei(config-btv)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
524
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
l Configured the program library. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 100 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp program sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp program sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp program sourceip 10.10.10.10 preview-profile huawei(config-mvlan100)#quit
add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 add name program3 ip 224.1.1.3 1
l Configure the authority profile. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp huawei(config-btv)#igmp watch huawei(config-btv)#igmp watch huawei(config-btv)#igmp preview
profile add profile-name profile0 profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 profile profile-name profile0 program-name program2 profile profile-name profile0 program-name program3
l Configure the multicast user. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add port 0/2/3 adsl 0 35 no-auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add port 0/2/2 adsl 0 35 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile port 0/2/2 profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 100 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp multicast-vlan member port 0/2/2 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp multicast-vlan member port 0/2/3
Step 13 Configure the subtending multicast service. 1.
Set the upstream port. The upstream port is already configured in Step 12.3.
2.
Configure the IGMP proxy. The IGMP proxy is already configured in Step 12.3.
3.
Configure the program library. The program library is already configured in Step 12.3.
4.
Configure the multicast for the subtending port. l Specify a subtending port. huawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port 0/19/1
l Modify a subtending port. huawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port modify 0/19/1 static enable
l Add programs for the static subtending port. huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join cascade-port 0/19/1 ip 224.1.1.1 vlan 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join cascade-port 0/19/1 ip 224.1.1.2 vlan 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join cascade-port 0/19/1 ip 224.1.1.3 vlan 100 huawei(config-btv)#quit
Step 14 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
8.4 Configuring MA5600T-2 This topic describes how to configure MA5600T-2. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
525
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Procedure Step 1 Confirm the board. huawei>enable huawei#config huawei(config)#board confirm 0
Step 2 Configure the NMS. 1.
Configure the IP address of the inband NMS interface. l Create the NMS VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 10 standard
l Add the upstream port. huawei(config)#port vlan 10 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y
l Enter the NMS VLAN interface mode. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 10
l Configure the IP address of the NMS interface. huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ip address 10.10.1.3 255.255.255.0
2.
Add the route. l Configure the route destined to the NMS (Trap destination address). huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
l Configure the route destined to the time server. huawei(config)#ip route-static 4.4.4.4 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 4.4.4.5 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
l Configure the route destined to the log host. huawei(config)#ip route-static 3.3.3.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 3.3.4.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
3.
Add the ACL rule. huawei(config)#acl 3050 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source any destination any huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule deny ip source any destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 2.2.2.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 4.4.4.4 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 4.4.4.5 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 3.3.3.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 3.3.4.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#quit huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 3050 port 0/19/0 huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 3050 port 0/19/1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
526
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
4.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Configure SNMP. l Set the community name and access authority. huawei(config)#snmp-agent community read public huawei(config)#snmp-agent community write private
l Set the SysContact. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075512345678
l Set the SysLocation. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen China
l Set the SNMP version. The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version of the NMS. In this example, the SNMP version is set as SNMP V2C. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v2c
5.
Enable the trap sending. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard
6.
Set trap destination address. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 2.2.2.2 trap-paramsname abc huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei123 address 2.2.2.3 trap-paramsname 123
7.
Set the trap source address. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source vlanif 10
Step 3 Configure the time server. huawei(config)#ntp-service unicast-server 4.4.4.4 source-interface vlanif 10 huawei(config)#ntp-service unicast-server 4.4.4.5 source-interface vlanif 10
Step 4 Configure the log host. huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost
add 3.3.3.3 activate ip add 3.3.4.3 activate ip
syslog-1 3.3.3.3 syslog-2 3.3.4.3
Step 5 Configure the EMU. This topic uses the fan monitoring as an example to show how to configure the EMU. By default, the default slave node number of the fan EMU is 0. In this example, assume that the slave node number 1. In this case, you need to set the DIP switch of the node address on the fan monitoring unit as 1. huawei(config)#emu add 0 h801esc 0 0 huawei(config)#emu add 1 fan 0 1
Step 6 Configure GIU subtending MA5600T-2 is subtended with MA5600T-3. Therefore subtending should be configured transparently transmit the VLAN data of MA5600T-3. There are four VLANs configured on MA5600T-3, with the VLAN ID of 10, 100, 1000 and 1300. These VLAN are already configured with subtending, and it is unnecessary to configure them again. Step 7 Configure the ADSL2+ service. The MA5600T supports the ADSL2+ service of multiple encapsulation modes, such as IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, and PPPoE. This topic uses the PPPoE mode as an example to describe how to configure the ADSL2+ service. For other encapsulation modes, see "4.1 Example: Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service." Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
527
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Configure the ADSL2+ line profile. You can configure it based on your requirements. huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 10 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI) > 2: Full rate(G992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI) > 3: G.DMT (G992.1/3/5) > 4: G.HS (G992.1~5) > 5: ADSL (G992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413) > 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G992.3~5) > Please select (0~6) [1]: > Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 10 successfully
2.
Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile. The configuration data in the ADSL2+ channel profile is set according to the actual channel conditions. huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 10 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]:24 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]:12 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [32]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [32]: > Maximum transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [24544]:8000 > Minimum transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [32]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [32]: > Maximum transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [1024]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 10 successfully
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
528
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Configure the ADSL2+ line template. Bind the configured line profile and channel profile together to form line template 10. huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 10 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:10 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:10 Add template 10 successfully
4.
Configure the ADSL2+ alarm profile. You can configure the ADSL2+ alarm profile based on your own needs. For details, see "Configuring an ADSL2+ Template." In this example, the default alarm profile (template 1) is used.
5.
Configure the ADSL2+ traffic profile. To configure the ADSL2+ traffic profile, run the traffic table ip command. In this example, the default profile (profile 6) is used.
6.
Activate the ADSL2+ port. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate all huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config all 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate all 10 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit
7.
Configure the upstream port. l Configure the GIU board. By default, the GE optical port of the GIU board works in the full duplex mode with the rate of 1000 Mbit/s. To change the port working mode and the port rate, run the speed and duplex commands in GIU mode. The settings must be the same as the settings of the peer device. l Configure the VLAN. The ADSL2+ users of MA5600T-1 use the VLAN authentication. In this case, the smart VLAN is used to identify the users. huawei(config)#vlan 2020 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 2020 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y
8.
Add the service port. All ports in slot 0/2 provide the ADSL2+ service. To add service ports in batches, run the multi-service-port command. huawei(config)#multi-service-port vlan 2020 port 0/2 0-31 vpi 0 vci 35 userencap pppo rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 8 Configure the SHDSL service. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
529
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
The MA5600T supports the SHDSL service of multiple encapsulation modes, such as IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, and PPPoE. This topic uses the PPPoE mode as an example to describe how to configure the SHDSL service. For other encapsulation modes, see "4.1 Example: Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service." 1.
Configure the SHDSL line profile. To configure the SHDSL line profile, run the shdsl line-profile add or shdsl line-profile quickadd command. huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 10 line two-wire rate 2048 2048 psd symmetric transmission Annex-A remote disable probe disable snr-margin ds-curr 10 ds-worst 10 us-curr 10 us-worst 10 bitmap 0x03
2.
Configure the SHDSL alarm profile. To configure the SHDSL alarm profile, run the shdsl alarm-profile add command. In this example, the default profile (profile 1) is used.
3.
Configure the SHDSL traffic profile. To configure the SHDSL traffic profile, run the traffic table ip command. In this example, the default profile (profile 6) is used.
4.
Activate the SHDSL port. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/5 huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#deactivate all huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#alarm-config all 1 huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#activate all 10 huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#quit
5.
Configure the upstream port. The SHDSL users of MA5600T-2 use the PPPoE authentication. In this case, the smart VLAN is used to identify the users. huawei(config)#vlan 3020 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 3020 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y
6.
Add the service port. l Ports 0-15 of in slot 0/5 provide the SHDSL service. l To add service ports in batches, run the multi-service-port command. huawei(config)#multi-service-port vlan 3020 port 0/5 0-15 vpi 0 vci 35 userencap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 9 Configure the POTS service. 1.
Configure the upstream ports of the media stream and the signaling flow. huawei(config)#vlan 1600 smart huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1600 huawei(config)#port vlan 1600 0/19 0 huawei(config-if-vlanif1600)#ip address 10.176.6.33 24
2.
Configure the static route destined to the MGC. NOTE
When the MGC and the MG are in the same network segment, you do not need to configure the static route.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
530
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.30.80.0 255.255.255.0 10.176.6.62
3.
Configure the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.176.6.33 10.176.6.62 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.176.6.33
4.
Configure the MG interface. Add an MG interface. huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface? (y/n)[n]:y
Configure the MG interface attributes. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 10.176.6.33 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp mgcip_1 10.30.80.65 mgcport_1 2944 mg-media-ip 10.176.6.33
Configure the software parameters of the MG interface (in this example, only parameter 20 is configured, and other parameters use the default values). huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 20 2
5.
Reset the MG interface. NOTE
After configuring the MG interface, you need to reset the interface to validate the configuration. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y
6.
Configure the PSTN user data. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 terminalid 0 telno 88660032
Step 10 Configure the stacking multi-ISP wholesale service. l ISP1 provides users of ports 0/2/0 to 0/2/10 with the multi-ISP wholesale service. l ISP2 provides users of ports 0/2/11 to 0/2/20 with the multi-ISP wholesale service. l ISP3 provides users of ports 0/2/21 to 0/2/30 with the multi-ISP wholesale service. 1.
Create a stacking VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 60 to 62 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 60 to 62 stacking huawei(config)#stacking outer-ethertype 0x8000
2.
Add the upstream port. huawei(config)#port vlan 60 to 62 0/19 0
3.
Add the service port. huawei(config)#multi-service-port vlan 60 adsl 0/2 0-10 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#multi-service-port vlan 61 adsl 0/2 11-20 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#multi-service-port vlan 62 adsl 0/2 21-30 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
4.
Configure the inner label. huawei(config)#stacking label vlan 60 baselabel 111 huawei(config)#stacking label vlan 61 baselabel 112 huawei(config)#stacking label vlan 62 baselabel 113
Step 11 Configure the triple play service. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
531
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
After the configuration, the following results should be achieved: Uses of port 0/2/31 can watch the programs stored on servers 224.1.1.1 and 224.1.1.2, and can preview the programs stored on server 224.1.1.3. 1.
Configure the upstream port and the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y huawei(config)#vlan 101 mux huawei(config)#port vlan 101 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan 102 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 102 0/19 0
2.
Configure the traffic table. The voice service has the highest priority, and the network access service has the lowest priority. Assume that the network access service uses traffic table 6, with the priority of 0. The following shows how to create the new traffic tables for the voice service and video service respectively. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 7 priority-policy Tag-In-Package Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 7 TD Name : ip-traffictable_7 Priority : 7 Copy Priority : Mapping Index : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Mapping Index : CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : tagpri CIR : 1024 kbps CBS : 34768 bytes PIR : 2048 kbps PBS : 67536 bytes Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 5 priority-policy tagIn-Package Create traffic descriptor record successfully
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
532
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
-----------------------------------------------TD Index : 8 TD Name : ip-traffictable_8 Priority : 5 Copy Priority : Mapping Index : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Mapping Index : CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : tagpri CIR : off CBS : off PIR : off PBS : off Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------
3.
Configure the service port. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/31 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 101 adsl 0/2/31 vpi 0 vci 36 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 adsl 0/2/31 vpi 0 vci 37 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7
4.
Configure DHCP relay mode for video service. l Enable DHCP mode. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 option-60
l Configure the DHCP server. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 1 ip 10.1.1.2 10.1.1.3 huawei(config)#dhcp domain video huawei(config-dhcp-domain-video)#dhcp-server 1
l Configure the gateway mapped to the DHCP domain. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.1.1.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain video gateway 10.1.1.1
l Enable DHCP Option82. huawei(config)#dhcp option82 enable
5.
Configure DHCP relay mode for voice service. l Configure the DHCP server. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 2 ip 10.4.4.2 10.4.4.3 huawei(config)#dhcp domain voice huawei(config-dhcp-domain-voice)#dhcp-server 2
l Configure the gateway mapped to the DHCP domain. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 102 huawei(config-if-vlanif102)#ip address 10.4.4.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif102)#dhcp domain voice gateway 10.4.4.1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
533
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
l Enable the DHCP option82. huawei(config)#dhcp option82 enable
6.
Configure the multicast service. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/19 huawei(config-if-giu-0/19)#native-vlan 0 vlan 100 huawei(config-if-giu-0/19)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 100 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan100)#quit huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode mstp Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 100 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp program add name program3 ip 224.1.1.3 sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan100)#quit huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watch huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program2 watch huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program3 preview huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add port 0/2/31 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile port 0/2/31 profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 100 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp multicast-vlan member port 0/2/31
Step 12 Configure the subtending multicast service. 1.
Configure the upstream port. The upstream port is already configured in Step 11.6.
2.
Configure the IGMP proxy. The IGMP proxy is already configured in Step 11.6.
3.
Configure the program library. The program library is already configured in Step 11.6
4.
Configure the multicast for the subtending port. l Specify a subtending port. huawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port 0/19/1
l Modify a subtending port. huawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port modify 0/19/1 static enable
l Add programs for the static subtending port. huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join cascade-port 0/19/1 ip 224.1.1.1 vlan 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join cascade-port 0/19/1 ip 224.1.1.2 vlan 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join cascade-port 0/19/1 ip 224.1.1.3 vlan 100 huawei(config-btv)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
534
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Step 13 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
8.5 Configuring MA5600T-3 This topic describes how to configure MA5600T-3.
Procedure Step 1 Confirm the board. huawei>enable huawei#config huawei(config)#board confirm 0
Step 2 Configure the NMS. 1.
Configure the IP address of the inband NMS interface. l Create the NMS VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 10 standard
l Add the upstream port. huawei(config)#port vlan 10 0/19 0
l Enter the NMS VLAN interface mode. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 10
l Configure the IP address of the NMS interface. huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ip address 10.10.1.4 255.255.255.0
2.
Add the route. l Configure the route destined to the NMS (Trap destination address). huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
l Configure the route destined to the time server. huawei(config)#ip route-static 4.4.4.4 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 4.4.4.5 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
l Configure the route destined to the log host. huawei(config)#ip route-static 3.3.3.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 3.3.4.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
3.
Add the ACL rule. huawei(config)#acl 3050 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
permit ip source any destination any deny ip source any destination 10.10.1.2 permit ip source 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 permit ip source 2.2.2.3 0.0.0.0 permit ip source 4.4.4.4 0.0.0.0 permit ip source 4.4.4.5 0.0.0.0
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
535
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 3.3.3.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 3.3.4.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#quit huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 3050 port 0/19/0 huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 3050 port 0/19/1
4.
Configure SNMP. l Set the community name and access authority. huawei(config)#snmp-agent community read public huawei(config)#snmp-agent community write private
l Set the SysContact. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075512345678
l Set the SysLocation. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen China
l Set the SNMP version. The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version of the NMS. In this example, the SNMP version is set as SNMP V2C. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v2c
5.
Enable the trap sending. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard
6.
Set trap destination address. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 2.2.2.2 trap-paramsname abc huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei123 address 2.2.2.3 trap-paramsname 123
7.
Set the trap source address. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source vlanif 10
Step 3 Configure the time server. huawei(config)#ntp-service unicast-server 4.4.4.4 source-interface vlanif 10 huawei(config)#ntp-service unicast-server 4.4.4.5 source-interface vlanif 10
Step 4 Configure the log host. huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost
add 3.3.3.3 activate ip add 3.3.4.3 activate ip
syslog-1 3.3.3.3 syslog-2 3.3.4.3
Step 5 Configure the EMU. This topic uses the fan monitoring as an example to show how to configure the EMU. By default, the default slave node number of the fan EMU is 0. In this example, assume that the slave node number is 1. In this case, you need to set the DIP switch of the node address on the fan monitoring unit as 1. huawei(config)#emu add 0 h801ESC 0 0 huawei(config)#emu add 1 fan 0 1
Step 6 Configure the ADSL2+ service. The MA5600T supports the ADSL2+ service of multiple encapsulation modes, such as IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, and PPPoE. This topic uses the PPPoE mode as an example to describe how to configure the ADSL2+ service. For other encapsulation modes, see "4.1 Example: Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service." Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
536
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Configure the ADSL2+ line profile. You can configure it based on your requirements. huawei(config)#adsl line-profile add 10 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G992.1~5,T1.413,ETSI) > 2: Full rate(G992.1/3/5,T1.413,ETSI) > 3: G.DMT (G992.1/3/5) > 4: G.HS (G992.1~5) > 5: ADSL (G992.1~2,ETSI,T1.413) > 6: ADSL2 & ADSL2+ (G992.3~5) > Please select (0~6) [1]: > Trellis mode 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap downstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Bit swap upstream 1-disable 2-enable (1~2) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: > Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: > 1-fixed, 2-adaptAtStartup, 3-adaptAtRuntime (1~3) [2]: > Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]: > Will you set power management parameters? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: > Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 10 successfully
2.
Configure the ADSL2+ channel profile. The configuration data in the ADSL2+ channel profile is set according to the actual channel conditions. huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile add 10 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16-fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [2]:4 > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~63 ms) [16]:24 > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~63 ms) [6]:12 > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [32]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [32]: > Maximum transmit rate downstream (32~32000 Kbps) [24544]:8000 > Minimum transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [32]: > Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [32]: > Maximum transmit rate upstream (32~6000 Kbps) [1024]: > Will you set rate thresholds? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 10 successfully
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
537
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Configure the ADSL2+ line template. Bind the configured line profile and channel profile together to form line template 10. huawei(config)#adsl line-template add 10 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:10 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]:1 > Channel1 configuration parameters: > Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:10 Add template 10 successfully
4.
Configure the ADSL2+ alarm profile. You can configure the ADSL2+ alarm profile based on your own needs. For details, see "Configuring an ADSL2+ Template." In this example, the default alarm profile (template 1) is used.
5.
Configure the ADSL2+ traffic profile. To configure the ADSL2+ traffic profile, run the traffic table ip command. In this example, the default profile (profile 6) is used.
6.
Activate the ADSL2+ port. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate all huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config all 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate all 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit
7.
Configure the upstream port. l Configure the GIU board. By default, the GE optical port of the GIU board works in the full duplex mode with the rate of 1000 Mbit/s. To change the port working mode and the port rate, run the speed and duplex commands in GIU mode. The settings must be the same as the settings of the peer device. l Configure the VLAN. The ADSL2+ users of MA5600T-1 use the VLAN authentication. In this case, the MUX VLAN is used to identify the users. huawei(config)#vlan 3030 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 3030 0/19 0
8.
Add the service port. All ports of in slot 0/2 provide the ADSL2+ service. To add service ports in batches, run the multi-service-port command. huawei(config)#multi-service-port vlan 3030 port 0/3 0-31 vpi 0 vci 35 userencap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 7 Configure the SHDSL service. The MA5600T supports the SHDSL service of multiple encapsulation modes, such as IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, and PPPoE. This topic uses the PPPoE mode as an example to describe how to configure the SHDSL service. For other encapsulation modes, see "4.1 Example: Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service." Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
538
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Configure the SHDSL line profile. To configure the SHDSL line profile, run the shdsl line-profile add or shdsl line-profile quickadd command. huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 10 line two-wire rate 2048 2048 psd symmetric transmission Annex-A remote disable probe disable snr-margin dscurr 10 ds-worst 10 us-curr 10 us-worst 10 bitmap 0x03
2.
Configure the SHDSL alarm profile. To configure the SHDSL alarm profile, run the shdsl alarm-profile add command. In this example, the default profile (profile 1) is used.
3.
Configure the SHDSL traffic profile. To configure the SHDSL traffic profile, run the traffic table ip command. In this example, the default profile (profile 6) is used.
4.
Activate the SHDSL port. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/5 huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#deactivate all huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#alarm-config all 1 huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#activate all 10 huawei(config-if-shdsl-0/5)#quit
5.
Configure the upstream port. The SHDSL users of MA5600T-3 use the PPPoE authentication. In this case, the smart VLAN is used to identify the users. huawei(config)#vlan 3030 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 3030 0/19 0-1 It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y
6.
Add the service port. l Ports 0-15 of SHDSL board 0/5 provide the SHDSL service. l To add service ports in batches, run the multi-service-port command. huawei(config)#multi-service-port vlan 3030 port 0/5 0-15 vpi 0 vci 35 userencap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 8 Configure the GPON service. 1.
Configure the service VLAN and the upstream port. huawei(config)#vlan 1530 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1530 0/19 0
2.
Configure the DBA profile. huawei(config)#tcont-profile add profile-id 10 type1 fix 102400
3.
Configure the alarm threshold profile. l When you need to configure the alarm threshold value to monitor the performance statistics of the activated ONT line, run the gpon alarm-profile add command to configure the GPON alarm threshold profile. l In the default GPON alarm threshold profile 1, all alarm thresholds are set to 0, which indicates that no alarm is reported.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
539
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
l In this example, the default alarm threshold profile is used. You do not need to configure it. 4.
Configure the GPON traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 10240 priority 0 priority-policy tag-In-Package
5.
Add an ONT. NOTE
l You can add an ONT in two ways: run the ont add command to add an ONT offline or run the ont confirm command to confirm an ONT that is in the auto-find state. l You need to run the port ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the auto-find function of the ONT. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/18 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont add 1 0 hwhw-10101010 password-auth huawei profile-id 2
6.
Bind the alarm threshold profile. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont alarm-profile 1 0 profile-id 1
7.
Bind the DBA profile. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#tcont bind-profile 1 0 1 profile-id 10
8.
Divide the ONT port VLAN. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont port vlan 1 0 eth 10 0 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont port native-vlan 1 0 eth 0 vlan 1530
9.
Configure the GEM port. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#gemport add 1 gemportid 150 eth
10. Bind the GEM port to an ONT T-CONT. NOTE
In the actual application, if the ONT terminal does not support the priority queue scheduling, you can use the CAR to limit the rate when binding the GEM port to the ONT T-CONT. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont gemport bind 1 0 150 1 priority-queue 3
11. Create the mapping between the GEM port and the service stream. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#ont gemport mapping 1 0 150 vlan 1530 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/18)#quit
12. Add the service port. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1530 gpon 0/18/0 gemport 150 multi-service user-vlan 10 rx-cttr 5 tx-cttr 8
Step 9 Configure the POTS service. 1.
Configure the upstream ports of the media stream and the signaling flow. huawei(config)#vlan 1600 smart huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1600 huawei(config)#port vlan 1600 0/19 0 huawei(config-if-vlanif1600)#ip address 10.176.6.33 24
2.
Configure the static route destined to the MGC. NOTE
When the MGC and the MG are in the same network segment, you do not need to configure the static route. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.30.80.0 255.255.255.0 10.176.6.62
3. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
540
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.176.6.33 10.176.6.62 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.176.6.33
4.
Configure the MG interface. Add an MG interface. huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface? (y/n)[n]:y
Configure the MG interface attributes. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 10.176.6.33 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp mgcip_1 10.30.80.65 mgcport_1 2944 mg-media-ip 10.176.6.33
Configure the software parameters of the MG interface (in this example, only parameter 20 is configured, and other parameters use the default values). huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 20 2
5.
Reset the MG interface. NOTE
After configuring the MG interface, you need to reset the interface to validate the configuration. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y
6.
Configure the PSTN user data. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 terminalid 0 telno 88660000
Step 10 Configure the multicast service. After the configuration, the following results should be achieved: l Users of port 0/2/2 need to be authenticated, and have rights to watch two programs and to preview one program. l Users of port 0/2 do not need to be authenticated. 1.
Configure the xDSL. In this example, it is unnecessary to configure the xDSL. The default line profile (profile 1002) is used.
2.
Configure the VLAN. l Create a smart VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart
l Set the VLAN upstream port. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
l Configure the native VLAN. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/19 huawei(config-if-giu-0/19)#native-vlan 0 vlan 100
l Create the traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 5 priority-policy tag-I n-Packag
l Add ADSL2+ port 2 and 3 to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/2 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 8 txcttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 adsl 0/2/3 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 8 txcttr 8
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
541
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Configure the multicast service l Enable the multicast proxy function. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 100 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y
l Configure the upstream port. huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 100 huawei(config-mvlan100)#quit huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
l Configure the preview parameters. In this example, set the preview duration for program 1 to 150s, the number of preview attempts to 6 each day, and the preview interval to 60s. huawei(config-btv)#igmp preview-profile add index 1 duration 150 times 6 interval 60 huawei(config-btv)#igmp preview auto-reset-time 00:00:00 huawei(config-btv)#quit
l Configure the program library. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 100 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp program sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp program sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp program sourceip 10.10.10.10 preview-profile huawei(config-mvlan100)#quit
add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 add name program3 ip 224.1.1.3 1
l Configure the authority profile. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp huawei(config-btv)#igmp watch huawei(config-btv)#igmp watch huawei(config-btv)#igmp preview
profile add profile-name profile0 profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 profile profile-name profile0 program-name program2 profile profile-name profile0 program-name program3
l Configure the multicast user. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add port 0/2/3 no-auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add port 0/2/2 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile port 0/2/16 profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 100 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp multicast-vlan member port 0/2/2 huawei(config-mvlan100)#igmp multicast-vlan member port 0/2/3 huawei(config-btv)#quit
Step 11 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
8.6 Configuring MA5600T-4 This topic describes how to configure MA5600T-4.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
542
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Procedure Step 1 Confirm the board. huawei>enable huawei#config huawei(config)#board confirm 0
Step 2 Configure the NMS. 1.
Configure the IP address of the inband NMS interface. l Create the NMS VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 10 standard
l Add the upstream port. huawei(config)#port vlan 10 0/19 0
l Enter the NMS VLAN interface mode. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 10
l Configure the IP address of the NMS interface. huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ip address 10.10.1.5 255.255.255.0
2.
Add the route. l Configure the route destined to the NMS (Trap destination address). huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
l Configure the route destined to the time server. huawei(config)#ip route-static 4.4.4.4 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 4.4.4.5 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
l Configure the route destined to the log host. huawei(config)#ip route-static 3.3.3.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1 huawei(config)#ip route-static 3.3.4.3 255.255.255.255 10.10.1.1 preference 1
3.
Add the ACL rule. huawei(config)#acl 3050 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source any destination any huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule deny ip source any destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 2.2.2.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 4.4.4.4 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 4.4.4.5 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 3.3.3.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#rule permit ip source 3.3.4.3 0.0.0.0 destination 10.10.1.2 0.0.0.0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3050)#quit huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 3050 port 0/19/0 huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 3050 port 0/19/1
4.
Configure SNMP. l Set the community name and access authority. huawei(config)#snmp-agent community read public huawei(config)#snmp-agent community write private
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
543
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
l Set the SysContact. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075512345678
l Set the SysLocation. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen China
l Set the SNMP version. The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version of the NMS. In this example, the SNMP version is set as SNMP V2C. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v2c
5.
Enable the trap sending. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard
6.
Set trap destination address. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 2.2.2.2 trap-paramsname abc huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei123 address 2.2.2.3 trap-paramsname 123
7.
Set the trap source address. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source vlanif 10
Step 3 Configure the time server. huawei(config)#ntp-service unicast-server 4.4.4.4 source-interface vlanif 10 huawei(config)#ntp-service unicast-server 4.4.4.5 source-interface vlanif 10
Step 4 Configure the log host. huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost huawei(config)#loghost
add 3.3.3.3 activate ip add 3.3.4.3 activate ip
syslog-1 3.3.3.3 syslog-2 3.3.4.3
Step 5 Configure the EMU. This topic uses the fan monitoring as an example to show how to configure the EMU. By default, the default slave node number of the fan EMU is 0. In this example, assume that the slave node number is 1. In this case, you need to set the DIP switch of the node address on the fan monitoring unit as 1. huawei(config)#emu add 0 h801ESC 0 0 huawei(config)#emu add 1 fan 0 1
Step 6 Configure the VDSL2 service. The MA5600T supports the VDSL2 Internet service of multiple encapsulation modes, such as IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, and PPPoE. This topic uses the PPPoE mode as an example to describe how to configure the VDSL2 service. For other encapsulation modes, see "4.1 Example: Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service." 1.
Configure the VDSL2 line profile. You can configure the VDSL2 line profile based on your requirements. huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile add 10 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Transmission mode: > 0: Custom > 1: All (G992.1~5,T1.413,G993.2) > 2: Full rate(G992.1/3/5,T1.413,G993.2)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
544
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >
2.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
3: G.DMT (G992.1/3/5,G993.2) 4: G.HS (G992.1~5,G993.2) 5: ADSL (G.992.1~5,T1.413) 6: VDSL (G993.2) Please select (0~6) [1]: Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream: 1-fixed 2-adaptAtStartup (1~2) [2]: Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream: 1-fixed 2-adaptAtStartup (1~2) [2]: Will you set SNR margin parameters? (y/n) [n]: Will you set DPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]: Will you set UPBO parameters? (y/n)[n]: Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: Will you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter? (y/n) [n]: Will you set mode-specific parameters? (y/n) [n]: Add profile 10 successfully
Configure the VDSL2 channel profile. You can configure the VDSL2 channel profile based on your requirements. huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile add 10 Start adding profile Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the profile (y/n) [n]: > Data path mode 1-ATM, 2-PTM, 3-Both (1~3) [3]:1 > Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum impulse noise protection downstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]:3 > Minimum impulse noise protection upstream: > 1-noProtection 2-halfSymbol 3-singleSymbol 4-twoSymbols > 5-threeSymbols 6-fourSymbols 7-fiveSymbols 8-sixSymbols > 9-sevenSymbols 10-eightSymbols 11-nineSymbols 12-tenSymbols > 13-elevenSymbols 14-twelveSymbols 15-thirteenSymbols 16fourteenSymbols > 17-fifteenSymbols 18-sixteenSymbols > Please select (1~18) [1]:3 > Will you set interleaving delay parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Maximum interleaving delay downstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Maximum interleaving delay upstream (0~200 ms) [20]: > Will you set parameters for rate? (y/n) [n]:y > Minimum transmit rate downstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]:512 > Maximum transmit rate downstream (512~100000 Kbps) [100000]: > Minimum transmit rate upstream (128~100000 Kbps) [128]: > Maximum transmit rate upstream (128~100000 Kbps) [100000]: Add profile 10 successfully
3.
Configure the VDSL2 line template. Bind the preceding configured line profile and the channel profile together in the line template with the index of 10. huawei(config)#vdsl line-template add 10 Start adding template Press 'Q' to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected > Do you want to name the template (y/n) [n]: > Please set the line-profile index (1~128) [1]:10 > Will you set channel configuration parameters? (y/n) [n]:y > Please set the channel number (1~2) [1]: > Channel1 configuration parameters:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
545
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide >
4.
8 Example: Subtending Networking
Please set the channel-profile index (1~128) [1]:10 Add template 10 successfully
Configure the VDSL2 alarm profile. You can configure the VDSL2 alarm profile based on your requirements. For the configuration, see "Configuring VDSL2 Profiles." In this example, the default alarm profile 1 is used.
5.
Configure the VDSL2 traffic profile. You can configure the VDSL2 traffic profile by running the traffic table ip command based on your requirements. In this example, the default profile (profile 6) is used.
6.
Activate the VDSL2 port. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#alarm-config all huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#activate all template-index 10 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/2)#quit
7.
Configure the upstream port. l Configure the GIU board. In general, the GE optical port uses the default gigabit full-duplex mode. To change the mode, switch to the GIU config mode. Then run the speed command to change the port rate, and run the duplex command to change the port duplex mode. The settings of the upstream port must be the same as the settings on the peer device. l Configure the VLAN. The VDSL2 users of MA5600T-1 use the PPPoE authentication. In this case, the smart VLAN is used to identify the users. huawei(config)#vlan 1800 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1800 0/19 0
8.
Add the service port. All ports in slot 0/2 provide the VDSL2 Internet access service. To add service ports in batches, run the multi-service-port command. huawei(config)#multi-service-port vlan 1800 port 0/2 0-23 vpi 0 vci 35 userencap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 7 Configure the QinQ private line service. MA5600T-4 and MA5600T-1 serve two branches of a company to provide the QinQ private line service. 1.
Create VLAN 50. huawei(config)#vlan 50 mux
2.
Set VLAN 50 as QinQ VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan attrib 50 q-in-q
3.
Add the upstream port. huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/19 0
4.
Add the service port. To add the service port, run the service-port command. Note that the VPI and VCI values of the service port must be the same as those on the modem.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
546
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8 Example: Subtending Networking
The QinQ VLAN supports the PVC-priority scheduling policy only. In this case, select the profile that supports PVC-priority policy. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 50 shdsl 0/5/15 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7
Step 8 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
8.7 Verification All services configured on all DSLAMs run in the normal state.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
547
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
9
9 FTTx Configuration Summary
FTTx Configuration Summary
The Configuration Guide of the FTTx Solution is a set of configurations of FTTx networks, including fiber to the home (FTTH), fiber to the building (FTTB), fiber to the curb (FTTC), fiber to the office (FTTO), fiber to the mobile base station (FTTM), and multiple system operator (MSO). This manual is described according to the following:
Structure of Overview, Data Plan, and Configuration The description structure of each sub-solution is overview, data plan, and configuration. In this case, you can know about the overview first and then the details, and configure services in actual scenarios. 1.
Overview: Describes the basic concepts, scenarios, typical network topologies, and ONU capability set of solutions, providing necessary contexts for users.
2.
Data plan: Describes the principle of data plan, providing reference to data configuration.
3.
Configuration: Describes the procedure of configuring a service in a network topology and provides the method of verifying the service.
Recommended Principle of Data Plan Data plan is the key factor and difficulty for network planning engineers and commissioning engineers. This manual provides the recommended principle of data plan for security, device management, QoS, and specific service in various sub-solutions. In this case, you can plan and deploy services efficiently. Takes the FTTB/C sub-solution as an example, the principle of data plan is shown in Figure 9-1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
548
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
9 FTTx Configuration Summary
Figure 9-1 Recommended Principle of Data Plan
Typical Network Topology and Application Scenario Various sub-solutions have different features. This manual is described based on the typical network topologies and application scenarios. In this case, you can find out the required contents according to the actual network topology and application scenario. Takes the FTTO (large-sized enterprise access) sub-solution as an example, the application scenarios are shown in Figure 9-2. Figure 9-2 Typical Application Scenario
typical network topologies and application scenarios
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
549
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10
10 FTTH Configuration
FTTH Configuration
About This Chapter This section describes the configurations of Internet access, voice, broadband TV (BTV), and VoD services in fiber to the home (FTTH) networking scenarios. 10.1 FTTH Service Overview This topic describes FTTH service from basic concepts, network scenarios, typical configurations, and ONT capability sets to provide necessary background information for FTTH service configuration in different scenarios. 10.2 Basic Concepts This section describes basic concepts related to the fiber to the home (FTTH) solution from the user side to the network side on FTTH networking using PON and P2P upstream transmission, respectively. 10.3 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GPON) This section describes fiber to the home (FTTH) networking scenarios and hardware configurations of an optical line terminal (OLT) and optical network terminals (ONTs). 10.4 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (P2P) This section describes fiber to the home (FTTH) networking scenarios and hardware configurations of an optical line terminal (OLT) and optical network terminals (ONTs). 10.5 Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets This topic provides common GPON ONT capability sets of Huawei, serving as a reference for parameter configuration when an ONT is added offline. 10.6 Principle of FTTH Data Plan 10.7 GPON Access: Configuring FTTH Service This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service, voice service and BTV service and VoD service in GPON access mode in FTTH network scenario. 10.8 P2P Access: Configuring FTTH Service Users connected to the OLT through an ONT, and are therefore provided with the Internet, VoIP, and IPTV service through a same port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
550
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
10.1 FTTH Service Overview This topic describes FTTH service from basic concepts, network scenarios, typical configurations, and ONT capability sets to provide necessary background information for FTTH service configuration in different scenarios.
10.2 Basic Concepts This section describes basic concepts related to the fiber to the home (FTTH) solution from the user side to the network side on FTTH networking using PON and P2P upstream transmission, respectively.
FTTH Networking Using PON Upstream Transmission
FTTH Networking Using P2P Upstream Transmission
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
551
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
User Side Concept
Description
Home gateway (HGW or HG)
A gateway device positioned for small office and home office (SOHO) users. It provides multiple service ports, such as POTS and LAN, wireless local area network (WLAN), or xDSL ports. The HGW supports routing and remote management and diagnosis.
VoD
A technology that enables users to order any program in a VoD program library. During program playing, users can perform operations, such as pause, fast forward, fast rewind, and program locating.
Multicast
Is also called broadband TV (BTV), which is similar to traditional cable TV (CATV) or satellite TV. The user experience in watching a multicast program is the same as that in watching a traditional TV program. Unlike the traditional TV, the IPTV system encodes audio signals and sends them to user terminals through an IP network.
Concept
Description
PON
A network that uses the point-to-multipoint (P2MP) network architecture. A PON network consists of an optical line terminal (OLT), an optical distribution network (ODN), and optical network units (ONUs). It uses optical fibers to transmit data, supports more users with less optical fibers, and provides high access rates.
ODN
A network that consists of optical fibers and passive optical components, such as one or more optical dividers. The ODN network provides highly reliable optical paths to connect ONUs to an OLT.
OLT
An aggregation device located at a central office (CO), which terminates PON protocols. In this document. OLTs are MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608Ts.
Optical network terminal (ONT)
A user terminal that provides various ports for users. In PON networking, the PON board of an OLT communicates with an ONT through the intermediate ODN network. In point-to-point (P2P) networking, an OLT communicates with an ONT through a P2P Ethernet optical access board.
Split ratio
A ratio used for dividing a downstream optical signal into sub-signals in the PON system. A greater split ratio will result in a high optical power for signal transmission over the same physical distance.
Fiber to the home (FTTH)
A type of network that provides high bandwidths for home users. In PON networking, an OLT connects to ONTs through an ODN network and the ONTs connect to home users. In P2P networking, an OLT connects to ONTs and the ONTs connect to home users. The OLT provides voice, Internet access, and IPTV services for home users.
Access Side
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
552
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Network Side Concept
Description
User-facing provider edge (UPE)
A supplier routing device that connects to the router of a customer edge (CE), which is an OLT in this document. The U-PE supports routing and Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) encapsulation. If a U-PE connects to multiple CEs, the U-PE supports basic bridging functions. In this case, the U-PE forwards data frames, which reduces the load of switching provider edges (S-PEs).
Aggregation provider edge (PEAGG)
An aggregation router, which provides aggregation and route forwarding functions for access devices. Compared with U-PEs, PEAGGs provides fewer ports and higher performance and switching rates.
NGN or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS)
A type of network that centers around softswitches and uses an open and standardized architecture. It provides voice, video, and data services. A type of system that uses Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) signaling as its call control signaling. It provides voice, data, and multimedia services. NOTE In this document, the NGN or IMS is the softswitch that supports H.248 or SIP.
IPTV head end
A contents preparation platform in the IPTV system. It receives signals, converts media formats, and manages media materials.
10.3 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GPON) This section describes fiber to the home (FTTH) networking scenarios and hardware configurations of an optical line terminal (OLT) and optical network terminals (ONTs).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
553
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Network ing Scenario
Description
OLT Device
ONT Device
10.7.1 Bridging +Voice ONT Network Scenario
The ONT integrating an integrated access device (IAD) provides Internet, VoIP, and IPTV services to users.
l Control board: SCUN
For supported ONTs in different scenarios, see 10.5 Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets.
The bridging+voice ONT provides Layer 2 data and voice services. This scenario provides transparent transmission channels and requires simple service configuration, so this scenario applies to Layer 2 networking.
l Service board: GPBC or GPBD l Upstream interface board: GICF, GICG, or X2CA
l For data services, a PC directly performs dialup. Then, the upper-layer broadband remote access server (BRAS) device authenticates and accesses the PC. The PC can also access the Internet using the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) or static IP address. l The ONT with a built-in voice module encapsulates voice service packets, and the OLT transmits them to the upstream next generation network (NGN) or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
554
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Network ing Scenario
Description
10.7.2 Bridging ONT + HGW Network Scenario
The HGW integrating an IAD provides Internet, voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), and Internet Protocol television (IPTV) services to users.
10 FTTH Configuration
OLT Device
ONT Device
Services are implemented on the HGW, and the bridging ONT works with the OLT to provide Layer 2 channels. 10.7.3 Gateway ONT Network Scenario
The ONT integrating an IAD provides Internet, VoIP, and IPTV services to users. The HGW ONT facilitates interconnection of home devices by providing Layer 3 services, such as Point-toPoint Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE)/DHCP dial-up, network address translation (NAT), and Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping. This scenario provides finegrained management channels and service control, and applies to Layer 3 networking.
NOTE
The preceding three networking modes for GPON access services are in non-simplified mode. In simplified mode, the triple play service is used as an example to describe how to configure a GPON access service. For details, see 10.7.4 Configuring Triple Play Service (Simplified Mode).
10.4 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (P2P) This section describes fiber to the home (FTTH) networking scenarios and hardware configurations of an optical line terminal (OLT) and optical network terminals (ONTs).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
555
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Network ing Scenario
Description
OLT Device
ONT Device
10.8 P2P Access: Configuri ng FTTH Service
The P2P Ethernet optical access board of an OLT connects to ONTs to provide voice, Internet access, and IPTV services for users.
l Control board: SCUN or SCUH
All ONT devices
l Service board: OPFA or OPGD l Upstream interface board: GICF, GICG, X1CA, or X2CA
10.5 Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets This topic provides common GPON ONT capability sets of Huawei, serving as a reference for parameter configuration when an ONT is added offline. ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port Bridgi ng
HG80 10
1GE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
556
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
10 FTTH Configuration
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port HG80 10H
1GE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
8
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
8
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI HG80 12
1GE +1RF
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/ Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
557
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
10 FTTH Configuration
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port HG80 40H
4GE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
8
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI Bridgi ng +voice
HG81 10
1POTS +1GE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/ Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
558
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
10 FTTH Configuration
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port HG81 10H
1POTS +1GE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
8
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI HG82 40
2POTS +4GE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/ Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
559
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
10 FTTH Configuration
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port HG82 40F
2POTS +4FE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI HG82 42
2POTS +4GE +1RF
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/ Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
560
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
10 FTTH Configuration
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port HG82 40B
2POTS +4GE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
8
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI HG82 40H
2POTS +4GE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/ Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
561
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
10 FTTH Configuration
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port Gatew ay
HG82 40R
2POTS +4FE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
TCONT 0: 3
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
TCONT 1-7: 4
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI HG82 40A
2POTS +4FE
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/ Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
562
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
10 FTTH Configuration
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port HG82 45
2POTS +4GE +USB +WiFi
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
TCONT 0: 3
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
8
TCONT 1-7: 4
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI HG82 45H
2POTS +4GE +USB +WiFi
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/ Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
563
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
10 FTTH Configuration
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port HG82 47
2POTS +4GE +USB +RF +WiFi
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI HG84 47
4POTS +4GE +USB +RF +WiFi
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/ Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
564
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
10 FTTH Configuration
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port HG82 45T
2POTS +4GE +USB +WiFi
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI HG82 45A
2POTS +4FE +USB +WiFi
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/ Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
565
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONT Type
Prod uct Nam e
UsertoNetwo rk Interfa ce (UNI)
Numb er of GEM Ports
10 FTTH Configuration
IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity
Numb er of TCONT s
Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the
Flow Contro l Type
Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a TCONT
GEM Port HG82 47T
2POTS +4GE +USB +RF +WiFi
32
Support ed
8
VLAN/ PRI/ VLAN +PRI/ IPToS/ Port/
PQ/ Gempor t CAR/ Flow CAR
4
Port +VLA N/Port +PRI/ Port +VLA N+PRI
10.6 Principle of FTTH Data Plan 10.6.1 Data Plan Principles for IP Addresses This section describes how to obtain an IP address in various scenarios.
Data Plan Principles for IP Addresses
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Terminal Type
Service
Recommended Solution
Bridging +Voice ONT
Internet access
A PC obtains an IP address through PPPoE dialup. The ONT transparently transmits the packets.
VoIP
The ONT functions as a DHCP client and obtains an IP address from the DHCP server, or the NMS issues a static IP address to the ONT using the configuration file. Voice signaling and media streams at multiple POTS ports share one IP address. Media streams are distinguished by port.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
566
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Terminal Type
Bridging ONT +HGW
Gateway ONT
10 FTTH Configuration
Service
Recommended Solution
IPTV
The set top box (STB) obtains an IP address from the DHCP server for ordering programs. The ONT transparently transmits the packets.
Internet access
The HGW functions as a PPPoE client and obtains an IP address through PPPoE dialup. At the same time, the HGW functions as a DHCP server and allocates IP addresses to PCs through the network cable and wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access. The ONT transparently transmits the packets.
VoIP
The HGW functions as a DHCP client and obtains an IP address from the DHCP server, or the application control server (ACS) issues a static IP address to the HGW using TR069. Voice signaling and media streams at multiple POTS ports share one IP address. Media streams are distinguished by port. The ONT transparently transmits the packets.
IPTV
The HGW is configured with a bridging WAN port. The STB obtains an IP address from the DHCP server. The HGW transparently transmits packets. The ONT also transparently transmits the packets.
Internet access
The HGW functions as a PPPoE client and obtains an IP address through PPPoE dialup. The ONT functions as a DHCP server and allocates IP addresses to PCs through the network cable and WiFi access.
VoIP
The ONT functions as a DHCP client and obtains an IP address from the DHCP server, or the NMS issues a static IP address to the ONT using the configuration file. Voice signaling and media streams at multiple POTS ports share one IP address. Media streams are distinguished by port.
IPTV
The ONT functions as a DHCP client and obtains an IP address from the DHCP server. At the same time, the ONT functions as a DHCP server and allocates IP addresses to STBs.
10.6.2 Principle of QoS Planning The QoS planning is an E2E planning, and it can be divided into following policies: traffic classification, marking, and scheduling policy; and traffic monitoring and DBA policy.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
567
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Traffic Classification, Marking, and Scheduling Policy Service Type
802.1p Priority
Queue Scheduling Method
OLT Queue ID (8 Queues)
ONT Queue.ID When Eight Queues Are Supported
When Four Queues Are Supported
Management service
6
PQ
6
6
3
VoIP service
5
PQ
5
5
2
IPTV service 4
PQ
4
4
2
Internet access service
PQ
0
0
0
0
Note: The service priorities in this table are the recommended values. The service priorities are arranged according to the operators's actual plan.
Traffic Monitoring and DBA Policy
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Items
Management service
Internet access service
VoIP service
IPTV service
GEM port
11 [Remark 1]
12
13
14
TCONT
All services share a T-CONT.
DBA type
Type 3 (DBA profile: assured bandwidth + maximum bandwidth. Users are allowed to preempt the bandwidth on condition that the users' assured bandwidth is guaranteed. However, the total bandwidth cannot exceed the maximum bandwidth.)
DBA bandwidth planning
Configure the DBA bandwidth according to the user's bandwidth package.
Rate limit on OLT downstream
No rate limit
The assured bandwidth is the maximum bandwidth required by management packets, VoIP, and IPTV upstream packets. The maximum bandwidth is larger than or equal to the maximum bandwidth that users apply. Configure rate limit by a traffic profile as required. [Remark 2]
No rate limit
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
No rate limit
568
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Items
Management service
Rate limit on ONU upstream port
No rate restriction
Rate limit on ONU downstream port
No rate restriction
10 FTTH Configuration
Internet access service
VoIP service
IPTV service
Remark 1: GEM port value depends on the planning of the service provider, but in principle, use different GEM ports for different services. Remark 2: Table 10-1 shows the reference service bandwidth of each service for each user. Table 10-1 Reference service bandwidth of each service for each user
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Service Type
Upstrea m Bandwi dth
Downstream Bandwidth
Bandwidth Description
Internet access service
Determi ned based on the service tariff package.
Determined based on the service tariff package.
Available bandwidth or Internet access service = Committed bandwidth of the service tariff package - VoIP bandwidth IPTV bandwidth
VoIP service
200 kbit/ s
200 kbit/s
The upstream bandwidth and the downstream bandwidth of VoIP service are symmetrical. The actual bandwidth is related to the coding format. This bandwidth is calculated for two POTS ports.
IPTV service (standar d definitio n program )
/
2.5 Mbit/s per channel
IPTV service mainly occupies the downstream bandwidth. The actual bandwidth depends on the coding format, the picture in picture information, 10% bandwidth burst traffic, and the number of programs that can be concurrently watched by one user (in the case of multiple STBs). The upstream bandwidth is mainly used for transmitting IGMP packets, which requires little bandwidth. Therefore, the bandwidth occupied by IGMP packets can be neglected.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
569
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Service Type
Upstrea m Bandwi dth
Downstream Bandwidth
IPTV service (high definitio n program )
/
9.7 Mbit/s per channel
10 FTTH Configuration
Bandwidth Description
Note: l
The rate restriction on the BRAS or SR is recommended. OLTs and ONTs do not restrict the rate for service streams.
l
If BRAS does not support rate restriction, OLTs can restrict the rate for service streams through the traffic profile.
l
Different service packets on the ONT are distinguished by different VLAN IDs. The service packets are mapped to GEM ports based on VLAN IDs so that different service packets are transmitted to different GEM ports. Each GEM port (each service) corresponds to a TCONT or all GEM ports share a T-CONT.
l
The sum of the assured bandwidth of all ONTs connected to a PON port and the fixed bandwidth of OMCI management channel is less than the GPON upstream bandwidth. Some bandwidth must be reserved for the future service expansion.
10.6.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan The Internet access service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios.
VLAN and VLAN Translation policy. Application Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONT
Double-tagged VLAN
ONT: ONTs configure the VLAN and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONTs are in the same C-VLAN. OLT: The OLT performs VLAN translation: CS+C'. The C'-VLAN of every ONT differs from each other.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
570
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Application Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONT + HGW
Double-tagged VLAN
ONT: The upstream packets sent from the HGW carry user-VLANs and the ONT transparently transmits them. OLT: The OLT translates the U-VLAN to S-VLAN+C-VLAN.
Gateway ONT
Double-tagged VLAN
ONT: ONTs configure the VLAN and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONTs are in the same C-VLAN. OLT: The OLT performs VLAN translation: CS+C'. The C'-VLAN of every ONT differs from each other.
Note: l
UserVLAN: VLAN carried by upstream packets of user-side devices, U for short.
l
C-VLAN: VLAN added based on the ONT/ONU port. For details, see the description of the Double-tagged VLAN S+C.
l
Double-tagged VLAN S+C: C indicates the inner VLAN (C-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (S-VLAN).
l
Double-layer VLAN S+C': C' indicates the translated inner VLAN (C'-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (SVLAN).
l
Single-tagged S-VLAN: Single-tagged VLAN marked or translated by the OLT. It is generally used in a single-tagged VLAN translation scenario.
l
CS+C': Bidirectional VLAN translation: translates the inner C-VLAN and then adds one outer S-VLAN.
l
CS+C: Bidirectional VLAN translation: maintains the inner C-VLAN and adds one outer S-VLAN. NOTE
l To ensure traceability of users and finer-grained QoS control and management of users and services, plan per user per service per VLAN (PUPSPV) for the Internet access service. Considering OLT capacity and VLAN scalability, use dual VLANs (S-VLAN+C-VLAN) on the OLT to differentiate users for the Internet access service. l The outer S-VLAN, which identifies services and physical location, can be allocated based on the OLT, PON board, or PON port. The inner C-VLAN identifies users. User C-VLANs must be unique in one SVLAN. l It is recommended that you use stacking VLANs as S-VLANs so that security features, such as PPPoE+/ opton82, and anti MAC attacks and anti spoofing spoofing can be easily deployed. l The 802.1q in 802.1q (QinQ) VLAN is used in the enterprise private line scenario, such as (TLS). The device transparently transmits packets. It is not recommended that you use QinQ VLANs as S-VLANs for the triple play services of residential users.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
571
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
10.6.4 Principle of Voice Service Data Plan The voice service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenario, and the plan of voice protocol.
VLAN and VLAN Translation Policy. Application Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONT
Single-tagged VLAN
ONT: ONTs provide the VoIP service and use the same S-VLAN.
Double-tagged VLAN
ONT: ONTs provide the VoIP service and use the same C-VLAN. The CVLAN identifies the VoIP service. OLT: The OLT adds S-VLANs to packets. The C-VLAN is translated to SVLAN+C-VLAN.
Bridging ONT + HGW
Single-tagged VLAN
ONT: The upstream packets sent from the HGW carry user-VLANs and the ONT transparently transmits them. OLT: The OLT translates user-VLAN to S-VLAN.
Double-tagged VLAN
ONT: The upstream packets sent from the HGW carry user-VLANs and the ONT transparently transmits them. OLT: OLT: The OLT translates userVLAN to S-VLAN+C-VLAN.
Gateway ONT
Single-tagged VLAN
ONT: Configure the VLAN of the WAN port of VoIP service through iTMS or adopt the factory default settings. OLT: The OLT transparently transmits all VLANs (the C-VLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN).
Single-tagged VLAN
ONT: Configure the VLAN of the WAN port of VoIP service through iTMS or adopt the factory default settings. OLT: The OLT translates C-VLAN to SVLAN (the C-VLAN is different from the planned S-VLAN).
Note: l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
UserVLAN: VLAN carried by upstream packets of user-side devices, U for short.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
572
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
l
C-VLAN: VLAN added based on the ONT/ONU port. For details, see the description of the Double-tagged VLAN S+C.
l
Double-tagged VLAN S+C: C indicates the inner VLAN (C-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (S-VLAN).
l
Double-layer VLAN S+C': C' indicates the translated inner VLAN (C'-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (SVLAN).
l
Single-tagged S-VLAN: Single-tagged VLAN marked or translated by the OLT. It is generally used in a single-tagged VLAN translation scenario.
l
CS+C': Bidirectional VLAN translation: translates the inner C-VLAN and then adds one outer S-VLAN.
l
CS+C: Bidirectional VLAN translation: maintains the inner C-VLAN and adds one outer S-VLAN. NOTE
l The VoIP service is a closed service self-operated by carriers. The single-tagged S-VLAN is the mainstream application and is recommended. l When the planned VLAN is single-tagged VLAN, the S-VLAN can identify services and physical locations based on an OLT device, a PON board or a PON port. It is recommended that you set different voice VLANs for the OLTs connected to one VoIP SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the SR and convergence switch. l When the planned VLAN is S-VLAN+C-VLAN, the outer S-VLAN can identify services and physical locations based on an OLT device, a PON board or a PON port. The inner C-VLAN is used to identify services (the fixed value) and users.
VoIP Data Plan Based on H. 248 or SIP Item MG interface/ SIP interface data NOTE must be consistent with the data on the MGC/IMS core network devices.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Description Media and signalin g paramet ers
Media and signaling upstream VLANs
Upstream VLANs of the VoIP service
Media and signaling upstream port
Upstream ports of the VoIP service
Media IP addresses and signaling IP addresses
Supports separating media from signaling.
Default gateway IP address.
The next hop IP address from an ONU/HGW to an MGC/IMS.
MG interface/SIP interface ID
-
Signaling port ID
Choose the transmission method according to the requirement of the MGC/IMS side.
IP address of active MGC (H. 248)/IP address of active IMS device (SIP)
If the dual homing is not configured, only one MGC parameter needs to be configured. If the dual homing is configured, the IP address
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
573
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Voice user data
10 FTTH Configuration
Description Port ID of active MGC (H248)/ port ID of active IMS device (SIP)
and port ID of the standby MGC need to be configured.
Coding
Choose the coding method according to the requirement on the MGC/IMS side. Generally, the text coding method is adopted.
Transmission mode
Choose the transmission mode according to the requirement on the MGC/IMS side. Generally, the UDP transmission mode is adopted.
Home domain (SIP)
-
Profile index
-
The version of H248 protocol that MG starts to negotiate
V1, V2 or V3 (by default). The interface may fail to be registered because some softswitches do not support V3.
Phone number
For H248 protocol: The phone numbers allocated by the MGC need to be determined, and the paging numbers for users' emergency standalone need to be planned if the emergency standalone function is provided. For SIP protocol: The phone number that the IMS core network device allocates to the user must be configured.
Terminal ID (H248)
If the TID template with which the POTS user is bound does not support terminal layering, this parameter needs to be configured.
User priority
According to the service requirements, user priorities must be specified. The user priorities include the following: l cat1: government1 (category 1 government users) l cat2: government2 (category 2 government users) l cat3: common (common users)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
574
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
10 FTTH Configuration
Description User type
According to the service requirements, user type needs to be specified. The user type includes the following: l DEL: direct exchange lines (default) l ECPBX: earth calling PBX l LCPBX: loop calling PBX l PayPhone: pay phone
Common parameter
system parameter
The system parameters including the overseas version flag and message waiting indication (MWI) mode need to be configured according to the local standard to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standard.
Overseas parameters
The attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flash-hooking duration need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards.
POTS port attributes
If the POTS port needs to support the polarity reversal accounting, the POTS port needs to be configured to support the polarity reversal pulse. Other attributes need not be modified if there is no special requirement.
Ringing current attributes
When the attributes of ring current are changed, ring volume is changed accordingly. Generally, no adjustment is required for the ringing tone volume. You need to modify the parameters of the ringing current attributes according to the local standard only when the default ringing current attributes do not comply with the local standard.
10.6.5 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan The IPTV service data plan mainly include the plan of VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenario, and the plan of IPTV service. IPTV services include multicast service and video on demand (VoD) service. These two services are relevant but independent in VLAN planning.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
575
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
VLAN and VLAN Translation Policy. Applicatio n Scenario
Service Type
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONT
Multicast service
Singletagged VLAN
ONTs replicate multicast packets based on user ports and multicast VLANs (M-VLANs) are removed downstream. The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with M-VLAN unchanged.
VoD
Bridging ONT + HGW
Multicast service
Singletagged VLAN
ONTs add S-VLAN tags to iTV service packets.
Doubletagged VLAN
All ONTs add the same C-VLAN tag to packets.
Singletagged VLAN
ONTs transparently transmit upstream packets with M-VLANs sent from HGW. Multicast packets are replicated downstream with MVLAN unchanged.
The OLT transparently transmits packets with S-VLANs.
The OLT implements VLAN translation: C->S +C'.
The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with M-VLAN unchanged.
VoD
Gateway ONT
Multicast service
Singletagged VLAN
ONTs translate the upstream VLANs sent from HGW to M-VLANs.
Singletagged VLAN
ONTs transparently transmit the upstream UVLANs sent from HGW.
Doubletagged VLAN
ONTs transparently transmit the upstream UVLANs sent from HGW.
Singletagged VLAN
ONTs replicate packets based on user ports and M-VLANs are removed in downstream direction.
The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with M-VLAN unchanged.
The OLT implements VLAN translation: U->S.
The OLT implements VLAN translation: U->S +C.
The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with M-VLAN unchanged.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
576
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Applicatio n Scenario
10 FTTH Configuration
Service Type
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
VoD
Singletagged VLAN
ONTs add C-VLAN tags to packets (iTMS system has finished the configuration). Untagged VLANs are translated to C-VLANs. The OLT implements VLAN translation: C -> S.
Note: l
UserVLAN: VLAN carried by upstream packets of user-side devices, U for short.
l
C-VLAN: VLAN added based on the ONT/ONU port. For details, see the description of the Double-tagged VLAN S+C.
l
Double-tagged VLAN S+C: C indicates the inner VLAN (C-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (S-VLAN).
l
Double-layer VLAN S+C': C' indicates the translated inner VLAN (C'-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (SVLAN).
l
Single-tagged S-VLAN: Single-tagged VLAN marked or translated by the OLT. It is generally used in a single-tagged VLAN translation scenario.
l
CS+C': Bidirectional VLAN translation: translates the inner C-VLAN and then adds one outer S-VLAN.
l
CS+C: Bidirectional VLAN translation: maintains the inner C-VLAN and adds one outer S-VLAN. NOTE
l IPTV service is a closed service self-operated by carriers, and single-tagged S-VLAN is recommended. l The same S-VLAN or different S-VLANs can be used as the M-VLAN and VoD VLAN. It is recommended that you use different S-VLANs as M-VLAN and VoD VLAN so that the upper-level device easily differentiates between the BTV service and VoD service. l S-VLANs of VoD service can identify services and physical locations based on an entire network or an OLT. It is recommended that you set different VoIP VLANs for the OLTs connected to one VoIP SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the VoIP SR and convergence switch.
10.6.6 Principle of Security Data Plan The security plan involves system security plan, user security plan, and service security plan. Security policy ensures service security from different aspects. NOTE
The device provides complete security measures, but not all security measures need to be deployed. Only the security measures that meet the following requirements need to be deployed: l The security measures can be used on the live network. l The security measures are easy to deploy. l The security measures are effective.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
577
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
System Security Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
DoS attack
Enable the anti-DoS-attack function for OLT.
After the anti-DoS-attack function is enabled, control packets are monitored and those exceeding the number threshold are discarded. Use this solution for new site deployment.
IP attack
Enable the anti-IP-attack function for OLT.
After the anti-IP-attack function is enabled, a device discards the IP packets received from the user side whose destination IP address is the IP address of the device, and therefore the system is protected. Use this solution for new site deployment.
User Security Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
MAC spoofing
Enable the anti-MACduplicate function for OLT.
After anti-MAC-duplicate is enabled, the system records the first MAC address learnt from the port and binds the MAC address to the port and VLAN. If receiving packets sent from the host that has the same MAC address with the port, the system discards the packets directly. In this case, it can prevent users from forging MAC addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
MAC attack
Enable the anti-MAC spoofing function for OLT.
After anti-MAC spoofing is enabled, the system can prevent users from forging MAC addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
578
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
IP spoofing
Enable the anti-IP spoofing function for OLT.
After anti-IP spoofing is enabled, the system can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
Service Security Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
Unauthorized broadband access of small enterprises (IPoE)
DHCP option 82 is enabled on OLT, and the BRAS implements user authentication based on the RAIO information.
In the DHCP option 82 mode, user's physical location is added to the option 82 field carried in the DHCP request packet initiated by a user. The physical location, used for user authentication on the upper-layer authentication server, can help implement the following functions: l The DHCP relay forwards DHCP response packets to devices with specified CID and RID. l Prevents DHCP address exhaustion. l Achieves static allocation of DHCP addresses. l Implements anti-IP spoofing. l Implements anti-user ID spoofing. l Implements anti-MAC spoofing. Use this solution for the DHCP Internet access service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
579
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
Broadband access of residential users (PPPoE), user account theft/ borrowing
PPPoE+ (PITP) is enabled on OLT, and the BRAS implements user authentication based on binding of the RAIO information to the user account.
The BRAS responds to request packets of users with specified CID and RID. In this way, the following functions are implemented: l Prevents IP address exhaustion. l Implements anti-IP spoofing. l Implements anti-user ID spoofing. l Implements anti-MAC spoofing. Use this solution for the PPPoE Internet access service.
10.7 GPON Access: Configuring FTTH Service This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service, voice service and BTV service and VoD service in GPON access mode in FTTH network scenario.
Context There are two xPON configuration modes: distributed mode (also called discrete mode) and profile mode. The difference between the two modes lies in command lines. l
Distributed mode: In this mode, ONTs need to be configured one by one but not in batches.
l
Profile mode: In this mode, an ONT line profile and service profile are configured first. Then, ONTs can be added in batches by binding profiles. This mode greatly improves service provisioning efficiency.
Generally, the xPON configuration mode is determined in a new deployment and will not be changed. This chapter describes how to configure the enterprise access service in PON profile mode (which is the default mode). You can run the commands in the following table to query the xPON configuration mode. Mode
Query Method
PON profile mode
huawei(config)#diagnose huawei(diagnose)%%display xpon mode --------------------------------------------------Current config mode: Profile-mode ---------------------------------------------------
NOTE
For commands for the distributed configuration mode, see PON distributed-mode commands in the Command Reference.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
580
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
10.7.1 Bridging+Voice ONT Network Scenario This topic describes how to configure Internet access service, voice service, BTV service and VoD service when bridging+voice ONTs are used to build an FTTH network.
Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements Optical fibers are connected to user homes and triple play services are required. The following provides detailed service requirements: l
Internet access of multiple PCs in a home is supported.
l
Access of multiple telephones in a home is supported.
l
IPTV programs can be previewed and watched using STBs.
l
Service extension is supported and different services do not affect each other.
l
Proper service security is ensured. – Internet access services are protected against unauthorized access, user account theft or borrowing, MAC/IP spoofing, and malicious attacks. – Voice and IPTV services are protected against MAC/IP spoofing, malicious attack, and traffic flooding attacks.
l
Service faults are easy to locate and services are easy to maintain.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 10-1, the ONT integrating an integrated access device (IAD) provides Internet, VoIP, and IPTV services to users. The bridging+voice ONT provides Layer 2 data and voice services. This scenario provides transparent transmission channels and requires simple service configuration, so this scenario applies to Layer 2 networking. l
For data services, a PC directly performs dial-up. Then, the upper-layer broadband remote access server (BRAS) device authenticates and accesses the PC. The PC can also access the Internet using the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) or static IP address.
l
The ONT with a bulit-in voice module encapsulates voice service packets, and the OLT transmits them to the upstream next generation network (NGN) or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
581
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Figure 10-1 Bridging+Voice ONT
Configuration Process Figure 10-2 shows the configuration roadmap in fiber to the home (FTTH) networking using a bridging+voice optical network terminal (ONT). Figure 10-2 Configuration roadmap in FTTH networking using a bridging+voice ONT
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
582
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
The following table describes the configuration steps. Item
Step
Description
Optical line termina l (OLT)
Adding an ONT to an OLT
Services can be configured for an ONT only after the ONT is successfully added to an OLT.
OLT
Configuring the Internet Access Service
None
OLT
Configure the VoIP service.
NOTE
ONT U2000
Configuring the H.248based Voice Service (on a Web Page or the U2000) Configuring the H.248based Voice Service (Through the CLI) Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page or the U2000) Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI)
OLT
Configure the IPTV service.
Configuring the BTV Service Configuring the VoD Service
OLT
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policies
l The H.248 and Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) protocols are mutually exclusive for the VoIP service. Either of them is configured at a time. l The voice service can be configured through command line interface (CLI) on an OLT, web page, or U2000. Select a configuration mode based on site requirements. l OLT CLI: This mode can be used for site deployment or the U2000 has not been deployed. l Web page: This mode can be used to configure voice parameters after the service channel has been configured through the OLT CLI. It can be used for site deployment. l U2000: This mode can be used to configure voice parameters after the service channel has been configured through the OLT CLI. It can be used for service provisioning in batches.
IPTV services include the BTV and VoD services that are different in configuration procedures and need to be configured separately.
The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
583
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Item
Step
Description
OLT
Verifying Services
The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONT PPPoE/DHCP dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration, avoiding a second on-site operation.
Adding an ONT to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONT only after the ONT is successfully added to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 10-2 Data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile name: ftth_dba Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for voice services: 12 GEM port ID for video services: 13 GEM port ID for Internet access services: 14
ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth
Network topology data
PON port: 0/1/0
ONT port capability set: adaptive
ONT IDs: 1 and 2
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONT profiles. GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving upstream bandwidth utilization. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
584
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONTside service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONT that is managed by using optical network terminal management and control interface (OMCI). l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Run the display dba-profile command to query existing DBA profiles in the system. If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. Create the same DBA profile for different types of services. Set the profile name to ftth_dba, profile type to type3, assured bandwidth to 8 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 20 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name ftth_dba type3 assure 8192 max 20480 NOTE
The DBA implementation is based on an ONT. Therefore, select a DBA profile of the proper bandwidth type and configure proper bandwidth according to the service types and total user count of the ONT. Note that the sum of the fixed bandwidth and the assured bandwidth must not be greater than the total bandwidth of the PON port.
2.
Configure an ONT line profile. Create a GPON ONT line profile, named ftth, and bind it to the DBA profile ftth_dba. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name ftth_dba
Create different GEM ports according to different service types, in which l GEM port 11 is used to carry management services. l GEM port 12 is used to carry voice services. l GEM port 13 is used to carry video services. l GEM port 14 is used to carry Internet access services. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem
add add add add
11 12 13 14
eth eth eth eth
tcont tcont tcont tcont
4 4 4 4
NOTE
a. To change the default QoS mode, run the qos-mode command to set the QoS mode to gem-car or flow-car, and run the gem add command to set the index of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port. b. When the QoS mode is priority-queue (PQ), the default queue priority is 0; when the QoS mode is flow-car or gem-car, traffic profile 6 is bound to the GEM port by default (no rate limitation).
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters settings. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure an ONT service profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
585
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Create a GPON ONT service profile, named ftth. Configure the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port to adaptive. Then the system automatically adapts to the ONT according to the actual capability of the online ONT. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#ont-port eth adaptive pots adaptive
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters setting. huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile 1 is used. The alarm thresholds of the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to configure a GPON alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONT line.
Step 2 Add an ONT. Connect two ONTs to GPON port 0/1/0. Set the ONT IDs to 1 and 2, SNs to 32303131D659FD40 and 6877687714852901, passwords to 0100000001 and 0100000002, discovery mode for password authentication to once-on, and management mode to OMCI. Bind the two ONTs to ONT line profile ftth and ONT service profile ftth. There are two methods of adding an ONT: add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONT. l Add ONTs offline. If the password of an ONT is known, run the ont add command to add an ONT offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 1 password-auth 0100000001 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 2 password-auth 0100000002 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
l Confirm automatically discovered ONTs If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown, run the port portid ont-auto-find command in GPON mode to enable the ONT auto-discovery function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#port 0 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont autofind 0 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131D659FD40 omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 ontid 2 sn-auth 6877687714852901 omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
586
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
If multiple ONTs of the same type bound to the same line profile or service profile are connected to the same port, you can bulk add ONTs by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONTs to make configuration easier and more efficient. To do so, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 all sn-auth omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
l (Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONT. The default profile 1 is used in this example. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 1 profile-id 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 2 profile-id 1
Step 3 Check ONT status. After an ONT is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT. Ensure that Config flag of the ONT is active, Run State is online, Config state is normal, and Match state is match. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont info 0 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONT is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONT goes online successfully. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration state of the ONT is normal. Match state : match //Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. l If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module. l If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly. l If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully. ----End
Configuring the Internet Access Service The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with highspeed Internet access services. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
587
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Prerequisites l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS.
l
Related configurations are performed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users. For details about the configuration, see the configuration guide.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is consistent with the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for Internet access service: 14
Network topology data
Upstream port: 0/19/0 PON port: 0/1/0 ONT IDs: 1 and 2 ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC: 1
VLAN Plan
Double-tagged VLAN: l S-VLAN ID: 100 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: stacking l CVLAN ID: 1001 l C'-VLAN ID: 1010-1011 VLAN Translation Policy: l ONT: ONTs configure the VLAN and add the same CVLAN tag to packets. All ONTs are in the same CVLAN. l OLT: The OLT performs VLAN translation: CS+C'. The C'-VLAN of every ONT differs from each other.
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
588
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Set the profile ID to ftth_hsi, the CIR to 4 Mbit/s, and the priority to 0. In addition, configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of C-VLAN 1001 is mapped to GEM port 14 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 14 0 vlan 1001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the PC through Ethernet port 1, add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 1001 in the ONT service profile. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 1001 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
Configure the native VLAN of the ONT port. Set the native VLAN ID of Ethernet port 1 to 1001. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 1 eth 1 vlan 1001 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 2 eth 1 vlan 1001 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#quit
5.
Create an Internet access service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
6.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 100, GEM port ID to 14, and user VLAN to 1001. Use traffic profile ftth_hsi. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1010 inbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1011 inbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi
7.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
The ONT does not need to be configured.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
589
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (on a Web Page or the U2000) The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the IPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service.
Prerequisites l
The interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC.
l
The OLT has been connected to the MGC. The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONT software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONT software version supports H.248. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
VLAN plan
Single VLAN tag: l VLAN ID: 300 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l CVLAN=SVLAN VLAN translation policy: l ONT: provides the VoIP service and uses the same SVLAN.
Voice parameter
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftth_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
590
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_voip cir off priority 5 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
4.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name ftth_voip
5.
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same SVLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
6.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONT on the Web page. Log in to the Web page and then configure the ONT on the Web page.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
1.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment with the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT (default: 192.168.100.1).
2.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT. In the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password is authenticated, the web configuration window is displayed.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
591
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
l The following configuration procedure is for scenarios with the bridging ONT. For scenarios with the bridging ONT+HGW, configure the voice service on the HGW but not on the ONT. For detailed configurations, see the HGW Configuration Guide. l The Web page for configuring ONT varies with ONT versions, but the parameter configuration is the same. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
1.
Configure the voice protocol. NOTE
The default voice protocol is SIP. Therefore, change the voice protocol first.
2.
a.
Choose Voice > SIP/H.248 Protocol Conversion.
b.
In the pane on the right, set Voice to H.248.
c.
Click Apply.
Configure parameters for the voice WAN interface. a.
Choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters as follows: – Select Enable WAN Connection to enable the new WAN connection. – Set Encapsulation mode to IPoE. – Set Service Type to VOIP. (For configuring the VoIP service, VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected.) – Set WAN mode to Route WAN. – Select Enable VLAN. – Set VLAN ID to 300. (The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – Set 802.1p to 5. – Set IP Acquisition Mode to DHCP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
592
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
10 FTTH Configuration
Click Apply.
Configure parameters for the H.248-based voice interface. a.
Choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure the parameters as follows: – Set Address of the Primary MGC to 200.200.200.200. – Set MID Format to Domain Name and MG Domain to 0100000001. – Set Signaling Port to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300. – Set Region to China.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
593
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
l The parameters of the H.248-based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the media gateway controller (MGC). l If dual-homing is configured, Address of the Standby MGC must be configured. l MID Format can be set to Domain Name, IP, or Device Name. If MID Format is set to Domain Name or Device Name, the setting must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. l MG Domain is ONT's domain name registered with the MGC. It is globally unique. MG Domain in this example is ONT's password. l If Media Port is empty, the parameter value is the same as Signaling Port. The media streams are not isolated from signaling streams. If the upper-layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT, create different WAN ports on the ONT, and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port. When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports, the configured VLAN is carried by default. l When the ONT is interconnected with a third-party softswitch, check RTP TID Prefix, Start Number of RTP TID, and Width of RTP TID Number.
c. 4.
Click Apply.
Configure parameters for H.248-based voice users. a.
Choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters for user 1 as follows: – Select Enable Physical TID. – Set Physical TID to A0. – Set Associated POTS Port to 1. – Click Apply. In the right pane, click New to add voice user 2, and set the parameters for voice user 2 as follows: – Select Enable Physical TID. – Set Physical TID to A1. – Set Associated POTS Port to 2. – Click Apply.
NOTE
l The terminal IDs A0 and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. l If Associated POTS Port is 1, port TEL1 on the ONT is bound. If Associated POTS Port is 2, port TEL2 on the ONT is bound.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
594
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 5.
10 FTTH Configuration
Click Apply.
Check the registration status of the voice user. Choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, User Status is Up.
l
Configure the ONT on the U2000. NOTE
l The following configuration procedure is for scenarios with the bridging ONT. For scenarios with the bridging ONT+HGW, configure the voice service on the HGW but not on the ONT. For detailed configurations, see the HGW Configuration Guide. l The window for configuring ONT value-added service (VAS) profiles varies with ONT versions, but the parameter configuration is the same. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
1.
Configure a general VAS profile for the ONT. a.
From the main menu, choose Configuration > Access Profile Management. In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed, choose PON Profile > ONT VAS Profile.
b.
On the General ONT VAS Profile tab page, right-click, and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
c.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set Name to ONT-VoIP.
d.
Configure the parameters of a voice WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose General Para > WAN Device > WAN Device 1 > WAN Connection. Select WAN Connection, right-click, and choose Add IP Connection from the shortcut menu.
b.
Select WAN IP Interface 1 and enter (or select) a proper value.
– WAN Enable: enable – Connection Type: Routed – VLAN ID: 300 (The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – Priority: 5 – Addressing Type: DHCP
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
595
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
e.
10 FTTH Configuration
Configure parameters of the voice protocol. In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1. Select Interface 1 and select a proper value. – Signaling Protocol: H.248 – Associate WAN Interface: WAN1 (binding the created voice WAN port)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
596
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
If the upper-layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT. When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports, the configured VLAN is carried by default. Create a WAN port named WAN-RTP on the ONT, and set this WAN port to a media WAN port. Specifically, choose Interface 1 > RTP and set Associate WAN Interface to WAN2.
f.
Configure the MGC parameters. In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1 > H248. Select H248 and enter (or select) a proper value. – Primary MGC: 200.200.200.200 – MID Format: MG Domain name NOTE
l If dual-homing is configured, Secondary MGC must be set. l MID Format can be set to MG Domain Name, IP, or Device name.
g.
Configure the voice users. a.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1 > User. Rightclick User and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
597
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
b.
10 FTTH Configuration
Select User 1 under the User node. In the right pane, set User Enabled to Enable, and Interface ID to 1. Then, select User 2 under the User node. In the right pane, set User Enabled to Enable, and Interface ID to 2. NOTE
If Interface ID is 1, port TEL1 on the ONT is bound. If Interface ID is 2, port TEL2 on the ONT is bound.
h.
Click Next.
i.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set vendor ID to HWTC, Terminal Type to General Type, and Version to V1R003C00-ZZ, click Add.
j.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters. – Choose General Type Config Info > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface Configuration > Interface 1 from the navigation tree, and set Region to China. – Choose General Type Config Info > WAN Device > WAN Device 1 > WAN Connection > WAN Connection 1 > WAN IP Interface > WAN IP Interface 1 from the navigation tree, and set WAN Interface Name to ONTVoIP, Service Type to VOIP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
598
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
k. 2.
3.
10 FTTH Configuration
Click OK.
Bind a general VAS profile. a.
In the Main Topology, double-click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree; or right-click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.
b.
Choose GPON > GPON Management from the navigation tree.
c.
In the window on the right, choose GPON ONU.
d.
On the GPON ONU tab page, set the filter criteria or click GPON ONUs.
e.
Select an ONT from the list, right-click, and choose Bind General VAS Profile from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the created profile, and click OK to complete profile binding.
to display the
Configure the ONT VAS service. a.
On the GPON ONU tab page, select an ONT, right-click, and choose Configure Value-Added Service from the shortcut menu.
b.
Configure the domain name of the MG. Click the Basic Parameters tab in the dialog box that is displayed, select Voice Service, and set MG Domain name to 0100000001. NOTE
Domain Name is ONT's domain name registered with the MGC. It is globally unique. MG Domain Name in this example is ONT's password.
c.
Configure the terminal ID for the H.248 voice user. Select the record where Interface ID is 1, and set TID to A0. Select the record where Interface ID is 2, and set TID to A1. NOTE
Pay attention to the RTP TID configuration when the ONT is interconnected with a softswitch of other vendors. The terminal IDs A0 and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
599
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
d.
10 FTTH Configuration
Click OK. The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT.
----End
Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (Through the CLI) The OLT manages ONTs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONT using the OMCI protocol. This topic describes how to configure the H.248-based voice service.
Prerequisites l
The interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC.
l
The OLT has been connected to the MGC. The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONT software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONT software version supports H.248. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
600
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Item
Data
VLAN plan
Single VLAN tag: l VLAN ID: 300 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l CVLAN=SVLAN VLAN translation policy: l ONT: provides the VoIP service and uses the same SVLAN.
Voice parameter
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Step 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Step 3 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Step 4 Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftth_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name
Step 5 Configure ONT voice service profiles. ONT voice service profiles include the interface common profile, MGC interface profile, and POTS port profile. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
601
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONT voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l MGC interface profile: saves the IP address or domain name of the MGC, protocol port ID of the MGC transport layer to which the MG interface belongs, and DSCP priority of media packets. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONT, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an MGC interface profile. Run the display ont-mgc-profile command to query the existing MGC interface profile in the system. If the existing MGC interface profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mgc-profile add command to add an MGC interface profile. Create MGC interface profile 2, set the IP address of the MGC to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-mgc-profile add profile-id 2 primary-mgc 200.200.200.200
3.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 6 Configure the IP addresses of ONT SIP users. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the static mode, set the IP addresses to 10.10.10.10/24 and 10.10.10.20/24, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 7 Configure H.248 POTS users. 1.
Add an H.248 interface and apply an MGC interface profile to the interface. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply MGC interface profile 2 to ONT 1 and ONT 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters of an MGC interface profile are changed, the MGC interface profile must be reapplied to the ONT so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 1 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 2 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add POTS users. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, create a POTS user, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the H.248 interface), and set the physical terminal port ID to A0 and A1. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 terminalid A0 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 terminalid A1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
602
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Run the display mgpstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A0 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 2 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A1 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
Step 8 Apply ONT voice service profiles After ONT voice service profiles are applied, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied so that the changed parameters can take effect. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-h248 attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-h248 batapply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 9 (Optional) Configure the H.248 user codec. Run the mgpstnuser codec command to configure the H.248 user codec. The H.248 user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Step 10 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page or the U2000) The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the SIPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
603
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Prerequisites l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONT software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONT software version supports SIP. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
VLAN plan
Single VLAN tag: l VLAN ID: 300 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l CVLAN=SVLAN VLAN translation policy: l ONT: provides the VoIP service and uses the same SVLAN.
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 Home domain name: huawei.com User phone number 1: 77730010 User phone number 2: 77730020
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftth_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
604
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_voip cir off priority 5 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
4.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name ftth_voip
5.
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same SVLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
6.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONT on the Web page. Log in to the Web page and then configure the ONT on the Web page.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
1.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment with the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT (default: 192.168.100.1).
2.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT. In the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password is authenticated, the web configuration window is displayed.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
605
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
l The following configuration procedure is for scenarios with the bridging ONT. For scenarios with the bridging ONT+HGW, configure the voice service on the HGW but not on the ONT. For detailed configurations, see the HGW Configuration Guide. l The Web page for configuring ONT varies with ONT versions, but the parameter configuration is the same. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
1.
Optional: Configure the voice protocol. NOTE
The default voice protocol is SIP. If the protocol is not changed, skip this step.
2.
a.
Choose Voice > SIP/H.248 Protocol Conversion.
b.
In the pane on the right, set Voice to SIP.
c.
Click Apply.
Configure parameters for the voice WAN interface. a.
Choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters as follows: – Select Enable WAN Connection to enable the new WAN connection. – Set Encapsulation mode to IPoE. – Set Service Type to VOIP. (For configuring the VoIP service, VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected.) – Set WAN mode to Route WAN. – Select Enable VLAN. – Set VLAN ID to 300. (The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – Set 802.1p to 5. – Set IP Acquisition Mode to DHCP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
606
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
10 FTTH Configuration
Click Apply.
Configure parameters for the SIP-based voice interface. a.
Choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure the parameters as follows: – Set Address of the Primary Proxy Server to 200.200.200.200. – Set Home Domain to huawei.com. – Set Region to China. – Set Signaling Port to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300. NOTE
l The parameters of the SIP-based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch. l If dual-homing is configured, Address of the Standby Proxy Server must be configured. l If Signaling Port is empty, the parameter value is the same as Media Port. If the upperlayer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT, create different WAN ports on the ONT, and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port. When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports, the configured VLAN is carried by default.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
607
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 4.
10 FTTH Configuration
Click Apply.
Configure parameters for the SIP-based voice users. a.
Choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the Basic User Parameters(SIP) window, set parameters for voice user 1 as follows: – Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration. – Set Registration User Name to 77730010. – Set Associated POTS Port to 1. – Set Authentication User Name to
[email protected]. – Set Password to iadtest1. In the right pane, click New to add voice user 2, and set the parameters for voice user 2 as follows: – Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration. – Set Registration User Name to 77730020. – Set Associated POTS Port to 2. – Set Authentication User Name to
[email protected]. – Set Password to iadtest2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
608
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
l The parameters of the SIP-based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch. l If Associated POTS Port is 1, port TEL1 on the ONT is bound. If Associated POTS Port is 2, port TEL2 on the ONT is bound.
c. 5.
Click Apply.
Check the registration status of the voice user. Choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, User Status is Up.
l
Configure the ONT on the U2000. NOTE
l The following configuration procedure is for scenarios with the bridging ONT. For scenarios with the bridging ONT+HGW, configure the voice service on the HGW but not on the ONT. For detailed configurations, see the HGW Configuration Guide. l The window for configuring ONT value-added service (VAS) profiles varies with ONT versions, but the parameter configuration is the same. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure a general VAS profile for the ONT. a.
From the main menu, choose Configuration > Access Profile Management. In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed, choose PON Profile > ONT VAS Profile.
b.
On the General ONT VAS Profile tab page, right-click, and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
c.
From the main menu, choose Configuration > Access Profile Management. In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed, choose PON Profile > ONT VAS Profile.
d.
On the General ONT VAS Profile tab page, right-click, and choose Add from the shortcut menu. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
609
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
e.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set Name to ONT-VoIP.
f.
Configure the parameters of a voice WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose General Para > WAN Device > WAN Device 1 > WAN Connection. Select WAN Connection, right-click, and choose Add IP Connection from the shortcut menu.
b.
Select WAN IP Interface 1 and enter (or select) a proper value.
– WAN Enable: enable – Connection Type: Routed – VLAN ID: 300 (The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – Priority: 5 – Addressing Type: DHCP
g.
Configure parameters of the voice protocol. In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1. Select Interface 1 and select a proper value. – Signaling Protocol: SIP – Associate WAN Interface: WAN1 (binding the created voice WAN port)
h. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure SIP protocol parameters. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
610
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1 > SIP. Select SIP and enter (or select) a proper value. – Proxy Server: 200.200.200.200 – Server Port: 5060 – Home Domain: huawei.com NOTE
If dual-homing is configured, Secondary Proxy Server must be set.
i.
Configure the voice users. a.
In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1 > User. Rightclick User and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
b.
Select User 1 under the User node. In the right pane, set User Enabled to Enable, and Interface ID to 1. Then, select User 2 under the User node. In the right pane, set User Enabled to Enable, and Interface ID to 2. NOTE
If Interface ID is 1, port TEL1 on the ONT is bound. If Interface ID is 2, port TEL2 on the ONT is bound.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
j.
Click Next.
k.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set vendor ID to HWTC, Terminal Type to General Type, and Version to V1R003C00-ZZ, click Add. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
611
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l.
10 FTTH Configuration
In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters. – Choose General Type Config Info > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface Configuration > Interface 1 from the navigation tree, and set Region to China. – Choose General Type Config Info > WAN Device > WAN Device 1 > WAN Connection > WAN Connection 1 > WAN IP Interface > WAN IP Interface 1 from the navigation tree, and set WAN Interface Name to ONTVoIP, Service Type to VOIP.
m. Click OK. 2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Bind a general VAS profile. a.
In the Main Topology, double-click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree; or right-click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.
b.
Choose GPON > GPON Management from the navigation tree.
c.
In the window on the right, choose GPON ONU.
d.
On the GPON ONU tab page, set the filter criteria or click GPON ONUs.
e.
Select an ONT from the list, right-click, and choose Bind General VAS Profile from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the created profile, and click OK to complete profile binding. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
to display the
612
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
10 FTTH Configuration
Configure the ONT VAS service. a.
On the GPON ONU tab page, select an ONT, right-click, and choose Configure Value-Added Service from the shortcut menu.
b.
Configure parameters for the SIP-based voice users. NOTE
The parameters of the SIP-based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch.
a.
Click the Basic Parameters tab in the dialog box that is displayed, select Voice Service. Select User 1 and set Directory Number to 77730010.
b.
Select SIP below User 1 and enter a proper value. – Auth User Name:
[email protected] – Auth Password: iadtest1
c.
Set parameters of User 2 using the same method. – Directory Number: 77730020 – Auth User Name:
[email protected] – Auth Password: iadtest2
c.
Click OK. The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT.
----End
Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI) The OLT manages ONTs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONT using the OMCI protocol. This topic describes how to configure the SIP-based voice service.
Prerequisites l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
613
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONT software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONT software version supports SIP. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
VLAN plan
Single VLAN tag: l VLAN ID: 300 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l CVLAN=SVLAN VLAN translation policy: l ONT: provides the VoIP service and uses the same SVLAN.
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 Home domain name: huawei.com User phone number 1: 77730010 User phone number 2: 77730020
Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Step 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Step 3 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
614
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Step 4 Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftth_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name
Step 5 Configure ONT voice service profiles. ONT voice service profiles include the interface common profile, SIP agent profile, SIP service data profile, POTS port profile, and digitmap profile. l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONT voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l SIP agent profile: saves the SIP agent information about an ONT, including the IP address and domain name of the SIP agent server and attributes of media packets and signaling packets. l SIP service data profile: saves the data information about ONT voice services, including the rights of the call waiting service, three-party service, call forwarding service, and call holding service. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONT, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. l Digitmap profile: saves the digitmap information about an ONT, including the timeout time of the digitmap timer and the digitmap format. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an SIP agent profile. Run the display ont-sipagent-profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system. If the existing SIP agent profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-sipagent-profile add command to add an SIP agent profile. Create SIP agent profile 2, set the IP address of the SIP server to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-sipagent-profile add profile-id 2 proxy-server 200.200.200.200
3.
Configure an SIP service data profile. Run the display ont-siprightflag-profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system. If the existing SIP service data profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-siprightflag-profile add command to add an SIP service data profile.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
615
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
In this example, the default SIP service data profile, namely SIP service data profile 1 is used. 4.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
5.
Configure a digitmap profile. Run the display ont-digitmap-profile command to query the existing digitmap profile in the system. If the existing digitmap profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-digitmap-profile add command to add a digitmap profile. In this example, the default digitmap profile, namely digitmap profile 1 is used.
Step 6 Configure an IP address for an ONT SIP user. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the DHCP mode, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 7 Configure SIP POTS users. 1.
Add an SIP interface and apply an SIP agent profile to the interface. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply SIP agent profile 2 to ONT 1 and ONT 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters in an SIP agent profile are changed, the SIP agent profile must be reapplied to the ONT so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-sip add 0 1 1 sipagent-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-sip add 0 2 1 sipagent-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add POTS users. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the added SIP interface), create two POTS users named huawei1 and huawei2, set passwords to user1 and user2, set their phone numbers to 77730010 and 77730020 and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#sippstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 username huawei1 telno 77730010 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#sippstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 username huawei2 telno 77730020
Run the display sippstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display sippstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID Telephone NO. User name Password ...//The rest of the response
: 1 : 77730010 : huawei1 : user1 information is omitted.
huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display sippstnuser attribute 0 2 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
616
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID Telephone NO. User name Password ...//The rest of the response
: 1 : 77730020 : huawei2 : user2 information is omitted.
Step 8 Apply and bind an ONT voice service profile to an SIP interface Currently, the interface common profile, SIP agent profile, SIP service data profile, and POTS port profile can be applied to an SIP interface, and the digitmap profile can be bound to an SIP interface. For profiles that can be applied to an SIP interface, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied to the SIP interface so that the changed parameters can take effect. For profiles that can be bound to an SIP interface, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles do not need to be rebound to the SIP interface and the changed parameters can take effect. The method for applying an SIP agent profile is introduced in step Step 7.1. The following will introduce the methods for applying an interface common profile, an SIP service data profile, and a POTS port profile, and the method for binding a digitmap to an SIP interface. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-sip attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-sip bat-apply from command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Apply an SIP service data profile. Run the sippstnuser rightflag command to apply an SIP service data profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-sippstnuser batapply from command to bulk apply the SIP service data profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the SIP service data profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default SIP service data profile, namely SIP service data profile 1 is used.
3.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
4.
Bind a digitmap profile. Run the sippstnuser digitmap command to bind a digitmap profile to an SIP interface, or run the ont-sippstnuser bat-bind from command to bulk apply the digitmap profiles to
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
617
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to bind the SIP service data profiles to SIP ports repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default digitmap profile, namely digitmap profile 1 is used. Step 9 (Optional) Configure the SIP user codec. Run the sippstnuser codec command to configure the SIP user codec. The SIP user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Step 10 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Configuring the BTV Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the multicast service.
Prerequisites l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the multicast source.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 10-3 Data plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
618
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag:
10 FTTH Configuration
l SVLAN ID: 1000 l MVLAN ID: 1000 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common VLAN translation policy: l ONT: duplicates packets based on user ports and multicast VLANs (MVLANs) are stripped off downstream. l OLT: duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged. Multicast service data
Multicast protocol: IGMP proxy Multicast version: IGMPv2 Multicast program: dynamic obtaining mode
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and prioritybased scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#mapping mode port huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 1 eth 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 1000
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
619
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#multicast-forward untag huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
Configure the native VLAN of the ONT port. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, the native VLAN ID is 1000. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 1 eth 2 vlan 1000 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 2 eth 2 vlan 1000 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#quit
5.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
6.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1000, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to 1000, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
7.
Create an MVLAN and configure the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMPv2. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v2 This operation will delete all IPv4 programs with source IP addresses in the current multicast VLAN Are you sure to change current IGMP version? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
8.
Configure a program library. Set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic. NOTE
You can set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic only when the IGMP mode is off. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode off Are you sure to close IGMP? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match mode disable Command has been executed successfully
(Optional) Set the address range for the dynamic programs. If you need to limit the address range of dynamic programs, perform this operation. For example, set the address range of dynamic programs to 224.1.1.1-224.1.1.100. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.1.1.100
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
620
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
9.
10 FTTH Configuration
Set the IGMP mode. Select the IGMP proxy mode. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
10. Configure the IGMP upstream port. Set the IGMP upstream port ID to 0/19/0 and working mode to default. Protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
11. (Optional) Set multicast global parameters. In this example, the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters. 12. Configure multicast users. Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 1 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 2 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 1 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 2 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
13. Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
The ONT does not need to be configured.
----End
Configuring the VoD Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the VoD service.
Prerequisites l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the program source.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
621
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Traffic profile
ID: 8
10 FTTH Configuration
802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag: l SVLAN ID: 1100 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l CVLAN=SVLAN VLAN translation policy: l ONT: adds CVLAN tags to iTV service packets. l OLT: transparently transmits packets with SVLANs.
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and priority-based scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 1100 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 4 vlan 1100 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 1100 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
Configure the native VLAN of the ONT port. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, the native VLAN ID is 1100.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
622
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 1 eth 2 vlan 1100 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 2 eth 2 vlan 1100 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#quit
5.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#vlan 1100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1100 0/19 0
6.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1100, GEM port ID to 13, and VLAN translation mode to transparent transmission, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 tag-transform transparent huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 tag-transform transparent
7.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 The ONT does not need to be configured. ----End
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policies The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
Context Link aggregation provides a higher bandwidth and uplink reliability for optical line terminals (OLTs) by aggregating multiple uplink Ethernet ports to one link aggregation group (LAG). Link aggregation is recommended. Congestion control places the packets to be sent from a port into multiple queues that are marked with different priorities. Then, the packets are sent based on queue priorities. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies ensure system, user, and service security. NOTE
Enable a service security function based on the service type. For details, see 10.6.6 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure link aggregation. The following configurations are used as an example to configure link aggregation: – Uplink ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 are added to a LAG. – The two ports send packets upstream based on the packets' source MAC addresses. – The LAG works in Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) static aggregation mode. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure queue scheduling. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
623
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
According to quality of service (QoS) planning principles, all packets are scheduled in strict priority (SP) mode and mapped to queues according to the packets' priorities. For details about QoS planning principles, see 11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on the OLT. 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on the OLT. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on the OLT. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
–
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on the OLT. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on the OLT. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
624
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default.
l
1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
Configure service security. –
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Option 82 on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the DHCP-based Internet access service. 1.
Enable DHCP Option 82 on the OLT. DHCP Option 82 can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level. When you run this command, select the enable, forward, or rebuild parameter based on site requirements. The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. For details, see the dhcp option82 command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the dhcp option82 enable command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 serviceport command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level. 2.
–
On the OLT, run the dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONT DHCP packets to carry Option 82 information.
Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the PPPoE-based Internet access service. 1.
Enable PITP on the OLT. PITP can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, PITP is disabled only at the global level by default.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
625
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– The global level: In global config mode, run the pitp enable pmode, pitp forward pmode, or pitp rebuild pmode command to enable PITP at the global level. In the preceding commands, the enable, forward, and rebuild parameters can all enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. Select one of them based on site requirements. For details, see the pitp command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable PITP at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the pitp enable command to enable PITP at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the pitp service-port command to enable PITP at the service port level. 2.
On the OLT, run the pitp permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONT PPPoE packets to carry a vendor tag.
----End
Verifying Services In the FTTH scenario, ONTs are installed in users' houses which are far away from the central equipment room. ONTs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation, call emulation, and multicast emulation to facilitate configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration.
Prerequisites ONTs and upper-layer devices have been connected properly. The BRAS and MGC/IMS have been configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
626
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Background Remote Service Verificati on Method
Function
Description
PPPoE dialup emulation
An ONT simulates a PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONT and BRAS.
l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. l A user name, password, and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. l An ONT supports a maximum of a PPPoE dialup emulation.
An ONT simulates a voice user to make a call to check whether the voice service data is correctly configured. You can also use the call emulation function to locate a fault when the voice service is faulty.
l An ONT can simulate a caller or callee to communicate with a phone in a call. In this case, only a functional phone is required in the central office where the acceptance personnel is.
Multicast emulation
This function enables you to simulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONT. You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real-time traffic of the multicast program.
Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function.
Item
Data
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation parameters
PPPoE user name: test@huawei
The user name, password, and authentication mode for the emulation test must be configured on the BRAS. The entered user name, password, and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.
Call emulation parameters
ONT POTS ID: 1
Call Emulation
l An ONT supports a maximum of a call emulation.
Data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Password: test
The default values are used. You can run the display pots emulational configuration command to check the parameter values.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
627
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Item
Data
Remarks
Multicast emulation parameters
Multicast service flow ID: 1
-
MVLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224.1.1.10
Procedure l
Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. 1.
In the xPON board mode, run the pppoe simulate start command to start a PPPoE dialup emulation test. The following test uses GPON as an example: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#pppoe simulate start { portid }:0 { ontid }:1 { eth|untagged|vlanid }:eth { ont-portid }:4 { untagged|vlanid }:100 { priority|user-name }:user-name { username }:test@huawei { user-password }:user-password { password }:test { authentication-mode }:authentication-mode { protocol }:chap Command: pppoe simulate start 0 1 eth 4 100 user-name test@huawei userpassword test authentication-mode chap huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)# ---------------------------------ONT PPPoE Test Result ---------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 ONT ETH Port ID : 4 ONT Vlan ID : 100 Vlan Priority : Emluator result : Success Session ID : 18814 User IP : 172.16.100.109 Gateway IP : 172.16.100.1 ----------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the Internet access service 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONT status to check whether the ONT is registered successfully. – Run the display service-port command to check whether the Internet access service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
628
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– If a native VLAN is configured for the Ethernet port on the ONT, run the display ont port attribute command in the xPON board mode to check whether the native VLAN is correct. 2.
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. a.
Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the Internet service VLAN. – If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONT is activated, whether the PC is connected to the right port on the ONT, and whether the PC is working properly.
b.
Run the display ont-learned-mac command to check whether the ONT connecting to the PON port learned any MAC addresses. If not, check whether the ONT properly connects to the PC or home gateway (HGW).
l
Verify the voice service using call emulation. 1.
Run the ont emulational call command to configure a call emulation test. huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192 { |caller-stop-time }: Command: ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192
2.
The ONT outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete. huawei(config-test)# ---------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 0 ONT-POTSID : 1 Test type : caller emulational call test Detected number : 28777192 Reported number : 28777192 Current status : test end Test Result : success ----------------------------------------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the voice service. 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONT status to check whether the ONT is registered successfully. – Run the display service-port command to check whether the voice service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan.
2.
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the voice service VLAN.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
629
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONT is activated and whether physical links are normal. – If both the upstream and downstream ports can learn the MAC address, record the MAC address of the ONT and log in to the service router (SR) to check whether an IP address is allocated to the MAC address. 3.
Check the registration status of the voice service. – You can run the display ont port state command on the OLT to query the call connection status on the POTS port. If Call State is RegisterFail or Connecting for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/ SIP server is consistent with that on the ONT. – If the ONT uses the H.248 protocol, you can run the display ont mg status command on the OLT to query the registration status of the MG interface that connects to the ONT. If MG Status is UnRegistered or Registering for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONT. – You can query the registration status of the voice service on the ONT web page. If the query result shows that the registration fails or the voice service is in the registering state for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONT.
l
Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation. 1.
Run the igmp static-join command to simulate a multicast user to order a multicast program. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 1 ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000 NOTE
If the multicast program is obtained dynamically, igmp static-join can be executed successfully only when the range for obtaining the dynamic program is set.
2.
Run the display igmp user command to query the status of the multicast user. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 1 User : 0/1/0/1 State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 1 Video flow ID : 1 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : IGMP version : IGMP v3 Current version : IGMP v3 Current IGMP IPv6 version : IGMP IPv6 v2 Available programs : 8 Global leave : disable User max bandwidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 0 Used bandwidth to max bandwidth(%) : Total video bandwidth : Mcast video bandwidth : Active program list -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
630
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
-Program name
VLAN
IP/MAC
State
Start time
-------------------------------------------------------------------------PROGRAM-5 1000 224.1.1.10 watching 2011-10-29 16:33:41+08:00 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
3.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 { |sourceip }: Command: display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 Command is being executed. Please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 8736(kbps)
----End
10.7.2 Bridging ONT + HGW Network Scenario This topic describes how to configure Internet access service, voice service, BTV service and VoD service when bridging ONTs + HGWs are used to build an FTTH network.
Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements Optical fibers are connected to user homes and triple play services are required. The following provides detailed service requirements: l
Internet access of multiple PCs in a home is supported.
l
Access of multiple telephones in a home is supported.
l
IPTV programs can be previewed and watched using STBs.
l
Service extension is supported and different services do not affect each other.
l
Proper service security is ensured. – Internet access services are protected against unauthorized access, user account theft or borrowing, MAC/IP spoofing, and malicious attacks. – Voice and IPTV services are protected against MAC/IP spoofing, malicious attack, and traffic flooding attacks.
l
Service faults are easy to locate and services are easy to maintain.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 10-3, the HGW integrating an IAD provides Internet, voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), and Internet Protocol television (IPTV) services to users. Services are mainly implemented on the HGW, and the bridging ONT works with the OLT to provide Layer 2 channels. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
631
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Figure 10-3 Bridging ONT + HGW
Configuration Process Figure 10-4 shows the configuration roadmap in fiber to the home (FTTH) networking using a bridging optical network terminal (ONT)+home gateway (HGW). Figure 10-4 Configuration roadmap in FTTH networking using a bridging ONT+HGW
The following table describes the configuration steps. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
632
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Item
Step
Description
Optical line termina l (OLT)
Adding an ONT to an OLT
Services can be configured for an ONT only after the ONT is successfully added to an OLT.
OLT
Configuring the Internet Access Service
l An ONT provides only Layer 2 service channels, which do not require configuration. An HGW is equipped with an integrated access device (IAD) provides the Internet access, VoIP, and IPTV services for users.
HGW
Configuring the Voice Service Configure the IPTV service.
Configuring the BTV Service Configuring the VoD Service
l IPTV services include the BTV and VoD services that are different in configuration procedures and need to be configured separately.
OLT
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policies
The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
OLT
Verifying Services
The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONT PPPoE/DHCP dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration, avoiding a second on-site operation.
Adding an ONT to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONT only after the ONT is successfully added to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 10-4 Data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile name: ftth_dba Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
633
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth
10 FTTH Configuration
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for voice services: 12 GEM port ID for video services: 13 GEM port ID for Internet access services: 14 ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth
Network topology data
PON port: 0/1/0
ONT port capability set: adaptive
ONT IDs: 1 and 2
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONT profiles. GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving upstream bandwidth utilization. l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONTside service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONT that is managed by using optical network terminal management and control interface (OMCI). l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Run the display dba-profile command to query existing DBA profiles in the system. If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. Create the same DBA profile for different types of services. Set the profile name to ftth_dba, profile type to type3, assured bandwidth to 8 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 20 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name ftth_dba type3 assure 8192 max 20480 NOTE
The DBA implementation is based on an ONT. Therefore, select a DBA profile of the proper bandwidth type and configure proper bandwidth according to the service types and total user count of the ONT. Note that the sum of the fixed bandwidth and the assured bandwidth must not be greater than the total bandwidth of the PON port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
634
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
10 FTTH Configuration
Configure an ONT line profile. Create a GPON ONT line profile, named ftth, and bind it to the DBA profile ftth_dba. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name ftth_dba
Create different GEM ports according to different service types, in which l GEM port 11 is used to carry management services. l GEM port 12 is used to carry voice services. l GEM port 13 is used to carry video services. l GEM port 14 is used to carry Internet access services. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem
add add add add
11 12 13 14
eth eth eth eth
tcont tcont tcont tcont
4 4 4 4
NOTE
a. To change the default QoS mode, run the qos-mode command to set the QoS mode to gem-car or flow-car, and run the gem add command to set the index of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port. b. When the QoS mode is priority-queue (PQ), the default queue priority is 0; when the QoS mode is flow-car or gem-car, traffic profile 6 is bound to the GEM port by default (no rate limitation).
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters settings. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure an ONT service profile. Create a GPON ONT service profile, named ftth. Configure the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port to adaptive. Then the system automatically adapts to the ONT according to the actual capability of the online ONT. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#ont-port eth adaptive pots adaptive
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters setting. huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile 1 is used. The alarm thresholds of the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to configure a GPON alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONT line.
Step 2 Add an ONT. Connect two ONTs to GPON port 0/1/0. Set the ONT IDs to 1 and 2, SNs to 32303131D659FD40 and 6877687714852901, passwords to 0100000001 and 0100000002, discovery mode for password authentication to once-on, and management mode to OMCI. Bind the two ONTs to ONT line profile ftth and ONT service profile ftth. There are two methods of adding an ONT: add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONT. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
635
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
l Add ONTs offline. If the password of an ONT is known, run the ont add command to add an ONT offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 1 password-auth 0100000001 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 2 password-auth 0100000002 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
l Confirm automatically discovered ONTs If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown, run the port portid ont-auto-find command in GPON mode to enable the ONT auto-discovery function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#port 0 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont autofind 0 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131D659FD40 omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 ontid 2 sn-auth 6877687714852901 omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth NOTE
If multiple ONTs of the same type bound to the same line profile or service profile are connected to the same port, you can bulk add ONTs by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONTs to make configuration easier and more efficient. To do so, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 all sn-auth omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
l (Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONT. The default profile 1 is used in this example. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 1 profile-id 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 2 profile-id 1
Step 3 Check ONT status. After an ONT is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT. Ensure that Config flag of the ONT is active, Run State is online, Config state is normal, and Match state is match. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont info 0 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONT is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONT goes online successfully. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration state of the ONT is normal. Match state : match //Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
636
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
l If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module. l If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly. l If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully. ----End
Configuring the Internet Access Service The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with highspeed Internet access services.
Prerequisites l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS.
l
Related configurations are performed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users. For details about the configuration, see the configuration guide.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is consistent with the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
l
Residential users generally access the Internet in Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) dial-up mode. PPPoE dial-up can be performed on personal computers (PCs) or HGWs.
l
The configuration processes on HGWs of different models or in different appearances are similar. This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service on an HG239 that is connected to an ONT upstream through a LAN.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for Internet access service: 14
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
637
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Network topology data
Upstream port: 0/19/0
10 FTTH Configuration
PON port: 0/1/0 ONT IDs: 1 and 2 ID of the port on the HGW that is connected to the PC: 1 Double-tagged VLAN: l S-VLAN ID: 100 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: stacking l C-VLAN ID: 1001-1002 l U-VLAN ID: 45 VLAN translation policy: l ONT: The upstream packets sent from the HGW carry user-VLANs and the ONT transparently transmits them. l OLT: The OLT translates the U-VLAN to S-VLAN+CVLAN.
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile ID to ftth_hsi, the CIR to 4 Mbit/s, and the priority to 0. In addition, configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user-side VLAN 45 is mapped to GEM port 14 in the ONT line profile. NOTE
Here, the user-side VLAN is the VLAN carried by packets sent from HGW to ONT, namely, UVLAN. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 14 0 vlan 45 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. Add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 45 in the ONT service profile.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
638
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 45 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit
4.
Create an Internet access service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
5.
Create Internet access service flows. Set S-VLAN ID to 100 and GEM port ID to 14. Use traffic profile ftth_hsi. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 45 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1001 inbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 45 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1002 inbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi
6.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the HGW. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cu.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password). Then, click OK.
Set parameters for the Internet access service. Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs. a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table. Parameter
Value
Bearing service
INTERNET
VLAN enabling
Enabled: Upstream packets contain VLAN tags. Disabled: Upstream packets do not contain VLAN tags. NOTE If uservlan is set to untagged when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the OLT, set this parameter to Disabled; otherwise, set it to Enabled.
VLANID [1-4094]
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
If VLAN enabling is set to Enabled, this parameter takes the value of uservlan that is specified when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the OLT.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
639
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
10 FTTH Configuration
Parameter
Value
Binding item
LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet.
Mode
Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dial-up mode.
Click OK.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Configuring the Voice Service The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the IPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service.
Prerequisites l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar. This topic uses the HG255 that uses LAN for upstream transmission as examples.
l
The IADs use SIP as the voice protocol.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
VLAN plan
Single VLAN tag: l VLAN ID: 300 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l UVLAN ID: 45 VLAN translation policy: l ONT: Upstream packets of the HGW carry the user VLAN and the ONT transparently transmits the packets. l OLT: implements VLAN translation: US.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
640
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Item
Data
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 User phone number: 77730010
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile ID to ftth_hsi, the CIR to 4 Mbit/s, and the priority to 0. In addition, configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 45 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. NOTE
The user VLAN is the VLAN in the packets sent from the HGW to the ONT, that is, the UVLAN. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 45 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the HGW through Ethernet port 1, add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 45 in the ONT service profile. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 45 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
5.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 45, and use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 45 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name ftth_voip
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
641
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 45 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name ftth_voip
6.
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same SVLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
7.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the HGW. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration interface. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1 (default IP address) in the address bar of the browser and press Enter.
b.
In the login window, enter the user name and password (the default value is provided by ISP) of the administrator and click OK.
Configure parameters of the voice service. The configuration procedure is as follows:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
In the Web page, choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN Connection 2 for the VoIP service and set the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Bearing service
VoIP
Enabling status
Enable
VLAN mode
VLAN Transparent Transmission
VLAN ID
VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for voice service flows created on the OLT. In this example, set this parameter to 45.
802.1p
Enabled
Mode
Route: route mode
DHCP
Enabled
NAT
Enabled
c.
Click OK to save the settings.
d.
Choose Appliciation > Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree. Configure the parameters as follows: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
642
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
10 FTTH Configuration
Parameter
Value
Address
Preferred IP address of the proxy server: 200.200.200.200
Port ID
Preferred signaling port ID of the proxy server: 5060
Enabling
Enabled
User number
When logging in to a VoIP account, you can set the user account to the user telephone number. In this example, set the user telephone number to 77730010.
User password
-
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Configuring the BTV Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the multicast service.
Prerequisites l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the multicast source.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
The configuration processes on HGWs of different models or in different appearances are similar. This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service on an HG239 that is connected to an ONT upstream through a LAN.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
643
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag:
10 FTTH Configuration
l SVLAN ID: 1000 l HGW VLAN: 43 l MVLAN ID: 1000 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common VLAN translation policy: l ONT: translates the upstream VLAN of the HGW to an MVLAN. l OLT: duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged. Multicast service data
Multicast protocol: IGMP proxy Multicast version: IGMPv2 Multicast program: dynamic obtaining mode
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and prioritybased scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. If the ONT is connected to the HGW through Ethernet port 2, map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 2 vlan 1000 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure a VLAN translation policy for the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the HGW through Ethernet port 2, VLAN 43 of the HGW is translated to VLAN 1000 and the MVLAN of the ONT is translated to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 translation 1000 uservlan 43
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
644
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#multicast-forward tag translation 43 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
5.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1000, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to 1000, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
6.
Create an MVLAN and configure the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMPv2. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v2 This operation will delete all IPv4 programs with source IP addresses in the current multicast VLAN Are you sure to change current IGMP version? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
7.
Configure a program library. Set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic. NOTE
You can set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic only when the IGMP mode is off. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode off Are you sure to close IGMP? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match mode disable Command has been executed successfully
(Optional) Set the address range for the dynamic programs. If you need to limit the address range of dynamic programs, perform this operation. For example, set the address range of dynamic programs to 224.1.1.1-224.1.1.100. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.1.1.100
8.
Set the IGMP mode. Select the IGMP proxy mode. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
9.
Configure the IGMP upstream port. Set the IGMP upstream port ID to 0/19/0 and working mode to default. Protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
645
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
10. (Optional) Set multicast global parameters. In this example, the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters. 11. Configure multicast users. Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 1 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 2 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 1 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 2 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
12. Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the HGW. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cu.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password). Then, click OK.
Set parameters for the BTV service. This example assumes LAN3 as an BTV port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
In the right pane, create LAN connection 3 for the BTV service. Set the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Bearing service
OTHER: The connection is used for the BTV service.
VLAN enabling
Enable VLAN tags are added to upstream packets.
VLANID [1-4094]
VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for BTV service flows created on the OLT. In this example, set this parameter to 43.
Binding item
LAN3
Mode
Bridge
DHCP transparent transmission
Enable
NOTE When BTV service flows are created on the OLT, the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
646
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
10 FTTH Configuration
Click OK to save the settings.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Configuring the VoD Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the VoD service.
Prerequisites l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the program source.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
The configuration processes on HGWs of different models or in different appearances are similar. This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service on an HG239 that is connected to an ONT upstream through a LAN.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag: l SVLAN ID: 1100 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l UVLAN (upstream VLAN of the HGW): 43 l CVLAN=UVLAN VLAN translation policy: l ONT: transparently transmits the UVLAN of the HGW. l OLT: implements VLAN translation: US.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
647
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and priority-based scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 43 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 4 vlan 43 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the HGW through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 43. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 43 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#vlan 1100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1100 0/19 0
5.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1100, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to 43, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan multi-service user-vlan 43 rx-cttr huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan multi-service user-vlan 43 rx-cttr
6.
1100 gpon 8 tx-cttr 1100 gpon 8 tx-cttr
0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 8 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 8
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 Configure the HGW. 1.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cu.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
648
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
b.
2.
10 FTTH Configuration
In the login dialog box, enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password). Then, click OK.
Set parameters for the VoD service. This example assumes LAN4 as an VoD port. a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
In the right pane, create LAN connection 4 for the VoD service. Set the parameters as follows:
c. 3.
Parameter
Value
Bearing service
OTHER: The connection is used for the VoD service.
VLAN enabling
Enable VLAN tags are added to upstream packets.
VLANID [1-4094]
VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for VoD service flows created on the OLT. In this example, set this parameter to 43.
Binding item
LAN4
Mode
Bridge
DHCP transparent transmission
Enable
NOTE When VoD service flows are created on the OLT, the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged.
Click OK to save the settings.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
Context Link aggregation provides a higher bandwidth and uplink reliability for optical line terminals (OLTs) by aggregating multiple uplink Ethernet ports to one link aggregation group (LAG). Link aggregation is recommended. Congestion control places the packets to be sent from a port into multiple queues that are marked with different priorities. Then, the packets are sent based on queue priorities. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies ensure system, user, and service security. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
649
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
Enable a service security function based on the service type. For details, see 10.6.6 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure link aggregation. The following configurations are used as an example to configure link aggregation: – Uplink ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 are added to a LAG. – The two ports send packets upstream based on the packets' source MAC addresses. – The LAG works in Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) static aggregation mode. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure queue scheduling. According to quality of service (QoS) planning principles, all packets are scheduled in strict priority (SP) mode and mapped to queues according to the packets' priorities. For details about QoS planning principles, see 11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on the OLT. 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on the OLT. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on the OLT. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on the OLT. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
650
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
10 FTTH Configuration
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on the OLT. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default.
l
1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
Configure service security. –
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Option 82 on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the DHCP-based Internet access service. 1.
Enable DHCP Option 82 on the OLT. DHCP Option 82 can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level. When you run this command, select the enable, forward, or rebuild parameter based on site requirements. The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. For details, see the dhcp option82 command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level. – The VLAN level:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the dhcp option82 enable command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
651
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
e.
10 FTTH Configuration
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 serviceport command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level. 2.
–
On the OLT, run the dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONT DHCP packets to carry Option 82 information.
Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the PPPoE-based Internet access service. 1.
Enable PITP on the OLT. PITP can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, PITP is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the pitp enable pmode, pitp forward pmode, or pitp rebuild pmode command to enable PITP at the global level. In the preceding commands, the enable, forward, and rebuild parameters can all enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. Select one of them based on site requirements. For details, see the pitp command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable PITP at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the pitp enable command to enable PITP at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the pitp service-port command to enable PITP at the service port level. 2.
On the OLT, run the pitp permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONT PPPoE packets to carry a vendor tag.
----End
Verifying Services In the FTTH scenario, ONTs are installed in users' houses which are far away from the central equipment room. ONTs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation, call emulation, and multicast emulation to facilitate configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
652
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Prerequisites ONTs and upper-layer devices have been connected properly. The BRAS and MGC/IMS have been configured.
Background Remote Service Verificati on Method
Function
Description
PPPoE dialup emulation
An ONT simulates a PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONT and BRAS.
l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. l A user name, password, and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. l An ONT supports a maximum of a PPPoE dialup emulation.
An ONT simulates a voice user to make a call to check whether the voice service data is correctly configured. You can also use the call emulation function to locate a fault when the voice service is faulty.
l An ONT can simulate a caller or callee to communicate with a phone in a call. In this case, only a functional phone is required in the central office where the acceptance personnel is.
Multicast emulation
This function enables you to simulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONT. You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real-time traffic of the multicast program.
Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function.
Item
Data
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation parameters
PPPoE user name: test@huawei
The user name, password, and authentication mode for the emulation test must be configured on the BRAS. The entered user name, password, and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.
Call Emulation
l An ONT supports a maximum of a call emulation.
Data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Password: test
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
653
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Item
Data
Remarks
Call emulation parameters
ONT POTS ID: 1
The default values are used. You can run the display pots emulational configuration command to check the parameter values.
Multicast emulation parameters
Multicast service flow ID: 1
-
MVLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224.1.1.10
Procedure l
Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. 1.
In the xPON board mode, run the pppoe simulate start command to start a PPPoE dialup emulation test. The following test uses GPON as an example: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#pppoe simulate start { portid }:0 { ontid }:1 { eth|untagged|vlanid }:eth { ont-portid }:4 { untagged|vlanid }:100 { priority|user-name }:user-name { username }:test@huawei { user-password }:user-password { password }:test { authentication-mode }:authentication-mode { protocol }:chap Command: pppoe simulate start 0 1 eth 4 100 user-name test@huawei userpassword test authentication-mode chap huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)# ---------------------------------ONT PPPoE Test Result ---------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 ONT ETH Port ID : 4 ONT Vlan ID : 100 Vlan Priority : Emluator result : Success Session ID : 18814 User IP : 172.16.100.109 Gateway IP : 172.16.100.1 ----------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the Internet access service 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONT status to check whether the ONT is registered successfully.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
654
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– Run the display service-port command to check whether the Internet access service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan. – If a native VLAN is configured for the Ethernet port on the ONT, run the display ont port attribute command in the xPON board mode to check whether the native VLAN is correct. 2.
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. a.
Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the Internet service VLAN. – If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONT is activated, whether the PC is connected to the right port on the ONT, and whether the PC is working properly.
b.
Run the display ont-learned-mac command to check whether the ONT connecting to the PON port learned any MAC addresses. If not, check whether the ONT properly connects to the PC or home gateway (HGW).
l
Verify the voice service using call emulation. 1.
Run the ont emulational call command to configure a call emulation test. huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192 { |caller-stop-time }: Command: ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192
2.
The ONT outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete. huawei(config-test)# ---------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 0 ONT-POTSID : 1 Test type : caller emulational call test Detected number : 28777192 Reported number : 28777192 Current status : test end Test Result : success ----------------------------------------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the voice service. 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONT status to check whether the ONT is registered successfully. – Run the display service-port command to check whether the voice service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan.
2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
655
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the voice service VLAN. – If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONT is activated and whether physical links are normal. – If both the upstream and downstream ports can learn the MAC address, record the MAC address of the ONT and log in to the service router (SR) to check whether an IP address is allocated to the MAC address. 3.
Check the registration status of the voice service. – You can run the display ont port state command on the OLT to query the call connection status on the POTS port. If Call State is RegisterFail or Connecting for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/ SIP server is consistent with that on the ONT. – If the ONT uses the H.248 protocol, you can run the display ont mg status command on the OLT to query the registration status of the MG interface that connects to the ONT. If MG Status is UnRegistered or Registering for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONT. – You can query the registration status of the voice service on the ONT web page. If the query result shows that the registration fails or the voice service is in the registering state for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONT.
l
Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation. 1.
Run the igmp static-join command to simulate a multicast user to order a multicast program. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 1 ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000 NOTE
If the multicast program is obtained dynamically, igmp static-join can be executed successfully only when the range for obtaining the dynamic program is set.
2.
Run the display igmp user command to query the status of the multicast user. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 1 User : 0/1/0/1 State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 1 Video flow ID : 1 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : IGMP version : IGMP v3 Current version : IGMP v3 Current IGMP IPv6 version : IGMP IPv6 v2 Available programs : 8 Global leave : disable User max bandwidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 0 Used bandwidth to max bandwidth(%) : Total video bandwidth : Mcast video bandwidth : -
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
656
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Active program list -------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start time -------------------------------------------------------------------------PROGRAM-5 1000 224.1.1.10 watching 2011-10-29 16:33:41+08:00 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
3.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 { |sourceip }: Command: display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 Command is being executed. Please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 8736(kbps)
----End
10.7.3 Gateway ONT Network Scenario This topic describes how to configure Internet access service, voice service, BTV service and VoD service when gateway ONT are used to build an FTTH network.
Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements Optical fibers are connected to users' home and triple play services are required. The following provides detailed service requirements: l
Internet access of multiple PCs in a home is supported.
l
Access of multiple telephones in a home is supported.
l
IPTV programs can be previewed and watched using STBs.
l
Service expansibility is supported and different services do not affect each other.
l
Service security is ensured. – Internet access services are protected against unauthorized access, user account theft or borrowing, MAC/IP spoofing, and malicious attack. – Voice and IPTV services are protected against MAC/IP spoofing, malicious attack, and traffic flooding attack.
l
Service faults are easy to locate and services are easy to maintain.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 10-5, the ONT integrating an IAD provides Internet, VoIP, and IPTV services to users. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
657
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
The HGW ONT facilitates interconnection of home devices by providing Layer 3 services, such as Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE)/DHCP dial-up, network address translation (NAT), and Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping. This scenario provides fine-grained management channels and service control, and mainly applies to Layer 3 networking. Figure 10-5 HGW ONT
Configuration Process Figure 10-6 shows the configuration roadmap in fiber to the home (FTTH) networking using a gateway optical network terminal (ONT).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
658
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Figure 10-6 Configuration roadmap in FTTH networking using a gateway ONT
The following table describes the configuration steps. Item
Step
Description
Optical line termina l (OLT)
Adding an ONT to an OLT
Services can be configured for an ONT only after the ONT is successfully added to an OLT.
OLT
Configuring the Internet Access Service (on a Web Page or the U2000)
None
ONT U2000
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
659
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Step Configure the VoIP service.
Description Configuring the H.248based Voice Service (on a Web Page or the U2000) Configuring the H.248based Voice Service (Through the CLI) Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page or the U2000) Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI)
Configure the IPTV service.
Configuring the BTV Service Configuring the VoD Service
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE l The H.248 and Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) protocols are mutually exclusive for the VoIP service. Either of them is configured at a time. l The voice service can be configured through command line interface (CLI) on an OLT, web page, or U2000. Select a configuration mode based on site requirements. l OLT CLI: This mode can be used for site deployment or the U2000 has not been deployed. l Web page: This mode can be used to configure voice parameters after the service channel has been configured through the OLT CLI. It can be used for site deployment. l U2000: This mode can be used to configure voice parameters after the service channel has been configured through the OLT CLI. It can be used for service provisioning in batches.
IPTV services include the BTV and VoD services that are different in configuration procedures and need to be configured separately.
OLT
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policies
The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
OLT
Verifying Services
The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONT PPPoE/DHCP dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration, avoiding a second on-site operation.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
660
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Adding an ONT to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONT only after the ONT is successfully added to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 10-5 Data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile name: ftth_dba Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for voice services: 12 GEM port ID for video services: 13 GEM port ID for Internet access services: 14
ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth
Network topology data
PON port: 0/1/0
ONT port capability set: adaptive
ONT IDs: 1 and 2
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONT profiles. GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving upstream bandwidth utilization. l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONTside service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONT that is managed by using optical network terminal management and control interface (OMCI). l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS. 1. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure a DBA profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
661
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Run the display dba-profile command to query existing DBA profiles in the system. If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. Create the same DBA profile for different types of services. Set the profile name to ftth_dba, profile type to type3, assured bandwidth to 8 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 20 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name ftth_dba type3 assure 8192 max 20480 NOTE
The DBA implementation is based on an ONT. Therefore, select a DBA profile of the proper bandwidth type and configure proper bandwidth according to the service types and total user count of the ONT. Note that the sum of the fixed bandwidth and the assured bandwidth must not be greater than the total bandwidth of the PON port.
2.
Configure an ONT line profile. Create a GPON ONT line profile, named ftth, and bind it to the DBA profile ftth_dba. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name ftth_dba
Create different GEM ports according to different service types, in which l GEM port 11 is used to carry management services. l GEM port 12 is used to carry voice services. l GEM port 13 is used to carry video services. l GEM port 14 is used to carry Internet access services. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem
add add add add
11 12 13 14
eth eth eth eth
tcont tcont tcont tcont
4 4 4 4
NOTE
a. To change the default QoS mode, run the qos-mode command to set the QoS mode to gem-car or flow-car, and run the gem add command to set the index of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port. b. When the QoS mode is priority-queue (PQ), the default queue priority is 0; when the QoS mode is flow-car or gem-car, traffic profile 6 is bound to the GEM port by default (no rate limitation).
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters settings. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure an ONT service profile. Create a GPON ONT service profile, named ftth. Configure the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port to adaptive. Then the system automatically adapts to the ONT according to the actual capability of the online ONT. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#ont-port eth adaptive pots adaptive
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters setting. huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile 1 is used. The alarm thresholds of the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
662
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to configure a GPON alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONT line. Step 2 Add an ONT. Connect two ONTs to GPON port 0/1/0. Set the ONT IDs to 1 and 2, SNs to 32303131D659FD40 and 6877687714852901, passwords to 0100000001 and 0100000002, discovery mode for password authentication to once-on, and management mode to OMCI. Bind the two ONTs to ONT line profile ftth and ONT service profile ftth. There are two methods of adding an ONT: add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONT. l Add ONTs offline. If the password of an ONT is known, run the ont add command to add an ONT offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 1 password-auth 0100000001 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 2 password-auth 0100000002 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
l Confirm automatically discovered ONTs If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown, run the port portid ont-auto-find command in GPON mode to enable the ONT auto-discovery function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#port 0 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont autofind 0 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131D659FD40 omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 ontid 2 sn-auth 6877687714852901 omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth NOTE
If multiple ONTs of the same type bound to the same line profile or service profile are connected to the same port, you can bulk add ONTs by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONTs to make configuration easier and more efficient. To do so, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 all sn-auth omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
l (Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONT. The default profile 1 is used in this example. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 1 profile-id 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 2 profile-id 1
Step 3 Check ONT status. After an ONT is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT. Ensure that Config flag of the ONT is active, Run State is online, Config state is normal, and Match state is match. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
663
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont info 0 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONT is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONT goes online successfully. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration state of the ONT is normal. Match state : match //Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. l If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module. l If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly. l If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully. ----End
Configuring the Internet Access Service (on a Web Page or the U2000) The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with highspeed Internet access services.
Prerequisites l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS.
l
Related configurations are performed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users. For details about the configurations, see the configuration guide.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
664
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 14
VLAN Plan
Double-tagged VLAN: l S-VLAN ID: 100 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: stacking l CVLAN ID: 1001 l C'-VLAN ID: 1010-1011 VLAN translation policy: l ONT: ONTs configure the VLAN and add the same CVLAN tag to packets. All ONTs are in the same CVLAN. l OLT: The OLT performs VLAN translation: CS+C'. The C'-VLAN of every ONT differs from each other.
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile ID to ftth_hsi, the CIR to 4 Mbit/s, and the priority to 0. In addition, configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 1001 is mapped to GEM port 14 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 14 0 vlan 1001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
665
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
4.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 100, GEM port ID to 14, and user VLAN to 1001, and use traffic profile ftth_hsi. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1010 inbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1011 inbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi
5.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONT on the Web page. Log in to the Web page and then configure the ONT on the Web page. 1.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment with the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT (default: 192.168.100.1).
2.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT. In the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password is authenticated, the Web configuration window is displayed. NOTE
The Web page for configuring ONT varies with ONT versions, but the parameter configuration is the same. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
1.
Configure the working mode of a LAN port. The LAN port bound to the WAN port must work in the Layer 3 mode. Therefore, set the working mode to Layer 3 for the LAN port connected to the PC.
2.
a.
In the navigation tree, choose LAN > LAN Port Work Mode. Select the check box of LAN 1 and set LAN1 to work in the Layer 3 mode.
b.
Click Apply.
Configure parameters of a WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure parameters of a WAN port as follows: – Select Enable WAN Connection to enable the new WAN connection. – Set Encapsulation mode to PPPoE.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
666
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– Set Mode to Route WAN. – Set Service List to INTERNET. (For configuring the Internet access service, INTERNET or a combination containing INTERNET needs to be selected.) – Select Enable VLAN. – Set VLAN ID to 1001. (The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – Set 802.1p to 0. – Set User Name to iadtest@pppoe and Password to iadtest. (The user name and password must be the same as the user name and password configured on the BRAS.) – Select the check box next to LAN1 in the Binding options area, indicating that the WAN port is bound to LAN1. – Set IP Acquisition Mode to PPPoE. – Select Enable NAT to enable the NAT function. (NAT must be enabled to configure the Internet access service.)
c. 3.
Click Apply.
Check the ONT connection status. In the navigation tree, choose Status > WAN Information. In the right pane, Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
667
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
10 FTTH Configuration
Configure the ONT on the U2000. NOTE
The window for configuring ONT value-added service (VAS) profiles varies with ONT versions, but the parameter configuration is the same. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
1.
Add a general VAS configuration profile for the ONT. a.
From the main menu, choose Configuration > Access Profile Management. In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed, choose PON Profile > ONT VAS Profile.
b.
On the General ONT VAS Profile tab page, right-click, and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
c.
Choose General Para > WAN Device > WAN Device 1 > WAN Connection from the navigation tree, right-click, and choose Add PPP Connection from the shortcut menu. Choose the new WAN PPP Interface 1 and set parameters as follows: – WAN Enable: Enable – Connection Type: Routed – VLAN ID: 1001 (which should be the same as that configured on the OLT at the user side) – Priority: 0
d. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Click Next. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
668
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
e.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set vendor ID to HWTC, Terminal Type to General Type, and Version to V1R003C00-ZZ, click Add.
f.
Configure a WAN port. Choose General Type Config Info > WAN Device > WAN Device 1 > WAN Connection > WAN Connection 1 > WAN PPP Interface > WAN PPP Interface 1 and set parameters as follows: – WAN Interface Name: ONT-HSI – NATEnabled: enable (Enable the NAT function when configuring the online service.) – Service Type: INTERNET (For configuring the Internet access service, INTERNET or a combination containing INTERNET needs to be selected.)
g.
Configure binding between the WAN port and LAN port. a.
Configure the LAN1 port as a Layer 3 interface. Choose General Type Config Info > LAN Device > LAN Interface 1 > LAN Interface > LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 from the navigation tree. In the right pane, set LAN port two three-port enable to enable. NOTE
LAN port two three-port enable being enable indicates that the LAN port is a Layer 3 interface. The LAN port bound to the WAN port must be a Layer 3 interface.
b. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Bind the LAN port to the WAN port.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
669
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
1)
In the navigation tree, choose General Type Config Info > Layer 3 Forwarding > Policy Route. Select Policy Route, right-click, and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
2)
Select Policy Route 1 and enter proper values. – Policy Route Type: SourcePhyPort – Physical Port Name: LAN1 – WAN Interface Name: WAN1(ONT-HSI)
NOTE
To bind a LAN port to a WAN port, set Physical Port Name and WAN Interface Name. The preceding figure shows that WAN 1 is bound to LAN 1. To bind a WAN port to multiple LAN ports, set Physical Port Name to LAN1,...,LANx. For example, to bind WAN 1 to LAN 1 and LAN 2, set Physical Port Name to LAN1, LAN2.
3) 2.
3.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Click OK.
Bind a general VAS profile. a.
In the Main Topology, double-click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree; or right-click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.
b.
Choose GPON > GPON Management from the navigation tree.
c.
In the window on the right, choose GPON ONU.
d.
On the GPON ONU tab page, set the filter criteria or click GPON ONUs.
e.
Select an ONT from the list, right-click, and choose Bind General VAS Profile from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the created profile, and click OK to complete profile binding.
to display the
Configure the ONT value-added service. a.
On the GPON ONU tab page, select an ONT, right-click, and choose Configure Value-Added Service from the shortcut menu.
b.
Click the Basic Parameters tab in the dialog box that is displayed, select WAN Port, set User Name to iadtest@pppoe, and set Password to iadtest. The user name and password must be the same as those configured on the BRAS. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
670
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c.
10 FTTH Configuration
Click OK. The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT.
----End
Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (on a Web Page or the U2000) The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the IPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service.
Prerequisites l
The interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC.
l
The OLT has been connected to the MGC. The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONT software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONT software version supports H.248. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
Context Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
671
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag:
10 FTTH Configuration
l SVLAN ID: 300 l SVLAN type: smart l SVLAN attribute: common l CVLAN ID: 3001 VLAN translation policy: l ONT: The iTMS issues the VLAN of the WAN port or factory default setting is used. l OLT: performs VLAN translation: CS (CVLAN is different from the planned SVLAN). Voice parameter
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftth_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_voip cir off priority 5 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
4.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
672
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
user-vlan 3001 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 3001 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftth_voip
5.
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same SVLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
6.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONT on the Web page. Log in to the Web page and then configure the ONT on the Web page. 1.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment with the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT (default: 192.168.100.1).
2.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT. In the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password is authenticated, the Web configuration window is displayed. NOTE
The Web page for configuring ONT varies with ONT versions, but the parameter configuration is the same. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
1.
Configure the voice protocol. NOTE
The default voice protocol is SIP. Therefore, change the voice protocol first.
2.
a.
Choose Voice > SIP/H.248 Protocol Conversion.
b.
In the pane on the right, set Voice to H.248.
c.
Click Apply.
Configure parameters for the voice WAN interface. a.
Choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters as follows: – Select Enable WAN Connection to enable the new WAN connection. – Set Encapsulation mode to IPoE.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
673
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– Set Service Type to VOIP. (For configuring the VoIP service, VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected.) – Set WAN mode to Route WAN. – Select Enable VLAN. – Set VLAN ID to 300. (The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – Set 802.1p to 5. – Set IP Acquisition Mode to DHCP.
c. 3.
Click Apply.
Configure parameters for the H.248-based voice interface. a.
Choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure the parameters as follows: – Set Address of the Primary MGC to 200.200.200.200. – Set MID Format to Domain Name and MG Domain to 0100000001. – Set Signaling Port to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300. – Set Region to China.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
674
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
l The parameters of the H.248-based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the media gateway controller (MGC). l If dual-homing is configured, Address of the Standby MGC must be configured. l MID Format can be set to Domain Name, IP, or Device Name. If MID Format is set to Domain Name or Device Name, the setting must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. l MG Domain is ONT's domain name registered with the MGC. It is globally unique. MG Domain in this example is ONT's password. l If Media Port is empty, the parameter value is the same as Signaling Port. The media streams are not isolated from signaling streams. If the upper-layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT, create different WAN ports on the ONT, and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port. When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports, the configured VLAN is carried by default. l When the ONT is interconnected with a third-party softswitch, check RTP TID Prefix, Start Number of RTP TID, and Width of RTP TID Number.
c. 4.
Click Apply.
Configure parameters for H.248-based voice users. a.
Choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters for user 1 as follows: – Select Enable Physical TID. – Set Physical TID to A0. – Set Associated POTS Port to 1. – Click Apply. In the right pane, click New to add voice user 2, and set the parameters for voice user 2 as follows:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
675
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– Select Enable Physical TID. – Set Physical TID to A1. – Set Associated POTS Port to 2. – Click Apply.
NOTE
l The terminal IDs A0 and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. l If Associated POTS Port is 1, port TEL1 on the ONT is bound. If Associated POTS Port is 2, port TEL2 on the ONT is bound.
c. 5.
Click Apply.
Check the registration status of the voice user. Choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, User Status is Up.
l
Configure the ONT on the U2000. NOTE
The window for configuring ONT value-added service (VAS) profiles varies with ONT versions, but the parameter configuration is the same. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure a general VAS profile for the ONT. a.
From the main menu, choose Configuration > Access Profile Management. In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed, choose PON Profile > ONT VAS Profile.
b.
On the General ONT VAS Profile tab page, right-click, and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
c.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set Name to ONT-VoIP.
d.
Configure the parameters of a voice WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose General Para > WAN Device > WAN Device 1 > WAN Connection. Select WAN Connection, right-click, and choose Add IP Connection from the shortcut menu.
b.
Select WAN IP Interface 1 and enter (or select) a proper value.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
676
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– WAN Enable: enable – Connection Type: Routed – VLAN ID: 300 (The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – Priority: 5 – Addressing Type: DHCP
e.
Configure parameters of the voice protocol. In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1. Select Interface 1 and select a proper value. – Signaling Protocol: H.248 – Associate WAN Interface: WAN1 (binding the created voice WAN port)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
677
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
If the upper-layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT. When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports, the configured VLAN is carried by default. Create a WAN port named WAN-RTP on the ONT, and set this WAN port to a media WAN port. Specifically, choose Interface 1 > RTP and set Associate WAN Interface to WAN2.
f.
Configure the MGC parameters. In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1 > H248. Select H248 and enter (or select) a proper value. – Primary MGC: 200.200.200.200 – MID Format: MG Domain name NOTE
l If dual-homing is configured, Secondary MGC must be set. l MID Format can be set to MG Domain Name, IP, or Device name.
g.
Configure the voice users. a.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1 > User. Rightclick User and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
678
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
b.
10 FTTH Configuration
Select User 1 under the User node. In the right pane, set User Enabled to Enable, and Interface ID to 1. Then, select User 2 under the User node. In the right pane, set User Enabled to Enable, and Interface ID to 2. NOTE
If Interface ID is 1, port TEL1 on the ONT is bound. If Interface ID is 2, port TEL2 on the ONT is bound.
h.
Click Next.
i.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set vendor ID to HWTC, Terminal Type to General Type, and Version to V1R003C00-ZZ, click Add.
j.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters. – Choose General Type Config Info > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface Configuration > Interface 1 from the navigation tree, and set Region to China. – Choose General Type Config Info > WAN Device > WAN Device 1 > WAN Connection > WAN Connection 1 > WAN IP Interface > WAN IP Interface 1 from the navigation tree, and set WAN Interface Name to ONTVoIP, Service Type to VOIP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
679
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
k. 2.
3.
10 FTTH Configuration
Click OK.
Bind a general VAS profile. a.
In the Main Topology, double-click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree; or right-click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.
b.
Choose GPON > GPON Management from the navigation tree.
c.
In the window on the right, choose GPON ONU.
d.
On the GPON ONU tab page, set the filter criteria or click GPON ONUs.
e.
Select an ONT from the list, right-click, and choose Bind General VAS Profile from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the created profile, and click OK to complete profile binding.
to display the
Configure the ONT VAS service. a.
On the GPON ONU tab page, select an ONT, right-click, and choose Configure Value-Added Service from the shortcut menu.
b.
Configure the domain name of the MG. Click the Basic Parameters tab in the dialog box that is displayed, select Voice Service, and set MG Domain name to 0100000001. NOTE
Domain Name is ONT's domain name registered with the MGC. It is globally unique. MG Domain Name in this example is ONT's password.
c.
Configure the terminal ID for the H.248 voice user. Select the record where Interface ID is 1, and set TID to A0. Select the record where Interface ID is 2, and set TID to A1. NOTE
Pay attention to the RTP TID configuration when the ONT is interconnected with a softswitch of other vendors. The terminal IDs A0 and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
680
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
d.
10 FTTH Configuration
Click OK. The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT.
----End
Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (Through the CLI) The OLT manages ONTs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONT using the OMCI protocol. This topic describes how to configure the H.248-based voice service.
Prerequisites l
The interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC.
l
The OLT has been connected to the MGC. The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONT software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONT software version supports H.248. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
Context Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
681
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Item
Data
VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag: l SVLAN ID: 300 l SVLAN type: smart l SVLAN attribute: common l CVLAN ID: 3001 VLAN translation policy: l ONT: The iTMS issues the VLAN of the WAN port or factory default setting is used. l OLT: performs VLAN translation: CS (CVLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Voice parameter
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Step 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Step 3 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Step 4 Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 3001 inbound traffic-table d traffic-table name ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 3001 inbound traffic-table d traffic-table name ftth_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftth_voip outboun gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftth_voip outboun
Step 5 Configure ONT voice service profiles. ONT voice service profiles include the interface common profile, MGC interface profile, and POTS port profile. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
682
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONT voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l MGC interface profile: saves the IP address or domain name of the MGC, protocol port ID of the MGC transport layer to which the MG interface belongs, and DSCP priority of media packets. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONT, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an MGC interface profile. Run the display ont-mgc-profile command to query the existing MGC interface profile in the system. If the existing MGC interface profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mgc-profile add command to add an MGC interface profile. Create MGC interface profile 2, set the IP address of the MGC to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-mgc-profile add profile-id 2 primary-mgc 200.200.200.200
3.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 6 Configure the IP addresses of ONT SIP users. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the static mode, set the IP addresses to 10.10.10.10/24 and 10.10.10.20/24, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 7 Configure H.248 POTS users. 1.
Add an H.248 interface and apply an MGC interface profile to the interface. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply MGC interface profile 2 to ONT 1 and ONT 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters of an MGC interface profile are changed, the MGC interface profile must be reapplied to the ONT so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 1 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 2 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add POTS users. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, create a POTS user, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the H.248 interface), and set the physical terminal port ID to A0 and A1. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 terminalid A0 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 terminalid A1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
683
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Run the display mgpstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A0 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 2 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A1 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
Step 8 Apply ONT voice service profiles After ONT voice service profiles are applied, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied so that the changed parameters can take effect. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-h248 attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-h248 batapply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 9 (Optional) Configure the H.248 user codec. Run the mgpstnuser codec command to configure the H.248 user codec. The H.248 user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Step 10 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page or the U2000) The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the IPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
684
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Prerequisites l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONT software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONT software version supports SIP. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag: l SVLAN ID: 300 l SVLAN type: smart l SVLAN attribute: common l CVLAN ID: 3001 VLAN translation policy: l ONT: The iTMS issues the VLAN of the WAN port or factory default setting is used. l OLT: performs VLAN translation: CS (CVLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 Home domain name: huawei.com User phone number 1: 77730010 User phone number 2: 77730020
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftth_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
685
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_voip cir off priority 5 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
4.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 service user-vlan 3001 inbound traffic-table d traffic-table name ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 service user-vlan 3001 inbound traffic-table d traffic-table name ftth_voip
5.
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiname ftth_voip outboun gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiname ftth_voip outboun
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same SVLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
6.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONT on the Web page. Log in to the Web page and then configure the ONT on the Web page. 1.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment with the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT (default: 192.168.100.1).
2.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT. In the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password is authenticated, the Web configuration window is displayed. NOTE
The Web page for configuring ONT varies with ONT versions, but the parameter configuration is the same. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
1. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Optional: Configure the voice protocol. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
686
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
The default voice protocol is SIP. If the protocol is not changed, skip this step.
2.
a.
Choose Voice > SIP/H.248 Protocol Conversion.
b.
In the pane on the right, set Voice to SIP.
c.
Click Apply.
Configure parameters for the voice WAN interface. a.
Choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters as follows: – Select Enable WAN Connection to enable the new WAN connection. – Set Encapsulation mode to IPoE. – Set Service Type to VOIP. (For configuring the VoIP service, VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected.) – Set WAN mode to Route WAN. – Select Enable VLAN. – Set VLAN ID to 300. (The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – Set 802.1p to 5. – Set IP Acquisition Mode to DHCP.
c. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Click Apply. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
687
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
10 FTTH Configuration
Configure parameters for the SIP-based voice interface. a.
Choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure the parameters as follows: – Set Address of the Primary Proxy Server to 200.200.200.200. – Set Home Domain to huawei.com. – Set Region to China. – Set Signaling Port to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300. NOTE
l The parameters of the SIP-based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch. l If dual-homing is configured, Address of the Standby Proxy Server must be configured. l If Signaling Port is empty, the parameter value is the same as Media Port. If the upperlayer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT, create different WAN ports on the ONT, and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port. When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports, the configured VLAN is carried by default.
c. 4.
Configure parameters for the SIP-based voice users. a.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Click Apply.
Choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
688
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
b.
10 FTTH Configuration
In the Basic User Parameters(SIP) window, set parameters for voice user 1 as follows: – Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration. – Set Registration User Name to 77730010. – Set Associated POTS Port to 1. – Set Authentication User Name to
[email protected]. – Set Password to iadtest1. In the right pane, click New to add voice user 2, and set the parameters for voice user 2 as follows: – Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration. – Set Registration User Name to 77730020. – Set Associated POTS Port to 2. – Set Authentication User Name to
[email protected]. – Set Password to iadtest2. NOTE
l The parameters of the SIP-based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch. l If Associated POTS Port is 1, port TEL1 on the ONT is bound. If Associated POTS Port is 2, port TEL2 on the ONT is bound.
c. 5.
Click Apply.
Check the registration status of the voice user. Choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, User Status is Up.
l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure the ONT on the U2000. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
689
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
The window for configuring ONT value-added service (VAS) profiles varies with ONT versions, but the parameter configuration is the same. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
1.
Configure a general VAS profile for the ONT. a.
From the main menu, choose Configuration > Access Profile Management. In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed, choose PON Profile > ONT VAS Profile.
b.
On the General ONT VAS Profile tab page, right-click, and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
c.
From the main menu, choose Configuration > Access Profile Management. In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed, choose PON Profile > ONT VAS Profile.
d.
On the General ONT VAS Profile tab page, right-click, and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
e.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set Name to ONT-VoIP.
f.
Configure the parameters of a voice WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose General Para > WAN Device > WAN Device 1 > WAN Connection. Select WAN Connection, right-click, and choose Add IP Connection from the shortcut menu.
b.
Select WAN IP Interface 1 and enter (or select) a proper value.
– WAN Enable: enable – Connection Type: Routed – VLAN ID: 300 (The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – Priority: 5 – Addressing Type: DHCP
g.
Configure parameters of the voice protocol. In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1. Select Interface 1 and select a proper value. – Signaling Protocol: SIP
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
690
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– Associate WAN Interface: WAN1 (binding the created voice WAN port)
h.
Configure SIP protocol parameters. In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1 > SIP. Select SIP and enter (or select) a proper value. – Proxy Server: 200.200.200.200 – Server Port: 5060 – Home Domain: huawei.com NOTE
If dual-homing is configured, Secondary Proxy Server must be set.
i.
Configure the voice users. a.
In the navigation tree, choose General Para > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface configuration > Interface 1 > User. Rightclick User and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
b.
Select User 1 under the User node. In the right pane, set User Enabled to Enable, and Interface ID to 1. Then, select User 2 under the User node. In the right pane, set User Enabled to Enable, and Interface ID to 2. NOTE
If Interface ID is 1, port TEL1 on the ONT is bound. If Interface ID is 2, port TEL2 on the ONT is bound.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
691
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
j.
Click Next.
k.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set vendor ID to HWTC, Terminal Type to General Type, and Version to V1R003C00-ZZ, click Add.
l.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters. – Choose General Type Config Info > Services > Voice Service > Voice Service 1 > Interface Configuration > Interface 1 from the navigation tree, and set Region to China. – Choose General Type Config Info > WAN Device > WAN Device 1 > WAN Connection > WAN Connection 1 > WAN IP Interface > WAN IP Interface 1 from the navigation tree, and set WAN Interface Name to ONTVoIP, Service Type to VOIP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
692
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
m. Click OK. 2.
3.
Bind a general VAS profile. a.
In the Main Topology, double-click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree; or right-click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.
b.
Choose GPON > GPON Management from the navigation tree.
c.
In the window on the right, choose GPON ONU.
d.
On the GPON ONU tab page, set the filter criteria or click GPON ONUs.
e.
Select an ONT from the list, right-click, and choose Bind General VAS Profile from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the created profile, and click OK to complete profile binding.
to display the
Configure the ONT VAS service. a.
On the GPON ONU tab page, select an ONT, right-click, and choose Configure Value-Added Service from the shortcut menu.
b.
Configure parameters for the SIP-based voice users. NOTE
The parameters of the SIP-based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch.
a.
Click the Basic Parameters tab in the dialog box that is displayed, select Voice Service. Select User 1 and set Directory Number to 77730010.
b.
Select SIP below User 1 and enter a proper value. – Auth User Name:
[email protected] – Auth Password: iadtest1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
693
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c.
10 FTTH Configuration
Set parameters of User 2 using the same method. – Directory Number: 77730020 – Auth User Name:
[email protected] – Auth Password: iadtest2
c.
Click OK. The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT.
----End
Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI) The OLT manages ONTs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONT using the OMCI protocol. This topic describes how to configure the SIP-based voice service.
Prerequisites l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONT software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONT software version supports SIP. For details, see relevant ONT manuals.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
694
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Item
Data
VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag: l SVLAN ID: 300 l SVLAN type: smart l SVLAN attribute: common l CVLAN ID: 3001 VLAN translation policy: l ONT: The iTMS issues the VLAN of the WAN port or factory default setting is used. l OLT: performs VLAN translation: CS (CVLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 Home domain name: huawei.com User phone number 1: 77730010 User phone number 2: 77730020
Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Step 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Step 3 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Step 4 Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
695
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
user-vlan 3001 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftth_voip
Step 5 Configure ONT voice service profiles. ONT voice service profiles include the interface common profile, SIP agent profile, SIP service data profile, POTS port profile, and digitmap profile. l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONT voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l SIP agent profile: saves the SIP agent information about an ONT, including the IP address and domain name of the SIP agent server and attributes of media packets and signaling packets. l SIP service data profile: saves the data information about ONT voice services, including the rights of the call waiting service, three-party service, call forwarding service, and call holding service. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONT, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. l Digitmap profile: saves the digitmap information about an ONT, including the timeout time of the digitmap timer and the digitmap format. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an SIP agent profile. Run the display ont-sipagent-profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system. If the existing SIP agent profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-sipagent-profile add command to add an SIP agent profile. Create SIP agent profile 2, set the IP address of the SIP server to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-sipagent-profile add profile-id 2 proxy-server 200.200.200.200
3.
Configure an SIP service data profile. Run the display ont-siprightflag-profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system. If the existing SIP service data profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-siprightflag-profile add command to add an SIP service data profile. In this example, the default SIP service data profile, namely SIP service data profile 1 is used.
4.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
5. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure a digitmap profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
696
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Run the display ont-digitmap-profile command to query the existing digitmap profile in the system. If the existing digitmap profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-digitmap-profile add command to add a digitmap profile. In this example, the default digitmap profile, namely digitmap profile 1 is used. Step 6 Configure an IP address for an ONT SIP user. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the DHCP mode, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 7 Configure SIP POTS users. 1.
Add an SIP interface and apply an SIP agent profile to the interface. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply SIP agent profile 2 to ONT 1 and ONT 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters in an SIP agent profile are changed, the SIP agent profile must be reapplied to the ONT so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-sip add 0 1 1 sipagent-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-sip add 0 2 1 sipagent-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add POTS users. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the added SIP interface), create two POTS users named huawei1 and huawei2, set passwords to user1 and user2, set their phone numbers to 77730010 and 77730020 and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#sippstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 username huawei1 telno 77730010 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#sippstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 username huawei2 telno 77730020
Run the display sippstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display sippstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID Telephone NO. User name Password ...//The rest of the response
: 1 : 77730010 : huawei1 : user1 information is omitted.
huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display sippstnuser attribute 0 2 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID Telephone NO. User name Password ...//The rest of the response
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
: 1 : 77730020 : huawei2 : user2 information is omitted.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
697
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Step 8 Apply and bind an ONT voice service profile to an SIP interface Currently, the interface common profile, SIP agent profile, SIP service data profile, and POTS port profile can be applied to an SIP interface, and the digitmap profile can be bound to an SIP interface. For profiles that can be applied to an SIP interface, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied to the SIP interface so that the changed parameters can take effect. For profiles that can be bound to an SIP interface, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles do not need to be rebound to the SIP interface and the changed parameters can take effect. The method for applying an SIP agent profile is introduced in step Step 7.1. The following will introduce the methods for applying an interface common profile, an SIP service data profile, and a POTS port profile, and the method for binding a digitmap to an SIP interface. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-sip attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-sip bat-apply from command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Apply an SIP service data profile. Run the sippstnuser rightflag command to apply an SIP service data profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-sippstnuser batapply from command to bulk apply the SIP service data profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the SIP service data profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default SIP service data profile, namely SIP service data profile 1 is used.
3.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
4.
Bind a digitmap profile. Run the sippstnuser digitmap command to bind a digitmap profile to an SIP interface, or run the ont-sippstnuser bat-bind from command to bulk apply the digitmap profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to bind the SIP service data profiles to SIP ports repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default digitmap profile, namely digitmap profile 1 is used.
Step 9 (Optional) Configure the SIP user codec. Run the sippstnuser codec command to configure the SIP user codec. The SIP user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
698
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Step 10 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Configuring the BTV Service The OLT is connected to the remote gateway ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the bridge WAN multicast service.
Prerequisites l
The iTMS has configured the IPTV WAN ports on the ONT.
l
The OLT has been connected to the BRAS and the multicast source.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 10-6 Data plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag: l SVLAN ID: 1000 l MVLAN ID: 1000 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common VLAN translation policy: l ONT: duplicates multicast packets based on user ports and MVLANs are stripped off downstream. l OLT: duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged.
Multicast service data
Multicast protocol: IGMP proxy Multicast version: IGMPv2 Multicast program: dynamic obtaining mode
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
699
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and priority-based scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#mapping mode port huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 1 eth 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure the multicast forwarding mode. Configure the multicast forwarding mode is untagged. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#multicast-forward untag huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 1000 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#multicast-forward untag huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
5.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1000, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to 1000, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
6.
Create an MVLAN and configure the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMPv2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
700
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v2 This operation will delete all IPv4 programs with source IP addresses in the current multicast VLAN Are you sure to change current IGMP version? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
7.
Configure a program library. Set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic. NOTE
You can set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic only when the IGMP mode is off. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode off Are you sure to close IGMP? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match mode disable Command has been executed successfully
(Optional) Set the address range for the dynamic programs. If you need to limit the address range of dynamic programs, perform this operation. For example, set the address range of dynamic programs to 224.1.1.1-224.1.1.100. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.1.1.100
8.
Set the IGMP mode. Select the IGMP proxy mode. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
9.
Configure the IGMP upstream port. Set the IGMP upstream port ID to 0/19/0 and working mode to default. Protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
10. (Optional) Set multicast global parameters. In this example, the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters. 11. Configure multicast users. Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 1 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 2 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 1 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 2 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
12. Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 The ONT does not need to be configured. ----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
701
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Configuring the VoD Service The OLT is connected to the remote gateway ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the VoD service.
Prerequisites l
The iTMS has configured the IPTV WAN ports on the ONT.
l
The OLT has been connected to the BRAS and the program source.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
l
The ONT has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
Data Plan Item
Data
ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag: l SVLAN ID: 1100 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l CVLAN: 2001 VLAN translation policy: l The ONT adds CVLAN tags (configured on the iTMS) to packets: untagC. l The OLT implements VLAN translation: CS.
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and priority-based scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
702
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 1100 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 4 vlan 1100 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 1100 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1100, GEM port ID to 13, and VLAN translation mode to transparent transmission, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 tag-transform transparent huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 tag-transform transparent
5.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 The ONT does not need to be configured. ----End
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
Context Link aggregation provides a higher bandwidth and uplink reliability for optical line terminals (OLTs) by aggregating multiple uplink Ethernet ports to one link aggregation group (LAG). Link aggregation is recommended. Congestion control places the packets to be sent from a port into multiple queues that are marked with different priorities. Then, the packets are sent based on queue priorities. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies ensure system, user, and service security. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
703
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
Enable a service security function based on the service type. For details, see 10.6.6 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure link aggregation. The following configurations are used as an example to configure link aggregation: – Uplink ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 are added to a LAG. – The two ports send packets upstream based on the packets' source MAC addresses. – The LAG works in Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) static aggregation mode. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure queue scheduling. According to quality of service (QoS) planning principles, all packets are scheduled in strict priority (SP) mode and mapped to queues according to the packets' priorities. For details about QoS planning principles, see 11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on the OLT. 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on the OLT. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on the OLT. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on the OLT. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
704
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
10 FTTH Configuration
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on the OLT. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default.
l
1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
Configure service security. –
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Option 82 on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the DHCP-based Internet access service. 1.
Enable DHCP Option 82 on the OLT. DHCP Option 82 can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level. When you run this command, select the enable, forward, or rebuild parameter based on site requirements. The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. For details, see the dhcp option82 command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level. – The VLAN level:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the dhcp option82 enable command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
705
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
e.
10 FTTH Configuration
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 serviceport command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level. 2.
–
On the OLT, run the dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONT DHCP packets to carry Option 82 information.
Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the PPPoE-based Internet access service. 1.
Enable PITP on the OLT. PITP can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, PITP is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the pitp enable pmode, pitp forward pmode, or pitp rebuild pmode command to enable PITP at the global level. In the preceding commands, the enable, forward, and rebuild parameters can all enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. Select one of them based on site requirements. For details, see the pitp command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable PITP at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the pitp enable command to enable PITP at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the pitp service-port command to enable PITP at the service port level. 2.
On the OLT, run the pitp permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONT PPPoE packets to carry a vendor tag.
----End
Verifying Services In the FTTH scenario, ONTs are installed in users' houses which are far away from the central equipment room. ONTs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation, call emulation, and multicast emulation to facilitate configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
706
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Prerequisites ONTs and upper-layer devices have been connected properly. The BRAS and MGC/IMS have been configured.
Background Remote Service Verificati on Method
Function
Description
PPPoE dialup emulation
An ONT simulates a PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONT and BRAS.
l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. l A user name, password, and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. l An ONT supports a maximum of a PPPoE dialup emulation.
An ONT simulates a voice user to make a call to check whether the voice service data is correctly configured. You can also use the call emulation function to locate a fault when the voice service is faulty.
l An ONT can simulate a caller or callee to communicate with a phone in a call. In this case, only a functional phone is required in the central office where the acceptance personnel is.
Multicast emulation
This function enables you to simulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONT. You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real-time traffic of the multicast program.
Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function.
Item
Data
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation parameters
PPPoE user name: test@huawei
The user name, password, and authentication mode for the emulation test must be configured on the BRAS. The entered user name, password, and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.
Call Emulation
l An ONT supports a maximum of a call emulation.
Data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Password: test
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
707
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Item
Data
Remarks
Call emulation parameters
ONT POTS ID: 1
The default values are used. You can run the display pots emulational configuration command to check the parameter values.
Multicast emulation parameters
Multicast service flow ID: 1
-
MVLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224.1.1.10
Procedure l
Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. 1.
In the xPON board mode, run the pppoe simulate start command to start a PPPoE dialup emulation test. The following test uses GPON as an example: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#pppoe simulate start { portid }:0 { ontid }:1 { eth|untagged|vlanid }:eth { ont-portid }:4 { untagged|vlanid }:100 { priority|user-name }:user-name { username }:test@huawei { user-password }:user-password { password }:test { authentication-mode }:authentication-mode { protocol }:chap Command: pppoe simulate start 0 1 eth 4 100 user-name test@huawei userpassword test authentication-mode chap huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)# ---------------------------------ONT PPPoE Test Result ---------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 ONT ETH Port ID : 4 ONT Vlan ID : 100 Vlan Priority : Emluator result : Success Session ID : 18814 User IP : 172.16.100.109 Gateway IP : 172.16.100.1 ----------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the Internet access service 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONT status to check whether the ONT is registered successfully.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
708
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– Run the display service-port command to check whether the Internet access service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan. – If a native VLAN is configured for the Ethernet port on the ONT, run the display ont port attribute command in the xPON board mode to check whether the native VLAN is correct. 2.
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. a.
Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the Internet service VLAN. – If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONT is activated, whether the PC is connected to the right port on the ONT, and whether the PC is working properly.
b.
Run the display ont-learned-mac command to check whether the ONT connecting to the PON port learned any MAC addresses. If not, check whether the ONT properly connects to the PC or home gateway (HGW).
l
Verify the voice service using call emulation. 1.
Run the ont emulational call command to configure a call emulation test. huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192 { |caller-stop-time }: Command: ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192
2.
The ONT outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete. huawei(config-test)# ---------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 0 ONT-POTSID : 1 Test type : caller emulational call test Detected number : 28777192 Reported number : 28777192 Current status : test end Test Result : success ----------------------------------------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the voice service. 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONT status to check whether the ONT is registered successfully. – Run the display service-port command to check whether the voice service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan.
2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
709
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the voice service VLAN. – If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONT is activated and whether physical links are normal. – If both the upstream and downstream ports can learn the MAC address, record the MAC address of the ONT and log in to the service router (SR) to check whether an IP address is allocated to the MAC address. 3.
Check the registration status of the voice service. – You can run the display ont port state command on the OLT to query the call connection status on the POTS port. If Call State is RegisterFail or Connecting for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/ SIP server is consistent with that on the ONT. – If the ONT uses the H.248 protocol, you can run the display ont mg status command on the OLT to query the registration status of the MG interface that connects to the ONT. If MG Status is UnRegistered or Registering for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONT. – You can query the registration status of the voice service on the ONT web page. If the query result shows that the registration fails or the voice service is in the registering state for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONT.
l
Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation. 1.
Run the igmp static-join command to simulate a multicast user to order a multicast program. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 1 ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000 NOTE
If the multicast program is obtained dynamically, igmp static-join can be executed successfully only when the range for obtaining the dynamic program is set.
2.
Run the display igmp user command to query the status of the multicast user. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 1 User : 0/1/0/1 State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 1 Video flow ID : 1 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : IGMP version : IGMP v3 Current version : IGMP v3 Current IGMP IPv6 version : IGMP IPv6 v2 Available programs : 8 Global leave : disable User max bandwidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 0 Used bandwidth to max bandwidth(%) : Total video bandwidth : Mcast video bandwidth : -
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
710
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Active program list -------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start time -------------------------------------------------------------------------PROGRAM-5 1000 224.1.1.10 watching 2011-10-29 16:33:41+08:00 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
3.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 { |sourceip }: Command: display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 Command is being executed. Please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 8736(kbps)
----End
10.7.4 Configuring Triple Play Service (Simplified Mode) The GPON service configuration in simplified mode is implemented by creating an end-to-end (E2E) service port between an OLT and an ONT. This topic describes how to achieve the GPON service configuration in simplified mode by configuring the Internet access service, voice service, and multicast service in the FTTH scenario.
Service Requirements NOTE
On the same ONT, service ports in the simplified mode conflict with services ports in the profile mode. Therefore, they cannot be configured concurrently.
l
Subscribers use the bridging ONTs (supporting VoIP). The PC, STB, and phone are connected to different ports on the ONT to achieve the triple play service.
l
Different services are distinguished by different S-VLANs on an OLT.
l
The internet access service has a rate restriction of 4 Mbit/s both in upstream and downstream directions.
l
IPTV service has no rate restriction in upstream or downstream direction.
l
The VoIP adopts the H.248 protocol and the phones connected to different ONTs can communicate with each other.
Figure 10-7 shows an example network of the FTTH triple play service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
711
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Figure 10-7 Example network of the FTTH triple play service
Prerequisite l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS, MGC, and the multicast source.
l
The interface data and the PSTN user data corresponding to the MG interface is configured on the MGC.
l
Related configurations are performed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users. For details about the configuration, see the configuration guide.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is consistent with the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
l
Configure the OLT.
Procedure 1.
Configure GPON ONT profiles. GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. In the simplified mode, the default DBA profile, line profile, and service profile are used. That is, these profiles do not need to be configured. a.
Add an ONT line profile The default line profile 0 is used. In this profile, the default T-CONT 0 and TCONT 1 are created. T-CONT 0 is bound to the default DBA profile 2 (the fixed bandwidth: 1 Mbit/s), and is used for the OMCI management channel. T-CONT 1 is bound to the default DBA profile 0 (the assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s, the maximum bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s), and is used for the service channel. The DBA profile bound to a T-CONT can be modified.
b.
Add an ONT service profile The default service profile 0 is used. In this profile, the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port is set to adaptive by default and therefore the OLT
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
712
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
automatically matches the number of ports according to the type of the online ONT. c.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. – The default GPON alarm profile 1 is used. The alarm thresholds of the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. – In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. – Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to configure a GPON alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONT line.
2.
Add ONTs on the OLT. The ONT is connected to a GPON port of the OLT by optical fibers. The service can be configured only after ONTs are successfully added on the OLT. Two ONTs are connected to GPON port 0/1/1. The ONT IDs are 1 and 2, SNs are 32303131D659FD40 and 6877687714852901, passwords are 0100000001 and 0100000002, the discovery mode of passwords is once-on, and the management mode is OMCI. a.
Add ONTs offline. If the password of an ONT is known, run the ont add command to add an ONT offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 1 1 password-auth 0100000001 onceon no-aging omci huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 1 2 password-auth 0100000002 onceon no-aging omci
b.
Discover ONTs automatically. If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown, run the port portid ont-autofind command in GPON mode to enable the ONT auto-discovery function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont autofind 1 //After this command is executed, the information of all ONTs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed. ----------------------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/1/1 Ont SN : 32303131D659FD40 Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : 120A0000 Ont SoftwareVersion : V1R001C01 Ont EquipmentID : EchoLife:HG8245 Ont autofind time : 2009-10-24 14:59:10 ----------------------------------------------------------------------Number : 2 F/S/P : 0/1/1 Ont SN : 6877687714852901 Password : VenderID : HWTC
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
713
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide Ont Ont Ont Ont
Version SoftwareVersion EquipmentID autofind time
10 FTTH Configuration : : : :
120A0000 V1R001C01 EchoLife:HG8245 2009-10-24 14:59:12
----------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131D659FD40 omci huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn-auth 6877687714852901 omci
c.
(Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONT. The default profile 1 is used in this example. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 1 1 profile-id 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 1 2 profile-id 1
3.
Confirm that the ONTs go online successfully. After an ONT is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT. Ensure that Config flag of the ONT is active, Run State is online, Config state is normal, and Match state is match. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONT is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONT goes online successfully. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration state of the ONT is normal. Match state : match //Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: – If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. – If Run state is offline, a physical line may be disconnected or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module. – If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly. NOTE
If the ONT only supports 4 queues, the priority-queue parameter of the gem add command is invalid when the priority-queue value is set to 4-7. Consequently Config state is failed.
– If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
714
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
– Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully. 4.
Configure the Internet access service. a.
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. The VlAN ID is 100, and the VLAN type is smart. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to smart VLAN 100. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
b.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile ID to 8, the CIR to 4 Mbit/s, and the priority to 1. In addition, configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 1 prioritypolicy local-setting
c.
Create a service port. Set the service port indexes to 1 and 2, S-VLAN ID to 100, and C-VLAN ID to 10. The user PC is connected to EHT port 1 on the ONT. The traffic profile 8 is used.
CAUTION The user PC is connected to the ONT port. Therefore, the user-side VLAN is set to untagged. huawei(config)#service-port service user-vlan untagged inbound table index 8 huawei(config)#service-port service user-vlan untagged inbound table index 8
5.
1 vlan 100 port 0/1/1 ont 1 eth 1 multitraffic-table index 8 outbound traffic2 vlan 100 port 0/1/1 ont 2 eth 1 multitraffic-table index 8 outbound traffic-
Configure the voice service. a.
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. The VlAN ID is 200, and the VLAN type is smart. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to smart VLAN 200. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
715
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
b.
10 FTTH Configuration
Enable ARP proxy. For different users of the same S-VLAN, because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other, the voice media streams cannot interchange normally. The ARP proxy function of the OLT must be enabled so that different users of the same VLAN can communicate with each other. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 200 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#quit
c.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile ID to 9, the priority to 6 and no rate limitation on both the upstream and downstream directions. In addition, configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 6 prioritypolicy local-setting
d.
Create a service port. Set the service port indexes to 3 and 4, S-VLAN ID to 200, and C-VLAN ID to 20. The user phone is connected to the POTS port on the ONT. The traffic profile 9 is used. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 200 port service user-vlan 20 inbound traffic-table index 9 index 9 huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 200 port service user-vlan 20 inbound traffic-table index 9 index 9
6.
0/1/1 ont 1 iphost multioutbound traffic-table 0/1/1 ont 2 iphost multioutbound traffic-table
Configure the multicast service. a.
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. The VlAN ID is 1000, and the VLAN type is smart. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to smart VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
b.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile ID to 10, the priority to 4 and no rate limitation on both the upstream and downstream directions. In addition, configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 prioritypolicy local-setting
c. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Create a service port. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
716
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Set the service port indexes to 5 and 6, S-VLAN ID to 1000, C-VLAN ID to 30, and the ID of the ONT ETH port connected to the user STB to 2. The traffic profile 10 is used. NOTE
If the STB interconnected to the ONT does not support VLAN tag, the user-side VLAN is set to untagged when creating service port. huawei(config)#service-port 5 vlan 1000 port service user-vlan 30 inbound traffic-table index 10 index 10 huawei(config)#service-port 6 vlan 1000 port service user-vlan 30 inbound traffic-table index 10 index 10
d.
0/1/1 ont 1 eth 2 multioutbound traffic-table 0/1/1 ont 2 eth 2 multioutbound traffic-table
Configure the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version of the multicast VLAN to IGMPv3. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v3
e.
Create a multicast VLAN and select the IGMP mode. Set the multicast VLAN ID to 1000 and select the IGMP proxy mode. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y
f.
Configure an IGMP upstream port. Set the IGMP upstream port to port 0/19/0 and working mode to default. Protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
g.
(Optional) Set the multicast global parameters. In this example, the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters.
h.
Configure a program library. Configure the IP address of the multicast program to 224.1.1.10, program name to program1, and program source IP address to 10.10.10.10. huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.10 sourceip 10.10.10.10
i.
Configure a right profile. Configure a profile named profile0, with the right of watching program 1. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watch
j.
Configure multicast users. Configure users of service ports 5 and 6 as multicast users and bind right profile profile0 to the service ports. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 5 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 6 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 5 profile-name
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
717
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 6 profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 5 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 6 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
7.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONT. The ONT does not need to be configured for the Internet access service and multicast service. For the voice service, configurations on the ONT are consistent with those in the profile mode.
----End
Result l
Use the PPPoE dialup software to dial on the PC. After the dialup is successful, the user can access the Internet.
l
Connect two phones to two TEL ports of different ONTs, and subscribers can use these two phones to call each other.
l
The subscriber can watch program 1 on the TV.
10.8 P2P Access: Configuring FTTH Service Users connected to the OLT through an ONT, and are therefore provided with the Internet, VoIP, and IPTV service through a same port.
Service Requirements l
ONT_1 and ONT_2 are provided with the triple play service through FTTH.
l
The Internet access service is provided in the PPPoE access mode.
l
The IPTV user connected to ONT_1 can watch all the programs, and the IPTV user connected to ONT_2 can watch only program BTV-1.
l
The VoIP service and the IPTV service are provided in the DHCP mode and obtain IP addresses from the DHCP server in the DHCP option-60 mode.
l
After receiving different traffic streams, the OLT provides different QoS guarantees to the traffic streams according to the priorities of the traffic streams.
l
Traffic streams are differentiated on the OLT by the user-side VLAN (C-VLAN).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
718
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Figure 10-8 Example network of the optical fiber access service in the single-port for multiple services mode
Table 10-7 Data plan for configuring the VLANs Configuration Item
Data Item
Data
SVLAN
HSI service
SVLAN: 100 CVLAN: 2
IPTV service
SVLAN: 1000 CVLAN: 4
VoIP service
SVLAN: 200 CVLAN: 3
IPTV service data
Multicast protocol
IGMP proxy
Multicast version
IGMP V3
Configuration mode of the multicast program
Static configuration mode
IP address of the multicast server
10.10.10.10
Multicast DHCP server group
20.2.2.2 20.2.2.3
Multicast program
BTV-1: 224.1.1.10 BTV-2: 224.1.1.20
QoS (priority)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
HSI service
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Priority: 1; queue scheduling: WRR
719
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Configuration Item
VoIP service data
10 FTTH Configuration
Data Item
Data
IPTV service
Priority: 4; queue scheduling: WRR
VoIP service
Priority: 5; queue scheduling: PQ
VoIP DHCP server group
20.1.1.2 20.1.1.3
Prerequisite l
The OLT is connected to the upper-layer devices such as the BRAS, multicast server, SoftX3000, and DHCP server.
l
The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT.
l
The OLT uses the OPFA board or the OPGD board to connect to the ONT.
l
Configure the Internet access service on the OLT.
Procedure 1.
Create a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN. The VLAN ID is 100, and the VLAN is a smart VLAN. The upstream port is 0/19/0. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
2.
Configure a traffic profile. Because the VoIP, IPTV, and Internet access services are provided through the same port, you must set the 802.1p priority of each service. Generally, the priorities are in a descending order for the VoIP service, IPTV service, and Internet access service. In this example, set the traffic profile index to 7 and the priority of the Internet access service to 1. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 10240 priority 1 prioritypolicy local-Setting
3.
Configure a service port. Add a service port to the VLAN and use traffic profile 7. The user-side VLAN ID is 2. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 eth 0/5/2 multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 eth 0/5/3 multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7
4.
Configure queue scheduling. Use the 3PQ+5WRR queue scheduling. Queues 0-4 adopt the WRR mode, with the weights of 10, 10, 20, 20, and 40 respectively; queues 5-7 adopt the PQ mode.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
720
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
Queue scheduling is a global configuration. You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT, and then the configuration takes effect globally. In the subsequent phases, you need not configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0
Configure the mapping between queues and 802.1p priorities. Priorities 0-7 map queues 0-7 respectively. huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 NOTE
For the service board that supports only four queues, the mapping between 802.1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows: priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1; priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2; priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3; priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4.
5.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the VoIP service on the OLT. 1.
Create a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN. The VLAN ID is 200, and the VLAN is a smart VLAN. The upstream port is0/19/0. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0
2.
Configure a traffic profile. The traffic profile index is 8, and the 802.1p priority of the VoIP service is 6. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 10240 priority 6 prioritypolicy local-Setting
3.
Configure a service port. Add a service port to the VLAN and use traffic profile 8. The user-side VLAN ID is 3. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 200 eth 0/5/2 multi-service user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 200 eth 0/5/3 multi-service user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
4.
Configure the DHCP relay. The VoIP service and the IPTV service are provided in the DHCP mode. The DHCP option 60 domain is used to differentiate service types. – The DHCP domain of the VoIP service is voice. – The IP addresses of VoIP DHCP server group 1 are 20.1.1.2 and 20.1.1.3. – The IP address of the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 200 is 10.1.1.1/24. – The gateway IP address of the DHCP domain is 10.1.1.1/24. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 option-60 huawei(config)#dhcp-server 1 ip 20.1.1.2 20.1.1.3 huawei(config)#dhcp domain voice huawei(config-dhcp-domain-voice)#dhcp-server 1 huawei(config-dhcp-domain-voice)#quit huawei(config)#interface vlanif 200 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#ip address 10.1.1.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#dhcp domain voice gateway 10.1.1.1 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
721
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
NOTE
The DHCP option 60 domain of the Ethernet phone (Ephone) varies with the terminal type. In the actual configuration, see the operation instructions of the Ephone.
5.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the IPTV service on the OLT. 1.
Create a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN. The VLAN ID is 1000, and the VLAN is a smart VLAN. The upstream port is0/19/0. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
2.
Configure a traffic profile. The traffic profile index is 9, and the 802.1p priority of the IPTV service is 5. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 prioritypolicy local-Setting
3.
Configure a service port. Add a service port to the VLAN and use traffic profile 9. The user-side VLAN ID is 4. huawei(config)#service-port 200 vlan 1000 eth 0/5/2 multi-service uservlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 huawei(config)#service-port 300 vlan 1000 eth 0/5/3 multi-service uservlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
4.
Configure the DHCP relay. The VoIP service and the IPTV service are provided in the DHCP mode. The DHCP option 60 domain is used to differentiate service types. – The DHCP domain of the IPTV service is video. – The IP addresses of IPTV DHCP server group 2 are 20.2.2.2 and 20.2.2.3. – The IP address of the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 1000 is 10.2.2.1/24. – The gateway IP address of the DHCP domain is 10.2.2.1/24. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 option-60 huawei(config)#dhcp-server 2 ip 20.2.2.2 20.2.2.3 huawei(config)#dhcp domain video huawei(config-dhcp-domain-video)#dhcp-server 2 huawei(config-dhcp-domain-voice)#quit huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 10.2.2.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#dhcp domain video gateway 10.2.2.1 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit NOTE
The DHCP option 60 domain of the set-top box (STB) varies with the terminal type. In the actual configuration, see the operation instructions of the STB.
5.
Create a multicast VLAN and select the IGMP mode. Select the IGMP proxy mode. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y
6.
Set the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version of the multicast VLAN to IGMP v3.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
722
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v3
7.
Add an IGMP upstream port. The IGMP upstream port is port 0/19/0 and works in the default mode, and protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
8.
(Optional) Set the multicast global parameters. In this example, the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters.
9.
Configure the program library. Configure the program names to BTV-1 and BTV-2, multicast IP addresses of the programs to 224.1.1.10 and 224.1.1.20, and source IP address of the programs to 10.10.10.10. huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add name BTV-1 ip 224.1.1.10 sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add name BTV-2 ip 224.1.1.20 sourceip 10.10.10.10
10. Configure the right profile. Configure the profile name to profile0, with the right of watching program BTV-1. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name BTV-1 watch
11. Configure the multicast users. Add service ports 200 and 300 as multicast users. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 200 no-auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 300 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 300 profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 200 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 300 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
12. Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Result After the related upstream device and downstream device are configured, the triple play service (Internet, VoIP, and IPTV services) is available. l
The Internet user can access the Internet in the PPPoE mode.
l
The VoIP user can make and receive phone calls.
l
The IPTV user connected to port 0/5/2 can watch all the programs, and the IPTV user connected to port 0/5/3 can watch only program BTV-1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
723
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
10 FTTH Configuration
Configuration File Internet service: vlan 100 smart port vlan 100 0/19 0 traffic table ip index 7 cir 10240 priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 100 eth 0/5/2 multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 service-port vlan 100 eth 0/5/3 multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save
VoIP service: vlan 200 smart port vlan 200 0/19 0 traffic table ip index 8 cir 10240 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 200 eth 0/5/2 multi-service user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 service-port vlan 200 eth 0/5/3 multi-service user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 dhcp mode layer-3 option-60 dhcp-server 1 ip 20.1.1.2 20.1.1.3 dhcp domain voice dhcp-server 1 quit interface vlanif 200 ip address 10.1.1.1 24 dhcp domain voice gateway 10.1.1.1 quit save
IPTV service: vlan 1000 smart port vlan 1000 0/19 0 traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting service-port 200 vlan 1000 eth 0/5/2 multi-service user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 service-port 300 vlan 1000 eth 0/5/3 multi-service user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 dhcp mode layer-3 option-60 dhcp-server 2 ip 20.2.2.2 20.2.2.3 dhcp domain video dhcp-server 2 quit interface vlanif 1000 ip address 10.2.2.1 24 dhcp domain video gateway 10.2.2.1 quit multicast-vlan 1000 igmp mode proxy y igmp uplink-port igmp program add name BTV-1 ip 224.1.1.10 sourceip 10.10.10.10 igmp program add name BTV-2 ip 224.1.1.20 sourceip 10.10.10.10 btv igmp uplink-port-mode default y igmp profile add profile-name profile0 igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name BTV-1 watch igmp user add service-port 200 no-auth igmp user add service-port 300 auth igmp user bind-profile service-port 300 profile-name profile0 multicast-vlan 1000 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 200 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 300 quit save
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
724
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
FTTB and FTTC Configuration
About This Chapter 11.1 FTTB and FTTC Service Overview This topic describes FTTB and FTTC services from basic concepts, network scenarios, typical configurations, and ONU capability sets to provide necessary background information for FTTB and FTTC service configuration in different scenarios. 11.2 Principle of FTTB and FTTC Data Plan This topic describes principles of data plan for various FTTB and FTTC networking diagrams in terms of device management, QoS, services, and security. The examples in this topic are based on these principles to plan data. 11.3 Configuring Services in Various FTTB and FTTC Scenarios (GPON and 10G GPON Access) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service, voice service and multicast service in GPON/10G GPON access mode in FTTB/FTTC networking scenarios. 11.4 Configuring Services in Various FTTB and FTTC Scenarios (Ethernet Cascading) This section describes how to configure services when a multi-dwelling unit (MDU) serving as an independent node or GE remote extended subrack cascades with an optical line terminal (OLT)through Ethernet port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
725
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
11.1 FTTB and FTTC Service Overview This topic describes FTTB and FTTC services from basic concepts, network scenarios, typical configurations, and ONU capability sets to provide necessary background information for FTTB and FTTC service configuration in different scenarios.
11.1.1 Basic Concept FTTB and FTTC solutions involve many concepts. This topic describes concepts involved in FTTB and FTTC solutions from user side to network side based on the following integrated FTTB and FTTC network diagram.
Integrated FTTB and FTTC Network Diagram Figure 11-1 Integrated FTTB and FTTC network diagram (PON) PC ONU TV
PE-AGG
OLT
STB
NGN/IMS
UPE Metro Network
Laptop
Splitter
Phone
STB
Internet
UPE
HGW
PC
IPTV Headend
PE-AGG ONU
TV Phone
User Side
Access Side
Network Side
Figure 11-2 Integrated FTTB and FTTC network diagram (Ethernet cascading) PC ONU STB
TV
FE/GE
FE/GE Laptop
PE-AGG
OLT
NGN/IMS
UPE Metro Network
IPTV Headend
Phone HGW
PC STB
FE/GE
Internet
UPE PE-AGG
ONU
TV Phone
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
User Side
Access Side
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Network Side
726
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
User Side Concept
Introduction
HGW (or HG)
Home gateways (HGWs or HGs) are gateway devices designed for households and small-office network users. They provide routing functions, support various service interfaces (POTS, LAN, WLAN, or xDSL interfaces), and support remote management and diagnosis.
VoD
Video on demand (VoD) is known as interactive video on demand. Users can choose their desired programs from the VoD program database. When watching programs, users can perform operations such as pause, fast forward, fast rewind, and locate.
Multicast
Multicast, or broadband TV (BTV) is similar to traditional wired broadcasting or television satellite broadcasting. Users have the same experience in watching BTV programs and traditional television programs. Unlike the traditional television, the IPTV system encodes audio signals into media streams and multicasts the media streams over an IP network to user terminals.
Concept
Introduction
PON
A passive optical network (PON) uses a point-to-multipoint (P2MP) network architecture. A PON network consists of three parts: optical line terminal (OLT), optical distribution network (ODN), and optical network units (ONUs). A PON network uses optical fibers for data transmission, supports more users with less optical fiber resources, and provides a higher access rate.
Access Side
Mainstream PON technologies include broadband passive optical network (BPON), Ethernet passive optical network (EPON), and gigabit passive optical network (GPON). ODN
The ODN is composed of passive optical components, such as optical fibers and one or more passive optical splitters. The ODN provides highly reliable optical channels between the OLT and ONUs.
OLT
The OLT is an aggregation device located at the central office (CO), which terminates PON protocols. OLTs in this document are MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T.
ONU
ONUs are located on the user side, providing various types of ports for connecting to user terminals. The ONUs communicate with the OLT through a passive ODN. NOTE ONUs in FTTB and FTTC networks refer to multi-dwelling units (MDUs).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
727
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Concept
Introduction
Split Ratio
Split ratio is the ratio of dividing a downstream optical signal into subsignals in the PON system. Greater optical ratio requires more power to support physical distances.
PTP Ethernet cascading
On a point to point (P2P) Ethernet cascading network, the OLT uses P2P Ethernet access board and optical terminal to provide FTTx access to subscribers. The OLT can provide the combined service of video, voice, and data to meet application requirements of next-generation access devices.
FTTB
Fiber to the building (FTTB) applies to medium- and high-density apartments or office buildings. The OLT is connected to the ONU (deployed in the corridor) through optical fibers, and the ONU is then connected to users through twisted pairs to provide users with the voice, data, and video services.
FTTC
Fiber to the curb (FTTC) applies to scattered apartments and industrial parks. The OLT is connected to the ONU (deployed in the hole at the curb or FAT on a telegraph pole) through optical fibers, and the ONU is then connected to users through twisted pairs to provide users with the voice, data, and video services. NOTE The difference between FTTB and FTTC is the ONU position. To simply description, this document uses FTTB and FTTC, indicating that both FTTB and FTTC networks are supported.
Network Side Concept
Introduction
U-PE
User-end provider edges (U-PEs) are routing devices directly connected to customer edges (UEs). U-PEs support routing and MPLS encapsulation. If a U-PE is connected to multiple CEs and possesses the basic bridging function, data frame forwarding only needs to be performed on the U-PE. This reduces the load of the S-PE.
PE-AGG
Aggregation provider edge (PE-AGG) routers provide aggregation and route forwarding functions for access equipment. Compared with UPEs, PE-AGGs features higher performance, fewer interfaces, and higher switching rates.
NGN/IMS
A next generation network (NGN) is a network that uses softswitches as its core and uses open and standardized architectures to provide abundant services such as VoIP, video, and data. The IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) uses SIP signaling as its call control signaling to provide services such as VoIP, data, and multimedia services. NOTE NGN/IMS in this document refers to softswitches that support H.248 and SIP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
728
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Concept
Introduction
IPTV Headend
The IPTV headend system functions as the contents preparation platform in the IPTV system. It provides functions such as signal receipt, media format conversion, and media material management.
11.1.2 Scenario and Hardware Configuration (GPON) The typical GPON FTTB and FTTC networking scenarios and their OLT and ONU hardware configurations are listed in the table below. Scenario
Description
OLT Typical Configuration
MDU Configuration
(Main Control Board + Service Board +Upstream Board)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
FTTB Networki ng (LAN Access Without HGW)
l The ONU is deployed in the building and is connected to the user's home through the category-5 cable.
FTTB/ FTTC Networki ng (xDSL Access Without HGW)
l The ONU is deployed in the building or street fiber distribution terminal and is connected to the user's home through the twisted pair cable.
l SCUN+GPBC/ GPBD+ GICF/GICG/X2CA
ONUs applicable to this scenario: MA5616, MA5822
l The ONU provides FE and POTS ports for the Internet access and VoIP services. ONUs applicable to this scenario: MA5616, MA5622A, MA5603T
l The ONU provides xDSL and POTS ports for the Internet access and VoIP services.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
729
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Scenario
Description
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
OLT Typical Configuration
MDU Configuration
(Main Control Board + Service Board +Upstream Board) FTTB/ FTTC +HGW Networki ng (ONU Providin g the VoIP Service)
l The ONU is deployed in the building or street fiber distribution terminal and uses LAN or xDSL to connect to the HGW deployed at user's home. The HGW provides service access interfaces and the built-in IAD of the ONU provides the VoIP service. l The HGW provides the Internet access and IPTV services by connecting to the upstream ONU using LAN or xDSL.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ONUs applicable to this scenario: MA5822, MA5616, MA5622A, MA5603T. Among these ONUs: l ONUs with LAN ports include MA5616, MA5822. l ONUs with xDSL ports include MA5616, MA5622A, MA5603T.
730
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Scenario
Description
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
OLT Typical Configuration
MDU Configuration
(Main Control Board + Service Board +Upstream Board) FTTB/ FTTC +HGW Networki ng (HGW Providin g the VoIP Service)
l The ONU is deployed in the building or street fiber distribution terminal and uses LAN or xDSL to connect to the HGW deployed at user's home. l The HGW provides the Internet access, IPTV, and VoIP services by connecting to the upstream ONU using LAN or xDSL. The builtin IAD of the HGW provides the VoIP service.
ONUs applicable to this scenario: MA5616, MA5821, MA5822, MA5622A, MA5623, MA5623A, MA5611SAE16,MA5603T. Among these ONUs: l ONUs with LAN ports include MA5616, MA5821. l ONUs with ADSL2+ ports include MA5616, MA5603T. l ONUs with VDSL2 ports include MA5616, MA5622A, MA5623, MA5623A, MA5611S-AE16, MA5603T.
11.1.3 Scenario and Hardware Configuration (10G GPON) The typical 10G GPON FTTB and FTTC networking scenarios and their OLT and ONU hardware configurations are listed in the table below. NOTE
The MDU Configuration column in table lists only ONU versions supported for the FTTx V100R013 version.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
731
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Scenario
Description
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
OLT Typical Configuration
MDU Configuration
(Main Control Board + Service Board +Upstream Board) FTTB Networki ng (LAN Access Without HGW)
l The ONU is deployed in the building and is connected to the user's home through the category-5 cable.
FTTB/C Networki ng (xDSL Access Without HGW)
l The ONU is deployed in the building or street fiber distribution terminal and is connected to the user's home through the twisted pair cable.
l The ONU provides FE and POTS ports for the Internet access and VoIP services.
l SCUN+XGBC +GICF/GICG/ X2CA l SCUH+XGBC +GICF/GICG/ X2CA
ONUs applicable to this scenario: MA5616, MA5821, MA5822, MA5898
ONUs applicable to this scenario: MA5616
l The ONU provides xDSL and POTS ports for the Internet access and VoIP services. FTTB/C +HGW Networki ng (ONU Providin g the VoIP Service)
l The ONU is deployed in the building or street fiber distribution terminal and uses LAN or xDSL to connect to the HGW deployed at user's home. The HGW provides service access interfaces and the built-in IAD of the ONU provides the VoIP service.
ONUs applicable to this scenario: MA5616, MA5821, MA5822, MA5898
l The HGW provides the Internet access and IPTV services by connecting to the upstream ONU using LAN or xDSL.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
732
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Scenario
Description
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
OLT Typical Configuration
MDU Configuration
(Main Control Board + Service Board +Upstream Board) FTTB/C +HGW Networki ng (HGW Providin g the VoIP Service)
l The ONU is deployed in the building or street fiber distribution terminal and uses LAN or xDSL to connect to the HGW placed at user's home.
ONUs applicable to this scenario: MA5616, MA5821, MA5822, MA5898
l The HGW provides the Internet access, IPTV, and VoIP services by connecting to the upstream ONU using LAN or xDSL. The builtin IAD of the HGW provides the VoIP service.
11.1.4 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (Ethernet Cascading) This section describes the typical fiber to the building (FTTB) or fiber to the curb (FTTC) Ethernet cascading networks and typical hardware configurations of the access devices on the networks. l
On an Ethernet cascading network, users connect to the network through xDSL lines. An optical network unit (ONU) using GE upstream transmission is used as a digital subscriber line access multiplexer (DSLAM) and connects to a device on the metropolitan area network (MAN). This is the mainstream networking of carriers. The data plan, configuration, and maintenance of the ONU are the same as those of the existing DSLAMs on live networks and therefore are not described in this section.
l
The recommended networking is as follows: ONU using GE upstream transmission -> optical line terminal (OLT) -> MAN device. This is an FTTB or FTTC Ethernet cascading network. The network of this type reduces optical fibers and operating expense (OPEX) of carriers through O&M functions, such as remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission. An FTTB or FTTC Ethernet cascading network is available in one of the following types: – Independent NE networking: An ONU has a separate management IP address. The operations support system (OSS) and U2000 manage the ONU as an independent NE. – GE remote extended subrack networking in centralized management mode: An ONU does not have a management IP address. Instead, it is managed as a GE remote extended subrack (extended subrack for short) of the OLT (master subrack). The ONU is regarded
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
733
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
as a remote service board of the OLT. The network of this type applies if more users need to be covered without increasing the number of NEs on the network. The GE remote extended subrack networking reduces the OPEX and total cost of operation (TCO) of carriers. Networking Scenario
Description
Typical OLT or Master Subrack Configuration
ONU or Extended Subrack Device
FTTB and FTTC Ethernet Cascade Networking (ONU works as an independent NE)
l ONUs are deployed in corridors or fiber distribution terminals (FDTs) on the curb. They connected to users through twisted pairs.
MA5600T or MA5603T:
ONU series supporting GE upstream transmission. For details, see 11.1.7 Ethernet Upstream ONU Capability Sets.
l The networking between the ONU and users is the same as the xDSL networking for a PON network. The networking applies in the following scenarios: – FTTB and FTTC networking in xDSL access mode, without a home gateway (HGW)
l Control board: SCUN or SCUH l Service board: OPGD or ETHB l Upstream interface board: GICF, GICG, X1CA, or X2CA
– FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (The voice service is provided through the ONU.) – FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (The voice service is provided through the HGW.)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
734
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Networking Scenario
Description
Typical OLT or Master Subrack Configuration
ONU or Extended Subrack Device
FTTB and FTTC Ethernet Cascade Networking (ONU works as a GE remote extended subrack)
l Extended subracks are deployed in corridors or FDTs on the curb. They connected to users through twisted pairs.
MA5600T or MA5603T:
MA5623AR
l Control board: SCUN
l Service board: l The networking applies to ETHB high-bandwidth access scenarios and provides the l Upstream interface board: high-speed Internet GICF, GICG, access service, voice X1CA, or service, and IPTV service. X2CA In the scenarios, an HGW is configured on the user side and VDSL2 is used for downstream transmission.
11.1.5 GPON ONU Capability Sets This topic describes the hardware capabilities and usage scenarios of GPON optical network units (ONUs) on fiber to the building (FTTB) or fiber to the curb (FTTC) networks.
ONU Capability Sets Table 11-1 shows the ONU capability sets provided by Huawei. NOTE
The Supported ONU Version column in Table 11-1 lists only ONU versions supported by FTTx V100R006, FTTx V800R308, or FTTx V800R008 and later.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
735
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Table 11-1 ONU capability sets ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
Usage Scenarios
MA5620
The MA5620 supports the following specifications:
l V800R30 8C00
l Specification 1: Provides 8 FE electrical ports and 8 POTS ports.
l V800R31 0C00
The MA5620 applies to FTTB scenarios.
l Specification 2: Provides 16 FE electrical ports and 16 POTS ports.
l V800R31 2C01
l Specification 3: Provides 32 FE electrical ports and 32 POTS ports. MA5620 V800R312C01 supports only one uplink port and other versions support two uplink ports. MA5626
The MA5626 supports the following specifications based on the capabilities of service ports:
V800R308C 00
The MA5626 applies to FTTB scenarios.
l Specification 1: Provides 8 FE electrical ports. l Specification 2: Provides 16 FE electrical ports. l Specification 3: Provides 24 FE electrical ports. l Specification 4: Provides 4 FE electrical ports and 4 GE electrical ports (PoE). The MA5626 supports the following specifications based on the capabilities of service ports:
V800R308C 01
l Specification 1: Provides 8 FE electrical ports (PoE). l Specification 2: Provides 16 FE electrical ports (PoE). l Specification 3: Provides 24 FE electrical ports (PoE). l Specification 4: Provides 4 FE electrical ports and 4 GE electrical ports (PoE).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
736
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONU Type
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
The MA5626 supports the following specifications based on the capabilities of service ports:
V800R310C 00
Usage Scenarios
l Specification 1: Provides 8 FE electrical ports. l Specification 2: Provides 16 FE electrical ports. l Specification 3: Provides 24 FE electrical ports. l Specification 4: Provides 4 FE electrical ports and 4 GE electrical ports (PoE). l Specification 5: Provides 8 FE electrical ports (reverse PoE). The MA5626 supports the following specifications based on the capabilities of service ports:
V800R312C 01
l Specification 1: Provides 8 FE electrical ports. l Specification 2: Provides 16 FE electrical ports. l Specification 3: Provides 24 FE electrical ports. l Specification 4: Provides 8 FE electrical ports (reverse PoE). MA5626 V800R312C01 supports only one uplink port and other versions support two uplink ports. MA5622A
The MA5622A supports the following specifications:
l V800R31 1C00
l Specification 1: Provides 8 VDSL2 ports and 8 POTS ports.
l V800R31 3C00
l Specification 2: Provides 16 VDSL2 ports and 8 POTS ports.
The MA5622A, MA5623, and MA5623A apply to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
l Specification 3: Provides 24 VDSL2 ports and 24 POTS ports. The MA5622A supports vectoring for broadband acceleration. NOTE The MA5622A has supported specifications 1 and 2 since V800R313C00.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
737
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
MA5623
Provides 24 VDSL2 ports.
l V800R31 1C00
Usage Scenarios
l V800R31 3C00 MA5623A
l Provides 24 VDSL2 ports. l Supports vectoring for broadband acceleration.
l V800R31 1C01 l V800R31 2C00 l V800R31 3C00
MA5612
The configuration is as follows if the mother board of the MA5612 is equipped with POTS ports: l Provides 2 GE electrical ports, 6 FE electrical ports, 48 POTS ports, and (optional) 1 RF port if 2 ASNB boards are configured. l Provides 2 GE electrical ports, 22 FE electrical ports, 16 POTS ports, and (optional) 1 RF port if 2 EIUC boards are configured.
l V800R30 8C00 l V800R30 8C01 l V800R31 0C00 l V800R31 1C00
The MA5612 and MA5612A apply to FTTB scenarios. In addition, the MA5612 applies to private line access scenarios.
l V800R31 2C00
l Provides 2 GE electrical ports, 6 FE electrical ports, 16 E1 or T1 ports, 16 POTS ports, and (optional) 1 RF port if 2 E81A boards are configured. The configuration is as follows if the mother board of the MA5612 is not equipped with POTS ports: l Provides 2 GE electrical ports, 6 FE electrical ports, and 32 POTS ports if 2 ASNB boards are configured. l Provides 2 GE electrical ports and 22 FE electrical ports if 2 EIUC boards are configured. l Provides 2 GE electrical ports, 6 FE electrical ports, and 16 E1 or T1 ports if 2 E81A boards are configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
738
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
MA5612A
Provides 2 GE electrical ports and 22 FE electrical ports if 2 EIUC boards are configured.
l V800R30 8C00
Usage Scenarios
l V800R31 0C00 l V800R31 2C00
MA5616 (CCUB control board)
The MA5616 supports the following service boards:
l V800R30 8C01
l ADSL2+ service boards: ADLE and ADPE
l V800R30 9C00
l ADSL2+ and POTS combo service board: CALE
l V800R31 0C00
l VDSL2 service boards: VDGE, VDSH, VDTH, VDSE, VDLE, and VDLF
l V800R31 1C00
l VDSL2 and POTS combo boards: CVLC and CVLE l Voice service boards: ASRB and ASPB
The MA5616 applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
l V800R31 2C00 l V800R31 3C00
l SHDSL service board: SHLH l ISDN service board: DSLD MA5616 (CCUC control board)
The MA5616 supports the following service boards:
l V800R30 8C02
l Ethernet access service boards: EIUA and EIUD
l V800R30 9C00
l ADSL2+ service boards: ADLE and ADPE
l V800R31 0C00
l ADSL2+ and POTS combo service board: CALE
l V800R31 1C00
l VDSL2 service boards: VDGE, VDSH, VDTH, VDSE, VDLE, VDLF, and VDMM
l V800R31 2C00
l VDSL2 and POTS combo boards: CVLC and CVLE
l V800R31 3C00
l Voice service boards: ASRB and ASPB l SHDSL service board: SHLH l ISDN service board: DSLD
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
739
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
MA5616 (CCUE control board)
The MA5616 supports the following service boards:
l V800R31 1C01
l Ethernet access service boards: EIUA and EIUD
l V800R31 2C00
l ADSL2+ service boards: ADLE and ADPE
l V800R31 3C00
Usage Scenarios
l ADSL2+ and POTS combo service board: CALE l VDSL2 service boards: VDGE, VDSH, VDTH, VDSE, VDLE, VDLF, VDMM, VCLE, and VCLF l VDSL2 and POTS combo boards: CVLC and CVLE l Voice service boards: ASRB and ASPB l SHDSL service board: SHLH l ISDN service board: DSLD l The MA5616 has supported vectoring for broadband acceleration since V800R311C01. NOTE The MA5616 has supported the VCLE and VCLF boards since V800R312C00.
MA5616 (CCUD control board)
The MA5616 supports the following service boards:
l V800R31 2C00
l Ethernet access service board: EIUD
l V800R31 3C00
l ADSL2+ service boards: ADLE and ADPE l ADSL2+ and POTS combo service board: CALE l VDSL2 service boards: VDGE, VDSH, VDTH, VDSE, VDLE, VDLF, and VDMM l VDSL2 and POTS combo boards: CVLC and CVLE l Voice service boards: ASRB and ASPB l SHDSL service board: SHLH l ISDN service board: DSLD
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
740
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
Usage Scenarios
MA5652
The MA5652 supports the following specifications:
V800R310C 00
The MA5652 applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
l V800R30 9C00
The MA5662 applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
l Specification 1: Provides 24 VDSL2 ports. l Specification 2: Provides 16 VDSL2 ports. l Specification 3: Provides 24 VDSL2 ports and 1 RF port. l Specification 4: Provides 8 VDSL2 ports and 1 RF port. MA5662
Provides 48 VDSL2 ports.
l V800R31 0C00 MA5611S
The MA5611S-AE16 provides 16 VDSL2 ports.
V800R313C 00
The MA5611S applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
MA5821 or MA5822
The MA5821 supports the following specifications:
V800R313C 00
The MA5821 and MA5822 apply to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
l Specification 1: Provides 8 FE electrical ports. l Specification 2: Provides 16 FE electrical ports. l Specification 3: Provides 24 FE electrical ports. The MA5822 supports the following specifications: l Specification 1: Provides 8 FE electrical ports and 8 POTS ports. l Specification 2: Provides 16 FE electrical ports and 16 POTS ports. l Specification 3: Provides 24 FE electrical ports and 24 POTS ports.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
741
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
Usage Scenarios
MA5603T
The MA5603T supports multiple access modes. The typical configurations are as follows:
l V800R00 8C01
The MA5603T applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios, especially to FTTC scenarios.
l Provides 384 ADSL2+ ports if 6 ADPD or ADQD boards are configured. l Provides 288 VDSL2 ports if 6 VDMF boards are configured.
l V800R01 1C00 l V800R01 2C00 l V800R01 3C00
l Provides 96 asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) or Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) SHDSL ports if 6 SHLM boards are configured. l Provides 96 E1 ports and 96 time division multiplexing (TDM) SHDSL ports if 6 H802EDTB are configured. l Provides 384 POTS ports if 6 ASPB boards are configured. l Provides 192 ISDN basic rate access (BRA) ports if 6 DSRD boards are configured. l Provides 96 ISDN primary rate access (PRA) ports if 6 H801EDTB boards are configured. l The MA5603T has supported vectoring for broadband acceleration since V800R011 through the H801SCUB or H801SCUN, H802MABO, H801VPEA, and H80BVCMM boards.
Maximum Number of Vectoring Users Supported by GPON ONUs Table 11-2 lists the maximum number of vectoring users supported by GPON ONUs. Table 11-2 Maximum number of vectoring users supported by GPON ONUs
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
ONU
Maximum Number of Vectoring Users
MA5603T
288
MA5616
192
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
742
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU
Maximum Number of Vectoring Users
MA5623A
48
MA5622A
24
11.1.6 10G GPON ONU Capability Sets This topic describes the hardware capabilities, features, and positioning of 10G GPON ONUs in FTTB and FTTC networks.
10G GPON ONU Capability Sets Table 11-3 shows the 10G GPON ONU capability sets provided. NOTE
The ONU Version Supported column in Table 11-3 lists only ONU versions supported for the FTTx V100R013 version.
Table 11-3 10G GPON ONU capability sets ONU Type
User Port
ONU Version Supported
Feature and Positioning
MA5821
The MA5821 has the following specifications:
V800R313C 00
It is mainly used on FTTB networks.
V800R313C 00
It is mainly used on FTTB networks.
V800R313C 00
It is mainly used on FTTB networks and some networks carrying private line access services.
l 1: 8 FE electrical ports l 2: 16 FE electrical ports l 3: 24 FE electrical ports MA5822
The MA5822 has the following specifications: l 1: 8 FE electrical ports + 8 POTS ports l 2: 16 FE electrical ports + 16 POTS ports l 3: 24 FE electrical ports + 24 POTS ports
MA5898
The MA5898 has the following specifications: l Ethernet access board: EIUC l E1 service board: E81A
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
743
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
User Port
ONU Version Supported
Feature and Positioning
MA5616 (CCUE control board)
The MA5616 has the following specifications:
V800R313C 00
It is mainly used in FTTB and FTTC networks.
l Ethernet access board: EIUD, EIUA l ADSL2 service boards: ADLE and ADPE l ADSL2+ + POTS combo service board: CALE l VDSL2 service boards: VDGE, VDSH, VDTH, VDSE, VDLE, and VDLF l VDSL2 + POTS combo board: CVLC l Voice service boards: ASRB and ASPB l SHDSL service board: SHLH l ISDN service board: DSLD
11.1.7 Ethernet Upstream ONU Capability Sets This topic describes the hardware capabilities and usage scenarios of optical network units (ONUs) for point-to-point (P2P) Ethernet upstream transmission on fiber to the building (FTTB) or fiber to the curb (FTTC) networks.
ONU Capability Sets Table 11-4 shows the ONU capability sets provided by Huawei. NOTE
The Supported ONU Version column in Table 11-4 lists only ONU versions supported by FTTx V100R006, FTTx V800R308, or FTTx V800R008 and later.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
744
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Table 11-4 ONU capability sets ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
Usage Scenarios
MA5622A
The MA5622A supports the following specifications:
l V800R31 1C00
l Specification 1: Provides 8 VDSL2 ports and 8 POTS ports.
l V800R31 3C00
The MA5622A, MA5623, and MA5623A apply to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
l Specification 2: Provides 16 VDSL2 ports and 8 POTS ports. l Specification 3: Provides 24 VDSL2 ports and 24 POTS ports. The MA5622A supports vectoring for broadband acceleration. NOTE The MA5622A has supported specifications 1 and 2 since V800R313C00.
MA5623
Provides 24 VDSL2 ports.
l V800R31 1C00 l V800R31 3C00
MA5623A
l Provides 24 VDSL2 ports. l Supports vectoring for broadband acceleration.
l V800R31 1C01 l V800R31 2C00 l V800R31 3C00
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
745
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
Usage Scenarios
MA5612
The configuration is as follows if the mother board of the MA5612 is equipped with POTS ports:
l V800R30 8C00
The MA5612 and MA5612A apply to FTTB scenarios. In addition, the MA5612 applies to private line access scenarios.
l Provides 2 GE electrical ports, 6 FE electrical ports, 48 POTS ports, and (optional) 1 RF port if 2 ASNB boards are configured. l Provides 2 GE electrical ports, 22 FE electrical ports, 16 POTS ports, and (optional) 1 RF port if 2 EIUC boards are configured.
l V800R30 8C01 l V800R31 0C00 l V800R31 1C00 l V800R31 2C00
l Provides 2 GE electrical ports, 6 FE electrical ports, 16 E1 or T1 ports, 16 POTS ports, and (optional) 1 RF port if 2 E81A boards are configured. The configuration is as follows if the mother board of the MA5612 is not equipped with POTS ports: l Provides 2 GE electrical ports, 6 FE electrical ports, and 32 POTS ports if 2 ASNB boards are configured. l Provides 2 GE electrical ports and 22 FE electrical ports if 2 EIUC boards are configured. l Provides 2 GE electrical ports, 6 FE electrical ports, and 16 E1 or T1 ports if 2 E81A boards are configured. MA5612A
Provides 2 GE electrical ports and 22 FE electrical ports if 2 EIUC boards are configured.
l V800R30 8C00 l V800R31 0C00 l V800R31 2C00
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
746
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
Usage Scenarios
MA5616 (CCUB control board)
The MA5616 supports the following service boards:
l V800R30 8C01
l ADSL2+ service boards: ADLE and ADPE
l V800R30 9C00
The MA5616 applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
l ADSL2+ and POTS combo service board: CALE
l V800R31 0C00
l VDSL2 service boards: VDGE, VDSH, VDTH, VDSE, VDLE, and VDLF
l V800R31 1C00
l VDSL2 and POTS combo boards: CVLC and CVLE l Voice service boards: ASRB and ASPB
l V800R31 2C00 l V800R31 3C00
l SHDSL service board: SHLH l ISDN service board: DSLD MA5616 (CCUC control board)
The MA5616 supports the following service boards:
l V800R30 8C02
l Ethernet access service boards: EIUA and EIUD
l V800R30 9C00
l ADSL2+ service boards: ADLE and ADPE
l V800R31 0C00
l ADSL2+ and POTS combo service board: CALE
l V800R31 1C00
l VDSL2 service boards: VDGE, VDSH, VDTH, VDSE, VDLE, VDLF, and VDMM
l V800R31 2C00
l VDSL2 and POTS combo boards: CVLC and CVLE
l V800R31 3C00
l Voice service boards: ASRB and ASPB l SHDSL service board: SHLH l ISDN service board: DSLD
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
747
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
MA5616 (CCUE control board)
The MA5616 supports the following service boards:
l V800R31 1C01
l Ethernet access service boards: EIUA and EIUD
l V800R31 2C00
l ADSL2+ service boards: ADLE and ADPE
l V800R31 3C00
Usage Scenarios
l ADSL2+ and POTS combo service board: CALE l VDSL2 service boards: VDGE, VDSH, VDTH, VDSE, VDLE, VDLF, VDMM, VCLE, and VCLF l VDSL2 and POTS combo boards: CVLC and CVLE l Voice service boards: ASRB and ASPB l SHDSL service board: SHLH l ISDN service board: DSLD l The MA5616 has supported vectoring for broadband acceleration since V800R311C01. NOTE The MA5616 has supported the VCLE and VCLF boards since V800R312C00.
MA5616 (CCUD control board)
The MA5616 supports the following service boards:
l V800R31 2C00
l Ethernet access service board: EIUD
l V800R31 3C00
l ADSL2+ service boards: ADLE and ADPE l ADSL2+ and POTS combo service board: CALE l VDSL2 service boards: VDGE, VDSH, VDTH, VDSE, VDLE, VDLF, and VDMM l VDSL2 and POTS combo boards: CVLC and CVLE l Voice service boards: ASRB and ASPB l SHDSL service board: SHLH l ISDN service board: DSLD
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
748
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
Usage Scenarios
MA5652
The MA5652 supports the following specifications:
V800R310C 00
The MA5652 applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
l V800R30 9C00
The MA5662 applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
l Specification 1: Provides 24 VDSL2 ports. l Specification 2: Provides 16 VDSL2 ports. l Specification 3: Provides 24 VDSL2 ports and 1 RF port. l Specification 4: Provides 8 VDSL2 ports and 1 RF port. MA5662
Provides 48 VDSL2 ports.
l V800R31 0C00 MA5611S
The MA5611S-AE16 provides 16 VDSL2 ports.
V800R313C 00
The MA5611S applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
MA5821 or MA5822
The MA5821 supports the following specifications:
V800R313C 00
The MA5821 and MA5822 apply to FTTB and FTTC scenarios.
l Specification 1: Provides 8 FE electrical ports. l Specification 2: Provides 16 FE electrical ports. l Specification 3: Provides 24 FE electrical ports. The MA5822 supports the following specifications: l Specification 1: Provides 8 FE electrical ports and 8 POTS ports. l Specification 2: Provides 16 FE electrical ports and 16 POTS ports. l Specification 3: Provides 24 FE electrical ports and 24 POTS ports.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
749
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU Type
Service Port
Supported ONU Version
Usage Scenarios
MA5603T
The MA5603T supports multiple access modes. The typical configurations are as follows:
l V800R00 8C01
The MA5603T applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios, especially to FTTC scenarios.
l Provides 384 ADSL2+ ports if 6 ADPD or ADQD boards are configured. l Provides 288 VDSL2 ports if 6 VDMF boards are configured.
l V800R01 1C00 l V800R01 2C00 l V800R01 3C00
l Provides 96 asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) or Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) SHDSL ports if 6 SHLM boards are configured. l Provides 96 E1 ports and 96 time division multiplexing (TDM) SHDSL ports if 6 H802EDTB are configured. l Provides 384 POTS ports if 6 ASPB boards are configured. l Provides 192 ISDN basic rate access (BRA) ports if 6 DSRD boards are configured. l Provides 96 ISDN primary rate access (PRA) ports if 6 H801EDTB boards are configured. l The MA5603T has supported vectoring for broadband acceleration since V800R011 through the H801SCUB or H801SCUN, H802MABO, H801VPEA, and H80BVCMM boards.
Maximum Number of Vectoring Users Supported by ONUs Table 11-5 lists the maximum number of vectoring users supported by ONUs. Table 11-5 Maximum number of vectoring users supported by ONUs
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
ONU
Maximum Number of Vectoring Users
MA5603T
288
MA5616
192
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
750
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
ONU
Maximum Number of Vectoring Users
MA5623A
48
MA5622A
24
11.2 Principle of FTTB and FTTC Data Plan This topic describes principles of data plan for various FTTB and FTTC networking diagrams in terms of device management, QoS, services, and security. The examples in this topic are based on these principles to plan data.
11.2.1 Principle of Device Management Data Plan The device management plan includes channel management plan and the IP address plan. Plan
Device/Service
Introduction
Management channel
OLT
Use a single S-VLAN as the equipment management VLAN of the OLT and that of all other equipment in the network.
ONU/MDU/GE remote extended subrack
Use a single S-VLAN as the equipment management VLAN of the ONU and that of all other equipment in the network.
HGW
Use a single S-VLAN as the management VLAN of the HGW that are managed by the items. Set a management VLAN for an entire network, an OLT, a PON board, or a PON port for identifying services and physical locations. It is recommended that you set different HGW management VLANs for the OLTs connected to one SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the SR and convergence switch.
IP address plan
Device management
It is recommended that you use private network IP addresses as the management IP address of the OLT and MDU for securing network devices.
Internet access service
A PC obtains a public network IP address using PPPoE dialup for Internet access. The HGW obtains a public network IP address using PPPoE dialup. A PC obtains a private network IP address using DHCP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
751
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Plan
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Device/Service
Introduction
VoIP service
If an MDU has a built-in voice module, the MDU functions as a DHCP client and obtains IP addresses using DHCP. Multiple POTS ports on the MDU share one public network IP address. If an HGW has a built-in voice module, the HGW obtains IP address using DHCP.
IPTV service
An STB obtains a public network IP address using DHCP and the subscriber can order programs. The MDU is only used for transparent transmission.
TR069 service
For scenarios in which TR069 is used for management, maintenance, and service provisioning, the HGW functions as a DHCP client, obtains a public network IP address using DHCP, and connects to the TR069 server (ACS).
11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan The QoS plan for FTTB is an E2E planning, and it can be divided into following policies: traffic classification, marking, scheduling, traffic monitoring, and DBA policies.
Traffic Classification, Marking, and Scheduling Policies Service Type
802.1p Priority
Queue Scheduling Method
OLT Queue ID (8 Queues)
ONT Queue.ID Supporting Eight Queues
Supporting Four Queues
Management service
6
PQ
6
6
3
VoIP service
5
PQ
5
5
2
IPTV service 4
PQ
4
4
2
Internet access service
PQ
0
0
0
0
Note l
Different service packets are distinguished by different VLAN IDs. GEM ports are mapped based on 802.1p priorities for the GPON system.
l
Service priorities in this table are recommended values. The service priorities are arranged according to the operators's actual planning.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
752
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Traffic Monitoring and DBA Policies Items
Management service
Internet access service
VoIP service
IPTV service
GEM port
11 [Remark 1]
12
13
14
TCONT
All services share a T-CONT.
DBA type
Type 3 (DBA profile: assured bandwidth + maximum bandwidth. Users are allowed to preempt the bandwidth on condition that the users' assured bandwidth is guaranteed. However, the total bandwidth cannot exceed the maximum bandwidth.)
DBA bandwidth planning
Configure the DBA bandwidth according to the user's bandwidth package.
Rate limit on OLT downstream
No rate limit
Rate limit on ONU upstream port
Set ONU port rate limit or xDSL line rate limit as required. [Remark 2]
Rate limit on ONU downstream port
Set ONU port rate limit or xDSL line rate limit as required. [Remark 2]
The assured bandwidth is the maximum bandwidth required by management packets, VoIP, and IPTV upstream packets. The maximum bandwidth is larger than or equal to the maximum bandwidth that users apply. Configure rate limit by a traffic profile as required. [Remark 2]
No rate limit
No rate limit
Remark 1: GEM port value depends on the planning of the service provider, but in principle, use different GEM ports for different services. Remark 2: Table 11-6 shows the reference service bandwidth of each service for each user.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
753
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Table 11-6 Reference Service Bandwidth of Each service for Each User Service Type
Upstrea m Bandwi dth
Downstream Bandwidth
Bandwidth Description
Internet access service
Determi ned based on the tariff package.
Determined based on the tariff package.
Available bandwidth of Internet access service = Committed bandwidth of the tariff package - VoIP bandwidth - IPTV bandwidth
VoIP service
200 kbit/ s
200 kbit/s
The upstream bandwidth and the downstream bandwidth of VoIP service are symmetrical. The actual bandwidth varies with the coding format. This bandwidth is calculated for two POTS ports.
IPTV service (commo n program )
/
2.5 Mbit/schannel
IPTV service (high definitio n program )
/
9.7 Mbit/s channel
IPTV service mainly occupies the downstream bandwidth. The actual bandwidth depends on the coding format, the picture in picture information, 10% bandwidth burst traffic, and the number of programs that can be concurrently watched by one user (in the case of multi STBs access). The upstream bandwidth is mainly used for transmitting IGMP packets, which requires little bandwidth and can be neglected.
Note l
Rate limit on the BRAS or SR is recommended. OLTs and ONUs do not limit rates on service flows. If the BRAS does not support rate limit, OLTs can limit rates on service flows using traffic profiles.
l
Different service packets of ONUs are distinguished by 802.1p priorities and are mapped to GEM ports based on 802.1p priorities so that packets are transmitted to different GEM ports. Each GEM port (each service) corresponds to a T-CONT or all GEM ports share a T-CONT.
l
The sum of assured bandwidth of all ONTs under a PON port and the fixed bandwidth of OMCI management channel is smaller than the GPON upstream bandwidth. Some bandwidth must be reserved for future service expansion.
11.2.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan The Internet access service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
754
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
VLAN Planning and VLAN Translation Policy on PON Networks Application Scenario
VLAN Plan
FTTB networking (without HGWs)
Two-tagged VLAN (S-VLAN +C-VLAN)
FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (ONU providing the VoIP service) FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (HGW providing the VoIP service)
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
The inner C-VLAN is mapped based on user ports to ensure that ONUs under the same PON board do not have the same CVLAN.
The OLT translates VLANs and adds an SVLAN. C'-VLAN S-VLAN + C-VLAN
HGWs (LAN upstream transmission) l Untagged upstream packets of HGWs: ONUs map C-VLANs based on user ports. l Tagged upstream packets of HGWs: ONUs translate user VLANs to C'VLANs. [Remark 1] HGWs (xDSL upstream transmission): ONUs translate PVCs to C'VLANs.
Note l
To ensure traceability of users and finer-grained QoS control and management of users and services, plan per user per service per VLAN (PUPSPV) for the Internet access service. Considering OLT capacity and VLAN scalability, use dual VLANs (S-VLAN+C-VLAN) on the OLT to differentiate users for the Internet access service.
l
The outer S-VLAN, which identifies services and physical location, can be allocated based on the OLT, PON board (recommended), or PON port (recommended). The inner C-VLAN identifies users. User C-VLANs are unique in one S-VLAN. TIP
It is recommended that you associate C-VLAN IDs with PON ports, optical splitters, and ONU ports to ensure C-VLAN uniqueness and to facilitate location. Example: C-VLAN ID = 256 x PON port ID + 32 x Split ratio x (Optical port ID - 1) + ONU port ID + 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
755
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
It is recommended that you use stacking VLANs as S-VLANs so that security features, such as PPPoE+/option 82, and anti-MAC attack, and anti-MAC spoofing can be easily deployed.
VLAN Planning and VLAN Translation Policy on Ethernet Cascading Networks Application Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation MDU/GE Remote Extended Subrack
OLT/ Master Subrac k
FTTB and FTTC Ethernet cascading (MDUs serving as independent nodes)
Two-tag VLAN solution
Without HGWs: The outer S-VLAN is planned based on MDUs and the inner CVLAN identifies a user. Ensure that the CVLANs of users using the same S-VLAN do not repeat each other.
The OLT transmit s packets transpar ently.
LAN access using HGWs: l Untagged upstream packets of HGWs: MDUs map C-VLANs based on user ports and add S-VLANs to packets. l Tagged upstream packets of HGWs: MDUs translate user VLANs to C-VLANs (user VLAN C-VLAN) and add SVLANs to packets. xDSL access using HGWs: l Asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) upstream transmission: MDUs translate PVCs to C-VLANs (PVC C-VLAN) and add S-VLANs to packets. Ensure that the C-VLANs of users using the same SVLAN do not repeat each other. l Packet transfer mode (PTM) upstream transmission: Untagged upstream packets of HGWs: MDUs map C-VLANs based on user ports and add S-VLANs to packets. Tagged upstream packets of HGWs: MDUs translate user VLANs to C-VLANs (user VLAN C-VLAN) and add S-VLANs to packets. Ensure that the C-VLANs of users using the same SVLAN do not repeat each other.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
756
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Application Scenario
VLAN Plan
FTTB and FTTC Ethernet cascading (centralized management for GE remote extended subracks)
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
VLAN Translation MDU/GE Remote Extended Subrack
OLT/ Master Subrac k
l Without HGWs: The extended subrack maps inner C-VLANs based on user ports and adds S-VLANs to packets. Ensure that the C-VLANs of users using the same SVLAN do not repeat each other.
The master subrack transmit s packets transpar ently.
l xDSL access using HGWs: – ATM upstream transmission: The extended subrack translates PVCs to C-VLANs (PVC C-VLAN) and adds S-VLANs to packets. Ensure that the C-VLANs of users using the same S-VLAN do not repeat each other. – PTM upstream transmission: Untagged upstream packets of HGWs: The extended subrack maps C-VLANs based on user ports and adds S-VLANs to packets. User-VLAN-tagged upstream packets of HGWs: The extended subrack translates user VLANs to C-VLANs (user VLAN C-VLAN) and adds S-VLANs to packets. Ensure that the C-VLANs of users using the same S-VLAN do not repeat each other.
11.2.4 (Optional) Principle of Vectoring Data Plan Vectoring data plan includes grouping, the policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment (CPE), and line profile planning of a port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
757
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Description
Grouping
In vectoring network planning, grouping is a key phase. Accurate grouping cancels inter-line crosstalk to the largest extent and develops vectoring advantages. l It is recommended that you learn the actual physical routing beforehand. Crosstalk between lines in a bundle reaches the maximum value. Therefore, it is better to plan members in a vectoring group the same as actual routing. l If you do not know actual routing in the system, you cannot group. In this case, you can use the default global grouping. Then, you can add all lines supporting vectoring to default vectoring group 1.
Policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment (CPE)
A legacy CPE is a VDSL2 CPE that supports G.993.2 but does not support G.9930.5 or vectoring. If such a CPE is activated by G. 993.2 in the vectoring system, it affects lines and the performance of the vectoring system deteriorates. Therefore, configure the policy for activating a vectoring legacy CPE based on site requirements to reduce the effect to minimum. The system supports three activation polices. The default policy is limit. l No-limit: The legacy CPE can be activated in the common VDSL2 mode. That is, the legacy CPE is activated in the nonVectoring mode and the performance of the Vectoring system is affected. This activation policy is generally used in the initial stage of Vectoring applications. In this stage, a lot of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance is not mostly concerned. l Limit: The legacy CPE can be activated in the common VDSL2 mode; however, the line is automatically shaped by power spectrum density (PSD) and is activated by low-speed VDSL2 to prevent other lines from being affected. This activation policy is generally used in the medium stage of Vectoring applications. In this stage, some CPEs are not upgraded or replaced. This is the system default policy. l Force-friendly-ds-limit-us: force friendly is used in the downstream direction and PSD automatic shaping is used in the upstream direction. l Force-friendly-ds-no-limit-us: force friendly is used in the downstream direction and no restriction is used in the upstream direction. l Block: The legacy CPE cannot be activated in the common VDSL2 mode (G.993.2). If a legacy CPE needs to be activated in G.993.2 mode, you need to delete it from the Vectoring group first. This activation policy is generally used in the mature stage of Vectoring applications. In this stage, the Vectoring performance is concerned and unnecessary crosstalk is better to be masked.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
758
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Description
Line profile of a port
The maximum rate in the line profile bound to a port is the target value for vectoring rate improvement. Carriers need to plan the line profile based on services.
11.2.5 Principle of VoIP Service Data Plan The VoIP service plan mainly includes the plan of VLANs and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios, and the plan of voice protocols.
VLAN Planning and VLAN Translation Policy on PON Networks Application Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
FTTB networking (without HGWs)
Singletagged VLAN
ONUs provide the VoIP service and use the same SVLAN.
Transparently transmits packets.
-
FTTB+HGW networking (ONU providing the VoIP service)
Singletagged VLAN
ONUs provide the VoIP service and use the same SVLAN.
Transparently transmits packets.
This solution is recommended.
Doubletagged VLAN (SVLAN+CVLAN)
ONUs provide the VoIP service and use the same CVLAN.
The OLT adds one S-VLAN tag: C-VLAN SVLAN+CVLAN.
This solution is used only when double-tagged VLANs are planned.
FTTB+HGW networking (HGW providing the VoIP service)
Singletagged VLAN
When packets sent from the HGW using LAN upstream transmission carries user VLANs, the ONU translates user VLANs to CVLANs.
Transparently transmits packets.
This solution is recommended.
The OLT adds one S-VLAN tag: C-VLAN SVLAN+CVLAN.
This solution is used only when double-tagged VLANs are planned.
Doubletagged VLAN (SVLAN+CVLAN)
Remarks
HGWs (xDSL upstream transmission): ONUs translate PVCs to C'VLANs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
759
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Note l
The VoIP service is a closed service self-operated by carriers. The single-tagged S-VLAN is the mainstream application and is recommended.
l
Set an S-VLAN for an entire network, an OLT, a PON board, or a PON port for identifying services and physical locations. It is recommended that you set different VoIP VLANs for the OLTs connected to one VoIP SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the VoIP SR and convergence switch.
l
The outer S-VLAN, which identifies services and physical locations, can be allocated based on the OLT, PON board, or PON port. The inner C-VLAN identifies services or users.
VLAN Planning and VLAN Translation Policy on Ethernet Cascading Networks Application Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation MDU/GE Remote Extended Subrack
OLT/Master Subrack
FTTB or FTTC Ethernet cascading (MDUs serving as independent nodes)
One-tag VLAN solution
Without HGWs and with voice services provided by the MDU: Each MDU uses the same S-VLAN for its voice users.
The OLT transmits packets transparently.
LAN access with voice services provided by HGWs: MDUs translate user VLANs to C-VLANs. xDSL access with voice services provided by HGWs: l ATM upstream transmission: MDUs translate PVCs to CVLANs (PVC CVLAN). l PTM upstream transmission: Untagged upstream packets of HGWs: MDUs map C-VLANs based on user ports. User-VLAN-tagged upstream packets of HGWs: MDUs translate user VLANs to C-VLANs (user VLAN C-VLAN).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
760
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Application Scenario
VLAN Plan
FTTB or FTTC Ethernet cascading (centralized management for GE remote extended subracks)
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
VLAN Translation MDU/GE Remote Extended Subrack
OLT/Master Subrack
xDSL access with voice services provided by HGWs:
The master subrack transmits packets transparently.
l ATM upstream transmission: The extended subrack translates PVCs to CVLANs (PVC CVLAN). l PTM upstream transmission: Untagged upstream packets of HGWs: The extended subrack maps C-VLANs based on user ports. UserVLAN-tagged upstream packets of HGWs: The extended subrack translates user VLANs to C-VLANs (user VLAN CVLAN).
VoIP data plan based on H.248 or SIP Item MG interface/ SIP interface data NOTE (Must be the same as that on the MGC or IMS core network device.)
Remarks Media and signalin g paramet ers
Media and signaling upstream VLAN
Upstream VLANs of the VoIP service
Media and signaling upstream port
Upstream ports of the VoIP service
Media IP address and signaling IP address
Separating media streams from signaling streams
Default IP address of the MG
Next hop IP address from an ONU/HGW to an MGC/IMS
MG interface/SIP interface ID
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
-
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
761
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Remarks Signaling port ID
Choose the transmission method according to the requirement on the MGC/IMS side.
IP address of primary MGC (H.248)/IP address of primary IMS device (SIP)
When dual homing is not configured, the parameters of the primary MGC need to be configured. When dual homing is configured, the IP address and the port ID of the secondary MGC must also be configured.
Port ID of primary MGC (H248)/port ID of primary IMS device (SIP)
VoIP user data
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Codec mode
The codec mode is selected according to the requirements on the MGC/IMS side. Generally, the text mode is used.
Transmission mode
The transmission mode is selected according to the requirements on the MGC/IMS side. Generally, UDP is used.
Home domain name (SIP)
-
Profile index (SIP)
-
H.248 version used for starting negotiation
V1, V2 or V3 (default value). The interface may fail to register because some softswitches do not support V3.
Phone number
H.248: The phone numbers allocated by the MGC need to be determined, and the paging numbers for users' emergency standalone need to be planned if the emergency standalone function is provided. SIP: The phone number that the IMS core network device allocates to the user must be configured.
TID (H.248)
If the TID template with which the PSTN user is bound does not support terminal layering, this parameter needs to be configured.
User priority
According to the service requirements, user priorities must be specified. The user priorities include the following: l cat1: government1 (category 1 government users) l cat2: government2 (category 2 government users) l cat3: normal (common users). This is the default value.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
762
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Remarks User type
According to the service requirements, user type needs to be specified. The user type includes the following: l DEL: direct exchange lines (default) l ECPBX: earth calling PBX l LCPBX: loop calling PBX l PayPhone: pay phone
Common Parameter
System parameter
The system parameters, including the international version flag and message waiting indication (MWI) mode, need to be configured according to local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards.
International parameters
The attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flash-hooking duration need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards.
PSTN port attributes
If the PSTN port needs to support the polarity reversal accounting, the PSTN port needs to be configured to support the polarity reversal pulse. Other attributes do not need to be modified if there is no special requirement.
Ringing current attributes
When the attributes of ring current are changed, ring volume is changed. This parameter needs to be modified according to the local standard only when the default ring current attribute does not comply with the local standard.
11.2.6 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan The IPTV service plan mainly includes the plan of VLANs and VLAN translation policies in different network scenarios, and the plan of IPTV services. IPTV services include multicast service and VoD service. These two services have relationships and independence in VLAN planning.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
763
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
VLAN and VLAN translation policy Applicatio n Scenario
Servic e Type
VLA N Plan
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
Scenario 1: FTTB +HGW networking (ONU providing the VoIP service)
Multic ast service
Onetagged VLA N
1. The multicast VLAN (MVLAN) of the HGW is different from the network-side MVLAN.
l Upstream IGMP: The OLT performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transmitted from the user side and encapsulate IGMP packets transmitted by networkside MVLANs.
and Scenario 2: FTTB +HGW networking (HGW providing the VoIP service)
l Upstream IGMP: The ONU performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transmitted from the user side and encapsulate IGMP packets transmitted by networkside MVLANs. l Downstream multicast service flows: The ONU replicates multicast packets based on user ports and multicasts downstream multicast packets across VLANs: user VLAN MVLAN
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Remarks
This solution is recommended because carriers will define a unified MVLAN on the HGW.
l The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLANs unchanged.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
764
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Applicatio n Scenario
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Servic e Type
VLA N Plan
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
Multic ast VoD service
Onetagged VLA N
VLAN translation policy:
Transparently transmits packets.
l When packets sent from the HGW using LAN upstream transmission carries user VLANs, the ONU translates user VLANs to C-VLANs.
Remarks
This solution is recommended. The PSPV mode is recommended for the VoD service because the service requires fewer VLANs.
l When packets are sent from the HGW using xDSL upstream transmission, the ONU translates PVCs to CVLANs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
765
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Applicatio n Scenario
Servic e Type
VLA N Plan
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
FTTB or FTTC Ethernet cascading (MDUs serving as independent nodes)
Multic ast service
Onetag VLA N soluti on
l Upstream IGMP packets: The MDU performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transmitted from the user side, encapsulate the packets with an MVLAN tag on the network side, and send the packets upstream.
l Upstream IGMP packets: The OLT performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transmitted from the user side, encapsulate the packets with an MVLAN tag on the network side, and send the packets upstream.
l Downstream multicast service flows: The MDU replicates multicast packets based on user ports and multicasts downstream packets among MVLANs.
l Downstream multicast service flows: The OLT replicates multicast packets based on GE ports with MVLANs unchanged.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Remarks
This solution is recommended.
766
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Applicatio n Scenario
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Servic e Type
VLA N Plan
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
Multic ast VoD service
Onetag VLA N soluti on
HGWs (LAN upstream transmission): MDUs translate user VLANs to C-VLANs (user VLAN CVLAN).
The OLT transmits packets transparently.
Remarks
This solution is recommended.
HGWs (xDSL upstream transmission): l ATM upstream transmission: MDUs translate PVCs to CVLANs (PVC CVLAN). l PTM upstream transmission: Untagged upstream packets of HGWs: MDUs map C-VLANs based on user ports. UserVLANtagged upstream packets of HGWs: MDUs translate user VLANs to CVLANs (user VLAN CVLAN).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
767
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Applicatio n Scenario
Servic e Type
VLA N Plan
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
FTTB or FTTC Ethernet cascading (centralized management for GE remote extended subracks)
Multic ast service
Onetag VLA N soluti on
HGWs (xDSL upstream transmission) when MVLANs on HGW side and network side are different:
l Upstream IGMP packets: The master subrack performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transparently transmitted from the extending board and reported by the extended subrack, encapsulate the packets with an MVLAN tag on the network side, and send the packets to the upper-layer network.
l Upstream IGMP packets: The extended subrack performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transmitted from the user side, encapsulate the packets with an MVLAN tag on the network side, and send the packets to the extending board. l Downstream multicast service flows: The extended subrack replicates multicast packets based on user ports, and multicasts the packets among MVLANs (user VLAN Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table. Parameter
Value
Bearing service
INTERNET
VLAN enabling
Enabled: Upstream packets contain VLAN tags. Disabled: Upstream packets do not contain VLAN tags. NOTE If uservlan is set to untagged when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU, set this parameter to Disabled; otherwise, set it to Enabled.
c. 3.
VLANID [1-4094]
If VLAN enabling is set to Enabled, this parameter takes the value of uservlan that is specified when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU.
Binding item
LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet.
Mode
Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dial-up mode.
Click OK.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
l
Configure the Internet access service (on an HG527). 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cnc.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the IE and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name (default: admin) and password (default: admin) of the administrator. Then, click OK.
Set parameters for the Internet access service. Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
883
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Parameter
Value
Bearing service
INTERNET
Enabling
If this parameter is selected, WAN connection 1 is used.
VPI/VCI
Contact your carrier for the value ranges of VPIs and VCIs. Ensure that the VPI/VCI setting (for example, 0/35) on an HGW is consistent with that on the office to which the HGW is connected.
Binding item
LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet.
Mode
Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dialup mode.
Encapsulation mode
LLC
Click OK.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Configuring the IPTV Service (on the HGW) This topic describes how to configure the IPTV service on the HGW that uses LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission. This configuration enables home subscribers to watch IPTV programs using STBs and TVs.
Context HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar. This topic uses the HG239 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG527 that uses ADSL2+ for upstream transmission as examples.
Procedure l
Configure the IPTV service on the HG239. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cu.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password). Then, click OK.
Configure multicast parameters. This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port. a.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
884
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
b.
c. 3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
In the right pane, create LAN connection 2 for the IPTV service. Set the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Bearing service
OTHER: The connection is used for the IPTV service.
VLAN enabling
Enable VLAN tags are added to upstream packets.
VLANID [1-4094]
Multicast VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for multicast service flows created on the ONU. In this example, set this parameter to 43.
Binding item
LAN4
Mode
Bridge
DHCP transparent transmission
Enable
NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU, the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged.
Click OK to save the settings.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
l
Configure the IPTV service on the HG527. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cnc.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the IE and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name (default: admin) and password (default: admin) of the administrator. Then, click OK.
Configure multicast parameters. This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
In the right pane, create LAN connection 1 for dialup Internet access services. Set the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Bearing service
OTHER: The connection is used for the IPTV service.
Enabling
The LAN connection is enabled when this check box is selected.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
885
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Parameter
Value
VLAN enabling
Enable: VLAN tags are added to upstream packets.
VLANID [1-4094]
Multicast VLAN ID on the HGW when multicast service flows are created on the ONU. In this example, set this parameter to 43.
VPI/VCI
Set the VPI/VCI to the same as that configured on the devices at the central office. In this example, set this parameter to 0/35.
Binding item
LAN4
Mode
Bridge
Encapsulation mode
LLC
NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU, the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged.
Click OK to save the settings.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Verifying Services This topic describes how to verify service configurations in the FTTB+HGW networking (ONU providing the VoIP service). In this scenario, the ONUs are placed in the building far away from the central office. The ONUs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation, call emulation, and multicast emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after services are configured.
Prerequisites ONUs and upper-layer devices have been connected properly. The BRAS and MGC/IMS have been configured.
Background Information The following table lists the remote verification methods for different services. NOTE
Currently, the VoD service does not support remote verification.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
886
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Remote Service Verificati on Method
Function
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation
An ONT emulates PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONT and BRAS.
PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. A user name, password, and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. An ONU supports a maximum of one PPPoE dialup emulation.
Call emulation
An ONT emulates a VoIP user to make a call to check whether the VoIP service data is correctly configured. You can also use the call emulation function to locate a fault when the VoIP service is faulty.
l An ONU can emulate the caller or callee in a call to a phone. Therefore, a functioning phone is required in the central office where the acceptance personnel is. l An ONU can emulate the caller and callee simultaneously in an emulation test. No phone is required in the test. l An ONU supports a maximum of one call emulation.
Multicast emulation
This function enables you to emulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONU. By querying the real-time traffic of the multicast program, you can check whether the multicast function is performing well.
The multicast service that is configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode does not support remote verification.
Item
Data
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation parameter
Service flow ID: 101
The entered user name, password, and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.
Data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Emulation timeout time: 10s
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
887
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Data
Remarks
Call emulation parameter
Caller port: 0/3/0 Callee telephone number: 83110024
The ONU emulates the caller and callee at the same time using the default emulation parameters. You can view the parameters by running the display pots emulational configuration command.
Multicast emulation parameter
Multicast service flow ID: 401
-
Callee port: 0/3/23
Multicast VLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224.1.1.10
Procedure l
Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. 1.
Start an emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate start Command: pppoe simulate start Service-port(index):101 User Name(length):user0 User Password(length):******* Authentication Mode: 1. Chap 2. Pap [default 1]:1 Overtime Time(5-60s)[default 5]:10
2.
Query the emulation test information by running the display pppoe simulate info command. huawei(config)#display pppoe simulate info PPPoE simulate information is: ----------------------------------------------------------------Service-port: 101 User name: user0 Current phase: //*Emulation phase Result: Success //*Emulation result Start time: 2011-11-16 15:41:29+08:00 End time: 2011-11-16 15:41:34+08:00 Session ID: 591 User IP: 192.168.50.2 Gateway IP: 192.168.50.254 -----------------------------------------------------------------
3.
Terminate the emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate stop
l
Verify the voice service using call emulation. 1.
Start an emulation test by running the ont emulational call command. huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#pots emulational-call caller-port 0/3/0 callee-port 0/3/23 callee-telno 83110024
2.
The ONU outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete. The ONU outputs the call emulation result and failure of the cause if the emulation test fails.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
888
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide huawei(config-test)# Caller port Callee port Test result
l
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
: : :
0/3/0 0/3/23 Test Succeed
Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation. 1.
Run the igmp static-join command to order a multicast program by emulating a multicast user. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 401 ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000
2.
Run the display igmp use command to query the status of the multicast user. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 401 User : 0/3/1 //*Use an ETH port as an example. State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 0 Video flow ID : 0 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : IGMP version : IGMP v3 Available programs : 91 Global Leave : disable User MaxBandWidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 The percentage of used bandwidth to port rate(%) : Total video bandwidth : Mcast video bandwidth : Active program list -------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start-time -------------------------------------------------------------------------program1 1000 224.1.1.10 watching 2011-07-13 14:41:18 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
3.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000 Command is being executed, please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 360(kbps)
l
Verify the VoD service. 1.
Run the display mac-address service-port command on the ONU to query learned MAC addresses of VoD users. The learned MAC addresses of VoD users indicate that services are functioning properly between the ONU and VoD users. If the VPI/VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0, run the following command to query the learned MAC addresses of VoD users: huawei(config)#display mac-address service-port 301 Command: display mac-address service-port 301
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
889
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
------------------------------------------------------------------------SRV-P BUNDLE TYPE MAC MAC TYPE F /S /P VPI VCI VLANID INDEX INDEX ------------------------------------------------------------------------301 adl 1010-1010-1000 dynamic 0 /2 /0 0 35 300 ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 Note: F--Frame, S--Slot, P--Port, VPI indicates ONT ID for PON, VCI indicates GEM index for GPON, v/e--vlan/encap, pri-tag--priority-tagged, ppp--pppoe, ip--ipoe, ip6--ipv6oe
2.
On the OLT, run the display mac-address vlan command to query the learned ONU MAC addresses. The learned ONU MAC addresses indicate that services are functioning properly between the OLT and ONUs.
----End
11.3.4 FTTB/FTTC+HGW Networking (HGW Providing the VoIP Service) In an FTTB/FTTC+HGW network, the HGW provides the Internet access and IPTV services. In addition, the built-in IAD of the HGW provides the VoIP service by connecting to the upstream ONU using LAN or xDSL.
Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements A gigabit-capable passive optical network (GPON) should be capable of delivering triple play service over Category 5 cables or twisted pairs. Service requirements are described as follows: l
Sharing of Internet access among multiple computers in the household
l
Access of multiple phones in the household
l
Internet Protocol (IPTV) services (program preview or watch) enabled by set-top boxes (STB)
l
Independent provisioning of Internet access, voice, and IPTV services
l
Ensured service security: – Internet access services protected against unauthorized access, hijacking or unauthorized borrowing of user accounts, MAC/IP spoofing, and malicious attack – Voice and IPTV services protected against MAC/IP spoofing, malicious attack, and traffic flooding attack
l
Easy fault location and service maintenance
Application Scenario Figure 11-9 shows a GPON FTTB+HGW network. The GPON OLT is deployed at the central office and connects to the MAN using aggregation, and the ONU is deployed in the buildings Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
890
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
or street fiber distribution terminals. Access interfaces are deployed on the HGW that connects to the ONU using LAN or xDSL. l
The HGW connects to the upstream ONU through the Ethernet or xDSL port and provides the Internet access service through the FE or Wi-Fi port and the IPTV service through the FE port in the downstream direction.
l
The HGW has Layer 3 functions (such as PPPoE dialup and NAT), which enable multiple PCs of a family to access the Internet at the same time.
l
The STB connected to the HGW provides IPTV program preview and access functions.
l
The IAD embedded in the HGW provides one or several POTS ports, which enable multiple phones of a family to access the Internet at the same time.
ONUs applicable to this scenario: MA5616, MA5821, MA5822, MA5622A, MA5623, MA5623A, MA5611S-AE16,MA5603T. Among these ONUs, l
ONUs with LAN ports include MA5616, MA5821.
l
ONUs with ADSL2+ ports include MA5616, MA5603T.
l
ONUs with VDSL2 ports include MA5616, MA5622A, MA5623, MA5623A, MA5611SAE16, MA5603T.
Figure 11-9 GPON FTTB+HGW Networking for the Internet, VoIP, and IPTV Services (HGW Providing the VoIP Service) Laptop PC STB
HGW LAN
ONU
PE-AGG
OLT
NGN/IMS
UPE
TV
Metro Network
Phone Laptop
IPTV Headend
Splitter
STB
Internet
UPE
HGW xDSL
PC
PE-AGG ONU
TV Phone
Configuration Procedure Figure 11-10 shows the configuration roadmap diagram in the FTTB+HGW networking scenarios (HGW providing the VoIP service).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
891
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Figure 11-10 Configuration Roadmap Diagram in the FTTB+HGW Networking Scenarios (HGW providing the VoIP service)
The following table describes the configuration procedure.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Config ured Device
Procedure
Configuration
OLT
Add an ONU on the OLT.
Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added to an OLT.
Configure the management channel between the OLT and the ONU.
After the inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU is configured and available, you can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
892
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Config ured Device
Procedure
Configure the service channel between the OLT and the ONU.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Configuration
l Configure the Internet access service channel. l Configure the VoIP service channel.
In the FTTB+HGW networking (HGW provides the VoIP service), the ONU provides Internet access service and provides VoIP and IPTV services using the HGW. Therefore, service channels need to be configured on the OLT for different services.
l Configure the VoD service channel. l Configure the multicast service channel. ONU
Configure the Internet access service.
Configure the LAN Internet access service on the ONU Configure the ADSL2+ Internet access service on the ONU.
NOTE Different ONUs have different ports, including LAN, ADSL2+, VDSL2, and VDSL2 vectoring ports, for the Internet access. Select an appropriate configuration method according to the port type.
Configure the VDSL2 Internet access service on the ONU. (Optional) Configure vectoring on the ONU Configure the VoIP service channel on the ONU.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
In the FTTB+HGW networking (HGW provides the VoIP service), the built-in IAD of the HGW provides the VoIP service. Therefore, VoIP service parameters do not need to be configured on the ONU and only transparent transmission service flows need to be created.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
893
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Config ured Device
Procedure
Configure the IPTV service.
Configuration
l Configure the VoD service. l Configure the multicast service.
OLT ONU
HGW
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
IPTV services include VoD and multicast services that are different in configuration procedures and need to be configured separately.
Configure the link aggregation, congestion control, and security policy.
The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
Configure the Internet access service on the HGW.
HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar. This topic uses the HG239 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG527 uses ADSL2+ for upstream transmission as examples. NOTE Vectoring is supported by the HG612 and HG622 only.
ONU
Configure the IPTV services on the HGW.
-
Configure the VoIP service on the HGW.
This topic describes how to configure the voice service on HGWs that use LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission. This configuration enables home subscribers to enjoy the POTS service by using an analog telephone.
Verify the services.
ONUs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation, call emulation, and multicast emulation to allow configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration. This remote service verification eliminates a second on-site operation.
HGW
Voice services on the HGW do no support remote service verification.
Adding an ONU to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added to an OLT. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
894
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Context l
When an ONU is added, corresponding profiles need to be bound to the ONU, including the dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA) profile, line profile, and alarm profile. For details about functions and configuration methods for these profiles, see Table 11-27. Table 11-27 Introduction to ONU profiles Profile Type
Function
Command
DBA profile
A DBA profile describes GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving upstream bandwidth utilization.
Query a DBA profile. display dbaprofile
A line profile describes binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the service flow, and mapping between the GEM port and the ONU-side service.
Query a line profile. display ontlineprofile
An alarm profile contains a series of alarm threshold parameters that are used for performance measurement and monitoring of the activated ONT lines.
Query an alarm profile. display gpon alarm-profile
Line profile
Alarm profile
l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Add a DBA profile. dba-profile add
Add a line profile. ont-lineprofile add
Add an alarm profile. gpon alarmprofile add
An ONU can be added in two modes. Select either mode as required. Mode
Usage Scenario
Command
Add an ONU offline.
The ONU password or serial number (SN) is obtained.
Run the ont add command to add an ONU.
Online confirm an ONU.
Both the ONU password and SN are not obtained.
In the GPON mode, run the port ontauto-find command to enable the ONU auto-discovery function of a GPON port and then run the ont confirm command to add an ONU.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
895
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Data plan Table 11-28 Data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile name: fttb_dba Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s
Line profile
Profile name: fttb(c) Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for Internet access service: 12 GEM port ID for VoIP service: 13
Network topology data
PON port: 0/2/1 ONT ID: 1
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name fttb_dba type3 assure 8192 max 20480
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. a.
Add GPON ONU line profile 10 fttb(c). huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 profile-name fttb(c) NOTE
The ID of the line profile to be created must not exist in the system and the line profile must be created according to the data plan. In this example, line profile 10 is used.
b.
In the line profile mode, bind T-CONT 4 to DBA profile fttb_dba. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name fttb_dba
c.
In the line profile mode, bind the GEM port to the T-CONT. l Add GEM port 11 to carry management service flows. l Add GEM port 12 to carry Internet access service flows. l Add GEM port 13 to carry VoIP service flows. Bind GEM ports 11, 12, and 13 to T-CONT 4. In configuring, QoS policies for various service flows also need to be configured. For details about QoS data plan, see 11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
896
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 13 eth tcont 4 cascade on
d.
Configure mapping between the GEM port and the ONU-side service. Set the mode for mapping the GEM port to the ONU-side service to the VLAN mapping mode (default). Map management service flows (the CVLAN ID is 8) to GEM port 11, Internet access service flows (the CVLAN ID is 1001) to GEM port 12, and VoIP service flows (the CVLAN ID is 200) to GEM port 13. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 vlan 1001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 13 2 vlan 200
e.
After the configuration is completed, run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. The thresholds for all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 2 Add an ONU to an OLT. Assume that the ID of GPON port 0/2/1 is 1, SN is 32303131B39FD641, management mode is SNMP, and the bound line profile is fttb(c). Connect the ONU to such a GPON port through the optical splitter. There are two modes to add an ONT: add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONU. l
Add an ONU offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-name fttb(c)
l
Confirm an automatically discovered ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#display ont autofind 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-name fttb(c)
1.
(Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONU. By default, alarm profile 1 automatically bound to an ONU. A non-default alarm profile is bound manually only when the default one does not meet the requirement. In this example, default alarm profile 1 is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 3 Check the ONU status. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/2/1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
897
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //The ONU Run state : online //The ONU Config state : normal //The ONU normally. ...//The rest of the response information is huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#quit
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
is activated. is online. configurations are recovered not provided here.
----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring the Management Channel Between the OLT and the ONU After the inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU is configured and available, you can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU.
Data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Item
Data
Remarks
Management VLAN and management IP address on the OLT side
Management VLAN ID: 8
Management VLAN and management IP address on the ONU side
Management VLAN ID: 8
To configure the MDU from the OLT by remote logging in to the MDU, the management VLAN of the OLT and that of the MDU must be the same, and the management IP address of the OLT and that of the MDU must be in the same network segment.
Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
898
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Procedure Step 1 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. Configure the inband management VLAN to 8, VLAN priority to 6, and the IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 2 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. Configure the static IP address of the ONU to 192.168.50.2/24, gateway to 192.168.50.254, and the management VLAN ID to 8 (the same as the management VLAN of the OLT). huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.254 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#quit
Step 3 Configure an inband management service port. Configure the management service port ID to 1, management VLAN ID to 8, GEM port ID to 11, and user-side VLAN ID to 8. The OLT does not limit inband management service flows. Therefore, it is recommended that you use default traffic profile 6. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 8 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 4 Confirm that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. l On the OLT, run the ping 192.168.50.2 command to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU. The ICMP ECHO-REPLY packet from the ONU should be received. l On the OLT, you can remote log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. ----End
Configuring the Service Channel Between the OLT and the ONU This topic describes how to configure service channels between an optical line terminal (OLT) and an optical network unit (ONU) on a gigabit-capable passive optical network (GPON). After channels for involved service types are configured on an OLT to which an ONU is connected, packets of the service types from the ONU can be forwarded based on planned VLANs and policies at Layer 2.
Prerequisites 1.
Adding an ONU to an OLT is performed.
2.
Configuring the Management Channel Between the OLT and the ONU is performed.
Data Plan The following table provides key information about the service channels between an OLT and an ONU. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
899
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Service Type
VLAN Plan
Remarks
Internet access service
S-VLAN ID: 100; SVLAN attribute: stacking
Plan the Internet access service in per user per service per VLAN (PUPSPV) mode and apply SVLAN+C-VLAN to differentiate users.
C-VLAN ID: 1000-1016
For details, see 11.2.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan.
S-VLAN ID: 200
The voice over IP (VoIP) service is a carrieroperating, closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags, which are transparently transmitted by OLTs.
VoIP service
C-VLAN ID: 200
For details, see 11.2.5 Principle of VoIP Service Data Plan. VoD service
S-VLAN ID: 300
Plan the video on demand (VoD) service in per user per VLAN (PUPV) mode if possible, as the VoD service requires only a few VLAN resources. The VoD service is a carrier-operating, closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags, which are transparently transmitted by OLTs. For details, see 11.2.6 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan.
Multicast service
Multicast VLAN ID: 1000
The multicast service is a carrier-operating, closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags.
Multicast cascading port: 0/2/1
For details, see 11.2.6 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan.
IGMP version: IGMPv3 IGMP mode: IGMP proxy Multicast IP address range: 224.1.1.10-224.1.1.100 IP address of the multicast server: 10.10.10.10/24
NOTE
C-VLANs in the preceding table are defined for OLTs. That is, they are upstream VLANs or S-VLANs of ONUs.
Procedure l
Configure a channel for the Internet access service. 1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
900
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Create S-VLAN 100 with the stacking attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
2.
Configure a traffic profile. The 802.1p priority of the Internet access service is 0, and rate limitation is not required. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements, run the display traffic table ip command. In this example, the query result shows that traffic profile 6 meets the requirements, so no traffic profile needs to be configured. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0
3.
Configure a service flow for receiving and transparently transmitting the Internet access service from the ONU side. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 12 and user-side VLAN ID being 1001 (example value). The ONU is connected to GPON port 0/2/1, upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT, and traffic profile 6 is referenced. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform default rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
l
Configure a channel for the VoIP service. 1.
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Create S-VLAN 200 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0
2.
Configure a traffic profile. The 802.1p priority of the VoIP service is 5, and rate limitation is not required. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements, run the display traffic table ip command. In this example, the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements, so a traffic profile needs to be configured. Add traffic profile 9 and set priority-policy to local-setting. Then, traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-setting
3.
Configure a service flow for receiving and transparently transmitting the VoIP service from the ONU side. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 13 and user-side VLAN ID being 200. The ONU is connected to GPON port 0/2/1, upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT, and traffic profile 9 is referenced. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 200 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
l
Configure a channel for the VoD service. 1.
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Create S-VLAN 300 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
901
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
2.
Configure a traffic profile. The 802.1p priority of the VoD service is 4, and rate limitation is not required. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements, run the display traffic table ip command. In this example, the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements, so a traffic profile needs to be configured. Add traffic profile 10 and set priority-policy to local-setting. Then, traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 prioritypolicy local-Setting
3.
Configure a service flow for the VoD service. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 14 and user-side VLAN ID being 300. The ONU is connected to GPON port 0/2/1, upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT, and traffic profile 10 is referenced. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
l
Configure a channel for the multicast service. 1.
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Create S-VLAN 1000 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
2.
Configure a service flow for the multicast service. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 14 and user-side VLAN ID being 1000. ONT 1 is connected to GPON port 0/2/1, upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT, and traffic profile 10 is referenced. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1000 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
3.
Configure a multicast cascading port. Set GPON port 0/2/1 as a multicast cascading port, ONT ID to 1, and GEM port 14 to carry the multicast service. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port 0/2/1 ontid 1 gemport-index 14
4.
Set the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version to IGMPv3. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v3
5.
Set the IGMP mode. Select the IGMP proxy mode. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode? (y/n)[n]:y
6.
Configure an IGMP upstream port. Set the IGMP upstream port to port 0/19/0.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
902
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0
7.
Configure a program library. Set the multicast IP address range to 224.1.1.10-224.1.1.100 and the IP address of the multicast server to 10.10.10.10. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add batch ip 224.1.1.10 to-ip 224.1.1.100 sourceip 10.10.10.10
----End
Configuring the Internet Access Service (LAN Access, on the ONU) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU through local area networks (LANs).
Data Plan The following table provides key information about the Internet access service (LAN access). Item
Data
Remarks
Traffic profile
ID: 8
-
CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting
User VLAN
Untagged User VLAN ID: 1, 2, 3...
HGWs can send untagged packets or packets with user VLAN tags.
Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration. User name: root (default). Password: mduadmin (default). Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. The priority for upstream packets is 0, and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting
Step 3 Create service VLANs. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
903
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT). Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1
Step 4 Add a service port. Configurations for untagged packets and packets with user VLAN tags are different. l For untagged packets, the configuration is as follows (assuming that the VLAN ID is 1001): //Create service port 101, bind port 0/3/1 to it, set the user VLAN to untagged, and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN./ huawei(config)#serviceport 101 vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
l For packets with user VLAN tags, the configuration is as follows (assuming that the user VLAN ID is 10 and the VLAN ID is 1001): //Create service port 101, bind port 0/3/1 to it, set the user VLAN ID to 10, and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN./ huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 10 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
----End
Configuring the Internet Access Service (ADSL2+ Access, on the ONU) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU in ADSL2 + mode.
Context ADSL2+ ports working in normal mode (that is, RFC 2662 mode) need to bind an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ alarm profile. For the functions and configurations of each profile, see Table 11-29.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
904
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Table 11-29 ADSL2+ profile Profile Type
Function
Configuration
ADSL2+ line profile
An ADSL2+ line profile provides the following parameters:
The system has four default profiles (profile 1, profile 1022, profile 1023, and profile 1024) for activation of ADSL2+ ports in different conditions.
l ADSL/ADSL2+ working mode l Channel mode l Upstream/Downstream line rate
l Profile 1 is used for activation of common ADSL ports.
l Upstream/Downstream interleave depth
l Profile 1022 is used for fast activation of ADSL ports.
l Noise margin
l Profile 1023 is used for long-reach activation of existing ADSL ports.
When an ADSL2+ port is activated, the central office (CO) and the customer premises equipment (CPE) negotiate based on the parameters configured in the ADSL2+ line profile, to determine whether the ADSL2+ port can work in the normal state in these conditions.
ADSL2+ alarm profile
Values to be configured in an ADSL2 + line alarm profile are thresholds within any 15 minutes. When the statistics of an item reach the threshold, the system informs the device of the event and sends alarms to the NMS.
l Profile 1024 is used for activation of ports on ADSL2+ boards. Commands: l To query: display adsl line-profile l To add: adsl line-profile add or adsl line-profile quickadd Commands: l To query: display adsl alarmprofile l To add: adsl alarm-profile add or adsl alarm-profile quickadd
Data Plan The following table provides key information about the Internet access service (ADSL2+ access). Item
Data
Remarks
Traffic profile
ID: 8
A traffic profile implements rate-limiting.
CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting
VPI/VCI of ADSL2+ users
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
VPI: 0 VCI: 35
Internet service providers (ISPs) provide VPI/ VCI information.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
905
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Data
Remarks
ADSL2+ line profile
ID: 1024 (default); key parameters:
A traffic profile or an ADSL2+ line profile can implement rate-limiting on ADSL2+ ports. This example uses a default traffic profile.
l Working mode: full compatibility l Channel working mode: interleaved l Maximum upstream/ downstream rate (kbit/s): 24544/1024 ADSL2+ alarm profile
ID: 1 (default)
The system does not check whether parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms.
Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration. User name: root (default). Password: mduadmin (default). Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. The priority for upstream packets is 0, and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting
Step 3 Create service VLANs. Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT). Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1
Step 4 Add a service port. As packets from HGWs contain VPI/VCI information, the PVC needs to be mapped to the user VLAN when a service flow is configured. Assume that the VPI/VCI of users is 0/35 and the VLAN ID is 1001. Add a service port as follows: //Create service port 101, bind port 0/2/0 to it, set VPI/VCI to 0/35, and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN./ huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
Step 5 (Optional) Configure an ADSL2+ line profile. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
906
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
l Configure an ADSL2+ line profile only when the default one does not meet requirements. l This example uses the default ADSL2+ line profile (ID: 1024). Step 6 (Optional) Configure an ADSL2+ alarm profile. This example uses the default ADSL2+ alarm profile (ID: 1). Step 7 Bind an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ alarm profile, and activate the ADSL2+ port. For example, bind ADSL2+ line profile 1024 and ADSL2+ alarm profile 1, and activate ADSL2 + port 0/2/0. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei (config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 profile-index 1024
----End
Configuring the Internet Access Service (VDSL2 Access, on the ONU) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU in VDSL2 mode.
Context VDSL2 ports working in normal mode (that is, TR129 mode) need to bind the VDSL2 line template and VDSL2 alarm template. For the functions and configurations of each profile, see Table 11-30. Table 11-30 VDSL2 template Templ ate Type
Function
Configuration
VDSL2 line template
A VDSL2 line template consists of a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile. When a VDSL2 port is activated, the central office (CO) and the customer premises equipment (CPE) negotiate based on the parameters configured in the VDSL2 line template, to determine whether the VDSL2 port can work in the normal state in these conditions.
The system has one default VDSL2 line template (template 1), which is used for activation of common VDSL2 ports. l To query: display vdsl linetemplate l To add: vdsl line-template add or vdsl line-template quickadd
A VDSL2 line profile provides the l To query: display vdsl line-profile following parameters: line l To add: vdsl line-profile add or transmission mode, adaptation mode of vdsl line-profile quickadd upstream/downstream transmit rates, signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) margin, upstream power back-off (UPBO), and downstream power back-off (DPBO). Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
907
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Templ ate Type
VDSL2 alarm template
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Function
Configuration
A VDSL2 channel profile provides the following parameters: data channel mode, minimum impulse noise protection, interleaved delay parameters, rate parameters, retransmission at the physical layer, erasure decoding, and G.998.4 retransmission.
l To query: display vdsl channeltemplate
A VDSL2 alarm template consists of a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. Values to be configured in a VDSL2 alarm template are thresholds within any 15 minutes. When the statistics of an item reach the threshold, the system informs the device of the event, and sends alarms to the NMS.
The system has one default VDSL2 alarm template (template 1).
A VDSL2 line alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs:
l To query: display vdsl alarmprofile
l Forward error check seconds (FECS)
l To add: vdsl channel-template add or vdsl channel-profile quickadd
l To query: display vdsl alarmtemplate l To add: vdsl alarm-template add or vdsl alarm-template quickadd
l To add: vdsl alarm-profile add or vdsl alarm-profile quickadd
l Errored seconds (ES) l Severely errored seconds (SES) l Loss of signal seconds (LOSS) l Unavailable seconds (UAS) l Low error-free throughput rate (LEFTR) defect seconds A VDSL2 channel alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs: l Coding violations counts (CVC) l Corrected blocks counts (CBC)
l To query: display vdsl channelalarm-profile l To add: vdsl channel-alarmprofile add or vdsl channel-alarmprofile quickadd
Data Plan Table 11-31 provides key information about the Internet access service (VDSL2 access).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
908
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Table 11-31 Key information about the Internet access service (VDSL2 access) Item
Data
Remarks
Traffic profile
ID: 8
A traffic profile implements ratelimiting.
CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting VDSL2 line mode
PTM
There are two VDSL line modes: ATM mode and PTM mode. l ATM mode: ATM cells are transmitted in channels. This mode is compatible with the ADSL2+ mode. l PTM mode: IP cells are transmitted in channels. This mode is incompatible with the ADSL2+ mode. This example assumes the PTM mode.
VDSL2 line template
Line profile ID: 1 (default) Channel profile ID: 1 (default) Line template ID: 1 (default)
VDSL2 alarm template
Line alarm profile ID: 1 (default) Channel alarm profile ID: 1 (default)
A traffic profile or a VDSL2 line template can implement rate-limiting on VDSL2 ports. This example uses a default traffic profile. The system does not check whether parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms.
Alarm template ID: 1 (default)
Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration. User name: root (default). Password: mduadmin (default). Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. The priority for upstream packets is 0, and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
909
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting
Step 3 Create service VLANs. Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT). Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1
Step 4 Add a service port. Assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode, VLAN ID is 1001, port is 0/1/0, packets from the user VLAN are untagged, and service flow ID is 101. Add a service port as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
Step 5 Configure a VDSL2 line template. This example uses the default VDSL2 line template (ID: 1). Step 6 Configure a VDSL2 alarm template. This example uses the default VDSL2 alarm template (ID: 1). Step 7 Bind a VDSL2 line template and a VDSL2 alarm template, and activate the VDSL2 port. For example, bind VDSL2 line template 1 and VDSL2 alarm template 1, and activate VDSL2 port 0/1/0. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei (config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 1
----End
(Optional) Configuring Vectoring Vectoring configurations on VDSL2 lines cancel the far-end crosstalk (FEXT) of VDSL2 lines to improve the line rate.
Context For MA5623A/MA5616, when configuring vectoring, learn configuration item functions and configuration methods beforehand by referring to Table 11-32.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
910
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Table 11-32 Vectoring configuration items Item
Function
Description
Commands
Global band plan
In the vectoring algorithm, the system requires that the upstream band and downstream band are separate from each other. Therefore, the band plan must be globally configured.
l The band plan can be globally configured only when vectoring is globally enabled.
xdsl vectoring bandplan-type
Vectoring configurations take effect only when vectoring is globally enabled.
l Before enabling vectoring, globally configure the band plan.
Global vectoring configurations
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
l After vectoring is globally enabled, if the band plan configured for the line profile is incompatible with the band plan globally configured for vectoring and the upstream band plan and downstream band plan are not separate from each other, the port cannot be activated. xdsl vectoring
NOTE Services in a vectoring group port are interrupted when the vectoring function is enabled or disabled.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
911
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Function
Description
Commands
Vectoring profile
Configure the function of canceling the upstream and downstream crosstalk in the vectoring profile. After binding the configured vectoring profile to the ports, the system implements the vectoring algorithm on the ports in the vectoring group based on profile configurations.
By default, all ports are bound to vectoring profile 1.
Query a vectoring profile: display xdsl vectoring-profile
Policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports
The Vectoring algorithm is executed every time a port in a Vectoring group goes online or offline. To prevent adverse impact on system functions due to long-term running Vectoring tasks caused by frequent online and offline on a port, set the policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports based on site requirements.
By default, the policy for controlling frequent online and offline is set to limit.
xdsl frequentlyretrain-control
Vectoring crosstalk matrix
The vectoring crosstalk matrix refers to crosstalk on a port in a vectoring group from other ports in the same vectoring group.
Before querying information about the vectoring crosstalk matrix, ensure that the global vectoring function is enabled and the specified port is in a vectoring group and activated.
display xdsl vectoring crosstalk-couplingmatrix
Default value: l Upstream crosstalk cancelation: enable l Downstream crosstalk cancelation: enable
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
912
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Function
Description
Commands
Policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment (CPE)
A legacy CPE is a VDSL2 CPE (supporting G.993.2, not G.993.5) that does not support Vectoring. If such a CPE is activated in G.993.2 mode in the Vectoring system, the crosstalk impact on other lines cannot be canceled, causing the Vectoring system performance to deteriorate. To minimize the impact, set the activation policy of a legacy CPE based on site requirements.
By default, the policy for activating a legacy CPE is set to limit.
xdsl vectoring legacycpe activate-policy
l no-limit: The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode (G.993.2 mode), or nonVectoring mode, in which the Vectoring system performance is affected. This mode is used in the Vectoring initial phase when a large number of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance are not concerned. l limit: The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode but the line PSD is automatically shaped so that the CPE can be activated at a low VDSL2 rate, preventing crosstalk on other lines. This mode is used in Vectoring medium phase when some CPEs have not been upgrade or replaced. l force-friendly-dslimit-us: force friendly is used in the downstream
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
913
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Function
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Description
Commands
direction and PSD automatic shaping is used in the upstream direction. l force-friendly-dsno-limit-us: force friendly is used in the downstream direction and no restriction is used in the upstream direction. l block: The Vectoring legacy CPE cannot be activated in common VDSL2 mode. This mode is used in Vectoring mature phase when its performance is concerned and unnecessary crosstalk must be prevented.
For MA5603T, when configuring vectoring, learn configuration item functions and configuration methods beforehand by referring to Table 11-33.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
914
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Table 11-33 Vectoring configuration items Item
Function
Description
Commands
Global band plan
In the vectoring algorithm, the system requires that the upstream band and downstream band are separate from each other. Therefore, the band plan must be globally configured.
l The band plan can be globally configured only when vectoring is globally enabled.
xdsl vectoring bandplan-type
Vectoring configurations take effect only when vectoring is globally enabled.
l Vectoring can be globally enabled only when devices are configured with VP boards.
Global vectoring configurations
l After vectoring is globally enabled, if the band plan configured for the line profile is incompatible with the band plan globally configured for vectoring and the upstream band plan and downstream band plan are not separate from each other, the port cannot be activated. xdsl vectoring
NOTE Vectoring does not take effect if Layer 2 isolation is configured on the Ethernet port of the VP board.
l Before enabling vectoring, globally configure the band plan. NOTE Services in a vectoring group port are interrupted when the vectoring function is enabled or disabled.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
915
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Function
Description
Commands
Vectoring profile
Configure the function of canceling the upstream and downstream crosstalk in the vectoring profile. After binding the configured vectoring profile to the ports, the system implements the vectoring algorithm on the ports in the vectoring group based on profile configurations.
By default, all ports are bound to vectoring profile 1.
Commands:
The Vectoring algorithm is executed every time a port in a Vectoring group goes online or offline. To prevent adverse impact on system functions due to long-term running Vectoring tasks caused by frequent online and offline on a port, set the policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports based on site requirements.
By default, the policy for controlling frequent online and offline is set to limit.
Policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Default value: l Upstream crosstalk cancelation: enable l Downstream crosstalk cancelation: enable
l Add a vectoring profile: xdsl vectoring-profile add l Modify a vectoring profile: xdsl vectoring-profile modify l Delete a vectoring profile: xdsl vectoring-profile delete l Query a vectoring profile: display xdsl vectoringprofile l Bind a vectoring profile to the port: vectoring-config (VDSL mode)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xdsl frequentlyretrain-control
916
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Function
Description
Commands
Vectoring crosstalk matrix
The vectoring crosstalk matrix refers to crosstalk on a port in a vectoring group from other ports in the same vectoring group.
Before querying information about the vectoring crosstalk matrix, ensure that the global vectoring function is enabled and the specified port is in a vectoring group and activated.
display xdsl vectoring crosstalk-couplingmatrix
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
917
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Function
Description
Commands
Policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment (CPE)
A legacy CPE is a VDSL2 CPE (supporting G. 993.2, not G. 993.5) that does not support Vectoring. If such a CPE is activated in G.993.2 mode in the Vectoring system, the crosstalk impact on other lines cannot be canceled, causing the Vectoring system performance to deteriorate. To minimize the impact, set the activation policy of a legacy CPE based on site requirements.
By default, the policy for activating a legacy CPE is set to limit.
xdsl vectoring legacycpe activate-policy
l no-limit: The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode (G.993.2 mode), or nonVectoring mode, in which the Vectoring system performance is affected. This mode is used in the Vectoring initial phase when a large number of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance are not concerned. l limit: The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode but the line PSD is automatically shaped so that the CPE can be activated at a low VDSL2 rate, preventing crosstalk on other lines. This mode is used in Vectoring medium phase when some CPEs have not been upgrade or replaced. l force-friendly-dslimit-us: force friendly is used in the downstream
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
918
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Function
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Description
Commands
direction and PSD automatic shaping is used in the upstream direction. l force-friendly-dsno-limit-us: force friendly is used in the downstream direction and no restriction is used in the upstream direction. l block: The Vectoring legacy CPE cannot be activated in common VDSL2 mode. This mode is used in Vectoring mature phase when its performance is concerned and unnecessary crosstalk must be prevented.
Data Plan The Table 11-34 lists key parameters of vectoring configurations. Table 11-34 Key parameters of vectoring configurations Item
Data
Description
Global vectoring configurations
enable
-
Global band plan
l Band plan type: 998ade
-
l USO type: type-a Policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment (CPE)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
no-limit
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
The policy for activating a vectoring legacy CPE is configured as no-limit at the initial stage of vectoring application. 919
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Data
Description
Policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports
no-limit
-
Vectoring group
Group ID: 1
All ports are added to the default vectoring group 1.
Vectoring profile
For the MA5623A/MA5616:
-
Profile ID: 1 The upstream/ downstream crosstalk cancelation function in default Profile 1 are as follows: l Upstream crosstalk cancelation: enable l Downstream crosstalk cancelation: disable For MA5603T: l Profile name: huawei l Upstream crosstalk cancelation: enable l Downstream crosstalk cancelation: disable l The port to which a vectoring profile is bound: all ports on the0/1 board.
NOTE
The Vectoring is configured on the ONU, and the configuration between the MA5623A/MA5616 and MA5603T is a little different, Here gives the configuring steps of MA5623A/MA5616 and MA5603T respectively.
Procedure l
Configuration procedure for the MA5623A/MA5616: 1.
Log in to the ONU remotely and start the configuration. By default, the user name is root and the password is mduadmin.
2.
Globally configure the band plan type. huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring bandplan-type 998ade us0-type type-a
3.
Configure the policy for activating a vectoring legacy CPE. huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring legacy-cpe activate-policy no-limit
4.
Configure the policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports. huawei(config)#xdsl frequent-retrain-control 0/1/0 control-policy no-limit
5. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable global vectoring. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
920
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring enable
6.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configuration procedure for the MA5603T: 1.
Log in to the ONU remotely and start the configuration. By default, the user name is root and the password is admin.
2.
Globally configure the band plan type. huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring bandplan-type 998ade us0-type type-a
3.
Configure the vectoring profile as huawei and bind it to the VDSL2 port in the vectoring group. huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring-profile add control disable enable name huawei huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#vectoring-config all profile-name huawei huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit
4.
Configure the policy for activating a vectoring legacy CPE. huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring legacy-cpe activate-policy no-limit
5.
Configure the policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports. huawei(config)#xdsl frequent-retrain-control 0/1/0 control-policy no-limit
6.
Enable the global vectoring. huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring enable
7.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Configuring the Voice Service Channel (on the ONU) This topic describes how to configure the VoIP service on an ONU. In this scenario, The HGW provides the VoIP service and the ONU is configured to establish VoIP service channels.
Data Plan Data plan for configuring the VoIP service on the ONU Item
Data
Remarks
Upstream VLAN
200
The upstream VLAN on the ONU is also called the SVLAN on the ONU. It corresponds to the CVLAN on the OLT. The VoIP service is a closed service operated by carriers. SVLAN with a single tag is the mainstream application. The OLT transparently transmits the SVLAN of the ONU.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
921
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Data
Remarks
Traffic profile
ID: 9
For the VoIP service, it is recommended to rate limit traffic on the BRAS or SR without using traffic profiles.
Committed rate: off VLAN priority Priority policy: Local-Setting
User port
The HGW uses LAN for upstream transmission:
Different types of HGWs establish service flows in different ways.
The HGW uses ADSL2+ for upstream transmission: The HGW uses VDSL2 for upstream transmission: User VLAN on the HGW
200
It is recommended that the user VLAN on the HGW be the same as the upstream VLAN on the ONU when the HGW provides the VoIP service.
Procedure Step 1 Create the upstream VLAN and add upstream ports 0/0/1 to it. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1
Step 2 Configure a VoIP service traffic profile. The 802.1p priority of the VoIP service is 5 and the traffic profile specifies no rate limit. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If there is no traffic profile to meet the requirements listed in the data plan, create one. Add traffic profile 9 and set Local-Setting to priority-policy so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy LocalSetting
Step 3 Create the VoIP service flow. l
For the HGW that uses LAN for upstream transmission, the VoIP service is configured as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 201 vlan 200 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
l
For the HGW that uses ADSL2+ for upstream transmission, the VoIP service is configured as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 201 vlan 200 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
For the HGW that uses VDSL2 for upstream transmission, the VoIP service is configured as follows: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
922
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
huawei(config)#service-port 201 vlan 200 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
----End
Configuring the IPTV Service (on the ONU) This topic describes how to configure the video on demand (VoD) service and multicast service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU through local area networks (LANs) or in xDSL mode.
Data Plan The following table provides key information about the IPTV service. Item
Data
Remarks
Traffic profile
ID: 10
-
CIR: off VLAN priority: 4 Downstream priority policy: local-setting
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
User VLAN in the scenario in which HGWs are upstream connected to an ONU through LANs
User VLAN ID: 1, 2, 3...
HGWs can send untagged packets or packets with user VLAN tags.
VPI/VCI of ADSL2+ users in the scenario in which HGWs are connected upstream to an ONU in ADSL2+ mode
VPI: 0
Internet service providers (ISPs) provide VPI/ VCI information.
VCI: 35
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
923
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Data
Remarks
VDSL2 path mode in the scenario in which HGWs are connected upstream to an ONU in VDSL2 mode
PTM
Both the central office and HGWs must support the PTM mode.
VLAN ID of the VoD service
300
The VoD service is a carrier-operating, closed service and primarily adopts only SVLAN tags, which are transparently transmitted by OLTs.
Multicast VLAN ID of the ONU
1000
-
Multicast VLAN ID of HGWs
43
A carrier generally specifies a globally unique multicast VLAN ID for HGWs.
Procedure l
Configure the VoD service. Create VLAN 300 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 1
Configure a traffic profile for the IPTV service. The IEEE 802.1p priority of the IPTV service is 4, and rate limitation is not required. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements, run the display traffic table ip command. In this example, the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements, so a traffic profile needs to be configured. Add traffic profile 10 and set priority-policy to local-setting. Then, traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
Configure a service flow for the VoD service. Configurations vary according to upstream interface types of HGWs. – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream through LANs and upstream packets contain user VLAN tags, the ONU needs to perform a switch between user VLAN IDs and SVLAN IDs. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
924
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Assume that the user VLAN ID is 1 and the Ethernet port is 0/3/1. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 1 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
– If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode, upstream packets contain users' PVC information so the ONU needs to perform a switch between PVC information and SVLAN IDs. Assume that the VPI/VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 adsl vpi 0 vci 35 0/2/0 multiservice user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
– If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in VDSL2 mode, formats of upstream packets depend on the encapsulation mode. Assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode, port is 0/1/0, and packets from the user VLAN are untagged. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
l
Configure the multicast service. Create multicast VLAN 1000 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/0/1 to the multicast VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/0 1
Set the IGMP version to IGMP v3. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v3
Set the IGMP mode to IGMP proxy. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n) [n]:y
Configure an IGMP upstream port. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1
Configure a program library. Set the multicast IP address range to 224.1.1.10-224.1.1.100 and the IP address of the multicast server to 10.10.10.10. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add batch ip 224.1.1.10 to-ip 224.1.1.100 sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
Configure a service flow for the multicast service. Configurations vary according to upstream interface types of HGWs. – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream through LANs, assume that the user VLAN ID is 43 and the Ethernet port is 0/3/1, and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 43 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
– If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode, assume that the VPI/ VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0, and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 adsl vpi 0 vci 35 0/2/0 multiservice user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
– If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in VDSL2 mode, assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode, the user VLAN ID is 43, and the VDSL2 port is 0/1/0, and add a service flow as follows: Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
925
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 43 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
Configure a multicast user and add the user to the multicast VLAN. Configure service flow 401 as a multicast user, add the user to multicast VLAN 1000, and adopt the no-auth mode for the multicast user. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 401 no-auth huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 401 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
----End
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
Context Link aggregation provides a higher bandwidth and uplink reliability for optical line terminals (OLTs) by aggregating multiple uplink Ethernet ports to one link aggregation group (LAG). Link aggregation is recommended. Congestion control places the packets to be sent from a port into multiple queues that are marked with different priorities. Then, the packets are sent based on queue priorities. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies ensure system, user, and service security. NOTE
Enable a service security function based on the service type. For details, see 11.2.7 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure link aggregation. The following configurations are used as an example to configure link aggregation: – Uplink ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 are added to a LAG. – The two ports send packets upstream based on the packets' source MAC addresses. – The LAG works in Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) static aggregation mode. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure queue scheduling. According to quality of service (QoS) planning principles, all packets are scheduled in strict priority (SP) mode and mapped to queues according to the packets' priorities. For details about QoS planning principles, see 11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6
l
Configure system security. –
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on both the OLT and optical network units (ONUs). 1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
926
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
–
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on ONUs. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
927
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3. l
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
Configure service security. –
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Option 82 on both the OLT and ONUs. This configuration is recommended for the DHCP-based Internet access service. 1.
Enable DHCP Option 82 on both the OLT and ONUs. DHCP Option 82 can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level. When you run this command, select the enable, forward, or rebuild parameter based on site requirements. The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. For details, see the dhcp option82 command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the dhcp option82 enable command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 serviceport command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level. 2.
–
On the OLT, run the dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONU DHCP packets to carry Option 82 information.
Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) on both the OLT and ONUs. This configuration is recommended for the PPPoE-based Internet access service. 1.
Enable PITP on both the OLT and ONUs. PITP can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, PITP is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the pitp enable pmode, pitp forward pmode, or pitp rebuild pmode command to enable PITP at the global level. In the preceding commands, the enable, forward, and rebuild parameters can all enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
928
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
OLT. Select one of them based on site requirements. For details, see the pitp command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable PITP at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the pitp enable command to enable PITP at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the pitp service-port command to enable PITP at the service port level. 2.
On the OLT, run the pitp permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONU PPPoE packets to carry a vendor tag.
----End
Configuring the Internet Access Service (on the HGW) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for residential users on a home gateway (HGW) when the HGW is connected to an ONU upstream through a local area network (LAN) or in xDSL mode.
Context Residential users generally access the Internet in Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) dial-up mode. PPPoE dial-up can be performed on personal computers (PCs) or HGWs. The configuration processes on HGWs of different models or in different appearances are similar. This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service on an HG239 that is connected to an ONU upstream through a LAN and on an HG527 that is connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode.
Procedure l
Configure the Internet access service (on an HG239). 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cu.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password). Then, click OK.
Set parameters for the Internet access service. Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs. a.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
929
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
b.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table. Parameter
Value
Bearing service
INTERNET
VLAN enabling
Enabled: Upstream packets contain VLAN tags. Disabled: Upstream packets do not contain VLAN tags. NOTE If uservlan is set to untagged when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU, set this parameter to Disabled; otherwise, set it to Enabled.
c. 3.
VLANID [1-4094]
If VLAN enabling is set to Enabled, this parameter takes the value of uservlan that is specified when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU.
Binding item
LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet.
Mode
Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dial-up mode.
Click OK.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
l
Configure the Internet access service (on an HG527). 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cnc.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the IE and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name (default: admin) and password (default: admin) of the administrator. Then, click OK.
Set parameters for the Internet access service. Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table. Parameter
Value
Bearing service
INTERNET
Enabling
If this parameter is selected, WAN connection 1 is used.
VPI/VCI
Contact your carrier for the value ranges of VPIs and VCIs. Ensure that the VPI/VCI setting (for example, 0/35) on an HGW is consistent with that on the office to which the HGW is connected.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
930
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Parameter
Value
Binding item
LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet.
Mode
Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dialup mode.
Encapsulation mode
LLC
Click OK.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Configuring the IPTV Service (on the HGW) This topic describes how to configure the IPTV service on the HGW that uses LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission. This configuration enables home subscribers to watch IPTV programs using STBs and TVs.
Context HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar. This topic uses the HG239 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG527 that uses ADSL2+ for upstream transmission as examples.
Procedure l
Configure the IPTV service on the HG239. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cu.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password). Then, click OK.
Configure multicast parameters. This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
In the right pane, create LAN connection 2 for the IPTV service. Set the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Bearing service
OTHER: The connection is used for the IPTV service.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
931
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Parameter
Value
VLAN enabling
Enable VLAN tags are added to upstream packets.
VLANID [1-4094]
Multicast VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for multicast service flows created on the ONU. In this example, set this parameter to 43.
Binding item
LAN4
Mode
Bridge
DHCP transparent transmission
Enable
NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU, the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged.
Click OK to save the settings.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
l
Configure the IPTV service on the HG527. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cnc.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the IE and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name (default: admin) and password (default: admin) of the administrator. Then, click OK.
Configure multicast parameters. This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
In the right pane, create LAN connection 1 for dialup Internet access services. Set the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Bearing service
OTHER: The connection is used for the IPTV service.
Enabling
The LAN connection is enabled when this check box is selected.
VLAN enabling
Enable: VLAN tags are added to upstream packets. NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU, the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
932
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Parameter
Value
VLANID [1-4094]
Multicast VLAN ID on the HGW when multicast service flows are created on the ONU. In this example, set this parameter to 43.
VPI/VCI
Set the VPI/VCI to the same as that configured on the devices at the central office. In this example, set this parameter to 0/35.
Binding item
LAN4
Mode
Bridge
Encapsulation mode
LLC
Click OK to save the settings.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Configuring the VoIP Service (on the HGW) This topic describes how to configure the voice service on HGWs that use LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission. This configuration enables home subscribers to enjoy the POTS service by using an analog telephone.
Context HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar. This topic uses the HG255 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG555 that usesADSL2+ for upstream transmission as examples. The IADs use SIP as the voice protocol.
Procedure l
Configure the VoIP service on the HG255. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration interface. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1 (default IP address) in the address bar of the browser and press Enter.
b.
In the login window, enter the user name and password (the default value is provided by ISP) of the administrator and click OK.
Configure parameters of the voice service. The configuration procedure is as follows:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
In the Web page, choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN Connection 3 for the VoIP service and set the parameters as follows: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
933
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Parameter
Value
Bearing service
VoIP
Enabling status
Enable
VLAN mode
VLAN Transparent Transmission
VLAN ID
VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for voice service flows created on the ONU. In this example, set this parameter to 200.
802.1p
Enabled
Mode
Route: route mode
DHCP
Enabled
NAT
Enabled
c.
Click OK to save the settings.
d.
Choose Appliciation > Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree. Configure the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Address
Preferred IP address of the proxy server: 200.200.200.200
Port ID
Preferred signaling port ID of the proxy server: 5060
Enabling
Enabled
User number
When logging in to a VoIP account, you can set the user account to the user telephone number. In this example, set the user telephone number to 83110001.
User password
-
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
l
Configure the VoIP service (HG555) 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration interface. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1 (default IP address) in the address bar of the browser and press Enter.
b.
In the login window, enter the user name and password (the default value is provided by ISP) of the administrator and click OK.
Configure parameters of the voice service. The configuration procedure is as follows:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
934
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
a.
Click Appliciation > Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN Connection 3 for the VoIP service and set the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Bearing service
VoIP
Enabling status
Implement
VPI/VCI
Set the VPI/VCI to the same as that configured on the devices at the central office. In this example, set this parameter to 0/35.
VLAN mode
VLAN Transparent Transmission
VLAN ID
VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for voice service flows created on the ONU. In this example, set this parameter to 200.
802.1p
Enabled
Mode
Route mode
DHCP
Enabled
NAT
Enabled
c.
Click OK.
d.
Choose Appliciation > Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree. Configure the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Address
Preferred IP address of the proxy server: 200.200.200.200
Port ID
Preferred signaling port ID of the proxy server: 5060
Enabling
Enabled
User number
When logging in to a VoIP account, you can set the user account to the user telephone number. In this example, set the user telephone number to 83110001.
User password
-
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
935
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Verifying Services This topic describes the remote verification methods in the FTTB+HGW scenario (HGW providing the VoIP service). ONUs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation and multicast emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration, avoiding a second on-site operation.
Prerequisites ONUs and upper-layer devices are connected properly. The BRAS and MGC/IMS have been configured.
Context This topic describes the remote verification method for different service. NOTE
The VoD service and HGW VoIP service currently do not support remote verification.
Remote Service Verificati on Method
Function
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation
An ONU emulates a PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONT and BRAS.
l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. l A user name, password, and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. l An ONU supports a maximum of one PPPoE dialup emulation.
Multicast emulation
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
This function enables you to emulate a multicast user goes online and lead the program stream to an ONU. By querying the real-time traffic of the multicast program, you can check whether the multicast function is performing well.
The multicast service configured in dynamic controllable multicast mode does not support the remote acceptance function.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
936
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Data plan Item
Data
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation parameter
Referenced service flow ID: 101 Emulation timeout time: 10s
The entered user name, password, and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.
Multicast emulation parameter
Multicast service flow ID: 401
-
Multicast VLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224.1.1.10
Procedure l
Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. 1.
Start an emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate start Command: pppoe simulate start Service-port(index):101 User Name(length):user0 User Password(length):******* Authentication Mode: 1. Chap 2. Pap [default 1]:1 Overtime Time(5-60s)[default 5]:10
2.
Query the emulation test information by running the display pppoe simulate info command. huawei(config)#display pppoe simulate info PPPoE simulate information is: ----------------------------------------------------------------Service-port: 101 User name: user0 Current phase: //*Emulation phase Result: Success //*Emulation result Start time: 2011-11-16 15:41:29+08:00 End time: 2011-11-16 15:41:34+08:00 Session ID: 591 User IP: 192.168.50.2 Gateway IP: 192.168.50.254 -----------------------------------------------------------------
3.
Terminate the emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate stop
l
Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation. 1.
Run the igmp static-join command to order a multicast program by emulating a multicast user. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 401 ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000
2.
Run the display igmp use command to query the status of the multicast user. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 401 User : 0/3/1 //*Use an ETH port as an example. State : online
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
937
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide Authentication Quick leave IGMP flow ID Video flow ID Log switch Bind profiles IGMP version Available programs Global Leave User MaxBandWidth Used bandwidth(kbps) The percentage of used bandwidth to port rate(%) Total video bandwidth Mcast video bandwidth Active program list
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration : : : : : : : : : : :
no-auth MAC-based 0 0 enable IGMP v3 91 disable no-limit 5000
: : : -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start-time -------------------------------------------------------------------------program1 1000 224.1.1.10 watching 2011-07-13 14:41:18 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
3.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000 Command is being executed, please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 360(kbps)
l
Verify the VoD service. 1.
Run the display mac-address service-port command on the ONU to query learned MAC addresses of VoD users. The learned MAC addresses of VoD users indicate that services are functioning properly between the ONU and VoD users. If the VPI/VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0, run the following command to query the learned MAC addresses of VoD users: huawei(config)#display mac-address service-port 301 Command: display mac-address service-port 301 ------------------------------------------------------------------------SRV-P BUNDLE TYPE MAC MAC TYPE F /S /P VPI VCI VLANID INDEX INDEX ------------------------------------------------------------------------301 adl 1010-1010-1000 dynamic 0 /2 /0 0 35 300 ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 Note: F--Frame, S--Slot, P--Port, VPI indicates ONT ID for PON, VCI indicates GEM index for GPON,
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
938
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
v/e--vlan/encap, pri-tag--priority-tagged, ppp--pppoe, ip--ipoe, ip6--ipv6oe
2.
l
On the OLT, run the display mac-address vlan command to query the learned ONU MAC addresses. The learned ONU MAC addresses indicate that services are functioning properly between the OLT and ONUs.
Verify the VoIP service. 1.
Log in to the HGW management web page. For details, see the Configuring the VoIP Service (on the HGW).
2.
Choose Status > Broadband VoIP Information to query the service registration status and telephone number. Expected service registration status: Register successfully.
----End
11.4 Configuring Services in Various FTTB and FTTC Scenarios (Ethernet Cascading) This section describes how to configure services when a multi-dwelling unit (MDU) serving as an independent node or GE remote extended subrack cascades with an optical line terminal (OLT)through Ethernet port.
11.4.1 FTTB and FTTC Ethernet Cascade Networking (ONU Works as an Independent NE) Cascade a multi-dwelling unit (MDU) to an optical line terminal (OLT) using an Ethernet access board, the MDU works as an independent NE. The following topics describe the configuration method of this scenario.
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario If an optical network unit (ONU) works as an independent NE on a fiber to the building (FTTB) or fiber to the curb (FTTC) Ethernet cascading network, the service requirements and usage scenario of this network are the same as those of a PON network. The differences lie in the ONU upstream transmission mode and the user access mode. Specifically, on an FTTB or FTTC Ethernet cascading network, an ONU connects to the optical line terminal (OLT) through an Ethernet port and users connect to the ONU through xDSL lines; on a PON network, an ONU connects to the OLT through a PON port and users connect to the ONU through optical lines.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Networking Scenario
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario
FTTB or FTTC networking in xDSL access mode, without a home gateway (HGW)
See Service Requirements and Application Scenario.
FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (The voice service is provided through the ONU.)
See Service Requirements and Application Scenario. Focus only on the xDSL access.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
939
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Networking Scenario
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario
FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (The voice service is provided through the HGW.)
See Service Requirements and Application Scenario. Focus only on the xDSL access.
The following figure shows the networking in the preceding scenarios. Phone
xD SL +P OT S
Modem Splitter
PC
S POT
Phone
ONU GE
Laptop
PE-AGG OLT
HGW
PC STB
Splitter
Metro Network ONU
IPTV Headend
UPE PE-AGG
Internet
GE
Phone
UPE
GE
PO TS
TV
xDSL+ POTS
NGN/IMS
Phone Laptop HGW
PC
xDSL
STB
ONU
TV Phone
Configuration Procedure Figure 11-11 shows the configuration procedure for a fiber to the building (FTTB) or fiber to the curb (FTTC) Ethernet cascading network where an optical network unit (ONU) works as an independent NE.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
940
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Figure 11-11 Configuration process for an FTTB or FTTC Ethernet cascading network where an ONU works as an independent NE
The following table describes the configuration steps.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configur ation Object
Step
Description
Optical line terminal (OLT)
Configure the working mode of an Ethernet cascading board.
An Ethernet cascading board supports various working modes. Configure the working mode to cascade in this scenario.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
941
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Configur ation Object
ONU Home gateway (HGW) OLT ONU
ONU
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Step
Description
Configure the management channel between the OLT and the ONU.
After the inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU is configured and available, you can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU.
Configure the service channel between the OLT and the ONU.
Configure a channel on the OLT for the Internet access service, voice service, or IPTV service.
Configure the service flow on the ONU or HGW.
Configure the service flow based on site requirements.
Configure link aggregation, congestion control, and security policies.
The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
Verify services.
ONUs support remote service verification methods, such as PPPoE dialup, call, and multicast service emulation tests. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services.
HGW
If the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission is required, configure the management channel on the OLT. If the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission is not required, configure the management channel on both the OLT and the ONU. The configuration object listed in this table is only the main object.
The voice service on the HGW does not support remote verification.
Configuring the Working Mode of an Ethernet Cascading Board This section describes how to configure the working mode of an Ethernet cascading board to cascade. After the configuration, an optical network unit (ONU) can cascade with an optical line terminal (OLT) equipped with the Ethernet cascading board.
Data Plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Item
Data
ETHB cascading board
Cascading port: 0/3/0
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
942
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Data
OPGD cascading board
Cascading port: 0/2/0
Procedure l
Configure the working mode of an ETHB cascading board to cascade. huawei(config)#interface eth 0/3 huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#network-role cascade huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#quit
CAUTION If the working mode of the ETHB cascading board was originally extend, the board restarts after this operation is performed. l
Configure the working mode of an OPGD cascading board to cascade. huawei(config)#interface opg 0/2 huawei(config-if-opg-0/2)#network-role cascade huawei(config-if-opg-0/2)#quit
----End
Configuring the Management Channel Between an OLT and an ONU This section describes how to configure a management channel between an optical line terminal (OLT) and an optical network unit (ONU). After the configuration, you can log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU.
Context FTTx V100R012 or later supports remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission. Similar to the remote software commissioning function supported by a PON network, the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission implements one site visit for newly deployed GE-upstream devices. Before using remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission, learn the following prerequisites and notes. Prerequisite Version requirements: l
The OLT version is V800R012 or later.
l
The ONU version is V800R312/V800R012 (for MA5603Ts and MA5608Ts) or later.
l
On a cascading network consisting of multiple cascaded devices, all devices on the network meet the preceding version requirements. For example, the networking of a cascading network is as follows: OLT -> ONU -> ONU. If an ONU version is earlier than V800R312, the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission cannot be used on the network.
Networking requirements: Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
943
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
l
If the ONU connects to the OLT not through a physical-layer transmission device, such as a switch, they are connected through a GE or 10GE port. If the ONU connects to the OLT through a physical-layer transmission device, such as a switch, the physical-layer transmission device supports untagged Ethernet packets (including IEEE 802.3ah OAM and LACP packets) and transparently transmits the optical port status parameter.
l
Only IPv4 management channel parameters can be configured.
Precautions l
Do not enable the remote software commissioning using PON upstream transmission.
l
Ensure that the database of a newly deployed device is empty. Otherwise, the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission cannot be used.
l
On a network consisting of multiple cascaded devices, ensure that the upper-layer device of a newly deployed device has been commissioned and can be logged in.
l
Only the network management parameters defined in SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 are supported.
l
When the ONU automatically obtains management parameters, it automatically generates a default route that can be restored. However, the default route may not be proper in service configuration. Therefore, you are advised to add a new route and delete the default one after the ONU management channel is available.
l
After the ONU automatically obtains management parameters, the remote software commissioning function is automatically disabled if configurations are issued to the ONU through the U2000. To modify the ONU management parameters, remotely log in to the ONU through the command line interface (CLI).
Configuration requirements for the networking of OLT -> MA5603T: l
Do not remotely configure active/standby load-sharing on the MA5603T. Otherwise, the management IP address of the MA5603T is deleted and you cannot remotely log in to the MA5603T any more.
l
If the MA5603T uses an SPUA board for upstream transmission, manual aggregation for Ethernet ports cannot be configured on the OLT.
Configuration requirements for an OLT or ONU (an OLT is used as an example in the following description) connected to an ONU through a link aggregation group (LAG): l
Neighbor automatic communication (NAC) can be configured only on the master port in a LAG. When deploying a new device, ensure that the master port is correctly connected.
l
The Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) is recommended for an OLT LAG. For a manual static LAG, during remote commissioning, run the shutdown command to disable sub-ports in the LAG on the master node, manually configure a static LAG on the slave node, and then run the undo shutdown command to enable the sub-ports in the LAG on the master node.
l
After the ONU goes online, remotely log in to the ONU and manually add a VLAN for the master port and sub-ports in the LAG.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
944
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Data Plan When Remote Software Commissioning Using GE Upstream Transmission Is Enabled Configuration Item
Data
Remarks
Ethernet cascading port on the OLT
ETHB cascading board: 0/3/0
None
Management VLAN and IP address of the OLT
ID of the management VLAN: 8
OPGD cascading board: 0/2/0
Type of the management VLAN: smart Management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN and IP address of the ONU
ID of the management VLAN: 8 Type of the management VLAN: smart
To remotely log in to the ONU from the OLT for configuration, ensure that the management VLAN of the OLT is the same as that of the ONU and that the management IP address of the OLT is in the same network segment as that of the ONU.
Management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24 Management profile of the ONU
ID: 64
None
Name: snmp-profile_64 SNMP version: SNMPv2c
Data Plan When Remote Software Commissioning Using GE Upstream Transmission Is Disabled Configuration Item
Data
Remarks
Ethernet cascading port on the OLT
ETHB cascading board: 0/3/0
None
Management VLAN and IP address of the OLT
ID of the management VLAN: 8
OPGD cascading board: 0/2/0
Type of the management VLAN: smart Management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN and IP address of the ONU
ID of the management VLAN: 8 Type of the management VLAN: smart
To remotely log in to the ONU from the OLT for configuration, ensure that the management VLAN of the OLT is the same as that of the ONU and that the management IP address of the OLT is in the same network segment as that of the ONU.
Management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
945
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Procedure l
Configure a management channel if the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission is enabled and the cascading board is ETHB. 1.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. The ID of the inband management VLAN is 8, the VLAN priority is 6, and the management IP address is 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
2.
Add the cascading port to the management VLAN. huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/3 0
3.
Enable NAC on the OLT. huawei(config)#nac enable master 0/3 0
4.
(Optional) Create an SNMP management profile. Perform this operation if the ONU is managed through the U2000. Plan an SNMP management profile on the U2000 and ONU before creating the profile. huawei(config)#snmp-profile add profile-id 64 profile-name snmpprofile_64 v2c public private 192.168.50.55 30000 trapstatus
5.
Configure ONU management parameters on the OLT. huawei(config)#nac config master 0/3/0 slave vlan 8 priority 3 ipaddress 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.254 snmp-profile-id 64
Check whether the ONU management parameters have been configured on the OLT. huawei(config)#display nac configuration master
6.
Upon power-on, the ONU exchanges data with the OLT to obtain the management parameters. Two minutes later, run the telnet command to remotely log in to the ONU.
7.
Query the device connected to the cascading port on the OLT. huawei(config)#display nac slave info detail
8.
(Optional) Disable NAC on the OLT. Perform this operation after the ONU obtains the management parameters. This prevents the OLT from issuing the originally planned data to a substituted ONU. huawei(config)#nac disable master 0/3 0
l
Configure a management channel if the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission is enabled and the cascading board is OPGD. 1.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. The ID of the inband management VLAN is 8, the VLAN priority is 6, and the management IP address is 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
946
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Configure the inband management service flow. The index of the service flow is 1. The ID of the management VLAN is 8. The Ethernet cascading port is 0/2/0. The ID of the user-side VLAN is 8. The OLT does not limit the rate of the inband management service flow. Therefore, use the default traffic profile with ID 6, which does not limit the rate of a service flow. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 8 eth 0/2/0 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
3.
Enable NAC on the OLT. huawei(config)#nac enable master 0/2 0
4.
(Optional) Create an SNMP management profile. Perform this operation if the ONU is managed through the U2000. Plan an SNMP management profile on the U2000 and ONU before creating the profile. huawei(config)#snmp-profile add profile-id 64 profile-name snmpprofile_64 v2c public private 192.168.50.55 30000 trapstatus
5.
Configure ONU management parameters on the OLT. huawei(config)#nac config master 0/2/0 slave vlan 8 priority 3 ipaddress 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.254 snmp-profile-id 64
Check whether the ONU management parameters have been configured on the OLT. huawei(config)#display nac configuration master
6.
Upon power-on, the ONU exchanges data with the OLT to obtain the management parameters. Two minutes later, run the telnet command to remotely log in to the ONU.
7.
Query the device connected to the cascading port on the OLT. huawei(config)#display nac slave info detail
8.
(Optional) Disable NAC on the OLT. Perform this operation after the ONU obtains the management parameters. This prevents the OLT from issuing the originally planned data to a substituted ONU. huawei(config)#nac disable master 0/2 0
l
Configure a management channel if the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission is disabled and the cascading board is ETHB. 1.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. Log in to the ONU through a local serial port and configure the ONU as follows: The ID of the inband management VLAN is 8 and the management IP address is 192.168.50.2/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/0 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.2 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
2.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. The ID of the inband management VLAN is 8, the VLAN priority is 6, and the management IP address is 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
947
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
3.
Add the cascading port to the management VLAN. huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/3 0
4.
Check whether the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. – Run the ping 192.168.50.2 command on the OLT to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU. If the OLT can receive Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) ECHO-REPLY packets sent from the ONU, the ONU is connected to the OLT. – If you can remotely log in to the ONU from the OLT for configuration, the ONU is connected to the OLT.
l
Configure a management channel if the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission is disabled and the cascading board is OPGD. 1.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. Log in to the ONU through a local serial port and configure the ONU as follows: The ID of the inband management VLAN is 8 and the management IP address is 192.168.50.2/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/0 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.2 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
2.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. The ID of the inband management VLAN is 8, the VLAN priority is 6, and the management IP address is 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
3.
Configure the inband management service flow. The index of the service flow is 1. The ID of the management VLAN is 8. The Ethernet cascading port is 0/2/0. The ID of the user-side VLAN is 8. The OLT does not limit the rate of the inband management service flow. Therefore, use the default traffic profile with ID 6, which does not limit the rate of a service flow. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 8 eth 0/2/0 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
4.
Check whether the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. – Run the ping 192.168.50.2 command on the OLT to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU. If the OLT can receive ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets sent from the ONU, the ONU is connected to the OLT. – If you can remotely log in to the ONU from the OLT for configuration, the ONU is connected to the OLT.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
948
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Configuring the Service Channel Between an OLT and an ONU This section describes how to configure a service channel between an optical line terminal (OLT) and an optical network unit (ONU). After the configuration, the service channel forwards service packets on the ONU at Layer 2 based on the planned VLAN and forwarding policy.
Data Plan and Configuration Description l
Planning the service channel between an OLT and an ONU is planning VLAN data. The data plan for an Ethernet cascading network is the same as that for a PON network.
l
The process of configuring a service channel on an Ethernet cascading network is basically the same as that on a PON network. The only difference is that the configuration method for service flows at an Ethernet cascading port is different from that at a PON service port. The following procedures describe only the method of configuring service flows at an Ethernet cascading port.
Networking Scenario
Data Plan and Configuration Procedure
Fiber to the building (FTTB) or fiber to the curb (FTTC) networking in xDSL access mode, without a home gateway (HGW)
For details, see Configuring the Service Channel Between the OLT and the ONU.
FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (The voice service is provided through the ONU.)
For details, see Configuring Service Channels Between an OLT and an ONU.
FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (The voice service is provided through the HGW.)
For details, see Configuring the Service Channel Between the OLT and the ONU.
Procedure l
Configure a service channel if the Ethernet cascading board is ETHB. If the Ethernet cascading board is ETHB, no service flow needs to be configured on the OLT. You only need to add the Ethernet cascading port (for example, 0/3/0) to each service VLAN (S-VLAN). The following configurations are used as an example in the FTTB/FTTC +HGW networking (voice service provided through the ONU): 1.
Configure a channel for the Internet access service. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/3 0
2.
Configure a channel for the voice service. huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/3 0
3.
Configure a channel for the VoD service. huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/3 0
4.
Configure a channel for the multicast service. huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/3 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
949
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Refer to the preceding steps to configure channels for other services. l
Configure a service channel if the Ethernet cascading board is OPGD. If the Ethernet cascading board is OPGD, service flows must be configured on the OLT. To configure service flows, you only need to change the commands for configuring service flows at service ports on a PON network to the following ones. For example, the Ethernet cascading port on the OPGD is 0/2/0. The configuration in the FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (voice service provided through the ONU) is as follows: 1.
Configure a channel for the Internet access service. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 eth 0/2/0 multi-service user-vlan 1001 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
2.
Configure a channel for the voice service. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 200 eth 0/2/0 multi-service user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
3.
Configure a channel for the VoD service. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 eth 0/2/0 multi-service user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
4.
Configure a channel for the multicast service. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1000 eth 0/2/0 multi-service user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
Refer to the preceding steps to configure channels for other services. ----End
Configuring the Service Flow on an ONU or HGW This section describes how to configure the service flow on an optical network unit (ONU) or a home gateway (HGW) to provide a user service.
Data Plan and Configuration Description The data plan and configuration method for an Ethernet cascading network are the same as those for a PON network. The only difference lies in the user access mode. Specifically, on the Ethernet cascading network, users are connected to the ONU through xDSL lines; on a PON network, users are connected to the ONU through optical lines. Networking Scenario
Data Plan and Configuration Procedure
Fiber to the building (FTTB) or fiber to the curb (FTTC) networking in xDSL access mode, without an HGW
For details, see: l Configuring the Internet Access Service (ADSL2+ Access, on the ONU) l Configuring the Internet Access Service (VDSL2 Access, on the ONU) l (Optional) Configuring Vectoring l Configuring H.248 Voice Service (on the ONU) l Configuring SIP Voice Service (on the ONU)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
950
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Networking Scenario
Data Plan and Configuration Procedure
FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (The voice service is provided through the ONU.)
For details, see: l Configuring the Internet Access Service (ADSL2+ Access, on the ONU) l Configuring the Internet Access Service (VDSL2 Access, on the ONU) l (Optional) Configuring Vectoring l Configuring H.248 Voice Service (on the ONU) l Configuring SIP Voice Service (on the ONU) l Configuring the IPTV Service (on the ONU) l Configuring the Internet Access Service (on the HGW) l Configuring the IPTV Service (on the HGW)
FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (The voice service is provided through the HGW.)
For details, see: l Configuring the Internet Access Service (ADSL2+ Access, on the ONU) l Configuring the Internet Access Service (VDSL2 Access, on the ONU) l (Optional) Configuring Vectoring l Configuring the Voice Service Channel (on the ONU) l Configuring the IPTV Service (on the ONU) l Configuring the Internet Access Service (on the HGW) l Configuring the IPTV Service (on the HGW) l Configuring the VoIP Service (on the HGW)
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
Context Link aggregation provides a higher bandwidth and uplink reliability for optical line terminals (OLTs) by aggregating multiple uplink Ethernet ports to one link aggregation group (LAG). Link aggregation is recommended. Congestion control places the packets to be sent from a port into multiple queues that are marked with different priorities. Then, the packets are sent based on queue priorities. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies ensure system, user, and service security.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
951
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
NOTE
Enable a service security function based on the service type. For details, see 11.2.7 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure link aggregation. The following configurations are used as an example to configure link aggregation: – Uplink ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 are added to a LAG. – The two ports send packets upstream based on the packets' source MAC addresses. – The LAG works in Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) static aggregation mode. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure queue scheduling. According to quality of service (QoS) planning principles, all packets are scheduled in strict priority (SP) mode and mapped to queues according to the packets' priorities. For details about QoS planning principles, see 11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on both the OLT and optical network units (ONUs). 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
952
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on ONUs. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default.
l
1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
Configure service security. –
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Option 82 on both the OLT and ONUs. This configuration is recommended for the DHCP-based Internet access service. 1.
Enable DHCP Option 82 on both the OLT and ONUs. DHCP Option 82 can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level. When you run this command, select the enable, forward, or rebuild parameter based on site requirements. The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. For details, see the dhcp option82 command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
953
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
b.
Run the dhcp option82 enable command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 serviceport command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level. 2.
–
On the OLT, run the dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONU DHCP packets to carry Option 82 information.
Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) on both the OLT and ONUs. This configuration is recommended for the PPPoE-based Internet access service. 1.
Enable PITP on both the OLT and ONUs. PITP can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, PITP is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the pitp enable pmode, pitp forward pmode, or pitp rebuild pmode command to enable PITP at the global level. In the preceding commands, the enable, forward, and rebuild parameters can all enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. Select one of them based on site requirements. For details, see the pitp command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable PITP at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the pitp enable command to enable PITP at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the pitp service-port command to enable PITP at the service port level. 2.
On the OLT, run the pitp permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONU PPPoE packets to carry a vendor tag.
----End
Verifying Services In fiber to the building (FTTB) or fiber to the curb (FTTC) scenarios, optical network units (ONUs) are deployed far from the central office (CO). To facilitate service verification, ONUs support remote service verification methods, such as PPPoE dialup, call, and multicast service Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
954
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
emulation tests. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services.
Verification Methods The method of verifying a service on an Ethernet cascading network is the same as that of verifying a service on a PON network. Networking Scenario
Data Plan and Configuration Procedure
FTTB or FTTC networking in xDSL access mode, without a home gateway (HGW)
For details, see Verifying Services.
FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (The voice service is provided through the ONU.)
For details, see Verifying Services.
FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (The voice service is provided through the HGW.)
For details, see Verifying Services.
11.4.2 FTTB and FTTC Ethernet Cascade Networking (ONU works as a GE remote extended subrack) Working with high bandwidth technologies, such as VDSL2 and Vectoring, GE remote extended subracks provide high bandwidth access for users over existing copper line networks. GE remote extended subracks can be connected to traditional VDSL2 modems to provide Internet access and voice services for users; or be connected to home gateways (HGWs) to provide Internet, voice, and IPTV services for home users.
Service Requirements and Application Scenarios for GE Remote Extended Subrack Centric management for GE remote extended subracks is used on networks that require high bandwidth access without adding more standalone NEs.
Service Requirements l
If only high speed Internet (HSI) and voice services are required, use traditional VDSL2 modems for user access.
l
If HSI, voice, and IPTV services are required, use HGWs for user access.
Application Scenarios As shown in Figure 11-12, a GE remote extended subrack is deployed in a corridor or roadside fiber distribution terminal, like a remotely deployed service board of a master subrack and is directly managed by the master subrack. In the upstream direction, it is connected to the master subrack through GE fibers; in the downstream direction, it is connected to user terminals through twisted pairs. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
955
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
When using traditional VDSL2 modems for user access: – For HSI service, users are provided with the HSI service through modems at their home. Dialup authentication is required because modems are Layer 2 devices. Each user has an independent account and is authenticated and managed on the BRAS. – For voice service, users are provided with the traditional telephone service by connecting telephones to the VDSL2 splitter.
l
When using HGWs for user access: – The HGW is connected to the upstream extended subrack through VDSL2 ports, and provides the Internet access service through FE or Wi-Fi ports and the IPTV service through FE ports in the downstream direction. – The HGW has Layer 3 functions (such as PPPoE dialup and NAT), which enables multiple PCs of a family to access the Internet at the same time. – The STB connected to the HGW provides IPTV program preview and access functions. – The IAD embedded in the HGW provides one or several POTS ports, which provides access for multiple phones of a family at the same time.
Applicable master subrack: MA5600T, MA5603T (uses the SCUN board as the control board, and is cascaded to the GE remote extended subrack through the ETHB board.) Applicable GE remote extended subrack: MA5623AR Figure 11-12 Service networking diagram for GE remote extended subracks Centralized management for GE remote extended subracks
Laptop HGW
PC
VDSL2
STB
GE remote extended subrack
TV
PE-AGG UPE GE
Phone
Metro Network
GE FE/GE PC
Modem
Master subrack
VDSL2
NGN/IMS
Internet
UPE PE-AGG
GE remote extended subrack
Principle of Data Planning for GE Remote Extended Subrack Data planning for GE remote extended subracks covers security data, QoS data, and data about the cascading between the master subrack and the extended subrack (including the reliability of uplink links on the extended subrack).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
956
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Data Plan for Cascading Between the Master Subrack and the GE Remote Extended Subrack (Including the Reliability of Uplink Links on the Extended Subrack) Item
Solution
Extending port of the master subrack
Adding a GE remote extended subrack to a master subrack is like adding a service board to the master subrack. You can add a GE remote extended subrack in offline pre-deployment or automatic discovery mode. In offline pre-deployment mode, an extending port on the master subrack needs to be planned for adding the extended subrack. In automatic discovery mode, an extending port does not need to be planned, and the port where the extended subrack is automatically discovered is used as the extending port.
Extended subrack ID
The master subrack ID is always 0. After the GE remote extended subrack is introduced, the extended subrack ID starts from 1. Currently, a maximum of 32 extended subracks are supported. Therefore, the extended ID ranges from 1 to 32. In offline pre-deployment mode, an available subrack ID needs to be specified for the extended subrack to be added. In automatic discovery mode, the master subrack automatically allocates an available subrack ID to the extended subrack that is confirmed.
Reliability of uplink links on the extended subrack
The reliability of uplink links on the extended subrack can be enhanced using only Ethernet link aggregation, which is similar to Ethernet link aggregation of the master subrack in upstream transmission. When a GE remote extended subrack is used, pay attention to the following points: l Link aggregation can be performed only on an ETHB extending board, instead of between boards and only manually, instead of using LACP. l If aggregation is performed for uplink links on the extended subrack, the ETHB extending port in the aggregation group of the master subrack must be set as the master port in the aggregation group. The ETHB extending port refers to the extending port specified during the offline configuration of the extended subrack or the extended subrack port that is discovered automatically. The master port in the aggregation group of the extended subrack can be configured as required.
Plan security and QoS data based on the following items: l
QoS data planning
l
Internet service data planning
l
(Optional) Vectoring data planning
l
Voice service data planning (VoIP services are provided by home gateways and therefore, only planning voice VLANs for home gateways is required for voice services. PSTN voice
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
957
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
services are transmitted to PSTN networks through the splitter and therefore, FTTx network data planning is not required for PSTN voice services.) l
IPTV service data planning
l
Security data planning
Configuration Procedure for GE Remote Extended Subrack Compared with a traditional network using VDSL2 modems to connect to users, the network using a GE remote extended subrack requires the addition of a GE remote extended subrack. The other service configuration process and methods are the same for the two networks and therefore are not described in this section. For details, see the MA5600T Configuration Guide or the MA5603T Configuration Guide. This section describes the service configuration process for the FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (FTTB is the abbreviation for fiber to the building, FTTC for fiber to the curb, and HGW for home gateway). Figure 11-13 shows the configuration roadmap for the FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking. Figure 11-13 Configuration roadmap for the FTTB/FTTC+HGW networking (voice service provided through the HGW)
The following table describes the configuration steps. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
958
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Configur ation Object
Step
Description
DSLAM (master subrack)
Add a GE remote extended subrack.
The operation of adding a GE remote extended subrack to the master subrack is the same as that of adding a service board to the master subrack. The GE remote extended subrack can be automatically discovered or deployed in offline mode. After the extended subrack is added, the master subrack manages it as a service board.
GE remote extended subrack (configure d through the master subrack)
HGW
Configure a VDSL2 port.
Configure a VDSL2+ profile and bind it to the VDSL2 port. Then, activate the VDSL2 port for service transmission.
Configure a VDSL2 service flow.
In HGW networking, a VDSL2 service flow is of the multi-service over multi-PVC type, which facilitates the management and maintenance of various services.
(Optional) Configure vectoring.
The vectoring function enabled on a VDSL2 line can greatly cancel the far-end crosstalk (FEXT) on the line and increase the VDSL2 line rate.
Configure link aggregation, congestion control, and security policies.
The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability. The global configuration of security policies ensures service security.
Configure the Internet access service.
Refer to service configurations on the HGW on the network where services are transmitted upstream through DSL lines.
Configure the IPTV service. Configure the voice service. GE remote extended subrack (configure d through the master subrack)
Verify the configured services.
PPPoE dialup, call, and multicast service emulation tests can be performed on the master subrack for the services on the GE remote extended subrack. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. VoD and HGW voice service do not support remote verification.
HGW
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
959
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Adding GE Remote Extended Subracks This topic describes how to add a GE remote extended subrack to the master subrack so that the master subrack can manage the extended subrack.
Data Plan The following table lists the data plan for interconnection between the master subrack and extended subrack. Item
Data
Remarks
Extending port of the master subrack
ETHB extending port: 0/3/0
Adding a GE remote extended subrack to a master subrack is like adding a service board to the master subrack. You can add a GE remote extended subrack in offline predeployment or automatic discovery mode. In offline pre-deployment mode (as in this example), an extending port on the master subrack needs to be planned for adding the extended subrack. In automatic discovery mode, an extending port does not need to be planned, and the port where the extended subrack is automatically discovered is used as the extending port.
Extended subrack ID
In offline predeployment mode, the extended subrack ID is 1.
The master subrack ID is always 0. After the GE remote extended subrack is introduced, the extended subrack ID starts from 1. Currently, a maximum of 32 extended subracks are supported. Therefore, the extended ID ranges from 1 to 32. In offline pre-deployment mode (as in this example), an available subrack ID needs to be specified for the extended subrack to be added. In automatic discovery mode, the master subrack automatically allocates an available subrack ID to the extended subrack that is confirmed.
Procedure Step 1 Set the auto-negotiation function of the extending port to enable. huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#auto-neg all enable
Step 2 Set the working mode of the ETHB extending board to extend. huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#network-role extend huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
960
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
CAUTION An ETHB board resets if its working mode switches from extend to other modes or from other modes to extend. Step 3 Add a remote extended subrack in offline mode. huawei(config)#frame add 1 MA5623AR extend-port 0/3/0
----End
Follow-up Procedure After being powered on, the extended subrack automatically communicates with the master subrack to complete registration, and enters the normal state. Then, the master subrack can manage the extended subrack. NOTE
In automatic discovery mode, perform the following operations to add a remote extended subrack: l
Run the display network-role command to check whether the working mode of the ETHB board is extend
l
If the working mode is not extend, run the network-role command to set the working mode to extend. Note that mode switching will reset the ETHB board.
l
Run the frame confirm command to confirm the extended subrack. Then, the extended subrack enters the normal state.
Configuring VDSL2 User Ports This topic describes how to activate VDSL2 ports and bind a VDSL2 profile to the ports for service transmission.
Data Plan Data plan for VDSL2 user ports focuses on line parameters, such as spectrum profile, OSNR tolerance, and maximum interleave delay. The parameter plan for VDSL2 ports on a GE remote extended subrack is the same as that for VDSL2 ports on the master subrack. For details, see "Configuring VDSL2 Profiles" in MA5600T/MA5603T Configuration Guide.
Procedure Step 1 Select a default VDSL2 profile ID, or configure a VDSL2 profile according to service requirements. Step 2 Activate the VDSL2 user ports. 1.
Run the activate command to activate the VDSL2 ports, and then bind a line profile (nonline-alarm profile) to the VDSL2 ports. Note that the format of the activate command varies with the VDSL2 modes (TR129, TI, or TR165).
2.
Run the alarm-config command to bind a line alarm profile to the VDSL2 ports.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
961
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Configuring VDSL2 Service Flows This topic describes how to configure different service flows on GE remote extended subracks for different services so that service packets on HGWs can be forwarded at Layer 2 according to the planned VLAN and forwarding policies.
Data Plan The following table lists the data plan for configuring service flows. Service Type
VLAN Plan
Remarks
Internet access service
S-VLAN: 100; VLAN attribute: stacking
The Internet access service use dual VLAN tags (S-VLAN+C-VLAN) to differentiate users.
C-VLAN: 1001–1002
For details, refer to 11.2.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan.
Voice service
S-VLAN: 200
The voice over IP (VoIP) service is a carrieroperating closed service. It primarily uses only SVLAN tags which are transparently transmitted from a GE remote extended subrack to an HGW.
C-VLAN: 200
For details, refer to 11.2.5 Principle of VoIP Service Data Plan. NOTE VLAN planning is required only when HGWs provide all VoIP services. Service boards in the extended subrack do not process traditional public switched telephone network (PSTN) voice services that are transmitted through splitters. PSTN voice signals are transparently transmitted through the splitter upstream to PSTN networks.
VoD service
S-VLAN: 300 C-VLAN: 300
The PSPV mode is recommended for the video on demand (VoD) service because the service requires fewer VLANs. The voice over IP (VoIP) service is a carrieroperating closed service. It primarily uses only SVLAN tags which are transparently transmitted from a GE remote extended subrack to an HGW. For details, refer to 11.2.6 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
962
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Service Type
VLAN Plan
Remarks
Multicast service
MVLAN: 1000 IGMP version: IGMPv3
The multicast service is a carrier-operating closed service and primarily uses only S-VLAN tags.
IGMP mode: IGMP proxy
For details, refer to 11.2.6 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan.
Multicast program library: 224.1.1.10– 224.1.1.100 IP address of the multicast server: 10.10.10.10/24
NOTE
C-VLANs in the preceding table are defined for remote extended subracks. That is, they are upstream VLANs or S-VLANs of HGWs.
Procedure l
Configure an Internet access service flow. 1.
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Create S-VLAN 100 with the stacking attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
2.
Configure a traffic profile. The 802.1p priority of the Internet access service is 0, and rate limitation is not required. To query existing traffic profiles, run the display traffic table ip command. In this example, the query result shows that traffic profile 6 meets the requirements, so no traffic profile needs to be configured. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0
3.
Configure a service port to receive and transparently transmit the Internet access service from the HGW. Configure an Internet access service port with the user VLAN being 1001 or 1002. The HGW is connected to port 1/1/0 of the GE remote extended subrack. Upstream and downstream traffic is rate-limited using a line profile. A traffic profile (traffic profile 6 in this example) that does not limit rates is referenced. huawei(config)#service-port vlan user-vlan 1001 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr huawei(config)#service-port vlan user-vlan 1002 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr
l
Configure a voice service flow. 1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
100 vdsl mode ptm 1/1/0 multi-service 6 100 vdsl mode ptm 1/1/0 multi-service 6
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
963
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Create S-VLAN 200 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0
2.
Configure a traffic profile. The 802.1p priority of the voice service is 5, and rate limitation is not required. To query existing traffic profiles, run the display traffic table ip command. In this example, the query result shows that no existing traffic profile meets the requirements, so a new traffic profile needs to be configured. Add traffic profile 9 and set priority-policy to local-setting. Then, traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-setting
3.
Configure a service port to receive and transparently transmit the voice service from the HGW. Configure a service port with the user VLAN being 200. The HGW is connected to port 1/1/0 of the GE remote extended subrack. Upstream and downstream traffic is rate-limited using a line profile. A traffic profile (traffic profile 9 in this example) that does not limit rates is referenced. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 200 vdsl mode ptm 1/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
l
Configure a VoD service port. 1.
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Create S-VLAN 300 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
2.
Configure a VoD traffic profile. The 802.1p priority of the VoD service is 4, and rate limitation is not required. To query existing traffic profiles, run the display traffic table ip command. In this example, the query result shows that no existing traffic profile meets the requirements, so a new traffic profile needs to be configured. Add traffic profile 10 and set priority-policy to local-setting. Then, traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 prioritypolicy local-Setting
3.
Configure a VoD service port. Configure a service port with the user VLAN being 300. The HGW is connected to port 1/1/0 of the GE remote extended subrack. Upstream and downstream traffic is rate-limited using a line profile. A traffic profile (traffic profile 10 in this example) that does not limit rates is referenced. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 vdsl mode ptm 1/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure a multicast service flow. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
964
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Create S-VLAN 1000 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
2.
Create a multicast service port. Configure a service port with the user VLAN being 1000. The HGW is connected to port 1/1/0 of the GE remote extended subrack. Upstream and downstream traffic is rate-limited using a line profile. A traffic profile (traffic profile 10 in this example) that does not limit rates is referenced. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1000 vdsl mode ptm 1/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
3.
Set the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version to IGMP v3. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v3
4.
Set the IGMP mode. Set the IGMP mode to IGMP proxy. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y
5.
Configure the multicast upstream port. Configure the IGMP upstream port as 0/19/0. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0
6.
Configure multicast programs. Set the IP address of multicast programs to 224.1.1.10–224.1.1.100, and IP address of the multicast server to 10.10.10.10. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add batch ip 224.1.1.10 to-ip 224.1.1.100 sourceip 10.10.10.10
----End
(Optional) Configuring Vectoring Vectoring configurations on VDSL2 lines cancel the far-end crosstalk (FEXT) of VDSL2 lines to improve the line rate.
Context For MA5623AR, when configuring vectoring, learn configuration item functions and configuration methods beforehand by referring to Table 11-35.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
965
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Table 11-35 Vectoring configuration items Item
Function
Description
Commands
Global band plan
In the vectoring algorithm, the system requires that the upstream band and downstream band are separate from each other. Therefore, the band plan must be globally configured.
l The band plan can be globally configured only when vectoring is globally enabled.
xdsl vectoring bandplan-type
Vectoring configurations take effect only when vectoring is globally enabled.
l Before enabling vectoring, globally configure the band plan.
Global vectoring configurations
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
l After vectoring is globally enabled, if the band plan configured for the line profile is incompatible with the band plan globally configured for vectoring and the upstream band plan and downstream band plan are not separate from each other, the port cannot be activated. xdsl vectoring
NOTE Services in a vectoring group port are interrupted when the vectoring function is enabled or disabled.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
966
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Function
Description
Commands
Vectoring profile
Configure the function of canceling the upstream and downstream crosstalk in the vectoring profile. After binding the configured vectoring profile to the ports, the system implements the vectoring algorithm on the ports in the vectoring group based on profile configurations.
By default, all ports are bound to vectoring profile 1.
Commands:
The Vectoring algorithm is executed every time a port in a Vectoring group goes online or offline. To prevent adverse impact on system functions due to long-term running Vectoring tasks caused by frequent online and offline on a port, set the policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports based on site requirements.
By default, the policy for controlling frequent online and offline is set to limit.
Policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Default value: l Upstream crosstalk cancelation: enable l Downstream crosstalk cancelation: enable
l Add a vectoring profile: xdsl vectoring-profile add l Modify a vectoring profile: xdsl vectoring-profile modify l Delete a vectoring profile: xdsl vectoring-profile delete l Query a vectoring profile: display xdsl vectoringprofile l Bind a vectoring profile to the port: vectoring-config (VDSL mode)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xdsl frequentlyretrain-control
967
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Function
Description
Commands
Vectoring crosstalk matrix
The vectoring crosstalk matrix refers to crosstalk on a port in a vectoring group from other ports in the same vectoring group.
Before querying information about the vectoring crosstalk matrix, ensure that the global vectoring function is enabled and the specified port is in a vectoring group and activated.
display xdsl vectoring crosstalk-couplingmatrix
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
968
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Function
Description
Commands
Policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment (CPE)
A legacy CPE is a VDSL2 CPE (supporting G. 993.2, not G. 993.5) that does not support Vectoring. If such a CPE is activated in G.993.2 mode in the Vectoring system, the crosstalk impact on other lines cannot be canceled, causing the Vectoring system performance to deteriorate. To minimize the impact, set the activation policy of a legacy CPE based on site requirements.
By default, the policy for activating a legacy CPE is set to limit.
xdsl vectoring legacycpe activate-policy
l no-limit: The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode (G.993.2 mode), or nonVectoring mode, in which the Vectoring system performance is affected. This mode is used in the Vectoring initial phase when a large number of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance are not concerned. l limit: The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode but the line PSD is automatically shaped so that the CPE can be activated at a low VDSL2 rate, preventing crosstalk on other lines. This mode is used in Vectoring medium phase when some CPEs have not been upgrade or replaced. l force-friendly-dslimit-us: force friendly is used in the downstream
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
969
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Function
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Description
Commands
direction and PSD automatic shaping is used in the upstream direction. l force-friendly-dsno-limit-us: force friendly is used in the downstream direction and no restriction is used in the upstream direction. l block: The Vectoring legacy CPE cannot be activated in common VDSL2 mode. This mode is used in Vectoring mature phase when its performance is concerned and unnecessary crosstalk must be prevented.
Data Plan The Table 11-36 lists key parameters of vectoring configurations. Table 11-36 Key parameters of vectoring configurations Item
Data
Description
Global vectoring configurations
enable
-
Global band plan
l Band plan type: 998ade
-
l USO type: type-a Policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment (CPE)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
no-limit
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
The policy for activating a vectoring legacy CPE is configured as no-limit at the initial stage of vectoring application. 970
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Item
Data
Description
Policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports
no-limit
-
Vectoring group
Group ID: 1
All ports are added to the default vectoring group 1.
Vectoring profile
Profile ID: 1 The upstream/ downstream crosstalk cancelation function in default Profile 1 are as follows:
-
l Upstream crosstalk cancelation: enable l Downstream crosstalk cancelation: disable
Procedure Step 1 Globally configure the band plan type. huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring bandplan-type 998ade us0-type type-a
Step 2 Configure the vectoring profile as huawei and bind it to the VDSL2 port in the vectoring group. huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring-profile add control disable enable name huawei huawei(config)#interface vdsl 1/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-1/1)#vectoring-config all profile-name huawei huawei(config-if-vdsl-1/1)#quit
Step 3 Configure the policy for activating a vectoring legacy CPE. huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring legacy-cpe activate-policy no-limit
Step 4 Configure the policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports. huawei(config)#xdsl frequent-retrain-control 1/1/0 control-policy no-limit
Step 5 Enable the global vectoring. huawei(config)#xdsl vectoring enable
Step 6 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policies for upstream queues in global config mode to enhance service reliability, and configure security policies in global config mode to secure services.
Context Link aggregation aggregates multiple upstream Ethernet ports into a group to increase the uplink bandwidth and improve service reliability. It is advisable to configure congestion control. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
971
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Congestion control queues packets from one port into multiple queues and schedules the packets based on queue priorities. It is advisable to configure congestion control. Security policies involve system security, user security, and service security, securing services from different aspects. NOTE
It is advisable to enable a required service security feature according to the service type. For details, see 11.2.7 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure link aggregation. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 of the master subrack as a link aggregation group (LAG). Each member port in the LAG is allocated packets based on the source MAC address, and works in LACP static aggregation mode. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
Configure upstream ports 1/0/0 and 1/0/1 of the GE remote extended subrack as an LAG. Each member port in the LAG is allocated packets based on the source MAC address, and works in manual aggregation mode. Ports 1/0/0 and 1/0/1 are connected to ports 0/3/0 (extending port) and 0/3/1 respectively on the ETHB extending board of the master subrack.
CAUTION Pay attention to the following when configuring link aggregation for GE remote extended subracks: l Only intra-ETHB extending board aggregation in manual aggregation mode is supported. l For the uplink aggregation configuration on the master subrack, the ETHB extending port (which is specified during the offline pre-deployment of an extended subrack or where an extended subrack is automatically discovered) must be configured as the master port of an LAG. However, the extended subrack has no requirements on the master port of an LAG. l Before adding/deleting a port to/from an LAG, if the port is connected to a peer device, run the shutdown command to deactivate the slave port of the LAG or remove the fiber from the slave port to prevent a loopback. (Note that ports on the ETHB board support the shutdown command, but upstream ports of the extended subrack do not.) After the LAG is configured, re-activate the port or reconnect the fiber to the slave port. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 1/0 0-1 egress-ingress huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/3 0 0/3 1 egress-ingress
l
Configure queue scheduling. According to "11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan", all packets are scheduled in strict priority queue mode and mapped into different queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6
l
Configure system security. –
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on the master subrack. 1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
972
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on the master subrack. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on the master subrack. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
–
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on the master subrack. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on the master subrack. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
973
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3. l
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
Configure service security. –
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Option 82 on the master subrack. This configuration is recommended for the DHCP-based Internet access service. DHCP Option 82 can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level. When you run this command, select the enable, forward, or rebuild parameter based on site requirements. The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. For details, see the dhcp option82 command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level. – The VLAN level: 1.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
2.
Run the dhcp option82 enable command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
4.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
5.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 serviceport command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level. –
Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) on the master subrack. This configuration is recommended for the PPPoE-based Internet access service. PITP can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, PITP is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the pitp enable pmode, pitp forward pmode, or pitp rebuild pmode command to enable PITP at the global level. In the preceding commands, the enable, forward, and rebuild parameters can all enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. Select one of them based on site requirements. For details, see the pitp command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable PITP at the port level. – The VLAN level:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
1.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
2.
Run the pitp enable command to enable PITP at the VLAN level. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
974
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
3.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
4.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
5.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the pitp service-port command to enable PITP at the service port level. ----End
Configuring the Internet Access Service (on the HGW) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for residential users on a home gateway (HGW) when the HGW is connected to an ONU upstream through a local area network (LAN) or in xDSL mode.
Context Residential users generally access the Internet in Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) dial-up mode. PPPoE dial-up can be performed on personal computers (PCs) or HGWs. The configuration processes on HGWs of different models or in different appearances are similar. This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service on an HG239 that is connected to an ONU upstream through a LAN and on an HG527 that is connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode.
Procedure l
Configure the Internet access service (on an HG239). 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cu.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password). Then, click OK.
Set parameters for the Internet access service. Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table. Parameter
Value
Bearing service
INTERNET
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
975
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Parameter
Value
VLAN enabling
Enabled: Upstream packets contain VLAN tags. Disabled: Upstream packets do not contain VLAN tags. NOTE If uservlan is set to untagged when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU, set this parameter to Disabled; otherwise, set it to Enabled.
c. 3.
VLANID [1-4094]
If VLAN enabling is set to Enabled, this parameter takes the value of uservlan that is specified when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU.
Binding item
LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet.
Mode
Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dial-up mode.
Click OK.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
l
Configure the Internet access service (on an HG527). 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cnc.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the IE and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name (default: admin) and password (default: admin) of the administrator. Then, click OK.
Set parameters for the Internet access service. Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table. Parameter
Value
Bearing service
INTERNET
Enabling
If this parameter is selected, WAN connection 1 is used.
VPI/VCI
Contact your carrier for the value ranges of VPIs and VCIs. Ensure that the VPI/VCI setting (for example, 0/35) on an HGW is consistent with that on the office to which the HGW is connected.
Binding item
LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet.
Mode
Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dialup mode.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
976
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
Parameter
Value
Encapsulation mode
LLC
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Click OK.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Configuring the IPTV Service (on the HGW) This topic describes how to configure the IPTV service on the HGW that uses LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission. This configuration enables home subscribers to watch IPTV programs using STBs and TVs.
Context HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar. This topic uses the HG239 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG527 that uses ADSL2+ for upstream transmission as examples.
Procedure l
Configure the IPTV service on the HG239. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cu.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password). Then, click OK.
Configure multicast parameters. This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
In the right pane, create LAN connection 2 for the IPTV service. Set the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Bearing service
OTHER: The connection is used for the IPTV service.
VLAN enabling
Enable VLAN tags are added to upstream packets. NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU, the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
977
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Parameter
Value
VLANID [1-4094]
Multicast VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for multicast service flows created on the ONU. In this example, set this parameter to 43.
Binding item
LAN4
Mode
Bridge
DHCP transparent transmission
Enable
Click OK to save the settings.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
l
Configure the IPTV service on the HG527. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1/cnc.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the IE and press Enter.
b.
In the login dialog box, enter the user name (default: admin) and password (default: admin) of the administrator. Then, click OK.
Configure multicast parameters. This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
In the right pane, create LAN connection 1 for dialup Internet access services. Set the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Bearing service
OTHER: The connection is used for the IPTV service.
Enabling
The LAN connection is enabled when this check box is selected.
VLAN enabling
Enable: VLAN tags are added to upstream packets.
VLANID [1-4094]
Multicast VLAN ID on the HGW when multicast service flows are created on the ONU. In this example, set this parameter to 43.
VPI/VCI
Set the VPI/VCI to the same as that configured on the devices at the central office. In this example, set this parameter to 0/35.
NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU, the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
978
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
Parameter
Value
Binding item
LAN4
Mode
Bridge
Encapsulation mode
LLC
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Click OK to save the settings.
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Configuring the VoIP Service (on the HGW) This topic describes how to configure the voice service on HGWs that use LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission. This configuration enables home subscribers to enjoy the POTS service by using an analog telephone.
Context HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar. This topic uses the HG255 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG555 that usesADSL2+ for upstream transmission as examples. The IADs use SIP as the voice protocol.
Procedure l
Configure the VoIP service on the HG255. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration interface. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1 (default IP address) in the address bar of the browser and press Enter.
b.
In the login window, enter the user name and password (the default value is provided by ISP) of the administrator and click OK.
Configure parameters of the voice service. The configuration procedure is as follows:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
In the Web page, choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN Connection 3 for the VoIP service and set the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Bearing service
VoIP
Enabling status
Enable
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
979
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Parameter
Value
VLAN mode
VLAN Transparent Transmission
VLAN ID
VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for voice service flows created on the ONU. In this example, set this parameter to 200.
802.1p
Enabled
Mode
Route: route mode
DHCP
Enabled
NAT
Enabled
c.
Click OK to save the settings.
d.
Choose Appliciation > Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree. Configure the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Address
Preferred IP address of the proxy server: 200.200.200.200
Port ID
Preferred signaling port ID of the proxy server: 5060
Enabling
Enabled
User number
When logging in to a VoIP account, you can set the user account to the user telephone number. In this example, set the user telephone number to 83110001.
User password
-
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
l
Configure the VoIP service (HG555) 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration interface. a.
Enter http://192.168.1.1 (default IP address) in the address bar of the browser and press Enter.
b.
In the login window, enter the user name and password (the default value is provided by ISP) of the administrator and click OK.
Configure parameters of the voice service. The configuration procedure is as follows:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
a.
Click Appliciation > Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree.
b.
Create WAN Connection 3 for the VoIP service and set the parameters as follows:
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
980
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Parameter
Value
Bearing service
VoIP
Enabling status
Implement
VPI/VCI
Set the VPI/VCI to the same as that configured on the devices at the central office. In this example, set this parameter to 0/35.
VLAN mode
VLAN Transparent Transmission
VLAN ID
VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for voice service flows created on the ONU. In this example, set this parameter to 200.
802.1p
Enabled
Mode
Route mode
DHCP
Enabled
NAT
Enabled
c.
Click OK.
d.
Choose Appliciation > Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree. Configure the parameters as follows: Parameter
Value
Address
Preferred IP address of the proxy server: 200.200.200.200
Port ID
Preferred signaling port ID of the proxy server: 5060
Enabling
Enabled
User number
When logging in to a VoIP account, you can set the user account to the user telephone number. In this example, set the user telephone number to 83110001.
User password
-
Restart the HGW. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.
----End
Verifying Services This topic describes how to verify services such as Internet access and IPTV services. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
981
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Prerequisites The master subrack and upper-layer devices have been connected correctly, and the BRAS has been configured.
Context The following table lists the remote verification methods for different services. NOTE
The VoD service and voice service on HGWs do no support remote service verification.
Remote Verificati on Method
Function
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation
Emulates PPPoE user terminal to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the access device and BRAS.
l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. l A user name, password, and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. l A GE remote extended subrack supports a maximum of one PPPoE dialup emulation at the same time.
Multicast emulation
Emulates a multicast user going online and leads the program stream to an access device. You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real-time traffic of the multicast program.
Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function.
Item
Data
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation parameters
Referenced service flow ID: 101
The user name, password, and authentication mode for the emulation test must be configured on the BRAS and must be the same as those planned for the BRAS.
Multicast emulation parameters
Multicast service flow ID: 401
Data Plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Emulation timeout time: 10s
-
MVLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224.1.1.10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
982
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
Procedure l
Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. 1.
Start an emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate start Command: pppoe simulate start Service-port(index):101 User Name(length):user0 User Password(length):******* Authentication Mode: 1. Chap 2. Pap [default 1]:1 Overtime Time(5-60s)[default 5]:10
2.
Query the emulation test information by running the display pppoe simulate info command. huawei(config)#display pppoe simulate info PPPoE simulate information is: ----------------------------------------------------------------Service-port: 101 User name: user0 Current phase: //*Emulation phase Result: Success //*Emulation result Start time: 2011-11-16 15:41:29+08:00 End time: 2011-11-16 15:41:34+08:00 Session ID: 591 User IP: 192.168.50.2 Gateway IP: 192.168.50.254 -----------------------------------------------------------------
3.
Terminate the emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate stop
l
Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation. 1.
Run the igmp static-join command to order a multicast program by emulating a multicast user. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 401 ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000
2.
Run the display igmp use command to query the status of the multicast user. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 401 User : 0/3/1 //*Use an ETH port as an example. State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 0 Video flow ID : 0 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : IGMP version : IGMP v3 Available programs : 91 Global Leave : disable User MaxBandWidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 The percentage of used bandwidth to port rate(%) : Total video bandwidth : Mcast video bandwidth : Active program list -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
983
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
11 FTTB and FTTC Configuration
-Program name
VLAN
IP/MAC
State
Start-time
-------------------------------------------------------------------------program1 1000 224.1.1.10 watching 2011-07-13 14:41:18 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
3.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000 Command is being executed, please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 360(kbps)
l
Verify the VoD service. 1.
l
Run the display mac-address service-port command to check whether the MAC addresses of VoD subscribers are learned. If yes, the VoD service is reachable.
Verify the voice service. 1.
Log in to the HGW management web page.
2.
Choose Status > Broadband VoIP Information to query the service registration status and phone number. Expected service registration status: Register successfully.
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
984
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
About This Chapter This chapter describes the configurations of the following services for small office and home office (SOHO) users and small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in fiber to the office (FTTO) scenarios: services of Internet access through cables, services of Internet access through wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi), VoIP services, fax services, point of sale (POS) services, multicast services, and private line services.
Context FTTO is positioned for SOHO users, SMEs, and enterprises. This chapter provides service configurations only for SOHO users and SMEs. For details about service configurations for enterprises, see 13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access). 12.1 Overview of FTTO Services (SOHO and SME) This section describes small office and home office (SOHO) and small- and medium-sized enterprise (SME) services in fiber to the office (FTTO) scenarios from the aspect of basic concepts, networking scenarios, typical configurations, and optical network unit (ONU) capability set. This information provides a basis for SOHO and SME service configurations in FTTO scenarios. 12.2 Principles of Planning Data for FTTO Services (SOHO and SME) This section describes the principles of planning data for small office and home office (SOHO) users and small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in fiber to the office (FTTO) scenarios, from the aspect of security, device management, quality of service (QoS), and services. The data of all the examples involved in this section is planned following the principles. 12.3 SOHO Service Configuration (GPON) This section describes Internet access, voice, and video service configurations for small office and home office (SOHO) users in GPON access mode in fiber to the office (FTTO) scenarios. 12.4 SME Service Configuration (GPON) This section describes Internet access, voice, video, and Layer 2 bridging service configurations for small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in GPON access mode in fiber to the office (FTTO) scenarios.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
985
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
12.1 Overview of FTTO Services (SOHO and SME) This section describes small office and home office (SOHO) and small- and medium-sized enterprise (SME) services in fiber to the office (FTTO) scenarios from the aspect of basic concepts, networking scenarios, typical configurations, and optical network unit (ONU) capability set. This information provides a basis for SOHO and SME service configurations in FTTO scenarios.
12.1.1 Basic Concept FTTB and FTTC solutions involve many concepts. This topic describes concepts involved in FTTB and FTTC solutions from user side to network side based on the following integrated FTTB and FTTC network diagram.
Integrated FTTB and FTTC Network Diagram
Scenario
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Concept
Description
Small office home office (SOHO)
SOHO is positioned for miniature enterprises, such as home offices, shops, and markets.
Small- and medium-sized enterprise (SME)
An SME contains 10-300 personnel. SME is positioned for small- and medium-sized enterprises, campuses, and net bars.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
986
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
User Side Concept
Introduction
VoD
VoD is known as interactive video on demand. Users can choose their desired programs from the VoD program database. When watching programs, users can perform operations such as pause, fast forward, fast rewind, and locate.
Multicast
Multicast, or broadband TV (BTV) is similar to traditional wired broadcasting or television satellite broadcasting. Users have the same experience in watching BTV programs and traditional television programs. Unlike the traditional television, the IPTV system encodes audio signals into media streams and multicasts the media streams over an IP network to user terminals.
Fax
A communication tool widely used in enterprises and institutions to transmit digital text and images through phone lines.
Point of sale (POS)
A terminal supporting multiple functions. After being installed in a promissory shop or designated network of a credit card and accessing the network, the POS machine implements speedy, convenient, and reliable automatic electronic funds transfer. The POS machine supports consumption, advance payment, balance inquiry, and transfer.
Wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi)
A short-distance wireless transmission technology, which supports wireless signals for Internet access within hundreds of feet.
Concept
Introduction
PON
A passive optical network (PON) uses a point-to-multipoint (P2MP) network architecture. A PON network consists of three parts: optical line terminal (OLT), optical distribution network (ODN), and optical network units (ONUs). A PON network uses optical fibers for data transmission, supports more users with less optical fiber resources, and provides a higher access rate.
ODN
The ODN is composed of passive optical components, such as optical fibers and one or more passive optical splitters. The ODN provides highly reliable optical channels between the OLT and ONUs.
OLT
The OLT is an aggregation device located at the central office (CO), which terminates PON protocols. OLTs in this document are MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T.
ONU
ONUs are located on the user side, providing various types of ports for connecting to user terminals. The ONUs communicate with the OLT through a passive ODN.
Access Side
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
987
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Concept
Introduction
Split Ratio
Split ratio is the ratio of dividing a downstream optical signal into subsignals in the PON system. Greater optical ratio requires more power to support physical distances.
Concept
Introduction
U-PE
User-end provider edges (U-PEs) are routing devices directly connected to customer edges (UEs). U-PEs support routing and MPLS encapsulation. If a U-PE is connected to multiple CEs and possesses the basic bridging function, data frame forwarding only needs to be performed on the U-PE. This reduces the load of the S-PE.
PE-AGG
Aggregation provider edge (PE-AGG) routers provide aggregation and route forwarding functions for access equipment. Compared with UPEs, PE-AGGs features higher performance, fewer interfaces, and higher switching rates.
NGN/IMS
A next generation network (NGN) is a network that uses softswitches as its core and uses open and standardized architectures to provide abundant services such as VoIP, video, and data.
Network Side
The IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) uses SIP signaling as its call control signaling to provide services such as VoIP, data, and multimedia services. NOTE NGN/IMS in this document refers to softswitches that support H.248 and SIP.
IPTV head end
The IPTV head end system functions as the contents preparation platform in the IPTV system. It provides functions such as signal receipt, media format conversion, and media material management.
12.1.2 Networking Scenario and Hardware Configurations This section describes the typical networking scenarios for small office and home office (SOHO) users and small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in GPON access mode in fiber to the office (FTTO) scenarios, as well as the typical hardware configurations of optical line terminals (OLTs) and optical network units (ONUs).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
988
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Typical Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations Networking Scenario
Description
Typical OLT Configuration
ONU Device
FTTO SOHO networking
l ONUs are deployed for shops and markets.
l Control board: SCUN
MA5671, MA5675, and MA5675M
l ONUs provide GE and POTS ports. Through the ports, the ONUs provide the following services for users: Internet access through cables, Internet access through wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi), broadband TV (BTV), VoD, VoIP, fax, and point of sale (POS).
l Service board: GPBD
FTTO SME bridging networking
l Upstream interface board: GICF, GICG, X1CA, or X2CA
l In bridging mode, ONUs connect to an enterprise router through GE ports and provide the Internet access and VoD services for the users connected to the enterprise router.
MA5671, MA5672M, and MA5612
l ONUs provide GE/FE and POTS ports. Through the ports, the ONUs provide the BTV and VoIP services for users. FTTO SME gateway networking
l In gateway mode, ONUs connect to an enterprise LAN switch through GE ports and provide the Internet access and VoD services for the users connected to the enterprise LAN switch.
MA5671, MA5672M, and MA5612
l ONUs provide GE/FE and POTS ports. Through the ports, the ONUs provide the BTV and VoIP services for users.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
989
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Networking Scenario
Description
Typical OLT Configuration
FTTO SME Layer 2 bridging networking
ONUs, deployed at enterprise branches, provide GE or FE ports. Through the ports, the ONUs receive and converge enterprise Ethernet services and transmit the services upstream to an OLT. This implements the communication between enterprise branches.
ONU Device MA5671, MA5672M, MA5612, and MA5694
NOTE
For details about the SME private line service in FTTO scenarios, see 13 FTTO Configuration (Largesized Enterprise Access).
12.1.3 ONU Capability Sets This topic describes the hardware capabilities, features, and positioning of ONUs in SOHO and SME networks.
ONU Capability Sets Table 12-1 shows the ONU capability sets provided. Table 12-1 ONU capability sets
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
ONU Nam e
ONU Type
Uplink Port
User Port
ONU Version Support ed
Feature and Positionin g
MA5 671
Gateway type
Provides a GPON port.
Provides 4 GE ports.
V800R31 3C00
Used in SOHO and SME scenarios.
MA5 672M
Bridging and voice type
Provides a GPON port.
Provides 4 GE ports+8 POTS ports.
V800R31 3C00
Used in SME scenarios.
MA5 675
Gateway type
Provides a GPON port.
Provides 4 GE ports+4 POTS ports+Wi-Fi access.
V800R31 3C00
Used in SOHO scenarios.
MA5 675M
Gateway type
Provides a GPON port.
Provides 4 GE electrical ports+8 POTS ports +Wi-Fi access.
V800R31 3C00
Used in SOHO scenarios.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
990
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
ONU Nam e
ONU Type
Uplink Port
User Port
ONU Version Support ed
Feature and Positionin g
MA5 612
Gateway type
Provides two ports supporting autonegotiat ion between GPON, and GE.
For the bottom plate with POTS ports:
V800R30 8C00
Used in SME scenarios.
l Provides 2 GE electrical ports+6 FE electrical ports+48 POTS ports+ (optional)1 RF port when two ASNB boards are configured.
V800R30 8C01
l Provides 2 GE electrical ports+22 FE electrical ports +16 POTS ports+ (optional)1 RF port when two EIUC boards are configured.
V800R31 0C00 V800R31 1C00 V800R31 2C00
l Provides 2 GE electrical ports+6 FE electrical ports+16 E1/T1 ports+16 POTS ports+ (optional)1 RF interface when two E81A boards are configured. For the bottom plate without POTS ports: l Provides 2 GE electrical ports+6 FE electrical ports+32 POTS ports when two ASNB boards are configured. l Provides 2 GE electrical ports+22 FE electrical ports when two EIUC boards are configured. l Provides 2 GE electrical ports+6 FE
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
991
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
ONU Nam e
ONU Type
Uplink Port
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
User Port
ONU Version Support ed
Feature and Positionin g
V800R31 3C00
Used in SME scenarios.
electrical ports+16 E1/T1 ports when two E81A boards are configured. MA5 694
Gateway type
Provides two ports supporting autonegotiat ion between GPON, and GE.
Provides 4 GE electrical ports (The ports are alternatively GE2 and GE3 electrical ports, or GE2 and GE3 optical ports.)
12.2 Principles of Planning Data for FTTO Services (SOHO and SME) This section describes the principles of planning data for small office and home office (SOHO) users and small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in fiber to the office (FTTO) scenarios, from the aspect of security, device management, quality of service (QoS), and services. The data of all the examples involved in this section is planned following the principles. NOTE
The principles of planning only the Internet access, voice, and multicast services are described. For details about the principles of planning the enterprise Layer 2 bridging service, see 13.2 Principle of Planning Data for Enterprise Access Service.
12.2.1 Principles of Planing Device Management Data The device management plan includes the channel management plan and the IP address plan.
Device Management Data Plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Plan
Device/Service
Description
Management channel
OLT
Use a single-tagged VLAN as the device management VLAN of the OLT. All other devices in the network use single-tagged VLANs as the device management VLAN.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
992
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Plan
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Device/Service
Description
ONU/Router
Use a single-tagged S-VLAN as the management VLAN of the router that is managed. Set an S-VLAN for an entire network, an OLT, a PON board or a PON port for identifying services and physical locations. It is recommended that you set different router management VLANs for the OLTs connected to one SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the SR and convergence switch.
IP address plan (a bridging ONU+router)
IP address plan (a gateway ONU)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Internet access service
As a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client, the router obtains a public IP address through PPPoE dialup. As a DHCP server, the router assigns private IP addresses to PCs that access the Internet through network cables or Wi-Fi. After Network Address Translation (NAT), all the PCs connected to the router use a public IP address to access the Internet. The ONU transparently transmits service packets.
IPTV service
The router is configured with a bridging WAN port. The STB obtains a public IP address through DHCP. The router and the ONU transparently transmit service packets.
VoIP service
As a DHCP client, the router obtains a public IP address through DHCP, or the ACS allocates a static IP address to the router through TR069. The voice signaling streams and the media streams of multiple POTS ports share the IP address. Media streams can be distinguished by different ports. The ONU transparently transmits service packets.
TR069 management
As a DHCP client, the router obtains a public IP address through DHCP. The router connects to the TR069 server (ACS). The ONU transparently transmits service packets.
Internet access service
As a DHCP client, the ONU obtains a public IP address through PPPoE dialup. As a DHCP server, the ONU allocates private network IP addresses to PCs that access the Internet through the network cables or Wi-Fi. After NAT, all the PCs connected to the router use the public IP address to access the Internet.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
993
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Plan
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Device/Service
Description
IPTV service
As a DHCP client, the ONU obtains a public network IP address through DHCP. As a DHCP server, the ONU allocates private IP addresses to STBs. After NAT, all the STBs connected to the ONU use a public IP address to order programs.
VoIP service
As a DHCP client, the ONU obtains a public IP address through DHCP, or the NMS allocates an IP address to the ONU through a configuration file, or the ACS allocates a static IP address to the ONU through TR069. The voice signaling streams and the media streams of multiple POTS ports share the IP address. Media streams can be distinguished by different ports.
TR069 management
In TR069-based management, maintenance and service provisioning, the ONU, functioning as a DHCP client, obtains a public network IP address through DHCP and connects to the TR069 server (ACS).
12.2.2 Principle of QoS Planning The QoS planning is an E2E planning, and it can be divided into following policies: traffic classification, marking, and scheduling policy; and traffic monitoring and DBA policy.
Traffic Classification, Marking, and Scheduling Policy
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Service Type
802.1p Priority
Queue Scheduling Method
OLT Queue ID (8 Queues)
ONU Queue.ID When Eight Queues Are Supported
When Four Queues Are Supported
Management service
6
PQ
6
6
3
VoIP service
5
PQ
5
5
2
IPTV service 4
PQ
4
4
2
Internet access service
PQ
0
0
0
0
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
994
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Note: The service priorities in this table are the recommended values. The service priorities are arranged according to the operators's actual plan.
Traffic Monitoring and DBA Policy Items
Management service
Internet access service
VoIP service
IPTV service
GEM port
11 [Remark 1]
12
13
14
TCONT
All services share a T-CONT.
DBA type
Type 3 (DBA profile: assured bandwidth + maximum bandwidth. Users are allowed to preempt the bandwidth on condition that the users' assured bandwidth is guaranteed. However, the total bandwidth cannot exceed the maximum bandwidth.)
DBA bandwidth planning
Configure the DBA bandwidth according to the user's bandwidth package.
Rate limit on OLT downstream
No rate limit
Rate limit on ONU upstream port
No rate restriction
Rate limit on ONU downstream port
No rate restriction
The assured bandwidth is the maximum bandwidth required by management packets, VoIP, and IPTV upstream packets. The maximum bandwidth is larger than or equal to the maximum bandwidth that users apply. Configure rate limit by a traffic profile as required. [Remark 2]
No rate limit
No rate limit
Remark 1: GEM port value depends on the planning of the service provider, but in principle, use different GEM ports for different services. Remark 2: Table 12-2 shows the reference service bandwidth of each service for each user.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
995
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Table 12-2 Reference service bandwidth of each service for each user Service Type
Upstrea m Bandwi dth
Downstream Bandwidth
Bandwidth Description
Internet access service
Determi ned based on the service tariff package.
Determined based on the service tariff package.
Available bandwidth or Internet access service = Committed bandwidth of the service tariff package - VoIP bandwidth IPTV bandwidth
VoIP service
200 kbit/ s
200 kbit/s
The upstream bandwidth and the downstream bandwidth of VoIP service are symmetrical. The actual bandwidth is related to the coding format. This bandwidth is calculated for two POTS ports.
IPTV service (standar d definitio n program )
/
2.5 Mbit/s per channel
IPTV service (high definitio n program )
/
9.7 Mbit/s per channel
IPTV service mainly occupies the downstream bandwidth. The actual bandwidth depends on the coding format, the picture in picture information, 10% bandwidth burst traffic, and the number of programs that can be concurrently watched by one user (in the case of multiple STBs). The upstream bandwidth is mainly used for transmitting IGMP packets, which requires little bandwidth. Therefore, the bandwidth occupied by IGMP packets can be neglected.
Note: l
The rate restriction on the BRAS or SR is recommended. OLTs and ONUs do not restrict the rate for service streams.
l
If BRAS does not support rate restriction, OLTs can restrict the rate for service streams through the traffic profile.
l
Different service packets on the ONU are distinguished by different VLAN IDs. The service packets are mapped to GEM ports based on VLAN IDs so that different service packets are transmitted to different GEM ports. Each GEM port (each service) corresponds to a TCONT or all GEM ports share a T-CONT.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
996
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
The sum of the assured bandwidth of all ONUs connected to a PON port and the fixed bandwidth of OMCI management channel is less than the GPON upstream bandwidth. Some bandwidth must be reserved for the future service expansion.
12.2.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan The Internet access service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios.
VLAN and VLAN Translation policy. Application Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONU + Router
Double-tagged VLAN
ONU: The upstream packets sent from the Router carry user-VLANs and the ONU transparently transmits them. OLT: The OLT translates the U-VLAN to S-VLAN+C-VLAN.
Gateway ONU
Double-tagged VLAN
ONU: ONUs configure the VLAN and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN. OLT: The OLT performs VLAN translation: CS+C'. The C'-VLAN of every ONU differs from each other.
Note: l
UserVLAN: VLAN carried by upstream packets of user-side devices, U for short.
l
C-VLAN: VLAN added based on the ONU port. For details, see the description of the Double-tagged VLAN S+C.
l
Double-tagged VLAN S+C: C indicates the inner VLAN (C-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (S-VLAN).
l
Double-layer VLAN S+C': C' indicates the translated inner VLAN (C'-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (SVLAN).
l
Single-tagged S-VLAN: Single-tagged VLAN marked or translated by the OLT. It is generally used in a single-tagged VLAN translation scenario.
l
CS+C': Bidirectional VLAN translation: translates the inner C-VLAN and then adds one outer S-VLAN.
l
CS+C: Bidirectional VLAN translation: maintains the inner C-VLAN and adds one outer S-VLAN.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
997
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
NOTE
l To ensure traceability of users and finer-grained QoS control and management of users and services, plan per user per service per VLAN (PUPSPV) for the Internet access service. Considering OLT capacity and VLAN scalability, use dual VLANs (S-VLAN+C-VLAN) on the OLT to differentiate users for the Internet access service. l The outer S-VLAN, which identifies services and physical location, can be allocated based on the OLT, PON board, or PON port. The inner C-VLAN identifies users. User C-VLANs must be unique in one SVLAN. l It is recommended that you use stacking VLANs as S-VLANs so that security features, such as PPPoE+/ opton82, and anti MAC attacks and anti spoofing spoofing can be easily deployed. l The 802.1q in 802.1q (QinQ) VLAN is used in the enterprise private line scenario, such as (TLS). The device transparently transmits packets. It is not recommended that you use QinQ VLANs as S-VLANs for the triple play services of residential users.
12.2.4 Principles of Planning Voice Service Data The voice service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenario, and the plan of voice protocol.
VLAN and VLAN Translation Policy. Usage Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONU +router
Single-tagged VLAN
ONU: Provide the VoIP service through the ONU. Configure the service VLAN (S-VLAN) tag in a unified manner. OLT: The OLT transparently transmits S-VLAN tags.
Double-tagged VLAN
ONU: Provide the VoIP service through the ONU. Configure the customer VLAN (C-VLAN) tag in a unified manner. The C-VLAN tag identifies the VoIP service. OLT: The OLT adds an S-VLAN tag to a C-VLAN tag and supports the switching between the C-VLAN tag and the S-VLAN+C-VLAN tag.
Gateway ONU
Single-tagged VLAN
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same CVLAN. OLT: The OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags (the C-VLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
998
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Usage Scenario
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Single-tagged VLAN
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same CVLAN. OLT: The OLT switches between the CVLAN tag and the S-VLAN tag (the CVLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Note: l
UserVLAN: VLAN carried by upstream packets of user-side devices, U for short.
l
C-VLAN: VLAN added based on the ONU port. For details, see the description of the Double-tagged VLAN S+C.
l
Double-tagged VLAN S+C: C indicates the inner VLAN (C-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (S-VLAN).
l
Double-layer VLAN S+C': C' indicates the translated inner VLAN (C'-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (SVLAN).
l
Single-tagged S-VLAN: Single-tagged VLAN marked or translated by the OLT. It is generally used in a single-tagged VLAN translation scenario.
l
CS+C': Bidirectional VLAN translation: translates the inner C-VLAN and then adds one outer S-VLAN.
l
CS+C: Bidirectional VLAN translation: maintains the inner C-VLAN and adds one outer S-VLAN. NOTE
l The VoIP service is a closed service self-operated by carriers. The single-tagged S-VLAN is the mainstream application and is recommended. l When the planned VLAN is single-tagged VLAN, the S-VLAN can identify services and physical locations based on an OLT device, a PON board or a PON port. It is recommended that you set different voice VLANs for the OLTs connected to one VoIP SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the SR and convergence switch. l When the planned VLAN is S-VLAN+C-VLAN, the outer S-VLAN can identify services and physical locations based on an OLT device, a PON board or a PON port. The inner C-VLAN is used to identify services (the fixed value) and users.
VoIP Data Plan Based on H. 248 or SIP Item MG interface/ SIP interface data
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Description Media and signalin g paramet ers
Media and signaling upstream VLANs
Upstream VLANs of the VoIP service
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
999
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Description
NOTE must be consistent with the data on the MGC/IMS core network devices.
Media and signaling upstream port
Upstream ports of the VoIP service
Media IP addresses and signaling IP addresses
Supports separating media from signaling.
Default gateway IP address.
The next hop IP address from an ONU/HGW to an MGC/IMS.
MG interface/SIP interface ID
None
Signaling port ID
Select a transmission mode according to the requirement on the MGC/IMS side.
IP address of active MGC (H. 248)/IP address of active IMS device (SIP)
If the dual homing is not configured, only one MGC parameter needs to be configured. If the dual homing is configured, the IP address and port ID of the standby MGC need to be configured.
Port ID of active MGC (H248)/ port ID of active IMS device (SIP)
Voice user data
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Coding
Select the coding method according to the requirement on the MGC/IMS side. Generally, the text coding method is adopted.
Transmission mode
Select a transmission mode according to the requirement on the MGC/IMS side. Generally, the UDP transmission mode is adopted.
Home domain (SIP)
None
Profile index
None
The version of H248 protocol that MG starts to negotiate
V1, V2 or V3 (by default). The interface may fail to be registered because some softswitches do not support V3.
Phone number
For H248 protocol: The phone numbers allocated by the MGC need to be determined, and the paging numbers for users' emergency standalone need to be planned if the emergency standalone function is provided. For SIP protocol: The phone number that the IMS core network device allocates to the user must be configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1000
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Description Terminal ID (H248)
If the TID template with which the POTS user is bound does not support terminal layering, this parameter needs to be configured.
User priority
According to the service requirements, user priorities must be specified. The user priorities include the following: l cat1: government1 (category 1 government users) l cat2: government2 (category 2 government users) l cat3: common (common users)
User type
According to the service requirements, user type needs to be specified. The user type includes the following: l DEL: direct exchange lines (default) l ECPBX: earth calling PBX l LCPBX: loop calling PBX l PayPhone: pay phone
Common parameter
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
system parameter
The system parameters including the overseas version flag and message waiting indication (MWI) mode need to be configured according to the local standard to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standard.
Overseas parameters
The attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flash-hooking duration need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards.
POTS port attributes
If the POTS port needs to support the polarity reversal accounting, the POTS port needs to be configured to support the polarity reversal pulse. Other attributes do not need to be modified if there is no special requirement.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1001
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Description Ringing current attributes
When the attributes of ring current are changed, ring volume is changed accordingly. Generally, no adjustment is required for the ringing tone volume. You need to modify the parameters of the ringing current attributes according to the local standard only when the default ringing current attributes do not comply with the local standard.
12.2.5 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan The IPTV service data plan mainly include the plan of VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenario, and the plan of IPTV service. IPTV services include multicast service and video on demand (VoD) service. These two services are relevant but independent in VLAN planning.
VLAN and VLAN Translation Policy. Applicatio n Scenario
Service Type
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONU + Router
Multicast service
Singletagged VLAN
ONUs transparently transmit upstream packets with M-VLANs sent from STB. Multicast packets are replicated downstream with MVLAN unchanged. The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with M-VLAN unchanged.
VoD
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Singletagged VLAN
ONUs translate the upstream VLANs sent from STB to M-VLANs.
Singletagged VLAN
ONUs transparently transmit the upstream UVLANs sent from router.
Doubletagged VLAN
ONUs transparently transmit the upstream UVLANs sent from router.
The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with M-VLAN unchanged.
The OLT implements VLAN translation: U->S.
The OLT implements VLAN translation: U->S +C.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1002
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Applicatio n Scenario
Service Type
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Gateway ONU
Multicast service
Singletagged VLAN
ONUs replicate packets based on user ports and M-VLANs are removed in downstream direction. The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with M-VLAN unchanged.
VoD
Singletagged VLAN
ONUs add C-VLAN tags to packets. Untagged VLANs are translated to C-VLANs. The OLT implements VLAN translation: C -> S.
Note: l
UserVLAN: VLAN carried by upstream packets of user-side devices, U for short.
l
C-VLAN: VLAN added based on the ONU port. For details, see the description of the Double-tagged VLAN S+C.
l
Double-tagged VLAN S+C: C indicates the inner VLAN (C-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (S-VLAN).
l
Double-layer VLAN S+C': C' indicates the translated inner VLAN (C'-VLAN) and S indicates the outer VLAN (SVLAN).
l
Single-tagged S-VLAN: Single-tagged VLAN marked or translated by the OLT. It is generally used in a single-tagged VLAN translation scenario.
l
CS+C': Bidirectional VLAN translation: translates the inner C-VLAN and then adds one outer S-VLAN.
l
CS+C: Bidirectional VLAN translation: maintains the inner C-VLAN and adds one outer S-VLAN. NOTE
l IPTV service is a closed service self-operated by carriers, and single-tagged S-VLAN is recommended. l The same S-VLAN or different S-VLANs can be used as the M-VLAN and VoD VLAN. It is recommended that you use different S-VLANs as M-VLAN and VoD VLAN so that the upper-level device easily differentiates between the BTV service and VoD service. l S-VLANs of VoD service can identify services and physical locations based on an entire network or an OLT. It is recommended that you set different VoIP VLANs for the OLTs connected to one VoIP SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the VoIP SR and convergence switch.
12.2.6 Principle of Security Data Plan The security plan involves system security plan, user security plan, and service security plan. Security policy ensures service security from different aspects.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1003
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
NOTE
The device provides complete security measures, but not all security measures need to be deployed. Only the security measures that meet the following requirements need to be deployed: l The security measures can be used on the live network. l The security measures are easy to deploy. l The security measures are effective.
System Security Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
DoS attack
Enable the anti-DoS-attack function for OLT and MDU.
After the anti-DoS-attack function is enabled, control packets are monitored and those exceeding the number threshold are discarded. Use this solution for new site deployment.
IP attack
Enable the anti-IP-attack function for OLT and MDU.
After the anti-IP-attack function is enabled, a device discards the IP packets received from the user side whose destination IP address is the IP address of the device, and therefore the system is protected. Use this solution for new site deployment.
User Security Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
MAC spoofing
Enable the anti-MACduplicate function for OLT and MDU.
After anti-MAC-duplicate is enabled, the system records the first MAC address learnt from the port and binds the MAC address to the port and VLAN. If receiving packets sent from the host that has the same MAC address with the port, the system discards the packets directly. In this case, it can prevent users from forging MAC addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1004
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
MAC attack
Enable the anti-MAC spoofing function for OLT and MDU.
After anti-MAC spoofing is enabled, the system can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
IP spoofing
Enable the anti-IP spoofing function for MDU.
After anti-IP spoofing is enabled, the system can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
Service Security Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
Unauthorized broadband access of small enterprises (IPoE)
DHCP option 82 is enabled on OLT and MDU, and the BRAS implements user authentication based on the RAIO information.
In the DHCP option 82 mode, user's physical location is added to the option 82 field carried in the DHCP request packet initiated by a user. The physical location, used for user authentication on the upper-layer authentication server, can help implement the following functions: l The DHCP relay forwards DHCP response packets to devices with specified CID and RID. l Prevents DHCP address exhaustion. l Achieves static allocation of DHCP addresses. l Implements anti-IP spoofing. l Implements anti-user ID spoofing. l Implements anti-MAC spoofing. Use this solution for the DHCP Internet access service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1005
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
Broadband access of residential users (PPPoE), user account theft/ borrowing
PPPoE+ (PITP) is enabled on OLT and MDU, and the BRAS implements user authentication based on binding of the RAIO information to the user account.
The BRAS responds to request packets of users with specified CID and RID. In this way, the following functions are implemented: l Prevents IP address exhaustion. l Implements anti-IP spoofing. l Implements anti-user ID spoofing. l Implements anti-MAC spoofing. Use this solution for the PPPoE Internet access service.
12.2.7 Principle of Reliability Data Plan Reliability planning covers planning of equipment reliability and upstream/downstream networking protection. Reliability planning helps to achieve high reliability of FTTO SOHO and SME services.
Equipment Reliability
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
Main control board 1 +1 protection
The system uses two main control boards of the same model and version. The two main control boards work in the active/standby mode by default. When the active main control board fails, the system switches to the standby main control board to prevent service interruption.
Mandatory
Power board 1+1 protection
A subrack is configured with two power boards of the same model and version, which back up each other. When one of the power board fails, the other power board can still provide power supply to the device and so the system can still work properly.
Mandatory
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1006
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
Upstream board 1+1 protection
The system uses two upstream interface boards of the same model and version. Each GIU board provides one upstream port and two upstream ports are bound together using Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). When the active upstream port fails, traffic will be transmitted upstream through the standby upstream port.
This protection scheme is recommended when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream.
Upstream Networking Protection Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
Link aggregation group
Multiple Ethernet ports are bound together as an aggregation group to increase the bandwidth and balance the inbound and outbound load of each member port. In addition, the ports in an aggregation group back up each other, which enhances the reliability of links.
This protection scheme is mandatory when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream.
Protection group (Ethernet/STM-1)
A protection group of upstream ports contains a working port and a protection port. In normal state, the working port carries services and the protection port does not. When the link at the working port is faulty, the system automatically switches services from the working port to the protection port to ensure normal service transmission and protect the uplink.
When the main control board is used to transmit traffic upstream, this protection scheme is mandatory. This protection scheme is recommended when traffic is transmitted upstream through STM-1 ports.
NOTE
Link aggregation group and Ethernet protection group usually are not configured at the same time. You are advised to configure only one of the two protection schemes.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1007
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Downstream Networking Protection Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
xPON Type B
Two PON ports on the same OLT back up each other. When one of the PON ports fails, the system automatically switches to the other PON port. This protection scheme provides port-level protection with low costs. It protects services against fiber failure at the working port.
It rovides port-level protection and has a low cost. The inter-board protection mode is recommended.
GPON Type C single homing
Two PON ports on the same OLT, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to provide linklevel protection.
It rovides link-level protection.
GPON Type C dual homing
Two PON ports on different OLTs, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection. The difference between this protection scheme and the GPON Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme. This fullbackup protection scheme provides the highest-level protection for links and has the highest costs.
It provides full backup protection, which is the highest level of protection, at the same time, it has the highest cost. This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service. It does not support TDM services, including Native TDM and SAToP.
NOTE
The Type B protection scheme, Type C single homing scheme, and Type C dual homing protection scheme are mutually exclusive. Therefore, only one of these protection schemes can be configured for an ONU.
12.3 SOHO Service Configuration (GPON) This section describes Internet access, voice, and video service configurations for small office and home office (SOHO) users in GPON access mode in fiber to the office (FTTO) scenarios.
12.3.1 Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Small office and home office (SOHO) is positioned for miniature enterprises, such as shops and markets, and home officers. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1008
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Service Requirements In the SOHO scenario, optical network units (ONUs) work in gateway mode. Similar to home users, SOHO users require Internet, voice, and multicast services. l
The Internet can be accessed through not only cables but also wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi). A SOHO user connects to an ONU through the LAN port on the user's computer. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) address pool of the ONU assigns an IP address to the user. After PPPoE dialup is automatically performed on the ONU, the ONU connects to the OLT in GPON access mode and then connects to the upper-layer network, to provide the high-speed Internet access service for the SOHO user.
l
Many voice service ports are required to connect to phone sets, fax machines, and point of sale (POS) machines.
l
TVs connect to an ONU through set top boxes (STBs) to receive VoD and multicast services.
l
The Internet access, voice, and IPTV services are secure. – The Internet access service is protected against unauthorized access, user account forgery or unauthorized borrowing, MAC or IP address spoofing, and attacks from malicious users. – The voice and IPTV services are protected against MAC or IP address spoofing, attacks from malicious users, and heavy traffic.
l
A service fault is easy to locate, and services are easy to maintain.
Usage Scenario Figure 12-1 SOHO networking
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1009
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
12.3.2 Configuration Procedure Figure 12-2 shows the configuration procedure in the FTTO small office home office (SOHO) scenario. Figure 12-2 Configuration procedure in the FTTO SOHO scenario
The following table lists the detailed description steps. Item
Procedure
Remarks
OLT
Adding an ONU to an OLT
Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added to an OLT.
OLT
Configuring the Internet Access Service
-
Configuring the Voice Service
NOTE The H.248 and SIP protocols are mutually exclusive for the VoIP service. Only one of them is configured at a time.
ONU OLT ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configuring the H.248based Voice Service (on a Web Page)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1010
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Procedure
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Remarks Configuring the H.248based Voice Service (Through the CLI) Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page) Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI)
OLT
Configuring the BTV Service
IPTV services include the VoD and multicast services that are different in configuration procedures and need to be configured separately.
OLT
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy
Service reliability is improved by configuring uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policy for upstream queues in global configuration mode, and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global configuration mode.
OLT
Verifying Services
The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONU PPPoE and DHCP dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration, avoiding a second on-site operation.
OLT
12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added to an OLT.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1011
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Data Plan Table 12-3 Data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile name: ftto_dba Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for voice services: 12 GEM port ID for video services: 13 GEM port ID for Internet access services: 14
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser
Network topology data
PON port: 0/1/0
ONU port capability set: adaptive
ONU IDs: 1 and 2
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving upstream bandwidth utilization. l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONUside service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed by using optical network terminal management and control interface (OMCI). l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Run the display dba-profile command to query existing DBA profiles in the system. If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1012
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Create the same DBA profile for different types of services. Set the profile name to ftto_dba, profile type to type3, assured bandwidth to 8 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 50 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name ftto_dba type3 assure 8192 max 51200 NOTE
The DBA implementation is based on an ONU. Therefore, select a DBA profile of the proper bandwidth type and configure proper bandwidth according to the service types and total user count of the ONU. Note that the sum of the fixed bandwidth and the assured bandwidth must not be greater than the total bandwidth of the PON port.
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. Create a GPON ONU line profile, named ftto_line, and bind it to the DBA profile ftto_dba. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name ftto_dba
Create different GEM ports according to different service types, in which l GEM port 11 is used to carry management services. l GEM port 12 is used to carry voice services. l GEM port 13 is used to carry video services. l GEM port 14 is used to carry Internet access services. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem
add add add add
11 12 13 14
eth eth eth eth
tcont tcont tcont tcont
4 4 4 4
NOTE
a. To change the default QoS mode, run the qos-mode command to set the QoS mode to gem-car or flow-car, and run the gem add command to set the index of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port. b. When the QoS mode is priority-queue (PQ), the default queue priority is 0; when the QoS mode is flow-car or gem-car, traffic profile 6 is bound to the GEM port by default (no rate limitation).
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters settings. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure an ONU service profile. Create a GPON ONU service profile, named ftto_ser. Configure the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port to adaptive. Then the system automatically adapts to the ONU according to the actual capability of the online ONU. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#ont-port eth adaptive pots adaptive
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters setting. huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile 1 is used. The alarm thresholds of the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1013
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to configure a GPON alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONU line. Step 2 Add an ONU. Connect two ONUs to GPON port 0/1/0. Set the ONU IDs to 1 and 2, SNs to 32303131D659FD40 and 6877687714852901, passwords to 0100000001 and 0100000002, discovery mode for password authentication to once-on, and management mode to OMCI. Bind the two ONUs to ONU line profile ftto_line and ONU service profile ftto_ser. There are two methods of adding an ONU: add an ONU offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONU. l Add ONUs offline. If the password of an ONU is known, run the ont add command to add an ONU offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 1 password-auth 0100000001 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 2 password-auth 0100000002 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name ftto_ser
l Confirm automatically discovered ONUs If the password or SN of an ONU is unknown, run the port portid ont-auto-find command in GPON mode to enable the ONU auto-discovery function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#port 0 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont autofind 0 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONUs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name
confirm 0 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131D659FD40 omci ftto_ser confirm 0 ontid 2 sn-auth 6877687714852901 omci ftto_ser
NOTE
If multiple ONUs of the same type bound to the same line profile or service profile are connected to the same port, you can bulk add ONUs by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONUs to make configuration easier and more efficient. To do so, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 all sn-auth omci ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name ftto_ser
l (Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONU. The default profile 1 is used in this example. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 1 profile-id 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 2 profile-id 1
Step 3 Check ONU status. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, Config state is normal, and Match state is match. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont info 0 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1014
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU goes online successfully. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration state of the ONU is normal. Match state : match //Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONU is consistent with the actual capability of the ONU. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. l If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module. l If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly. l If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully. ----End
12.3.4 Configuring the Internet Access Service The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with highspeed Internet access services.
Prerequisite l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS.
l
Related configurations are performed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users. For details about the configuration, see the configuration guide.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1015
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Data Plan Table 12-4 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for Internet access service: 14
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile ID to ftto_hsi, the CIR to 4 Mbit/s, and the priority to 0. In addition, configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftto_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Table 12-5 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
gateway ONU
Double-tagged VLAN
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 100 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: stacking
OLT: The OLT switches between the C-VLAN tag and the S-VLAN +C'-VLAN tag. All ONUs are in different C-VLANs.
l C-VLAN ID: 1001 l C'-VLAN ID: 1010-1011
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1016
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 1001 is mapped to GEM port 14 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 14 0 vlan 1001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 100, GEM port ID to 14, and user VLAN to 1001, and use traffic profile ftto_hsi. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1010 inbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1011 inbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi
3.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure an optical network terminal (ONU) on the Web page. Layer 3 route mode is used for connecting an ONU to the upper-layer device. IP addresses of users' PCs are allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONU. PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the ONU. Parameters of the WAN port must be configured on the ONU. 1.
2.
3. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU (default: 192.168.100.1).
b.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONU.
c.
On the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password authentication is passed, the Web configuration interface is displayed.
Configure the working mode of a LAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose LAN > LAN Port Work Mode. Select the check box of LAN 1 and set LAN1 to work in the Layer 3 mode.
b.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of a WAN port. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1017
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
a.
In the navigation tree, choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure parameters of a WAN port as follows: – WAN Connection: Enable – Encapsulation Mode: PPPoE – WAN mode: Route WAN – Service type: INTERNET (For configuring the Internet access service, INTERNET or a combination containing INTERNET needs to be selected.) – VLAN ID: 1001 (The VLAN ID of the ONU must be the same as the userside VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – 802.1p: 1 – User Name: iadtest@pppoe, Password: iadtest (The user name and password must be the same as the user name and password configured on the BRAS.) – Binding options: LAN1 – IP acquisition Mode: PPPoE – NAT: Enable (NAT must be enabled to configure the Internet access service.)
c. 4.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Save the configuration. In the navigation tree, choose System Tools > Configuration File. In the right pane, click Save Configuration to save the configuration.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1018
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
5.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Check the ONU connection status. In the navigation tree, choose Status > WAN Information. In the right pane, Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address.
----End
12.3.5 Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (on a Web Page) The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the IPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service.
Prerequisite l
The interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC.
l
The OLT has been connected to the MGC. The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the ONU software version supports H.248. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1019
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Context Table 12-6 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Networking data
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftto_voip cir off priority 5 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Table 12-7 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 300
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags (the CVLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN).
1020
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 2
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 3001
OLT: The OLT switches between C-VLAN tags and S-VLAN tags (C-VLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Scenario 1: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip
Scenario 2: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 300 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1021
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip
3.
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same S-VLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
4.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONU on the Web page. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU (default: 192.168.100.1).
b.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONU.
c.
On the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password authentication is passed, the Web configuration interface is displayed.
Configure parameters of a voice WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure parameters of a WAN port as follows: – WAN Connection: Enable – Service List: VoIP (For configuring the VoIP service, VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected.) – Mode: Route – VLAN ID: 300 (The VLAN ID of the ONU must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – 802.1p: 5 – IP Acquisition Mode: DHCP
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1022
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure the parameters of the H.248-based voice interface. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure the parameters of the H.248-based voice interface as follows (other parameters use the default settings): – Set MGC Address below Primary Server to 200.200.200.200. – MID Format: DomainName – MG Domain: 6877687714852901 – Signaling Port: 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 – Region: China NOTE
l The parameters of the H.248-based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the media gateway controller (MGC). l If dual-homing is configured, MGC Address below Secondary Server must be configured. l MID Format can be set to Domain Name, IP, or Device. If MID Format is set to Domain Name or Device, the setting must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. l Domain Name is ONU's domain name registered with the MGC. It is globally unique. Domain Name in this example is ONU's SN. l If Media Port is empty, the parameter value is the same as Signaling Port. The media streams are not isolated from signaling streams. If the upper-layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT, create different WAN ports on the ONU, and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port. l Profile Index can be set to Default, BT, FT, KPN, PCCW, ZTE, or BELL. Choose the value based on the MGC type. Profile Index is set to Default (indicating interconnection with Huawei MGC) in this example. If the settings do not meet requirements, configure UserDefine. For details about how to configure this parameter, contact Huawei technical support engineers. l When the ONU is interconnected with a third-party softswitch, check RTP TID Prefix, Start Number of RTP TID, and Width of RTP TID Number.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1023
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 4.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of the H.248-based voice users. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure the parameters of voice user 1 as follows: – Line Name: A0 – Associated POTS: 1 (binding port TEL1 on the ONU) – Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration.
c.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
d.
In the right pane, click New to add voice user 2, and configure the parameters of voice user 2 as follows: – Line Name: A1 – Associated POTS: 2 (binding port TEL2 on the ONU) – Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration.
e.
Click Apply to apply the configuration. NOTE
l The terminal IDs A0 and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. l If Associated POTS is 1, port TEL1 on the ONU is bound. If Associated POTS is 2, port TEL2 on the ONU is bound.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1024
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
5.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
(Optional) Configure a route. Perform this operation if the IP address of the ONU and the IP address of the voice server are in different network segments. a.
Choose Route > Default Route Configuration from the main menu.
b.
Select Enable the default route and set WAN name to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300. Figure 12-3 shows the settings. Figure 12-3 Configuring a route
c. 6.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Save the configuration. In the navigation tree, choose System Tools > Configuration File. In the right pane, click Save Configuration to save the configuration.
7.
Restart the voice process. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, click Restart VoIP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1025
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Check the ONU connection status. In the navigation tree, choose Status > WAN Information. In the right pane, Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address.
9.
Check the registration status of a voice user. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, User Status is Up.
----End
12.3.6 Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (Through the CLI) The OLT manages ONUs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONU using the OMCI protocol. This topic describes how to configure the H.248-based voice service.
Prerequisite l
The interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC.
l
The OLT has been connected to the MGC. The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1026
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the ONU software version supports H.248. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Context Table 12-8 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Networking data
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Step 2 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Table 12-9 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same CVLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 300
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags (the CVLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN). 1027
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 2
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same CVLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 3001
OLT: The OLT switches between C-VLAN tags and SVLAN tags (C-VLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Scenario 1: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftto_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name
Scenario 2: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 300 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1028
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip
Step 3 Configure ONU voice service profiles. ONU voice service profiles include the interface common profile, MGC interface profile, and POTS port profile. l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONU voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l MGC interface profile: saves the IP address or domain name of the MGC, protocol port ID of the MGC transport layer to which the MG interface belongs, and DSCP priority of media packets. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONU, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an MGC interface profile. Run the display ont-mgc-profile command to query the existing MGC interface profile in the system. If the existing MGC interface profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mgc-profile add command to add an MGC interface profile. Create MGC interface profile 2, set the IP address of the MGC to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-mgc-profile add profile-id 2 primary-mgc 200.200.200.200
3.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 4 Configure the IP addresses of ONU SIP users. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the static mode, set the IP addresses to 10.10.10.10/24 and 10.10.10.20/24, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 5 Configure H.248 POTS users. 1.
Add an H.248 interface and apply an MGC interface profile to the interface. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply MGC interface profile 2 to ONU 1 and ONU 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters of an MGC interface profile are changed, the MGC interface profile must be reapplied to the ONU so that the changed parameters can take effect.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1029
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 1 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 2 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add POTS users. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, create a POTS user, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the H.248 interface), and set the physical terminal port ID to A0 and A1. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 terminalid A0 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 terminalid A1
Run the display mgpstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A0 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 2 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A1 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
Step 6 Apply ONU voice service profiles After ONU voice service profiles are applied, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied so that the changed parameters can take effect. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-h248 attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-h248 batapply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 7 (Optional) Configure the H.248 user codec. Run the mgpstnuser codec command to configure the H.248 user codec. The H.248 user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1030
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Step 8 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
12.3.7 Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page) The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the IPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service.
Prerequisite l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONU software version supports SIP. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Data Plan Table 12-10 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 Home domain name: huawei.com User phone number 1: 77730010 User phone number 2: 77730020
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1031
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftto_voip cir off priority 5 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Table 12-11 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 300
Scenario 2
Single VLAN tag l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 3001
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags (the CVLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN). ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN. OLT: The OLT switches between C-VLAN tags and S-VLAN tags (C-VLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Scenario 1: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1032
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip
Scenario 2: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 300 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip
3.
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same S-VLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
4.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONU on the Web page. 1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU (default: 192.168.100.1).
b.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONU. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1033
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c.
2.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
On the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password authentication is passed, the Web configuration interface is displayed.
Configure parameters of a voice WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure parameters of a WAN port as follows: – WAN Connection: Enable – Service List: VoIP (For configuring the VoIP service, VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected.) – Mode: Route – VLAN ID: 300 (The VLAN ID of the ONU must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – 802.1p: 5 – IP Acquisition Mode: DHCP
c. 3.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of the SIP-based voice interface. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure parameters of the SIP-based voice interface as follows (other parameters use the default settings): – Set Proxy Server Address below Primary Server to 200.200.200.200. – Home Domain: softx3000.huawei.com – Signaling Port: 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 – Region: China
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1034
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
NOTE
l The parameters of the SIP-based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch. l If dual-homing is configured, Proxy Server Address below Secondary Server must be configured. l If Signaling Port is empty, the parameter value is the same as Media Port. If the upperlayer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT, create different WAN ports on the ONU, and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port. When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports, the configured VLAN is carried by default.
c. 4.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of the SIP-based voice users. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure parameters of voice user 1 as follows: – Register User Name: 80001234 – Auth User Name:
[email protected] – Password: iadtest1 – Associated POTS: 1 (binding port TEL1 on the ONU) – Select Enable to enable the voice user configuration.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
c.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
d.
Register User Name: 80001235
e.
Auth User Name:
[email protected] Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1035
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
f.
Password: iadtest2
g.
Associated POTS: 2 (binding port TEL2 on the ONU)
h.
Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration.
i.
Click Apply to apply the configuration. NOTE
l The parameters of the SIP-based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch. l If Associated POTS is 1, port TEL1 on the ONU is bound. If Associated POTS is 2, port TEL2 on the ONU is bound.
5.
(Optional) Configure a route. Perform this operation if the IP address of the ONU and the IP address of the voice server are in different network segments. a.
Choose Route > Default Route Configuration from the main menu.
b.
Select Enable the default route and set WAN name to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300. Figure 12-4 shows the settings. Figure 12-4 Configuring a route
c. 6.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Save the configuration. In the navigation tree, choose System Tools > Configuration File. In the right pane, click Save Configuration to save the configuration.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1036
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
7.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Restart the voice process. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, click Restart VoIP.
8.
Check the ONU connection status. In the navigation tree, choose Status > WAN Information. In the right pane, Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address.
9.
Check the registration status of the voice user. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, User Status is Up.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1037
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
12.3.8 Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI) The OLT manages ONUs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONU using the OMCI protocol. This topic describes how to configure the SIP-based voice service.
Prerequisite l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONU software version supports SIP. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Data Plan Table 12-12 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 Home domain name: huawei.com User phone number 1: 77730010 User phone number 2: 77730020
Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Step 2 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1038
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Table 12-13 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same CVLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 300
Scenario 2
Single VLAN tag l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 3001
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags (the CVLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN). ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same CVLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN. OLT: The OLT switches between C-VLAN tags and SVLAN tags (C-VLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Scenario 1: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftto_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name
Scenario 2: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1039
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 300 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip
Step 3 Configure ONU voice service profiles. ONU voice service profiles include the interface common profile, SIP agent profile, SIP service data profile, POTS port profile, and digitmap profile. l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONU voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l SIP agent profile: saves the SIP agent information about an ONU, including the IP address and domain name of the SIP agent server and attributes of media packets and signaling packets. l SIP service data profile: saves the data information about ONU voice services, including the rights of the call waiting service, three-party service, call forwarding service, and call holding service. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONU, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. l Digitmap profile: saves the digitmap information about an ONU, including the timeout time of the digitmap timer and the digitmap format. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an SIP agent profile. Run the display ont-sipagent-profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system. If the existing SIP agent profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-sipagent-profile add command to add an SIP agent profile. Create SIP agent profile 2, set the IP address of the SIP server to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-sipagent-profile add profile-id 2 proxy-server 200.200.200.200
3.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure an SIP service data profile. Run the display ont-siprightflag-profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system. If the existing SIP service data profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-siprightflag-profile add command to add an SIP service data profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1040
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
In this example, the default SIP service data profile, namely SIP service data profile 1 is used. 4.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
5.
Configure a digitmap profile. Run the display ont-digitmap-profile command to query the existing digitmap profile in the system. If the existing digitmap profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-digitmap-profile add command to add a digitmap profile. In this example, the default digitmap profile, namely digitmap profile 1 is used.
Step 4 Configure an IP address for an ONU SIP user. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the DHCP mode, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 5 Configure SIP POTS users. 1.
Add an SIP interface and apply an SIP agent profile to the interface. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply SIP agent profile 2 to ONU 1 and ONU 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters in an SIP agent profile are changed, the SIP agent profile must be reapplied to the ONU so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-sip add 0 1 1 sipagent-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-sip add 0 2 1 sipagent-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add POTS users. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the added SIP interface), create two POTS users named huawei1 and huawei2, set passwords to user1 and user2, set their phone numbers to 77730010 and 77730020 and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#sippstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 username huawei1 telno 77730010 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#sippstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 username huawei2 telno 77730020
Run the display sippstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display sippstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID Telephone NO. User name Password ...//The rest of the response
: 1 : 77730010 : huawei1 : user1 information is omitted.
huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display sippstnuser attribute 0 2 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1041
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID Telephone NO. User name Password ...//The rest of the response
: 1 : 77730020 : huawei2 : user2 information is omitted.
Step 6 Apply and bind an ONU voice service profile to an SIP interface Currently, the interface common profile, SIP agent profile, SIP service data profile, and POTS port profile can be applied to an SIP interface, and the digitmap profile can be bound to an SIP interface. For profiles that can be applied to an SIP interface, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied to the SIP interface so that the changed parameters can take effect. For profiles that can be bound to an SIP interface, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles do not need to be rebound to the SIP interface and the changed parameters can take effect. The method for applying an SIP agent profile is introduced in step Step 5.1. The following will introduce the methods for applying an interface common profile, an SIP service data profile, and a POTS port profile, and the method for binding a digitmap to an SIP interface. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-sip attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-sip bat-apply from command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Apply an SIP service data profile. Run the sippstnuser rightflag command to apply an SIP service data profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-sippstnuser batapply from command to bulk apply the SIP service data profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the SIP service data profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default SIP service data profile, namely SIP service data profile 1 is used.
3.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
4.
Bind a digitmap profile. Run the sippstnuser digitmap command to bind a digitmap profile to an SIP interface, or run the ont-sippstnuser bat-bind from command to bulk apply the digitmap profiles to
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1042
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to bind the SIP service data profiles to SIP ports repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default digitmap profile, namely digitmap profile 1 is used. Step 7 (Optional) Configure the SIP user codec. Run the sippstnuser codec command to configure the SIP user codec. The SIP user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Step 8 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
12.3.9 Configuring the BTV Service The OLT is connected to the remote gateway ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the bridge WAN multicast service.
Prerequisites l
The IPTV WAN ports on the ONU use factory defaults.
l
The OLT has been connected to the BRAS and the multicast source.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 12-14 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
Multicast service data
Multicast protocol: IGMP proxy Multicast version: IGMPv2 Multicast program: dynamic obtaining mode
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1043
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and priority-based scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
2.
Configure the VLAN and service flows. Table 12-15 Data plan VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Single VLAN tag
ONU: duplicates multicast packets based on user ports and MVLANs are stripped off downstream.
l S-VLAN ID: 1000 l MVLAN ID: 1000 l VLAN type: smart
OLT: duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged.
l VLAN attribute: common
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on an ONU. If the ONU is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 2 vlan 1000 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the multicast forwarding mode is untagged. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#multicast-forward untag huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1000, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to 1000, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1044
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
3.
Create an MVLAN and configure the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMPv2. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v2 This operation will delete all IPv4 programs with source IP addresses in the current multicast VLAN Are you sure to change current IGMP version? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
4.
Configure a program library. Set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic. NOTE
You can set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic only when the IGMP mode is off. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode off Are you sure to close IGMP? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match mode disable Command has been executed successfully
(Optional) Set the address range for the dynamic programs. If you need to limit the address range of dynamic programs, perform this operation. For example, set the address range of dynamic programs to 224.1.1.1-224.1.1.100. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.1.1.100
5.
Set the IGMP mode. Select the IGMP proxy mode. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
6.
Configure the IGMP upstream port. Set the IGMP upstream port ID to 0/19/0 and working mode to default. Protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
7.
(Optional) Set multicast global parameters. In this example, the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters.
8.
Configure multicast users. Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 1 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 2 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 1 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 2 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
9. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Save the data. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1045
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#save
Step 2 The ONU does not need to be configured. ----End
12.3.10 Configuring the VoD Service The OLT is connected to the remote gateway ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the VoD service.
Prerequisites l
The IPTV WAN ports on the ONU use factory defaults.
l
The OLT has been connected to the BRAS and the program source.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 12-16 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and priority-based scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1046
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
2.
Configure the VLAN and service flows. Table 12-17 Data plan VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Single VLAN tag
The ONU adds CVALN tags to packets: untagged C-VLAN tag.
l S-VLAN ID: 1100 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common
The OLT implements VLAN translation: C-VLAN tag S-VLAN tag.
l C-VLAN: 2001
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 2001 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 4 vlan 2001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#vlan 1100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the S-VLAN to 1100, GEM port ID to 13, and C-VLAN to 2001, and use traffic profile 8. Set the VLAN translation policy to Translate. The C-VLAN 2001 of the ONU is translated to S-VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multi-service user-vlan 2001 tag-transform translate rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 multi-service user-vlan 2001 tag-transform translate rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
3.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 The ONU does not need to be configured. ----End
12.3.11 Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy Service reliability is improved by configuring uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policy for upstream queues in global configuration mode, and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global configuration mode.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1047
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Context In link aggregation, multiple uplink Ethernet ports are aggregated into a group to increase bandwidth and reliability of uplinks of the OLT. You are advised to configure link aggregation. Congestion control queues packets from one port into multiple queues and schedules the packets based on queue priorities. You are advised to configure congestion control. Security policy involves system security, user security, and service security, ensuring service security from different aspects. NOTE
l You are advised to enable the service security feature according to service types. For details, see 12.2.6 Principle of Security Data Plan. l The configuration of the system security, user security, and service security introduced in this topic is on the OLT side. The configuration on the ONU side is through the web and is simple, here we do not introduced it.
Procedure l
Configure link aggregation. On the OLT side, configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 as an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group is allocated packets based on the source MAC address. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure queue scheduling(On the OLT side). According to "12.2.2 Principle of QoS Planning", all packets are scheduled in strict priority queue mode and mapped into different queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on the OLT. 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on the OLT. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on the OLT. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on the OLT. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1048
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Configure service security. –
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Option 82 on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the DHCP-based Internet access service. 1.
DHCP Option 82 can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level. When you run this command, select the enable, forward, or rebuild parameter based on site requirements. The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. For details, see the dhcp option82 command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the dhcp option82 enable command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 serviceport command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1049
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
–
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
On the OLT, run the dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONU DHCP packets to carry Option 82 information.
Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the PPPoE-based Internet access service. 1.
PITP can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, PITP is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the pitp enable pmode, pitp forward pmode, or pitp rebuild pmode command to enable PITP at the global level. In the preceding commands, the enable, forward, and rebuild parameters can all enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. Select one of them based on site requirements. For details, see the pitp command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable PITP at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the pitp enable command to enable PITP at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the pitp service-port command to enable PITP at the service port level. 2.
On the OLT, run the pitp permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONU PPPoE packets to carry a vendor tag.
----End
12.3.12 Verifying Services In the FTTO scenario, ONUs are installed at users' houses or in business buildings which are far away from the central equipment room. ONUs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation, call emulation, and multicast emulation to facilitate configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration.
Prerequisites ONUs and upper-layer devices have been connected properly. The BRAS and MGC/IMS have been configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1050
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Background Remote Service Verificati on Method
Function
Description
PPPoE dialup emulation
An ONU simulates a PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONU and BRAS.
l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. l A user name, password, and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. l An ONU supports a maximum of a PPPoE dialup emulation.
An ONU simulates a voice user to make a call to check whether the voice service data is correctly configured. You can also use the call emulation function to locate a fault when the voice service is faulty.
l An ONU can simulate a caller or callee to communicate with a phone in a call. In this case, only a functional phone is required in the central office where the acceptance personnel locate.
Multicast emulation
This function enables you to simulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONU. You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real-time traffic of the multicast program.
Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function.
Item
Data
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation parameters
PPPoE user name: test@huawei
The user name, password, and authentication mode for the emulation test must be configured on the BRAS. The entered user name, password, and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.
Call emulation parameters
ONU POTS ID: 1
Call Emulation
l An ONU supports only once call emulation.
Data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Password: test
The default values are used. You can run the display pots emulational configuration command to check the parameter values.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1051
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Item
Data
Remarks
Multicast emulation parameters
Multicast service flow ID: 1
-
MVLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224.1.1.10
Procedure l
Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. 1.
In the xPON board mode, run the pppoe simulate start command to start a PPPoE dialup emulation test. The service is functional if the test result is success. The following test uses GPON as an example: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#pppoe simulate start { portid }:0 { ontid }:1 { eth|untagged|vlanid }:eth { ont-portid }:4 { untagged|vlanid }:100 { priority|user-name }:user-name { username }:test@huawei { user-password }:user-password { password }:test { authentication-mode }:authentication-mode { protocol }:chap Command: pppoe simulate start 0 1 eth 4 100 user-name test@huawei userpassword test authentication-mode chap huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)# ---------------------------------ONT PPPoE Test Result ---------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 ONT ETH Port ID : 4 ONT Vlan ID : 100 Vlan Priority : Emluator result : Success Session ID : 18814 User IP : 172.16.100.109 Gateway IP : 172.16.100.1 ----------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the Internet access service 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONU status to check whether the ONU is registered successfully. – Run the display service-port command to check whether the Internet access service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1052
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– If a native VLAN is configured for the Ethernet port on the ONU, run the display ont port attribute command in the xPON board mode to check whether the native VLAN is correct. 2.
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. a.
Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the Internet service VLAN. – If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONU is activated, whether the PC is connected to the right port on the ONU, and whether the PC is working properly.
b.
Run the display ont-learned-mac command to check whether the ONU connecting to the PON port learned any MAC addresses. If not, check whether the ONU properly connects to the PC or home gateway (HGW).
l
Verify the voice service using call emulation. 1.
Run the ont emulational call command to configure a call emulation test. huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192 { |caller-stop-time }: Command: ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192
2.
The ONU outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete. The service is functional if the test result is success. huawei(config-test)# ---------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 0 ONT-POTSID : 1 Test type : caller emulational call test Detected number : 28777192 Reported number : 28777192 Current status : test end Test Result : success ----------------------------------------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the voice service. 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONU status to check whether the ONU is registered successfully. – Run the display service-port command to check whether the voice service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan.
2.
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the voice service VLAN.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1053
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONU is activated and whether physical links are normal. – If both the upstream and downstream ports can learn the MAC address, record the MAC address of the ONU and log in to the service router (SR) to check whether an IP address is allocated to the MAC address. 3.
Check the registration status of the voice service. – You can run the display ont port state command on the OLT to query the call connection status on the POTS port. If Call State is RegisterFail or Connecting for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/ SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU. – If the ONU uses the H.248 protocol, you can run the display ont mg status command on the OLT to query the registration status of the MG interface that connects to the ONU. If MG Status is UnRegistered or Registering for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU. – You can query the registration status of the voice service on the ONU web page. If the query result shows that the registration fails or the voice service is in the registering state for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU.
l
Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation. 1.
Run the igmp static-join command to simulate a multicast user to order a multicast program. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 1 ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000 NOTE
If the multicast program is obtained dynamically, igmp static-join can be executed successfully only when the range for obtaining the dynamic program is set.
2.
Run the display igmp user command to query the status of the multicast user. The multicast user is normal if the queried result is online. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 1 User : 0/1/0/1 State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 1 Video flow ID : 1 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : IGMP version : IGMP v3 Current version : IGMP v3 Current IGMP IPv6 version : IGMP IPv6 v2 Available programs : 8 Global leave : disable User max bandwidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 0 Used bandwidth to max bandwidth(%) : Total video bandwidth : Mcast video bandwidth : Active program list
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1054
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start time -------------------------------------------------------------------------PROGRAM-5 1000 224.1.1.10 watching 2011-10-29 16:33:41+08:00 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
3.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program. The multicast program can be ordered if the queried result is a non-empty value. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 { |sourceip }: Command: display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 Command is being executed. Please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 8736(kbps)
----End
12.4 SME Service Configuration (GPON) This section describes Internet access, voice, video, and Layer 2 bridging service configurations for small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in GPON access mode in fiber to the office (FTTO) scenarios.
12.4.1 Bridging and Router Networking This section describes the configurations for the Internet access, voice, and video services on optical network units (ONUs) in bridging and router networking.
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Small- and medium-sized enterprise (SME) is positioned for small- and medium-sized enterprises with branches, campuses, and net bars.
Service Requirements In the SME scenario, optical network units (ONUs) work in bridging mode. l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Users connect to an ONU through an enterprise router. As a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client, the router obtains a public IP address through PPPoE dialup. As a DHCP server, the router assigns private IP addresses to the users. After Network Address Translation (NAT), all the users connected to the router use a public IP address to access the Internet. The ONU connects to the optical line terminal (OLT) in GPON access mode and then connects to the upper-layer network, to provide the high-speed Internet access service. The ONU transparently transmits user service flows. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1055
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
l
Voice service ports connect to phone sets, fax machines, or point of sale (POS) machines.
l
TVs connect to an ONU through set top boxes (STBs) to receive VoD and multicast services.
l
The Internet access, voice, and IPTV services are secure. – The Internet access service is protected against unauthorized access, user account forgery or unauthorized borrowing, MAC or IP address spoofing, and attacks from malicious users. – The voice and IPTV services are protected against MAC or IP address spoofing, attacks from malicious users, and heavy traffic.
l
A service fault is easy to locate, and services are easy to maintain.
Usage Scenario Figure 12-5 Bridging and router networking Router
PC
ONU TV STB
Phone
PE-AGG
OLT
NGN/IMS
UPE
Fax
POS Router
Metro Network
PC ONU
Optical splitter
IPTV Headend Internet
UPE PE-AGG
TV
STB
Phone Fax
POS
Configuration Procedure Figure 12-6 shows the configuration procedure in the FTTO small- and medium-sized enterprises (SME) scenario.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1056
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Figure 12-6 Configuration procedure in the FTTO SME scenario
The following table lists the detailed description steps. Item
Procedure
Remarks
OLT
Adding an ONU to an OLT
Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added to an OLT.
OLT
Configuring the Internet Access Service
-
Configuring the Voice Service
NOTE The H.248 and SIP protocols are mutually exclusive for the VoIP service. Only one of them is configured at a time.
ONU OLT ONU
Configuring the H.248based Voice Service (on a Web Page) Configuring the H.248based Voice Service (Through the CLI)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1057
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Procedure
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Remarks Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page) Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI)
OLT
Configuring the BTV Service
IPTV services include the VoD and multicast services that are different in configuration procedures and need to be configured separately.
OLT
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy
Service reliability is improved by configuring uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policy for upstream queues in global configuration mode, and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global configuration mode.
OLT
Verifying Services
The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONU PPPoE and DHCP dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration, avoiding a second on-site operation.
OLT
Adding an ONU to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 12-18 Data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile name: ftto_dba Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1058
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for voice services: 12 GEM port ID for video services: 13 GEM port ID for Internet access services: 14 ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser
Network topology data
PON port: 0/1/0
ONU port capability set: adaptive
ONU IDs: 1 and 2
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving upstream bandwidth utilization. l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONUside service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed by using optical network terminal management and control interface (OMCI). l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Run the display dba-profile command to query existing DBA profiles in the system. If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. Create the same DBA profile for different types of services. Set the profile name to ftto_dba, profile type to type3, assured bandwidth to 8 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 50 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name ftto_dba type3 assure 8192 max 51200 NOTE
The DBA implementation is based on an ONU. Therefore, select a DBA profile of the proper bandwidth type and configure proper bandwidth according to the service types and total user count of the ONU. Note that the sum of the fixed bandwidth and the assured bandwidth must not be greater than the total bandwidth of the PON port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1059
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Configure an ONU line profile. Create a GPON ONU line profile, named ftto_line, and bind it to the DBA profile ftto_dba. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name ftto_dba
Create different GEM ports according to different service types, in which l GEM port 11 is used to carry management services. l GEM port 12 is used to carry voice services. l GEM port 13 is used to carry video services. l GEM port 14 is used to carry Internet access services. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem
add add add add
11 12 13 14
eth eth eth eth
tcont tcont tcont tcont
4 4 4 4
NOTE
a. To change the default QoS mode, run the qos-mode command to set the QoS mode to gem-car or flow-car, and run the gem add command to set the index of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port. b. When the QoS mode is priority-queue (PQ), the default queue priority is 0; when the QoS mode is flow-car or gem-car, traffic profile 6 is bound to the GEM port by default (no rate limitation).
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters settings. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure an ONU service profile. Create a GPON ONU service profile, named ftto_ser. Configure the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port to adaptive. Then the system automatically adapts to the ONU according to the actual capability of the online ONU. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#ont-port eth adaptive pots adaptive
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters setting. huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile 1 is used. The alarm thresholds of the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to configure a GPON alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONU line.
Step 2 Add an ONU. Connect two ONUs to GPON port 0/1/0. Set the ONU IDs to 1 and 2, SNs to 32303131D659FD40 and 6877687714852901, passwords to 0100000001 and 0100000002, discovery mode for password authentication to once-on, and management mode to OMCI. Bind the two ONUs to ONU line profile ftto_line and ONU service profile ftto_ser. There are two methods of adding an ONU: add an ONU offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONU. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1060
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
l Add ONUs offline. If the password of an ONU is known, run the ont add command to add an ONU offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 1 password-auth 0100000001 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 2 password-auth 0100000002 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name ftto_ser
l Confirm automatically discovered ONUs If the password or SN of an ONU is unknown, run the port portid ont-auto-find command in GPON mode to enable the ONU auto-discovery function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#port 0 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont autofind 0 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONUs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name
confirm 0 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131D659FD40 omci ftto_ser confirm 0 ontid 2 sn-auth 6877687714852901 omci ftto_ser
NOTE
If multiple ONUs of the same type bound to the same line profile or service profile are connected to the same port, you can bulk add ONUs by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONUs to make configuration easier and more efficient. To do so, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 all sn-auth omci ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name ftto_ser
l (Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONU. The default profile 1 is used in this example. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 1 profile-id 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 2 profile-id 1
Step 3 Check ONU status. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, Config state is normal, and Match state is match. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont info 0 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU goes online successfully. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration state of the ONU is normal. Match state : match //Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONU is consistent with the actual capability of the ONU. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1061
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
l If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module. l If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly. l If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully. ----End
Configuring the Internet Access Service The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with highspeed Internet access services.
Prerequisite l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS.
l
Related configurations are performed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users. For details about the configuration, see the configuration guide.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONU to an OLT .
Data Plan Table 12-19 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for Internet access service: 14
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Network topology data
Upstream port: 0/19/0 PON port: 0/1/0 ONU IDs: 1 and 2 ID of the port on the ONU that is connected to the PC: 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1062
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile ID to ftto_hsi, the CIR to 4 Mbit/s, and the priority to 0. In addition, configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftto_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a VLAN and a service flow. Table 12-20 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
bridging ONU + Router
Double-tagged VLAN
ONU: The upstream packets sent from the router carry C-VLAN tags and the ONU transparently transmits them.
l S-VLAN ID: 100 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: stacking
OLT: The OLT switches between the U-VLAN tag and the S-VLAN +C-VLAN tag.
l C-VLAN ID: 1001-1002 l U-VLAN ID: 45
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of userside VLAN 45 is mapped to GEM port 14 in the ONU line profile. NOTE
Here, the user-side VLAN is the VLAN carried by packets sent from HGW to ONU, namely, UVLAN. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 14 0 vlan 45 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONU. add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 45 in the ONU service profile. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 45 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1063
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Create an Internet access service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
Create Internet access service flows. Set S-VLAN ID to 100 and GEM port ID to 14. Use traffic profile ftto_hsi. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 45 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1001 inbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 45 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1002 inbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi
3.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
The ONU does not need to be configured.
----End
Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (on a Web Page) The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the IPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service.
Prerequisite l
The interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC.
l
The OLT has been connected to the MGC. The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the ONU software version supports H.248. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Context Table 12-21 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1064
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Item
Data
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Networking data
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile.
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Table 12-22 Data plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONU +router
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Provide the VoIP service through the ONU. Configure the service VLAN (S-VLAN) tag in a unified manner.
l VLAN ID: 300 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN = S-VLAN
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits S-VLAN tags (the C-VLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN).
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. NOTE
The user VLAN is the VLAN in the packets sent from the router to the ONU, that is, the U-VLAN. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONU. If the ONU is connected to the HGW through Ethernet port 1, add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 45 in the ONU service profile. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1065
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 45 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip
3.
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same S-VLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
4.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONU on the Web page. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU (default: 192.168.100.1).
b.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONU.
c.
On the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password authentication is passed, the Web configuration interface is displayed.
Configure parameters of a voice WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure parameters of a WAN port as follows: – WAN Connection: Enable – Service List: VoIP (For configuring the VoIP service, VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected.) – Mode: Route
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1066
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– VLAN ID: 300 (The VLAN ID of the ONU must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – 802.1p: 5 – IP Acquisition Mode: DHCP
c. 3.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure the parameters of the H.248-based voice interface. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure the parameters of the H.248-based voice interface as follows (other parameters use the default settings): – Set MGC Address below Primary Server to 200.200.200.200. – MID Format: DomainName – MG Domain: 6877687714852901 – Signaling Port: 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 – Region: China
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1067
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
NOTE
l The parameters of the H.248-based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the media gateway controller (MGC). l If dual-homing is configured, MGC Address below Secondary Server must be configured. l MID Format can be set to Domain Name, IP, or Device. If MID Format is set to Domain Name or Device, the setting must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. l Domain Name is ONU's domain name registered with the MGC. It is globally unique. Domain Name in this example is ONU's SN. l If Media Port is empty, the parameter value is the same as Signaling Port. The media streams are not isolated from signaling streams. If the upper-layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT, create different WAN ports on the ONU, and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port. l Profile Index can be set to Default, BT, FT, KPN, PCCW, ZTE, or BELL. Choose the value based on the MGC type. Profile Index is set to Default (indicating interconnection with Huawei MGC) in this example. If the settings do not meet requirements, configure UserDefine. For details about how to configure this parameter, contact Huawei technical support engineers. l When the ONU is interconnected with a third-party softswitch, check RTP TID Prefix, Start Number of RTP TID, and Width of RTP TID Number.
c. 4.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of the H.248-based voice users. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure the parameters of voice user 1 as follows: – Line Name: A0 – Associated POTS: 1 (binding port TEL1 on the ONU)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1068
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration. c.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
d.
In the right pane, click New to add voice user 2, and configure the parameters of voice user 2 as follows: – Line Name: A1 – Associated POTS: 2 (binding port TEL2 on the ONU) – Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration.
e.
Click Apply to apply the configuration. NOTE
l The terminal IDs A0 and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. l If Associated POTS is 1, port TEL1 on the ONU is bound. If Associated POTS is 2, port TEL2 on the ONU is bound.
5.
(Optional) Configure a route. Perform this operation if the IP address of the ONU and the IP address of the voice server are in different network segments. a.
Choose Route > Default Route Configuration from the main menu.
b.
Select Enable the default route and set WAN name to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300. Figure 12-7 shows the settings. Figure 12-7 Configuring a route
c. 6.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Save the configuration. In the navigation tree, choose System Tools > Configuration File. In the right pane, click Save Configuration to save the configuration.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1069
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
7.
Restart the voice process. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, click Restart VoIP.
8.
Check the ONU connection status. In the navigation tree, choose Status > WAN Information. In the right pane, Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address.
9.
Check the registration status of a voice user. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, User Status is Up.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1070
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (Through the CLI) The OLT manages ONUs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONU using the OMCI protocol. This topic describes how to configure the H.248-based voice service.
Prerequisite l
The interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC.
l
The OLT has been connected to the MGC. The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the ONU software version supports H.248. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Context Table 12-23 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Networking data
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Step 2 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1071
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Table 12-24 Data plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONU +router
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Provide the VoIP service through the ONU. Configure the service VLAN (S-VLAN) tag in a unified manner.
l VLAN ID: 300 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN = S-VLAN
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits S-VLAN tags (the CVLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN).
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. NOTE
The user VLAN is the VLAN in the packets sent from the router to the ONU, that is, the U-VLAN. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONU. If the ONU is connected to the HGW through Ethernet port 1, add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 45 in the ONU service profile. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 45 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftto_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name
Step 3 Configure ONU voice service profiles. ONU voice service profiles include the interface common profile, MGC interface profile, and POTS port profile. l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONU voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l MGC interface profile: saves the IP address or domain name of the MGC, protocol port ID of the MGC transport layer to which the MG interface belongs, and DSCP priority of media packets. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1072
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONU, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an MGC interface profile. Run the display ont-mgc-profile command to query the existing MGC interface profile in the system. If the existing MGC interface profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mgc-profile add command to add an MGC interface profile. Create MGC interface profile 2, set the IP address of the MGC to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-mgc-profile add profile-id 2 primary-mgc 200.200.200.200
3.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 4 Configure the IP addresses of ONU SIP users. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the static mode, set the IP addresses to 10.10.10.10/24 and 10.10.10.20/24, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 5 Configure H.248 POTS users. 1.
Add an H.248 interface and apply an MGC interface profile to the interface. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply MGC interface profile 2 to ONU 1 and ONU 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters of an MGC interface profile are changed, the MGC interface profile must be reapplied to the ONU so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 1 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 2 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add POTS users. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, create a POTS user, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the H.248 interface), and set the physical terminal port ID to A0 and A1. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 terminalid A0 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 terminalid A1
Run the display mgpstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1073
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide ONT ID Port ID
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME) : 1 : 1
MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A0 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 2 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A1 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
Step 6 Apply ONU voice service profiles After ONU voice service profiles are applied, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied so that the changed parameters can take effect. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-h248 attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-h248 batapply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 7 (Optional) Configure the H.248 user codec. Run the mgpstnuser codec command to configure the H.248 user codec. The H.248 user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Step 8 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page) The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the IPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1074
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Prerequisite l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONU software version supports SIP. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Data Plan Table 12-25 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 Home domain name: huawei.com User phone number 1: 77730010 User phone number 2: 77730020
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile.
2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1075
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Table 12-26 Data plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONU +router
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Provide the VoIP service through the ONU. Configure the service VLAN (S-VLAN) tag in a unified manner.
l VLAN ID: 300 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN = S-VLAN
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits S-VLAN tags (the C-VLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN).
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. NOTE
The user VLAN is the VLAN in the packets sent from the router to the ONU, that is, the U-VLAN. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONU. If the ONU is connected to the HGW through Ethernet port 1, add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 45 in the ONU service profile. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 45 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip
3.
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same S-VLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1076
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
4.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONU on the Web page. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU (default: 192.168.100.1).
b.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONU.
c.
On the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password authentication is passed, the Web configuration interface is displayed.
Configure parameters of a voice WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure parameters of a WAN port as follows: – WAN Connection: Enable – Service List: VoIP (For configuring the VoIP service, VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected.) – Mode: Route – VLAN ID: 300 (The VLAN ID of the ONU must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – 802.1p: 5 – IP Acquisition Mode: DHCP
c. 3. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of the SIP-based voice interface. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1077
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure parameters of the SIP-based voice interface as follows (other parameters use the default settings): – Set Proxy Server Address below Primary Server to 200.200.200.200. – Home Domain: softx3000.huawei.com – Signaling Port: 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 – Region: China NOTE
l The parameters of the SIP-based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch. l If dual-homing is configured, Proxy Server Address below Secondary Server must be configured. l If Signaling Port is empty, the parameter value is the same as Media Port. If the upperlayer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT, create different WAN ports on the ONU, and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port. When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports, the configured VLAN is carried by default.
c. 4.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of the SIP-based voice users. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure parameters of voice user 1 as follows: – Register User Name: 80001234
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1078
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– Auth User Name:
[email protected] – Password: iadtest1 – Associated POTS: 1 (binding port TEL1 on the ONU) – Select Enable to enable the voice user configuration. c.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
d.
Register User Name: 80001235
e.
Auth User Name:
[email protected]
f.
Password: iadtest2
g.
Associated POTS: 2 (binding port TEL2 on the ONU)
h.
Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration.
i.
Click Apply to apply the configuration. NOTE
l The parameters of the SIP-based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch. l If Associated POTS is 1, port TEL1 on the ONU is bound. If Associated POTS is 2, port TEL2 on the ONU is bound.
5.
(Optional) Configure a route. Perform this operation if the IP address of the ONU and the IP address of the voice server are in different network segments. a.
Choose Route > Default Route Configuration from the main menu.
b.
Select Enable the default route and set WAN name to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300. Figure 12-8 shows the settings. Figure 12-8 Configuring a route
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1079
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 6.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Save the configuration. In the navigation tree, choose System Tools > Configuration File. In the right pane, click Save Configuration to save the configuration.
7.
Restart the voice process. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, click Restart VoIP.
8.
Check the ONU connection status. In the navigation tree, choose Status > WAN Information. In the right pane, Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address.
9.
Check the registration status of the voice user. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, User Status is Up.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1080
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
----End
Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI) The OLT manages ONUs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONU using the OMCI protocol. This topic describes how to configure the SIP-based voice service.
Prerequisite l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONU software version supports SIP. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Data Plan Table 12-27 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 Home domain name: huawei.com User phone number 1: 77730010 User phone number 2: 77730020
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1081
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile.
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Table 12-28 Data plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONU +router
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Provide the VoIP service through the ONU. Configure the service VLAN (S-VLAN) tag in a unified manner.
l VLAN ID: 300 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN = S-VLAN
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits S-VLAN tags (the CVLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN).
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. NOTE
The user VLAN is the VLAN in the packets sent from the router to the ONU, that is, the U-VLAN. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONU. If the ONU is connected to the HGW through Ethernet port 1, add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 45 in the ONU service profile. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 45 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1082
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip
3.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME) gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table
gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same S-VLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
4.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 Configure ONU voice service profiles. ONU voice service profiles include the interface common profile, SIP agent profile, SIP service data profile, POTS port profile, and digitmap profile. l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONU voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l SIP agent profile: saves the SIP agent information about an ONU, including the IP address and domain name of the SIP agent server and attributes of media packets and signaling packets. l SIP service data profile: saves the data information about ONU voice services, including the rights of the call waiting service, three-party service, call forwarding service, and call holding service. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONU, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. l Digitmap profile: saves the digitmap information about an ONU, including the timeout time of the digitmap timer and the digitmap format. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an SIP agent profile. Run the display ont-sipagent-profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system. If the existing SIP agent profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-sipagent-profile add command to add an SIP agent profile. Create SIP agent profile 2, set the IP address of the SIP server to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-sipagent-profile add profile-id 2 proxy-server 200.200.200.200
3. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure an SIP service data profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1083
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Run the display ont-siprightflag-profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system. If the existing SIP service data profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-siprightflag-profile add command to add an SIP service data profile. In this example, the default SIP service data profile, namely SIP service data profile 1 is used. 4.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
5.
Configure a digitmap profile. Run the display ont-digitmap-profile command to query the existing digitmap profile in the system. If the existing digitmap profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-digitmap-profile add command to add a digitmap profile. In this example, the default digitmap profile, namely digitmap profile 1 is used.
Step 3 Configure an IP address for an ONU SIP user. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the DHCP mode, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 4 Configure SIP POTS users. 1.
Add an SIP interface and apply an SIP agent profile to the interface. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply SIP agent profile 2 to ONU 1 and ONU 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters in an SIP agent profile are changed, the SIP agent profile must be reapplied to the ONU so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-sip add 0 1 1 sipagent-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-sip add 0 2 1 sipagent-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add POTS users. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the added SIP interface), create two POTS users named huawei1 and huawei2, set passwords to user1 and user2, set their phone numbers to 77730010 and 77730020 and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#sippstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 username huawei1 telno 77730010 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#sippstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 username huawei2 telno 77730020
Run the display sippstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display sippstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
: 1
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1084
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide Telephone NO. User name Password ...//The rest of the response
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME) : 77730010 : huawei1 : user1 information is omitted.
huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display sippstnuser attribute 0 2 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID Telephone NO. User name Password ...//The rest of the response
: 1 : 77730020 : huawei2 : user2 information is omitted.
Step 5 Apply and bind an ONU voice service profile to an SIP interface Currently, the interface common profile, SIP agent profile, SIP service data profile, and POTS port profile can be applied to an SIP interface, and the digitmap profile can be bound to an SIP interface. For profiles that can be applied to an SIP interface, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied to the SIP interface so that the changed parameters can take effect. For profiles that can be bound to an SIP interface, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles do not need to be rebound to the SIP interface and the changed parameters can take effect. The method for applying an SIP agent profile is introduced in step Step 4.1. The following will introduce the methods for applying an interface common profile, an SIP service data profile, and a POTS port profile, and the method for binding a digitmap to an SIP interface. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-sip attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-sip bat-apply from command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Apply an SIP service data profile. Run the sippstnuser rightflag command to apply an SIP service data profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-sippstnuser batapply from command to bulk apply the SIP service data profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the SIP service data profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default SIP service data profile, namely SIP service data profile 1 is used.
3.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1085
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used. 4.
Bind a digitmap profile. Run the sippstnuser digitmap command to bind a digitmap profile to an SIP interface, or run the ont-sippstnuser bat-bind from command to bulk apply the digitmap profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to bind the SIP service data profiles to SIP ports repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default digitmap profile, namely digitmap profile 1 is used.
Step 6 (Optional) Configure the SIP user codec. Run the sippstnuser codec command to configure the SIP user codec. The SIP user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Step 7 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Configuring the BTV Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the multicast service.
Prerequisites l
The IPTV WAN ports on the ONU use factory defaults.
l
The OLT has been connected to the BRAS and the multicast source.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 12-29 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1086
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Item
Data
Multicast service data
Multicast protocol: IGMP proxy Multicast version: IGMPv2 Multicast program: dynamic obtaining mode
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and prioritybased scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on an ONU. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Table 12-30 Data plan VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
l S-VLAN ID: 1000
ONU: transparently transmits the MVLAN of the user port. Multicast packets are duplicated downstream with MVLAN unchanged.
l C-VLAN ID: 1000 l MVLAN ID: 1000 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common
OLT: duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on an ONU. If the ONU is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#mapping mode port huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 1 eth 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure a VLAN translation policy for the Ethernet port on the ONU. If the ONU is connected to the HGW through Ethernet port 2, VLAN 43 of the HGW is translated to VLAN 1000 and the MVLAN of the ONU is translated to VLAN 1000. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1087
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 1000 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#multicast-forward untag huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Configure the native VLAN of the ONU port. If the ONU is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, the native VLAN ID is 1000. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 1 eth 2 vlan 1000 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 2 eth 2 vlan 1000 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1000, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to 1000, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
3.
Create an MVLAN and configure the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMPv2. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v2 This operation will delete all IPv4 programs with source IP addresses in the current multicast VLAN Are you sure to change current IGMP version? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
4.
Configure a program library. Set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic. NOTE
You can set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic only when the IGMP mode is off. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode off Are you sure to close IGMP? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match mode disable Command has been executed successfully
(Optional) Set the address range for the dynamic programs. If you need to limit the address range of dynamic programs, perform this operation. For example, set the address range of dynamic programs to 224.1.1.1-224.1.1.100. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.1.1.100
5.
Set the IGMP mode. Select the IGMP proxy mode.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1088
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
6.
Configure the IGMP upstream port. Set the IGMP upstream port ID to 0/19/0 and working mode to default. Protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
7.
(Optional) Set multicast global parameters. In this example, the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters.
8.
Configure multicast users. Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 1 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 2 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 1 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 2 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
9.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
The ONU does not need to be configured.
----End
Configuring the VoD Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the VoD service.
Prerequisites l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the program source.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 12-31 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1089
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Traffic profile
ID: 8
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and priority-based scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
2.
Perform this step in the bridging ONU+router (single VLAN tag) scenario. Table 12-32 Data plan VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
l S-VLAN ID: 1100
The ONU adds the default C-VLAN tag to packets from iTV service ports.
l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN = U-VLAN
The OLT transparently transmits S-VLAN tags.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 1100 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 4 vlan 1100 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONU. If the ONU is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 1100 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1090
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#vlan 1100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1100, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to 43, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 tag-transform transparent huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 tag-transform transparent
3.
Perform this step in the bridging ONU+router (double VLAN tags) scenario. Table 12-33 Data plan VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
l S-VLAN ID: 1100
The ONU adds C-VLAN tags to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: stacking l C'-VLAN: 2010
The OLT switches between the C-VLAN tag and the S-VLAN+C'-VLAN tag.
l C-VLAN: 2001
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 2001 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 4 vlan 2001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONU. If the ONU is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 2001. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 2001 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Set the attribute of VLAN 1100 to stacking. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#vlan 1100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 1100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 1100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1100, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to 2001, and use traffic profile 8. Set the VLAN translation policy to Translate and Add to translate the C-VLAN 2001 to C'-VLAN 2010. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multi-service user-vlan 2001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 2010 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1091
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
multi-service user-vlan 2001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 2010 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
4.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 The ONU does not need to be configured. ----End
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy Service reliability is improved by configuring uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policy for upstream queues in global configuration mode, and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global configuration mode.
Context In link aggregation, multiple uplink Ethernet ports are aggregated into a group to increase bandwidth and reliability of uplinks of the OLT. You are advised to configure link aggregation. Congestion control queues packets from one port into multiple queues and schedules the packets based on queue priorities. You are advised to configure congestion control. Security policy involves system security, user security, and service security, ensuring service security from different aspects. NOTE
l You are advised to enable the service security feature according to service types. For details, see 12.2.6 Principle of Security Data Plan. l The configuration of the system security, user security, and service security introduced in this topic is on the OLT side. The configuration on the ONU side is through the web and is simple, here we do not introduced it.
Procedure l
Configure link aggregation. On the OLT side, configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 as an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group is allocated packets based on the source MAC address. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure queue scheduling(On the OLT side). According to "12.2.2 Principle of QoS Planning", all packets are scheduled in strict priority queue mode and mapped into different queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6
l
Configure system security. –
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on the OLT. 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1092
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Enable IP address anti-attack on the OLT. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on the OLT. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
l
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on the OLT. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Configure service security. –
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Option 82 on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the DHCP-based Internet access service. 1.
DHCP Option 82 can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level. When you run this command, select the enable, forward, or rebuild parameter based on site requirements. The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. For details, see the dhcp option82 command.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1093
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– The port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the dhcp option82 enable command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 serviceport command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level. 2.
–
On the OLT, run the dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONU DHCP packets to carry Option 82 information.
Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the PPPoE-based Internet access service. 1.
PITP can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, PITP is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the pitp enable pmode, pitp forward pmode, or pitp rebuild pmode command to enable PITP at the global level. In the preceding commands, the enable, forward, and rebuild parameters can all enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. Select one of them based on site requirements. For details, see the pitp command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable PITP at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the pitp enable command to enable PITP at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the pitp service-port command to enable PITP at the service port level. 2.
On the OLT, run the pitp permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONU PPPoE packets to carry a vendor tag.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1094
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Verifying Services In the FTTO scenario, ONUs are installed at users' houses or in business buildings which are far away from the central equipment room. ONUs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation, call emulation, and multicast emulation to facilitate configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration.
Prerequisites ONUs and upper-layer devices have been connected properly. The BRAS and MGC/IMS have been configured.
Background Remote Service Verificati on Method
Function
Description
PPPoE dialup emulation
An ONU simulates a PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONU and BRAS.
l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. l A user name, password, and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. l An ONU supports a maximum of a PPPoE dialup emulation.
Call Emulation
Multicast emulation
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
An ONU simulates a voice user to make a call to check whether the voice service data is correctly configured. You can also use the call emulation function to locate a fault when the voice service is faulty.
l An ONU can simulate a caller or callee to communicate with a phone in a call. In this case, only a functional phone is required in the central office where the acceptance personnel locate.
This function enables you to simulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONU. You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real-time traffic of the multicast program.
Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function.
l An ONU supports only once call emulation.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1095
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Data plan Item
Data
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation parameters
PPPoE user name: test@huawei
The user name, password, and authentication mode for the emulation test must be configured on the BRAS. The entered user name, password, and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.
Call emulation parameters
ONU POTS ID: 1
The default values are used. You can run the display pots emulational configuration command to check the parameter values.
Multicast emulation parameters
Multicast service flow ID: 1
-
Password: test
MVLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224.1.1.10
Procedure l
Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. 1.
In the xPON board mode, run the pppoe simulate start command to start a PPPoE dialup emulation test. The service is functional if the test result is success. The following test uses GPON as an example: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#pppoe simulate start { portid }:0 { ontid }:1 { eth|untagged|vlanid }:eth { ont-portid }:4 { untagged|vlanid }:100 { priority|user-name }:user-name { username }:test@huawei { user-password }:user-password { password }:test { authentication-mode }:authentication-mode { protocol }:chap Command: pppoe simulate start 0 1 eth 4 100 user-name test@huawei userpassword test authentication-mode chap huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)# ---------------------------------ONT PPPoE Test Result ---------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 ONT ETH Port ID : 4 ONT Vlan ID : 100 Vlan Priority : Emluator result : Success
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1096
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Session ID : 18814 User IP : 172.16.100.109 Gateway IP : 172.16.100.1 ----------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the Internet access service 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONU status to check whether the ONU is registered successfully. – Run the display service-port command to check whether the Internet access service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan. – If a native VLAN is configured for the Ethernet port on the ONU, run the display ont port attribute command in the xPON board mode to check whether the native VLAN is correct.
2.
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. a.
Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the Internet service VLAN. – If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONU is activated, whether the PC is connected to the right port on the ONU, and whether the PC is working properly.
b.
Run the display ont-learned-mac command to check whether the ONU connecting to the PON port learned any MAC addresses. If not, check whether the ONU properly connects to the PC or home gateway (HGW).
l
Verify the voice service using call emulation. 1.
Run the ont emulational call command to configure a call emulation test. huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192 { |caller-stop-time }: Command: ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192
2.
The ONU outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete. The service is functional if the test result is success. huawei(config-test)# ---------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 0 ONT-POTSID : 1 Test type : caller emulational call test Detected number : 28777192 Reported number : 28777192 Current status : test end Test Result : success ----------------------------------------------------------------
l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Troubleshooting methods for the voice service. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1097
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONU status to check whether the ONU is registered successfully. – Run the display service-port command to check whether the voice service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan.
2.
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the voice service VLAN. – If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONU is activated and whether physical links are normal. – If both the upstream and downstream ports can learn the MAC address, record the MAC address of the ONU and log in to the service router (SR) to check whether an IP address is allocated to the MAC address.
3.
Check the registration status of the voice service. – You can run the display ont port state command on the OLT to query the call connection status on the POTS port. If Call State is RegisterFail or Connecting for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/ SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU. – If the ONU uses the H.248 protocol, you can run the display ont mg status command on the OLT to query the registration status of the MG interface that connects to the ONU. If MG Status is UnRegistered or Registering for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU. – You can query the registration status of the voice service on the ONU web page. If the query result shows that the registration fails or the voice service is in the registering state for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU.
l
Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation. 1.
Run the igmp static-join command to simulate a multicast user to order a multicast program. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 1 ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000 NOTE
If the multicast program is obtained dynamically, igmp static-join can be executed successfully only when the range for obtaining the dynamic program is set.
2.
Run the display igmp user command to query the status of the multicast user. The multicast user is normal if the queried result is online. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 1 User : 0/1/0/1 State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1098
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide Video flow ID Log switch Bind profiles IGMP version Current version Current IGMP IPv6 version Available programs Global leave User max bandwidth Used bandwidth(kbps) Used bandwidth to max bandwidth(%) Total video bandwidth Mcast video bandwidth Active program list
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME) : : : : : : : : : :
1 enable IGMP v3 IGMP v3 IGMP IPv6 v2 8 disable no-limit 0
: : : -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start time -------------------------------------------------------------------------PROGRAM-5 1000 224.1.1.10 watching 2011-10-29 16:33:41+08:00 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
3.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program. The multicast program can be ordered if the queried result is a non-empty value. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 { |sourceip }: Command: display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 Command is being executed. Please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 8736(kbps)
----End
12.4.2 Gateway Networking This section describes the configurations for the Internet access, voice, and video services on optical network units (ONUs) in gateway networking.
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Small- and medium-sized enterprise (SME) is positioned for small- and medium-sized enterprises with branches, campuses, and net bars.
Service Requirements In the SME scenario, optical network units (ONUs) work in gateway mode. l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Users connect to an ONU through an enterprise LAN switch. As a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client, the ONU obtains a public IP address through PPPoE dialup. As a DHCP server, the ONU assigns private IP addresses to the users. After Network Address Translation (NAT), all the users connected to the LAN switch use a public IP Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1099
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
address to access the Internet. The ONU connects to the optical line terminal (OLT) in GPON access mode and then connects to the upper-layer network, to provide the highspeed Internet access service. l
Voice service ports connect to phone sets, fax machines, or point of sale (POS) machines.
l
TVs connect to an ONU through set top boxes (STBs) to receive VoD and multicast services.
l
The Internet access, voice, and IPTV services are secure. – The Internet access service is protected against unauthorized access, user account forgery or unauthorized borrowing, MAC or IP address spoofing, and attacks from malicious users. – The voice and IPTV services are protected against MAC or IP address spoofing, attacks from malicious users, and heavy traffic.
l
A service fault is easy to locate, and services are easy to maintain.
Usage Scenario Figure 12-9 Gateway networking LSW
PC
ONU TV STB
Phone
PE-AGG
OLT Fax
NGN/IMS
UPE POS LSW
Metro Network
PC ONU
Optical splitter
IPTV Headend Internet
UPE PE-AGG
TV
STB
Phone Fax
POS
Configuration Procedure Figure 12-10 shows the configuration procedure in the FTTO small- and medium-sized enterprises (SME) scenario.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1100
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Figure 12-10 Configuration procedure in the FTTO SME scenario
The following table lists the detailed description steps. Item
Procedure
Remarks
OLT
Adding an ONU to an OLT
Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added to an OLT.
OLT
Configuring the Internet Access Service
-
Configuring the Voice Service
NOTE The H.248 and SIP protocols are mutually exclusive for the VoIP service. Only one of them is configured at a time.
ONU OLT ONU
Configuring the H.248based Voice Service (on a Web Page) Configuring the H.248based Voice Service (Through the CLI)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1101
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Procedure
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Remarks Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page) Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI)
OLT
Configuring the BTV Service
IPTV services include the VoD and multicast services that are different in configuration procedures and need to be configured separately.
OLT
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy
Service reliability is improved by configuring uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policy for upstream queues in global configuration mode, and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global configuration mode.
OLT
Verifying Services
The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONU PPPoE and DHCP dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration, avoiding a second on-site operation.
OLT
Adding an ONU to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 12-34 Data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile name: ftto_dba Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1102
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for voice services: 12 GEM port ID for video services: 13 GEM port ID for Internet access services: 14 ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser
Network topology data
PON port: 0/1/0
ONU port capability set: adaptive
ONU IDs: 1 and 2
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving upstream bandwidth utilization. l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONUside service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed by using optical network terminal management and control interface (OMCI). l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Run the display dba-profile command to query existing DBA profiles in the system. If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. Create the same DBA profile for different types of services. Set the profile name to ftto_dba, profile type to type3, assured bandwidth to 8 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 50 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name ftto_dba type3 assure 8192 max 51200 NOTE
The DBA implementation is based on an ONU. Therefore, select a DBA profile of the proper bandwidth type and configure proper bandwidth according to the service types and total user count of the ONU. Note that the sum of the fixed bandwidth and the assured bandwidth must not be greater than the total bandwidth of the PON port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1103
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Configure an ONU line profile. Create a GPON ONU line profile, named ftto_line, and bind it to the DBA profile ftto_dba. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name ftto_dba
Create different GEM ports according to different service types, in which l GEM port 11 is used to carry management services. l GEM port 12 is used to carry voice services. l GEM port 13 is used to carry video services. l GEM port 14 is used to carry Internet access services. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem
add add add add
11 12 13 14
eth eth eth eth
tcont tcont tcont tcont
4 4 4 4
NOTE
a. To change the default QoS mode, run the qos-mode command to set the QoS mode to gem-car or flow-car, and run the gem add command to set the index of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port. b. When the QoS mode is priority-queue (PQ), the default queue priority is 0; when the QoS mode is flow-car or gem-car, traffic profile 6 is bound to the GEM port by default (no rate limitation).
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters settings. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure an ONU service profile. Create a GPON ONU service profile, named ftto_ser. Configure the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port to adaptive. Then the system automatically adapts to the ONU according to the actual capability of the online ONU. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#ont-port eth adaptive pots adaptive
After the configurations are complete, run the commit command to apply the parameters setting. huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile 1 is used. The alarm thresholds of the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to configure a GPON alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONU line.
Step 2 Add an ONU. Connect two ONUs to GPON port 0/1/0. Set the ONU IDs to 1 and 2, SNs to 32303131D659FD40 and 6877687714852901, passwords to 0100000001 and 0100000002, discovery mode for password authentication to once-on, and management mode to OMCI. Bind the two ONUs to ONU line profile ftto_line and ONU service profile ftto_ser. There are two methods of adding an ONU: add an ONU offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONU. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1104
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
l Add ONUs offline. If the password of an ONU is known, run the ont add command to add an ONU offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 1 password-auth 0100000001 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 2 password-auth 0100000002 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name ftto_ser
l Confirm automatically discovered ONUs If the password or SN of an ONU is unknown, run the port portid ont-auto-find command in GPON mode to enable the ONU auto-discovery function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#port 0 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont autofind 0 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONUs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name
confirm 0 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131D659FD40 omci ftto_ser confirm 0 ontid 2 sn-auth 6877687714852901 omci ftto_ser
NOTE
If multiple ONUs of the same type bound to the same line profile or service profile are connected to the same port, you can bulk add ONUs by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONUs to make configuration easier and more efficient. To do so, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 all sn-auth omci ont-lineprofile-name ftto_line ont-srvprofile-name ftto_ser
l (Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONU. The default profile 1 is used in this example. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 1 profile-id 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 2 profile-id 1
Step 3 Check ONU status. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, Config state is normal, and Match state is match. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont info 0 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU goes online successfully. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration state of the ONU is normal. Match state : match //Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONU is consistent with the actual capability of the ONU. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1105
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
l If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module. l If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly. l If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully. ----End
Configuring the Internet Access Service The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with highspeed Internet access services.
Prerequisite l
The OLT is connected to the BRAS.
l
Related configurations are performed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users. For details about the configuration, see the configuration guide.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 12-35 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for Internet access service: 14
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure a traffic profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1106
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Set the profile ID to ftto_hsi, the CIR to 4 Mbit/s, and the priority to 0. In addition, configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftto_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Table 12-36 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
gateway ONU
Double-tagged VLAN
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 100 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: stacking
OLT: The OLT switches between the C-VLAN tag and the S-VLAN +C'-VLAN tag. All ONUs are in different C-VLANs.
l C-VLAN ID: 1001 l C'-VLAN ID: 1010-1011
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 1001 is mapped to GEM port 14 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 14 0 vlan 1001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 100, GEM port ID to 14, and user VLAN to 1001, and use traffic profile ftto_hsi. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1010 inbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 14 multi-
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1107
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
service user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1011 inbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftto_hsi
3.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure an optical network terminal (ONU) on the Web page. Layer 3 route mode is used for connecting an ONU to the upper-layer device. IP addresses of users' PCs are allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONU. PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the ONU. Parameters of the WAN port must be configured on the ONU. 1.
2.
3.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU (default: 192.168.100.1).
b.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONU.
c.
On the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password authentication is passed, the Web configuration interface is displayed.
Configure the working mode of a LAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose LAN > LAN Port Work Mode. Select the check box of LAN 1 and set LAN1 to work in the Layer 3 mode.
b.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of a WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure parameters of a WAN port as follows: – WAN Connection: Enable – Encapsulation Mode: PPPoE – WAN mode: Route WAN – Service type: INTERNET (For configuring the Internet access service, INTERNET or a combination containing INTERNET needs to be selected.) – VLAN ID: 1001 (The VLAN ID of the ONU must be the same as the userside VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – 802.1p: 1 – User Name: iadtest@pppoe, Password: iadtest (The user name and password must be the same as the user name and password configured on the BRAS.) – Binding options: LAN1 – IP acquisition Mode: PPPoE
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1108
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– NAT: Enable (NAT must be enabled to configure the Internet access service.)
c. 4.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Save the configuration. In the navigation tree, choose System Tools > Configuration File. In the right pane, click Save Configuration to save the configuration.
5.
Check the ONU connection status. In the navigation tree, choose Status > WAN Information. In the right pane, Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1109
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (on a Web Page) The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the IPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service.
Prerequisite l
The interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC.
l
The OLT has been connected to the MGC. The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the ONU software version supports H.248. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Context Table 12-37 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Networking data
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftto_voip cir off priority 5 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1110
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Table 12-38 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 300
Scenario 2
Single VLAN tag l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 3001
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags (the CVLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN). ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN. OLT: The OLT switches between C-VLAN tags and S-VLAN tags (C-VLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Scenario 1: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip
Scenario 2: Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1111
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 300 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip
3.
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same S-VLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
4.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONU on the Web page. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU (default: 192.168.100.1).
b.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONU.
c.
On the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password authentication is passed, the Web configuration interface is displayed.
Configure parameters of a voice WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure parameters of a WAN port as follows: – WAN Connection: Enable
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1112
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– Service List: VoIP (For configuring the VoIP service, VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected.) – Mode: Route – VLAN ID: 300 (The VLAN ID of the ONU must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – 802.1p: 5 – IP Acquisition Mode: DHCP
c. 3.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure the parameters of the H.248-based voice interface. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure the parameters of the H.248-based voice interface as follows (other parameters use the default settings): – Set MGC Address below Primary Server to 200.200.200.200. – MID Format: DomainName – MG Domain: 6877687714852901 – Signaling Port: 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 – Region: China
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1113
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
NOTE
l The parameters of the H.248-based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the media gateway controller (MGC). l If dual-homing is configured, MGC Address below Secondary Server must be configured. l MID Format can be set to Domain Name, IP, or Device. If MID Format is set to Domain Name or Device, the setting must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. l Domain Name is ONU's domain name registered with the MGC. It is globally unique. Domain Name in this example is ONU's SN. l If Media Port is empty, the parameter value is the same as Signaling Port. The media streams are not isolated from signaling streams. If the upper-layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT, create different WAN ports on the ONU, and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port. l Profile Index can be set to Default, BT, FT, KPN, PCCW, ZTE, or BELL. Choose the value based on the MGC type. Profile Index is set to Default (indicating interconnection with Huawei MGC) in this example. If the settings do not meet requirements, configure UserDefine. For details about how to configure this parameter, contact Huawei technical support engineers. l When the ONU is interconnected with a third-party softswitch, check RTP TID Prefix, Start Number of RTP TID, and Width of RTP TID Number.
c. 4.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of the H.248-based voice users. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure the parameters of voice user 1 as follows: – Line Name: A0 – Associated POTS: 1 (binding port TEL1 on the ONU)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1114
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration. c.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
d.
In the right pane, click New to add voice user 2, and configure the parameters of voice user 2 as follows: – Line Name: A1 – Associated POTS: 2 (binding port TEL2 on the ONU) – Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration.
e.
Click Apply to apply the configuration. NOTE
l The terminal IDs A0 and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. l If Associated POTS is 1, port TEL1 on the ONU is bound. If Associated POTS is 2, port TEL2 on the ONU is bound.
5.
(Optional) Configure a route. Perform this operation if the IP address of the ONU and the IP address of the voice server are in different network segments. a.
Choose Route > Default Route Configuration from the main menu.
b.
Select Enable the default route and set WAN name to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300. Figure 12-11 shows the settings. Figure 12-11 Configuring a route
c. 6.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Save the configuration. In the navigation tree, choose System Tools > Configuration File. In the right pane, click Save Configuration to save the configuration.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1115
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
7.
Restart the voice process. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, click Restart VoIP.
8.
Check the ONU connection status. In the navigation tree, choose Status > WAN Information. In the right pane, Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address.
9.
Check the registration status of a voice user. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, User Status is Up.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1116
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Configuring the H.248-based Voice Service (Through the CLI) The OLT manages ONUs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONU using the OMCI protocol. This topic describes how to configure the H.248-based voice service.
Prerequisite l
The interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC.
l
The OLT has been connected to the MGC. The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the ONU software version supports H.248. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Context Table 12-39 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Networking data
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Step 2 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1117
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Table 12-40 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same CVLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 300
Scenario 2
Single VLAN tag l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 3001
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags (the CVLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN). ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same CVLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN. OLT: The OLT switches between C-VLAN tags and SVLAN tags (C-VLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Scenario 1: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftto_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name
Scenario 2: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1118
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 300 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip
Step 3 Configure ONU voice service profiles. ONU voice service profiles include the interface common profile, MGC interface profile, and POTS port profile. l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONU voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l MGC interface profile: saves the IP address or domain name of the MGC, protocol port ID of the MGC transport layer to which the MG interface belongs, and DSCP priority of media packets. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONU, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an MGC interface profile. Run the display ont-mgc-profile command to query the existing MGC interface profile in the system. If the existing MGC interface profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mgc-profile add command to add an MGC interface profile. Create MGC interface profile 2, set the IP address of the MGC to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-mgc-profile add profile-id 2 primary-mgc 200.200.200.200
3.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 4 Configure the IP addresses of ONU SIP users. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the static mode, set the IP addresses to 10.10.10.10/24 and 10.10.10.20/24, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1119
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 5 Configure H.248 POTS users. 1.
Add an H.248 interface and apply an MGC interface profile to the interface. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply MGC interface profile 2 to ONU 1 and ONU 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters of an MGC interface profile are changed, the MGC interface profile must be reapplied to the ONU so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 1 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 2 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add POTS users. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, create a POTS user, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the H.248 interface), and set the physical terminal port ID to A0 and A1. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 terminalid A0 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 terminalid A1
Run the display mgpstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A0 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 2 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A1 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
Step 6 Apply ONU voice service profiles After ONU voice service profiles are applied, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied so that the changed parameters can take effect. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-h248 attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-h248 batapply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Apply a POTS port profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1120
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used. Step 7 (Optional) Configure the H.248 user codec. Run the mgpstnuser codec command to configure the H.248 user codec. The H.248 user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Step 8 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (on a Web Page) The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the IPbased high-quality and low-cost VoIP service.
Prerequisite l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
l
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONU software version supports SIP. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Data Plan Table 12-41 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1121
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Item
Data
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 Home domain name: huawei.com User phone number 1: 77730010 User phone number 2: 77730020
Procedure l
Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftto_voip cir off priority 5 prioritypolicy local-setting
2.
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow. Table 12-42 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 300
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags (the CVLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN).
1122
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 2
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 3001
OLT: The OLT switches between C-VLAN tags and S-VLAN tags (C-VLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Scenario 1: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name ftto_voip
Scenario 2: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 300 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1123
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip
3.
Enable the ARP proxy function. Voice media streams for different users of the same S-VLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other. Therefore, the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
4.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
l
Configure the ONU on the Web page. 1.
2.
Log in to the Web configuration window. a.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU (default: 192.168.100.1).
b.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONU.
c.
On the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password authentication is passed, the Web configuration interface is displayed.
Configure parameters of a voice WAN port. a.
In the navigation tree, choose WAN > WAN Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure parameters of a WAN port as follows: – WAN Connection: Enable – Service List: VoIP (For configuring the VoIP service, VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected.) – Mode: Route – VLAN ID: 300 (The VLAN ID of the ONU must be the same as the user-side VLAN ID configured on the OLT.) – 802.1p: 5 – IP Acquisition Mode: DHCP
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1124
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 3.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of the SIP-based voice interface. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure parameters of the SIP-based voice interface as follows (other parameters use the default settings): – Set Proxy Server Address below Primary Server to 200.200.200.200. – Home Domain: softx3000.huawei.com – Signaling Port: 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 – Region: China NOTE
l The parameters of the SIP-based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch. l If dual-homing is configured, Proxy Server Address below Secondary Server must be configured. l If Signaling Port is empty, the parameter value is the same as Media Port. If the upperlayer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams, create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT, create different WAN ports on the ONU, and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port. When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports, the configured VLAN is carried by default.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1125
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
c. 4.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Configure parameters of the SIP-based voice users. a.
In the navigation tree, choose Voice > VoIP Basic Configuration.
b.
In the right pane, configure parameters of voice user 1 as follows: – Register User Name: 80001234 – Auth User Name:
[email protected] – Password: iadtest1 – Associated POTS: 1 (binding port TEL1 on the ONU) – Select Enable to enable the voice user configuration.
c.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
d.
Register User Name: 80001235
e.
Auth User Name:
[email protected]
f.
Password: iadtest2
g.
Associated POTS: 2 (binding port TEL2 on the ONU)
h.
Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration.
i.
Click Apply to apply the configuration. NOTE
l The parameters of the SIP-based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch. l If Associated POTS is 1, port TEL1 on the ONU is bound. If Associated POTS is 2, port TEL2 on the ONU is bound.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1126
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
5.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
(Optional) Configure a route. Perform this operation if the IP address of the ONU and the IP address of the voice server are in different network segments. a.
Choose Route > Default Route Configuration from the main menu.
b.
Select Enable the default route and set WAN name to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300. Figure 12-12 shows the settings. Figure 12-12 Configuring a route
c. 6.
Click Apply to apply the configuration.
Save the configuration. In the navigation tree, choose System Tools > Configuration File. In the right pane, click Save Configuration to save the configuration.
7.
Restart the voice process. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, click Restart VoIP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1127
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Check the ONU connection status. In the navigation tree, choose Status > WAN Information. In the right pane, Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address.
9.
Check the registration status of the voice user. In the navigation tree, choose Status > VoIP Information. In the right pane, User Status is Up.
----End
Configuring the SIP-based Voice Service (Through the CLI) The OLT manages ONUs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONU using the OMCI protocol. This topic describes how to configure the SIP-based voice service.
Prerequisite l
The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server.
l
The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up. The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see Adding an ONT to an OLT.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1128
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Different voice services require different ONU software versions. Before the configuration, ensure that the current ONU software version supports SIP. For details, see relevant ONU manuals.
Data Plan Table 12-43 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Voice parameter
IP address of the SIP server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the SIP server: 5060 Home domain name: huawei.com User phone number 1: 77730010 User phone number 2: 77730020
Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile. Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates. Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Step 2 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. Create a service VLAN and a service flow.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1129
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Table 12-44 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Single VLAN tag
ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same CVLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 300
Scenario 2
Single VLAN tag l S-VLAN ID: 300 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: common l C-VLAN ID: 3001
OLT: The OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags (the CVLAN is the same as the planned S-VLAN). ONU: Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same CVLAN tag to packets. All ONUs are in the same C-VLAN. OLT: The OLT switches between C-VLAN tags and SVLAN tags (C-VLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Scenario 1: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftto_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftto_voip outbound traffic-table name
Scenario 2: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1130
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 300 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftto_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftto_voip
Step 3 Configure ONU voice service profiles. ONU voice service profiles include the interface common profile, SIP agent profile, SIP service data profile, POTS port profile, and digitmap profile. l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONU voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l SIP agent profile: saves the SIP agent information about an ONU, including the IP address and domain name of the SIP agent server and attributes of media packets and signaling packets. l SIP service data profile: saves the data information about ONU voice services, including the rights of the call waiting service, three-party service, call forwarding service, and call holding service. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONU, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. l Digitmap profile: saves the digitmap information about an ONU, including the timeout time of the digitmap timer and the digitmap format. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an SIP agent profile. Run the display ont-sipagent-profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system. If the existing SIP agent profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-sipagent-profile add command to add an SIP agent profile. Create SIP agent profile 2, set the IP address of the SIP server to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-sipagent-profile add profile-id 2 proxy-server 200.200.200.200
3.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure an SIP service data profile. Run the display ont-siprightflag-profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system. If the existing SIP service data profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-siprightflag-profile add command to add an SIP service data profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1131
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
In this example, the default SIP service data profile, namely SIP service data profile 1 is used. 4.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
5.
Configure a digitmap profile. Run the display ont-digitmap-profile command to query the existing digitmap profile in the system. If the existing digitmap profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-digitmap-profile add command to add a digitmap profile. In this example, the default digitmap profile, namely digitmap profile 1 is used.
Step 4 Configure an IP address for an ONU SIP user. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the DHCP mode, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 5 Configure SIP POTS users. 1.
Add an SIP interface and apply an SIP agent profile to the interface. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply SIP agent profile 2 to ONU 1 and ONU 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters in an SIP agent profile are changed, the SIP agent profile must be reapplied to the ONU so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-sip add 0 1 1 sipagent-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-sip add 0 2 1 sipagent-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add POTS users. For ONU 1 and ONU 2, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the added SIP interface), create two POTS users named huawei1 and huawei2, set passwords to user1 and user2, set their phone numbers to 77730010 and 77730020 and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#sippstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 username huawei1 telno 77730010 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#sippstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 username huawei2 telno 77730020
Run the display sippstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display sippstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID Telephone NO. User name Password ...//The rest of the response
: 1 : 77730010 : huawei1 : user1 information is omitted.
huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display sippstnuser attribute 0 2 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1132
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID Telephone NO. User name Password ...//The rest of the response
: 1 : 77730020 : huawei2 : user2 information is omitted.
Step 6 Apply and bind an ONU voice service profile to an SIP interface Currently, the interface common profile, SIP agent profile, SIP service data profile, and POTS port profile can be applied to an SIP interface, and the digitmap profile can be bound to an SIP interface. For profiles that can be applied to an SIP interface, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied to the SIP interface so that the changed parameters can take effect. For profiles that can be bound to an SIP interface, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles do not need to be rebound to the SIP interface and the changed parameters can take effect. The method for applying an SIP agent profile is introduced in step Step 5.1. The following will introduce the methods for applying an interface common profile, an SIP service data profile, and a POTS port profile, and the method for binding a digitmap to an SIP interface. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-sip attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-sip bat-apply from command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Apply an SIP service data profile. Run the sippstnuser rightflag command to apply an SIP service data profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-sippstnuser batapply from command to bulk apply the SIP service data profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the SIP service data profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default SIP service data profile, namely SIP service data profile 1 is used.
3.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
4.
Bind a digitmap profile. Run the sippstnuser digitmap command to bind a digitmap profile to an SIP interface, or run the ont-sippstnuser bat-bind from command to bulk apply the digitmap profiles to
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1133
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
SIP interfaces. If you use these two commands to bind the SIP service data profiles to SIP ports repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default digitmap profile, namely digitmap profile 1 is used. Step 7 (Optional) Configure the SIP user codec. Run the sippstnuser codec command to configure the SIP user codec. The SIP user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Step 8 Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Configuring the BTV Service The OLT is connected to the remote gateway ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the bridge WAN multicast service.
Prerequisites l
The IPTV WAN ports on the ONU use factory defaults.
l
The OLT has been connected to the BRAS and the multicast source.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 12-45 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
Multicast service data
Multicast protocol: IGMP proxy Multicast version: IGMPv2 Multicast program: dynamic obtaining mode
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1134
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and priority-based scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
2.
Configure the VLAN and service flows. Table 12-46 Data plan VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Single VLAN tag
ONU: duplicates multicast packets based on user ports and MVLANs are stripped off downstream.
l S-VLAN ID: 1000 l MVLAN ID: 1000 l VLAN type: smart
OLT: duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged.
l VLAN attribute: common
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on an ONU. If the ONU is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 2 vlan 1000 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the multicast forwarding mode is untagged. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftto_ser huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#multicast-forward untag huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1000, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to 1000, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1135
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
3.
Create an MVLAN and configure the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMPv2. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v2 This operation will delete all IPv4 programs with source IP addresses in the current multicast VLAN Are you sure to change current IGMP version? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
4.
Configure a program library. Set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic. NOTE
You can set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic only when the IGMP mode is off. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode off Are you sure to close IGMP? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match mode disable Command has been executed successfully
(Optional) Set the address range for the dynamic programs. If you need to limit the address range of dynamic programs, perform this operation. For example, set the address range of dynamic programs to 224.1.1.1-224.1.1.100. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.1.1.100
5.
Set the IGMP mode. Select the IGMP proxy mode. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
6.
Configure the IGMP upstream port. Set the IGMP upstream port ID to 0/19/0 and working mode to default. Protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
7.
(Optional) Set multicast global parameters. In this example, the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters.
8.
Configure multicast users. Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 1 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 2 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 1 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 2 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
9. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Save the data. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1136
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#save
Step 2 The ONU does not need to be configured. ----End
Configuring the VoD Service The OLT is connected to the remote gateway ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the VoD service.
Prerequisites l
The IPTV WAN ports on the ONU use factory defaults.
l
The OLT has been connected to the BRAS and the program source.
l
The ONU has been added to the OLT. For details, see 12.3.3 Adding an ONU to an OLT.
Data Plan Table 12-47 Data plan Item
Data
ONU line profile
Profile name: ftto_line T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13
ONU service profile
Profile name: ftto_ser ONU port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. Set the CIR to off (unlimited), priority to 4, and priority-based scheduling policy to local-setting (that is, queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile). NOTE
Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1137
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
2.
Configure the VLAN and service flows. Table 12-48 Data plan VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Single VLAN tag
The ONU adds CVALN tags to packets: untagged C-VLAN tag.
l S-VLAN ID: 1100 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common
The OLT implements VLAN translation: C-VLAN tag S-VLAN tag.
l C-VLAN: 2001
Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 2001 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftto_line huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 4 vlan 2001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#vlan 1100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the S-VLAN to 1100, GEM port ID to 13, and C-VLAN to 2001, and use traffic profile 8. Set the VLAN translation policy to Translate. The C-VLAN 2001 of the ONU is translated to S-VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multi-service user-vlan 2001 tag-transform translate rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 multi-service user-vlan 2001 tag-transform translate rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
3.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 The ONU does not need to be configured. ----End
Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy Service reliability is improved by configuring uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policy for upstream queues in global configuration mode, and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global configuration mode.
Context In link aggregation, multiple uplink Ethernet ports are aggregated into a group to increase bandwidth and reliability of uplinks of the OLT. You are advised to configure link aggregation. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1138
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Congestion control queues packets from one port into multiple queues and schedules the packets based on queue priorities. You are advised to configure congestion control. Security policy involves system security, user security, and service security, ensuring service security from different aspects. NOTE
l You are advised to enable the service security feature according to service types. For details, see 12.2.6 Principle of Security Data Plan. l The configuration of the system security, user security, and service security introduced in this topic is on the OLT side. The configuration on the ONU side is through the web and is simple, here we do not introduced it.
Procedure l
Configure link aggregation. On the OLT side, configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 as an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group is allocated packets based on the source MAC address. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure queue scheduling(On the OLT side). According to "12.2.2 Principle of QoS Planning", all packets are scheduled in strict priority queue mode and mapped into different queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on the OLT. 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on the OLT. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on the OLT. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on the OLT. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode:
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1139
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Configure service security. –
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Option 82 on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the DHCP-based Internet access service. 1.
DHCP Option 82 can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level. When you run this command, select the enable, forward, or rebuild parameter based on site requirements. The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. For details, see the dhcp option82 command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the dhcp option82 enable command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the dhcp option82 serviceport command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level. 2.
–
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
On the OLT, run the dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONU DHCP packets to carry Option 82 information.
Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) on the OLT. This configuration is recommended for the PPPoE-based Internet access service. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1140
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
PITP can be enabled or disabled at four levels: global, port, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels. Among the four levels, PITP is disabled only at the global level by default. – The global level: In global config mode, run the pitp enable pmode, pitp forward pmode, or pitp rebuild pmode command to enable PITP at the global level. In the preceding commands, the enable, forward, and rebuild parameters can all enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT. Select one of them based on site requirements. For details, see the pitp command. – The port level: In global config mode, run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable PITP at the port level. – The VLAN level: a.
In global config mode, run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the pitp enable command to enable PITP at the VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
– The service port level: In global config mode, run the pitp service-port command to enable PITP at the service port level. 2.
On the OLT, run the pitp permit-forwarding service-port command with the enable parameter selected, to allow ONU PPPoE packets to carry a vendor tag.
----End
Verifying Services In the FTTO scenario, ONUs are installed at users' houses or in business buildings which are far away from the central equipment room. ONUs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation, call emulation, and multicast emulation to facilitate configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration.
Prerequisites ONUs and upper-layer devices have been connected properly. The BRAS and MGC/IMS have been configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1141
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Background Remote Service Verificati on Method
Function
Description
PPPoE dialup emulation
An ONU simulates a PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONU and BRAS.
l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. l A user name, password, and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. l An ONU supports a maximum of a PPPoE dialup emulation.
An ONU simulates a voice user to make a call to check whether the voice service data is correctly configured. You can also use the call emulation function to locate a fault when the voice service is faulty.
l An ONU can simulate a caller or callee to communicate with a phone in a call. In this case, only a functional phone is required in the central office where the acceptance personnel locate.
Multicast emulation
This function enables you to simulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONU. You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real-time traffic of the multicast program.
Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function.
Item
Data
Remarks
PPPoE dialup emulation parameters
PPPoE user name: test@huawei
The user name, password, and authentication mode for the emulation test must be configured on the BRAS. The entered user name, password, and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.
Call emulation parameters
ONU POTS ID: 1
Call Emulation
l An ONU supports only once call emulation.
Data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Password: test
The default values are used. You can run the display pots emulational configuration command to check the parameter values.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1142
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Item
Data
Remarks
Multicast emulation parameters
Multicast service flow ID: 1
-
MVLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224.1.1.10
Procedure l
Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. 1.
In the xPON board mode, run the pppoe simulate start command to start a PPPoE dialup emulation test. The service is functional if the test result is success. The following test uses GPON as an example: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#pppoe simulate start { portid }:0 { ontid }:1 { eth|untagged|vlanid }:eth { ont-portid }:4 { untagged|vlanid }:100 { priority|user-name }:user-name { username }:test@huawei { user-password }:user-password { password }:test { authentication-mode }:authentication-mode { protocol }:chap Command: pppoe simulate start 0 1 eth 4 100 user-name test@huawei userpassword test authentication-mode chap huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)# ---------------------------------ONT PPPoE Test Result ---------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 ONT ETH Port ID : 4 ONT Vlan ID : 100 Vlan Priority : Emluator result : Success Session ID : 18814 User IP : 172.16.100.109 Gateway IP : 172.16.100.1 ----------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the Internet access service 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONU status to check whether the ONU is registered successfully. – Run the display service-port command to check whether the Internet access service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1143
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– If a native VLAN is configured for the Ethernet port on the ONU, run the display ont port attribute command in the xPON board mode to check whether the native VLAN is correct. 2.
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. a.
Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the Internet service VLAN. – If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONU is activated, whether the PC is connected to the right port on the ONU, and whether the PC is working properly.
b.
Run the display ont-learned-mac command to check whether the ONU connecting to the PON port learned any MAC addresses. If not, check whether the ONU properly connects to the PC or home gateway (HGW).
l
Verify the voice service using call emulation. 1.
Run the ont emulational call command to configure a call emulation test. huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192 { |caller-stop-time }: Command: ont emulational call caller-port 0/1/0 1 1 telno 28777192
2.
The ONU outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete. The service is functional if the test result is success. huawei(config-test)# ---------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 0 ONT-POTSID : 1 Test type : caller emulational call test Detected number : 28777192 Reported number : 28777192 Current status : test end Test Result : success ----------------------------------------------------------------
l
Troubleshooting methods for the voice service. 1.
Check whether configurations are complete on the OLT. – Run the display ont info command to query the ONU status to check whether the ONU is registered successfully. – Run the display service-port command to check whether the voice service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan.
2.
Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status. Run the display mac-address vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the voice service VLAN.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1144
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
– If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address, check the network connections between the upstream port and upper-layer devices and check the configurations of upper-layer devices. – If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address, check whether the ONU is activated and whether physical links are normal. – If both the upstream and downstream ports can learn the MAC address, record the MAC address of the ONU and log in to the service router (SR) to check whether an IP address is allocated to the MAC address. 3.
Check the registration status of the voice service. – You can run the display ont port state command on the OLT to query the call connection status on the POTS port. If Call State is RegisterFail or Connecting for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/ SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU. – If the ONU uses the H.248 protocol, you can run the display ont mg status command on the OLT to query the registration status of the MG interface that connects to the ONU. If MG Status is UnRegistered or Registering for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU. – You can query the registration status of the voice service on the ONU web page. If the query result shows that the registration fails or the voice service is in the registering state for a long time, check whether the voice configuration on the MGC/SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU.
l
Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation. 1.
Run the igmp static-join command to simulate a multicast user to order a multicast program. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 1 ip 224.1.1.10 vlan 1000 NOTE
If the multicast program is obtained dynamically, igmp static-join can be executed successfully only when the range for obtaining the dynamic program is set.
2.
Run the display igmp user command to query the status of the multicast user. The multicast user is normal if the queried result is online. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 1 User : 0/1/0/1 State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 1 Video flow ID : 1 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : IGMP version : IGMP v3 Current version : IGMP v3 Current IGMP IPv6 version : IGMP IPv6 v2 Available programs : 8 Global leave : disable User max bandwidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 0 Used bandwidth to max bandwidth(%) : Total video bandwidth : Mcast video bandwidth : Active program list
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1145
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start time -------------------------------------------------------------------------PROGRAM-5 1000 224.1.1.10 watching 2011-10-29 16:33:41+08:00 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
3.
Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program. The multicast program can be ordered if the queried result is a non-empty value. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 { |sourceip }: Command: display multicast flow-statistic vlan 1000 ip 224.1.1.10 Command is being executed. Please wait... Multicast flow statistic result: 8736(kbps)
----End
12.4.3 Layer 2 Interoperation Service Between Enterprise Branches Different branches of an enterprise can achieve Layer 2 interoperation through ONUs. Then, different branches can transmit service traffic to each other just like in the same LAN, which can improve coordination work efficiency.
Service Requirement and Application Scenario Service Requirement An enterprise that has multiple branches requires intercommunication between different branches or between its headquarter and branches. Virtual private network (VPN) can achieve secure interconnection but requires additional devices and complex management. It requires high costs even if a leased VPN is used. In addition, the bandwidth provided by a VPN is limited due to restricted VPN access modes and the bandwidth control is inflexible. To address the preceding problems, the Layer 2 interoperation technology using fiber access is put forward and becomes the main trend.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 12-13, ONUs are deployed in branches of an enterprise. The ONUs access and converge Ethernet services of the enterprise through GE/FE ports and transmit the services to the OLT. The OLT implements Layer 2 interoperation between different branches of the enterprise. ONUs supporting this scenario: MA5612, MA5628 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1146
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Figure 12-13 Network diagram for Layer 2 interoperation between enterprise branches
IP/MPLS
ONU 1 GE/FE
Headquarter
ONU 2 GE/FE
GE/FE
Branch A
Branch B
Service flows between enterprise branches
Note: Because the bandwidth of upstream and downstream PON ports is fixed, the number of enterprises connected to an OLT is limited when the enterprises require symmetric bandwidth. When an enterprise requires 100 Mbit/s symmetric bandwidth and uses an 8-channel PON board: 1.
The number of enterprises or branches connected to a PON port should not exceed eight.
2.
The number of enterprises or branches connected to a PON board should not exceed 64.
3.
The number of enterprises connected to an OLT cannot exceed 200 (20G/100M) if the upstream bandwidth is 2 x 10GE. (The number of enterprises connected to an OLT is mainly restricted by the upstream bandwidth.)
Configuration Procedure Figure 12-14 shows the configuration procedure for Layer 2 interoperation between branches of an enterprise.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1147
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Figure 12-14 Configuration procedure for Layer 2 interoperation between branches of an enterprise
The following table lists the detailed description steps.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Item
Procedure
Remarks
OLT
Adding an ONU to an OLT
This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT. ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully.
OLT
Configuring Layer 2 Interoperation Service Ports on OLT
None
OLT
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies
This topic describes how to configure global priority-based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security.
OLT
Configuring E2E Reliability
The upstream and downstream networking protection ensures the E2E reliability. Link aggregation and protection groups can be configured for upstream networking protection. Type x protection for PON ports can be configured for downstream networking protection.
OLT
Verifying Services
None
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1148
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT. ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully.
Context l
When adding ONUs, you need to bind related profiles to the ONUs, including the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. For the functions of each profile and how to configure profiles, see Table 12-49. Table 12-49 ONU profile
l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Profile Type
Function
Command
DBA profile
Describes GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving upstream bandwidth utilization.
Query: display dba-profile
Line profile
Describes the binding relationship between T-CONTs and DBA profiles, QoS mode of service flows, and mapping between GEM ports and services on ONUs.
Query: display ont-lineprofile
Service profile
Describes the parameters of the ONT managed by the OLT in OMCI mode.
Query: display ont-srvprofile
Alarm profile
Provides a series of alarm threshold parameters that are used for performance measurement and monitoring of activated ONU lines.
Query: display gpon alarm-profile
Add: dba-profile add
Add: ont-lineprofile add
Add: ont-srvprofile add
Add: gpon alarm-profile add
An ONU can be added in two modes. Select either mode as required. Mode
Usage Scenario
Command
Offline addition
The password or serial number of an ONU has been obtained.
Run the ont add command to add the ONU.
Online confirmat ion
The password and serial number of an ONU are unknown.
Run the port ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the automatic discovery function for the GPON port and run the ont confirm command to add the ONU.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1149
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Data Planning Table 12-50 Key data plan Configuration Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile ID: 20 Profile type: Type 3 Assured bandwidth: 100 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 120 Mbit/s
Line profile
Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for Layer 2 interoperation service: 12
Service profile
Profile ID: 11 Ethernet and POTS port capability set: adaptive ID of the ONU Ethernet VLAN: 300 NOTE Ensure that the capability set of the service profile is greater than or equal to that of the device. Otherwise, some ports fail to be configured.
Networking data
For example, add two ONUs (ONU 1 and ONU 2) for carrying services of different branches. l ONU 1 is connected to PON port 0/3/1. l ONU 2 is connected to PON port 0/4/1.
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 20 type3 assure 102400 max 122880
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. a.
Create GPON ONU line profile 10. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 NOTE
Create a line profile according to the data plan. The ID of the line profile to be created cannot conflict with existing profile IDs in the system. In this example, the ID of the line profile is 10.
b.
In the line profile configuration mode, bind T-CONT 4 to DBA profile 20. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 4 dba-profile-id 20
c.
In the line profile configuration mode, bind GEM ports to T-CONTs. Add GEM port 12 for carrying the Layer 2 interoperation service flow.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1150
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
GEM port 11 is bound to T-CONT 4. During configuration, set QoS policies for each service flow. For details on QoS data planning, see 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 4 cascade on
d.
Configure mapping between GEM ports and ONU-side services. Set the mapping mode to VLAN mode (the default mode). Map Layer 2 interoperation service flow (C-VLAN 300) to GEM port 12. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 vlan 300
e.
After the configuration is complete, run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3.
Configure an ONU service profile. a.
Create a GPON ONU service profile with ID 11. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-id 11 NOTE
Ensure that the ID of the service profile to be created does not exist in the system. Create a service profile according to the planned data. Service profile 11 is used as an example.
b.
Configure the Ethernet and POTS port capability set to adaptive. Then, the system adapts the capability to the actual capability of the online ONU. huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-11)#ont-port eth adaptive pots adaptive
c.
Add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 300. huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-11)#port vlan eth 1 300
d.
Run the commit command to make the configurations take effect. huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-11)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-11)#quit
4.
Set the ID of the native VLAN containing Ethernet port 1 to 300. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont port native-vlan 1 1 eth 1 vlan 300 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/4 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/4)#ont port native-vlan 1 2 eth 1 vlan 300 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/4)#quit
5.
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile ID is 1. The value of each alarm threshold is 0 which indicates that alarms are not reported. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and no configuration is required.
Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 and ONU2 in offline mode. Connect ONU 1 and ONU 2 to GPON ports 0/3/1 and 0/4/1 respectively through an optical splitter. The serial numbers of the two ONUs are 32303131B39FD641 and 32303131B39FD642 respectively, and the management mode is OMCI. Both the ONUs are bound to line profile 10 and service profile 11. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 omci ont-lineprofile-id 10 ont-srvprofile-id 11 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1151
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/4 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/4)#ont add 1 ontid 2 sn-auth 32303131B39FD642 omci ont-lineprofile-id 10 ont-srvprofile-id 11
2.
(Optional) Bind an alarm profile. By default, an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 (default profile). You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements. In this example, the default alarm profile is used. Therefore, you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile.
Step 3 Confirm the ONU status. After adding an ONU, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU is online. Config state : normal //Indicates that the ONU is in normal state. ...//Other command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1152
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Configuring Layer 2 Interoperation Service Ports on OLT This topic describes how to configure service ports on the OLT for Layer 2 interoperation so that data packets sent from different ONUs can be forwarded based on the same VLAN at Layer 2.
Prerequisites 1.
The main control board on the device is an SCUN board.
2.
The ARP proxy function is disabled using the arp proxy disable command. (The Layer 2 interoperation function and ARP proxy function are mutually exclusive.)
Data Plan Configuratio n Item
Data
Layer 2 interoperation SVLAN
OLT VLAN ID (the OLT transparently transmits VLANs of ONU): 300 VLAN forwarding mode: vlan-mac (default) ONU VLAN ID: 300 Service flow ID: 301
Traffic profile
Profile ID: 10 Assured bandwidth: 100 Mbit/s Upstream priority: 4
NOTE
For detailed data planning, see 13.2.2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan.
Procedure Step 1 Configure an SVLAN and add an upstream port to it. Set the SVLAN ID of the Layer 2 interoperation service to 300, VLAN type to smart VLAN, and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. Add a new traffic profile 10 and set the assured rate to 100 Mbit/s. Packets transmitted upstream use the priority (4 by default) copied from the user side. Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir 102400 priority user-cos 4 prioritypolicy tag-in-package
Step 3 Configure a service port to receive and transparently transmit the Layer 2 interoperation service that is sent from ONU 1 and ONU 2. Set the service attributes based on the data plan: Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1153
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
l For the OLT, set the SVLAN ID to 300, CVLAN ID to 300 which is the same as the upstream VLAN ID of the ONU, and GEM port ID to 12 for the Layer 2 interoperation service. l For ONUs, set the upstream VLAN ID to 300. huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 huawei(config)#service-port 302 vlan 300 gpon 0/4/1 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
Step 4 Configure attributes for protocol transparent transmission. Create a VLAN service profile, enable the VLAN Layer 2 interoperation function, and configure attributes for protocol transparent transmission. Then, bind the profile to VLAN 300. For details on data planning for protocol transparent transmission, see 13.2.4 Principle of Protocol Transparent Transmission Data Plan. huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#user-bridging enable //Mandatory huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#bpdu tunnel enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#ospf tunnel enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#rip tunnel enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#vtp-cdp tunnel enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-unknown policy service-port 301 transparent huawei(config)#multicast-unknown policy service-port 302 transparent huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 300 profile-id 1
----End
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority-based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security.
Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies cover system security, user security, and service security, which ensure normal running of services. NOTE
l You are advised to enable the service security feature according to service types. For details, see 13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan. l The configuration of the system security, user security, and service security introduced in this topic is on the OLT side. The configuration on the ONU side is through the web and is simple, here we do not introduced it.
Procedure l
Configure queue scheduling. Based on 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan, all packets use strict priorities for queue scheduling and are mapped to queues based on priorities.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1154
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 //System default
l
Configure system security policies. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on the OLT. 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on the OLT. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security policies. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on the OLT. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
–
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on the OLT. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to globally enable IP address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing at VLAN level, perform the following operations to enable IP address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
The service port level: In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
----End
Configuring E2E Reliability This topic describes how to configure end-to-end (E2E) protection schemes for the enterprise private line service which has a high requirement on service reliability.
Context Reliability covers equipment reliability, upstream networking protection, and downstream networking protection. For details on reliability data planning, see 13.2.6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan. l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Upstream networking protection includes link aggregation group and protection group. Usually, link aggregation group is configured when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1155
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
upstream; protection group is configured when the main control board is used to transmit traffic upstream. The two protection schemes are not configured at the same time. l
Downstream networking protection includes Type B, Type C single homing, and Type C dual homing, which are used to protect service ports. Ports on the same ONU can be configured only with the same protection scheme. NOTE
This topic describes how to configure five mainstream protection schemes. Select required protection schemes based on the carrier's requirement and actual networking scenario.
Procedure l
Configure a link aggregation group. Bind upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 together as an aggregation link group. Each member port in the group transmits packets based on source MAC addresses. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure a protection group. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 on board GIU as a port protection group. Set port 0/19/0 as the working port and port 0/19/1 as the protection port, set the working mode to time delay detection, and enable the protection group. huawei(config-protect)#protect-group first 0/19/0 second 0/19/1 eth workmode timedelay enable
l
Configure the Type B protection. Figure 12-15 shows the Type B protection networking diagram. Figure 12-15 Type B protection
ONU OLT Backbone Fibers Protection
Splitter Active Standby Configure redundancy backup for ports 0/3/1 and 0/3/2 on the same GPON board on OLT. When port 0/3/1 fails, the system can automatically switch to port 0/3/2. huawei(config)#protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-port workmode timedelay huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable NOTE
The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1156
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Configure the Type C single homing protection. Figure 12-16 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection. Configure two 1:N optical splitters, one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs, and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs. This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers. The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single homing protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working PON port on the OLT and working upstream PON ports on the ONUs. Figure 12-16 Type C single homing protection
ONU
Tributary Fibers Protection
Splitter A
OLT
Splitter B
Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU. – The ports on the GPON service board are 0/3/1 and 0/3/2. – The link at port 0/3/1 is the working link. – The link at port 0/3/2 is the protection link. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 2 1 protect-side huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#protect-group protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-1)#quit
l
Configure the Type C dual homing protection. Figure 12-17 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection. Two PON ports on different OLTs, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1157
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
protection. The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme. The models and versions of main control boards on the active and standby OLTs must be the same. The models and versions of GPON boards on the active and standby OLTs also must be the same. Data on the active OLT cannot be automatically synchronized with that on the standby OLT. Therefore, data synchronization between the active and standby OLTs must be manually ensured. This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service. It does not support TDM services, including Native TDM and SAToP. Figure 12-17 Type C dual homing protection
Active OLT Splitter A ONU
Splitter B Standby OLT
Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C dual homing protection is configured for two OLTs (huawei_A and huawei_B). – huawei_A is the active OLT while huawei_B is the standby OLT. – The ports on the service boards on both OTLs are 0/3/1. – The dual homing protection group ID is 1. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. Configurations on the active OLT huawei_A: huawei_A(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_A(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dual-
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1158
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
parenting huawei_A(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B: huawei_B(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_B(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role protect huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable
----End
Verifying Services This topic describes how to verify the Layer 2 interoperation service by checking the service configurations, service port status, and connectivity between PCs in different branches of an enterprise.
Prerequisites PCs (with different MAC addresses) connected to different ONUs have been configured. Ensure that the IP addresses of the PCs are in the same network segment or subnet segment.
Procedure Step 1 Check whether the VLAN configurations are correct. huawei(config)#display vlan 300 { |inner-vlan|to }: Command: display vlan 300 VLAN ID: 300 VLAN type: smart VLAN attribute: common VLAN description: VLAN forwarding mode in control board: VLAN-MAC VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN-MAC VLAN broadcast packet forwarding policy: forward VLAN unknown multicast packet forwarding policy: forward VLAN unknown unicast packet forwarding policy: forward VLAN bind service profile ID: 1 VLAN bind RAIO profile index: VLAN priority: Standard port number: 0 --------------------------------------------------------INDEX TYPE STATE F/ S/ P VPI VCI FLOWTYPE FLOWPARA --------------------------------------------------------10 gpon up 0/3 / 1 1 12 vlan 300 11 gpon up 0/3 / 1 2 12 vlan 300 --------------------------------------------------------Service virtual port number: 2 Note: F--Frame, S--Slot, P--Port, VPI indicates ONT ID for PON, VCI indicates GEM index for GPON, v/e--vlan/encap, pri-tag--priority-tagged huawei(config)#display vlan service-profile profile-id 1 Profile ID: 1 Profile Name: srvprof-1 --------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter Committed Not Committed ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1159
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
Forwarding mode NotConfig Anti-macspoofing NotConfig Anti-ipspoofing enable PPPoE MAC mode NotConfig BPDU tunnel enable RIP tunnel enable VTP-CDP tunnel enable DHCP mode n/a DHCP proxy enable DHCP option82 enable PITP enable Broadcast packet policy NotConfig Multicast packet policy NotConfig Unknown unicast packet policy NotConfig User-bridging enable IPoE VMAC NotConfig PPPoE VMAC NotConfig PPPoA VMAC NotConfig Mismatch IGMP packet policy discard VMAC aging mode MAC-learning OSPF tunnel enable Layer-3 protocol tunnel enable MAC-address learning fabric enable DHCPv6 mode n/a DHCPv6 option enable PPPoA MAC mode NotConfig Anti-IPv6spoofing enable IPv6 DAD proxy disable Bind route and ND disable NS-reply function disable ARP-reply function disable DHCP relay-interface relay-agent NotConfig Multicast packet policy fabric forward --------------------------------------------------------------------Binding VLAN list : 300 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Step 2 Check whether the service port is normal. huawei(config)#display service-port vlan 300 { |autosense|sort-by }: Command: display service-port vlan 300 Switch-Oriented Flow List ---------------------------------------------------------------------------INDEX VLAN VLAN PORT F/ S/ P VPI VCI FLOW FLOW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA ---------------------------------------------------------------------------10 300 common gpon 0/3 /1 1 12 vlan 300 up 11 300 common gpon 0/3 /1 2 12 vlan 300 up ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Total : 2 (Up/Down : 2/0) huawei(config)#display statistics service-port 10 Number of upstream bytes : 1044794 Number of upstream packets : 4522 Number of upstream discard packets : 200 Number of downstream bytes : 1351261 Number of downstream packets : 4677 Number of downstream discard packets : 0
Step 3 Check the connectivity between the PCs. 1.
Use the PCs to ping each other. If the PCs can ping each other successfully, the PCs are reachable to each other. For example, the IP addresses of PC1 and PC2 are 192.168.1.10 and 192.168.1.30 respectively. Ping PC2 on PC1. The expected result is as follows:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1160
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
12 FTTO Configuration(SOHO and SME)
You can see one PC in My Network Places on the other PC and the two PCs can share data.
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1161
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
About This Chapter Large-sized enterprises generally adopt private line access service. Compared with individual services, this service features various access methods, large number of access users, high security requirement, and cross-region deployment. NOTE
In this document, the FTTO large-sized enterprise private line access service is written as enterprise access service for short.
13.1 Overview of Enterprise Access Service This topic describes the basic knowledge about the enterprise access service. Before configuring the enterprise access service, you are advised to learn about the basic knowledge. 13.2 Principle of Planning Data for Enterprise Access Service This topic plans data for the enterprise access service from multiple dimensions. The data plan guides configuration and optimization of the enterprise service in different scenarios. 13.3 Configuring Enterprise Access Service (GPON) This topic describes how to configure the enterprise access service in GPON mode in different networking scenarios.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1162
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
13.1 Overview of Enterprise Access Service This topic describes the basic knowledge about the enterprise access service. Before configuring the enterprise access service, you are advised to learn about the basic knowledge.
13.1.1 Basic Concepts The enterprise access solution involves multiple concepts. This topic describes the basic concepts by layers (from the user side to the network side) based on an enterprise access service network diagram.
Network Diagram of Enterprise Access Service PRA PBX ONU
Switch
E1/STM-1
IP PBX Digital Terminal DDN
SDH
OLT
Switch
Splitter
DDN Node Protocol Machine Converter
GE /1
0G E
IP network NGN/IMS
E1 V.24/V.35
Enterprise Side
ONU Access Side
Network Side
User Side
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Concept
Description
IP PBX
IP private branch exchange (PBX) is an IP-based enterprise telephone exchange system. IP PBX uses ICT technology to seamlessly integrate voice communication into the data communication network of an enterprise, simply network architecture, and provide better voice communication between branches of the enterprise.
PRA PBX
PRA PBX, that is, TDM PBX, also called a switch, is a telephone exchange used within an enterprise. With the PRA PBX, staff in the enterprise can use internal telephones to make free calls by dialing short numbers. Outgoing calls are made through a unified trunk. PRA PBX can lower costs and improve work efficiency for the enterprise.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1163
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Concept
Description
DDN
Digital data network (DDN) is a network that uses digital channels to transmit data signals. It provides permanent and semi-permanent connections for users. Compared with traditional analog channels, DDN channels have a higher transmission quality, transmission rate, and bandwidth use rate. DDN is widely used in financial departments, governments, and enterprise groups that require high real-time data switching
DDN node machine
A DDN network consists of backbone node machines and access node machines. A backbone node machine (2M node) implements network service conversion. It provides interfaces and cross-connections for 2 Mbit/s (E1) digital channels, multiplexes and cross-connects Nx64 kbit/s circuit signals, and supports cables reconnection for frame relay services. An access node machine accesses various services for DDN. It provides interfaces for Nx64 kbit/s and 2048 kbit/s digital channels, multiplexes Nx64 kbit/s (N=1–31) signals, and accesses voice and fax users.
Protocol converter
Protocol converter is a device used to convert standard or proprietary protocol of one device to the protocol suitable for the other device or tools to achieve the interoperability. In this document, it implements protocol conversion between V.24/V.35 and E1.
Concept
Description
PON
A passive optical network (PON) uses a point-to-multipoint (P2MP) network architecture. A PON network consists of three parts: optical line terminal (OLT), optical distribution network (ODN), and optical network units (ONUs). A PON network uses optical fibers for data transmission, supports more users with less optical fiber resources, and provides a higher access rate.
Access Side
Mainstream PON technologies include broadband passive optical network (BPON), Ethernet passive optical network (EPON), and gigabit passive optical network (GPON).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
ODN
The ODN is composed of passive optical components, such as optical fibers and one or more passive optical splitters. The ODN provides highly reliable optical channels between the OLT and ONUs.
OLT
The OLT is an aggregation device located at the central office (CO), which terminates PON protocols. OLTs in this document are MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1164
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Concept
Description
ONU
ONUs are located on the user side, providing various types of ports for connecting to user terminals. The ONUs communicate with the OLT through a passive ODN.
Concept
Description
SDH
Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) is a transmission scheme that follows ITU-T G.707, G.708, and G.709. It defines the transmission features of digital signals such as frame structure, multiplexing mode, transmission rate level, and interface code. SDH is an important part of ISDN and B-ISDN. It interleaves the bytes of low-speed signals to multiplex the signals to high-speed counterparts, and the line coding of scrambling is used only for signals. SDH is suitable for the fiber communications system with high speed and a large capacity since it uses synchronous multiplexing and flexible mapping structure.
NGN/IMS
A next generation network (NGN) is a network that uses softswitches as its core and uses open and standardized architectures to provide abundant services such as VoIP, video, and data.
Network Side
The IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) uses SIP signaling as its call control signaling to provide services such as VoIP, data, and multimedia services. NOTE NGN/IMS in this document refers to softswitches that support H.248 and SIP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1165
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
13.1.2 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GPON) Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations for Enterprise Access Service (GPON) Scenario
Scenario Description
Typical OLT Configuration
Applicable ONU
(Main Control Board+Service Board +Upstream Board) Layer 2 interoperatio n between different enterprise branches
ONUs are deployed in branches of an enterprise. The ONUs access and converge Ethernet services of the enterprise through FE/GE ports and transmit the services to the OLT. The OLT implements Layer 2 interoperation between different branches of the enterprise.
SCUN+GPBC/ GPBD+GICK/ X2CS
MA5612, MA5628
Enterprises DDN private line access
a protocol converter is deployed between an ONU and DDN node machine to convert DDN private line services to E1 services. The ONU accesses the E1 services and encapsulates the service packets in TDM over GEM mode and then transmits the packets to the OLT. The OLT decapsulates the service packets to E1 data and transmits the data to the SDH network through upstream E1/STM-1 ports, achieving transparent transmission of DDN services.
SCUN+GPBC/ GPBD+TOPA
MA5612, MA5628
ONUs access IP PBX services through FE/GE ports. The OLT transparently transmits the data to the IP network in QinQ mode.
SCUN+GPBC/ GPBD+GICK/ X2CS
Enterprise IP PBX access
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
For E1 upstream transmission, the TOPA daughter board is NH1A. For STM-1 upstream transmission, the TOPA daughter board is O2CE.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
MA5612, MA5628
1166
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Scenario
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Scenario Description
Typical OLT Configuration
Applicable ONU
(Main Control Board+Service Board +Upstream Board) Enterprise PRA PBX access
ONUs access PRA PBX services through E1 lines. The OLT transmits the data to the upper NGN/IMS, achieving the VoIP-based PRA voice service.
SCUN+GPBC/ GPBD+GICK/ X2CS
MA5612
Enterprise E1/T1 unified access
ONU accesses enterprise E1/ T1 service through standardized hardware ports, and transmits data to the OLT over the GPON line after performing structureagnostic time division multiplexing over packet (SAToP) encapsulation on the service. After receiving the signals, the OLT restores E1/T1 signals and transmits the signals to the SDH network.
SCUN+GPBC/ GPBD+EDTB
MA5612, MA5628
Enterprise E1/T1 unified access (OLT Cascading)
ONU accesses the E1/T1 service in SAToP mode, and transmits the service to the OLT at the local site (OLT_B) over the GPON line. OLT_B transparently transmits the service to another OLT with SDH resources (OLT_A) through GE/10GE ports.
OLT_A: SCUN +GPBC/GPBD +EDTB+GICK/ X2CS
MA5612, MA5628
OLT_B: SCUN +GPBC/GPBD +GICK/X2CS
13.1.3 GPON ONU Capability Set This topic describes the supported hardware capability, features, and network position of ONUs on a GPON private line access network. In FTTx V100R013C00, the MA5612, MA5628 and MA5673 mainly apply to the large-sized enterprise access service. Table 13-1 shows the ONU capability set.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1167
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Table 13-1 ONU capability set ONU Type
User Interface
Supported ONU Version
MA5612
For the bottom plate with POTS ports:
l V800R308C00
l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+6xFE electrical l V800R308C01 interfaces+48xPOTS interfaces+(optional)1xRF l V800R310C00 interface when two ASNB boards are configured. l V800R311C00 l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+22xFE electrical interfaces+16xPOTS interfaces+(optional) l V800R312C00 1xRF interface when two EIUC boards are configured. l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+6xFE electrical interfaces+16xE1/T1 interfaces+16xPOTS interfaces+(optional)1xRF interface when two E81A boards are configured. For the bottom plate without POTS ports: l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+6xFE electrical interfaces+32xPOTS interfaces when two ASNB boards are configured. l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+22xFE electrical interfaces when two EIUC boards are configured. l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+6xFE electrical interfaces+16xE1/T1 interfaces when two E81A boards are configured. MA5628
There are two types of MA5628: integrated and boxtype. Both integrated MA5628 and box-type MA5628 provide: l 4xE1/T1 interfaces l 4xGE electrical interfaces
MA5673
As a "bridge + Voice" type of ONU, MA5673 provides the following interfaces:
l V800R308C01 l V800R309C00 l V800R310C00 l V800R311C00 l V800R312C00 V800R313C00
l 4*GE interfaces for Ethernet access l 4*POTS interfaces for VoIP access l 4*E1 interfaces for E1 Native TDM leased line access
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1168
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
13.2 Principle of Planning Data for Enterprise Access Service This topic plans data for the enterprise access service from multiple dimensions. The data plan guides configuration and optimization of the enterprise service in different scenarios.
13.2.1 Principle of Equipment Management Data Plan Data planning for equipment management covers planning of management VLANs and IP addresses.
Management VLAN Planning l
The OLT and ONUs use the same management VLAN.
l
The OLT and ONUs use a single SVLAN as the equipment management VLAN.
IP Address Planning Scenario
IP Address Planning
Equipment management
A management IP address is allocated to each OLT/ONU. Management IP addresses of ONUs connected to the same OLT are usually in the same network segment. Private IP addresses planned by the carrier are used for the purpose of security.
Layer 2 interoperation between different enterprise branches
Enterprise service flows are forwarded at Layer 2 within the FTTx network. Therefore, no IP addresses need to be planned on the OLT and ONUs for enterprise users.
Enterprises DDN private line access
No IP addresses need to be planned because ONUs access the private line service through E1.
Enterprise IP PBX access
No IP addresses need to be planned because the OLT and ONUs provide Layer 2 transparent channels.
Enterprise PRA PBX access
ONUs convert PRA voice signals to H.248 or SIP voice signals. Therefore, the following IP addresses need to be planned: l Media IP address l Signaling IP address l Default gateway IP address
Enterprise E1/T1 unified access
IP addresses are planned as follows: l On OLTs, source IP addresses of SAToP connections must be planned for EDTB boards. l On ONUs, source IP addresses of SAToP connections must be planned for E1 boards.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1169
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Scenario
IP Address Planning
Enterprise E1/T1 unified access (OLT Cascading)
These IP addresses are valid only between OLTs and ONUs and therefore can be planned as private IP addresses.
13.2.2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan VLAN planning for the enterprise access service covers planning of VLANs and VLAN translation policies in different networking scenarios.
VLAN and VLAN Translation Policy Scenario
VLAN Planning
Layer 2 interoperation between different enterprise branches
Enterprises DDN private line access
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
l ONUs and the OLT must use single VLAN tags. l Service flows of the same enterprise has the same VLAN on the OLT. l Service flows of the same enterprise can have different VLANs on ONUs but the VLANs must be translated to the same VLAN on the OLT. Use a reserved CVLAN (starts from 4000).
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
l The same CVLAN is planned for different branches of an enterprise.
The OLT allocates a global SVLAN to each enterprise: CVLANSLVAN.
l Different CVLANs are planned for different enterprises. N/A
CAUTION Packets must be forwarded based on VLAN+MAC at Layer 2 instead of SVLAN+CVLAN.
N/A
CAUTION A reserved CVLAN cannot be used for Ethernet services on ONUs.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1170
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Scenario
Enterprise IP PBX access
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
VLAN Planning
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
Single VLAN tag: ONUs and the OLT use single VLAN tags. Service packets are forwarded based on single VLAN tags after being transmitted from the OLT upstream to the metro network. In this way, a large number of VLANs for the metro network will be occupied if there are many OLTs.
1. Different user VLANs are planned for different services (service packets with different destination addresses or paths) of the IP PBX.
The OLT transparently transmits packets with CVLANs from ONUs.
(Recommended) Double VLAN tags: Each OLT uses double VLAN tags, an outer VLAN tag (SVLAN) and inner VLAN tag (CVLAN). SLVANs are the same but CLVANs are different. In this way, the number of VLANs required for the metro network is significantly reduced.
1. Different user VLANs are planned for different services (service packets with different destination addresses or paths) of the IP PBX.
2. User VLANs of packets sent from the IP PBX are translated to a specified CVLAN based on service types. The OLT adds an SVLAN tag: CVLANSVLAN +CVLAN.
2. User VLANs of packets sent from the IP PBX are translated to a specified CVLAN based on service types.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1171
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Scenario
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
VLAN Planning
Enterprise PRA PBX access
Enterprise E1/ T1 unified access Enterprise E1/ T1 unified access (OLT Cascading)
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
(Recommended) Single VLAN tag
ONUs access the PRA PBX through E1, provide the VoIP PRA service, and use the same CVLAN.
The OLT transparently transmits packets.
Double VLAN tags
ONUs access the PRA PBX through E1, provide the VoIP PRA service, and use the same CVLAN.
The OLT adds an SVLAN tag: CVLANSVLAN +CVLAN.
Plan a global VLAN on the OLT and ONUs, which cannot conflict with other service VLANs.
N/A
N/A
13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan QoS planning for the enterprise access service is end-to-end. QoS policies include traffic classification, marking and scheduling, traffic monitoring, and DBA policies. QoS policies for different scenarios are different. This topic provides QoS policies in the following scenarios.
Layer 2 interoperation Between Different Enterprise Branches Parameter
Value
Traffic classification, marking, and scheduling policies
Traffic monitorin g and DBA policies
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
OLT
802.1p priority
4
Queue scheduling mode
PQ
OLT queue ID (eight queues)
4
T-CONT (only for GPON)
An independent T-CONT is used.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1172
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Parameter
Value
ONU
DBA Type
Type 3 ("Assured bandwidth+maximum bandwidth" DBA profile. This type of DBA not only ensures a fixed bandwidth for users but also enables users to preempt a certain amount of bandwidth, but the total bandwidth cannot exceed the maximum bandwidth.)
DBA bandwidth
Plan the bandwidth according to users' requirements.
Downstream traffic profile
Configure the profile according to users' bandwidth requirements.
Upstream port rate limit
Rates of upstream ports are not limited.
Downstream port rate limit
Rates of downstream ports are not limited.
Enterprise DDN Private Line Access In this scenario, ONUs access services from the DDN through E1 lines. Therefore, the QoS policies are mainly planned for traffic on PON lines.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Parameter
Value
T-CONT
It is recommended that the number It is recommended that all E1 lines of T-CONTs do not exceed 3. The of the same ONU use the same TT-CONT ID ranges from 1 to 3. CONT.
DBA type
Fixed bandwidth and minimum delay
The DBA must be configured properly to achieve low delay, low jitter, and zero packet loss so that the quality of the DDN private line service can be ensured.
DBA bandwidth
Nx7232 kbit/s is recommended. (N is the number of E1 lines.)
It is recommended that the TCONT ID be 1, 2, or 3 and all E1 lines of the same ONU use the same T-CONT. This setting can leverage bandwidth resources. Each E1 line requires only 5440 kbit/s.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Remarks
1173
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Enterprise PRA PBX Access Parameter
Value
Traffic classification, marking, and scheduling policies
Traffic monitorin g and DBA policies
OLT
802.1p priority
5
Queue scheduling mode
PQ
OLT queue ID (eight queues)
5
T-CONT (only for GPON)
All services share one T-CONT.
DBA type
Type 3 ("Assured bandwidth+maximum bandwidth" DBA profile. This type of DBA not only ensures a fixed bandwidth for users but also enables users to preempt a certain amount of bandwidth, but the total bandwidth cannot exceed the maximum bandwidth.)
DBA bandwidth
DBA bandwidth is configured based on the bandwidth package selected by the user. The assured bandwidth is the maximum bandwidth required for transmitting management packets and VoIP service packets. The maximum bandwidth is equal to or higher than the maximum bandwidth applied by the user.
ONU
Downstream traffic profile
Downstream traffic rate is not limited.
Upstream port rate limit
Set this parameter based on requirements.
Downstream port rate limit
Set this parameter based on requirements.
Enterprise IP PBX Access The QoS policies for this scenario are the same as those for the Layer 2 interoperation Between Different Enterprise Branches scenario.
Enterprise E1/T1 unified access In this scenario, ONUs access services through E1/T1 lines. Therefore, the QoS policies are mainly planned for traffic on PON lines.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1174
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Parameter
Value
Remarks
T-CONT
It is recommended that the number It is recommended that all E1 lines of T-CONTs do not exceed 3. The of the same ONU use the same TT-CONT ID ranges from 1 to 3. CONT.
DBA type
Fixed bandwidth and minimum delay
The DBA must be configured properly to achieve low delay, low jitter, and zero packet loss so that the quality of the T1 base station access service can be ensured.
DBA bandwidth
l E1 access: Nx8 Mbit/s is recommended. (N is the number of E1 lines.)
-
l T1 access: Nx6 Mbit/s is recommended. (N is the number of E1 lines.)
Enterprise E1/T1 unified access (OLT Cascading) The QoS policies for this scenario are the same as those for the Enterprise E1/T1 unified access scenario.
13.2.4 Principle of Protocol Transparent Transmission Data Plan The enterprise access service involves transparent transmission of protocol packets. Different equipment configurations are required for transparently transmitting different protocol packets.
Configurations for Protocol Transparent Transmission Protocol Type
Protocol Description
Configuration (remarks 1)
BPDU
STP, MSTP, RSTP, ISIS
The function of transparently transmitting BPDU packets must be enabled. Configuration example: huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#bpdu tunnel enable
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
ETH OAM
IEEE 802.1ag
No configuration is required because packets are transparently transmitted by hardware.
Broadcast
ARP
No configuration is required because packets are transparently transmitted by hardware.
Layer 2/Layer 3 protocol
NTP, BGP, LDP, RSVP, IGMP, PIM
No configuration is required because packets are transparently transmitted by hardware.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1175
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Protocol Type
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Protocol Description
Configuration (remarks 1)
OSPF
The function of transparently transmitting OSPF packets must be enabled. Configuration example: huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#ospf tunnel enable
RIP
The function of transparently transmitting RIP packets must be enabled. Configuration example: huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#rip tunnel enable
VTP/CDP
Unknown multicast
VTP/CDP protocol is a proprietary protocol of other vendors. It is used to discover neighbors and establish neighbor relationship.
The function of transparently transmitting VTP/CDP packets must be enabled.
Planned by carriers for special purposes
The function of transparently transmitting unknown multicast packets must be enabled.
Configuration example: huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#vtp-cdp tunnel enable
Configuration example: huawei(config)#multicast-unknown policy service-port 1 transparent
Remarks 1: The configurations take effect only after the configured VLAN service profile is bound to a VLAN. Command: vlan bind service-profile vlan-id profile-id
13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan Security planning covers planning of system security, user security, and service security data. An appropriate security plan ensures normal running of services. NOTE
The device provides complete security measures, but not all security measures need to be deployed. Only the security measures that meet the following requirements need to be deployed: l The security measures can be used on the live network. l The security measures are easy to deploy. l The security measures are effective.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1176
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
System Security Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
DoS attack
Enable the anti-DoS-attack function for OLT and MDU.
After the anti-DoS-attack function is enabled, control packets are monitored and those exceeding the number threshold are discarded. Use this solution for new site deployment.
IP attack
Enable the anti-IP-attack function for OLT and MDU.
After the anti-IP-attack function is enabled, a device discards the IP packets received from the user side whose destination IP address is the IP address of the device, and therefore the system is protected. Use this solution for new site deployment.
User Security Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
MAC spoofing
Enable the anti-MACduplicate function for OLT and MDU.
After anti-MAC-duplicate is enabled, the system records the first MAC address learnt from the port and binds the MAC address to the port and VLAN. If receiving packets sent from the host that has the same MAC address with the port, the system discards the packets directly. In this case, it can prevent users from forging MAC addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
MAC attack
Enable the anti-MAC spoofing function for OLT and MDU.
After anti-MAC spoofing is enabled, the system can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1177
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
IP spoofing
Enable the anti-IP spoofing function for MDU.
After anti-IP spoofing is enabled, the system can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
13.2.6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan Reliability planning covers planning of equipment reliability and upstream/downstream networking protection. Reliability planning helps to achieve high reliability of private line services.
Equipment Reliability
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
Main control board 1 +1 protection
The system uses two main control boards of the same model and version. The two main control boards work in the active/standby mode by default. When the active main control board fails, the system switches to the standby main control board to prevent service interruption.
Mandatory
Power board 1+1 protection
A subrack is configured with two power boards of the same model and version, which back up each other. When one of the power board fails, the other power board can still provide power supply to the device and so the system can still work properly.
Mandatory
Upstream board 1+1 protection
The system uses two upstream interface boards of the same model and version. Each GIU board provides one upstream port and two upstream ports are bound together using Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). When the active upstream port fails, traffic will be transmitted upstream through the standby upstream port.
This protection scheme is recommended when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1178
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Upstream Networking Protection Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
Link aggregation group
Multiple Ethernet ports are bound together as an aggregation group to increase the bandwidth and balance the inbound and outbound load of each member port. In addition, the ports in an aggregation group back up each other, which enhances the reliability of links.
This protection scheme is mandatory when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream.
Protection group (Ethernet/STM-1)
A protection group of upstream ports contains a working port and a protection port. In normal state, the working port carries services and the protection port does not. When the link at the working port is faulty, the system automatically switches services from the working port to the protection port to ensure normal service transmission and protect the uplink.
When the main control board is used to transmit traffic upstream, this protection scheme is mandatory. This protection scheme is recommended when traffic is transmitted upstream through STM-1 ports.
NOTE
Link aggregation group and Ethernet protection group usually are not configured at the same time. You are advised to configure only one of the two protection schemes.
Downstream Networking Protection
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
xPON Type B
Two PON ports on the same OLT back up each other. When one of the PON ports fails, the system automatically switches to the other PON port. This protection scheme provides port-level protection with low costs. It protects services against fiber failure at the working port.
It rovides port-level protection and has a low cost. The inter-board protection mode is recommended.
GPON Type C single homing
Two PON ports on the same OLT, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to provide linklevel protection.
It rovides link-level protection.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1179
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
GPON Type C dual homing
Two PON ports on different OLTs, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection. The difference between this protection scheme and the GPON Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme. This fullbackup protection scheme provides the highest-level protection for links and has the highest costs.
It provides full backup protection, which is the highest level of protection, at the same time, it has the highest cost. This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service. It does not support TDM services, including Native TDM and SAToP.
NOTE
The Type B protection scheme, Type C single homing scheme, and Type C dual homing protection scheme are mutually exclusive. Therefore, only one of these protection schemes can be configured for an ONU.
13.3 Configuring Enterprise Access Service (GPON) This topic describes how to configure the enterprise access service in GPON mode in different networking scenarios.
Context There are two xPON configuration modes: distributed mode (also called discrete mode) and profile mode. The difference between the two modes lies in command lines. l
Distributed mode: In this mode, ONTs need to be configured one by one but not in batches.
l
Profile mode: In this mode, an ONT line profile and service profile are configured first. Then, ONTs can be added in batches by binding profiles. This mode greatly improves service provisioning efficiency.
Generally, the xPON configuration mode is determined in a new deployment and will not be changed. This chapter describes how to configure the enterprise access service in PON profile mode (which is the default mode). You can run the commands in the following table to query the xPON configuration mode.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Mode
Query Method
PON profile mode
huawei(config)#diagnose huawei(diagnose)%%display xpon mode --------------------------------------------------Current config mode: Profile-mode ---------------------------------------------------
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1180
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
NOTE
For commands for the distributed configuration mode, see PON distributed-mode commands in the Command Reference.
13.3.1 Layer 2 Interoperation Service Between Enterprise Branches Different branches of an enterprise can achieve Layer 2 interoperation through ONUs. Then, different branches can transmit service traffic to each other just like in the same LAN, which can improve coordination work efficiency.
Service Requirement and Application Scenario Service Requirement An enterprise that has multiple branches requires intercommunication between different branches or between its headquarter and branches. Virtual private network (VPN) can achieve secure interconnection but requires additional devices and complex management. It requires high costs even if a leased VPN is used. In addition, the bandwidth provided by a VPN is limited due to restricted VPN access modes and the bandwidth control is inflexible. To address the preceding problems, the Layer 2 interoperation technology using fiber access is put forward and becomes the main trend.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13-1, ONUs are deployed in branches of an enterprise. The ONUs access and converge Ethernet services of the enterprise through FE/GE ports and transmit the services to the OLT. The OLT implements Layer 2 interoperation between different branches of the enterprise. ONUs supporting this scenario: MA5612, MA5628
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1181
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Figure 13-1 Network diagram for Layer 2 interoperation between enterprise branches
IP/MPLS
ONU 1 GE
Headquarter
ONU 2
FE
Branch A
FE
Branch B
Service flows between enterprise branches
Note: Because the bandwidth of upstream and downstream PON ports is fixed, the number of enterprises connected to an OLT is limited when the enterprises require symmetric bandwidth. When an enterprise requires 100 Mbit/s symmetric bandwidth: 1.
The number of enterprises or branches connected to a PON port should not exceed eight.
2.
The number of enterprises or branches connected to a PON board should not exceed 64.
3.
The number of enterprises connected to an OLT cannot exceed 200 (20G/100M) if the upstream bandwidth is 2x10GE. (The number of enterprises connected to an OLT is mainly restricted by the upstream bandwidth.)
Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for Layer 2 interoperation between branches of an enterprise.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1182
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Start
Adding ONUs to OLT
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs
OLT Side
Configuring Layer 2 Interoperation Service Service Ports Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies
Configuring E2E Reliability
Configuring Ethernet Access Service Ports
ONU Side
Verifying Layer 2 Interoperation Service
End NOTE
An OLT can connect to multiple ONUs (for enterprise branches). Configurations for different ONUs are similar. Therefore, this document uses two ONUs (ONU1 and ONU2) as example to describe how to configure Layer 2 interoperation.
Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT. ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1183
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Context l
When adding ONUs, you need to bind related profiles to the ONUs, including the DBA profile, line profile, and alarm profile. For the functions of each profile and how to configure profiles, see Table 13-2. Table 13-2 ONU profile
l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Profile Type
Function
Command
DBA profile
Describes GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving upstream bandwidth utilization.
Query: display dba-profile
Line profile
Describes the binding relationship between T-CONTs and DBA profiles, QoS mode of service flows, and mapping between GEM ports and services on ONUs.
Query: display ont-lineprofile
Alarm profile
Provides a series of alarm threshold parameters that are used for performance measurement and monitoring of activated ONU lines.
Query: display gpon alarm-profile
Add: dba-profile add
Add: ont-lineprofile add
Add: gpon alarm-profile add
An ONU can be added in two modes. Select either mode as required. Mode
Application Scenario
Command
Offline addition
The password or serial number of an ONU has been obtained.
Run the ont add command to add the ONU.
Online confirmat ion
The password and serial number of an ONU are unknown.
Run the port ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the automatic discovery function for the GPON port and run the ont confirm command to add the ONU.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1184
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Data Planning Table 13-3 Key data plan Configuration Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile ID: 20 Profile type: Type 3 Assured bandwidth: 100 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 120 Mbit/s
Line profile
Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for Layer 2 interoperation service: 12
Networking data
For example, add two ONUs (ONU 1 and ONU 2) for carrying services of different branches. l ONU 1 is connected to PON port 0/3/1. l ONU 2 is connected to PON port 0/4/1.
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 20 type3 assure 102400 max 122880
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. a.
Create GPON ONU line profile 10. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 NOTE
Create a line profile according to the data plan. The ID of the line profile to be created cannot conflict with existing profile IDs in the system. In this example, the ID of the line profile is 10.
b.
In the line profile configuration mode, bind T-CONT 4 to DBA profile 20. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 4 dba-profile-id 20
c.
In the line profile configuration mode, bind GEM ports to T-CONTs. l Add GEM port 11 for carrying the management service flow. l Add GEM port 12 for carrying the Layer 2 interoperation service flow. Both GEM port 11 and GEM port 12 are bound to T-CONT 4. During configuration, set QoS policies for each service flow. For details on QoS data planning, see 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 4 cascade on
d. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure mapping between GEM ports and ONU-side services. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1185
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Set the mapping mode to VLAN mode (the default mode). Map the management service flow (CVLAN 8) to GEM port 11, and map Layer 2 interoperation service flow (CVLAN 300) to GEM port 12. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 vlan 300
e.
After the configuration is complete, run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3.
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile ID is 1. The value of each alarm threshold is 0 which indicates that alarms are not reported. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and no configuration is required.
Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 and ONU2 in offline mode. Connect ONU 1 and ONU 2 to GPON ports 0/3/1 and 0/4/1 respectively through an optical splitter. The serial numbers of the two ONUs are 32303131B39FD641 and 32303131B39FD642 respectively, and the management mode is SNMP. Both the ONUs are bound to line profile 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/4 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/4)#ont add 1 ontid 2 sn-auth 32303131B39FD642 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10
2.
(Optional) Bind an alarm profile. By default, an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 (default profile). You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements. In this example, the default alarm profile is used. Therefore, you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile.
Step 3 Confirm the ONU status. After adding an ONU, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU is online. Config state : normal //Indicates that the ONU is in normal state. ...//Other command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1186
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs This topic describes how to configure management service ports (also called service flows) on the OLT and ONUs. After the connections between the in-band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable, you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management Management VLAN ID: 8 VLAN and Management VLAN type: smart management IP address for ONU In-band management IP address for ONU 1: 192.168.50.2/24 In-band management IP address for ONU 2: 192.168.50.3/24
NOTE
To log in to and configure an ONU remotely on the OLT, the management VLAN of the OLT must be the same as that of the ONU, and the management IP address of the OLT and that of the ONU must be in the same network segment.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1187
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Procedure Step 1 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT. Set the in-band management VLAN to 8, VLAN priority to 6, and IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 2 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP addresses for the ONUs. Set the static IP address to 192.168.50.2/24 for ONU1, 192.168.50.3/24 for ONU2, the gateway IP address to 192.168.50.1, and management VLAN to 8 (which is the same as that of the OLT). huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/4 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/4)#ont ipconfig 1 2 static ip-address 192.168.50.3 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/4)#quit
Step 3 Configure the in-band management service port. Set the management VLAN to 8, GEM port ID to 11, and user VLAN to 8. The OLT does not rate limit the in-band management service port. Therefore, directly use the default traffic profile 6. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/4/1 ont 2 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 4 Confirm that the connections between the management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to verify the connectivity between the OLT and ONUs. If the OLT receives ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONUs, the connection is reachable. l When the connection is reachable, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONUs. ----End
Configuring Layer 2 Interoperation Service Ports on OLT This topic describes how to configure service ports on the OLT for Layer 2 interoperation so that data packets sent from different ONUs can be forwarded based on the same VLAN at Layer 2.
Prerequisites 1. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
The main control board on the device is an SCUN board. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1188
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
The ARP proxy function is disabled using the arp proxy disable command. (The Layer 2 interoperation function and ARP proxy function are mutually exclusive.)
Data Plan Configuratio n Item
Data
Layer 2 interoperation SVLAN
OLT VLAN ID (the OLT transparently transmits VLANs of ONU): 300 VLAN forwarding mode: vlan-mac (default) ONU VLAN ID: 300 Service flow ID: 301
Traffic profile
Profile ID: 10 Assured bandwidth: 100 Mbit/s Upstream priority: 4
NOTE
For detailed data planning, see 13.2.2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan.
Procedure Step 1 Configure an SVLAN and add an upstream port to it. Set the SVLAN ID of the Layer 2 interoperation service to 300, VLAN type to smart VLAN, and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. Add a new traffic profile 10 and set the assured rate to 100 Mbit/s. Packets transmitted upstream use the priority (4 by default) copied from the user side. Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir 102400 priority user-cos 4 prioritypolicy tag-in-package
Step 3 Configure a service port to receive and transparently transmit the Layer 2 interoperation service that is sent from ONU 1 and ONU 2. Set the service attributes based on the data plan: l For the OLT, set the SVLAN ID to 300, CVLAN ID to 300 which is the same as the upstream VLAN ID of the ONU, and GEM port ID to 12 for the Layer 2 interoperation service. l For ONUs, set the upstream VLAN ID to 300. huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 huawei(config)#service-port 302 vlan 300 gpon 0/4/1 ont 2 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1189
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Step 4 Configure attributes for protocol transparent transmission. Create a VLAN service profile, enable the VLAN Layer 2 interoperation function, and configure attributes for protocol transparent transmission. Then, bind the profile to VLAN 300. For details on data planning for protocol transparent transmission, see 13.2.4 Principle of Protocol Transparent Transmission Data Plan. huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#user-bridging enable //Mandatory huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#bpdu tunnel enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#ospf tunnel enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#rip tunnel enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#vtp-cdp tunnel enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-unknown policy service-port 301 transparent huawei(config)#multicast-unknown policy service-port 302 transparent huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 300 profile-id 1
----End
Configuring Ethernet Access Service Ports on ONUs This topic describes how to configure service ports on ONUs and configure upstream VLANs to make the ONU-to-user connection reachable and create ONU-to-OLT upstream data channels.
Data Planning Configuration Item
Data
Port
Upstream port: 0/0/1 Service port: 0/3/1
SVLAN
VLAN ID: 300 VLAN type: smart VLAN attribute: common
Traffic profile
Profile ID: 8 Assured rate: no rate limit Priority: 4
NOTE
Data plans for ONU1 and ONU 2 are the same. This topic uses one ONU as an example to describe how to configure the ONU.
Procedure Step 1 Remotely log in to an ONU to configure the ONU. You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration. User name: root (default); password: mduadmin (default) Step 2 Create an SVLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1190
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 1
Step 3 Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. The upstream and downstream rates are not limited. Packets transmitted upstream use the priority (4 by default) copied from the user side. Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority user-cos 4 priority-policy tag-in-package
Step 4 Add a service port. Add service port 301 and bind it to port 0/3/1. Set the user VLAN to untagged and bind it to traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 NOTE
Packets sent from the user side (enterprise branches) may be transmitted upstream with a VLAN tag. In this case, change untagged to the VLAN tag when configuring a service port.
----End
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority-based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security.
Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies cover system security, user security, and service security, which ensure normal running of services. NOTE
Enable security features based on service types. For details, see 13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure queue scheduling. Based on 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan, all packets use strict priorities for queue scheduling and are mapped to queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 //System default
l
Configure system security. –
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on both the OLT and optical network units (ONUs). 1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1191
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
–
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on ONUs. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1192
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
----End
Configuring E2E Reliability This topic describes how to configure end-to-end (E2E) protection schemes for the enterprise private line service which has a high requirement on service reliability.
Context Reliability covers equipment reliability, upstream networking protection, and downstream networking protection. For details on reliability data planning, see 13.2.6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan. l
Upstream networking protection includes link aggregation group and protection group. Usually, link aggregation group is configured when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream; protection group is configured when the main control board is used to transmit traffic upstream. The two protection schemes are not configured at the same time.
l
Downstream networking protection includes Type B, Type C single homing, and Type C dual homing, which are used to protect service ports. Ports on the same ONU can be configured only with the same protection scheme. NOTE
This topic describes how to configure five mainstream protection schemes. Select required protection schemes based on the carrier's requirement and actual networking scenario.
Procedure l
Configure a link aggregation group. Bind upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 together as an aggregation link group. Each member port in the group transmits packets based on source MAC addresses. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure a protection group. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 on board GIU as a port protection group. Set port 0/19/0 as the working port and port 0/19/1 as the protection port, set the working mode to time delay detection, and enable the protection group. huawei(config-protect)#protect-group first 0/19/0 second 0/19/1 eth workmode timedelay enable
l
Configure the Type B protection. Figure 13-2 shows the Type B protection networking diagram.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1193
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Figure 13-2 Type B protection
ONU OLT Backbone Fibers Protection
Splitter Active Standby Configure redundancy backup for ports 0/3/1 and 0/3/2 on the same GPON board on OLT. When port 0/3/1 fails, the system can automatically switch to port 0/3/2. huawei(config)#protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-port workmode timedelay huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable NOTE
The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port.
l
Configure the Type C single homing protection. Figure 13-3 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection. Configure two 1:N optical splitters, one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs, and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs. This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers. The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single homing protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working PON port on the OLT and working upstream PON ports on the ONUs. Figure 13-3 Type C single homing protection
ONU
Tributary Fibers Protection
Splitter A
OLT
Splitter B
Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1194
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
As shown in the preceding figure, Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU. – The ports on the GPON service board are 0/3/1 and 0/3/2. – The link at port 0/3/1 is the working link. – The link at port 0/3/2 is the protection link. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 2 1 protect-side huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#protect-group protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-1)#quit
l
Configure the Type C dual homing protection. Figure 13-4 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection. Two PON ports on different OLTs, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection. The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme. The models and versions of main control boards on the active and standby OLTs must be the same. The models and versions of GPON boards on the active and standby OLTs also must be the same. Data on the active OLT cannot be automatically synchronized with that on the standby OLT. Therefore, data synchronization between the active and standby OLTs must be manually ensured. This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service. It does not support TDM services, including Native TDM and SAToP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1195
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Figure 13-4 Type C dual homing protection
Active OLT Splitter A ONU
Splitter B Standby OLT
Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C dual homing protection is configured for two OLTs (huawei_A and huawei_B). – huawei_A is the active OLT while huawei_B is the standby OLT. – The ports on the service boards on both OTLs are 0/3/1. – The dual homing protection group ID is 1. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. Configurations on the active OLT huawei_A: huawei_A(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_A(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_A(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B: huawei_B(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_B(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role protect huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1196
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Verifying Services This topic describes how to verify the Layer 2 interoperation service by checking the service configurations, service port status, and connectivity between PCs in different branches of an enterprise.
Prerequisites PCs (with different MAC addresses) connected to different ONUs have been configured. Ensure that the IP addresses of the PCs are in the same network segment or subnet segment.
Procedure Step 1 Check whether the VLAN configurations are correct. huawei(config)#display vlan 300 { |inner-vlan|to }: Command: display vlan 300 VLAN ID: 300 VLAN type: smart VLAN attribute: common VLAN description: VLAN forwarding mode in control board: VLAN-MAC VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN-MAC VLAN broadcast packet forwarding policy: forward VLAN unknown multicast packet forwarding policy: forward VLAN unknown unicast packet forwarding policy: forward VLAN bind service profile ID: 1 VLAN bind RAIO profile index: VLAN priority: Standard port number: 0 --------------------------------------------------------INDEX TYPE STATE F/ S/ P VPI VCI FLOWTYPE FLOWPARA --------------------------------------------------------10 gpon up 0/3 / 1 1 12 vlan 300 11 gpon up 0/3 / 1 2 12 vlan 300 --------------------------------------------------------Service virtual port number: 2 Note: F--Frame, S--Slot, P--Port, VPI indicates ONT ID for PON, VCI indicates GEM index for GPON, v/e--vlan/encap, pri-tag--priority-tagged huawei(config)#display vlan service-profile profile-id 1 Profile ID: 1 Profile Name: srvprof-1 --------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter Committed Not Committed --------------------------------------------------------------------Forwarding mode NotConfig Anti-macspoofing NotConfig Anti-ipspoofing enable PPPoE MAC mode NotConfig BPDU tunnel enable RIP tunnel enable VTP-CDP tunnel enable DHCP mode n/a DHCP proxy enable DHCP option82 enable PITP enable Broadcast packet policy NotConfig Multicast packet policy NotConfig Unknown unicast packet policy NotConfig -
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1197
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
User-bridging enable IPoE VMAC NotConfig PPPoE VMAC NotConfig PPPoA VMAC NotConfig Mismatch IGMP packet policy discard VMAC aging mode MAC-learning OSPF tunnel enable Layer-3 protocol tunnel enable MAC-address learning fabric enable DHCPv6 mode n/a DHCPv6 option enable PPPoA MAC mode NotConfig Anti-IPv6spoofing enable IPv6 DAD proxy disable Bind route and ND disable NS-reply function disable ARP-reply function disable DHCP relay-interface relay-agent NotConfig Multicast packet policy fabric forward --------------------------------------------------------------------Binding VLAN list : 300 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Step 2 Check whether the service port is normal. huawei(config)#display service-port vlan 300 { |autosense|sort-by }: Command: display service-port vlan 300 Switch-Oriented Flow List ---------------------------------------------------------------------------INDEX VLAN VLAN PORT F/ S/ P VPI VCI FLOW FLOW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA ---------------------------------------------------------------------------10 300 common gpon 0/3 /1 1 12 vlan 300 up 11 300 common gpon 0/3 /1 2 12 vlan 300 up ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Total : 2 (Up/Down : 2/0) huawei(config)#display statistics service-port 10 Number of upstream bytes : 1044794 Number of upstream packets : 4522 Number of upstream discard packets : 200 Number of downstream bytes : 1351261 Number of downstream packets : 4677 Number of downstream discard packets : 0
Step 3 Check the connectivity between the PCs. 1.
Use the PCs to ping each other. If the PCs can ping each other successfully, the PCs are reachable to each other. For example, the IP addresses of PC1 and PC2 are 192.168.1.10 and 192.168.1.30 respectively. Ping PC2 on PC1. The expected result is as follows:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1198
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
You can see one PC in My Network Places on the other PC and the two PCs can share data.
----End
13.3.2 Enterprise DDN Private Line Access Service Enterprise DDN private line service is converted to E1 signals. ONUs access the E1 signals and transmit them in Native TDM mode.
Service Requirement and Application Scenario Service Requirement The DDN private line service is widely used in financial departments, governments, and enterprises that require highly real-time data switching. It provides a rate from 64 kbit/s to 2 Mbit/s. GPON access in OLT+ONU mode can access the DDN private line service along with other data services and voice service. This access mode does not require independent maintenance of the DDN network, simplifying network architecture.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13-5, a protocol converter is deployed between an ONU and DDN node machine to convert DDN private line services to E1 services. The ONU accesses the E1 services and encapsulates the service packets in TDM over GEM mode and then transmits the packets to the OLT. The OLT decapsulates the service packets to E1 data and transmits the data to the SDH network through upstream E1/STM-1 ports, achieving transparent transmission of DDN services. Applicable ONUs: MA5612, MA5628
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1199
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Figure 13-5 Networking diagram of the DDN private line access service DDN Node Machine
Digital Terminal DDN
Protocol Converter
V.24/ V.35
ONU OLT
E1
SDH E1/STM-1
DDN Node Machine Protocol Converter
Digital Terminal DDN
V.24/ V.35
Splitter E1
ONU
Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for the DDN private line access service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1200
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Start
Adding ONUs to OLT
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs
OLT Side
Configuring TDM E1 Connections
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies
Configuring Clock Synchronization
Verifying DDN Access Services
End
Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT. ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully.
Context l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
When adding ONUs, you need to bind related profiles to the ONUs, including the DBA profile, line profile, and alarm profile.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1201
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
An ONU can be added in two modes: offline addition and online confirmation. Select either mode as required.
Data Plan Table 13-4 Key data plan Configurati on Item
Data
DBA profile
DBA profile for management service: dba-profile_1 (system default) DBA profile for private line service: l Profile ID: 21 l Profile type: Fixed bandwidth and minimum delay l DBA bandwidth: 28928 kbit/s (Each ONU accesses four E1 private lines and each line has a recommended DBA bandwidth of 7232 kbit/s.)
Line profile
Profile ID: 11 T-CONT ID: 1 (for private line service) and 2 (for management service) GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for DDN private line service: 13
Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Enable the bandwidth compensation function and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode for the GPON port to minimum bandwidth delay. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 21 type1 fix 28928 bandwidth_compensate yes huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port dba bandwidth-assignment-mode 1 min-loop-delay huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 11 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#tcont 1 dba-profile-id 21 //Bind T-CONT 1 to DBA profile 21 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#tcont 2 dba-profile-id 1 //Bind T-CONT 2 to DBA profile 1 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem add 11 eth tcont 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem add 13 tdm tcont 1 //Add GEM port 13 to T-CONT 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem mapping 13 1 e1 1 //Map GEM port 13 to E1 port 1 on the ONU.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1202
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#quit
3.
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile ID is 1. The value of each alarm threshold is 0 which indicates that alarms are not reported. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and no configuration is required.
Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 3 in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 11
2.
(Optional) Bind an alarm profile. By default, an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 (default profile). You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements. In this example, the default alarm profile is used. Therefore, you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile.
Step 3 Confirm the ONU status. After adding an ONU, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU is online. Config state : normal //Indicates that the ONU is in normal state. ...//Other command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1203
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
– Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs This topic describes how to configure management service ports (also called service flows) on the OLT and ONUs. After the connections between the in-band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable, you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN and management IP address for ONU
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address for ONU 3: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT. Set the in-band management VLAN to 8, VLAN priority to 6, and IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 2 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 3 Configure the in-band management service port. Set the management VLAN to 8, GEM port ID to 11, and user VLAN to 8. The OLT does not rate limit the in-band management service port. Therefore, directly use the default traffic profile 6. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1204
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 4 Confirm that the connection between the management service ports on the OLT and ONU is reachable. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to verify the connectivity between the OLT and ONU. If the OLT receives ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU, the connection is reachable. l When the connection is reachable, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU. ----End
Configuring TDM Connections This topic describes how to configure Native TDM connections between GPON ports and E1/ STM-1 upstream ports to transmit E1/STM-1 private line service data.
Prerequisites Required hardware is available: l
TOPA+NH1A for upstream transmission through E1
l
TOPA+O2CE for upstream transmission through STM-1
l
GPON board: GPBC, GPBD
Context The OLT can transmit data to the SDH network through E1 or STM-1 lines. Each E1 line provides 2 Mbit/s bandwidth. After being mapped, aligned, and encapsulated, 63xE1 signals are multiplexed into one STM-1 signal through VC12. One STM-1 line provides 155 Mbit/s. When the OLT transmits data to SDH equipment through STM-1 lines, pay attention to the VC12 mode and VC12 number. l
When the OLT is interconnected with Huawei SDH equipment, the VC12 mode is huawei and the VC12 numbers on the OLT and the SDH equipment must be consistent.
l
When the OLT is interconnected with Lucent SDH equipment, the VC12 mode is lucent. The VC12 numbers has the following mapping relationships (which can be queried using the display vc12-mode-table command): Huawei: Mapping between the multiplexing number and VC12 number: VC12 number = (TUG3–1) + (TUG2–1) x 3 + (TU12–1) x 21 Lucent: Mapping between the multiplexing number and VC12 number: VC12 number = (TU12–1) + (TUG2–1) x 3 + (TUG3–1) x 21
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1205
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Data Plan Upstream Transmissio n Mode
Data
Upstream transmission through E1
Port on the TOPA board: 0/5/0
Upstream transmission through STM-1
Port on the TOPA board: 0/5/0
Daughter board type: NH1A (provides E1 ports)
Daughter board type: O2CE (provides STM-1 ports) VC12 number: 0 NOTE The VC12 parameter must match that on the interconnected SDH equipment. Otherwise, services fail.
Procedure l
Configure a TDM E1 connection for E1 upstream transmission. huawei(config)#tdm-connect connectid 1 tdm 0/5/0 gpon 0/3/1 ontid 3 gemportIndex 13
l
Configure a TDM E1 connection for STM-1 upstream transmission. huawei(config)#tdm-connect connectid 1 tdm 0/5/0 vc12 0 gpon 0/3/1 ontid 3 gemportIndex 13
----End
Configuring Clock Synchronization In this scenario, the E1/STM-1 line clock can be used to achieve network-wide clock synchronization.
Prerequisites The clock daughter board CKMC must be on the SCU main control board.
Context Configuration roadmap for clock synchronization: 1.
The OLT traces the upstream E1/STM-1 line clock of the TOPA board as the system clock.
2.
The system clock is delivered to an ONU through optical paths of the GPON board.
3.
The ONU uses the line clock of the GPON upstream port as the system clock.
4.
The ONU E1 transmit clock is synchronized with the system clock of the ONU.
l
Configure a clock on the OLT.
Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Add a system clock source. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1206
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Run the clock source command to configure the line clock of E1/STM-1 port 0/5/0 on the TOPA board as the system clock source. Set the ID of the clock source to 0. The clock module automatically judges the type of the specified clock source (E1/ STM-1) and selects a reference source for phase lock based on priorities. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/5/0
2.
Configure a priority for the system clock source. Run the clock priority command to set the priority of clock source 0 to the highest priority. huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
3.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source system command to query configurations and the status of the clock source. Ensure that configurations of the system clock source are correct and the status is Normal. huawei(config)#display clock source system ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H801TOPA 0/5/0 E1 Normal 0 --YES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run the display clock mode command to query the clock working mode. Ensure that the clock daughter board works in tracing mode. huawei(config)#display clock mode Clock manage-mode:Third-mode Clock subboard work-mode:Tracing
l
Configure a clock on the ONU. 1.
Configure the GPON line clock as the system clock. The system clock of the OLT is delivered to the ONU through the GPON port on the OLT, achieving clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU. a.
Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the GPON upstream port as the system clock of the ONU.
b.
Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the clock source.
huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 Clock source set succeeded huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Configure the system clock as the transmit clock for an E1 port. a.
Run the interface tdm command to enter the E1 port configuration mode.
b.
Run the tx clock or port portid udt system command to configure the system clock as the transmit clock of the port.
c.
Run the display port state command to query the transmit clock of the E1 port.
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-)#port 0 udt system
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1207
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
huawei(config-if-tdm-)#display port state 0 --------------------------------------Port : 0 State : normal Mode : UDT Code : HDB3 Looptype : Timeslot : Clock : system CRC4 : Signaling : ESF : Impedance : 120 Ohm ---------------------------------------
3.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query configurations and the status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source --------------------------------------------------------------Index Config Type Source State Priority Output --------------------------------------------------------------0 YES line 0/0/1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO --/ -/ ------2 NO --/ -/ ------3 NO --/ -/ ------4 NO --/ -/ ------5 NO --/ -/ ------6 NO --/ -/ ------7 NO --/ -/ ------8 NO --/ -/ ------9 NO --/ -/ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Verifying Services This topic describes how to use the PDH/SDH tester to verify the private line access service.
Prerequisites The private line service has been configured.
Networking Figure 13-6 Test setup for E1 upstream service
E1 port loopback
ONU
OLT
E1 line tester E1
ONU trace the clock of the OLT Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
OLT trace the clock of the tester
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Internal free-run clock 1208
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Figure 13-7 Test setup for STM-1 upstream service
E1 port loopback
ONU
OLT
STM-1 line tester STM-1
ONU trace the clock of the OLT
OLT trace the clock of the tester
Internal free-run clock
Procedure Step 1 Set up network environment according to the preceding diagrams for service acceptance tests. NOTE
Ensure clock synchronization for the test. It is recommended that the tester use the internal free-run clock, the OLT trace the clock of the tester, and the ONU trace the clock of the OLT.
Step 2 Use the E1 or STM-1 line tester to send packets for the test. The test duration must be 12 hours or longer. There should be no alarms on the tester and the bit error rate must be less than 1E-9. ----End
Follow-up Procedure When the test on service connectivity fails, you can check for the failure causes by performing loopbacks. The following loopbacks are supported: l
Remote loopback on the OLT TOPA board
l
Local loopback on the OLT TOPA board
l
Local loopback on the ONU
l
Remote loopback on the ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1209
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Loopb ack Mode
Function
Remote loopba ck on the TOPA board
Loops back signals to the network side on the TOPA board on the OLT. This loopback checks whether the service from the TOPA board to the network-side channel is normal.
Local loopba ck on the TOPA board
Local loopba ck on the ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Loops back signals to the user side on the TOPA board on the OLT. This loopback checks whether the link between the TOPA board and the E1 port on the ONU is normal.
Loops back signals to the network side on the ONU. This loopback checks whether the link between the E1 port on the ONU and the TOPA board on the OLT is normal.
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Networking
ONU
Configuration
E1 line tester
OLT E1
Enable/Disable the remote loopback for the E1 port. huawei(config)#interface top 0/5 huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #undo loopback 0
Remote loopback
Enable/Disable the remote loopback for the STM-1 port. huawei(config)#interface top-stm1 0/5 huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#undo loopback 0 E1 line tester
ONU
OLT
E1
Local loopback
Enable/Disable the local loopback for the E1 port. huawei(config)#interface top 0/5 huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #undo loopback 0
Enable/Disable the local loopback for the STM-1 port. huawei(config)#interface top-stm1 0/5 huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#undo loopback 0 ONU
E1 line tester
OLT E1
Local loopback
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-) #loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-tdm-) #undo loopback 0
1210
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Loopb ack Mode
Function
Remote loopba ck on the ONU
Loops back signals to the user side on the ONU. This loopback checks whether the link between the ONU and user terminal is normal.
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Networking
E1 line tester
Configuration
ONU
OLT
E1
Remote loopback
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-) #loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-tdm-) #undo loopback 0
13.3.3 Enterprise IP PBX Private Line Access Service ONUs provide GE/FE ports to access IP private branch exchange (PBX) services of an enterprise and transmit them to an OLT. Then, the OLT forwards the service data upstream to the packet switched network (PSN). This achieves unified carrying of voice, data, and video services.
Service Requirement and Application Scenario Service Requirement l
The IP private branch exchange (PBX) data can be transparently transmitted on the PON network.
l
The operation method for end users connected to the IP PBX is not changed.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13-8, ONUs access IP PBX services through FE/GE ports. The OLT transparently transmits the data to the IP network in QinQ mode. Applicable ONUs: MA5612, MA5628 Figure 13-8 Networking diagram of the IP PBX access service IP PBX
FE/G E
ONU OLT
IP network GE/10GE
E FE/G
Splitter NGN/IMS ONU
IP PBX
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1211
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for the IP PBX access service.
Start
Adding ONUs to OLT
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs
OLT Side
Configuring OLT QinQ Service Ports
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies
Configuring E2E Reliability
Configuring Ethernet Access Service Ports
ONU Side
Verifying IP PBX Services
End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1212
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT. ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully.
Context l
When adding ONUs, you need to bind related profiles to the ONUs, including the DBA profile, line profile, and alarm profile.
l
An ONU can be added in two modes: offline addition and online confirmation. Select either mode as required.
Data Planning Table 13-5 Key data plan Configurati on Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile ID: 20 Profile type: Type 3 Assured bandwidth: 100 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 120 Mbit/s
Line profile
Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for other services: 12
Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 20 type3 assure 102400 max 122880
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 4 dba-profile-id 20 //Bind T-CONT 4 to DBA profile 20 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth tcont 0 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 4 //Add GEM port 12 to T-CONT 4 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 vlan 300 //Map GEM port 12 to CVLAN 300
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1213
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3.
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile ID is 1. The value of each alarm threshold is 0 which indicates that alarms are not reported. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and no configuration is required.
Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10
2.
(Optional) Bind an alarm profile. By default, an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 (default profile). You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements. In this example, the default alarm profile is used. Therefore, you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile.
Step 3 Confirm the ONU status. After adding an ONU, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU is online. Config state : normal //Indicates that the ONU is in normal state. ...//Other command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1214
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
– Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs This topic describes how to configure management service ports (also called service flows) on the OLT and ONUs. After the connections between the in-band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable, you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN and management IP address for ONU
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address for ONU 3: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT. Set the in-band management VLAN to 8, VLAN priority to 6, and IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 2 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 3 Configure the in-band management service port. Set the management VLAN to 8, GEM port ID to 11, and user VLAN to 8. The OLT does not rate limit the in-band management service port. Therefore, directly use the default traffic profile 6. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1215
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 4 Confirm that the connection between the management service ports on the OLT and ONU is reachable. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to verify the connectivity between the OLT and ONU. If the OLT receives ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU, the connection is reachable. l When the connection is reachable, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU. ----End
Configuring OLT QinQ Service Ports This topic describes how to configure QinQ service ports on the OLT to add an SVLAN tag to IP PBX packets sent from ONUs and transmit the packets to the upper-layer IP network.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
SVLAN
VLAN ID: 1300 VLAN attribute: q-in-q
CVLAN (upstream VALN of the ONU)
300
Traffic profile
Profile ID: 10 Assured bandwidth: 100 Mbit/s Upstream priority: 4
NOTE
Because packets transmitted from the OLT carry two VLAN tags, the interconnected equipment on the metro network must be able to identify and restore packets with two VLAN tags.
Procedure Step 1 Configure an SVLAN and add an upstream port to it. Set the SVLAN ID of the IP PBX service to 1300, VLAN type to smart, VLAN attribute to QinQ, and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 1300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 1300 q-in-q huawei(config)#port vlan 1300 0/19 0
Step 2 Configure a traffic profile for the service port. Add a new traffic profile 10 and set the assured rate to 100 Mbit/s. Packets transmitted upstream use the priority (4 by default) copied from the user side. Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1216
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir 102400 priority user-cos 4 prioritypolicy tag-in-package
Step 3 Configure a QinQ service port. According to 13.2.2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan, VLANs of packets sent from the IP PBX are all translated to CLVAN 300. Then, the OLT adds an SVLAN tag to the packets: CVLANSVLAN+CVLAN. Traffic profile 10 is used. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1300 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 NOTE
If you need to transparently transmit the CVLAN to SVLAN, then user qinq SVLAN, set SVLAN=CVLAN, and creat a service-port with "tag-transform transparent".
----End
Configuring Ethernet Access Service Ports on ONUs This topic describes how to configure service ports on ONUs and upstream VLANs to make the connections between ONUs and user terminals reachable and create upstream channels between ONUs and the OLT, achieving access of IP PBX services through Ethernet ports.
Data Planning Configuration Item
Data
Port
Upstream port: 0/0/1 Service port: 0/3/1
SVLAN
VLAN ID: 300 VLAN type: smart VLAN attribute: common
Traffic profile
Profile ID: 8 Assured rate: no rate limit Priority: 4
Procedure Step 1 Remotely log in to an ONU to configure the ONU. You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration. User name: root (default); password: mduadmin (default) Step 2 Create an SVLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart
Step 3 Add upstream port 0/0/1 to the SVLAN. huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1217
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Step 4 Configure a traffic profile. Configure traffic profile 8. The upstream and downstream rates are not limited. Packets transmitted upstream use the priority (4 by default) copied from the user side. Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority user-cos 4 priority-policy tag-in-package
Step 5 Add a service port. Add a service port and bind it to port 0/3/1. Set the user VLAN to untagged and bind it to traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 NOTE
Packets sent from the user side (IP PBX) may be transmitted upstream with a VLAN tag. In this case, change untagged to the VLAN tag when configuring a service port.
----End
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority-based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security.
Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies cover system security, user security, and service security, which ensure normal running of services. NOTE
Enable security features based on service types. For details, see 13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure queue scheduling. Based on 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan, all packets use strict priorities for queue scheduling and are mapped to queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 //System default
l
Configure system security. –
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on both the OLT and optical network units (ONUs). 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1218
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3. –
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
–
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on ONUs. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1219
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Configuring E2E Reliability This topic describes how to configure end-to-end (E2E) protection schemes for the enterprise private line service which has a high requirement on service reliability.
Context Reliability covers equipment reliability, upstream networking protection, and downstream networking protection. For details on reliability data planning, see 13.2.6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan. l
Upstream networking protection includes link aggregation group and protection group. Usually, link aggregation group is configured when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream; protection group is configured when the main control board is used to transmit traffic upstream. The two protection schemes are not configured at the same time.
l
Downstream networking protection includes Type B, Type C single homing, and Type C dual homing, which are used to protect service ports. Ports on the same ONU can be configured only with the same protection scheme. NOTE
This topic describes how to configure five mainstream protection schemes. Select required protection schemes based on the carrier's requirement and actual networking scenario.
Procedure l
Configure a link aggregation group. Bind upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 together as an aggregation link group. Each member port in the group transmits packets based on source MAC addresses. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure a protection group. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 on board GIU as a port protection group. Set port 0/19/0 as the working port and port 0/19/1 as the protection port, set the working mode to time delay detection, and enable the protection group. huawei(config-protect)#protect-group first 0/19/0 second 0/19/1 eth workmode timedelay enable
l
Configure the Type B protection. Figure 13-9 shows the Type B protection networking diagram. Figure 13-9 Type B protection
ONU OLT Backbone Fibers Protection
Splitter Active Standby Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1220
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Configure redundancy backup for ports 0/3/1 and 0/3/2 on the same GPON board on OLT. When port 0/3/1 fails, the system can automatically switch to port 0/3/2. huawei(config)#protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-port workmode timedelay huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable NOTE
The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port.
l
Configure the Type C single homing protection. Figure 13-10 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection. Configure two 1:N optical splitters, one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs, and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs. This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers. The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single homing protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working PON port on the OLT and working upstream PON ports on the ONUs. Figure 13-10 Type C single homing protection
ONU
Tributary Fibers Protection
Splitter A
OLT
Splitter B
Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU. – The ports on the GPON service board are 0/3/1 and 0/3/2. – The link at port 0/3/1 is the working link. – The link at port 0/3/2 is the protection link. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 2 1 protect-side huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1221
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
huawei(config)#protect-group protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-1)#quit
l
Configure the Type C dual homing protection. Figure 13-11 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection. Two PON ports on different OLTs, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection. The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme. The models and versions of main control boards on the active and standby OLTs must be the same. The models and versions of GPON boards on the active and standby OLTs also must be the same. Data on the active OLT cannot be automatically synchronized with that on the standby OLT. Therefore, data synchronization between the active and standby OLTs must be manually ensured. This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service. It does not support TDM services, including Native TDM and SAToP. Figure 13-11 Type C dual homing protection
Active OLT Splitter A ONU
Splitter B Standby OLT
Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C dual homing protection is configured for two OLTs (huawei_A and huawei_B). – huawei_A is the active OLT while huawei_B is the standby OLT. – The ports on the service boards on both OTLs are 0/3/1. – The dual homing protection group ID is 1. – The ONU ID is 1. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1222
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
– The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. Configurations on the active OLT huawei_A: huawei_A(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_A(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_A(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B: huawei_B(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_B(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role protect huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable
----End
Verifying Services This topic describes how to verify the IP PBX access service by testing calls.
Prerequisites The IP PBX access service has been deployed.
Procedure Step 1 Test calls between users connected to the IP PBX according to table 1. Step 2 Test calls from a user connected to the IP PBX to an IMS user according to table 1. Step 3 Test calls from an IMS user to a user connected to the IP PBX according to table 1. Table 13-6 IP PBX access service verification Categ ory
Test Calls Between Users Connected to the IP PBX
Test Calls from a User Connected to the IP PBX to an IMS User
Test Calls from an IMS User to a User Connected to the IP PBX
Prereq uisites
1. User A and user B access the network through the IP PBX and both users have been registered.
1. User A accesses the network through the IP PBX and has been registered.
1. User A is a common IMS user and has been registered.
2. User A and user B are idle.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
2. User B is a common IMS user and has been registered.
2. User B accesses the network through the IP PBX and has been registered.
3. User A and user B are idle.
3. User A and user B are idle.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1223
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Categ ory
Test Calls Between Users Connected to the IP PBX
Test Calls from a User Connected to the IP PBX to an IMS User
Test Calls from an IMS User to a User Connected to the IP PBX
Test proced ure
1. User A calls user B.
The same as that in the "Test Calls Between Users Connected to the IP PBX" column
The same as that in the "Test Calls Between Users Connected to the IP PBX" column
The same as that in the "Test Calls Between Users Connected to the IP PBX" column
The same as that in the "Test Calls Between Users Connected to the IP PBX" column
2. User B answers the call. Check the call between user A and user B. 3. User A releases the call.
Expect ed result
1. User B hears the ringing tone. 2. The call is set up. 3. The call is released.
----End
13.3.4 Enterprise PRA PBX Private Line Access Service ONUs provide PRA E1 ports to access PRA private branch exchange (PBX) services of an enterprise and transmit them to an OLT. Then, the OLT forwards the service data upstream to the packet switched network (PSN). This achieves voice-to-IP conversion, simplifying the network architecture.
Service Requirement and Application Scenario Service Requirement PRA PBX is a telephone exchange used in an enterprise. With the PRA PBX, staff in the enterprise can use internal telephones to make free calls by dialing short numbers. Outgoing calls are made through a unified trunk. After the PRA PBX service is accessed in PON mode using "OLT+ONU", VoIP calls can be made. Compared with services provided by the PRA PBX itself, the VoIP service has following advantages: l
Outgoing call data is carried over IP, which greatly lowers communication costs for enterprises and retains good call quality.
l
No extra investment is required because the voice service is deployed directly using the PRA PBX.
l
Free calls can be made between branches in different regions.
l
More value-added services can be provided based on IP networks.
In addition, the operation method for end users connected to the PRA PBX is not changed.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1224
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13-12, ONUs access PRA PBX services through E1 lines. The OLT transmits the data to the upper NGN/IMS, achieving the VoIP-based PRA voice service. Applicable ONU: MA5612 Figure 13-12 Networking diagram of the PRA PBX access service PRA PBX
E1
ONU OLT
IP network GE/10GE
Splitter E1
NGN/IMS ONU
PRA PBX
Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for the PRA PBX access service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1225
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Start
Adding ONUs to OLT
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs OLT Side Configuring Transparentlytransmitted Voice Service Ports Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies
Configuring E2E Reliability
Configuring VoIP PRA Services ONU Side Verifying PRA PBX Services
End
Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT. ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1226
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Context l
When adding ONUs, you need to bind related profiles to the ONUs, including the DBA profile, line profile, and alarm profile.
l
An ONU can be added in two modes: offline addition and online confirmation. Select either mode as required.
Data Planning Table 13-7 Key data plan Configurati on Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile ID: 20 Profile type: Type 3 Assured bandwidth: 100 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 120 Mbit/s
Line profile
Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for other services: 12
Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 20 type3 assure 102400 max 122880
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 4 dba-profile-id 20 //Bind T-CONT 4 to DBA profile 20 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth tcont 0 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 4 //Add GEM port 12 to T-CONT 4 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 vlan 300 //Map GEM port 12 to CVLAN 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1227
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
l The default GPON alarm profile ID is 1. The value of each alarm threshold is 0 which indicates that alarms are not reported. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and no configuration is required. Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10
2.
(Optional) Bind an alarm profile. By default, an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 (default profile). You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements. In this example, the default alarm profile is used. Therefore, you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile.
Step 3 Confirm the ONU status. After adding an ONU, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU is online. Config state : normal //Indicates that the ONU is in normal state. ...//Other command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1228
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
– Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs This topic describes how to configure management service ports (also called service flows) on the OLT and ONUs. After the connections between the in-band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable, you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN and management IP address for ONU
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address for ONU 3: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT. Set the in-band management VLAN to 8, VLAN priority to 6, and IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 2 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 3 Configure the in-band management service port. Set the management VLAN to 8, GEM port ID to 11, and user VLAN to 8. The OLT does not rate limit the in-band management service port. Therefore, directly use the default traffic profile 6. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 4 Confirm that the connection between the management service ports on the OLT and ONU is reachable. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1229
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to verify the connectivity between the OLT and ONU. If the OLT receives ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU, the connection is reachable. l When the connection is reachable, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU. ----End
Configuring Service Ports for Voice Transparent Transmission This topic describes how to create service ports on the OLT to transparently transmit VoIP service data from ONUs to the upper-layer voice server.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
SVLAN
VLAN ID: 300 VLAN attribute: common
CVLAN (upstream VALN of the ONU)
300
Traffic profile
Profile ID: 10 Assured bandwidth: 100 Mbit/s Upstream priority: 5
NOTE
The VoIP service is a self-operated service. The single SVLAN is a mainstream application and is recommended.
Procedure Step 1 Configure an SVLAN and add an upstream port to it. Set the SVLAN ID of the PRA PBX service to 300, VLAN type to smart, and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Step 2 Configure a traffic profile for the service port. Add a new traffic profile 10 and set the assured rate to 100 Mbit/s. Packets transmitted upstream use the priority (5 by default) copied from the user side. Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir 102400 priority user-cos 5 prioritypolicy tag-in-package
Step 3 Configure a service port. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1230
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
According to 13.2.2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan, VLANs of packets sent from the PRA PBX are all translated to CLVAN 300. The OLT transparently transmits the packets. The traffic profile 10 is used. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
----End
Configuring VoIP PRA Access This topic describes how to configure VoIP PRA access. ONUs provide PRA E1 ports to access the PRA PBX service and convert PRA signaling to ISDN Q.931-User Adaptation Layer (IUA) signaling, achieving signaling exchange between ONUs and media gateway controller (MGCs).
Prerequisites The H.248 protocol is a master/slave protocol which is used by an MGC to control access gateways (AGs) to implement call connections. The data, including media gateway (MG) interface attributes and voice user attributes on AGs, must be consistent with those on the MGC. Therefore, before configuring the VoIP voice service, plan data with the MGC.
Context IUA is the ISDN Q.931-User Adaptation Layer protocol. IUA links carry signaling exchanged between ONUs and MGCs.
Data Plan Table 13-8 Data plan for VoIP PRA service Configuration Item
Data
VLAN
VLAN ID: 300 IP address of the Layer 3 interface: 10.10.10.10/24
MG interface
MG ID: 0 Media/signaling IP address: 10.10.10.10/24 MGC IP address: 200.200.200.200 Gateway IP address: 10.10.10.1 Protocol port: 2944
IUA link
IUA link set ID: 1 Working mode of the link set: override Interface ID (IID) generation mode: 2 Service environment of the IUA link set: client
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1231
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Configuration Item
Data
IUA link
IUA link ID: 0
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Local port ID: 1402 Local IP address: 10.10.10.10 Remote port ID: 1404 Remote IP address for the primary MGC: 200.200.200.200 PRA port
Subrack ID/slot ID/port ID: Terminal ID: 512
Procedure Step 1 Configure an upstream VLAN and VLAN interface. Specify an upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and signaling flow, and set the IP addresses of the Layer 3 interface. These IP addresses are the sources of the media and signaling IP address pools. 1.
Create an upstream VLAN 300 and add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 1
2.
Configure the IP address of Layer 3 interface. Enter the VLAN interface mode and set the IP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10.10.10.10. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 300 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#ip address 10.10.10.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif300)#quit
Step 2 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. The media and signaling IP addresses are 10.10.10.10, and the media gateway IP address is 10.10.10.1. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.10.10.10 10.10.10.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-voip)#quit NOTE
The media IP address can be different from the signaling IP address. You can make data plan according to the actual network situation.
Step 3 Configure a static route. Because the IP address of the VLAN interface and the IP address of the MGC (200.200.200.200/24) are in different network segments, a route from gateway 10.10.10.1 to 200.200.200.0 network segment must be configured. huawei(config)#ip route-static 200.200.200.0 24 10.10.10.1
Step 4 Add an MG interface and configure interface attributes. 1. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Add an MG interface. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1232
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Add an MG interface for the MG to communicate with the MGC, which ensures that the MGC can control call connections through the MG interface. Add MG interface 0 according to the data plan. huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y
2.
Configure MG interface attributes. Configure MG interface attributes according to the data plan. When configuring the attributes, note that: l The registration mode of the MG interface must be consistent with that on the MGC. Registration mode: by IP address (default) or by domain name l H.248 version for negotiation: H.248v1, H.248v2, or H.248v3 (default). When H.248v3 is used, interfaces fail to be registered if some softswitches do not support H.248v3. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 10.10.10.10 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp primary-mgc-ip1 200.200.200.200 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 10.10.10.10 start-negotiate-version 1
3.
Enable the MG interface. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit NOTE
l After configuring the MG interface, you must perform a cold reset on the interface. Otherwise, the interface cannot take effect. l You can perform a cold reset on the MG interface only after the following parameters are correctly configured: mgip, mgport, primary-mgc-ip1 (or mgc-domain-name1), mgcport_1, code, transfer, and mg-media-ip.
4.
Query the running status of the MG interface. If the MG interface is interconnected with the MGC successfully, the MG interface is in normal state which indicates that the interface is working properly. huawei(config)#display if-h248 all ------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID Trans State MGPort MGIP MGCPort MGCIP/DomainName ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 UDP Normal 2944 10.10.10.10 2944 200.200.200.200 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Step 5 Configure IUA links. In the sigtran mode, configure the Signaling Transport protocol stack. Add an IUA link set first and then add IUA links. huawei(config)#sigtran huawei(config-sigtran)#iua-linkset add 1 mgid 0 trafficmode override iid-map 2 csmode client huawei(config-sigtran)#iua-link add 0 0 1402 10.10.10.10 1404 200.200.200.200 huawei(config-sigtran)#quit
Step 6 Configure ISDN PRA user data. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgprauser add
0 1 interfaceid 0 terminalid 512
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1233
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority-based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security.
Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies cover system security, user security, and service security, which ensure normal running of services. NOTE
Enable security features based on service types. For details, see 13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure queue scheduling. Based on 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan, all packets use strict priorities for queue scheduling and are mapped to queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 //System default
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on both the OLT and optical network units (ONUs). 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode:
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1234
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on ONUs. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
----End
Configuring E2E Reliability This topic describes how to configure end-to-end (E2E) protection schemes for the enterprise private line service which has a high requirement on service reliability.
Context Reliability covers equipment reliability, upstream networking protection, and downstream networking protection. For details on reliability data planning, see 13.2.6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan. l
Upstream networking protection includes link aggregation group and protection group. Usually, link aggregation group is configured when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream; protection group is configured when the main control board is used to transmit traffic upstream. The two protection schemes are not configured at the same time.
l
Downstream networking protection includes Type B, Type C single homing, and Type C dual homing, which are used to protect service ports. Ports on the same ONU can be configured only with the same protection scheme. NOTE
This topic describes how to configure five mainstream protection schemes. Select required protection schemes based on the carrier's requirement and actual networking scenario.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1235
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Procedure l
Configure a link aggregation group. Bind upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 together as an aggregation link group. Each member port in the group transmits packets based on source MAC addresses. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure a protection group. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 on board GIU as a port protection group. Set port 0/19/0 as the working port and port 0/19/1 as the protection port, set the working mode to time delay detection, and enable the protection group. huawei(config-protect)#protect-group first 0/19/0 second 0/19/1 eth workmode timedelay enable
l
Configure the Type B protection. Figure 13-13 shows the Type B protection networking diagram. Figure 13-13 Type B protection
ONU OLT Backbone Fibers Protection
Splitter Active Standby Configure redundancy backup for ports 0/3/1 and 0/3/2 on the same GPON board on OLT. When port 0/3/1 fails, the system can automatically switch to port 0/3/2. huawei(config)#protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-port workmode timedelay huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable NOTE
The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port.
l
Configure the Type C single homing protection. Figure 13-14 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection. Configure two 1:N optical splitters, one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs, and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs. This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers. The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single homing protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working PON port on the OLT and working upstream PON ports on the ONUs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1236
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Figure 13-14 Type C single homing protection
ONU
Tributary Fibers Protection
Splitter A
OLT
Splitter B
Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU. – The ports on the GPON service board are 0/3/1 and 0/3/2. – The link at port 0/3/1 is the working link. – The link at port 0/3/2 is the protection link. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 2 1 protect-side huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#protect-group protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-1)#quit
l
Configure the Type C dual homing protection. Figure 13-15 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection. Two PON ports on different OLTs, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection. The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme. The models and versions of main control boards on the active and standby OLTs must be the same. The models and versions of GPON boards on the active and standby OLTs also must be the same. Data on the active OLT cannot be automatically synchronized with that on the standby OLT. Therefore, data synchronization between the active and standby OLTs must be manually ensured. This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service. It does not support TDM services, including Native TDM and SAToP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1237
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Figure 13-15 Type C dual homing protection
Active OLT Splitter A ONU
Splitter B Standby OLT
Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C dual homing protection is configured for two OLTs (huawei_A and huawei_B). – huawei_A is the active OLT while huawei_B is the standby OLT. – The ports on the service boards on both OTLs are 0/3/1. – The dual homing protection group ID is 1. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. Configurations on the active OLT huawei_A: huawei_A(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_A(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_A(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B: huawei_B(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_B(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role protect huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1238
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Verifying Services This topic describes how to verify the PRA PBX service by testing calls.
Prerequisites The PRA PBX access service has been deployed.
Procedure Step 1 Test calls between users connected to the PRA PBX according to table 1. Step 2 Test calls from a user connected to the PRA PBX to an MGC user according to table 1. Step 3 Test calls from an MGC user to a user connected to the PRA PBX according to table 1. Table 13-9 PRA PBX access service verification Categ ory
Test Calls Between Users Connected to the PRA PBX
Test Calls from a User Connected to the PRA PBX to an MGC User
Test Calls from an MGC User to a User Connected to the PRA PBX
Prereq uisites
1. User A and user B access the network through the PRA PBX and both users have been registered.
1. User A accesses the network through the PRA PBX and has been registered.
1. User A is a common MGC user and has been registered.
2. User A and user B are idle.
Test proced ure
1. User A calls user B. 2. User B answers the call. Check the call between user A and user B.
2. User B is a common MGC user and has been registered.
2. User B accesses the network through the PRA PBX and has been registered.
3. User A and user B are idle.
3. User A and user B are idle.
The same as that in the "Test Calls Between Users Connected to the PRA PBX" column
The same as that in the "Test Calls Between Users Connected to the PRA PBX" column
The same as that in the "Test Calls Between Users Connected to the PRA PBX" column
The same as that in the "Test Calls Between Users Connected to the PRA PBX" column
3. User A releases the call. Expect ed result
1. User B hears the ringing tone. 2. The call is set up. 3. The call is released.
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1239
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
13.3.5 Enterprise E1/T1 Unified Access Service ONUs transmit E1/T1 signals of enterprises to OLTs in SAToP mode and OLTs are interconnected with transmission equipment through E1/T1 ports. In this manner, traditional circuit switching services can be carried over GPON networks.
Service Requirement and Application Scenario Service Requirement l
Existing SDH resources are utilized efficiently. In this way, carriers' existing investments are protected and enterprise users in different regions are won.
l
Services are received over optical fibers, reducing investment in copper cables between enterprises and the SDH network.
l
The standardized user-side ports facilitate deployment and maintenance.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13-16, the ONU accesses enterprise E1/T1 service through standardized hardware ports, and transmits data to the OLT over the GPON line after performing structureagnostic time division multiplexing over packet (SAToP) encapsulation on the service. After receiving the signals, the OLT restores E1/T1 signals and transmits the signals to the SDH network. l
For carriers, with this networking, they can win enterprise users with GPON lines which support long-distance transmission and high bandwidth. With the trend of fiber-in and copper-out, deployment of GPON lines can reduce deployment costs of copper cables and support service expansion.
l
For enterprise users, with GPON access, they can reduce fees spent in leasing lines.
ONUs supporting this scenario: MA5612, MA5628. Figure 13-16 E1/T1 access in SAToP mode OLT
Enterprise
ONU
E1/T1/ STM-1
E1/T1 TDM
SDH
Splitter
T1
SAToP
T1
E1
SAToP
E1/STM-1
Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for E1/T1 enterprise private line. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1240
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Start
Adding ONUs to OLT
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs
OLT Side
Configuring SAToP Connections and Service Ports Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies Configuring Network Protection
Configuring SAToP Connections
ONU Side
Configuring Clock Synchronization
Verifying Services
End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1241
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Adding ONUs to OLT ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully.
Context l
When adding ONUs, you need to bind related profiles to the ONUs, including the DBA profile, line profile, and alarm profile.
l
An ONU can be added in two modes: offline addition and online confirmation. Select either mode as required.
Data Plan Table 13-10 Key data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile ID: 20 Profile type: Fixed bandwidth and minimum delay DBA bandwidth: l E1 access: 32 Mbit/s is recommended. (Each ONU accesses four E1 private lines and each line has a recommended DBA bandwidth of 8 Mbit/ s) l T1 access: 24 Mbit/s is recommended. (Each ONU accesses four T1 private lines and each line has a recommended DBA bandwidth of 6 Mbit/ s)
Line profile
Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 1 GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for DDN private line service: 12
Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Enable the bandwidth compensation function and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode for the GPON port to minimum bandwidth delay. For example, configure the DBA profile for 4-channel E1 private line. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 20 type1 fix 32768 huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port dba bandwidth-assignment-mode 1 min-loop-delay huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1242
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Configure an ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 1 dba-profile-id 20 //Bind T-CONT 1 to DBA profile 20 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth tcont 0 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 1 //Add GEM port 12 to T-CONT 1 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 vlan 300 //Map GEM port 12 to CVLAN 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3.
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile ID is 1. The value of each alarm threshold is 0 which indicates that alarms are not reported. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and no configuration is required.
Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10
2.
(Optional) Bind an alarm profile. By default, an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 (default profile). You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements. In this example, the default alarm profile is used. Therefore, you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile.
Step 3 Confirm the ONU status. After adding an ONU, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU is online. Config state : normal //Indicates that the ONU is in normal state. ...//Other command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1243
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs This topic describes how to configure management service ports (also called service flows) on the OLT and ONUs. After the connections between the in-band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable, you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN and management IP address for ONU
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address for ONU 3: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT. Set the in-band management VLAN to 8, VLAN priority to 6, and IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 2 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1244
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 3 Configure the in-band management service port. Set the management VLAN to 8, GEM port ID to 11, and user VLAN to 8. The OLT does not rate limit the in-band management service port. Therefore, directly use the default traffic profile 6. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 4 Confirm that the connection between the management service ports on the OLT and ONU is reachable. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to verify the connectivity between the OLT and ONU. If the OLT receives ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU, the connection is reachable. l When the connection is reachable, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU. ----End
Configuring SAToP Connections and Service Ports This topic describes how to configure a SAToP connection of the IP+UDP encapsulation type and a service port to enable packets of enterprise to be encapsulated on ONUs and restored on OLTs.
Prerequisites Required hardware is available: l
Main control boards on the OLT: SCUN+CKMC
l
Upstream board on the OLT: EDTB (for E1/T1 upstream transmission)
l
Service board on the OLT: GPBD
l
ONU: MA5612 (configured with the E81A board) or MA5628
Context Figure 13-17 shows SAToP encapsulation for enterprise E1/T1 unified access service. As shown in the following figure, after TDM signals are encapsulated in the IP+UDP format, an outer VLAN tag and an Ethernet header are added to the TDM signals. Then the TDM signals become a standard Ethernet packet that is transmitted on the PON line between the ONU and OLT.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1245
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Figure 13-17 SAToP encapsulation Enterprise
OLT E1/T1
ONU SDH
T1
SAToP
T1
E1
SAToP
E1/STM-1
TDM
TDM
TDM
UDP1
UDP1
IP1
IP1
VLAN
VLAN
ETH
ETH
TDM
Data Plan Configurati on Item
Data
EDTB (OLT)
Port: 0/5/0 Board IP address: 10.10.50.10 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) Local UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
E1/T1 port (ONU)
Board IP address: 10.10.50.20 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
VLAN
SVLAN: 300
Remark 1: MAC address configuration modes (statically configured or dynamically obtained) at two ends must be consistent to establish a SAToP connection. It is recommended that MAC addresses be dynamically obtained, which facilitates configuration and maintenance. Remark 2: The UDP port cannot be a port that is widely used in the industry and for specific services. For example, port 80 is used for HTTP service. The dynamic and private ports are recommended.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1246
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Procedure Step 1 Configure EDTB board attributes. Set the board working mode to SAToP. huawei(config)#interface edt 0/5 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#board workmode satop
Configure the access mode and frame format. l E1 access: huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#tdm access-mode E1
l T1 access: huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#tdm access-mode T1 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#frame-mode 0 esf NOTE
The T1 frame format must be consistent with that on the SDH side.
Configure the IP address of the E1/T1 port on the EDTB board. huawei(config)#interface edt 0/5 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#set ip-address 10.10.50.10 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#quit
Step 2 Create a SAToP connection. Create TDM VCL 10. l For E1 access, set the TDM VCL type to SAToP. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 satop 0/5/0
l For T1 access, set the TDM VCL type to CESoP and the timeslot to 0xfffffff. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 cesop 0/5/0 timeslot 0xffffff
Create a SAToP connection at the E1/T1 port 0/5/0. Set SVLAN to 300, local UDP port number to 50048, remote IP address (the IP address of the E1/T1 access board on the ONU) to 10.10.50.20, and remote UDP port number to 50048. The remote MAC address is obtained dynamically. NOTE
To create a SAToP connection, the local UDP port number must be consistent with the remote UDP port number, that is, [ local-udp = portid of EDTB + Cardinal number (50048) ]. huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-ip 10.10.50.20 remote-udp 50048
You can also create a SAToP connection by configuring the MAC address statically. If the remote MAC address (the MAC address of the E1 access board on the ONU, which can be queried by running the display cesop-mac-address command on the ONU) is 00e0-fc01-0450, create a SAToP connection in static mode as follows: huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-mac 00e0-fc01-0450 remote-ip 10.10.50.20 remote-udp 50048
Step 3 (Optional) Configure attributes of the SAToP connection. NOTE
The attributes of the SAToP connection on the OLT must be consistent with those on the ONU. Generally, use the system default values.
l Run the cesop rtp command to configure whether the SAToP packet carries the RTP header. The SAToP packet carries the RTP header by default. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1247
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
l Run the cesop encap command to configure SSRC, payload type, and SN of the SAToP packet. The default value of these parameters is 0. l Run the cesop jitter-buffer command to configure the buffer depth of the SAToP packet. The default buffer depth is 2000 μs. l Run the cesop loadtime command to configure the load time of the SAToP packet. The default load time is 125 μs. l Run the cesop priority command to configure the priority of the SAToP packet. The default priority is 7. Step 4 Configure a service port. Set the service port ID to 1, SVLAN ID to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN ID to 300. The ONU limits upstream and downstream traffic rates but the OLT does not. Therefore, use default traffic profile 6. The user VLAN must be the same as the upstream VLAN of the ONU. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 300 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
----End
Configuring ONU SAToP Connections This topic describes how to configure a SAToP connection of the IP+UDP encapsulation type and a service VLAN to enable packets of base stations to be encapsulated on ONUs as Ethernet packets and then forwarded based on VLANs and MAC addresses.
Data Plan Configurati on Item
Data
EDTB (OLT)
Port: 0/5/0 Board IP address: 10.10.50.10 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) Local UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
E1/T1 port (ONU)
Board IP address: 10.10.50.20 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
VLAN
SVLAN: 300
Remark 1: MAC address configuration modes (statically configured or dynamically obtained) at two ends must be consistent to establish a SAToP connection. It is recommended that MAC addresses be dynamically obtained, which facilitates configuration and maintenance. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1248
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Remark 2: The UDP port cannot be a port that is widely used in the industry and for specific services. For example, port 80 is used for HTTP service. The dynamic and private ports are recommended.
Procedure Step 1 Configure a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN. Create the upstream VLAN 300, and add upstream port 0/0/1 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 1
Step 2 Configure E1/T1 port attributes. Configure the IP address of TDM service board 0/1 as 10.10.50.20. huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#set ip-address 10.10.50.20
Configure the board and port working mode and transmit clock. l For E1 access, set the working mode to UDT and configure the transmit clock as the system clock. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#tdm access-mode E1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 udt system
l For T1 access, set the working mode to SDT, configure the transmit clock as the system clock, and enable ESF verification. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#tdm access-mode T1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 sdt system esf enable
Step 3 Create a SAToP connection. Create TDM VCL 10. l For E1 access, set the TDM VCL type to SAToP. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 satop 0/1/0
l For T1 access, set the TDM VCL type to CESoP and the timeslot to 0xfffffff. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 cesop 0/1/0 timeslot 0xffffff
Create a SAToP connection at TDM port 0/1/0. Set SVLAN to 300, local UDP port number to 50048, remote IP address (the IP address of the EDTB board on the OLT) to 10.10.50.10, and remote UDP port number to 50048. The remote MAC address is obtained dynamically. huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-ip 10.10.50.10 remote-udp 50048 NOTE
You can also create a SAToP connection by configuring the MAC address statically. If the remote MAC address (the MAC address of the EDTB board on the OLT) is 0800-3E32-5310, create a SAToP connection in static mode as follows: huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-mac 0800-3E32-5310 remote-ip 10.10.50.10 remote-udp 50048
Step 4 (Optional) Configure attributes of the SAToP connection. NOTE
The attributes of the SAToP connection on the OLT must be consistent with those on the ONU. Generally, use the system default values.
l Run the cesop rtp command to configure whether the SAToP packet carries the RTP header. The SAToP packet carries the RTP header by default. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1249
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
l Run the cesop encap command to configure SSRC, payload type, and SN of the SAToP packet. The default value of these parameters is 0. l Run the cesop jitter-buffer command to configure the buffer depth of the SAToP packet. The default buffer depth is 2000 μs. l Run the cesop loadtime command to configure the load time of the SAToP packet. The default load time is 125 μs. l Run the cesop priority command to configure the priority of the SAToP packet. The default priority is 7. ----End
Configuring Clock Synchronization In this scenario, the E1/STM-1 line clock can be used to achieve network-wide clock synchronization.
Prerequisites The CKMC clock daughter board has been installed on the SCU main control board.
Context Configuration roadmap for clock synchronization: 1.
The OLT traces the upstream E1/STM-1 line clock of the TOPA board as the system clock.
2.
The system clock is delivered to an ONU through optical paths of the GPON board.
3.
The ONU uses the line clock of the GPON upstream port as the system clock.
4.
The ONU E1 transmit clock is synchronized with the system clock of the ONU.
l
Configure a clock on the OLT.
Procedure 1.
Add a system clock source. Configure the E1/T1 line clock input from port 0/5/0 on the EDTB board as the system clock 0. Set the priority to 0 (highest priority). huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/5/0 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source system command to query configurations and the status of the clock source. Ensure that configurations of the system clock source are correct and the status is Normal. huawei(config)#display clock source system ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H802EDTB 0/5/0 E1 Normal 0 --YES
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1250
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run the display clock mode command to query the clock working mode. Ensure that the clock daughter board works in tracing mode. huawei(config)#display clock mode Clock manage-mode:Third-mode Clock subboard work-mode:Tracing
l
Configure a clock on the ONU. 1.
Configure the GPON line clock as the system clock. The system clock of the OLT is delivered to the ONU through the GPON port on the OLT, achieving clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU. a.
Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the GPON upstream port as the system clock of the ONU.
b.
Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the clock source.
huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 Clock source set succeeded huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Configure the system clock as the transmit clock for an E1 port. a.
Run the interface tdm command to enter the E1 port configuration mode.
b.
Run the tx clock or port portid udt system command to configure the system clock as the transmit clock of the port.
c.
Run the display port state command to query the transmit clock of the E1 port.
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-)#port 0 udt system huawei(config-if-tdm-)#display port state 0 --------------------------------------Port : 0 State : normal Mode : UDT Code : HDB3 Looptype : Timeslot : Clock : system CRC4 : Signaling : ESF : Impedance : 120 Ohm ---------------------------------------
3.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query configurations and the status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source --------------------------------------------------------------Index Config Type Source State Priority Output --------------------------------------------------------------0 YES line 0/0/1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO --/ -/ ------2 NO --/ -/ ------3 NO --/ -/ ------4 NO --/ -/ ------5 NO --/ -/ ------6 NO --/ -/ ------7 NO --/ -/ ------8 NO --/ -/ -------
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1251
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
9 NO --/ -/ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority-based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security.
Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies cover system security, user security, and service security, which ensure normal running of services. NOTE
Enable security features based on service types. For details, see 13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure queue scheduling. Based on 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan, all packets use strict priorities for queue scheduling and are mapped to queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 //System default
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on both the OLT and optical network units (ONUs). 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1252
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on ONUs. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
----End
Configuring Network Protectio The base station access service has high requirements on reliability. Therefore, network protection solutions must be configured in the upstream and downstream directions.
Context l
The upstream protection solution is STM-1 1+1 protection (OLTs must transmit services upstream through STM-1 ports).
l
The downstream protection solutions are Type B protection and Type C single-homing protection. For details on configurations, see Configuring E2E Reliability. The following uses Type C single-homing protection as an example.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1253
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Procedure l
Configure an STM-1 protection group. Configure STM-1 ports 0/5/0 and 0/5/1 on the TOPA board as members in the same protection group. When a hardware or line fault occurs at the protected port 0/5/0, the system automatically switches services at the faulty port to the standby port 0/5/1. huawei(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target stm-nni-port workmode unidirection huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/5/0 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/5/1 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable
CAUTION OLTs only support unidirectional STM-1 protection. When OLTs are interconnected with SDH equipment, the STM-1 protection mode of the remote SDH equipment must be set to unidirectional. l
Configure the Type C single homing protection. Figure 13-18 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection. Configure two 1:N optical splitters, one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs, and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs. This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers. The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single homing protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working PON port on the OLT and working upstream PON ports on the ONUs. Figure 13-18 Type C single homing protection
ONU
Tributary Fibers Protection
Splitter A
OLT
Splitter B
Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU. – The ports on the GPON service board are 0/3/1 and 0/3/2. – The link at port 0/3/1 is the working link. – The link at port 0/3/2 is the protection link. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1254
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
– The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 2 1 protect-side huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#protect-group protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-1)#quit
----End
Verifying Services This topic describes how to use the PDH/SDH tester to verify the private line access service.
Prerequisites The private line service has been configured.
Networking Figure 13-19 Test setup for E1 upstream service
E1 port loopback
ONU
OLT
E1 line tester E1
ONU trace the clock of the OLT
Internal free-run clock
OLT trace the clock of the tester
Figure 13-20 Test setup for STM-1 upstream service
E1 port loopback
ONU
OLT
STM-1 line tester STM-1
ONU trace the clock of the OLT Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
OLT trace the clock of the tester
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Internal free-run clock 1255
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Procedure Step 1 Set up network environment according to the preceding diagrams for service acceptance tests. NOTE
Ensure clock synchronization for the test. It is recommended that the tester use the internal free-run clock, the OLT trace the clock of the tester, and the ONU trace the clock of the OLT.
Step 2 Use the E1 or STM-1 line tester to send packets for the test. The test duration must be 12 hours or longer. There should be no alarms on the tester and the bit error rate must be less than 1E-9. ----End
Follow-up Procedure When the test on service connectivity fails, you can check for the failure causes by performing loopbacks. The following loopbacks are supported: l
Remote loopback on the OLT TOPA board
l
Local loopback on the OLT TOPA board
l
Local loopback on the ONU
l
Remote loopback on the ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Loopb ack Mode
Function
Remote loopba ck on the TOPA board
Loops back signals to the network side on the TOPA board on the OLT. This loopback checks whether the service from the TOPA board to the network-side channel is normal.
Networking
ONU
Configuration
E1 line tester
OLT E1
Remote loopback
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Enable/Disable the remote loopback for the E1 port. huawei(config)#interface top 0/5 huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #undo loopback 0
Enable/Disable the remote loopback for the STM-1 port. huawei(config)#interface top-stm1 0/5 huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#undo loopback 0
1256
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Loopb ack Mode
Function
Networking
Local loopba ck on the TOPA board
Loops back signals to the user side on the TOPA board on the OLT. This loopback checks whether the link between the TOPA board and the E1 port on the ONU is normal.
E1 line tester
Local loopba ck on the ONU
Loops back signals to the network side on the ONU. This loopback checks whether the link between the E1 port on the ONU and the TOPA board on the OLT is normal.
Remote loopba ck on the ONU
Loops back signals to the user side on the ONU. This loopback checks whether the link between the ONU and user terminal is normal.
Configuration
ONU
OLT
E1
Local loopback
Enable/Disable the local loopback for the E1 port. huawei(config)#interface top 0/5 huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #undo loopback 0
Enable/Disable the local loopback for the STM-1 port. huawei(config)#interface top-stm1 0/5 huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#undo loopback 0 ONU
E1 line tester
OLT E1
Local loopback
E1 line tester
ONU
OLT
E1
Remote loopback
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-) #loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-tdm-) #undo loopback 0
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-) #loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-tdm-) #undo loopback 0
13.3.6 Enterprise E1/T1 Unified Access Service (OLT Cascading) ONUs access enterprise TDM service in E1/T1 access mode, and transmits the data to the SDH network in OLT cascading mode over the GPON network which supports long-distance transmission and high bandwidth. In this way, uniform deployment of E1/T1 service is achieved.
Service Requirement and Application Scenario Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1257
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Service Requirement l
Existing SDH resources are utilized efficiently. In this way, carriers' existing investments are protected and enterprise users in different regions are won.
l
Services are received over optical fibers, reducing investment in copper cables between enterprises and the SDH network.
l
The standardized user-side ports facilitate deployment and maintenance.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13-21, a carrier's SDH network is migrated gradually. In a city, there are only some nodes (for example, OLT_A in the following figure) can transmit signals upstream to the SDH network through STM-1 ports, and other nodes (for example, OLT_B in the following figure) must access SDH resources through GE/10GE ports. In this scenario, ONU_B accesses the E1/T1 service in SAToP mode, and transmits the service to the OLT at the local site (OLT_B) over the GPON line. OLT_B transparently transmits the service to another OLT with SDH resources (OLT_A) through GE/10GE ports. l
For carriers, with this networking, they can win enterprise users who have no SDH resources with GPON lines which support long-distance transmission and high bandwidth. With the trend of fiber-in and copper-out, deployment of GPON lines can reduce deployment costs of copper cables and support service expansion.
l
For enterprise users, with GPON access, they can reduce fees spent in leasing lines.
Figure 13-21 E1/T1 access in SAToP mode (OLT cascading) OLT_A E1/T1/ STM-1
E1/T1 TDM
Splitter
ONU E1/T1 TDM
E1/T1
L2
G 10 E/ GE
OLT_B
Enterprise
SDH
Splitter SAToP
E1/T1/ STM-1
Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for the E1/T1 unified access service (OLT cascading).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1258
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
OLT_A
OLT_B
ONU
Start
Start
Start
Configure cascading with OLT_B
Adding ONUs to OLT
Configuring ONU SAToP Connections
Configuring SAToP Connections between OLT_A and ONU
Configuring Management and Service Channel Configuring Clock Synchronization
End
Functions of different network element are listed in the table below. Network element
Functions
OLT_A
1. In the downstream direction, creates SAToP connections with ONU_B; in the upstream direction, restores E1/T1 signals and transmits the signals to the SDH network. 2. Cascaded with OLT_B and transmits clock synchronization information downstream.
OLT_B
1. Transmits SAToP-encapsulated packets in GEM frames over the GPON line. 2. Transmits SAToP packets to OLT_A in Ethernet mode for decapsulation. 3. Transmits clock synchronization information to ONU_B.
ONU_B
1. Access the E1/T1 private line service. 2. Create the SAToP connection between ONU_B and OLT_A. 3. Transmits SAToP packets to OLT_B by PON line. 4. Transmits clock synchronization information to enterprise.
Configure OLT_A cascading with OLT_B Prerequisites Required hardware for OLT_A is ready. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1259
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
l
Control board: SCUN+CKMC
l
GPON service board: GPBD
l
Upstream board: EDTB
l
Cascaded service board: – GE port: GICK or OPGD – 10GE port: X2CS
Data Plan Table 13-11 provides the key data plan. Table 13-11 Key data plan for OLT_A Item
Data
Remarks
OPGD
Port: 0/2/1
Assume that OLT_A is cascaded with OLT_B using the OPGD board. Then you need to set the network role of the OPGD board to cascade.
VLA N ID and IP addres s
In-band management VLAN ID: 8
To telnet to another OLT or ONU from the OLT and then configure the OLT or ONU, you must configure the in-band management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT on the OLT.
In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.30/24
If the management IP address and the IP address of OLT_B or ONU_B are not in the same network segment, you also need to configure routes.
Procedure Step 1 Configure the management VLAN and IP address. Create management VLAN 8, and set the management IP address to 192.168.50.30 and subnet mask to 255.255.255.0. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.30 24
Step 2 Configure cascading with OLT_B. Cascade OLT_A and OLT_B through GE port 0/2/1 on the OPGD board. Set the port attribute to cascade, and add the cascading port to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#interface opg 0/2 huawei(config-if-opg-0/2)#network-role cascade huawei(config-if-opg-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/2 1
----End
Configuring SAToP Connections between OLT_A and ONU Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1260
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Data Plan Configurati on Item
Data
EDTB (OLT)
Port: 0/5/0 Board IP address: 10.10.50.10 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) Local UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
E1/T1 port (ONU)
Board IP address: 10.10.50.20 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
VLAN
SVLAN: 300
Remark 1: MAC address configuration modes (statically configured or dynamically obtained) at two ends must be consistent to establish a SAToP connection. It is recommended that MAC addresses be dynamically obtained, which facilitates configuration and maintenance. Remark 2: The UDP port cannot be a port that is widely used in the industry and for specific services. For example, port 80 is used for HTTP service. The dynamic and private ports are recommended.
Procedure Step 1 Configure EDTB board attributes. Set the board working mode to SAToP. huawei(config)#interface edt 0/5 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#board workmode satop
Configure the access mode and frame format. l E1 access: huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#tdm access-mode E1
l T1 access: huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#tdm access-mode T1 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#frame-mode 0 esf NOTE
The T1 frame format must be consistent with that on the SDH side.
Configure the IP address of the E1/T1 port on the EDTB board. huawei(config)#interface edt 0/5 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#set ip-address 10.10.50.10 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#quit
Step 2 Create a SAToP connection. Create TDM VCL 10. l For E1 access, set the TDM VCL type to SAToP. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 satop 0/5/0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1261
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
l For T1 access, set the TDM VCL type to CESoP and the timeslot to 0xfffffff. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 cesop 0/5/0 timeslot 0xffffff
Create a SAToP connection at the E1/T1 port 0/5/0. Set SVLAN to 300, local UDP port number to 50048, remote IP address (the IP address of the E1/T1 access board on the ONU) to 10.10.50.20, and remote UDP port number to 50048. The remote MAC address is obtained dynamically. NOTE
To create a SAToP connection, the local UDP port number must be consistent with the remote UDP port number, that is, [ local-udp = portid of EDTB + Cardinal number (50048) ]. huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-ip 10.10.50.20 remote-udp 50048
You can also create a SAToP connection by configuring the MAC address statically. If the remote MAC address (the MAC address of the E1 access board on the ONU, which can be queried by running the display cesop-mac-address command on the ONU) is 00e0-fc01-0450, create a SAToP connection in static mode as follows: huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-mac 00e0-fc01-0450 remote-ip 10.10.50.20 remote-udp 50048
Step 3 (Optional) Configure attributes of the SAToP connection. NOTE
The attributes of the SAToP connection on the OLT must be consistent with those on the ONU. Generally, use the system default values.
l Run the cesop rtp command to configure whether the SAToP packet carries the RTP header. The SAToP packet carries the RTP header by default. l Run the cesop encap command to configure SSRC, payload type, and SN of the SAToP packet. The default value of these parameters is 0. l Run the cesop jitter-buffer command to configure the buffer depth of the SAToP packet. The default buffer depth is 2000 μs. l Run the cesop loadtime command to configure the load time of the SAToP packet. The default load time is 125 μs. l Run the cesop priority command to configure the priority of the SAToP packet. The default priority is 7. ----End
Adding ONUs to OLT_B ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1262
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Data Plan Table 13-12 Key data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile ID: 20 Profile type: Fixed bandwidth and minimum delay DBA bandwidth: l E1 access: 32 Mbit/s is recommended. (Each ONU accesses four E1 private lines and each line has a recommended DBA bandwidth of 8 Mbit/ s) l T1 access: 24 Mbit/s is recommended. (Each ONU accesses four T1 private lines and each line has a recommended DBA bandwidth of 6 Mbit/ s)
Line profile
Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 1 GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for DDN private line service: 12
Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Enable the bandwidth compensation function and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode for the GPON port to minimum bandwidth delay. For example, configure the DBA profile for 4-channel E1 private line. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 20 type1 fix 32768 huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port dba bandwidth-assignment-mode 1 min-loop-delay huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 1 dba-profile-id 20 //Bind T-CONT 1 to DBA profile 20 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth tcont 0 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 1 //Add GEM port 12 to T-CONT 1 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 vlan 300 //Map GEM port 12 to CVLAN 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1263
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
l The default GPON alarm profile ID is 1. The value of each alarm threshold is 0 which indicates that alarms are not reported. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and no configuration is required. Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10
2.
(Optional) Bind an alarm profile. By default, an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 (default profile). You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements. In this example, the default alarm profile is used. Therefore, you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile.
Step 3 Confirm the ONU status. After adding an ONU, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU is online. Config state : normal //Indicates that the ONU is in normal state. ...//Other command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1264
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
– Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring Management and Service Channel on OLT_B and ONU After the management service ports is added, you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs. After the GPON service port is added, E1/T1 traffic stream are able to transmitted upstream to OLT_B.
Prerequisites Required hardware for OLT_B (cascading) is ready. l
Control board: SCUN+CKMC
l
GPON service board: GPBD
l
Upstream board: – GE port: GICK – 10GE port: X2CS
Data Plan Item
Data
Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Service VLAN
300
Management VLAN and management IP address for ONU
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT. Set the in-band management VLAN to 8, VLAN priority to 6, and IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 2 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1265
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Step 3 Configure the in-band management service port. Set the management VLAN to 8, GEM port ID to 11, and user VLAN to 8. The OLT does not rate limit the in-band management service port. Therefore, directly use the default traffic profile 6. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 4 Confirm that the connection between the management service ports on the OLT and ONU is reachable. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to verify the connectivity between the OLT and ONU. If the OLT receives ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU, the connection is reachable. l When the connection is reachable, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU. Step 5 Configure the upstream port. Add upstream port 0/19/0 (on the GICK board) to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
Step 6 Configure the GPON service port. Set SVLAN ID to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and CVLAN ID to 300. Rate limit for upstream and downstream packets is performed on the ONU instead of on the OLT. Therefore, use traffic profile 6 (default). To limit the rate of the service port, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port. The CVLAN must be the same as the upstream VLAN of the ONU. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
----End
Configuring ONU SAToP Connections This topic describes how to configure a SAToP connection of the IP+UDP encapsulation type and a service VLAN to enable packets of base stations to be encapsulated on ONUs as Ethernet packets and then forwarded based on VLANs and MAC addresses.
Data Plan Configurati on Item
Data
EDTB (OLT)
Port: 0/5/0 Board IP address: 10.10.50.10 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) Local UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1266
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Configurati on Item
Data
E1/T1 port (ONU)
Board IP address: 10.10.50.20 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
VLAN
SVLAN: 300
Remark 1: MAC address configuration modes (statically configured or dynamically obtained) at two ends must be consistent to establish a SAToP connection. It is recommended that MAC addresses be dynamically obtained, which facilitates configuration and maintenance. Remark 2: The UDP port cannot be a port that is widely used in the industry and for specific services. For example, port 80 is used for HTTP service. The dynamic and private ports are recommended.
Procedure Step 1 Configure a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN. Create the upstream VLAN 300, and add upstream port 0/0/1 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 1
Step 2 Configure E1/T1 port attributes. Configure the IP address of TDM service board 0/1 as 10.10.50.20. huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#set ip-address 10.10.50.20
Configure the board and port working mode and transmit clock. l For E1 access, set the working mode to UDT and configure the transmit clock as the system clock. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#tdm access-mode E1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 udt system
l For T1 access, set the working mode to SDT, configure the transmit clock as the system clock, and enable ESF verification. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#tdm access-mode T1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 sdt system esf enable
Step 3 Create a SAToP connection. Create TDM VCL 10. l For E1 access, set the TDM VCL type to SAToP. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 satop 0/1/0
l For T1 access, set the TDM VCL type to CESoP and the timeslot to 0xfffffff. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 cesop 0/1/0 timeslot 0xffffff
Create a SAToP connection at TDM port 0/1/0. Set SVLAN to 300, local UDP port number to 50048, remote IP address (the IP address of the EDTB board on the OLT) to 10.10.50.10, and remote UDP port number to 50048. The remote MAC address is obtained dynamically. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1267
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-ip 10.10.50.10 remote-udp 50048 NOTE
You can also create a SAToP connection by configuring the MAC address statically. If the remote MAC address (the MAC address of the EDTB board on the OLT) is 0800-3E32-5310, create a SAToP connection in static mode as follows: huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-mac 0800-3E32-5310 remote-ip 10.10.50.10 remote-udp 50048
Step 4 (Optional) Configure attributes of the SAToP connection. NOTE
The attributes of the SAToP connection on the OLT must be consistent with those on the ONU. Generally, use the system default values.
l Run the cesop rtp command to configure whether the SAToP packet carries the RTP header. The SAToP packet carries the RTP header by default. l Run the cesop encap command to configure SSRC, payload type, and SN of the SAToP packet. The default value of these parameters is 0. l Run the cesop jitter-buffer command to configure the buffer depth of the SAToP packet. The default buffer depth is 2000 μs. l Run the cesop loadtime command to configure the load time of the SAToP packet. The default load time is 125 μs. l Run the cesop priority command to configure the priority of the SAToP packet. The default priority is 7. ----End
Configuring Clock Synchronization Context Configuration concept for clock synchronization: 1.
OLT_A traces the upstream E1/T1 line clock of the EDTB board as the system clock.
2.
OLT_B Obtains the system clock by GICK/X2CS boards in synchronous Ethernet mode.
3.
The ONU uses the line clock of the GPON upstream port as the system clock.
4.
The Tx clock of ONU is synchronized to the system clock of the ONU.
Data Plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
System clock
Clock source
Description
OLT_A
E1/T1 line clock: 0/5/0
OLT_A Obtains E1/STM-1 line clock from SDH as the system clock. and then transmits it to the cascading OLT_B over GE/10GE interface.
OLT_B
Synchronous ethernet line clock: 0/19/0
OLT_B Obtains the system clock in synchronous Ethernet mode. The clock is transmitted to the ONU over the GPON line.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1268
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
System clock
Clock source
Description
ONU
GPON line clock: 0/0/1
ONU uses the line clock of the GPON upstream port as the system clock.
Procedure Step 1 Cofnigure a clock on OLT_A. 1.
Add a system clock source. Configure the E1/T1 line clock input from port 0/5/0 on the EDTB board as the system clock 0. Set the priority to 0 (highest priority). huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/5/0 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source system command to query configurations and the status of the clock source. Ensure that configurations of the system clock source are correct and the status is Normal. huawei(config)#display clock source system -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H802EDTB 0/5/0 E1 Normal 0 --YES ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run the display clock mode command to query the clock working mode. Ensure that the clock daughter board works in tracing mode. huawei(config)#display clock mode Clock manage-mode:Third-mode Clock subboard work-mode:Tracing
Step 2 Cofnigure a clock on OLT_B. Obtain the system clock through the GICK board in synchronous Ethernet mode. The clock is transmitted to the ONU over the GPON line. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/19/0 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
Step 3 Configure a clock on the ONU. 1.
Configure the GPON line clock as the system clock. The system clock of the OLT is delivered to the ONU through the GPON port on the OLT, achieving clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU. a.
Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the GPON upstream port as the system clock of the ONU.
b.
Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the clock source.
huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 Clock source set succeeded
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1269
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Configure the system clock as the transmit clock for an E1 port. a.
Run the interface tdm command to enter the E1 port configuration mode.
b.
Run the tx clock or port portid udt system command to configure the system clock as the transmit clock of the port.
c.
Run the display port state command to query the transmit clock of the E1 port.
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-)#port 0 udt system huawei(config-if-tdm-)#display port state 0 --------------------------------------Port : 0 State : normal Mode : UDT Code : HDB3 Looptype : Timeslot : Clock : system CRC4 : Signaling : ESF : Impedance : 120 Ohm ---------------------------------------
3.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query configurations and the status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source --------------------------------------------------------------Index Config Type Source State Priority Output --------------------------------------------------------------0 YES line 0/0/1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO --/ -/ ------2 NO --/ -/ ------3 NO --/ -/ ------4 NO --/ -/ ------5 NO --/ -/ ------6 NO --/ -/ ------7 NO --/ -/ ------8 NO --/ -/ ------9 NO --/ -/ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Verifying Services This topic describes how to use the PDH/SDH tester to verify the private line access service.
Prerequisites The private line service has been configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1270
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Networking Figure 13-22 Test setup for E1 upstream service
E1 port loopback
ONU
OLT
E1 line tester E1
ONU trace the clock of the OLT
Internal free-run clock
OLT trace the clock of the tester
Figure 13-23 Test setup for STM-1 upstream service
E1 port loopback
ONU
OLT
STM-1 line tester STM-1
ONU trace the clock of the OLT
OLT trace the clock of the tester
Internal free-run clock
Procedure Step 1 Set up network environment according to the preceding diagrams for service acceptance tests. NOTE
Ensure clock synchronization for the test. It is recommended that the tester use the internal free-run clock, the OLT trace the clock of the tester, and the ONU trace the clock of the OLT.
Step 2 Use the E1 or STM-1 line tester to send packets for the test. The test duration must be 12 hours or longer. There should be no alarms on the tester and the bit error rate must be less than 1E-9. ----End
Follow-up Procedure When the test on service connectivity fails, you can check for the failure causes by performing loopbacks. The following loopbacks are supported: l
Remote loopback on the OLT TOPA board
l
Local loopback on the OLT TOPA board
l
Local loopback on the ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1271
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
Remote loopback on the ONU
Loopb ack Mode
Function
Remote loopba ck on the TOPA board
Loops back signals to the network side on the TOPA board on the OLT. This loopback checks whether the service from the TOPA board to the network-side channel is normal.
Local loopba ck on the TOPA board
Local loopba ck on the ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Loops back signals to the user side on the TOPA board on the OLT. This loopback checks whether the link between the TOPA board and the E1 port on the ONU is normal.
Loops back signals to the network side on the ONU. This loopback checks whether the link between the E1 port on the ONU and the TOPA board on the OLT is normal.
Networking
ONU
Configuration
E1 line tester
OLT E1
Enable/Disable the remote loopback for the E1 port. huawei(config)#interface top 0/5 huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #undo loopback 0
Remote loopback
Enable/Disable the remote loopback for the STM-1 port. huawei(config)#interface top-stm1 0/5 huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#undo loopback 0 E1 line tester
ONU
OLT
E1
Local loopback
Enable/Disable the local loopback for the E1 port. huawei(config)#interface top 0/5 huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #undo loopback 0
Enable/Disable the local loopback for the STM-1 port. huawei(config)#interface top-stm1 0/5 huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#undo loopback 0 ONU
E1 line tester
OLT E1
Local loopback
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-) #loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-tdm-) #undo loopback 0
1272
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Loopb ack Mode
Function
Remote loopba ck on the ONU
Loops back signals to the user side on the ONU. This loopback checks whether the link between the ONU and user terminal is normal.
13 FTTO Configuration (Large-sized Enterprise Access)
Networking
E1 line tester
ONU
Configuration
OLT
E1
Remote loopback
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-) #loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-tdm-) #undo loopback 0
1273
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
About This Chapter On a FTTM (base station access) network, 2G or 3G/4G base stations are connected to ONUs that serve as cell backhaul units (CBUs) in multiple modes. Then the ONUs transmit 2G or 3G services to OLTs and then to the upper-layer network. After being transmitted over the upperlayer network, the services access the basic station controller (BSC) or radio network controller (RNC). In this manner, 2G or 3G services are carried on the base station access network. 14.1 Overview of Base Station Access Service Before configuring the base station access service, acquire the following basic knowledge. 14.2 Prinpicle of Planning Data for Base Station Access Service This topic plans base station access service in a unified manner from different dimensions. The data plans are used to guide configuration and optimization of base station access service in different scenarios. 14.3 Configuring Base station access Clock Synchronization This topic describes the concept and principle of clock synchronization in bse station access network, clock synchronization solutions supported by devices, and configuration differences. 14.4 Configuring Base Station Access Service (GPON) This topic describes how to configure the base station access service in GPON mode in different networking scenarios.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1274
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
14.1 Overview of Base Station Access Service Before configuring the base station access service, acquire the following basic knowledge.
14.1.1 Basic Concepts Many concepts are involved in the base station access solution. The following only provides major concepts involved in the network diagram of base station access service.
Network Diagram of Base Station Access Service BTS ONU BSC
OLT
E1 NodeB
E1
SDH
FE/GE Splitter
E1 Base station Side
GE
E1/STM-1 STM-1 GE /10
GE
IP/MPLS
RNC GE
ONU Access Side
Network Side
User Side
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Concept
Description
BTS
Base transceiver station, a 2G base station. BTSs are controlled by base station controllers (BSCs) and constitute a a base station subsystem (BSS) with BSCs as radio devices. BTSs serve for a district and communicate with mobile stations (MSs) through air interfaces.
NodeB
A 3G base station, providing physical radio links between mobile devices (mobile phones) and the universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS) network. NodeBs transmit and receive data through radio interfaces.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1275
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Network Side Concept
Description
SDH
Synchronous digital hierarchy. SDH is a transmission scheme that follows ITU-T G.707, G.708, and G.709. It defines the transmission features of digital signals such as frame structure, multiplexing mode, transmission rate level, and interface code. SDH is an important part of ISDN and B-ISDN. It interleaves the bytes of low-speed signals to multiplex the signals to high-speed counterparts, and the line coding of scrambling is used only for signals. SDH is suitable for the fiber communications system with high speed and a large capacity since it uses synchronous multiplexing and flexible mapping structure.
PTN
Packet transport network. PTN provides bidirectional point-to-point connections for packet switching services and supports point-to-point networking using various service granularities. It can use lower-layer transmission channels such as SDH, Ethernet, and OTN to transmit services.
BSC/RNC
BSC: Base station controller. A BSC controls a group of base stations and manages the radio network. Specifically, BSCs manage radio districts and channels, operate and maintain radio devices, manage connections of MSs, and provide interfaces between base stations and the mobile switching center (MSC). Radio control functions can be integrated in BSCs whenever possible to simplify functions of base stations. RNC: radio network controller. RNCs are key NEs on 3G networks. RNCs manage mobility, process calls, manage links, and switch users on the access network.
14.1.2 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GPON) This topic provides typical networking scenarios for base station access service and typical hardware configurations of OLTs and ONUs based on locations and types of ONUs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1276
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Typical Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations for Base Station Access Service (GPON) Scenario
Description
Typical OLT Configuration
Applicable ONU
(Main Control Board+Service Board +Upstream Board) E1 base station access service (in Native TDM mode)
E1/T1 base station access service (in SAToP mode)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
the ONU accesses TDM services of the 2G or 3G base station through the E1 port, and then transmits the service data to the GPON service board on the OLT in the Native TDM mode. The OLT restores TDM signals, and then transmits the signals to the SDH network through the E1 port (provided by the NH1A daughter board) or STM-1 port (provided by the O2CE daughter board) on the TOPA board. In this manner, service access of the 2G or 3G base station is implemented between the ONU and the OLT in the Native TDM mode.
SCUN+GPBC/ GPBD+TOPA
the ONU accesses E1/T1 services of the 2G or 3G base station through the unified hardware port, and then transmits the service data to the OLT in the SAToP mode. The OLT restores E1/T1 signals, and then transmits the signals to the SDH network through the E1/T1 port. In this manner, service access of the 2G or 3G base station is implemented between the ONU and the OLT in the SAToP mode.
SCUN+GPBC/ GPBD+EDTB
MA5612, MA5628
l E1 upstream transmission: The daughter board for TOPA is NH1A. l STM-1 upstream transmission: The daughter board for TOPA is O2CE.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
MA5612, MA5628
1277
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Scenario
Description
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Typical OLT Configuration
Applicable ONU
(Main Control Board+Service Board +Upstream Board) Ethernet base station access service (in QinQ VLAN mode)
ONUs receive the ETH service data from 3G base stations through FE/GE ports, encapsulate the ETH packets into GEM frames, and then send them to the OLT through the GPON upstream ports. The OLT restores the ETH signals and configures QinQ VLANs for the signals to enable the data of base stations to be transparently transmitted to the remote PTN over the public network. Then the remote PTN device restores the ETH signals.
SCUN+GPBC/ GPBD+GICK/ X2CS
MA5612, MA5628
14.1.3 GPON ONU Capability Set This topic describes the supported hardware capability, features, and network position of ONUs on a GPON FTTM access network. In FTTx V100R013C00, the MA5698, MA5898, MA5612, MA5628 and MA5673 mainly apply to the FTTM access service. Table 14-1 shows the ONU capability set. Table 14-1 ONU capability set ONU Type
User Interface
Supported ONU Version
MA5698
Typical configuration:
V800R313C00
l Pure broadband configurations: supports 4xGE interfaces+16xFE electrical interfaces when two EIUC boards are configured l Leased line access configurations: supports 16xE1 interfaces when two E81A boards are configured
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1278
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
ONU Type
User Interface
Supported ONU Version
MA5898
Typical configuration:
V800R313C00
l Pure broadband configurations: supports 4xGE interfaces+16xFE electrical interfaces when two EIUC boards are configured l Leased line access configurations: supports 16xE1 interfaces when two E81A boards are configured MA5612
For the bottom plate with POTS ports:
l V800R308C00
l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+6xFE electrical l V800R308C01 interfaces+48xPOTS interfaces+(optional)1xRF l V800R310C00 interface when two ASNB boards are configured. l V800R311C00 l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+22xFE electrical interfaces+16xPOTS interfaces+(optional) l V800R312C00 1xRF interface when two EIUC boards are configured. l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+6xFE electrical interfaces+16xE1/T1 interfaces+16xPOTS interfaces+(optional)1xRF interface when two E81A boards are configured. For the bottom plate without POTS ports: l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+6xFE electrical interfaces+32xPOTS interfaces when two ASNB boards are configured. l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+22xFE electrical interfaces when two EIUC boards are configured. l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces+6xFE electrical interfaces+16xE1/T1 interfaces when two E81A boards are configured. MA5628
There are two types of MA5628: integrated and boxtype. Both integrated MA5628 and box-type MA5628 provide: l 4xE1/T1 interfaces l 4xGE electrical interfaces
MA5673
As a "bridge + Voice" type of ONU, MA5673 provides the following interfaces:
l V800R308C01 l V800R309C00 l V800R310C00 l V800R311C00 l V800R312C00 V800R313C00
l 4*GE interfaces for Ethernet access l 4*POTS interfaces for VoIP access l 4*E1 interfaces for E1 Native TDM leased line access
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1279
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
14.2 Prinpicle of Planning Data for Base Station Access Service This topic plans base station access service in a unified manner from different dimensions. The data plans are used to guide configuration and optimization of base station access service in different scenarios.
14.2.1 Principle of Equipment Management Data Plan Equipment management planning involves planning for management VLANs and IP addresses.
Management VLAN Planning l
The OLT and ONUs use the same management VLAN.
l
The OLT and ONUs use a single SVLAN as the equipment management VLAN.
IP Address Planning Scenario
IP Address Planning
Equipment management
A management IP address is allocated to each OLT/ONU. Management IP addresses of ONUs connected to the same OLT are usually in the same network segment. Private IP addresses planned by the carrier are used for the purpose of security.
E1 base station access service (in Native TDM mode)
No IP addresses need to be planned because ONUs access the private line service through E1.
E1/T1 base station access service (in SAToP mode)
IP addresses are planned as follows: l On OLTs, source IP addresses of SAToP connections must be planned for EDTB boards. l On ONUs, source IP addresses of SAToP connections must be planned for E1 boards. These IP addresses are valid only between OLTs and ONUs and therefore can be planned as private IP addresses.
Ethernet base station access service (in QinQ VLAN mode)
No IP addresses need to be planned because the OLT and ONUs provide Layer 2 transparent channels.
14.2.2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan VLAN planning for the base station access service covers planning of VLANs and VLAN translation policies in different networking scenarios. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1280
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
VLAN and VLAN Translation Policy Scenario
VLAN Planning
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
N/A
N/A
E1 base station access service (in Native TDM mode)
Use a reserved CVLAN (starts from 4000).
E1/T1 base station access service (in SAToP mode)
Plan a global VLAN on the OLT and ONUs, which cannot conflict with other service VLANs.
N/A
N/A
Ethernet base station access service (in QinQ VLAN mode)
Single VLAN tag: ONUs and the OLT use single VLAN tags. Service packets are forwarded based on single VLAN tags after being transmitted from the OLT upstream to the metro network. In this way, a large number of VLANs for the metro network will be occupied if there are many OLTs.
1. Different user VLANs are planned for different services (service packets with different destination addresses or paths) of base stations.
The OLT transparently transmits packets with CVLANs from ONUs.
CAUTION A reserved CVLAN cannot be used for Ethernet services on ONUs.
Generally, four VLANs are planned for Ethernet base station access service, which are used for: l Clock synchronization l Voice and data services of base stations
2. User VLANs of packets sent from the base stations are translated to a specified CVLAN based on service types.
l Base station management l ONU management
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1281
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Scenario
VLAN Planning
(Recommended) Double VLAN tags: Each OLT uses double VLAN tags, an outer VLAN tag (SVLAN) and inner VLAN tag (CVLAN). SLVANs are the same but CLVANs are different. In this way, the number of VLANs required for the metro network is significantly reduced.
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
VLAN Translation ONU
OLT
1. Different user VLANs are planned for different services (service packets with different destination addresses or paths) of base stations.
The OLT adds an SVLAN tag: CVLANSVLAN +CVLAN.
2. User VLANs of packets sent from the base stations are translated to a specified CVLAN based on service types.
14.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan QoS planning for the base station access service is end-to-end. QoS policies include traffic classification, marking and scheduling, traffic monitoring, and DBA policies. QoS policies for different scenarios are different. This topic provides QoS policies in the following scenarios.
E1 Base Station Access Service (in Native TDM Mode) In this scenario, ONUs access services through E1 lines. Therefore, the QoS policies are mainly planned for traffic on PON lines.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Parameter
Value
T-CONT
It is recommended that the number It is recommended that all E1 lines of T-CONTs do not exceed 3. The of the same ONU use the same TT-CONT ID ranges from 1 to 3. CONT.
DBA type
Fixed bandwidth and minimum delay
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Remarks
The DBA must be configured properly to achieve low delay, low jitter, and zero packet loss so that the quality of the E1 base station access service can be ensured.
1282
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Parameter
Value
Remarks
DBA bandwidth
Nx7232 kbit/s is recommended. (N is the number of E1 lines.)
It is recommended that the TCONT ID be 1, 2, or 3 and all E1 lines of the same ONU use the same T-CONT. This setting can leverage bandwidth resources. Each E1 line requires only 5440 kbit/s.
E1/T1 Base Station Access Service (in GPON SAToP Mode) In this scenario, ONUs access services through E1/T1 lines. Therefore, the QoS policies are mainly planned for traffic on PON lines. Parameter
Value
Remarks
T-CONT
It is recommended that the number It is recommended that all E1 lines of T-CONTs do not exceed 3. The of the same ONU use the same TT-CONT ID ranges from 1 to 3. CONT.
DBA type
Fixed bandwidth and minimum delay
The DBA must be configured properly to achieve low delay, low jitter, and zero packet loss so that the quality of the T1 base station access service can be ensured.
DBA bandwidth
l E1 access: Nx8 Mbit/s is recommended. (N is the number of E1 lines.)
-
l T1 access: Nx6 Mbit/s is recommended. (N is the number of E1 lines.)
Ethernet Base Station Access Service (in QinQ VLAN Mode) Parameter
Value
Traffic classification, marking, and scheduling policies
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
802.1p priority
OAM service of base stations: 7 Synchronization service of base stations: 7 Voice and data services of base stations: 7
Queue scheduling mode
PQ
OLT queue ID (eight queues)
7
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1283
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Parameter Traffic monitorin g and DBA policies
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Value OLT
ONU
T-CONT (only for GPON)
QinQ private line services use a separate TCONT to distinguish the QinQ private line services from other services.
DBA type
Type 3 ("Assured bandwidth+maximum bandwidth" DBA profile. This type of DBA not only ensures a fixed bandwidth for users but also enables users to preempt a certain amount of bandwidth, but the total bandwidth cannot exceed the maximum bandwidth.)
DBA bandwidth
Configure DBA bandwidth based on bandwidth requirements of base stations.
Downstream traffic profile
Configure a traffic profile based on bandwidth requirements of base stations.
Upstream port rate limit
Rates of upstream ports are not limited.
Downstream port rate limit
Rates of downstream ports are not limited.
14.2.4 Principle of Clock Synchronization Data Plan Wireless base stations have high requirements on clock precision. Clock synchronization solutions must be planned based on types and standards of base stations.
Clock Synchronization Solution
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Classific ation
Clock Synchronizat ion Solution
Description
Frequenc y synchroni zation
BITS clock
For GSM and WCDMA base stations that only require frequency synchronization, BITS clocks are transmitted to base stations to achieve network-wide clock synchronization when OLTs have BITS input clocks.
E1/STM-1 line clock
For GSM and WCDMA base stations that only require frequency synchronization, E1/STM-1 line clocks are used to achieve clock synchronization when OLTs transmit services upstream to SDH networks through E1/STM-1 ports.
Synchronous Ethernet clock
For GSM and WCDMA base stations that only require frequency synchronization, clocks restored from code streams on Ethernet links are used to achieve network-wide clock synchronization when OLTs transmit services upstream to PSN networks through GE/10GE ports.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1284
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Classific ation
Clock Synchronizat ion Solution
Description
Time synchroni zation
1PPS+ToD time
OLTs receive time information through 1PPS+TOD ports. The time information is transmitted from external time servers (such as Huawei SYNLOCK T6020) that obtain standard time synchronization information using GPS. This solution is recommended for 3G and LTE stations.
NOTE
The priority of recommended frequency synchronization solutions is as follows: BITS clock > line clock > synchronous Ethernet clock. Select a clock source based on the actual conditions of COs.
Recommended Clock Synchronization Solutions for Different Base Station Access Scenarios Scenario
Recommended Clock Synchronization Solution
E1 base station access service (in Native TDM mode)
BITS clock
T1 base station access service (in GPON SAToP mode)
BITS clock
Ethernet base station access service (in QinQ VLAN mode)
Synchronous Ethernet clock
E1/STM-1 line clock
E1/STM-1 line clock
1PPS+ToD time (remark 1)
Remark 1: Ethernet base stations may require time synchronization.
14.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan Security planning involves planning for system security, user security, and service security. Security policy ensures normal services. NOTE
The device provides complete security measures, but not all security measures need to be deployed. Only the security measures that meet the following requirements need to be deployed: l The security measures can be used on the live network. l The security measures are easy to deploy. l The security measures are effective.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1285
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
System Security Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
DoS attack
Enable the anti-DoS-attack function for OLT and MDU.
After the anti-DoS-attack function is enabled, control packets are monitored and those exceeding the number threshold are discarded. Use this solution for new site deployment.
IP attack
Enable the anti-IP-attack function for OLT and MDU.
After the anti-IP-attack function is enabled, a device discards the IP packets received from the user side whose destination IP address is the IP address of the device, and therefore the system is protected. Use this solution for new site deployment.
User Security Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
MAC spoofing
Enable the anti-MACduplicate function for OLT and MDU.
After anti-MAC-duplicate is enabled, the system records the first MAC address learnt from the port and binds the MAC address to the port and VLAN. If receiving packets sent from the host that has the same MAC address with the port, the system discards the packets directly. In this case, it can prevent users from forging MAC addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
MAC attack
Enable the anti-MAC spoofing function for OLT and MDU.
After anti-MAC spoofing is enabled, the system can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1286
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Security Vulnerability
Solution
Description and Usage Suggestion
IP spoofing
Enable the anti-IP spoofing function for MDU.
After anti-IP spoofing is enabled, the system can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks. Use this solution for new site deployment.
14.2.6 Planning Reliability Data Reliability planning covers planning of equipment reliability and upstream/downstream networking protection. Reliability planning helps to achieve high reliability of private line services.
Equipment Reliability
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
Main control board 1 +1 protection
The system uses two main control boards of the same model and version. The two main control boards work in the active/standby mode by default. When the active main control board fails, the system switches to the standby main control board to prevent service interruption.
Mandatory
Power board 1+1 protection
A subrack is configured with two power boards of the same model and version, which back up each other. When one of the power board fails, the other power board can still provide power supply to the device and so the system can still work properly.
Mandatory
Upstream board 1+1 protection
The system uses two upstream interface boards of the same model and version. Each GIU board provides one upstream port and two upstream ports are bound together using Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). When the active upstream port fails, traffic will be transmitted upstream through the standby upstream port.
This protection scheme is recommended when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1287
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Upstream Networking Protection Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
Link aggregation group
Multiple Ethernet ports are bound together as an aggregation group to increase the bandwidth and balance the inbound and outbound load of each member port. In addition, the ports in an aggregation group back up each other, which enhances the reliability of links.
This protection scheme is mandatory when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream.
Protection group (Ethernet/STM-1)
A protection group of upstream ports contains a working port and a protection port. In normal state, the working port carries services and the protection port does not. When the link at the working port is faulty, the system automatically switches services from the working port to the protection port to ensure normal service transmission and protect the uplink.
When the main control board is used to transmit traffic upstream, this protection scheme is mandatory. This protection scheme is recommended when traffic is transmitted upstream through STM-1 ports.
NOTE
Link aggregation group and Ethernet protection group usually are not configured at the same time. You are advised to configure only one of the two protection schemes.
Downstream Networking Protection
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
xPON Type B
Two PON ports on the same OLT back up each other. When one of the PON ports fails, the system automatically switches to the other PON port. This protection scheme provides port-level protection with low costs. It protects services against fiber failure at the working port.
It rovides port-level protection and has a low cost. The inter-board protection mode is recommended.
GPON Type C single homing
Two PON ports on the same OLT, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to provide linklevel protection.
It rovides link-level protection.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1288
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Protection Scheme
Description
Suggestion
GPON Type C dual homing
Two PON ports on different OLTs, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection. The difference between this protection scheme and the GPON Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme. This fullbackup protection scheme provides the highest-level protection for links and has the highest costs.
It provides full backup protection, which is the highest level of protection, at the same time, it has the highest cost. This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service. It does not support TDM services, including Native TDM and SAToP.
NOTE
The Type B protection scheme, Type C single homing scheme, and Type C dual homing protection scheme are mutually exclusive. Therefore, only one of these protection schemes can be configured for an ONU.
14.3 Configuring Base station access Clock Synchronization This topic describes the concept and principle of clock synchronization in bse station access network, clock synchronization solutions supported by devices, and configuration differences.
14.3.1 Overview of Base station access Clock/Time Synchronization This topic describes the clock/time synchronization concept, clock/time synchronization solutions supported by the system, and solution comparison. Proper clock synchronization solutions are selected for Base station access networks based on base station type and equipment layout.
Synchronization Concept Synchronization includes frequency synchronization and time synchronization. Frequency synchronization is also called clock synchronization, which indicates that certain strict relations are kept between signals in terms of frequency and phase. The valid transience occurs at the same rate for a signal. In this way, the equipment in the entire network runs at the same rate. Time synchronization is also called frequency and phase synchronization, which has two meanings: instant and interval. Instant refers to an instant of continuous time, and interval refers to an interval between two instants. The purpose of clock/time synchronization is to control the occurrence of controlled slip and to decrease the slip, burst bit error, sudden phase change, jitter, or drift of various device signals in the telecommunications service network to the minimum, ensuring the high-quality and highefficiency running of the telecommunications service network. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1289
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Clock/Time Synchronization Solution Figure 14-1 shows a clock/time synchronization solution in base station access network. The clock/time synchronization principle is as follows: The clock obtained by the OLT serves as the clock source and transmits signals to the base station through xPON lines. Figure 14-1 Clock/Time synchronization solution in base station access network CITD
Selector
E1 BITS
Base station
ONU
Clock output BITS_IN1 BITS_IN0 2MHz,2Mb/s 1PPS+TOD
EDTB card
Clock output by PON board
CKMC PLL
1PPS+TOD
Selector
Sync-ETH
BITSB port
TOPA card GSCA/X2CS /GICK
System PLL SCU card (active) OLT
SPUA Line clock source
The figure shows that the OLT can obtain the following clock sources: l
BITS clock source
l
E1/STM-1/T1 line clock source
l
Synchronous Ethernet line clock
l
"1PPS+ToD" time injection
l
End-to-end 1588v2 clock source
l
Internal clock sources are not recommended because they are in free oscillation state and do not have advantages in precision.
Comparison of Clock/Time Synchronization Solution Table 14-2 shows a clock synchronization solution in base station access network.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1290
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Table 14-2 Comparison of clock/time synchronization solution Synchronization Solution
Usage Scenario
Advantage
Limitation or Hardware Requirements
BITS clock
Applies to the base station that requires only frequency synchronization, such as GSM/ WCDMA. In addition, the OLT must have BITS clock input resources.
1. Clock precision meets the following requirements:
1. The OLT must have BITS clock resources.
l G.8262 features when CKMC stratum-3 clock units are configured l EEC specifications defined in G. 8261 when no stratum-3 clock units are configured 2. No requirements on delay, jitter, or pack loss of a PSN network
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2. BITS clocks cannot provide independent service clocks for each E1 channel. 3. BITS clocks support only frequency synchronization. Board that support this feature: H801CITD (configured with the H801BITSB daughter board)
1291
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Synchronization Solution
Usage Scenario
Advantage
Limitation or Hardware Requirements
E1/STM-1/T1 line clock
Applies to the BTS that requires only frequency synchronization, such as GSM/ WCDMA. In addition, the OLT can directly connect to an SDH network.
1. Clock precision meets the following requirements:
1. In E1/STM-1 upstream transmission, the OLT must be in the same office as SDH equipment.
l G.8262 features when CKMC stratum-3 clock units are configured l EEC specifications defined in G. 8261 when no stratum-3 clock units are configured 2. E1/STM-1 line clocks are all obtained from physical line clocks and they have the best performance in terms of stability and reliability.
2. E1/STM-1 line clocks support only frequency synchronization. Boards that support this feature: l STM-1 line clock: H801TOPA (configured with the H801CSSA daughter board) or H801TOPA (configured with the H801O2CE daughter board). l E1 line clock: H801TOPA (configured with the H801NH1A daughter board), H801TOPA (configured with the H801EH1A daughter board) or H802EDTB. l T1 line clock: H802EDTB
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1292
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Synchronization Solution
Usage Scenario
Advantage
Limitation or Hardware Requirements
Ethernet clock
Applies to the BTS that requires only frequency synchronization, such as GSM/ WCDMA. In addition, the OLT upstream network has the capability of synchronizing Ethernet clocks.
1. Clock precision meets the following requirements:
1. Ethernet clocks require that MAN PSN networks have the capability of synchronizing Ethernet clocks.
l G.8262 features when CKMC stratum-3 clock units are configured l EEC specifications defined in G. 8261 when no stratum-3 clock units are configured 2. No requirements on delay, jitter, or pack loss of a PSN network
"1PPS+ToD" time injection
Applies to the BTS that requires time synchronization, such as CDMA2000/ TD-SCDMA/LTE. When the OLT upstream network does not support 1588V2, this solution is recommended.
1. This solution supports time synchronization and frequency synchronization and provides high-precision time. The clock quality meets G. 813 and G.8262 specifications.
2. Ethernet clocks support only frequency synchronization. Boards that support this feature: H801X2CS, H801GSCA, H801GICK, H801SPUA, and H801SPUF
A BITS server must be at the same place as the OLT.
2. This solution does not have requirements on PSN networks.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1293
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Synchronization Solution
Usage Scenario
Advantage
Limitation or Hardware Requirements
End-to-end 1588v2 clock
Applies to the BTS that requires time synchronization, such as CDMA2000/ TD-SCDMA/LTE. When the OLT upstream network supports 1588V2 hop by hop, this solution is recommended.
1. This solution supports time synchronization and frequency synchronization and provides high-precision time. The clock quality meets G. 813 and G.8262 specifications.
The upstream network of the OLT should support 1588V2 hop by hop.
2. This solution does not require a 1588V2 server on the OLT.
14.3.2 Configuring BITS Clock Synchronization The OLT receives the clock through the BITS and transmits the clock to the ONU through the PON line and then downstream to the base station, implementing clock synchronization of the entire network.
Application Context As shown in Figure 14-2, the OLT receives the clock from the BITS and the clock share the same clock source with the BSC/RNC. Then the OLT transmits the clock to the ONU through the PON line clock. After recovering the clock, the ONU transmits the clock to the base station through the E1 or FE/GE port. Figure 14-2 BITS clock synchronization BITS
BTS N*E1 ONU
BSC
OLT
FE/GE GE/10GE NodeB
N*E1
PSN CX600
GE
RNC
ONU BITS clock PON line clock
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1294
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Prerequisite l
The clock daughter board CKMC of the SCU board must be in position.
l
The OLT must have the BITS clock input resource.
l
The CITD board (its BITS clock daughter board must be in position) must work in the normal state.
Data Plan Item
Data
CITD board
Ports: 0/0/0 and 0/0/1 Clock type: BITS 2 MHz, 120 ohms Clock priority: p0 > p1
GIU upstream board
Port: 0/19/0
E1 port of the ONU
0/1/0
ETH port of the ONU
0/4/0
Configuration Concept 1.
The OLT uses the BITS line clock as the system clock.
2.
The system clock is issued to the ONU through the optical path of the PON service board.
3.
The ONU uses the line clock of the PON upstream port as the system clock.
4.
The E1 Tx clock of the ONU is synchronized to the system clock of the ONU.
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT-side clock. 1.
Configure a system clock source. Run the clock source command to configure BITS_IN ports 0/0/0 and 0/0/1 on the CITD board as the system clock sources. Set their IDs to 0 and 1 respectively. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/0 2mhz 120ohm huawei(config)#clock source 1 0/0/1 2mhz 120ohm
2.
Set the priority of the system clock source. Run the clock priority command to configure the priorities of clock sources 0 and 1 to p0 > P1. huawei(config)#clock priority system 0/1
3.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the clock source. Ensure that the configuration information about the system clock is matching and the status is normal.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1295
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Step 2 Configure the ONU-side clock. 1.
Configure the PON line clock source as the system clock. The system clock of the OLT is issued to the ONU through the optical path of the PON port, implementing the clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU. a.
Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the PON upstream port as the system clock source of the ONU.
b.
Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the clock source.
huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 Clock source set succeeded huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
(Optional) Configure the system clock as the Tx clock of the E1 port. NOTE
This step is required only when the base station is connected to the ONU through the E1 port. When the base station is connected to the ONU through the FE/GE port, this step is not required. By default, it is the system clock and cannot be modified.
a.
Run the interface tdm command to enter the E1 port configuration mode.
b.
Run the tx clock or port portid udt system command to configure the Tx clock of the port as the system clock.
c.
Run the display port state command to query the Tx clock of the E1 port.
huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 udt system huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#display port state 0 --------------------------------------Port : 0 State : normal Mode : UDT Code : HDB3 Looptype : Timeslot : Clock : system CRC4 : Signaling : ESF : Impedance : 120 Ohm ---------------------------------------
3.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source -------------------------------------------------------------------Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected -------------------------------------------------------------------0 line 0/0/1 Normal 0 --YES 1 --/ -/ ----NO --2 --/ -/ ----NO --3 --/ -/ ----NO --4 --/ -/ ----NO --5 --/ -/ ----NO --6 --/ -/ ----NO --7 --/ -/ ----NO --8 --/ -/ ----NO --9 --/ -/ ----NO ----------------------------------------------------------------------
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1296
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Result After the configuration of base station access service is complete, use the test meter to perform tests on the E1/ETH access port of the ONU and the upstream GE/10GE port. The long-term bit error ratio (BER) and delay should be able to meet the requirements for actual applications.
14.3.3 Configuring E1/STM-1 Line Clock Synchronization When optical line terminals (OLTs) access a base station that requires only frequency synchronization, such as GSM/WCDMA, and when OLTs are connected upstream to the synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) network by using the E1/STM-1 port, the E1/STM-1 line clock can be used for clock synchronization.
Application Context As shown in Figure 14-3, the OLT recovers the clock from the E1/STM-1 line. This clock is transmitted by the BSC/RNC through the SDH network and then transmitted to the ONU through the PON line clock. After recovering the clock, the ONU transmits the clock to the base station through the E1 line. Figure 14-3 E1/STM-1 line clock synchronization BTS ONU
BSC
OLT
N*E1
SDH N*E1 E1/STM-1 NodeB
ONU
CX600
RNC
E1/STM-1 line clock PON line clock
Prerequisite The clock daughter board CKMC of the SCU board must be in position.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1297
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Data Plan Item
Data
TOPA board
Port ID: 0/5/0 Daughter board type: l When the OLT and the ONU adopt the Native TDM mode, NH1A provides the E1 port and O2CE provides the STM-1 port.
E1 port of the ONU
0/1/0
Configuration Concept 1.
The OLT traces the upstream E1/STM-1 line clock of the TOPA board as the system clock.
2.
The system clock is issued to the ONU through the optical path of the PON service board.
3.
The ONU uses the line clock of the PON upstream port as the system clock.
4.
The E1 Tx clock of the ONU is synchronized to the system clock of the ONU.
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT-side clock. 1.
Configure a system clock source. Run the clock source command to configure the line clock of E1/STM-1 port 0/5/0 on the TOPA board as the system clock source. Set the clock source ID to 0. The clock module automatically judges the types of the specified clock sources (E1/STM-1) and selects them according to their priority, serving as the clock sources for phase lock. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/5/0
2.
Set the priority of the system clock source. Run the clock priority command to configure clock source 0 to have the highest priority. huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
3.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the clock source. Ensure that the configuration information about the system clock is matching and the status is normal.
Step 2 Configure the ONU-side clock. 1.
Configure the PON line clock source as the system clock. The system clock of the OLT is issued to the ONU through the optical path of the PON port, implementing the clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU. a.
Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the PON upstream port as the system clock source of the ONU.
b.
Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the clock source.
huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 Clock source set succeeded
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1298
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Configure the system clock as the Tx clock of the E1 port. a.
Run the interface tdm command to enter the E1 port configuration mode.
b.
Run the tx clock or port portid udt system command to configure the Tx clock of the port as the system clock.
c.
Run the display port state command to query the Tx clock of the E1 port.
huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 udt system huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#display port state 0 --------------------------------------Port : 0 State : normal Mode : UDT Code : HDB3 Looptype : Timeslot : Clock : system CRC4 : Signaling : ESF : Impedance : 120 Ohm ---------------------------------------
3.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source -------------------------------------------------------------------Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected -------------------------------------------------------------------0 line 0/0/1 Normal 0 --YES 1 --/ -/ ----NO --2 --/ -/ ----NO --3 --/ -/ ----NO --4 --/ -/ ----NO --5 --/ -/ ----NO --6 --/ -/ ----NO --7 --/ -/ ----NO --8 --/ -/ ----NO --9 --/ -/ ----NO ----------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Result After the configuration of base station access service is complete, use the test meter to perform tests on the E1 port of the ONU and the upstream E1/STM-1 port of the TOPA board. The longterm bit error ratio (BER) and delay should be able to meet the application requirements.
14.3.4 Configuring Ethernet Clock Synchronization When OLTs access a base transceiver station (BTS) that requires only frequency synchronization, such as GSM/WCDMA and when the OLTs are connected upstream to the packet switched network (PSN) by using the GE/10GE port, the clock can be recovered from the bit streams on the Ethernet link, implementing synchronization between over the entire network. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1299
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Application Context As shown in Figure 14-4, the OLT receives the clock from the upstream synchronous Ethernet port. (This clock is transmitted through the PSN network and must be supported by all intermediate nodes.) Then the clock is transmitted to the ONU through the PON line clock. After recovering the clock, the ONU transmits the clock to the base station through the synchronous Ethernet or independent clock port. Figure 14-4 Ethernet clock synchronization BTS
N*E1
ONU
BSC
OLT
FE/GE GE/10GE
GE CX600 E1/STM-1 line clock RNC Synchronization Ethernet line clock GPON line clock
ONU
NodeB
N*E1
PSN
Prerequisite l
The clock daughter board CKMC of the SCU board must be in position.
l
The ethernet upstream board must be GICK/GSCA (GE port) or X2CS (10GE port)/SPUF (need an independent service board slot).
l
The upstream MAN PSN of the OLT must feature the capability of Ethernet synchronization.
Data Plan Item
Data
GIU Upstream Boards
Port: 0/19/0
E1 port of the ONU
0/1/0
ETH port of the ONU
0/3/1
Configuration Concept 1.
The OLT uses the synchronous Ethernet clock of the upstream slot as the system clock.
2.
The system clock is issued to the ONU through the optical path of the PON service board.
3.
The ONU uses the line clock of the PON upstream port as the system clock.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1300
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
4.
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
The Tx clock of the E1 or FE/GE port on the ONU is synchronized to the system clock of the ONU.
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT-side clock. 1.
Configure a system clock source. Run the clock source command to configure the line clock of the GE/10GE port on the GIU board as the system clock source. Set the clock source ID to 0. The clock module automatically judges the types of the specified clock sources (ETH), and selects them according to their priorities, serving as clock sources for phase lock. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/19/0
2.
Set the priority of the system clock source. Run the clock priority command to configure clock source 0 to have the highest priority. huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
3.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the clock source. Ensure that the configuration information about the system clock is matching and the status is normal.
Step 2 Configure the ONU-side clock. 1.
Configure the PON line clock source as the system clock. The system clock of the OLT is issued to the ONU through the optical path of the PON port, implementing the clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU. a.
Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the PON upstream port as the system clock source of the ONU.
b.
Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the clock source.
huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 Clock source set succeeded huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
(Optional) Configure the system clock as the Tx clock of the E1 port. NOTE
This step is required only when the base station is connected to the ONU through the E1 port. When the base station is connected to the ONU through the FE/GE port, this step is not required. By default, it is the system clock and cannot be modified.
a.
Run the interface tdm command to enter the E1 port configuration mode.
b.
Run the tx clock or port portid udt system command to configure the Tx clock of the port as the system clock.
c.
Run the display port state command to query the Tx clock of the E1 port.
huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 udt system huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#display port state 0 --------------------------------------Port : 0 State : normal Mode : UDT
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1301
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Code : HDB3 Looptype : Timeslot : Clock : system CRC4 : Signaling : ESF : Impedance : 120 Ohm ---------------------------------------
3.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source -------------------------------------------------------------------Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected -------------------------------------------------------------------0 line 0/0/1 Normal 0 --YES 1 --/ -/ ----NO --2 --/ -/ ----NO --3 --/ -/ ----NO --4 --/ -/ ----NO --5 --/ -/ ----NO --6 --/ -/ ----NO --7 --/ -/ ----NO --8 --/ -/ ----NO --9 --/ -/ ----NO ----------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Result After the configuration of base station access service is complete, use the test meter to perform tests on the E1/ETH access port of the ONU and the upstream GE/10GE port. The long-term bit error ratio (BER) and delay should be able to meet the requirements for actual applications.
14.3.5 Configuring "1PPS+ToD" Clock Synchronization In the base stations that require time synchronization, such as CDMA2000/TD-SCDMA/LTE, the OLT obtaions time by "1PPS+ToD" time injection way. The OLT transmits the clocks to the ONU through GPON lines and then downstream to the base station, implementing clock synchronization of the entire network.
Context "1PPS+ToD" is a time synchronization technology. The quality of clock transmitted by "1PPS +ToD" meets the stratum 3 clock requirement and the time quality reaches a submicrosecond precision, which solves the time and clock synchronization problems of the user. In addition, using "1PPS+ToD" can better reduce user's investment. Therefore, it is applicable to the base station access services.
Application Context As shown in Figure 14-5, the OLT is injected with time through the 1PPS+ToD interface (the time source is obtained from the GPS). Then, the OLT transmits the time signals to the ONU by means of the GPON time synchronization technology. After recovering the time signals, the ONU transmits them to the base station by means of the time interface. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1302
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
This scheme has no additional requirement for the PSN network, but the OLT must be deployed with a BITS server (such as SYNLOCK from Huawei). Therefore, this scheme is recommended when the upstream network of the OLT does not support 1588V2. Figure 14-5 "1PPS+ToD" time injection GPS
NodeB FE/GE
OLT
ONU
N*E1
PSN
FE/GE GE/10GE ONU
NodeB
BSC
SYNLOCK
CX600
GE
1pps+ToD
RNC
GPON line clock
Prerequisite l
The clock daughter board CKMC of the SCU control board must be in position.
l
The CITD board (with the BITSB daughter board) must be in position.
l
The GPON service board must be GPBD.
Data Plan Item
Data
Clock source
The time is injected from the BITS IN port of the CITD board to the 1PPS+ToD interface: l BITS IN ports of the CITD board: 0/0/0 and 0/0/1 l Clock priority: p0 > p1
ETH port of the ONU
0/3/1
Configuration Concept 1.
On the OLT side, select the 1PPS+ToD clock signal as the system clock source.
2.
The system clock is issued to the ONU through the optical path of the PON service board.
3.
The ONU uses the 1588V2 clock of the PON upstream port as the system clock.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1303
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
4.
The ONU transmits time signals to the base station by using the FE/GE port or the clock output interface on panel.
l
Configure the OLT-side clock.
Procedure 1.
Add a "1PPS+ToD" clock source. Add two line "1PPS+ToD" clock source, and specify their index and priority. huawei(config)#ptp source 0 0/0/0 huawei(config)#ptp source 1 0/0/1 huawei(config)#ptp priority 0/1
2.
Configure the "1PPS+ToD" clock source as the system clock source. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/0 2mhz 120ohm huawei(config)#clock source 1 0/0/0 2mhz 120ohm huawei(config)#clock priority system 0/1
3.
Query the configuration and status of the "1PPS+ToD" clock source and system clock source. huawei(config)#display ptp source ---------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source State Priority Selected LockState ---------------------------------------------------------------0 H801CITD 0/0/ 0 Normal 0 YES successful 1 H801CITD 0/0/ 1 Normal 1 successful 2 ---/ -/ - --------3 ---/ -/ - --------4 ---/ -/ - --------5 ---/ -/ - --------6 ---/ -/ - --------7 ---/ -/ - --------8 ---/ -/ - --------9 ---/ -/ - -----------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display clock source system ----------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected ----------------------------------------------------------------------0 H801CITD 0/0/ 0 2MHz Normal 0 --YES 1 H801CITD 0/0/ 1 2MHz Normal 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
l
Configure the ONU-side clock (the clock is connected to the base station by using GE port to implement time synchronization). This configuration is applicable to time synchronization in the base station where synchronous base station technologies (TDS-CDMA/CDMA2000/LTE is a representative) are adopted. The base station must provide ETH ports and support 1588v2 packets. 1.
Add a system clock source (frequency synchronization). The 1588v2 clock is issued to the ONU through the optical path of the PON port, implementing the clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU. a.
Run the clock source command to add the 1588v2 clock source as the system clock source. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1
b.
Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the 1588v2 clock source. huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure the 1588v2 time source (time synchronization). Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1304
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
a.
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Run the ptp enable command to enable the 1588v2 function. huawei(config)#ptp enable
b.
Run the ptp source command to add the 1588v2 clock source as the system clock source. huawei(config)#ptp source 0 0/0/1
c.
Run the ptp priority command to configure the priority of the 1588v2 clock source. huawei(config)#ptp priority 0
3.
Run the ptp port enable command to enable the 1588v2 function on the Ethernet port to transmit 1588v2 packets on the specified port. huawei(config)#ptp port 0/3/1 enable
4.
Query the configuration and status of the 1588v2 clock source and system clock source. – Run the display ptp source command to query the status of the 1588v2 clock source. – Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source. huawei(config)#display ptp source --------------------------------------------------------------------Index Type Source State Priority Selected Lock state --------------------------------------------------------------------0 1588 0/0/1 Normal 0 --successful 1 --/ -/ --------2 --/ -/ --------3 --/ -/ --------4 --/ -/ --------5 --/ -/ --------6 --/ -/ --------7 --/ -/ --------8 --/ -/ --------9 --/ -/ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display clock source -------------------------------------------------------------------Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected -------------------------------------------------------------------0 line 0/0/1 Normal 0 --YES 1 --/ -/ ----NO --2 --/ -/ ----NO --3 --/ -/ ----NO --4 --/ -/ ----NO --5 --/ -/ ----NO --6 --/ -/ ----NO --7 --/ -/ ----NO --8 --/ -/ ----NO --9 --/ -/ ----NO ----------------------------------------------------------------------
l
Configure the ONU-side clock (the ONU provides the base station with a clock by using the clock interface on the panel to implement time synchronization). This configuration is applicable to time synchronization in the base station where synchronous base station technologies (TDS-CDMA/CDMA2000/LTE is a representative) are adopted. If a base station provides the ETH port but does not support 1588v2 packets, the ONU outputs 1PPS+ToD time for the base station synchronization. 1.
Add a system clock source (frequency synchronization). The 1588v2 clock is issued to the ONU through the optical path of the PON port, implementing the clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1305
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
a.
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Run the clock source command to add the 1588v2 clock source as the system clock source. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1
b.
Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the 1588v2 clock source. huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Configure the 1588v2 time source (time synchronization). a.
Run the ptp enable command to enable the 1588v2 function. huawei(config)#ptp enable
b.
Run the ptp source command to add the 1588v2 clock source as the system clock source. huawei(config)#ptp source 0 0/0/1
c.
Run the ptp priority command to configure the priority of the 1588v2 clock source. huawei(config)#ptp priority 0
3.
Configure the time output mode of the clock output interface. The ONU provides an independent output clock through time output port 0 on the panel. Configure the clock output signal to 2 MHz and time signal to 1pps+ubx. NOTE
Configure the clock/time output mode according to actual conditions. huawei(config)#clock bits-type 0 clock 2mhz BITS clock parameter set successfully huawei(config)#clock bits-type 0 time 1pps protocol ubx BITS clock parameter set successfully
----End
14.4 Configuring Base Station Access Service (GPON) This topic describes how to configure the base station access service in GPON mode in different networking scenarios.
Context There are two xPON configuration modes: distributed mode (also called discrete mode) and profile mode. The difference between the two modes lies in command lines. l
Distributed mode: In this mode, ONTs need to be configured one by one but not in batches.
l
Profile mode: In this mode, an ONT line profile and service profile are configured first. Then, ONTs can be added in batches by binding profiles. This mode greatly improves service provisioning efficiency.
Generally, the xPON configuration mode is determined in a new deployment and will not be changed. This chapter describes how to configure the enterprise access service in PON profile mode (which is the default mode). You can run the commands in the following table to query the xPON configuration mode.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1306
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Mode
Query Method
PON profile mode
huawei(config)#diagnose huawei(diagnose)%%display xpon mode --------------------------------------------------Current config mode: Profile-mode ---------------------------------------------------
NOTE
For commands for the distributed configuration mode, see PON distributed-mode commands in the Command Reference.
14.4.1 E1 Base Station Access Service (in Native TDM Mode) ONUs transmit E1 signals of base stations to OLTs in Native TDM mode and OLTs are interconnected with transmission equipment through E1/STM-1 ports. In this manner, traditional circuit switching services can be carried over GPON networks.
Service Requirement and Application Scenario Service Requirement As a mainstream full-service access technology in the future, the passive optical network (PON) supports fast deployment and service provisioning. It also helps simplify the access network and reduce the costs on construction and subsequent maintenance of the access network. Currently, carriers in China and outside China are using the PON to carry 2G/3G base station services over their existing FTTx networks that are established for accessing individual/enterprise users. In this manner, carriers can implement the access of all the services at the access layer in an unified mode. l
ONUs are connected to 2G or 3G base stations through E1 ports.
l
GPON is used for carrying the mobile access network in a unified manner to meet mobile carriers' requirements for a high bandwidth and high-density coverage of base stations.
l
Existing SDH resources are utilized efficiently to implement high-quality transmission of TDM services.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 14-6, the ONU accesses TDM services of the 2G or 3G base station through the E1 port, and then transmits the service data to the GPON service board on the OLT in the Native TDM mode. The OLT restores TDM signals, and then transmits the signals to the SDH network through the E1 port (provided by the NH1A daughter board) or STM-1 port (provided by the O2CE daughter board) on the TOPA board. In this manner, service access of the 2G or 3G base station is implemented between the ONU and the OLT in the Native TDM mode. Applicable ONUs: MA5612, MA5628
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1307
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-6 Networking diagram of E1 base station access service BTS N*E1 ONU
NodeB N*E1
BSC
OLT N*E1 SDH
ONU
CX600 N*E1
E1
Native TDM
E1/STM-1
RNC
Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for E1 base station access service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1308
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Start
Adding ONUs to OLT
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs
OLT Side
Configuring TDM E1 Connections
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies
Configuring Network Protection
Configuring Clock Synchronization
Verifying Services
End
Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT. ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1309
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Context l
When adding ONUs, you need to bind related profiles to the ONUs, including the DBA profile, line profile, and alarm profile.
l
An ONU can be added in two modes: offline addition and online confirmation. Select either mode as required.
Data Plan Table 14-3 Key data plan Configurati on Item
Data
DBA profile
DBA profile for management service: dba-profile_1 (system default) DBA profile for private line service: l Profile ID: 21 l Profile type: Fixed bandwidth and minimum delay l DBA bandwidth: 28928 kbit/s (Each ONU accesses four E1 private lines and each line has a recommended DBA bandwidth of 7232 kbit/s.)
Line profile
Profile ID: 11 T-CONT ID: 1 (for private line service) and 2 (for management service) GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for DDN private line service: 13
Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Enable the bandwidth compensation function and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode for the GPON port to minimum bandwidth delay. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 21 type1 fix 28928 bandwidth_compensate yes huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port dba bandwidth-assignment-mode 1 min-loop-delay huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 11 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#tcont 1 dba-profile-id 21 //Bind T-CONT 1 to DBA profile 21 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#tcont 2 dba-profile-id 1 //Bind T-CONT 2 to DBA profile 1 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem add 11 eth tcont 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem add 13 tdm tcont 1 //Add GEM port 13 to
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1310
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
T-CONT 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem mapping 13 1 e1 1 //Map GEM port 13 to E1 port 1 on the ONU. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#quit
3.
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile ID is 1. The value of each alarm threshold is 0 which indicates that alarms are not reported. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and no configuration is required.
Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 3 in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 11
2.
(Optional) Bind an alarm profile. By default, an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 (default profile). You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements. In this example, the default alarm profile is used. Therefore, you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile.
Step 3 Confirm the ONU status. After adding an ONU, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU is online. Config state : normal //Indicates that the ONU is in normal state. ...//Other command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1311
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs This topic describes how to configure management service ports (also called service flows) on the OLT and ONUs. After the connections between the in-band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable, you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN and management IP address for ONU
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address for ONU 3: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT. Set the in-band management VLAN to 8, VLAN priority to 6, and IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 2 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 3 Configure the in-band management service port. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1312
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Set the management VLAN to 8, GEM port ID to 11, and user VLAN to 8. The OLT does not rate limit the in-band management service port. Therefore, directly use the default traffic profile 6. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 4 Confirm that the connection between the management service ports on the OLT and ONU is reachable. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to verify the connectivity between the OLT and ONU. If the OLT receives ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU, the connection is reachable. l When the connection is reachable, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU. ----End
Configuring TDM E1 Connections This topic describes how to configure Native TDM connections between GPON ports and E1/ STM-1 upstream ports to transmit E1/STM-1 private line service data.
Prerequisites Required hardware is available: l
TOPA+NH1A for upstream transmission through E1
l
TOPA+O2CE for upstream transmission through STM-1
l
GPON board: GPBC, GPBD
Context The OLT can transmit data to the SDH network through E1 or STM-1 lines. Each E1 line provides 2 Mbit/s bandwidth. After being mapped, aligned, and encapsulated, 63xE1 signals are multiplexed into one STM-1 signal through VC12. One STM-1 line provides 155 Mbit/s. When the OLT transmits data to SDH equipment through STM-1 lines, pay attention to the VC12 mode and VC12 number. l
When the OLT is interconnected with Huawei SDH equipment, the VC12 mode is huawei and the VC12 numbers on the OLT and the SDH equipment must be consistent.
l
When the OLT is interconnected with Lucent SDH equipment, the VC12 mode is lucent. The VC12 numbers has the following mapping relationships (which can be queried using the display vc12-mode-table command): Huawei: Mapping between the multiplexing number and VC12 number: VC12 number = (TUG3–1) + (TUG2–1) x 3 + (TU12–1) x 21 Lucent: Mapping between the multiplexing number and VC12 number: VC12 number = (TU12–1) + (TUG2–1) x 3 + (TUG3–1) x 21
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1313
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Data Plan Upstream Transmissio n Mode
Data
Upstream transmission through E1
Port on the TOPA board: 0/5/0
Upstream transmission through STM-1
Port on the TOPA board: 0/5/0
Daughter board type: NH1A (provides E1 ports)
Daughter board type: O2CE (provides STM-1 ports) VC12 number: 0 NOTE The VC12 parameter must match that on the interconnected SDH equipment. Otherwise, services fail.
Procedure l
Configure a TDM E1 connection for E1 upstream transmission. huawei(config)#tdm-connect connectid 1 tdm 0/5/0 gpon 0/3/1 ontid 3 gemportIndex 13
l
Configure a TDM E1 connection for STM-1 upstream transmission. huawei(config)#tdm-connect connectid 1 tdm 0/5/0 vc12 0 gpon 0/3/1 ontid 3 gemportIndex 13
----End
Configuring Clock Synchronization In this scenario, the E1/STM-1 line clock can be used to achieve network-wide clock synchronization.
Prerequisites The clock daughter board CKMC must be on the SCU main control board.
Context Configuration roadmap for clock synchronization: 1.
The OLT traces the upstream E1/STM-1 line clock of the TOPA board as the system clock.
2.
The system clock is delivered to an ONU through optical paths of the GPON board.
3.
The ONU uses the line clock of the GPON upstream port as the system clock.
4.
The ONU E1 transmit clock is synchronized with the system clock of the ONU.
l
Configure a clock on the OLT.
Procedure 1. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Add a system clock source. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1314
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Run the clock source command to configure the line clock of E1/STM-1 port 0/5/0 on the TOPA board as the system clock source. Set the ID of the clock source to 0. The clock module automatically judges the type of the specified clock source (E1/ STM-1) and selects a reference source for phase lock based on priorities. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/5/0
2.
Configure a priority for the system clock source. Run the clock priority command to set the priority of clock source 0 to the highest priority. huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
3.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source system command to query configurations and the status of the clock source. Ensure that configurations of the system clock source are correct and the status is Normal. huawei(config)#display clock source system ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H801TOPA 0/5/0 E1 Normal 0 --YES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run the display clock mode command to query the clock working mode. Ensure that the clock daughter board works in tracing mode. huawei(config)#display clock mode Clock manage-mode:Third-mode Clock subboard work-mode:Tracing
l
Configure a clock on the ONU. 1.
Configure the GPON line clock as the system clock. The system clock of the OLT is delivered to the ONU through the GPON port on the OLT, achieving clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU. a.
Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the GPON upstream port as the system clock of the ONU.
b.
Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the clock source.
huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 Clock source set succeeded huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Configure the system clock as the transmit clock for an E1 port. a.
Run the interface tdm command to enter the E1 port configuration mode.
b.
Run the tx clock or port portid udt system command to configure the system clock as the transmit clock of the port.
c.
Run the display port state command to query the transmit clock of the E1 port.
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-)#port 0 udt system
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1315
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config-if-tdm-)#display port state 0 --------------------------------------Port : 0 State : normal Mode : UDT Code : HDB3 Looptype : Timeslot : Clock : system CRC4 : Signaling : ESF : Impedance : 120 Ohm ---------------------------------------
3.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query configurations and the status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source --------------------------------------------------------------Index Config Type Source State Priority Output --------------------------------------------------------------0 YES line 0/0/1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO --/ -/ ------2 NO --/ -/ ------3 NO --/ -/ ------4 NO --/ -/ ------5 NO --/ -/ ------6 NO --/ -/ ------7 NO --/ -/ ------8 NO --/ -/ ------9 NO --/ -/ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority-based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security.
Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies cover system security, user security, and service security, which ensure normal running of services. NOTE
Enable security features based on service types. For details, see 13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure queue scheduling. Based on 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan, all packets use strict priorities for queue scheduling and are mapped to queues based on priorities.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1316
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 //System default
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on both the OLT and optical network units (ONUs). 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
–
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on ONUs. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1317
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
----End
Configuring Network Protection The base station access service has high requirements on reliability. Therefore, network protection solutions must be configured in the upstream and downstream directions.
Context l
The upstream protection solution is STM-1 1+1 protection (OLTs must transmit services upstream through STM-1 ports).
l
The downstream protection solutions are Type B protection and Type C single-homing protection. For details on configurations, see Configuring E2E Reliability. The following uses Type C single-homing protection as an example.
l
Configure an STM-1 protection group.
Procedure Configure STM-1 ports 0/5/0 and 0/5/1 on the TOPA board as members in the same protection group. When a hardware or line fault occurs at the protected port 0/5/0, the system automatically switches services at the faulty port to the standby port 0/5/1. huawei(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target stm-nni-port workmode unidirection huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/5/0 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/5/1 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable
CAUTION OLTs only support unidirectional STM-1 protection. When OLTs are interconnected with SDH equipment, the STM-1 protection mode of the remote SDH equipment must be set to unidirectional. l
Configure the Type C single homing protection. Figure 14-7 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection. Configure two 1:N optical splitters, one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs, and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs. This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers. The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single homing protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working PON port on the OLT and working upstream PON ports on the ONUs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1318
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-7 Type C single homing protection
ONU
Tributary Fibers Protection
Splitter A
OLT
Splitter B
Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU. – The ports on the GPON service board are 0/3/1 and 0/3/2. – The link at port 0/3/1 is the working link. – The link at port 0/3/2 is the protection link. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 2 1 protect-side huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#protect-group protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-1)#quit
----End
Verifying Services This topic describes how to use the PDH/SDH tester to verify the private line access service.
Prerequisites The private line service has been configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1319
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Networking Figure 14-8 Test setup for E1 upstream service
E1 port loopback
ONU
OLT
E1 line tester E1
ONU trace the clock of the OLT
Internal free-run clock
OLT trace the clock of the tester
Figure 14-9 Test setup for STM-1 upstream service
E1 port loopback
ONU
OLT
STM-1 line tester STM-1
ONU trace the clock of the OLT
OLT trace the clock of the tester
Internal free-run clock
Procedure Step 1 Set up network environment according to the preceding diagrams for service acceptance tests. NOTE
Ensure clock synchronization for the test. It is recommended that the tester use the internal free-run clock, the OLT trace the clock of the tester, and the ONU trace the clock of the OLT.
Step 2 Use the E1 or STM-1 line tester to send packets for the test. The test duration must be 12 hours or longer. There should be no alarms on the tester and the bit error rate must be less than 1E-9. ----End
Follow-up Procedure When the test on service connectivity fails, you can check for the failure causes by performing loopbacks. The following loopbacks are supported: l
Remote loopback on the OLT TOPA board
l
Local loopback on the OLT TOPA board
l
Local loopback on the ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1320
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
Remote loopback on the ONU
Loopb ack Mode
Function
Remote loopba ck on the TOPA board
Loops back signals to the network side on the TOPA board on the OLT. This loopback checks whether the service from the TOPA board to the network-side channel is normal.
Local loopba ck on the TOPA board
Local loopba ck on the ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Loops back signals to the user side on the TOPA board on the OLT. This loopback checks whether the link between the TOPA board and the E1 port on the ONU is normal.
Loops back signals to the network side on the ONU. This loopback checks whether the link between the E1 port on the ONU and the TOPA board on the OLT is normal.
Networking
ONU
Configuration
E1 line tester
OLT E1
Enable/Disable the remote loopback for the E1 port. huawei(config)#interface top 0/5 huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #undo loopback 0
Remote loopback
Enable/Disable the remote loopback for the STM-1 port. huawei(config)#interface top-stm1 0/5 huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#undo loopback 0 E1 line tester
ONU
OLT
E1
Local loopback
Enable/Disable the local loopback for the E1 port. huawei(config)#interface top 0/5 huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #undo loopback 0
Enable/Disable the local loopback for the STM-1 port. huawei(config)#interface top-stm1 0/5 huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#undo loopback 0 ONU
E1 line tester
OLT E1
Local loopback
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-) #loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-tdm-) #undo loopback 0
1321
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Loopb ack Mode
Function
Remote loopba ck on the ONU
Loops back signals to the user side on the ONU. This loopback checks whether the link between the ONU and user terminal is normal.
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Networking
E1 line tester
ONU
Configuration
OLT
E1
Remote loopback
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-) #loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-tdm-) #undo loopback 0
14.4.2 E1/T1 Base Station Access Service (in SAToP Mode) ONUs transmit E1/T1 signals of base stations to OLTs in SAToP mode and OLTs are interconnected with transmission equipment through E1/T1 ports. In this manner, traditional circuit switching services can be carried over GPON networks.
Service Requirement and Application Scenario Service Requirement As a mainstream full-service access technology in the future, the passive optical network (PON) supports fast deployment and service provisioning. It also helps simplify the access network and reduce the costs on construction and subsequent maintenance of the access network. Currently, carriers in China and outside China are using the PON to carry 2G/3G base station services over their existing FTTx networks that are established for accessing individual/enterprise users. In this manner, carriers can implement the access of all the services at the access layer in an unified mode. l
ONUs are connected to 2G or 3G base stations through E1/T1 ports.
l
GPON is used for carrying the mobile access network in a unified manner to meet mobile carriers' requirements for a high bandwidth and high-density coverage of base stations.
l
Existing SDH resources are utilized efficiently to implement high-quality transmission of TDM services.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 14-10, the ONU accesses E1/T1 services of the 2G or 3G base station through the unified hardware port, and then transmits the service data to the OLT in the SAToP mode. The OLT restores E1/T1 signals, and then transmits the signals to the SDH network through the E1/T1 port. In this manner, service access of the 2G or 3G base station is implemented between the ONU and the OLT in the SAToP mode. Applicable ONUs: MA5612, MA5628 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1322
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-10 Networking diagram of E1/T1 base station access service BTS N*E1 ONU
NodeB N*T1
BSC
OLT N*E1 SDH
ONU
CX600 N*E1
T1
SAToP
T1
E1
SAToP
E1/STM-1
RNC
Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for E1/T1 base station access service (in SAToP mode).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1323
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Start
Adding ONUs to OLT
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs
OLT Side
Configuring SAToP Connections and Service Ports Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies Configuring Network Protection
Configuring SAToP Connections
ONU Side
Configuring Clock Synchronization
Verifying Services
End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1324
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Adding ONUs to OLT ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully.
Context l
When adding ONUs, you need to bind related profiles to the ONUs, including the DBA profile, line profile, and alarm profile.
l
An ONU can be added in two modes: offline addition and online confirmation. Select either mode as required.
Data Plan Table 14-4 Key data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile ID: 20 Profile type: Fixed bandwidth and minimum delay DBA bandwidth: l E1 access: 32 Mbit/s is recommended. (Each ONU accesses four E1 private lines and each line has a recommended DBA bandwidth of 8 Mbit/ s) l T1 access: 24 Mbit/s is recommended. (Each ONU accesses four T1 private lines and each line has a recommended DBA bandwidth of 6 Mbit/ s)
Line profile
Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 1 GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for DDN private line service: 12
Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Enable the bandwidth compensation function and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode for the GPON port to minimum bandwidth delay. For example, configure the DBA profile for 4-channel E1 private line. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 20 type1 fix 32768 huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port dba bandwidth-assignment-mode 1 min-loop-delay huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1325
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Configure an ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 1 dba-profile-id 20 //Bind T-CONT 1 to DBA profile 20 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth tcont 0 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 1 //Add GEM port 12 to T-CONT 1 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 vlan 300 //Map GEM port 12 to CVLAN 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3.
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile ID is 1. The value of each alarm threshold is 0 which indicates that alarms are not reported. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and no configuration is required.
Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10
2.
(Optional) Bind an alarm profile. By default, an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 (default profile). You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements. In this example, the default alarm profile is used. Therefore, you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile.
Step 3 Confirm the ONU status. After adding an ONU, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU is online. Config state : normal //Indicates that the ONU is in normal state. ...//Other command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1326
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs This topic describes how to configure management service ports (also called service flows) on the OLT and ONUs. After the connections between the in-band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable, you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN and management IP address for ONU
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address for ONU 3: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT. Set the in-band management VLAN to 8, VLAN priority to 6, and IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 2 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1327
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 3 Configure the in-band management service port. Set the management VLAN to 8, GEM port ID to 11, and user VLAN to 8. The OLT does not rate limit the in-band management service port. Therefore, directly use the default traffic profile 6. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 4 Confirm that the connection between the management service ports on the OLT and ONU is reachable. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to verify the connectivity between the OLT and ONU. If the OLT receives ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU, the connection is reachable. l When the connection is reachable, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU. ----End
Configuring SAToP Connections and Service Ports This topic describes how to configure a SAToP connection of the IP+UDP encapsulation type and a service port to enable packets of base stations to be encapsulated on ONUs and restored on OLTs.
Prerequisites Required hardware is available: l
Main control boards on the OLT: SCUN+CKMC
l
Upstream board on the OLT: EDTB (for E1/T1 upstream transmission)
l
Service board on the OLT: GPBD
l
ONU: MA5612 (configured with the E81A board) or MA5628
Context Figure 14-11 shows SAToP encapsulation for E1/T1 base station access service. As shown in the following figure, after TDM signals are encapsulated in the IP+UDP format, an outer VLAN tag and an Ethernet header are added to the TDM signals. Then the TDM signals become a standard Ethernet packet that is transmitted on the PON line between the ONU and OLT.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1328
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-11 SAToP encapsulation
OLT E1/T1
ONU SDH
NodeB T1
SAToP
T1
E1
SAToP
E1/STM-1
TDM
TDM
TDM
UDP1
UDP1
IP1
IP1
VLAN
VLAN
ETH
ETH
TDM
Data Plan Configurati on Item
Data
EDTB (OLT)
Port: 0/5/0 Board IP address: 10.10.50.10 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) Local UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
E1/T1 port (ONU)
Board IP address: 10.10.50.20 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
VLAN
SVLAN: 300
Remark 1: MAC address configuration modes (statically configured or dynamically obtained) at two ends must be consistent to establish a SAToP connection. It is recommended that MAC addresses be dynamically obtained, which facilitates configuration and maintenance. Remark 2: The UDP port cannot be a port that is widely used in the industry and for specific services. For example, port 80 is used for HTTP service. The dynamic and private ports are recommended.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1329
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Procedure Step 1 Configure EDTB board attributes. Set the board working mode to SAToP. huawei(config)#interface edt 0/5 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#board workmode satop
Configure the access mode and frame format. l E1 access: huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#tdm access-mode E1
l T1 access: huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#tdm access-mode T1 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#frame-mode 0 esf NOTE
The T1 frame format must be consistent with that on the SDH side.
Configure the IP address of the E1/T1 port on the EDTB board. huawei(config)#interface edt 0/5 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#set ip-address 10.10.50.10 huawei(config-if-edt-0/5)#quit
Step 2 Create a SAToP connection. Create TDM VCL 10. l For E1 access, set the TDM VCL type to SAToP. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 satop 0/5/0
l For T1 access, set the TDM VCL type to CESoP and the timeslot to 0xfffffff. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 cesop 0/5/0 timeslot 0xffffff
Create a SAToP connection at the E1/T1 port 0/5/0. Set SVLAN to 300, local UDP port number to 50048, remote IP address (the IP address of the E1/T1 access board on the ONU) to 10.10.50.20, and remote UDP port number to 50048. The remote MAC address is obtained dynamically. NOTE
To create a SAToP connection, the local UDP port number must be consistent with the remote UDP port number, that is, [ local-udp = portid of EDTB + Cardinal number (50048) ]. huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-ip 10.10.50.20 remote-udp 50048
You can also create a SAToP connection by configuring the MAC address statically. If the remote MAC address (the MAC address of the E1 access board on the ONU, which can be queried by running the display cesop-mac-address command on the ONU) is 00e0-fc01-0450, create a SAToP connection in static mode as follows: huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-mac 00e0-fc01-0450 remote-ip 10.10.50.20 remote-udp 50048
Step 3 (Optional) Configure attributes of the SAToP connection. NOTE
The attributes of the SAToP connection on the OLT must be consistent with those on the ONU. Generally, use the system default values.
l Run the cesop rtp command to configure whether the SAToP packet carries the RTP header. The SAToP packet carries the RTP header by default. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1330
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
l Run the cesop encap command to configure SSRC, payload type, and SN of the SAToP packet. The default value of these parameters is 0. l Run the cesop jitter-buffer command to configure the buffer depth of the SAToP packet. The default buffer depth is 2000 μs. l Run the cesop loadtime command to configure the load time of the SAToP packet. The default load time is 125 μs. l Run the cesop priority command to configure the priority of the SAToP packet. The default priority is 7. Step 4 Configure a service port. Set the service port ID to 1, SVLAN ID to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN ID to 300. The ONU limits upstream and downstream traffic rates but the OLT does not. Therefore, use default traffic profile 6. The user VLAN must be the same as the upstream VLAN of the ONU. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 300 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
----End
Configuring Clock Synchronization In this scenario, the E1/STM-1 line clock can be used to achieve network-wide clock synchronization.
Prerequisites The CKMC clock daughter board has been installed on the SCU main control board.
Context Configuration roadmap for clock synchronization: 1.
The OLT traces the upstream E1/STM-1 line clock of the TOPA board as the system clock.
2.
The system clock is delivered to an ONU through optical paths of the GPON board.
3.
The ONU uses the line clock of the GPON upstream port as the system clock.
4.
The ONU E1 transmit clock is synchronized with the system clock of the ONU.
l
Configure a clock on the OLT.
Procedure 1.
Add a system clock source. Configure the E1/T1 line clock input from port 0/5/0 on the EDTB board as the system clock 0. Set the priority to 0 (highest priority). huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/5/0 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source system command to query configurations and the status of the clock source. Ensure that configurations of the system clock source are correct and the status is Normal.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1331
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config)#display clock source system ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H802EDTB 0/5/0 E1 Normal 0 --YES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run the display clock mode command to query the clock working mode. Ensure that the clock daughter board works in tracing mode. huawei(config)#display clock mode Clock manage-mode:Third-mode Clock subboard work-mode:Tracing
l
Configure a clock on the ONU. 1.
Configure the GPON line clock as the system clock. The system clock of the OLT is delivered to the ONU through the GPON port on the OLT, achieving clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU. a.
Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the GPON upstream port as the system clock of the ONU.
b.
Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the clock source.
huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 Clock source set succeeded huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Configure the system clock as the transmit clock for an E1 port. a.
Run the interface tdm command to enter the E1 port configuration mode.
b.
Run the tx clock or port portid udt system command to configure the system clock as the transmit clock of the port.
c.
Run the display port state command to query the transmit clock of the E1 port.
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-)#port 0 udt system huawei(config-if-tdm-)#display port state 0 --------------------------------------Port : 0 State : normal Mode : UDT Code : HDB3 Looptype : Timeslot : Clock : system CRC4 : Signaling : ESF : Impedance : 120 Ohm ---------------------------------------
3.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query configurations and the status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1332
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
--------------------------------------------------------------Index Config Type Source State Priority Output --------------------------------------------------------------0 YES line 0/0/1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO --/ -/ ------2 NO --/ -/ ------3 NO --/ -/ ------4 NO --/ -/ ------5 NO --/ -/ ------6 NO --/ -/ ------7 NO --/ -/ ------8 NO --/ -/ ------9 NO --/ -/ ---------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority-based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security.
Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies cover system security, user security, and service security, which ensure normal running of services. NOTE
Enable security features based on service types. For details, see 13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure queue scheduling. Based on 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan, all packets use strict priorities for queue scheduling and are mapped to queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 //System default
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on both the OLT and optical network units (ONUs). 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure user security. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1333
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
–
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on ONUs. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
----End
Configuring Network Protection The base station access service has high requirements on reliability. Therefore, network protection solutions must be configured in the upstream and downstream directions. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1334
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Context l
The upstream protection solution is STM-1 1+1 protection (OLTs must transmit services upstream through STM-1 ports).
l
The downstream protection solutions are Type B protection and Type C single-homing protection. For details on configurations, see Configuring E2E Reliability. The following uses Type C single-homing protection as an example.
l
Configure an STM-1 protection group.
Procedure Configure STM-1 ports 0/5/0 and 0/5/1 on the TOPA board as members in the same protection group. When a hardware or line fault occurs at the protected port 0/5/0, the system automatically switches services at the faulty port to the standby port 0/5/1. huawei(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target stm-nni-port workmode unidirection huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/5/0 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/5/1 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable
CAUTION OLTs only support unidirectional STM-1 protection. When OLTs are interconnected with SDH equipment, the STM-1 protection mode of the remote SDH equipment must be set to unidirectional. l
Configure the Type C single homing protection. Figure 14-12 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection. Configure two 1:N optical splitters, one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs, and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs. This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers. The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single homing protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working PON port on the OLT and working upstream PON ports on the ONUs. Figure 14-12 Type C single homing protection
ONU
Tributary Fibers Protection
Splitter A
OLT
Splitter B
Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1335
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
As shown in the preceding figure, Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU. – The ports on the GPON service board are 0/3/1 and 0/3/2. – The link at port 0/3/1 is the working link. – The link at port 0/3/2 is the protection link. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 2 1 protect-side huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#protect-group protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-1)#quit
----End
Configuring ONU SAToP Connections This topic describes how to configure a SAToP connection of the IP+UDP encapsulation type and a service VLAN to enable packets of base stations to be encapsulated on ONUs as Ethernet packets and then forwarded based on VLANs and MAC addresses.
Data Plan Configurati on Item
Data
EDTB (OLT)
Port: 0/5/0 Board IP address: 10.10.50.10 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) Local UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
E1/T1 port (ONU)
Board IP address: 10.10.50.20 Board MAC address: dynamically obtained (remark 1) UDP port number: 50048 (remark 2)
VLAN
SVLAN: 300
Remark 1: MAC address configuration modes (statically configured or dynamically obtained) at two ends must be consistent to establish a SAToP connection. It is recommended that MAC addresses be dynamically obtained, which facilitates configuration and maintenance. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1336
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Remark 2: The UDP port cannot be a port that is widely used in the industry and for specific services. For example, port 80 is used for HTTP service. The dynamic and private ports are recommended.
Procedure Step 1 Configure a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN. Create the upstream VLAN 300, and add upstream port 0/0/1 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 1
Step 2 Configure E1/T1 port attributes. Configure the IP address of TDM service board 0/1 as 10.10.50.20. huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#set ip-address 10.10.50.20
Configure the board and port working mode and transmit clock. l For E1 access, set the working mode to UDT and configure the transmit clock as the system clock. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#tdm access-mode E1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 udt system
l For T1 access, set the working mode to SDT, configure the transmit clock as the system clock, and enable ESF verification. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#tdm access-mode T1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 sdt system esf enable
Step 3 Create a SAToP connection. Create TDM VCL 10. l For E1 access, set the TDM VCL type to SAToP. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 satop 0/1/0
l For T1 access, set the TDM VCL type to CESoP and the timeslot to 0xfffffff. huawei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 10 cesop 0/1/0 timeslot 0xffffff
Create a SAToP connection at TDM port 0/1/0. Set SVLAN to 300, local UDP port number to 50048, remote IP address (the IP address of the EDTB board on the OLT) to 10.10.50.10, and remote UDP port number to 50048. The remote MAC address is obtained dynamically. huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-ip 10.10.50.10 remote-udp 50048 NOTE
You can also create a SAToP connection by configuring the MAC address statically. If the remote MAC address (the MAC address of the EDTB board on the OLT) is 0800-3E32-5310, create a SAToP connection in static mode as follows: huawei(config)#cesop-connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local-udp 50048 remote-mac 0800-3E32-5310 remote-ip 10.10.50.10 remote-udp 50048
Step 4 (Optional) Configure attributes of the SAToP connection. NOTE
The attributes of the SAToP connection on the OLT must be consistent with those on the ONU. Generally, use the system default values.
l Run the cesop rtp command to configure whether the SAToP packet carries the RTP header. The SAToP packet carries the RTP header by default. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1337
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
l Run the cesop encap command to configure SSRC, payload type, and SN of the SAToP packet. The default value of these parameters is 0. l Run the cesop jitter-buffer command to configure the buffer depth of the SAToP packet. The default buffer depth is 2000 μs. l Run the cesop loadtime command to configure the load time of the SAToP packet. The default load time is 125 μs. l Run the cesop priority command to configure the priority of the SAToP packet. The default priority is 7. ----End
Verifying Services This topic describes how to use the PDH/SDH tester to verify the private line access service.
Prerequisites The private line service has been configured.
Networking Figure 14-13 Test setup for E1 upstream service
E1 port loopback
ONU
OLT
E1 line tester E1
ONU trace the clock of the OLT
Internal free-run clock
OLT trace the clock of the tester
Figure 14-14 Test setup for STM-1 upstream service
E1 port loopback
ONU
OLT
STM-1 line tester STM-1
ONU trace the clock of the OLT
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
OLT trace the clock of the tester
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Internal free-run clock
1338
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Procedure Step 1 Set up network environment according to the preceding diagrams for service acceptance tests. NOTE
Ensure clock synchronization for the test. It is recommended that the tester use the internal free-run clock, the OLT trace the clock of the tester, and the ONU trace the clock of the OLT.
Step 2 Use the E1 or STM-1 line tester to send packets for the test. The test duration must be 12 hours or longer. There should be no alarms on the tester and the bit error rate must be less than 1E-9. ----End
Follow-up Procedure When the test on service connectivity fails, you can check for the failure causes by performing loopbacks. The following loopbacks are supported: l
Remote loopback on the OLT TOPA board
l
Local loopback on the OLT TOPA board
l
Local loopback on the ONU
l
Remote loopback on the ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Loopb ack Mode
Function
Remote loopba ck on the TOPA board
Loops back signals to the network side on the TOPA board on the OLT. This loopback checks whether the service from the TOPA board to the network-side channel is normal.
Networking
ONU
Configuration
E1 line tester
OLT E1
Remote loopback
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Enable/Disable the remote loopback for the E1 port. huawei(config)#interface top 0/5 huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #undo loopback 0
Enable/Disable the remote loopback for the STM-1 port. huawei(config)#interface top-stm1 0/5 huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#undo loopback 0
1339
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Loopb ack Mode
Function
Networking
Local loopba ck on the TOPA board
Loops back signals to the user side on the TOPA board on the OLT. This loopback checks whether the link between the TOPA board and the E1 port on the ONU is normal.
E1 line tester
Local loopba ck on the ONU
Loops back signals to the network side on the ONU. This loopback checks whether the link between the E1 port on the ONU and the TOPA board on the OLT is normal.
Remote loopba ck on the ONU
Loops back signals to the user side on the ONU. This loopback checks whether the link between the ONU and user terminal is normal.
Configuration
ONU
OLT
E1
Local loopback
Enable/Disable the local loopback for the E1 port. huawei(config)#interface top 0/5 huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-top-0/5) #undo loopback 0
Enable/Disable the local loopback for the STM-1 port. huawei(config)#interface top-stm1 0/5 huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-topstm1-0/5)#undo loopback 0 ONU
E1 line tester
OLT E1
Local loopback
E1 line tester
ONU
OLT
E1
Remote loopback
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-) #loopback 0 local huawei(config-if-tdm-) #undo loopback 0
huawei(config)#interface tdm huawei(config-if-tdm-) #loopback 0 remote huawei(config-if-tdm-) #undo loopback 0
14.4.3 Ethernet Base Station Access Service (in QinQ VLAN Mode) ONUs are connected to IP base stations through FE/GE Ethernet ports and OLTs are interconnected with MAN equipment in QinQ VLAN mode to achieve access of base station services.
Service Requirement and Application Scenario Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1340
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Service Requirement l
ONUs are connected to 2G/3G base stations and GPON is used for carrying the mobile access network in a unified manner to meet mobile carriers' requirements for a high bandwidth and high-density coverage of base stations.
l
A simple, mature solution is used for service configuration to ensure high service quality as well as high transmission efficiency.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 14-15, ONUs receive the ETH service data from 3G base stations through FE/GE ports, encapsulate the ETH packets into GEM frames, and then send them to the OLT through the GPON upstream ports. The OLT restores the ETH signals and configures QinQ VLANs for the signals to enable the data of base stations to be transparently transmitted to the remote PTN over the public network. Then the remote PTN device restores the ETH signals. Applicable ONUs: MA5612, MA5628 Figure 14-15 Networking diagram of Ethernet base station access service NodeB FE/GE
RNC
ONU
OLT FE/GE GE/10GE
NodeB FE/GE
PSN
ONU
GE
CX600
RNC
FE/GE ETH
GPON
QinQ
L2/L3 VPN
ETH
Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for Ethernet base station access service (in QinQ VLAN mode).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1341
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Start
Adding ONUs to OLT
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs
OLT Side
Configuring OLT QinQ VLANs and Service Ports
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies
Configuring Network Protection
Configuring Ethernet Access Service Ports
ONU Side
Configuring Clock Synchronization
Verifying Services
End
Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT. ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1342
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Context l
When adding ONUs, you need to bind related profiles to the ONUs, including the DBA profile, line profile, and alarm profile.
l
An ONU can be added in two modes: offline addition and online confirmation. Select either mode as required.
Data Planning Table 14-5 Key data plan Configurati on Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile ID: 20 Profile type: Type 3 Assured bandwidth: 100 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 120 Mbit/s
Line profile
Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management service of ONUs: 11 GEM Port ID for synchronization service of base stations: 12 GEM Port ID for OAM service of base stations: 13 GEM Port ID for voice and data services of base stations: 14
VLAN (remark 1)
VLAN for management service of ONUs: 8 VLAN for base station access service: l VLAN for synchronization service: 1000 l VLAN for OAM service: 1001 l VLAN for voice and data services: 1002
Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Remark 1: Ethernet base stations have multiple services and different services require different VLANs. The preceding table uses the synchronization service, OAM service, and voice and data services as an example.
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure a DBA profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1343
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 20 type3 assure 102400 max 122880
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 4 dba-profile-id 20 //Bind T-CONT 4 to DBA profile 20. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth tcont 0 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 4 //Add GEM port 12 to T-CONT 4. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 13 eth tcont 4 //Add GEM port 13 to T-CONT 4. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 14 eth tcont 4 //Add GEM port 14 to T-CONT 4. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 vlan 1000 //Map GEM port 12 to CVLAN 1000. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 13 2 vlan 1001 //Map GEM port 13 to CVLAN 1001. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 14 3 vlan 1002 //Map GEM port 14 to CVLAN 1002. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3.
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. l The default GPON alarm profile ID is 1. The value of each alarm threshold is 0 which indicates that alarms are not reported. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used and no configuration is required.
Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10
2.
(Optional) Bind an alarm profile. By default, an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 (default profile). You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements. In this example, the default alarm profile is used. Therefore, you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile.
Step 3 Confirm the ONU status. After adding an ONU, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU is online. Config state : normal //Indicates that the ONU is in normal state. ...//Other command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1344
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs This topic describes how to configure management service ports (also called service flows) on the OLT and ONUs. After the connections between the in-band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable, you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN and management IP address for ONU
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart In-band management IP address for ONU 3: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT. Set the in-band management VLAN to 8, VLAN priority to 6, and IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1345
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 2 Configure the in-band management VLAN and IP address for the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 3 Configure the in-band management service port. Set the management VLAN to 8, GEM port ID to 11, and user VLAN to 8. The OLT does not rate limit the in-band management service port. Therefore, directly use the default traffic profile 6. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 4 Confirm that the connection between the management service ports on the OLT and ONU is reachable. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to verify the connectivity between the OLT and ONU. If the OLT receives ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU, the connection is reachable. l When the connection is reachable, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU. ----End
Configuring OLT QinQ VLANs and Service Ports This topic describes how to configure QinQ VLANs and service ports to enable various packets received from base stations to be forwarded based on specified policies.
Prerequisites The MAN equipment (for example, CX600) interconnected with the OLT must support the QinQ VLAN encapsulation mode and be able to terminate QinQ VLANs.
Context For details on VLAN planning, see 14.2.2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan. VLAN translation policies for the Ethernet base station access service are shown in Figure 14-16. l
Synchronization packets (remark 1) of the base station are untagged. A VLAN tag is added to the packets on the ONU and the OLT transparently transmits the VLAN tag.
l
Different management packets of the base station carry different user VLANs (for example, 20, 21, ... in the following figure). The user VLANs are translated to CVLAN 1001 on the ONU and then the OLT adds the outer VLAN 300 to the packets before transmitting them upstream.
l
Different voice and data packets of the base station carry different user VLANs (for example, 30, 31, ... in the following figure). The user VLANs are translated to CVLAN 1002 on the ONU and then the OLT adds the outer VLAN 300 to the packets before transmitting them upstream.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1346
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
In this manner, only two VLANs are required on the MAN for the base station access service, which significantly reduces the number of VLANs. Remark 1: In this example, the base station supports the clock over IP mode and is synchronized with the IP clock server using the NTP protocol. Figure 14-16 VLAN translation for Ethernet base station access service OLT FE/GE
ONU PSN
NodeB
NodeB SYNC NodeB OAM
QinQ
GPON
ETH
20,21,...
NodeB Traffic 30,31,...
NodeB SYNC
1000
NodeB SYNC
1000
NodeB OAM
1001
NodeB OAM
1001 300
NodeB Traffic
1002
NodeB Traffic
1002 300
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
SVLAN
VLAN for synchronization service of base stations: 1000 VLAN for voice and data services of base stations: 300
CVLAN (upstream VALN of the ONU)
VLAN for base station access service: l VLAN for synchronization service: 1000 l VLAN for OAM service: 1001 l VLAN for voice and data services: 1002
Traffic profile
OAM service and synchronization service of base stations: l ID: 10 l CIR: OFF l Upstream priority: user-cos, default priority: 7 l Downstream priority: tag-in-package Voice and data services of base stations: l ID: 11 l CIR: 20 Mbit/s l Upstream priority: user-inner-cos, default priority: 7 l Downstream priority: tag-in-package
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1347
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Configuration Item
Data
ONT ID
1
PON port
PON port: 0/3/1
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Procedure Step 1 Configure QinQ VLANs. Add two VLANs 1000 and 300 on the OLT, set attributes of the two VLANs to QinQ, and add the upstream port to the two VLANs. huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#port huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#port
1000 smart attrib 1000 q-in-q vlan 1000 0/19 0 300 smart attrib 300 q-in-q vlan 300 0/19 0
Step 2 Configure traffic profiles. l Add a traffic profile 10 and do not limit rates. Packets transmitted upstream use the priority (7 by default) copied from the user VLAN. Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves. l Add a traffic profile 11 and set the assured rate to 20 Mbit/s. Packets transmitted upstream use the priority (7 by default) copied from the inner VLAN. Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority user-cos 7 prioritypolicy tag-in-package huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 11 cir 20480 priority user-inner-cos 7 priority-policy tag-in-package
Step 3 Configure service ports. Configure service ports for the synchronization service, OAM service, and voice and data services of base stations. huawei(config)#service-port user-vlan 1001 tag-transform default huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1001 tag-transform default huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1002 tag-transform default
vlan 1000 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 //Synchronization service port vlan 300 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 13 multi-service userrx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 //OAM service port vlan 300 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 14 multi-service userrx-cttr 11 tx-cttr 11 //Voice and data service port
----End
Configuring Ethernet Access Service Ports on ONUs Add a service port on an ONU and configure an upstream VLAN to make the ONU-to-user service flows available and create an ONU-to-OLT upstream data channel.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1348
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Data Planning Configuration Item
Data
Port
Upstream port: 0/0/1 Service port: 0/3/1
SVLAN (upstream VLAN of the ONU)
VLAN for base station access service: l VLAN for synchronization service: 1000 l VLAN for OAM service: 1001 l VLAN for voice and data services: 1002
User VLAN (original VLAN of packets from base stations)
l Synchronization service of base stations: untagged
Traffic profile
l ID: 10
l VLAN for OAM service of base stations: 20 l VLAN for voice and data services of base stations: 30
l CIR: OFF l Upstream priority: user-cos, default priority: 7 l Downstream priority: tag-in-package
Procedure Step 1 Create SVLANs and add an upstream port to the VLANs. Create VLANs 1000, 1001, and 1002. huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#port huawei(config)#port huawei(config)#port
1000-1002 vlan 1000 vlan 1001 vlan 1002
smart 0/0 1 0/0 1 0/0 1
Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. Add a traffic profile 10 and do not limit rates. Packets transmitted upstream use the priority (7 by default) copied from the user VLAN. Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority user-cos 7 prioritypolicy tag-in-package
Step 3 Configure Ethernet access service ports. Configure service ports for the synchronization service, OAM service, and voice and data services of base stations. According to 14.2.2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan, ONUs translate user VLANs to a specified CVLAN. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1000 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 //Syncronization service port huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 20 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 //OAM service port huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1002 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 30 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 //Voice and data service port
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1349
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
NOTE
Packets from different base stations may carry different user VLANs. Ensure that user VLANs are consistent with the actual ones during configuration.
----End
Configuring Clock Synchronization In this scenario, the synchronous Ethernet clock can be used to achieve network-wide clock synchronization.
Prerequisites l
The clock daughter board CKMC of the SCU board must be in position.
l
The ethernet upstream board must be GICK/GSCA (GE port) or X2CS (10GE port)/SPUF (need an independent service board slot).
l
The upstream MAN PSN of the OLT must feature the capability of Ethernet synchronization.
Data Plan Configuration Item
Data
GIU upstream board
Port: 0/19/0
ETH port on the ONU
0/3/1
Procedure l
Configure a clock on the OLT. 1.
Add a system clock source. Configure the Ethernet line clock input from GIU port 0/19/0 as the system clock 0. Set the priority to 0 (highest priority). huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/19/0 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query configurations and the status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source system command to query configurations and the status of the clock source. Ensure that configurations of the system clock source are correct and the status is Normal. huawei(config)#display clock source system ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H801GICK 0/19/0 ETH Normal 0 --YES
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1350
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run the display clock mode command to query the clock working mode. Ensure that the clock daughter board works in tracing mode. huawei(config)#display clock mode Clock manage-mode:Third-mode Clock subboard work-mode:Tracing
l
Configure a clock on the ONU. The transmit clock of the port is the system clock by default when base stations are connected to the ONU through FE/GE ports. The transmit clock cannot be modified. Therefore, you only need to configure the system clock for the ONU. 1.
Configure the PON line clock as the system clock. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source -------------------------------------------------------------------Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected -------------------------------------------------------------------0 line 0/0/1 Normal 0 --YES 1 --/ -/ ----NO --2 --/ -/ ----NO --3 --/ -/ ----NO --4 --/ -/ ----NO --5 --/ -/ ----NO --6 --/ -/ ----NO --7 --/ -/ ----NO --8 --/ -/ ----NO --9 --/ -/ ----NO ----------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority-based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security.
Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority. Congestion control is recommended. Security policies cover system security, user security, and service security, which ensure normal running of services. NOTE
Enable security features based on service types. For details, see 13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1351
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Procedure l
Configure queue scheduling. Based on 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan, all packets use strict priorities for queue scheduling and are mapped to queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 //System default
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on both the OLT and optical network units (ONUs). 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1352
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on ONUs. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
----End
Configuring Network Protection This topic describes how to configure end-to-end (E2E) protection schemes for the enterprise private line service which has a high requirement on service reliability.
Context Reliability covers equipment reliability, upstream networking protection, and downstream networking protection. For details on reliability data planning, see 13.2.6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan. l
Upstream networking protection includes link aggregation group and protection group. Usually, link aggregation group is configured when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream; protection group is configured when the main control board is used to transmit traffic upstream. The two protection schemes are not configured at the same time.
l
Downstream networking protection includes Type B, Type C single homing, and Type C dual homing, which are used to protect service ports. Ports on the same ONU can be configured only with the same protection scheme. NOTE
This topic describes how to configure five mainstream protection schemes. Select required protection schemes based on the carrier's requirement and actual networking scenario.
Procedure l
Configure a link aggregation group. Bind upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 together as an aggregation link group. Each member port in the group transmits packets based on source MAC addresses. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure a protection group. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 on board GIU as a port protection group. Set port 0/19/0 as the working port and port 0/19/1 as the protection port, set the working mode to time delay detection, and enable the protection group. huawei(config-protect)#protect-group first 0/19/0 second 0/19/1 eth workmode timedelay enable
l
Configure the Type B protection. Figure 14-17 shows the Type B protection networking diagram.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1353
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-17 Type B protection
ONU OLT Backbone Fibers Protection
Splitter Active Standby Configure redundancy backup for ports 0/3/1 and 0/3/2 on the same GPON board on OLT. When port 0/3/1 fails, the system can automatically switch to port 0/3/2. huawei(config)#protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-port workmode timedelay huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable NOTE
The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port.
l
Configure the Type C single homing protection. Figure 14-18 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection. Configure two 1:N optical splitters, one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs, and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs. This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers. The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single homing protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working PON port on the OLT and working upstream PON ports on the ONUs. Figure 14-18 Type C single homing protection
ONU
Tributary Fibers Protection
Splitter A
OLT
Splitter B
Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1354
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
As shown in the preceding figure, Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU. – The ports on the GPON service board are 0/3/1 and 0/3/2. – The link at port 0/3/1 is the working link. – The link at port 0/3/2 is the protection link. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 2 1 protect-side huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#protect-group protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-1)#quit
l
Configure the Type C dual homing protection. Figure 14-19 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection. Two PON ports on different OLTs, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection. The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme. The models and versions of main control boards on the active and standby OLTs must be the same. The models and versions of GPON boards on the active and standby OLTs also must be the same. Data on the active OLT cannot be automatically synchronized with that on the standby OLT. Therefore, data synchronization between the active and standby OLTs must be manually ensured. This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service. It does not support TDM services, including Native TDM and SAToP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1355
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-19 Type C dual homing protection
Active OLT Splitter A ONU
Splitter B Standby OLT
Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C dual homing protection is configured for two OLTs (huawei_A and huawei_B). – huawei_A is the active OLT while huawei_B is the standby OLT. – The ports on the service boards on both OTLs are 0/3/1. – The dual homing protection group ID is 1. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. Configurations on the active OLT huawei_A: huawei_A(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_A(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_A(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B: huawei_B(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_B(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role protect huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1356
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Verifying Services The Ethernet base station access service can be verified by checking the connectivity and alarms of the service.
Prerequisites The base station access service has been deployed.
Procedure Step 1 Check connectivity. 1.
Check the connectivity between base stations and the IP clock server. On base stations, configure management IP addresses and static routes to the IP clock server, and then perform ping operations. In normal cases, the ICMP ECHO-REPLY message can be received from the IP clock server.
2.
Check the connectivity between base stations and the OAM server. On base stations, configure IP addresses of management channels and static routes to the OAM server, and then perform ping operations. In normal cases, the ICMP ECHO-REPLY message can be received from the OAM server.
3.
Check the connectivity between base stations and the RNC. On base stations, configure service port IP addresses and static routes to the RNC, and then perform ping operations. In normal cases, the ICMP ECHO-REPLY message can be received from the RNC.
Step 2 Check alarms. Check logs on base stations. Verify that no alarms are generated within 24 hours. ----End
14.4.4 Symmetrical TDM PWE3 Access for OLTs on Both Sides Two OLTs are symmetrically connected to the packet switched network (PSN). Signals of enterprise or base transceiver station (BTS) private line services are transmitted to an ONU through an E1 port, and then the ONU sends the signals to the OLT through GPON lines. The OLT, functioning as a superstratum provider edge (SPE), is connected to its peer OLT through TDM PWE3. This enables the PSN network to carry traditional circuit switched (CS) services.
Service Requirements and Application Scenario
Service Requirements Enhancing O&M capability: The MxU configurations can be performed on the OLT, which simplifies the configuration process. Minimizing network construction costs: Only 1 SPUB board is required for an OLT. Allowing TDM services to traverse the packet switched network (PSN): TDM services are deployed independently. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1357
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 14-20, OLT-A and OLT-B are symmetrically deployed on both sides of the PSN network. Both OLT-A and OLT-B are connected to ONUs through GPON lines. Enterprise or base transceiver station (BTS) private line services are transmitted to the ONUs through E1 ports. Proprietary TOE channels between the ONUs and OLTs are used to encapsulate the packets of TDM services. Symmetrical TDM PWs are created between the 2 OLTs to provide cross-PSN-network access and backhaul for enterprise or BTS private line services. The model of the ONU supporting this solution is MA5698, MA5898. Figure 14-20 Example network of symmetrical GPON TDM PWE3 access OLT-A
ONU BTS/ NodeB
OLT-B
ONU
IP/MPLS E1 TDM
E1 ToE
PW1 PW2
ToE
RNC/ BSC
TDM
Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the procedure of symmetrically configuring TDM PWE3 access for OLTs on both sides of the packet switched network (PSN). Because the 2 OLTs are symmetrically deployed, the configuration steps on the 2 OLT are the same.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1358
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Start Add ONUs to the OLT and configure the management service port
OLT-A/B
Configure the TDM connection and TDM PW
OLT-A/B
Configure the congestion control policy and security policy
OLT-A/B
Configure network protection
OLT-A/B
Configure clock synchronization
OLT-A/B /ONU
Verify services
End
Adding ONUs to the OLT and Configuring the Management Service Port Related configurations can be performed for ONUs only after the ONUs are successfully added to the OLT. After the inband management service port is created and available, you can log in to the ONUs from the OLT to configure the ONUs.
Context l
When an ONU is added, related profiles need to be bound to the ONU, including the dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA) profile, line profile, and alarm profile.
l
An ONU can be added in two modes: adding an ONU offline and confirming an ONU online. Select either mode as required.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1359
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Data Plan Table 14-6 Key data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
DBA profile for management services: system default profile 1 DBA profile for private line services: l Profile ID: 21 l Profile type: fixed bandwidth and minimum delay mode l DBA bandwidth: 28928 kbit/s (assume that 4 E1 private lines are connected to 1 ONU and each E1 private line is configured with a bandwidth of 7232 kbit/s)
Line profile
Profile ID: 11 T-CONT 1 is used for private line services and T-CONT 2 for management services. GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for private line services: 13
Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Management VLAN and management IP address
On the OLT: Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24 On the ONU: Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure the DBA profile for private line services, enable bandwidth compensation, and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode of the GPON port to min-loop-delay. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 21 type1 fix 28928 bandwidth_compensate yes huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port dba bandwidth-assignment-mode 1 min-loop-delay huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
2.
Configure the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 11 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#tcont 1 dba-profile-id 21
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
//Bind DBA
1360
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
profile 21 to T-CONT 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#tcont 2 dba-profile-id 1 //Bind DBA profile 1 to T-CONT 2. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem add 11 eth tcont 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem add 13 tdm tcont 1 //Add GEM port 13 to T-CONT 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem mapping 13 1 tdm-vcl //Map GEM port 13 to the TDM connection. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#quit
3.
(Optional) Configure the alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. The thresholds for all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 2 Add an ONU to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 11
2.
(Optional) Bind the alarm profile to ONU 1. By default, alarm profile 1 is automatically bound to the ONU. You need to manually bind a non-default alarm profile to the ONU only when the default one does not meet the requirement. In this example, default alarm profile 1 is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 3 Check the ONU status. After the ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the status of the ONU. Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. To query the status of ONU 1, do as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU goes online normally. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration recovery state of the ONU is normal. ...//The following command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 4 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. Create a VLAN whose ID is 8 as the inband management VLAN of the OLT, set the VLAN priority to 6, and set the IP address of the VLAN interface to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1361
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 5 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 6 Configure an inband management service port. The management VLAN is VLAN 8, the GEM port ID is 11, and user VLAN is VLAN 8. The OLT does not limit the rate of inband management services. Therefore, you can directly bind default traffic profile 6 to the inband management service port. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 7 Check whether the management service port between the OLT and the ONU is available. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU. If the ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU are received, the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU is in good condition. l If you can remotely log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform configurations for the ONU, the management service port between the OLT and the ONU is available. ----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring the TDM Connection and TDM PW A TDM connection between the OLT and ONU is created and bound to the PW, so that TDM PWE3 services can be transmitted between two OLTs. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1362
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Prerequisites The SPUB board is in position and functions normally.
Data Plan When OLTs are symmetrically connected to the packet switched network (PSN), the configuration steps for OLT-A and OLT-B are the same, and only the configuration data varies with the OLTs. The varied configuration data of OLT-A and OLT-B will be separately described in this topic. Table 14-7 Key data plan Item
Data
VLAN
1000
ONU E1 port
l Port ID: 0/1/0 l Port signaling mode: unstructured data transfer (UDT) l Transmit clock of the port: system clock
IP address
OLT-A: l IP address of the VLAN interface: 10.0.0.10/24 l IP address of the loopback interface: 1.1.1.1/32 OLT-B: l IP address of the VLAN interface: 10.0.0.20/24 l IP address of the loopback interface: 2.2.2.2/32
PW parameters
The following parameters must be the same on the 2 OLTs. l PW ID: 1 l PW type: TDM SAToP E1 l Control word: enabled l PW load time: 125 μs l Size of jitter buffer: 500 μs l RTP header: enabled
Procedure Step 1 Configure the TDM connection. 1.
Configure the TDM virtual channel link (VCL) on the ONU. On GPON port 0/3/1, create the TDM VCL for E1 port 0/1/0 of ONU 0. NOTE
Each E81A board has 8 E1 ports. Port IDs 0 to 7 on board 0/1 correspond to ONT port IDs 1 to 8, port IDs 0 to 7 on board 0/2 correspond to ONT port IDs 9 to 16, and so forth. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)ont tdm-vcl 1 0 tdm-vcl-id 0 satop 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1363
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
2.
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Configure the TDM connection on the OLT. huawei(config)tdm-connect connectid 0 tdm pwe3-uplink gpon 0/3/11 ontid 1 gemportIndex 13 tdm-vcl 0
Step 2 Configure the basic functions of multiprotocol label switching (MPLS). 1.
Create VLAN 1000, add the upstream port into VLAN 1000, and configure the IP address of VLAN interface 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 10.0.0.10 24
2.
Configure the IP address of the loopback interface and MPLS LSR ID. huawei(config)#interface loopback 0 huawei(config-if-loopback0)#ip address 1.1.1.1 32 huawei(config)#mpls lsr-id 1.1.1.1
3.
Enable MPLS, MPLS L2VPN, and MPLS LDP globally, and then enable MPLS and MPLS LDP for the VLAN interface. huawei(config)#mpls Info: Mpls starting, please wait... OK! huawei(config-mpls)#quit huawei(config)#mpls l2vpn huawei(config)#mpls ldp huawei(config)#mpls vlan 1000 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#mpls huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#mpls ldp
4.
Configure a static route to the peer OLT. Configure a static route from OLT-A to OLT-B. huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.2 32 10.0.0.20
Configure a static route from OLT-B to OLT-A. huawei(config)#ip route-static 1.1.1.1 32 10.0.0.10
After the static routes are configured successfully, ping the VLAN interface or LSR ID of the peer OLT from one OLT. Normally, the ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the peer OLT can be received. Step 3 Configure the MPLS PW. PW parameter peer-address (configured on the 2 OLTs) is set to the LSR ID of the peer OLT, and other PW parameters must be set identically on the 2 OLTs. huawei(config)#pw-para 1 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#peer-address 1.1.1.1 //Set the peer address to the LSR ID of the peer OLT. huawei(config-pw-para-1)#pw-type tdm satop e1 //The PW type must be the same as the attribute of the E1 port on the ONU. //Configure the SAToP encapsulation, and set the E1 port signaling mode to UDT. huawei(config-pw-para-1)#control-word huawei(config-pw-para-1)#tdm-load-time satop e1 loadtime 125 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#jitter-buffer buffer-size 500 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#rtp-header encap payload-type 0 sn 0 ssrc rcv 0 tx 0 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#quit
Step 4 Dynamically bind PW 1 to the TDM connection. huawei(config)#pw-ac-binding tdm 0 pw 1
Step 5 Configure the attributes of the E1 port on the ONU. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1364
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Log in to the ONU from the OLT, and then configure the port signaling mode of E1 port 0/1/0 to UDT and the transmit clock to system. huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 udt system huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit
----End
Follow-up Procedure After all the configurations are performed successfully, the related information about the CESoP connection can be queried by running the display cesop-connect command on the ONU. huawei(config)#display cesop-connect all -----------------------------------------------------------------------------ID PORT VCL ENCAP REMOTEMAC REMOTEIP LOCALUDP REMOTEUDP VLAN ID TYPE /RXPWLABEL /TXPWLABEL -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0/1 /0 0 MPLS e024-7f98-a21b 9343 8192 TOE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
Configuring Clock Synchronization In this scenario, network-wide clock synchronization is implemented through synchronous Ethernet clocks.
Prerequisites l
The clock daughter board CKMC of the SCU control board is in position.
l
The Ethernet upstream board is the GICK/GSCA (GE port) or X2CS/SPUF (10GE port) board.
l
The upstream MAN PSN of the OLT supports Synchronous Ethernet.
Data Plan Item
Data
Ethernet upstream board
Port: 0/19/0 NOTE The SPUF board exclusively occupies a service slot. This topic uses the GIU upstream board as an example.
Procedure l
Configure the OLT-side clock. 1.
Configure a system clock source. Use the Ethernet line clock input from GIU port 0/19/0 as the system clock. Set the index of the system clock to 0 and priority to 0 (highest priority). huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/19/0 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Query the configurations and status of the system clock source. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1365
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Run the display clock source system command to query the configurations and status of the clock source. Ensure that the configurations of the system clock source are correct and the status of the system clock source is Normal. huawei(config)#display clock source system ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H801GICK 0/19/0 ETH Normal 0 --YES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run the display clock mode command to query the working mode of the clock. Ensure that the working mode of the clock daughter board is Tracing. huawei(config)#display clock mode Clock manage-mode:Third-mode Clock subboard work-mode:Tracing
l
Configure the ONU-side clock. 1.
Configure the PON line clock as the system clock. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source -------------------------------------------------------------------Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected -------------------------------------------------------------------0 line 0/0/1 Normal 0 --YES 1 --/ -/ ----NO --2 --/ -/ ----NO --3 --/ -/ ----NO --4 --/ -/ ----NO --5 --/ -/ ----NO --6 --/ -/ ----NO --7 --/ -/ ----NO --8 --/ -/ ----NO --9 --/ -/ ----NO ----------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority-based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security.
Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority. Congestion control is recommended. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1366
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Security policies cover system security, user security, and service security, which ensure normal running of services. NOTE
Enable security features based on service types. For details, see 13.2.5 Principle of Security Data Plan.
Procedure l
Configure queue scheduling. Based on 13.2.3 Principle of QoS Data Plan, all packets use strict priorities for queue scheduling and are mapped to queues based on priorities. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 //System default
l
Configure system security. –
–
Enable deny of service (DoS) anti-attack on both the OLT and optical network units (ONUs). 1.
Run the security anti-dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti-attack.
2.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs.
3.
Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU.
Enable IP address anti-attack on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti-attack.
l
Configure user security. –
Enable MAC address anti-flapping on both the OLT and ONUs. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address antiflapping.
–
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
2.
Enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode: a.
In global config mode, run the security anti-macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing.
b.
Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti-spoofing in service profile mode: a.
Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile.
b.
Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti-spoofing at VLAN level.
c.
Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect.
d.
Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.
e.
Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1367
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
–
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
3.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow.
4.
(Optional) Run the security anti-macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti-spoofing does not take effect, such as Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets.
Enable IP address anti-spoofing on ONUs. IP address anti-spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels: global, VLAN, and service port levels. This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels. Among the three levels, IP address anti-spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default. 1.
In global config mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the global level.
2.
In VLAN service profile mode, run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the VLAN level.
3.
Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command to enable IP address anti-spoofing at the service port level.
----End
Configuring E2E Reliability This topic describes how to configure end-to-end (E2E) protection schemes for the enterprise private line service which has a high requirement on service reliability.
Context Reliability covers equipment reliability, upstream networking protection, and downstream networking protection. For details on reliability data planning, see 13.2.6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan. l
Upstream networking protection includes link aggregation group and protection group. Usually, link aggregation group is configured when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream; protection group is configured when the main control board is used to transmit traffic upstream. The two protection schemes are not configured at the same time.
l
Downstream networking protection includes Type B, Type C single homing, and Type C dual homing, which are used to protect service ports. Ports on the same ONU can be configured only with the same protection scheme. NOTE
This topic describes how to configure five mainstream protection schemes. Select required protection schemes based on the carrier's requirement and actual networking scenario.
Procedure l
Configure a link aggregation group. Bind upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 together as an aggregation link group. Each member port in the group transmits packets based on source MAC addresses. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure a protection group. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1368
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 on board GIU as a port protection group. Set port 0/19/0 as the working port and port 0/19/1 as the protection port, set the working mode to time delay detection, and enable the protection group. huawei(config-protect)#protect-group first 0/19/0 second 0/19/1 eth workmode timedelay enable
l
Configure the Type B protection. Figure 14-21 shows the Type B protection networking diagram. Figure 14-21 Type B protection
ONU OLT Backbone Fibers Protection
Splitter Active Standby Configure redundancy backup for ports 0/3/1 and 0/3/2 on the same GPON board on OLT. When port 0/3/1 fails, the system can automatically switch to port 0/3/2. huawei(config)#protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-port workmode timedelay huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable NOTE
The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port.
l
Configure the Type C single homing protection. Figure 14-22 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection. Configure two 1:N optical splitters, one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs, and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs. This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers. The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single homing protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working PON port on the OLT and working upstream PON ports on the ONUs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1369
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-22 Type C single homing protection
ONU
Tributary Fibers Protection
Splitter A
OLT
Splitter B
Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU. – The ports on the GPON service board are 0/3/1 and 0/3/2. – The link at port 0/3/1 is the working link. – The link at port 0/3/2 is the protection link. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 2 1 protect-side huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#protect-group protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-1)#quit
l
Configure the Type C dual homing protection. Figure 14-23 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection. Two PON ports on different OLTs, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection. The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme. The models and versions of main control boards on the active and standby OLTs must be the same. The models and versions of GPON boards on the active and standby OLTs also must be the same. Data on the active OLT cannot be automatically synchronized with that on the standby OLT. Therefore, data synchronization between the active and standby OLTs must be manually ensured. This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service. It does not support TDM services, including Native TDM and SAToP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1370
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-23 Type C dual homing protection
Active OLT Splitter A ONU
Splitter B Standby OLT
Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C dual homing protection is configured for two OLTs (huawei_A and huawei_B). – huawei_A is the active OLT while huawei_B is the standby OLT. – The ports on the service boards on both OTLs are 0/3/1. – The dual homing protection group ID is 1. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. Configurations on the active OLT huawei_A: huawei_A(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_A(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_A(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B: huawei_B(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_B(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role protect huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1371
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Verifying Services Verifying private line services requires a dedicated E1 line test instrument.
Prerequisites The configuration of private line services has been completed.
Context Because E1 access is applied to both sides of the packet switched network (PSN), an E1 line test instrument can be used to verify services. The E1 line test instrument is connected to the E1 port of the device on one side of the network after the port loopback or hardware loopback is configured on the E1 port of the device on the other side of the network.
Procedure Step 1 Configure a local loopback on the E1 port. If the E1 port of the ONU is used to provide access for the private line services, the configurations are as follows: huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#loopback 0 local This operation will interrupt the service, continue? (y/n)[n]:y
If the E1 port of the EDTB board is used to provide access for the private line services, the configurations are as follows: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#loopback 0 local
Step 2 Use the E1 line test instrument to send packets. NOTE
Ensure the synchronization between clocks. It is recommended that the E1 line test instrument should use the self-generated clock, the OLT should trace the clock of the E1 line test instrument, and the ONU should trace the clock of the OLT.
The test duration must be equal to or longer than 12 hours. No alarm information is displayed on the test instrument, and the bit error rate (BER) must be lower than 1E-9. ----End
Follow-up Procedure You can collect the packet statistics to check whether the CESoP and TDM connections are normal. l
Collect the statistics of packets sent and received by the CESoP connection on the ONU. huawei(config)#display cesop-connect statistics 0 -----------------------------------------------------CONNECTID : 0 -----------------------------------------------------Lost Packet Count: 0 Received Packet Count: 58733 Transmitted Packet Count: 58732 Overflow Jitter Buffer Times: 0 Underflow Jitter Buffer Times: 0 Received Abnormal Packet Count: 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1372
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Received Sn-error Packet Count: 0 Received Ssrc-error Packet Count: 0 ------------------------------------------------------
In the command output, the number of received packets must be the same as that of sent packets. l
Collect the statistics of packets sent and received by the TDM connection on the OLT. huawei(config)#display tdm-connect statistics 0 --------------------------------------------------------------Statistics on ONU side: Discarded Packets : 0 Received Packets : 132252 Transmitted Packets : 132253 Received Error CESoP Packets : 0 Received SN Error CESoP Packets : 0 Received SSRC Error CESoP Packets : 0 -------------------------------------------------------------
In the command output, the number of received packets must be the same as that of sent packets.
14.4.5 GPON Access for the OLT one Side and E1 or SHDSL access for the OLT on the Peer Side Signals of enterprise or base transceiver station (BTS) private line services are transmitted to an ONU through an E1 port on one side of the packet switched network (PSN), and then transmitted to the OLT through GPON lines. The OLT functions as a superstratum provider edge (SPE) in this scenario. On the other side of the PSN network, signals of enterprise or BTS private line services are transmitted to the OLT through E1 or SHDSL lines. TDM PWE3 is created between the 2 OLTs on both sides of the PSN network to enable the PSN network to carry traditional circuit switched (CS) services.
Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements Enhancing O&M capability: The MxU configurations can be performed on the OLT, which simplifies the configuration process. Minimizing network construction costs: Only 1 SPUB board is required for an OLT. Allowing TDM services to traverse the packet switched network (PSN): TDM services are deployed independently.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 14-24, OLT-A and OLT-B are deployed on both sides of the PSN network. OLT-A is connected to an ONU through GPON lines. Enterprise or base transceiver station (BTS) private line services are transmitted to the ONU through an E1 port. A proprietary TOE channel between the ONU and OLT is used to encapsulate the packets of TDM services. Enterprise or BTS private line services are transmitted to OLT-B through E1 or SHDSL lines. TDM PWs are created between the 2 OLTs to provide cross-PSN-network access and backhaul for enterprise or BTS private line services. The model of the ONU supporting this solution is MA5698, MA5898. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1373
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-24 Example network of GPON access on one side and E1 or SHDSL access on the peer side OLT-A
ONU BTS/ NodeB
OLT-B
MODEM SHDSL
IP/MPLS E1 TDM
E1 PW1
ToE
PW2
RNC/ BSC
TDM
Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the procedure of configuring GPON access for the OLT on one side and E1 or SHDSL access for the OLT on the peer side of the packet switched network (PSN). The configuration steps on the 2 OLT are the same, but the methods for configuring TDM connections on the 2 OLTs are different. Start Add ONUs to OLT-A and configure the management service port
OLT-A
Configure the TDM connection and TDM PW
OLT-A/B
Configure network protection
Configure clock synchronization
OLT-A
OLT-A/B /ONU
Verify services
End
Adding ONUs to OLT-A and Configuring the Management Service Port Related configurations can be performed for ONUs only after the ONUs are successfully added to OLT-A. After the inband management service port is created and available, you can log in to the ONUs from the OLT to configure the ONUs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1374
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Context l
When an ONU is added, related profiles need to be bound to the ONU, including the dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA) profile, line profile, and alarm profile.
l
An ONU can be added in two modes: adding an ONU offline and confirming an ONU online. Select either mode as required.
Data Plan Table 14-8 Key data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
DBA profile for management services: system default profile 1 DBA profile for private line services: l Profile ID: 21 l Profile type: fixed bandwidth and minimum delay mode l DBA bandwidth: 28928 kbit/s (assume that 4 E1 private lines are connected to 1 ONU and each E1 private line is configured with a bandwidth of 7232 kbit/s)
Line profile
Profile ID: 11 T-CONT 1 is used for private line services and T-CONT 2 for management services. GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for private line services: 13
Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Management VLAN and management IP address
On the OLT: Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24 On the ONU: Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure the DBA profile for private line services, enable bandwidth compensation, and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode of the GPON port to min-loop-delay. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1375
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 21 type1 fix 28928 bandwidth_compensate yes huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port dba bandwidth-assignment-mode 1 min-loop-delay huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
2.
Configure the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 11 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#tcont 1 dba-profile-id 21 //Bind DBA profile 21 to T-CONT 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#tcont 2 dba-profile-id 1 //Bind DBA profile 1 to T-CONT 2. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem add 11 eth tcont 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem add 13 tdm tcont 1 //Add GEM port 13 to T-CONT 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem mapping 13 1 tdm-vcl //Map GEM port 13 to the TDM connection. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#quit
3.
(Optional) Configure the alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. The thresholds for all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 2 Add an ONU to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 11
2.
(Optional) Bind the alarm profile to ONU 1. By default, alarm profile 1 is automatically bound to the ONU. You need to manually bind a non-default alarm profile to the ONU only when the default one does not meet the requirement. In this example, default alarm profile 1 is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 3 Check the ONU status. After the ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the status of the ONU. Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. To query the status of ONU 1, do as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU goes online normally. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration recovery state of the ONU is normal. ...//The following command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 4 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1376
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Create a VLAN whose ID is 8 as the inband management VLAN of the OLT, set the VLAN priority to 6, and set the IP address of the VLAN interface to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 5 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 6 Configure an inband management service port. The management VLAN is VLAN 8, the GEM port ID is 11, and user VLAN is VLAN 8. The OLT does not limit the rate of inband management services. Therefore, you can directly bind default traffic profile 6 to the inband management service port. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 7 Check whether the management service port between the OLT and the ONU is available. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU. If the ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU are received, the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU is in good condition. l If you can remotely log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform configurations for the ONU, the management service port between the OLT and the ONU is available. ----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1377
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Configuring the TDM Connection and TDM PW A TDM connection is created between OLT-A and the ONU and bound to the PW. A TDM connection for the E1 or SHDSL port is created on OLT-B. SPUB boards are used to transmit TDM PWE3 services between the 2 OLTs.
Prerequisites 1.
The EDTB board on OLT-B is in position and functions normally.
2.
SPUB boards on OLT-A and OLT-B are in position and function normally.
Data Plan Table 14-9 Key data plan Item
Data
VLAN
1000
ONU E1 port
l Port ID: 0/1/0 l Port signaling mode: unstructured data transfer (UDT) l Transmit clock of the port: system clock
E1 or SHDSL port parameters on OLT-B
Slot for the EDTB board: 0/2 Port ID for E1 access: 0/2/0 Port ID for SHDSL access: 0/2/16 Transmit clock of the port: system clock
IP address
OLT-A: l IP address of the VLAN interface: 10.0.0.10/24 l IP address of the loopback interface: 1.1.1.1/32 OLT-B: l IP address of the VLAN interface: 10.0.0.20/24 l IP address of the loopback interface: 2.2.2.2/32
PW parameters
The following parameters must be the same on the 2 OLTs. l PW ID: 1 l PW type: TDM SAToP E1 l Control word: enabled l PW load time: 125 μs l Size of jitter buffer: 500 μs l RTP header: enabled
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1378
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Procedure Step 1 Configure the TDM connection. OLT-A adopts GPON access. TDM connections need to be configured on the ONU and OLTA separately. 1.
Configure the TDM virtual channel link (VCL) on the ONU. On GPON port 0/3/1, create the TDM VCL for E1 port 0/1/0 of ONU 0. NOTE
Each E81A board has 8 E1 ports. Port IDs 0 to 7 on board 0/1 correspond to ONT port IDs 1 to 8, port IDs 0 to 7 on board 0/2 correspond to ONT port IDs 9 to 16, and so forth. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)ont tdm-vcl 1 0 tdm-vcl-id 0 satop 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)quit
2.
Configure the TDM connection on OLT-A. huawei(config)tdm-connect connectid 0 tdm pwe3-uplink gpon 0/3/1 ontid 1 gemportIndex 13 tdm-vcl 0
OLT-B adopts E1 or SHDSL access. The following shows how to configure the TDM connection. l For E1 access: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#board workmode satop //The EDTB board must work in the SAToP mode. Success: Set the board workmode success huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#tdm-connect connectid 0 tdm pwe3-uplink 0/2 e1 0/2/0
l For SHDSL access: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#board workmode satop Success: Set the board workmode success huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#tdm-connect connectid 0 tdm pwe3-uplink 0/2 shdsl 0/2/16
Step 2 Configure the basic functions of multiprotocol label switching (MPLS). 1.
Create VLAN 1000, add the upstream port into VLAN 1000, and configure the IP address of VLAN interface 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 10.0.0.10 24
2.
Configure the IP address of the loopback interface and MPLS LSR ID. huawei(config)#interface loopback 0 huawei(config-if-loopback0)#ip address 1.1.1.1 32 huawei(config)#mpls lsr-id 1.1.1.1
3.
Enable MPLS, MPLS L2VPN, and MPLS LDP globally, and then enable MPLS and MPLS LDP for the VLAN interface. huawei(config)#mpls Info: Mpls starting, please wait... OK! huawei(config-mpls)#quit huawei(config)#mpls l2vpn huawei(config)#mpls ldp huawei(config)#mpls vlan 1000 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#mpls huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#mpls ldp
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1379
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
4.
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Configure a static route to the peer OLT. Configure a static route from OLT-A to OLT-B. huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.2 32 10.0.0.20
Configure a static route from OLT-B to OLT-A. huawei(config)#ip route-static 1.1.1.1 32 10.0.0.10
After the static routes are configured successfully, ping the VLAN interface or LSR ID of the peer OLT from one OLT. Normally, the ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the peer OLT can be received. Step 3 Configure the MPLS PW. PW parameter peer-address (configured on the 2 OLTs) is set to the LSR ID of the peer OLT, and other PW parameters must be set identically on the 2 OLTs. huawei(config)#pw-para 1 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#peer-address 1.1.1.1 //Set the peer address to the LSR ID of the peer OLT. huawei(config-pw-para-1)#pw-type tdm satop e1 //The PW type must be the same as the attribute of the E1 port on the ONU. //Configure the SAToP encapsulation, and set the E1 port signaling mode to UDT. huawei(config-pw-para-1)#control-word huawei(config-pw-para-1)#tdm-load-time satop e1 loadtime 125 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#jitter-buffer buffer-size 500 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#rtp-header encap payload-type 0 sn 0 ssrc rcv 0 tx 0 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#quit
Step 4 Dynamically bind PW 1 to the TDM connection. huawei(config)#pw-ac-binding tdm 0 pw 1
Step 5 Configure the attributes of the E1 port on the ONU. Log in to the ONU from the OLT, and then configure the port signaling mode of E1 port 0/1/0 to UDT and the transmit clock to system. huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 udt system huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit
Step 6 (Optional) Configure the attributes of the E1 or SHDSL port on OLT-B. By default, the transmit clock of the E1 or SHDSL port is the system clock, and therefore the configuration of the transmit clock is not required. l For E1 access: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#clock-work 0 system the system clock.
//The clock of the E1 port is
l For SHDSL access: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#tdm-clock clock-recovery-mode 0 retiming
----End
Follow-up Procedure After all the configurations are performed successfully, the related information about the CESoP connection can be queried by running the display cesop-connect command on the ONU. huawei(config)#display cesop-connect all -----------------------------------------------------------------------------ID PORT VCL ENCAP REMOTEMAC REMOTEIP LOCALUDP REMOTEUDP VLAN ID TYPE /RXPWLABEL /TXPWLABEL
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1380
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0/1 /0 0 MPLS e024-7f98-a21b 9343 8192 TOE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
Configuring Clock Synchronization In this scenario, network-wide clock synchronization is implemented through synchronous Ethernet clocks.
Prerequisites l
The clock daughter board CKMC of the SCU control board is in position.
l
The Ethernet upstream board is the GICK/GSCA (GE port) or X2CS/SPUF (10GE port) board.
l
The upstream MAN PSN of the OLT supports Synchronous Ethernet.
Data Plan Item
Data
Ethernet upstream board
Port: 0/19/0 NOTE The SPUF board exclusively occupies a service slot. This topic uses the GIU upstream board as an example.
Procedure l
Configure the OLT-side clock. 1.
Configure a system clock source. Use the Ethernet line clock input from GIU port 0/19/0 as the system clock. Set the index of the system clock to 0 and priority to 0 (highest priority). huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/19/0 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query the configurations and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source system command to query the configurations and status of the clock source. Ensure that the configurations of the system clock source are correct and the status of the system clock source is Normal. huawei(config)#display clock source system ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H801GICK 0/19/0 ETH Normal 0 --YES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1381
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Run the display clock mode command to query the working mode of the clock. Ensure that the working mode of the clock daughter board is Tracing. huawei(config)#display clock mode Clock manage-mode:Third-mode Clock subboard work-mode:Tracing
l
Configure the ONU-side clock. 1.
Configure the PON line clock as the system clock. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source -------------------------------------------------------------------Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected -------------------------------------------------------------------0 line 0/0/1 Normal 0 --YES 1 --/ -/ ----NO --2 --/ -/ ----NO --3 --/ -/ ----NO --4 --/ -/ ----NO --5 --/ -/ ----NO --6 --/ -/ ----NO --7 --/ -/ ----NO --8 --/ -/ ----NO --9 --/ -/ ----NO ----------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Configuring E2E Reliability This topic describes how to configure end-to-end (E2E) protection schemes for the enterprise private line service which has a high requirement on service reliability.
Context Reliability covers equipment reliability, upstream networking protection, and downstream networking protection. For details on reliability data planning, see 13.2.6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan. l
Upstream networking protection includes link aggregation group and protection group. Usually, link aggregation group is configured when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream; protection group is configured when the main control board is used to transmit traffic upstream. The two protection schemes are not configured at the same time.
l
Downstream networking protection includes Type B, Type C single homing, and Type C dual homing, which are used to protect service ports. Ports on the same ONU can be configured only with the same protection scheme. NOTE
This topic describes how to configure five mainstream protection schemes. Select required protection schemes based on the carrier's requirement and actual networking scenario.
Procedure l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure a link aggregation group. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1382
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Bind upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 together as an aggregation link group. Each member port in the group transmits packets based on source MAC addresses. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
l
Configure a protection group. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 on board GIU as a port protection group. Set port 0/19/0 as the working port and port 0/19/1 as the protection port, set the working mode to time delay detection, and enable the protection group. huawei(config-protect)#protect-group first 0/19/0 second 0/19/1 eth workmode timedelay enable
l
Configure the Type B protection. Figure 14-25 shows the Type B protection networking diagram. Figure 14-25 Type B protection
ONU OLT Backbone Fibers Protection
Splitter Active Standby Configure redundancy backup for ports 0/3/1 and 0/3/2 on the same GPON board on OLT. When port 0/3/1 fails, the system can automatically switch to port 0/3/2. huawei(config)#protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-port workmode timedelay huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable NOTE
The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port.
l
Configure the Type C single homing protection. Figure 14-26 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection. Configure two 1:N optical splitters, one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs, and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs. This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers. The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single homing protection is configured. That is, the service configurations are applied only to the working PON port on the OLT and working upstream PON ports on the ONUs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1383
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-26 Type C single homing protection
ONU
Tributary Fibers Protection
Splitter A
OLT
Splitter B
Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU. – The ports on the GPON service board are 0/3/1 and 0/3/2. – The link at port 0/3/1 is the working link. – The link at port 0/3/2 is the protection link. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 2 1 protect-side huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#protect-group protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/2 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-1)#quit
l
Configure the Type C dual homing protection. Figure 14-27 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection. Two PON ports on different OLTs, two PON ports on an ONU, two backbone optical fibers, two optical splitters, and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection. The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme. The models and versions of main control boards on the active and standby OLTs must be the same. The models and versions of GPON boards on the active and standby OLTs also must be the same. Data on the active OLT cannot be automatically synchronized with that on the standby OLT. Therefore, data synchronization between the active and standby OLTs must be manually ensured. This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service. It does not support TDM services, including Native TDM and SAToP.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1384
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-27 Type C dual homing protection
Active OLT Splitter A ONU
Splitter B Standby OLT
Active Standby As shown in the preceding figure, Type C dual homing protection is configured for two OLTs (huawei_A and huawei_B). – huawei_A is the active OLT while huawei_B is the standby OLT. – The ports on the service boards on both OTLs are 0/3/1. – The dual homing protection group ID is 1. – The ONU ID is 1. – The ONU is authenticated by serial number (SN). The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP. – The ID of the line profile bound to the ONU is 10. Configurations on the active OLT huawei_A: huawei_A(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_A(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_A(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_A(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B: huawei_B(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 huawei_B(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei_B(config)#protect-group 1 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role protect huawei_B(protect-group-1)#protect-group enable
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1385
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Verifying Services Verifying private line services requires a dedicated E1 line test instrument.
Prerequisites The configuration of private line services has been completed.
Context Because E1 access is applied to both sides of the packet switched network (PSN), an E1 line test instrument can be used to verify services. The E1 line test instrument is connected to the E1 port of the device on one side of the network after the port loopback or hardware loopback is configured on the E1 port of the device on the other side of the network.
Procedure Step 1 Configure a local loopback on the E1 port. If the E1 port of the ONU is used to provide access for the private line services, the configurations are as follows: huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#loopback 0 local This operation will interrupt the service, continue? (y/n)[n]:y
If the E1 port of the EDTB board is used to provide access for the private line services, the configurations are as follows: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#loopback 0 local
Step 2 Use the E1 line test instrument to send packets. NOTE
Ensure the synchronization between clocks. It is recommended that the E1 line test instrument should use the self-generated clock, the OLT should trace the clock of the E1 line test instrument, and the ONU should trace the clock of the OLT.
The test duration must be equal to or longer than 12 hours. No alarm information is displayed on the test instrument, and the bit error rate (BER) must be lower than 1E-9. ----End
Follow-up Procedure You can collect the packet statistics to check whether the CESoP and TDM connections are normal. l
Collect the statistics of packets sent and received by the CESoP connection on the ONU. huawei(config)#display cesop-connect statistics 0 -----------------------------------------------------CONNECTID : 0 -----------------------------------------------------Lost Packet Count: 0 Received Packet Count: 58733 Transmitted Packet Count: 58732 Overflow Jitter Buffer Times: 0 Underflow Jitter Buffer Times: 0 Received Abnormal Packet Count: 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1386
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Received Sn-error Packet Count: 0 Received Ssrc-error Packet Count: 0 ------------------------------------------------------
In the command output, the number of received packets must be the same as that of sent packets. l
Collect the statistics of packets sent and received by the TDM connection on the OLT. huawei(config)#display tdm-connect statistics 0 --------------------------------------------------------------Statistics on ONU side: Discarded Packets : 0 Received Packets : 132252 Transmitted Packets : 132253 Received Error CESoP Packets : 0 Received SN Error CESoP Packets : 0 Received SSRC Error CESoP Packets : 0 -------------------------------------------------------------
In the command output, the number of received packets must be the same as that of sent packets.
14.4.6 Symmetrical E1 or SHDSL Access for OLTs on Both Sides Signals of enterprise or base transceiver station (BTS) private line services are transmitted to the OLTs on both sides of the packet switched network (PSN) through E1 or SHDSL lines. TDM PWE3 is created between the 2 OLTs to enable the PSN network to carry circuit switched (CS) services.
Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements Enhancing O&M capability: The MxU configurations can be performed on the OLT, which simplifies the configuration process. Minimizing network construction costs: Only 1 EDTB board is required for an OLT. Allowing TDM services to traverse the packet switched network (PSN): TDM services are deployed independently.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 14-28, OLT-A and OLT-B are deployed on both sides of the PSN network. Enterprise or base transceiver station (BTS) private line services are transmitted to OLT-A and OLT-B through E1 or SHDSL lines. TDM PWs are created between the 2 OLTs to provide cross-PSN-network access and backhaul for enterprise or BTS private line services. The model of the ONU supporting this solution is MA5698, MA5898.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1387
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Figure 14-28 Example network of symmetrical E1 or SHDSL access OLT-A
MODEM
OLT-B
SHDSL
MODEM SHDSL
IP/MPLS
BTS/ NodeB
E1
E1 PW1
TDM
PW2
RNC/ BSC
TDM
Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the procedure of symmetrically configuring E1 or SHDSL access for OLTs on both sides of the packet switched network (PSN). Because OLTs are symmetrically deployed, the configuration steps on the 2 OLTs are the same, but the IP addresses for specific interfaces are different. Start Configure the TDM connection and TDM PW
OLT-A/B
Configure clock synchronization
OLT-A/B
Verify services
End
Configuring the TDM Connection and TDM PW TDM connections for E1 or SHDSL ports are created on OLT-A and OLT-B. SPUB boards are used to transmit TDM PWE3 services between the 2 OLTs.
Prerequisites The EDTB and SPUB boards on OLT-A or OLT-B are in position and function normally.
Data Plan When OLTs are symmetrically connected to the packet switched network (PSN), the configuration steps for OLT-A and OLT-B are the same, and only the configuration data varies with the OLTs. The varied configuration data of OLT-A and OLT-B will be separately described in this topic. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1388
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Table 14-10 Key data plan Item
Data
VLAN
1000
E1 or SHDSL port parameters on the OLT
Slot for the EDTB board: 0/2 Port ID for E1 access: 0/2/0 Port ID for SHDSL access: 0/2/16 Transmit clock of the port: system clock
IP address
OLT-A: l IP address of the VLAN interface: 10.0.0.10/24 l IP address of the loopback interface: 1.1.1.1/32 OLT-B: l IP address of the VLAN interface: 10.0.0.20/24 l IP address of the loopback interface: 2.2.2.2/32
PW parameters
l PW ID: 1 l PW type: TDM SAToP E1 l Control word: enabled l PW load time: 125 μs l Size of jitter buffer: 500 μs l RTP header: enabled
Procedure Step 1 Configure the TDM connection. Both OLT-A and OLT-B adopt E1 or SHDSL access. The following shows how to configure the TDM connection. l For E1 access: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#board workmode satop //The EDTB board must work in the SAToP mode. Success: Set the board workmode success huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#tdm-connect connectid 0 tdm pwe3-uplink 0/2 e1 0/2/0
l For SHDSL access: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#board workmode satop Success: Set the board workmode success huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#tdm-connect connectid 0 tdm pwe3-uplink 0/2 shdsl 0/2/16
Step 2 Configure the basic functions of multiprotocol label switching (MPLS). 1.
Create VLAN 1000, add the upstream port into VLAN 1000, and configure the IP address of VLAN interface 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1389
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 10.0.0.10 24
2.
Configure the IP address of the loopback interface and MPLS LSR ID. huawei(config)#interface loopback 0 huawei(config-if-loopback0)#ip address 1.1.1.1 32 huawei(config)#mpls lsr-id 1.1.1.1
3.
Enable MPLS, MPLS L2VPN, and MPLS LDP globally, and then enable MPLS and MPLS LDP for the VLAN interface. huawei(config)#mpls Info: Mpls starting, please wait... OK! huawei(config-mpls)#quit huawei(config)#mpls l2vpn huawei(config)#mpls ldp huawei(config)#mpls vlan 1000 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#mpls huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#mpls ldp
4.
Configure a static route to the peer OLT. Configure a static route from OLT-A to OLT-B. huawei(config)#ip route-static 2.2.2.2 32 10.0.0.20
Configure a static route from OLT-B to OLT-A. huawei(config)#ip route-static 1.1.1.1 32 10.0.0.10
After the static routes are configured successfully, ping the VLAN interface or LSR ID of the peer OLT from one OLT. Normally, the ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the peer OLT can be received. Step 3 Configure the MPLS PW. PW parameter peer-address (configured on the 2 OLTs) is set to the LSR ID of the peer OLT, and other PW parameters must be set identically on the 2 OLTs. huawei(config)#pw-para 1 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#peer-address 1.1.1.1 //Set the peer address to the LSR ID of the peer OLT. huawei(config-pw-para-1)#pw-type tdm satop e1 //The PW type must be the same as the attribute of the E1 port on the ONU. //Configure the SAToP encapsulation, and set the E1 port signaling mode to UDT. huawei(config-pw-para-1)#control-word huawei(config-pw-para-1)#tdm-load-time satop e1 loadtime 125 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#jitter-buffer buffer-size 500 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#rtp-header encap payload-type 0 sn 0 ssrc rcv 0 tx 0 huawei(config-pw-para-1)#quit
Step 4 Dynamically bind PW 1 to the TDM connection. huawei(config)#pw-ac-binding tdm 0 pw 1
Step 5 (Optional) Configure the attributes of the E1 or SHDSL port. By default, the transmit clock of the E1 or SHDSL port is the system clock, and therefore the configuration of the transmit clock is not required. l For E1 access: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#clock-work 0 system the system clock.
//The clock of the E1 port is
l For SHDSL access: Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1390
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#tdm-clock clock-recovery-mode 0 retiming
----End
Follow-up Procedure After all the configurations are performed successfully, the related information about the CESoP connection can be queried by running the display cesop-connect command on the ONU. huawei(config)#display cesop-connect all -----------------------------------------------------------------------------ID PORT VCL ENCAP REMOTEMAC REMOTEIP LOCALUDP REMOTEUDP VLAN ID TYPE /RXPWLABEL /TXPWLABEL -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0/1 /0 0 MPLS e024-7f98-a21b 9343 8192 TOE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
Configuring Clock Synchronization In this scenario, network-wide clock synchronization is implemented through synchronous Ethernet clocks.
Prerequisites l
The clock daughter board CKMC of the SCU control board is in position.
l
The Ethernet upstream board is the GICK/GSCA (GE port) or X2CS/SPUF (10GE port) board.
l
The upstream MAN PSN of the OLT supports Synchronous Ethernet.
Data Plan Item
Data
Ethernet upstream board
Port: 0/19/0 NOTE The SPUF board exclusively occupies a service slot. This topic uses the GIU upstream board as an example.
Procedure l
Configure the OLT-side clock. 1.
Configure a system clock source. Use the Ethernet line clock input from GIU port 0/19/0 as the system clock. Set the index of the system clock to 0 and priority to 0 (highest priority). huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/19/0 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query the configurations and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source system command to query the configurations and status of the clock source. Ensure that the configurations of the system clock source are correct and the status of the system clock source is Normal.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1391
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config)#display clock source system ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H801GICK 0/19/0 ETH Normal 0 --YES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run the display clock mode command to query the working mode of the clock. Ensure that the working mode of the clock daughter board is Tracing. huawei(config)#display clock mode Clock manage-mode:Third-mode Clock subboard work-mode:Tracing
l
Configure the ONU-side clock. 1.
Configure the PON line clock as the system clock. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source -------------------------------------------------------------------Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected -------------------------------------------------------------------0 line 0/0/1 Normal 0 --YES 1 --/ -/ ----NO --2 --/ -/ ----NO --3 --/ -/ ----NO --4 --/ -/ ----NO --5 --/ -/ ----NO --6 --/ -/ ----NO --7 --/ -/ ----NO --8 --/ -/ ----NO --9 --/ -/ ----NO ----------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Verifying Services Verifying private line services requires a dedicated E1 line test instrument.
Prerequisites The configuration of private line services has been completed.
Context Because E1 access is applied to both sides of the packet switched network (PSN), an E1 line test instrument can be used to verify services. The E1 line test instrument is connected to the E1 port of the device on one side of the network after the port loopback or hardware loopback is configured on the E1 port of the device on the other side of the network. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1392
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Procedure Step 1 Configure a local loopback on the E1 port. If the E1 port of the ONU is used to provide access for the private line services, the configurations are as follows: huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#loopback 0 local This operation will interrupt the service, continue? (y/n)[n]:y
If the E1 port of the EDTB board is used to provide access for the private line services, the configurations are as follows: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#loopback 0 local
Step 2 Use the E1 line test instrument to send packets. NOTE
Ensure the synchronization between clocks. It is recommended that the E1 line test instrument should use the self-generated clock, the OLT should trace the clock of the E1 line test instrument, and the ONU should trace the clock of the OLT.
The test duration must be equal to or longer than 12 hours. No alarm information is displayed on the test instrument, and the bit error rate (BER) must be lower than 1E-9. ----End
Follow-up Procedure You can collect the packet statistics to check whether the CESoP and TDM connections are normal. l
Collect the statistics of packets sent and received by the CESoP connection on the ONU. huawei(config)#display cesop-connect statistics 0 -----------------------------------------------------CONNECTID : 0 -----------------------------------------------------Lost Packet Count: 0 Received Packet Count: 58733 Transmitted Packet Count: 58732 Overflow Jitter Buffer Times: 0 Underflow Jitter Buffer Times: 0 Received Abnormal Packet Count: 0 Received Sn-error Packet Count: 0 Received Ssrc-error Packet Count: 0 ------------------------------------------------------
In the command output, the number of received packets must be the same as that of sent packets. l
Collect the statistics of packets sent and received by the TDM connection on the OLT. huawei(config)#display tdm-connect statistics 0 --------------------------------------------------------------Statistics on ONU side: Discarded Packets : 0 Received Packets : 132252 Transmitted Packets : 132253 Received Error CESoP Packets : 0 Received SN Error CESoP Packets : 0 Received SSRC Error CESoP Packets : 0 -------------------------------------------------------------
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1393
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
In the command output, the number of received packets must be the same as that of sent packets.
14.4.7 E1 Access for the ONU and TDM PWE3 Between the ONU and Peer PE An ONU is connected to the OLT through GPON lines. Signals of enterprise or base transceiver station (BTS) private line services are transmitted to the OLT through the E1 port on the ONU. TDM PWE3 is created between the ONU and the peer provider edge (PE) CX600 to enable the packet switched network (PSN) to carry traditional circuit switched (CS) services.
Service Requirements and Application Scenario
Service Requirements Minimizing network construction costs: No CSPA or SPUB board is required on the OLT. Allowing TDM services to traverse the packet switched network (PSN): TDM services are deployed independently.
Application Scenario As shown in Figure 14-29, an ONU is connected to the OLT through GPON lines. Enterprise or base transceiver station (BTS) private line services are transmitted to the ONU through an E1 port. Static TDM PWs are created between the ONU and the peer provider edge (PE) to provide cross-PSN-network access and backhaul for enterprise or BTS private line services. The model of the ONU supporting this solution is MA5698, MA5898. Figure 14-29 Example network of E1 access for the ONU and TDM PWE3 between the ONU and peer PE ONU BTS/ NodeB
OLT-A
CX600 IP/MPLS E1/STM-1
E1 TDM
Static PW
RNC/ BSC
TDM
Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the procedure of configuring E1 access for the ONU and creating TDM PWE3 between the ONU and peer PE. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1394
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Start Add ONUs to OLT-A and configure the service port for transparently transmitting services
OLT-A
Configure the TDM VCL and CESoP connection on the ONU
ONU
Configure the static LSP and PW on the CX600
CX600
Configure clock synchronization
OLT-A/ ONU/CX600
Verify services
End
Adding ONUs to the OLT and Configuring the Management Service Port Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added to the OLT.
Context l
When an ONU is added, related profiles need to be bound to the ONU, including the dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA) profile, line profile, and alarm profile.
l
An ONU can be added in two modes: adding an ONU offline and confirming an ONU online. Select either mode as required.
Data Plan Table 14-11 Key data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile ID: 21 Profile type: fixed bandwidth and minimum delay mode DBA bandwidth: 28928 kbit/s (assume that 4 E1 private lines are connected to 1 ONU and each E1 private line is configured with a bandwidth of 7232 kbit/s)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1395
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Line profile
Profile ID: 11
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
T-CONT ID: 1 GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for private line services: 13 Networking data
PON port: 0/3/1 ONU parameters: l ONU ID: 1 l SN: 32303131B39FD641
Management VLAN and management IP address
On the OLT: Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24 On the ONU: Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Service VLAN
300
Traffic profile (for transparent transmission)
Index: 10 CIR: off Policy: user-cos; default priority: 7 Priority policy: tag-in-package
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure the DBA profile, enable bandwidth compensation, and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode of the GPON port to min-loop-delay. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-id 21 type1 fix 28928 bandwidth_compensate yes huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port dba bandwidth-assignment-mode 1 min-loop-delay huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
2.
Configure the ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 11 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#tcont 1 dba-profile-id 21 //Bind DBA profile 21 to T-CONT 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem add 11 eth tcont 0 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem add 13 tdm tcont 1 //Add GEM port 13 to T-CONT 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#gem mapping 13 1 vlan 300 //Map GEM port 13
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1396
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
to VLAN 300. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-11)#quit
3.
(Optional) Configure the alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. The thresholds for all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 2 Add an ONU to the OLT. 1.
Add ONU 1 offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 11
2.
(Optional) Bind the alarm profile to ONU 1. By default, alarm profile 1 is automatically bound to the ONU. You need to manually bind a non-default alarm profile to the ONU only when the default one does not meet the requirement. In this example, default alarm profile 1 is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 3 Check the ONU status. After the ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the status of the ONU. Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. To query the status of ONU 1, do as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU goes online normally. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration recovery state of the ONU is normal. ...//The following command output is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 4 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. Create a VLAN whose ID is 8 as the inband management VLAN of the OLT, set the VLAN priority to 6, and set the IP address of the VLAN interface to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 5 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1397
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
Step 6 Configure an inband management service port. The management VLAN is VLAN 8, the GEM port ID is 11, and user VLAN is VLAN 8. The OLT does not limit the rate of inband management services. Therefore, you can directly bind default traffic profile 6 to the inband management service port. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 7 Check whether the management service port between the OLT and the ONU is available. l Run the ping ONU ip command on the OLT to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU. If the ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU are received, the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU is in good condition. l If you can remotely log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform configurations for the ONU, the management service port between the OLT and the ONU is available. Step 8 Configure the traffic profile and create the service port for transparently transmitting services. Set the service VLAN (SVLAN) ID to 300, GEM port ID to 13, and customer VLAN (CVLAN) ID to 300. The OLT does not limit the rate of services that are transparently transmitted. Traffic profile 10 is bound to the service port for transparently transmitting services. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority user-cos 7 prioritypolicy tag-In-package huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 13 multi-service user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
----End
Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l
If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU.
l
If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module.
l
If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly.
l
If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully.
Configuring the TDM VCL and CESoP Connection on the ONU Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1398
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Data Plan Item
Data
E1 port parameters
Port ID: 0/1/0 Port signaling mode: structured data transfer (SDT) Transmit clock of the port: system clock Port signaling: common channel signaling (CCS) CRC-4 frame check: enabled IP address: 10.0.0.10 Port timeslot: 1-15 (timeslot bitmap: 0xfffe)
Service VLAN
300
Static LSP parameters
Tx LSP label: 2000 Rx LSP label: 8200
Static PW parameters
Tx PW label: 8000
NOTE The PW parameters on the ONU must be the same as those on the CX600.
Rx PW label: 8500 RTP header: enabled PW load time: 1000 μs Maximum jitter delay: 2 ms
Procedure Step 1 Create the service VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 0
Step 2 Configure the attributes of the E1 Port. huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#port 0 sdt system ccs crc enable huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#set ip-address 10.0.0.10 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit
Step 3 Configure the TDM virtual channel link (VCL). Set the TDM VCL ID to 0 and the type to CESoP, and use timeslot 1-16. hauwei(config)#tdm-vcl tdm-vcl-id 0 cesop 0/1/0 timeslot 0xfffe
Step 4 Configure the CESoP connection. Use VLAN 300 to carry CESoP services. Set the Rx PW label to 8500, Tx PW label to 8000, Rx LSP label to 8200, Tx LSP label to 2000, and gateway IP address (the next hop is the CX600) to 10.0.0.20. Then configure the specific attributes of the CESoP connection. huawei(config)#cesop-connect 1 tdm 0 vlan 300 rcv-pw-label 8500 trans-pw-label 8000 rcv-lsp-label 8200 trans-lsp-label 2000 gateway 10.0.0.20 huawei(config)#cesop rtp 1 enable //Enable RTP header. huawei(config)#cesop loadtime 1 1000 //The load time is 1000 μs (namely 8 frames).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1399
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
huawei(config)#cesop jitter-buffer 1 2000 //The maximum jitter delay is 2 ms. huawei(config)#cesop encap 0 ssrc rcv 0 tx 0 //Both the Tx and Rx SSRIDs are 0.
----End
Configuring the Static LSP and PW on the CX600 Data Plan Item
Data
Parameters of the GE sub interface
Sub interface ID: 1/0/0.1 VLAN to which the sub interface belongs: 300 IP address of the sub interface: 10.0.0.20/24
E1 port parameters
Port ID: 2/1/0 Working mode: channelized mode (CEL) Timeslot: 1-15
Static LSP parameters
Parameters configured on the ingress node: l Destination ID address: 10.0.0.10/32 l Next-hop IP address: 10.0.0.10 l Egress interface: GE sub interface 1/0/0.1 l Egress label: 8200 (the same as the Rx LSP label on the ONU) Parameters configured on the egress node: l Ingress interface: GE sub interface 1/0/0.1 l Ingress label: 2000 (the same as the Tx LSP label on the ONU)
Static PW parameters
Tx PW label: 8500 (the same as the Rx PW label on the ONU)
NOTE The PW parameters on the CX600 must be the same as those on the ONU.
Rx PW label: 8000 (the same as the Tx PW label on the ONU) RTP header: enabled Number of TDM frames encapsulated in each PW packet: 8 Maximum jitter delay: 2 ms
Procedure Step 1 Configure the GE sub interface. Set the ID of the sub interface to 1/0/0.1, add the sub interface to VLAN 300, and set the IP address of the sub interface to 10.0.0.20/24. [CX600]interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/0.1 [CX600-GigabitEthernet1/0/0.1]vlan-type dot1q 300 [CX600-GigabitEthernet1/0/0.1]ip address 10.0.0.20 24 [CX600-GigabitEthernet1/0/0.1]quit
Enable MPLS globally and then enable MPLS for the GE sub interface. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1400
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
[CX600]mpls [CX600]interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/0.1 [CX600-GigabitEthernet1/0/0.1]mpls
Step 2 Configure the E1 port. Configure E1 port 2/1/0. Set the working mode to CEL and timeslot 1-15 as a channel. NOTE
The timeslot on the CX600 must be the same as that on the ONU. [CX600]controller E1 2/1/0 [CX600-E1 2/1/0]using ce1 [CX600-E1 2/1/0]channel-set 0 timeslot-list 1-15 [CX600-E1 2/1/0]quit
Step 3 Configure the static route to the ONU. Configure the static route whose destination IP address is the IP address of the E1 board on the ONU and egress interface is GE sub interface 1/0/0.1. [CX600]ip route-static 10.0.0.10 32 GigabitEthernet 1/0/0.1 10.0.0.10
Step 4 Configure the CX600 as the ingress node of the static LSP. [CX600]static-lsp ingress lsp1 destination 10.0.0.10 32 nexthop 10.0.0.10 outgoing-interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/0.1 out-label 8200
Step 5 Configure the CX600 as the egress node of the static LSP. [CX600]static-lsp egress lsp2 incoming-interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/0.1 in-label 2000
Step 6 Configure the static PW. [CX600]interface Serial2/1/0:0 [CX600-Serial2/1/0:0]link-protocol tdm [CX600-Serial2/1/0:0]mpls static-l2vc destination 10.0.0.10 transmit-vpn -label 8500 receive-vpn-label 8000 rtp-header tdm-encapsulation 8 jitter-buffer 2
----End
Configuring Clock Synchronization In this scenario, network-wide clock synchronization is implemented through synchronous Ethernet clocks.
Prerequisites l
The clock daughter board CKMC of the SCU control board is in position.
l
The Ethernet upstream board is the GICK/GSCA (GE port) or X2CS/SPUF (10GE port) board.
l
The upstream MAN PSN of the OLT supports Synchronous Ethernet.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1401
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Data Plan Item
Data
Ethernet upstream board
Port: 0/19/0 NOTE The SPUF board exclusively occupies a service slot. This topic uses the GIU upstream board as an example.
Procedure l
Configure the OLT-side clock. 1.
Configure a system clock source. Use the Ethernet line clock input from GIU port 0/19/0 as the system clock. Set the index of the system clock to 0 and priority to 0 (highest priority). huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/19/0 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query the configurations and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source system command to query the configurations and status of the clock source. Ensure that the configurations of the system clock source are correct and the status of the system clock source is Normal. huawei(config)#display clock source system ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Board Source Clk-type State Priority QL Selected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H801GICK 0/19/0 ETH Normal 0 --YES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Run the display clock mode command to query the working mode of the clock. Ensure that the working mode of the clock daughter board is Tracing. huawei(config)#display clock mode Clock manage-mode:Third-mode Clock subboard work-mode:Tracing
l
Configure the ONU-side clock. 1.
Configure the PON line clock as the system clock. huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 huawei(config)#clock priority system 0
2.
Query the configuration and status of the system clock source. Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source. huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#display clock source -------------------------------------------------------------------Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected -------------------------------------------------------------------0 line 0/0/1 Normal 0 --YES
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1402
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
1 --/ -/ ----NO --2 --/ -/ ----NO --3 --/ -/ ----NO --4 --/ -/ ----NO --5 --/ -/ ----NO --6 --/ -/ ----NO --7 --/ -/ ----NO --8 --/ -/ ----NO --9 --/ -/ ----NO ----------------------------------------------------------------------
----End
Verifying Services Verifying private line services requires a dedicated E1 line test instrument.
Prerequisites The configuration of private line services has been completed.
Context Because E1 access is applied to both sides of the packet switched network (PSN), an E1 line test instrument can be used to verify services. The E1 line test instrument is connected to the E1 port of the device on one side of the network after the port loopback or hardware loopback is configured on the E1 port of the device on the other side of the network.
Procedure Step 1 Configure a local loopback on the E1 port. If the E1 port of the ONU is used to provide access for the private line services, the configurations are as follows: huawei(config)#interface tdm 0/1 huawei(config-if-tdm-0/1)#loopback 0 local This operation will interrupt the service, continue? (y/n)[n]:y
If the E1 port of the EDTB board is used to provide access for the private line services, the configurations are as follows: huawei(config)#interface edt 0/2 huawei(config-if-edt-0/2)#loopback 0 local
Step 2 Use the E1 line test instrument to send packets. NOTE
Ensure the synchronization between clocks. It is recommended that the E1 line test instrument should use the self-generated clock, the OLT should trace the clock of the E1 line test instrument, and the ONU should trace the clock of the OLT.
The test duration must be equal to or longer than 12 hours. No alarm information is displayed on the test instrument, and the bit error rate (BER) must be lower than 1E-9. ----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1403
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
14 FTTM Configuration (Base Station Access)
Follow-up Procedure You can collect the packet statistics to check whether the CESoP and TDM connections are normal. l
Collect the statistics of packets sent and received by the CESoP connection on the ONU. huawei(config)#display cesop-connect statistics 0 -----------------------------------------------------CONNECTID : 0 -----------------------------------------------------Lost Packet Count: 0 Received Packet Count: 58733 Transmitted Packet Count: 58732 Overflow Jitter Buffer Times: 0 Underflow Jitter Buffer Times: 0 Received Abnormal Packet Count: 0 Received Sn-error Packet Count: 0 Received Ssrc-error Packet Count: 0 ------------------------------------------------------
In the command output, the number of received packets must be the same as that of sent packets. l
Collect the statistics of packets sent and received by the TDM connection on the OLT. huawei(config)#display tdm-connect statistics 0 --------------------------------------------------------------Statistics on ONU side: Discarded Packets : 0 Received Packets : 132252 Transmitted Packets : 132253 Received Error CESoP Packets : 0 Received SN Error CESoP Packets : 0 Received SSRC Error CESoP Packets : 0 -------------------------------------------------------------
In the command output, the number of received packets must be the same as that of sent packets.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1404
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
optiCable D-CMTS Configuration
(MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame) About This Chapter The optiCable solution implements cable TV (CATV) and broadband signal transmission over a coaxial network. It applies in CATV network reconstruction in upstream and downstream directions or new residential areas requiring the CATV and broadband services over a coaxial network. The radio frequency (RF) access mode applies in the PON+distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) scenario. This mode complies with the data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS) and supports multiple broadcast and TV services, such as highspeed Internet (HSI) and IPTV services. The optiCable centralized management solution, in which an MA5633 works as a remote extended frame of an optical line terminal (OLT), supports more D-CMTSs without increasing the number of management IP addresses, thereby simplifying D-CMTS management and reducing maintenance costs. 15.1 D-CMTS Service Overview This section describes the services supported by a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) for multiservice operators (MSOs) from the aspect of basic concepts, networking scenarios, and hardware configurations. This information provides a basis for configuring the services on the D-CMTS. 15.2 Data Plan Principles for D-CMTS Services This section describes the principles of planning frequency spectrum management, device management, quality of service (QoS), and VLANs for distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) services. 15.3 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works as a GPON Remote Extended Frame on a Layer 3 Network This section describes how to configure services, including home services, L2VPN enterprise service, and wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service, on an optical line terminal (OLT) when a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) works as a GPON extended frame on a Layer 3 network. 15.4 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works as a GE Remote Extended Frame on a Layer 3 Network Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1405
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
This section describes how to configure services, including the Internet access service, voice service, and VoD service, on an optical line terminal (OLT) when a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) works as a GE remote extended frame on a Layer 3 network.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1406
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
15.1 D-CMTS Service Overview This section describes the services supported by a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) for multiservice operators (MSOs) from the aspect of basic concepts, networking scenarios, and hardware configurations. This information provides a basis for configuring the services on the D-CMTS.
15.1.1 Basic Concepts This section describes basic concepts related to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) from the user side to the network side on D-CMTS networks when the MA5633 works as a GPON or GE remote extended frame. Figure 15-1 D-CMTS networking when the MA5633 works as a GPON extended frame
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1407
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Figure 15-2 D-CMTS networking when the MA5633 works as a GE extended frame
User Home Side Concept
Description
Cable modem (CM)
A device that connects customer premises equipment (CPE) to a hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) network. It transmits data over a cable network through data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS).
Media terminal adapter (MTA)
A network client that provides user terminal (such as a phone set)oriented ports and call control unit-oriented network signaling interfaces. It connects to cable network units through an HFC network. MTAs are classified into embedded MTAs (EMTAs) and single MTAs (SMTAs) according to PacketCable. l An EMTA integrates CM and MTA functions. l An SMTA supports only MTA functionalities.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
VoD
A technology that enables users to order any program in a VoD program library. During program playing, users can perform operations, such as pause, fast forward, fast rewind, and program locating.
Distributor
A component that distributes signals in a cable TV (CATV) transmission system. It equally outputs several channels of signals from one channel of input signals. The common distribution ratios are 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, and 1:6.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1408
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Optical Node Concept
Description
D-CMTS
A device that connects an aggregation network to an HFC network. It forwards network data, processes protocols, and modulates or demodulates radio frequency (RF) signals. The D-CMTS provides the quality of service (QoS) required by CMs and allocates upstream bandwidths and service resources to the CMs based on CMs' request and network QoS policy.
Splitter
A component that connects to the center of a branch or feeder fiber. It consists of a main input end, a main output end, and multiple branch output ends. Each branch output end receives only few input signals on the main path. The majority signals are transmitted forward over the main path.
Branch Equipment Room Concept
Description
PON
A passive optical network (PON) uses a point-to-multipoint (P2MP) network architecture. A PON network consists of three parts: optical line terminal (OLT), optical distribution network (ODN), and optical network units (ONUs). A PON network uses optical fibers for data transmission, supports more users with less optical fiber resources, and provides a higher access rate. Mainstream PON technologies include broadband passive optical network (BPON), Ethernet passive optical network (EPON), and gigabit passive optical network (GPON).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Optical distribution network (ODN)
The ODN is composed of passive optical components, such as optical fibers and one or more passive optical splitters. The ODN provides highly reliable optical channels between the OLT and ONUs.
Optical line terminal (OLT)
The OLT is an aggregation device located at the central office (CO), which terminates PON protocols. OLTs in this document are MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T.
Optical splitter
Split ratio is the ratio of dividing a downstream optical signal into subsignals in the PON system. Greater optical ratio requires more power to support physical distances.
RX
An optical receiver, which performs optical-to-electrical (O/E) conversion for CATV and upstream backhaul signals.
TX
An optical transmitter, which performs O/E conversion for received CATV signals.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1409
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Concept
Description
GPON remote extended frame
An MA5633 that connects to an OLT, deployed in a branch equipment room and works as a main frame, through a GPON cascading board. In this manner, the MA5633 is no longer a standalone NE (no longer allocated with an independent management IP address), but is managed by the OLT. The MA5633 is regarded as a remote service board of the OLT and has the same functions and features as those of the OLT.
GE remote extended frame
An MA5633 that connects to an OLT, deployed in a branch equipment room and works as a main frame, through a GE cascading board. In this manner, the MA5633 is no longer a standalone NE (no longer allocated with an independent management IP address), but is managed by the OLT. The MA5633 is regarded as a remote service board of the OLT and has the same functions and features as those of the OLT. NOTE The difference between a GPON remote extended frame and a GE remote extended frame lies in transmission media and network structure. Specifically, the networking for the GPON remote extended frame is of the point-to-multipoint (P2MP) structure and that for the GE remote extended frame is of the point-topoint (P2P) structure.
MAN Network Concept
Description
Softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS)
Softswitch: core of the NGN network call and control, which supports call and connection control for the services having high real-time requirements. For the softswitch, services are separated from call control and call control is separated from bearing. In addition, the softswitch uses open service interface (API) and standard protocols, which facilitates the development for new services and features. IMS: uses Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) signaling as the call control signaling. It provides voice, data, and multimedia services.
Broadband TV (BTV) source
IPTV head end, a contents preparation platform in the IPTV system. It receives signals, converts media formats, and manages media materials.
15.1.2 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GPON) This section describes networking scenarios of a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) when the D-CMTS works as a GPON remote extended frame and D-CMTS's hardware configurations.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1410
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations Networking Scenario
Description
OLT Device
ONU Device
Home service networking
In home service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (DCMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) at user homes through radio frequency (RF) ports and provides home services for users, including the cable TV (CATV) service, Internet access service, VoD service, and PacketCable service.
l MA5603T or MA5600T:
l Equipped with a built-in optical receiver: MA5633, providing 2-in or 4-in radio frequency (RF) ports
In L2VPN enterprise service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports, and the CMs connect to switches to provide the L2VPN service for users.
l MA5608T:
L2VPN enterprise service networking
Wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service networking
In wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (DCMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports. A CM connects to wireless access points (APs) to provide wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access for users.
– Control board: SCUV – Service board: GPMD – Upstream interface board: SPUF – Control board: MCUE
l Equipped without a built-in optical receiver: MA5633, providing 2-in-2out or 4-in-4-out RF ports
– Service board: GPMD – Upstream interface board: SPUF
15.1.3 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations (GE) This section describes networking scenarios of a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) when the D-CMTS works as a GE remote extended frame and D-CMTS's hardware configurations.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1411
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations Networking Scenario
Description
OLT Device
ONU Device
Home service networking
In home service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (DCMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) at user homes through radio frequency (RF) ports and provides home services for users, including the cable TV (CATV) service, Internet access service, VoD service, and PacketCable service.
l MA5603T or MA5600T:
l Equipped with a built-in optical receiver: MA5633, providing 2-in or 4-in radio frequency (RF) ports
In L2VPN enterprise service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports, and the CMs connect to switches to provide the L2VPN service for users.
l MA5608T:
L2VPN enterprise service networking
Wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service networking
In wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (DCMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports. A CM connects to wireless access points (APs) to provide wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access for users.
– Control board: SCUV – Service board: ETHB – Upstream interface board: SPUF – Control board: MCUE
l Equipped without a built-in optical receiver: MA5633, providing 2-in-2out or 4-in-4-out RF ports
– Service board: ETHB – Upstream interface board: SPUF
15.2 Data Plan Principles for D-CMTS Services This section describes the principles of planning frequency spectrum management, device management, quality of service (QoS), and VLANs for distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) services.
15.2.1 Frequency Spectrum Management Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1412
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Total Frequency Bandwidth The total frequency bandwidth supported by a distributed cable modem termination system (DCMTS) ranges from 5 MHz to 1 GHz.
Upstream Frequency Bandwidth The upstream frequency bandwidth supported by a D-CMTS can be of the European or North American standard. l
European standard: 5 MHz to 65 MHz
l
North American standard: 5 MHz to 42 MHz
Downstream Frequency Bandwidth The downstream frequency bandwidth supported by a D-CMTS can be of the European or North American standard. l
European standard: 85 MHz to 1002 MHz
l
North American standard: 57 MHz to 1002 MHz
Recommended Frequency Spectrum Configuration Figure 15-3 lists the recommended frequency spectrum configuration, using the European standard as an example. Figure 15-3 Recommended frequency spectrum configuration
Table 15-1 Description of recommended frequency spectrum configuration Item
Planning Suggestion
Planning Principle
Upstream frequency bandwidth
The upstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 5 MHz to 15 MHz is used to transmit low-traffic data without strict requirements on signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), such as network status monitoring, VoD, user passwords, and program indexes.
l Plan the upstream frequency bandwidth for the cable TV (CATV) service to support the services that have been provisioned and those to be provisioned.
The upstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 16 MHz to 65 MHz is used to transmit upstream data. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
l Plan continuous upstream frequency bandwidths for the analog TV service, digital TV service, and data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS) data service to prevent interference between the services. In addition, the planning should facilitate
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1413
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Item
Planning Suggestion
Planning Principle
Downstream frequency bandwidth
The downstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 87 MHz to 108 MHz is used to carry the frequency modulation (FM) broadcast service. The FM frequency is 400 kHz. The downstream frequency bandwidth supports 52 frequency points.
the system in handling the issues of a service without affecting other services.
The downstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 111 MHz to 1 GHz is used to carry the analog TV service, digital service, and DOCSIS data service. In the range from 111 MHz to 1 GHz: l 111 MHz to 550 MHz: analog TV service l 550 MHz to 750 MHz: digital TV service l 750 MHz to 1 GHz: DOCSIS data service
15.2.2 Device Management Data Plan for Device Management
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Item
Device or Service
Planning Principle
Management channel
Optical line terminal (OLT)
The management VLANs of all OLTs on an entire network carry only service VLAN (S-VLAN) tags.
IP address
Device management
The management IP address of an OLT uses a private IP address to ensure the OLT security.
Cable modem (CM)
A CM obtains a private IP address through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
Internet access service
The high-speed Internet (HSI) service uses public IP addresses, which are planned by carriers.
PacketCable service
A media terminal adapter (MTA) obtains a private IP address through DHCP.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1414
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Device or Service
Planning Principle
VoD service
A set top box (STB) obtains a private IP address through DHCP for program ordering.
15.2.3 QoS Quality of service (QoS) planning varies according to service types. For details, see Table 15-2.
Service Priority Planning and Queue Scheduling Policy Table 15-2 Service priority planning and queue scheduling policy Service Type
802.1p
DSCP
EXP
Queue
Network protocol and signaling
6
110000 (CS6)
6
CS6 (PQ)
VoIP
5
101110 (EF)
5
EF (PQ)
IPTV, OAM for EMS or NMS, and golden enterprises
4
100010 (AF41)
4
AF4 (WFQ)
Silver enterprise
3
011010 (AF31)
3
AF3 (WFQ)
Bronze enterprise
2
010010 (AF21)
2
AF2 (WFQ)
High-speed Internet (HSI) service
0
0 (default)
0
BE (WFQ)
NOTE
The priorities listed in the preceding table are recommended. Change the priorities based on site and carriers' requirements.
QoS Model Figure 15-4 shows the end to end (E2E) QoS processing for the data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS) service. This section uses a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) that works as a GPON remote extended frame of an optical line terminal (OLT) as an example. The only difference between the QoS processing for a D-CMTS that works as a GE extended frame and that for a D-CMTS that works as a GPON extended frame is as follows: The QoS processing is not required for the GPON module of the D-CMTS that works as a GE extended frame. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1415
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Figure 15-4 QoS module for a D-CMTS that works as a GPON extended frame
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1416
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Table 15-3 QoS planning principles Service
Cable modem (CM) control service, HSI service, or VoIP service
Packet Directi on Upstrea m
QoS Planning CM
D-CMTS
OLT
1. A CM classifies flows for service packets.
l Coaxial media converter (CMC) module QoS parameters are defined in a CM configuration file. Using the QoS parameter settings, a D-CMTS limits service rates or schedules queues by priorities. In addition, an OLT supports the configuration of a QoS profile, which defines QoS parameters for various CM services. If a QoS parameter is defined both in a CM configuration file and a QoS profile, the configuration in the CM configuration file preferentially takes effect.
An OLT maps the priority of a DOCSIS service flow to the 802.1p field in the Ethernet header and uses the 802.1p priority to schedule queues.
2. A CM schedules queues according to the priorities of DOCSIS service flows.
1. A D-CMTS limits CM service rates based on service priority. 2. A D-CMTS limits the rate of a CM service flow group. 3. A D-CMTS remarks the type of service (ToS) or differentiated services code point (DSCP)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1417
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Service
Packet Directi on
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
QoS Planning CM
D-CMTS
OLT
for service flows. 4. A D-CMTS schedules queues for service flows. l GPON module 1. All service flows are mapped from GPON encapsulation mode (GEM) port 0 to transmission container (TCONT) 1. 2. T-CONT 1 is bound to the default dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA) profile. T-CONT 1 is of type 4 and supports a maximum bandwidth of 1000 Mbit/s. Downstr eam
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
A CM does not control traffic.
A D-CMTS controls traffic based on traffic settings of DOCSIS service flows and performs committed access rate (CAR) based on the CM traffic control parameters defined in a CM configuration file.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
An OLT uses the 802.1p priority to schedule queues.
1418
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Service
L2VPN enterprise or wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service
Packet Directi on
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
QoS Planning CM
D-CMTS
OLT
The QoS processing for L2VPN enterprise and WLAN hotspot radio backhaul services is the same as that for home services.
15.2.4 VLAN Table 15-4 VLAN planning principles Service
Internet access service
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
VLAN Tag Translation CM
OLT (Main Frame)
Layer 3 MAN Device
The packets of the Internet access service do not carry a VLAN tag.
CM management packets and high-speed Internet (HSI) packets carry the same VLAN tag.
A service flow is created between a cable modem (CM) and a distributed cable modem termination system (DCMTS).
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 and adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3.
1419
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Service
VoD service
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
VLAN Tag Translation CM
OLT (Main Frame)
Layer 3 MAN Device
The packets of the VoD service do not carry a VLAN tag.
CM management packets and electronic program guide (EPG) packets carry the same VLAN tag.
A service flow is created between a CM and a DCMTS.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 and adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type. VoIP service
The packets of the VoIP service do not carry a VLAN tag. A service flow is created between a CM and a DCMTS.
CM management packets and VoIP packets carry the same VLAN tag. l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device. l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 and adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type. l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3.
1420
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Service
L2VPN enterprise service
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
VLAN Tag Translation CM
OLT (Main Frame)
Layer 3 MAN Device
The packets of the L2VPN enterprise service do not carry a VLAN tag.
CM management packets and enterprise packets carry different VLAN tags.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 and adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
Two service flows are created between a CM and a D-CMTS. One is the default service flow and the other is the VPN service flow.
The VLAN pre-configured for the packets of the L2VPN enterprise service must be the same as that configured in the CM configuration file. l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type. Wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service
The packets of the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service do not carry a VLAN tag. Two service flows are created between a CM and a D-CMTS. One is the default service flow and the other is the wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) service flow.
The VLAN pre-configured for the Wi-Fi packets must be the same as that configured in the CM configuration file.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 and adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3.
CM management packets and Wi-Fi packets carry different VLAN tags.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
The VLAN planning principles are summarized as follows: l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
HSI, VoIP, and CM management services for home users carry the same S-VLAN tag.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1421
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
An OLT identifies the L2VPN enterprise and WLAN hotspot radio backhaul services by S-VLAN tag.
15.3 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works as a GPON Remote Extended Frame on a Layer 3 Network This section describes how to configure services, including home services, L2VPN enterprise service, and wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service, on an optical line terminal (OLT) when a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) works as a GPON extended frame on a Layer 3 network.
15.3.1 Home Service Networking In home service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) at user homes through radio frequency (RF) ports and provides home services for users, including the cable TV (CATV) service, Internet access service, VoD service, and PacketCable service. This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal (OLT) to provision the home services.
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Service Requirements Users require the provisioning of the broadcast and TV services, Internet access service, VoD service, and VoIP service. Broadcast and TV services can be provisioned immediately after the distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) hardware is connected. This section only describes how to configure the Internet access service, VoD service, and VoIP service.
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15-5, a D-CMTS is deployed on an optical node and cable modems (CMs) are deployed at user homes. The CMs connect to radio frequency (RF) ports on the MA5633 through cables. l
Port 1 on CM 1 connects to a PC to provide the Internet access service. Port 2 connects to a set top box (STB) to provide a backhaul channel for the VoD service. Port 3 connects to a phone set to provide the VoIP service. CM 1 supports embedded media terminal adapter (EMTA) functions and the voice users of CM 1 use PacketCable 1.x.
l
CM 2 does not support EMTA functions and needs to connect to a media terminal adapter (MTA). The voice users of CM 2 use PacketCable Multimedia.
l
Users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
l
The IP addresses of the CM, STB, PC, and MTA are assigned by the DHCP server and in different network segments.
l
The D-CMTS is used as a GPON remote extended frame. This reduces D-CMTS management and maintenance costs and simplifies configurations.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1422
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Figure 15-5 Home service networking
Configuration Process Figure 15-6 shows the configuration roadmap for the home service networking. Figure 15-6 Configuration roadmap for the home service networking
The following table describes the configuration steps. All configurations are issued from the optical line terminal (OLT). Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1423
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
No.
Step
Description
1
Configure radio frequency (RF) port parameters.
Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables. RF port parameters can be configured using either of the following methods: l Use a cable initialization profile to configure the parameters. l Customize the parameters in cable mode.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
2
Add a remote extended frame to the OLT.
An MA5633 that works as a GPON remote extended frame connects to a port on a GPON cascading board of an optical line terminal (OLT). You can configure the remote extended frame only after adding it to the OLT.
3
Configure the high-speed Internet (HSI) service.
None
4
Configure the VoD service.
None
5
Configure the dynamic PacketCable service.
None
6
Configure a route.
This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
7
Configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay.
This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1424
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
No.
Step
Description
8
Verify the configured services.
An OLT supports multiple remote service verification methods. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. 1. A DHCP dialup emulation test checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server. 2. The status of a CM can be queried. Based on the information, you can determine whether the CM is online.
Configuring RF Port Parameters Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables.
Context You can use either of the methods listed in the following table to configure RF port parameters based on site requirements.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1425
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Table 15-5 Methods of configuring RF port parameters Method
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters.
A carrier needs to deploy remote extended frames in batches. This method reduces data configuration for remote extended frames, thereby improving service provisioning efficiency.
l If the RF port parameters are the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters.
Configure the RF parameter profile for the remote extended frames on the optical line terminal (OLT). After the remote extended frames are powered on and added to the OLT, the OLT automatically issues the RF parameter profile to the remote extended frames, without requiring any software configuration.
l If the RF port parameters are basically the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters. Then modify parameter settings in customized cable configuration mode.
NOTE After the cable initialization profile is configured, a remote extended frame uses the RF port parameters configured in the profile after going online, regardless of whether the remote extended frame in added in offline mode or automatically discovered by the OLT.
Customize RF port parameters in cable mode.
A carrier requires differentiated plans and configurations for RF port parameters of remote extended frames and the remote extended frames must be configured one by one.
If the RF port parameters are greatly different for the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use this method to configure the parameters.
Data Plan Table 15-6 Data plan for RF port parameters
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Item
Data
RF port
1/1/0
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1426
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Upstream channels
l IDs: 1-4
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
l Type: European standard (default channel type) l ID of the upstream channel modulation profile: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 29.8, 42.60, 49.00, and 55.4
Downstream channels
l IDs: 1-16 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 602.00, 610.00, 618.00, ..., and 722.00
Procedure l
Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters. 1.
Configure the frequency spectrum range and channel type. In this example, the channel is of the European type. To change the type to North American, run the cable command.
2.
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels. Parameter
Description
frequency and channel-width
A central frequency and a frequency bandwidth determine a frequency range, within which packets are transmitted. For example, the central frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz. Then the frequency range of the channel is 51.8-58.2 MHz.
modulation-profile
An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel. An optical line terminal (OLT) supports 16 default profiles. You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally. Ports automatically bind to profile 1 by default.
The following configurations are used as an example to configure RF parameters for upstream channels: – Number of upstream channels: 4 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1427
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
– Frequency bandwidth of the channels: 3.2 MHz (default value) – ID of the modulation profile bound to upstream channel 1: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) huawei(config)#interface cable init-template huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable
3.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 3 frequency 49.00 4 frequency 55.40
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. Parameter
Description
modulation
A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker antiinterference capability. Therefore, configure the modulation mode based on site requirements. The default modulation mode is QAM256. This example uses the default setting.
The following configuration is used as an example to configure RF parameters for downstream channels: A total of 16 downstream channels have been purchased. huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
downstream 1 frequency 602.00 downstream 2 frequency 610.00 downstream 3 frequency 618.00 downstream 4 frequency 626.00 downstream 5 frequency 634.00 downstream 6 frequency 642.00 downstream 7 frequency 650.00 downstream 8 frequency 658.00 downstream 9 frequency 666.00 downstream 10 frequency 674.00 downstream 11 frequency 682.00 downstream 12 frequency 690.00 downstream 13 frequency 698.00 downstream 14 frequency 706.00 downstream 15 frequency 714.00
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1428
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable downstream 16 frequency 722.00 enable
l
Customize the RF port parameters in cable mode. NOTE
The configuration is complete if you have configured the RF port parameters using a cable initialization profile. For details, see Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters. Perform this operation if you need to customize the RF port parameters of a remote extended frame.
1.
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels. huawei(config)#interface cable 1/1/0 huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream
2.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 enable 3 frequency 49.00 enable 4 frequency 55.40 enable
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable
downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream
1 frequency 602.00 enable 2 frequency 610.00 enable 3 frequency 618.00 enable 4 frequency 626.00 enable 5 frequency 634.00 enable 6 frequency 642.00 enable 7 frequency 650.00 enable 8 frequency 658.00 enable 9 frequency 666.00 enable 10 frequency 674.00 enable 11 frequency 682.00 enable 12 frequency 690.00 enable 13 frequency 698.00 enable 14 frequency 706.00 enable 15 frequency 714.00 enable 16 frequency 722.00 enable
----End
Result 1.
The transmit power of the downstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable downstream frameid/slotid/portid { all | channel-id } status command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements.
2.
The signal-to-noise (SNR) ratio of the upstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable signal quality [ frameid/slotid/portid [ upstream channel-id ] ] command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements. A greater SNR ratio results in better signal quality. The recommended SNR ratio is greater than 30 dB.
Adding a Remote Extended Frame to an OLT An MA5633 that works as a GPON remote extended frame connects to a port on a GPON cascading board of an optical line terminal (OLT). You can configure the remote extended frame only after adding it to the OLT.
Prerequisites The MA5633 management policy is set to extend-frame. To do so, run the sysman centralizedmgmt primary command. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1429
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Context A GPON remote extended frame is added to an OLT in the following two steps: Add the MA5633 to the OLT as a GPON optical network unit (ONU). Then add the MA5633 to the OLT as a GPON remote extended frame. You can use either of the methods listed in the following table to add a remote extended frame to an OLT based on site requirements. Table 15-7 Methods of adding a remote extended frame to an OLT Method
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Add a remote extended frame in offline mode.
A carrier has planned all remote extended frame IDs together and the remote extended frames must be deployed one by one. This method facilitates remote extended frame management.
1. You have obtained the serial number (SN) of the remote extended frame.
A great number of remote extended frames need to be deployed. This method reduces manual configurations.
1. You do not know the SN of the remote extended frame.
Add an automatically discovered remote extended frame.
2. The remote extended frame ID has been planned.
2. The remote extended frame ID does not need to be planned.
Data Plan Table 15-8 Data plan Item
Data
GPON cascading board
Board: H801GPMD Port ID: 0/3/1 Remote extended frame ID: 1 Remote extended frame authentication mode: SN Remote extended frame SN: 48575443E6D8B541 NOTE The OLT uses the MA5603T as an example. The configuration method is the same for other OLTs. The only difference lies in slot IDs.
Dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Profile: default Type: type4 Maximum bandwidth: 1000 Mbit/s
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1430
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Item
Data
Line profile
Profile: default GPON encapsulation mode (GEM) port ID: 0 (fixed port in centralized management mode) Transmission container (T-CONT) ID: 1 (fixed T-CONT in centralized management mode)
MA5633 management mode
extend-frame
Procedure l
Add a remote extended frame in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#frame add 1 MA5633 extending-port 0/3/1 sn 48575443E6D8B541 NOTE
When running the frame add command to add a remote extended frame in offline mode, the OLT automatically allocates a temporary SN for the remote extended frame. Therefore, you do not need to specify the SN of the remote extended frame. After obtaining the SN of the remote extended frame, run the frame bind command to add the binding relationship between the SN and the remote extended frame to the OLT. Then the remote extended frame is added.
l
Add an automatically discovered remote extended frame. The OLT supports the adding of an automatically discovered GPON remote extended frame. This function does not require manual confirmation, thereby simplifying the remote extended frame registration and adding flow. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont autofind 1 //This command displays the information about all automatically discovered ONUs that are connected to the GPON port through an optical splitter. -----------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/3/1 Ont SN : 48575443E6D8B541 Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : MA5633 Ont SoftwareVersion : V800R13C00 Ont EquipmentID : SmartAX MA5633 Ont autofind time : 2013-04-20 11:20:16 -----------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End
Result The remote extended frame is online. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1431
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
After adding the remote extended frame, run the display frame info command to query the status of the remote extended frame. Ensure that Online state is online and State is normal. huawei(config)#display frame info 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Type: MA5633 State: Normal Desc: MA5633_1_extending_0/3/1/1 Hardware: MA5633 Extend type: GPON Extending port: 0 /3 /1 ONT ID: 1 ONT SN: 48575443E6D8B541 Extended port: 1 /0 /1 Online state: Online --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Follow-up Procedure If the remote extended frame cannot be discovered, follow the troubleshooting suggestions listed in the following table to rectify faults. Possible Cause
Troubleshooting Suggestion
The MA5633 automatic discovery function is disabled.
In GPON mode, run the port ont-auto-find command to enable the MA5633 automatic discovery function on GPON ports.
The MA5633 works as a standalone NE and cannot work as a remote extended frame.
Replace the MA5633 with the one that works as a remote extended frame.
The MA5633 management policy is set to stand-alone on the OLT.
Run the sysman centralized-mgmt primary command to configure the MA5633 management policy to extendframe.
The number of remote extended frames on the OLT has reached the threshold.
Run the frame delete command to delete a remote extended frame that is no longer used from the OLT.
Configuring the HSI Service A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the high-speed Internet (HSI) service for users.
Data Plan Table 15-9 Data plan for the HSI service
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the HSI service VLAN (S-VLAN): 100; type of the VLAN: smart Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1432
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Item
Data
Uplink ports
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), broadband, and VoIP packets: 0/8/0 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: 0/9/0
Procedure Step 1 Create an S-VLAN. The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the DCMTS. The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/8 0 that the Layer 3 VLAN interface can be up. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/9 0
//Add uplink ports to the VLAN. Ensure
Step 2 Create a CM S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. NOTE
l The cable service-vlan vlanid command is used to configure a global S-VLAN for CM services. After the configuration, all CM services of the D-CMTSs connected to the same OLT use the same VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is less than eight, this command is recommended. l The cable service-vlan vlanid frameid/slotid command is used to configure an S-VLAN for CM services on a specified D-CMTS. After the configuration, the D-CMTS does not use the global S-VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is greater than eight, this command is recommended. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
----End
Configuring the VoD Service A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the VoD service for users.
Context All home services use a service VLAN (S-VLAN) and the S-VLAN is globally configured. If the high-speed Internet (HSI) service has been configured on an optical line terminal (OLT), skip this section. For details about how to configure the HSI service, see Configuring the HSI Service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1433
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Data Plan Table 15-10 Data plan for the VoD service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the VoD service VLAN (S-VLAN): 100; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink ports
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), broadband, and VoIP packets: 0/8/0 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: 0/9/0
Procedure Step 1 Create an S-VLAN. The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the DCMTS. The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/8 0 that the Layer 3 VLAN interface can be up. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/9 0
//Add uplink ports to the VLAN. Ensure
Step 2 Create a CM S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. NOTE
l The cable service-vlan vlanid command is used to configure a global S-VLAN for CM services. After the configuration, all CM services of the D-CMTSs connected to the same OLT use the same VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is less than eight, this command is recommended. l The cable service-vlan vlanid frameid/slotid command is used to configure an S-VLAN for CM services on a specified D-CMTS. After the configuration, the D-CMTS does not use the global S-VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is greater than eight, this command is recommended. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
----End
Configuring the Dynamic PacketCable Service A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the dynamic PacketCable service for users.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1434
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Context Table 15-11 Data plan for the PacketCable service on the OLT Item
Data
Uplink port
Forwarding VoIP packets: 0/8/0
VLAN
ID of service VLAN: 100 ID of the common open policy service (COPS) connection VLAN: 1000
IP address for creating a COPS connection to an IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) or a softswitch
192.168.60.3/24 (in the same network segment as the IMS or softswitch or can communicate with the IMS or softswitch)
Procedure Step 1 Create a service VLAN (S-VLAN) and add an uplink port to the S-VLAN. NOTE
All home services use an S-VLAN and the S-VLAN is globally configured. If the high-speed Internet (HSI) or VoD service has been configured on the OLT, go to step 3. For details about how to configure the HSI and VoD services, see Configuring the HSI Service and Configuring the VoD Service, respectively.
The ID of S-VLAN is 100 and the type of the VLAN is smart. The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the OLT and the D-CMTS. The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/8 0
Step 2 Create a CM S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. NOTE
l The cable service-vlan vlanid command is used to configure a global S-VLAN for CM services. After the configuration, all CM services of the D-CMTSs connected to the same OLT use the same VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is less than eight, this command is recommended. l The cable service-vlan vlanid frameid/slotid command is used to configure an S-VLAN for CM services on a specified D-CMTS. After the configuration, the D-CMTS does not use the global S-VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is greater than eight, this command is recommended. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
Step 3 Configure the Layer 3 interface for COPS connections. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 192.168.60.3 24
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1435
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/8 0
Step 4 Configure a COPS connection. The following configurations are used as an example to configure a COPS connection: l COPS policy enforcement point (PEP) ID: IP address of the Layer 3 interface for the COPS connection l Transmit and receive buffer for TCP sockets: 12 KB l Differentiated services code point (DSCP) priority of COPS packets: ef To ensure the security of the D-CMTS, set an access control list (ACL) rule to support the devices within IP address range 10.10.100.1-10.10.100.8. That is, ensure that the IP addresses of the call management servers (CMSs) or policy and charging rules functions (PRCFs) to be connected are within this range. huawei(config)#acl 2000 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#rule 2000 permit source 10.10.100.1 0.0.0.8 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#quit huawei(config)#cops pepid 192.168.60.3 huawei(config)#cops tcp window 12 huawei(config)#cops ip dscp ef huawei(config)#cops access-list 2000
Step 5 Configure PacketCable parameters. PacketCable 1.x parameter settings are as follows: l Embedded media terminal adapter (EMTA) creating a dynamic media stream: permitted l Information carried in the Gate-Open and Gate-Close packets sent from a PacketCable 1.x device: subscriber-id l Other parameters: default settings huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable
1dotx enable authorize common-docsis-mta enable gate 1dotx send-subscriber-id enable multimedia enable
Step 6 Enable Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) proxy so that the users connected to CMs 1 and 2 can call each other. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit
----End
Configuring DHCP Relay This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router, DHCP server, and Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server of an optical line terminal (OLT) have been configured. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1436
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Data Plan Table 15-12 DHCP data plan for the OLT Item
Data
DHCP server group parameters
l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs: 10.10.224.1; domain name: docsis l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for media terminal adapters (MTAs): 10.100.224.1; domain name: pktc l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for paid PCs: 10.100.187.1; domain name: default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs: 10.100.8.1; domain name: default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for set top boxes (STB): 10.200.160.1; domain name: STB
Table 15-13 Data plan for the upper-layer devices of the OLT Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
IP addresses of DHCP servers
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and MTAs: 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
l Forwarding CM management and VoD packets: 170.30.2.11
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and STBs: 192.168.10.12-192.168.10.13 IP address of the TFTP server
192.168.5.10-192.168.5.13
Procedure Step 1 Set the IP addresses of VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.10.224.1 255.255.255.0 //Set the address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.224.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for MTAs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.200.160.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for STBs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.187.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for paid PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.8.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
IP the the the the
Step 2 Configure the working mode of the DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 60. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1437
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
In DHCP Option 60 mode, a DHCP server group is selected according to the Option 60 domain name in DHCP packets. Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets, which differentiates various service types in a VLAN. Ensure that the Option 60 domain name and the DHCP server group bound to the Option 60 domain name are configured beforehand. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 Option60 Several minutes may be required and no action can be taken during this period Are you sure to perform this operation? (y/n)[n]: y
Step 3 Set the IP addresses of the servers in a DHCP server group. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 0 ip 192.168.10.10 192.168.10.11 server group 0 to assign IP addresses to CMs and MTAs. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 1 ip 192.168.10.12 192.168.10.13 server group 1 to assign IP addresses to PCs and STBs.
//Configure DHCP //Configure DHCP
Step 4 Create a DHCP Option 60 domain. huawei(config)#dhcp domain default //Create Option 60 domain name default for PCs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#dhcp-gateway learning enable //Paid and overdue PCs are in different network segments. Therefore, self-learning needs to be enabled on OLT gateways. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#dhcp-server 1 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the PCs locate. After the configuration, the PCs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain docsis //Create Option 60 domain name docsis for CMs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the CMs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain pktc //Create Option 60 domain name pktc for MTAs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-pktc)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the MTAs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-pktc)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain STB //Create Option 60 domain name STB for STBs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-STB)#dhcp-server 1 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the STBs locate. After the configuration, the STBs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-STB)#quit
Step 5 Set IP addresses of the gateways for the DHCP domain. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain default gateway 10.100.187.1 10.100.8.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the PC domain to 10.100.187.1 for paid PCs and to 10.100.8.1 for overdue PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain docsis gateway 10.10.224.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the CM domain to 10.10.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain pktc gateway 10.100.224.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the MTA domain to 10.100.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain STB gateway 10.200.160.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the STB domain to 10.200.160.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
----End
Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1438
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Prerequisites The upper-layer router has been configured.
Data Plan Table 15-14 Data plan for the Layer 3 interfaces on the network side Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces on the OLT network side
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and broadband packets: l VLAN ID: 2004 l Port number: 0/8/0 l IP address: 170.30.1.10/24 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: l VLAN ID: 2005 l Port number: 0/9/0 l IP address: 170.30.2.10/24
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
Upper-layer servers of the OLT
l DHCP servers:
l Forwarding CM management and VoD packets: 170.30.2.11
– DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11 – DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and set top boxes (STBs): 192.168.10.12-192.168.10.13 l CM management system and VoD server: 192.168.20.10-192.168.20.11 l Softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) server: 192.168.50.10
Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces on the network side. 1.
Create VLANs and configure their uplink ports. l VLAN 2004 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding DHCP and broadband packets. Add uplink port 0/8/0 to VLAN 2004. l VLAN 2005 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding CM management and VoD packets. Add uplink port 0/9/0 to VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#vlan 2004 to 2005 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 2004 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 2005 0/9 0
2. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
(Optional) Create native VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1439
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Packets between the OLT and its upper-layer router are assumed to be forwarded at Layer 3 and no VLAN information is required. The created native VLANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/8 huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2004 the packets transmitted out of the 0/8/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#quit huawei(config)#interface giu 0/9 huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2005 the packets transmitted out of the 0/9/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#quit
3.
//Remove VLAN tags from
//Remove VLAN tags from
Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. a.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2004, through which DHCP and broadband packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2004 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#ip address 170.30.1.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#quit
b.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2005, through which CM management and VoD packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2005 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#ip address 170.30.2.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#quit
Step 2 Configure static routes to implement the communication between the OLT and its upper-layer devices. huawei(config)#ip route-static 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 170.30.1.11 //Broadband packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.2.11 //CM management and VoD packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.1.11 //DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004
----End
Result The OLT can communicate with its upper-layer devices. To check network connectivity between two devices, run the ping and tracert commands. The configured static routes can be queried in an IPv4 routing table by running the display ip routing-table command.
Verifying Services A distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) working as a remote extended frame locates on an optical node. To facilitate service verification, the optical line terminal (OLT) supports multiple remote service verification methods, such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup emulation tests. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. In addition, this section describes how to verify the home services on site.
Prerequisites l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
The OLT is properly connected to the upper-layer network. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1440
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
l
The DHCP server, Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server, and softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) have been configured.
l
Perform a DHCP dialup emulation test.
Procedure In this test, a cable modem (CM) is emulated on the OLT to apply to the DHCP server for an IP address. This checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server.
l
1.
Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac-address command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test.
2.
Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test.
3.
Run the User IP command to check whether the CM has obtained an IP address.
Check the CM status. Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status. huawei(config)#display cable modem { |cpe|detail }:
all
Command: display cable modem
all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Idx MAC IP I/F Status Prim SID Num Ver CPE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 E0CA-94B4-BEE1 10.10.224.2 1/1/0/U3 online 1 0 D3.0 2 0021-6364-71FC 10.10.224.3 1/1/0/U4 online 2 0 D2.0 3 0021-6364-7397 10.10.224.4 1/1/0/U2 online 3 0 D2.0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 3, online: 3, offline: 0, reject: 0, init: 0, DHCP: 0, DHCP-C: 0, REG: 0 Note: 1. Idx is the index of a CM.
The following table lists the CM status and handling suggestions.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
init
Indicates the CM initialization.
If a CM is always in the ranging state, the ranging fails. Then check radio frequency (RF) line indicators and detect line faults.
DHCP
Indicates that a DHCP request is started.
If a CM initiates a DHCP request but does not obtain an IP address, check the DHCP server, routing between the OLT and the DHCP server, and DHCP server parameter settings.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1441
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
DHCPC
Indicates that the DHCP is complete.
The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server through an option 82 message. If the CM is always in the DHCP-C state, the CM fails to obtain the configuration file. Then check the TFTP server, routing between the OLT and the TFTP server, and TFTP server parameter settings.
l
register
Indicates that a registration is started.
If the CM is always in the register state, the CM obtains an incorrect configuration file. Then change the configuration file.
online
Indicates the online status.
No action is required. The status indicates that the CM has registered with the OLT and can correctly transmit and receive services.
offline
Indicates the offline status.
If the CM is in the offline state, check the power status, noise, and channel frequency of the CM.
reject
Indicates the reject status.
If the CM is in the reject state, no service flow can be created. Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check (MIC), and check whether class of service (COS) parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT.
Verify that home services can be provisioned. 1.
After the CM is installed at a user home and commissioned, the user can watch TV programs.
2.
After the high-speed Internet (HSI) service is provisioned, the user can access the Internet from a PC.
3.
After the VoD service is provisioned, the user can order programs.
4.
After the VoIP service is provisioned, the user can make and receive phone calls.
----End
15.3.2 L2VPN Enterprise Service Networking In L2VPN enterprise service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (DCMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports, and the CMs connect to switches to provide the L2VPN service for users. This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal (OLT) to provision the L2VPN service.
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Service Requirements An enterprise requires the provisioning of the L2VPN service. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1442
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15-7, an MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and cable modems (CMs) are deployed at enterprises. The CMs connect to radio frequency (RF) ports on the MA5633 through cables. l
A CM provides the enterprise service through a switch, which connects to enterprise users.
l
Enterprise users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
l
The MA5633 works as a GPON remote extended frame. This reduces MA5633 management and maintenance costs and simplifies configurations.
Figure 15-7 L2VPN enterprise service networking
Configuration Process Figure 15-8 shows the configuration roadmap for the L2VPN service networking.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1443
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Figure 15-8 Configuration roadmap for the L2VPN service networking
The following table describes the configuration steps. All configurations are issued from the optical line terminal (OLT). No.
Step
Description
1
Configure radio frequency (RF) port parameters.
Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables. RF port parameters can be configured using either of the following methods: l Use a cable initialization profile to configure the parameters. l Customize the parameters in cable mode.
2
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Add a remote extended frame to the OLT.
An MA5633 that works as a GPON remote extended frame connects to a port on a GPON cascading board of an optical line terminal (OLT). You can configure the remote extended frame only after adding it to the OLT.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1444
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
No.
Step
Description
3
Configure the L2VPN service.
In the upstream direction, a cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable. In the downstream direction, the CM connects to a switch to provide the L2VPN enterprise service to the users connected to the switch.
4
Configure a route.
This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
5
Configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay.
This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
6
Verify the configured service.
An OLT supports multiple remote service verification methods. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. 1. A DHCP dialup emulation test checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server. 2. The status of a CM can be queried. Based on the information, you can determine whether the CM is online.
Configuring RF Port Parameters Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables.
Context You can use either of the methods listed in the following table to configure RF port parameters based on site requirements.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1445
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Table 15-15 Methods of configuring RF port parameters Method
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters.
A carrier needs to deploy remote extended frames in batches. This method reduces data configuration for remote extended frames, thereby improving service provisioning efficiency.
l If the RF port parameters are the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters.
Configure the RF parameter profile for the remote extended frames on the optical line terminal (OLT). After the remote extended frames are powered on and added to the OLT, the OLT automatically issues the RF parameter profile to the remote extended frames, without requiring any software configuration.
l If the RF port parameters are basically the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters. Then modify parameter settings in customized cable configuration mode.
NOTE After the cable initialization profile is configured, a remote extended frame uses the RF port parameters configured in the profile after going online, regardless of whether the remote extended frame in added in offline mode or automatically discovered by the OLT.
Customize RF port parameters in cable mode.
A carrier requires differentiated plans and configurations for RF port parameters of remote extended frames and the remote extended frames must be configured one by one.
If the RF port parameters are greatly different for the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use this method to configure the parameters.
Data Plan Table 15-16 Data plan for RF port parameters
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Item
Data
RF port
1/1/0
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1446
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Upstream channels
l IDs: 1-4
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
l Type: European standard (default channel type) l ID of the upstream channel modulation profile: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 29.8, 42.60, 49.00, and 55.4
Downstream channels
l IDs: 1-16 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 602.00, 610.00, 618.00, ..., and 722.00
Procedure l
Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters. 1.
Configure the frequency spectrum range and channel type. In this example, the channel is of the European type. To change the type to North American, run the cable command.
2.
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels. Parameter
Description
frequency and channel-width
A central frequency and a frequency bandwidth determine a frequency range, within which packets are transmitted. For example, the central frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz. Then the frequency range of the channel is 51.8-58.2 MHz.
modulation-profile
An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel. An optical line terminal (OLT) supports 16 default profiles. You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally. Ports automatically bind to profile 1 by default.
The following configurations are used as an example to configure RF parameters for upstream channels: – Number of upstream channels: 4 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1447
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
– Frequency bandwidth of the channels: 3.2 MHz (default value) – ID of the modulation profile bound to upstream channel 1: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) huawei(config)#interface cable init-template huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable
3.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 3 frequency 49.00 4 frequency 55.40
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. Parameter
Description
modulation
A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker antiinterference capability. Therefore, configure the modulation mode based on site requirements. The default modulation mode is QAM256. This example uses the default setting.
The following configuration is used as an example to configure RF parameters for downstream channels: A total of 16 downstream channels have been purchased. huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
downstream 1 frequency 602.00 downstream 2 frequency 610.00 downstream 3 frequency 618.00 downstream 4 frequency 626.00 downstream 5 frequency 634.00 downstream 6 frequency 642.00 downstream 7 frequency 650.00 downstream 8 frequency 658.00 downstream 9 frequency 666.00 downstream 10 frequency 674.00 downstream 11 frequency 682.00 downstream 12 frequency 690.00 downstream 13 frequency 698.00 downstream 14 frequency 706.00 downstream 15 frequency 714.00
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1448
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable downstream 16 frequency 722.00 enable
l
Customize the RF port parameters in cable mode. NOTE
The configuration is complete if you have configured the RF port parameters using a cable initialization profile. For details, see Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters. Perform this operation if you need to customize the RF port parameters of a remote extended frame.
1.
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels. huawei(config)#interface cable 1/1/0 huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream
2.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 enable 3 frequency 49.00 enable 4 frequency 55.40 enable
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable
downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream
1 frequency 602.00 enable 2 frequency 610.00 enable 3 frequency 618.00 enable 4 frequency 626.00 enable 5 frequency 634.00 enable 6 frequency 642.00 enable 7 frequency 650.00 enable 8 frequency 658.00 enable 9 frequency 666.00 enable 10 frequency 674.00 enable 11 frequency 682.00 enable 12 frequency 690.00 enable 13 frequency 698.00 enable 14 frequency 706.00 enable 15 frequency 714.00 enable 16 frequency 722.00 enable
----End
Result 1.
The transmit power of the downstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable downstream frameid/slotid/portid { all | channel-id } status command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements.
2.
The signal-to-noise (SNR) ratio of the upstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable signal quality [ frameid/slotid/portid [ upstream channel-id ] ] command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements. A greater SNR ratio results in better signal quality. The recommended SNR ratio is greater than 30 dB.
Adding a Remote Extended Frame to an OLT An MA5633 that works as a GPON remote extended frame connects to a port on a GPON cascading board of an optical line terminal (OLT). You can configure the remote extended frame only after adding it to the OLT.
Prerequisites The MA5633 management policy is set to extend-frame. To do so, run the sysman centralizedmgmt primary command. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1449
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Context A GPON remote extended frame is added to an OLT in the following two steps: Add the MA5633 to the OLT as a GPON optical network unit (ONU). Then add the MA5633 to the OLT as a GPON remote extended frame. You can use either of the methods listed in the following table to add a remote extended frame to an OLT based on site requirements. Table 15-17 Methods of adding a remote extended frame to an OLT Method
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Add a remote extended frame in offline mode.
A carrier has planned all remote extended frame IDs together and the remote extended frames must be deployed one by one. This method facilitates remote extended frame management.
1. You have obtained the serial number (SN) of the remote extended frame.
A great number of remote extended frames need to be deployed. This method reduces manual configurations.
1. You do not know the SN of the remote extended frame.
Add an automatically discovered remote extended frame.
2. The remote extended frame ID has been planned.
2. The remote extended frame ID does not need to be planned.
Data Plan Table 15-18 Data plan Item
Data
GPON cascading board
Board: H801GPMD Port ID: 0/3/1 Remote extended frame ID: 1 Remote extended frame authentication mode: SN Remote extended frame SN: 48575443E6D8B541 NOTE The OLT uses the MA5603T as an example. The configuration method is the same for other OLTs. The only difference lies in slot IDs.
Dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Profile: default Type: type4 Maximum bandwidth: 1000 Mbit/s
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1450
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Item
Data
Line profile
Profile: default GPON encapsulation mode (GEM) port ID: 0 (fixed port in centralized management mode) Transmission container (T-CONT) ID: 1 (fixed T-CONT in centralized management mode)
MA5633 management mode
extend-frame
Procedure l
Add a remote extended frame in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#frame add 1 MA5633 extending-port 0/3/1 sn 48575443E6D8B541 NOTE
When running the frame add command to add a remote extended frame in offline mode, the OLT automatically allocates a temporary SN for the remote extended frame. Therefore, you do not need to specify the SN of the remote extended frame. After obtaining the SN of the remote extended frame, run the frame bind command to add the binding relationship between the SN and the remote extended frame to the OLT. Then the remote extended frame is added.
l
Add an automatically discovered remote extended frame. The OLT supports the adding of an automatically discovered GPON remote extended frame. This function does not require manual confirmation, thereby simplifying the remote extended frame registration and adding flow. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont autofind 1 //This command displays the information about all automatically discovered ONUs that are connected to the GPON port through an optical splitter. -----------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/3/1 Ont SN : 48575443E6D8B541 Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : MA5633 Ont SoftwareVersion : V800R13C00 Ont EquipmentID : SmartAX MA5633 Ont autofind time : 2013-04-20 11:20:16 -----------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
----End
Result The remote extended frame is online. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1451
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
After adding the remote extended frame, run the display frame info command to query the status of the remote extended frame. Ensure that Online state is online and State is normal. huawei(config)#display frame info 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Type: MA5633 State: Normal Desc: MA5633_1_extending_0/3/1/1 Hardware: MA5633 Extend type: GPON Extending port: 0 /3 /1 ONT ID: 1 ONT SN: 48575443E6D8B541 Extended port: 1 /0 /1 Online state: Online --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Follow-up Procedure If the remote extended frame cannot be discovered, follow the troubleshooting suggestions listed in the following table to rectify faults. Possible Cause
Troubleshooting Suggestion
The MA5633 automatic discovery function is disabled.
In GPON mode, run the port ont-auto-find command to enable the MA5633 automatic discovery function on GPON ports.
The MA5633 works as a standalone NE and cannot work as a remote extended frame.
Replace the MA5633 with the one that works as a remote extended frame.
The MA5633 management policy is set to stand-alone on the OLT.
Run the sysman centralized-mgmt primary command to configure the MA5633 management policy to extendframe.
The number of remote extended frames on the OLT has reached the threshold.
Run the frame delete command to delete a remote extended frame that is no longer used from the OLT.
Configuring the L2VPN Enterprise Service In the upstream direction, a cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable. In the downstream direction, the CM connects to a switch to provide the L2VPN enterprise service to the users connected to the switch.
Context The L2VPN service requires the configuration of a service VLAN (S-VLAN) for the cable modems (CMs) to be configured on a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). To do so, run the vlan command to add an S-VLAN and run the port vlan command to add an uplink port to the S-VLAN. The L2VPN S-VLAN is defined in the CM configuration file. When the CM goes online, the D-CMTS obtains the L2VPN S-VLAN from the CM configuration file and automatically creates an L2VPN service flow. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1452
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Data Plan Table 15-19 Data plan for the L2VPN service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the L2VPN S-VLAN: 200; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink ports
Port forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and broadband packets: 0/8/0 Port forwarding CM management packets: 0/9/0
Procedure Step 1 Configure a CM management S-VLAN. The ID of the CM management S-VLAN is 100 and the type of the VLAN is smart. The SVLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/8 0 //Add uplink ports to the VLAN. Ensure that the Layer 3 VLAN interface can be up. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/9 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/9 1 huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 //The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
Step 2 Create an L2VPN S-VLAN and add uplink ports to it. Uplink ports 0/8/0 and 0/9/0 are added to S-VLAN 200. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/9 0
----End
Configuring DHCP Relay This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router, DHCP server, and Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server of an optical line terminal (OLT) have been configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1453
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Data Plan Table 15-20 DHCP data plan for the OLT Item
Data
DHCP server group parameters
IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs: 10.10.224.1; domain name: docsis
Table 15-21 Data plan for the upper-layer devices of the OLT Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
IP address of the DHCP server
DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
IP address of the TFTP server
192.168.5.10-192.168.5.13
l Forwarding CM management packets: 170.30.2.11
Procedure Step 1 Set the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.10.224.1 255.255.255.0 address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
//Set the IP
Step 2 Configure the working mode of the DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 60. In DHCP Option 60 mode, a DHCP server group is selected according to the Option 60 domain name in DHCP packets. Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets, which differentiates various service types in a VLAN. Ensure that the Option 60 domain name and the DHCP server group bound to the Option 60 domain name are configured beforehand. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 Option60 Several minutes may be required and no action can be taken during this period Are you sure to perform this operation? (y/n)[n]: y
Step 3 Set the IP addresses of the servers in a DHCP server group. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 0 ip 192.168.10.10 192.168.10.11 server group 0 to assign IP addresses to CMs.
//Configure DHCP
Step 4 Create a DHCP Option 60 domain. huawei(config)#dhcp domain docsis //Create Option 60 domain name docsis for CMs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the CMs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1454
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Step 5 Set the IP address of the gateway for the DHCP domain. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain docsis gateway 10.10.224.1 address of the gateway for the CM domain to 10.10.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
//Set the IP
----End
Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router of an OLT has been configured.
Data Plan Table 15-22 Data plan for the Layer 3 interfaces on the network side Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces on the OLT network side
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packets: l VLAN ID: 2004 l Port number: 0/8/0 l IP address: 170.30.1.10/24 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management packets: l VLAN ID: 2005 l Port number: 0/9/0 l IP address: 170.30.2.10/24
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP packets: 170.30.1.11
Upper-layer servers of the OLT
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
l Forwarding CM management packets: 170.30.2.11
l CM management system: 192.168.20.1
Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces on the network side. 1.
Create VLANs and configure their uplink ports. l VLAN 2004 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding DHCP packets. Add uplink port 0/8/0 to VLAN 2004.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1455
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
l VLAN 2005 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding CM management packets. Add uplink port 0/9/0 to VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#vlan 2004 to 2006 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 2004 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 2005 0/9 0
2.
Create native VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports. Packets between the OLT and its upper-layer router are forwarded at Layer 3 and no VLAN information is required. The created native VLANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/8 huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2004 the packets transmitted out of the 0/8/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#quit huawei(config)#interface giu 0/9 huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2005 the packets transmitted out of the 0/9/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#quit
3.
//Remove VLAN tags from
//Remove VLAN tags from
Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. a.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2004, through which DHCP packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2004 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#ip address 170.30.1.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#quit
b.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2005, through which CM management packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2005 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#ip address 170.30.2.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#quit
Step 2 Configure static routes to implement the communication between the OLT and its upper-layer devices. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.2.11 //CM management and VoD packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.1.11 //DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004.
----End
Result The OLT can communicate with its upper-layer devices. To check network connectivity between two devices, run the ping and tracert commands. The configured static routes can be queried in an IPv4 routing table by running the display ip routing-table command.
Verifying Services A distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) working as a remote extended frame locates on an optical node. To facilitate service verification, the optical line terminal (OLT) supports multiple remote service verification methods, such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup emulation tests. This allows commissioning and configuration Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1456
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
engineers to remotely verify services. In addition, this section describes how to verify the L2VPN service on site.
Prerequisites l
The OLT is properly connected to the upper-layer network.
l
The DHCP server, Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server, and softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) have been configured.
l
Perform a DHCP dialup emulation test.
Procedure In this test, a cable modem (CM) is emulated on the OLT to apply to the DHCP server for an IP address. This checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server.
l
1.
Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac-address command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test.
2.
Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test.
3.
Run the User IP command to check whether the CM has obtained an IP address.
Check the CM status. Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status. huawei(config)#display cable modem { |cpe|detail }:
all
Command: display cable modem
all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Idx MAC IP I/F Status Prim SID Num Ver CPE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 E0CA-94B4-BEE1 10.10.224.2 1/1/0/U3 online 1 0 D3.0 2 0021-6364-71FC 10.10.224.3 1/1/0/U4 online 2 0 D2.0 3 0021-6364-7397 10.10.224.4 1/1/0/U2 online 3 0 D2.0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 3, online: 3, offline: 0, reject: 0, init: 0, DHCP: 0, DHCP-C: 0, REG: 0 Note: 1. Idx is the index of a CM.
The following table lists the CM status and handling suggestions.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
init
Indicates the CM initialization.
If a CM is always in the ranging state, the ranging fails. Then check radio frequency (RF) line indicators and detect line faults.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1457
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
DHCP
Indicates that a DHCP request is started.
If a CM initiates a DHCP request but does not obtain an IP address, check the DHCP server, routing between the OLT and the DHCP server, and DHCP server parameter settings.
DHCPC
Indicates that the DHCP is complete.
The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server through an option 82 message. If the CM is always in the DHCP-C state, the CM fails to obtain the configuration file. Then check the TFTP server, routing between the OLT and the TFTP server, and TFTP server parameter settings.
l
register
Indicates that a registration is started.
If the CM is always in the register state, the CM obtains an incorrect configuration file. Then change the configuration file.
online
Indicates the online status.
No action is required. The status indicates that the CM has registered with the OLT and can correctly transmit and receive services.
offline
Indicates the offline status.
If the CM is in the offline state, check the power status, noise, and channel frequency of the CM.
reject
Indicates the reject status.
If the CM is in the reject state, no service flow can be created. Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check (MIC), and check whether class of service (COS) parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT.
Verify that the L2VPN service can be provisioned. After the CM is installed in the enterprise and the switch connected to the CM is commissioned, enterprise users can access the Internet.
----End
15.3.3 WLAN Hotspot Radio Backhaul Service Networking In wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports. A CM connects to wireless access points (APs) to provide wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access for users. This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal (OLT) to provision the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service.
Service Requirements A network supplier needs to provide the Internet access service through Wi-Fi for a business area covered by APs. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1458
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15-9, a D-CMTS is deployed on an optical node and CMs are deployed at shops. The CMs connect to RF ports on the D-CMTS through cables. l
A CM connects to wireless APs to provide the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service. The wireless APs provide Wi-Fi access for users.
l
Wi-Fi users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
l
The D-CMTS works as a GPON remote extended frame. This reduces D-CMTS management and maintenance costs and simplifies configurations.
Figure 15-9 WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service networking
Configuration The method of configuring the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service is the same as that of configuring the L2VPN enterprise service and therefore is not described in this section. For details, see Configuration Process.
15.4 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works as a GE Remote Extended Frame on a Layer 3 Network This section describes how to configure services, including the Internet access service, voice service, and VoD service, on an optical line terminal (OLT) when a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) works as a GE remote extended frame on a Layer 3 network.
15.4.1 Home Service Networking In home service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) at user homes through radio frequency (RF) ports and provides home services for users, including the cable TV (CATV) service, Internet access service, VoD service, and PacketCable service. This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal (OLT) to provision the home services. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1459
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Service Requirements Users require the provisioning of the broadcast and TV services, Internet access service, VoD service, and VoIP service. Broadcast and TV services can be provisioned immediately after the distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) hardware is connected. This section only describes how to configure the Internet access service, VoD service, and VoIP service.
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15-10, a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) is deployed on an optical node and cable modems (CMs) are deployed at user homes. The CMs connect to radio frequency (RF) ports on the MA5633 through cables. l
Port 1 on CM 1 connects to a PC to provide the Internet access service. Port 2 connects to a set top box (STB) to provide a backhaul channel for the VoD service. Port 3 connects to a phone set to provide the VoIP service. CM 1 supports embedded media terminal adapter (EMTA) functions and the voice users of CM 1 use PacketCable 1.x.
l
CM 2 does not support EMTA functions and needs to connect to a media terminal adapter (MTA). The voice users of CM 2 use PacketCable Multimedia.
l
Users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
l
The IP addresses of the CM, STB, PC, and MTA are assigned by the DHCP server and in different network segments.
l
The MA5633 works as a GE remote extended frame to reduce MA5633 management and maintenance costs and simplify configurations.
Figure 15-10 Home service networking
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1460
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Configuration Process Figure 15-11 shows the configuration roadmap for the home service networking. Figure 15-11 Configuration roadmap for the home service networking
The following table describes the configuration steps. All configurations are issued from the optical line terminal (OLT). No.
Step
Description
1
Configure radio frequency (RF) port parameters.
Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables. RF port parameters can be configured using either of the following methods: l Use a cable initialization profile to configure the parameters. l Customize the parameters in cable mode.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1461
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
No.
Step
Description
2
Add a remote extended frame to the OLT.
A distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) that works as a GE remote extended frame connects to a port on a GE cascading board of an optical line terminal (OLT). You can configure the remote extended frame only after adding it to the OLT.
3
Configure the high-speed Internet (HSI) service.
None
4
Configure the VoD service.
None
5
Configure the dynamic PacketCable service.
None
6
Configure a route.
This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
7
Configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay.
This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
8
Verify the configured services.
An OLT supports multiple remote service verification methods. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. 1. A DHCP dialup emulation test checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server. 2. The status of a CM can be queried. Based on the information, you can determine whether the CM is online.
Configuring RF Port Parameters Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1462
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Context You can use either of the methods listed in the following table to configure RF port parameters based on site requirements. Table 15-23 Methods of configuring RF port parameters Method
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters.
A carrier needs to deploy remote extended frames in batches. This method reduces data configuration for remote extended frames, thereby improving service provisioning efficiency.
l If the RF port parameters are the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters.
Configure the RF parameter profile for the remote extended frames on the optical line terminal (OLT). After the remote extended frames are powered on and added to the OLT, the OLT automatically issues the RF parameter profile to the remote extended frames, without requiring any software configuration.
l If the RF port parameters are basically the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters. Then modify parameter settings in customized cable configuration mode.
NOTE After the cable initialization profile is configured, a remote extended frame uses the RF port parameters configured in the profile after going online, regardless of whether the remote extended frame in added in offline mode or automatically discovered by the OLT.
Customize RF port parameters in cable mode.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
A carrier requires differentiated plans and configurations for RF port parameters of remote extended frames and the remote extended frames must be configured one by one.
If the RF port parameters are greatly different for the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use this method to configure the parameters.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1463
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Data Plan Table 15-24 Data plan for RF port parameters Item
Data
RF port
1/1/0
Upstream channels
l IDs: 1-4 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l ID of the upstream channel modulation profile: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 29.8, 42.60, 49.00, and 55.4
Downstream channels
l IDs: 1-16 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 602.00, 610.00, 618.00, ..., and 722.00
Procedure l
Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters. 1.
Configure the frequency spectrum range and channel type. In this example, the channel is of the European type. To change the type to North American, run the cable command.
2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels. Parameter
Description
frequency and channel-width
A central frequency and a frequency bandwidth determine a frequency range, within which packets are transmitted. For example, the central frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz. Then the frequency range of the channel is 51.8-58.2 MHz.
modulation-profile
An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel. An optical line terminal (OLT) supports 16 default profiles. You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally. Ports automatically bind to profile 1 by default.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1464
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
The following configurations are used as an example to configure RF parameters for upstream channels: – Number of upstream channels: 4 – Frequency bandwidth of the channels: 3.2 MHz (default value) – ID of the modulation profile bound to upstream channel 1: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) huawei(config)#interface cable init-template huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable
3.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 3 frequency 49.00 4 frequency 55.40
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. Parameter
Description
modulation
A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker antiinterference capability. Therefore, configure the modulation mode based on site requirements. The default modulation mode is QAM256. This example uses the default setting.
The following configuration is used as an example to configure RF parameters for downstream channels: A total of 16 downstream channels have been purchased. huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
downstream 1 frequency 602.00 downstream 2 frequency 610.00 downstream 3 frequency 618.00 downstream 4 frequency 626.00 downstream 5 frequency 634.00 downstream 6 frequency 642.00 downstream 7 frequency 650.00 downstream 8 frequency 658.00 downstream 9 frequency 666.00 downstream 10 frequency 674.00 downstream 11 frequency 682.00 downstream 12 frequency 690.00 downstream 13 frequency 698.00
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1465
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable downstream 14 frequency 706.00 enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable downstream 15 frequency 714.00 enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable downstream 16 frequency 722.00 enable
l
Customize the RF port parameters in cable mode. NOTE
The configuration is complete if you have configured the RF port parameters using a cable initialization profile. For details, see Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters. Perform this operation if you need to customize the RF port parameters of a remote extended frame.
1.
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels. huawei(config)#interface cable 1/1/0 huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream
2.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 enable 3 frequency 49.00 enable 4 frequency 55.40 enable
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable
downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream
1 frequency 602.00 enable 2 frequency 610.00 enable 3 frequency 618.00 enable 4 frequency 626.00 enable 5 frequency 634.00 enable 6 frequency 642.00 enable 7 frequency 650.00 enable 8 frequency 658.00 enable 9 frequency 666.00 enable 10 frequency 674.00 enable 11 frequency 682.00 enable 12 frequency 690.00 enable 13 frequency 698.00 enable 14 frequency 706.00 enable 15 frequency 714.00 enable 16 frequency 722.00 enable
----End
Result 1.
The transmit power of the downstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable downstream frameid/slotid/portid { all | channel-id } status command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements.
2.
The signal-to-noise (SNR) ratio of the upstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable signal quality [ frameid/slotid/portid [ upstream channel-id ] ] command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements. A greater SNR ratio results in better signal quality. The recommended SNR ratio is greater than 30 dB.
Adding a Remote Extended Frame to an OLT A distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) that works as a GE remote extended frame connects to a port on a GE cascading board of an optical line terminal (OLT). You can configure the remote extended frame only after adding it to the OLT. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1466
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Prerequisites The D-CMTS management policy is set to extend-frame. To do so, run the sysman centralizedmgmt primary command.
Context You can use either of the methods listed in the following table to add a remote extended frame to an OLT based on site requirements. Table 15-25 Methods of adding a remote extended frame to an OLT Method
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Add a remote extended frame in offline mode.
A carrier has planned all remote extended frame IDs together and the remote extended frames must be deployed one by one. This method facilitates remote extended frame management.
The remote extended frame ID has been planned.
Add an automatically discovered remote extended frame.
A great number of remote extended frames need to be deployed. This method reduces manual configurations.
The remote extended frame ID does not need to be planned.
Data Plan Table 15-26 Data plan Item
Data
GE cascading board
Board: H801ETHB Port ID: 0/3/1 Remote extended frame ID: 1 NOTE The OLT uses the MA5603T as an example. The configuration method is the same for other OLTs. The only difference lies in slot IDs.
Procedure l
Add a remote extended frame in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface eth 0/3 huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#network-role extend This operation will reset the board. Are you sure to continue ? (y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#frame add 1 MA5633 extending-port 0/3/1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1467
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Add an automatically discovered remote extended frame. The OLT supports the adding of an automatically discovered GE remote extended frame. This function does not require manual confirmation, thereby simplifying the remote extended frame registration and adding flow. huawei(config)#interface eth 0/3 huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#network-role extend This operation will reset the board. Are you sure to continue ? (y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#quit
----End
Result The remote extended frame is online. After adding the remote extended frame, run the display frame info command to query the remote extended frame status. Ensure that Online state is online and State is normal. huawei(config)#display frame info 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Type: MA5633 State: Normal Desc: MA5633_2_extending_0/3/1 Hardware: MA5633 Extend type: ETH Extending port: 0 /3 /1 //The cascading port on the OLT is 0/3/1. Extended port: 1 /0 /1 //The ID of the remote extended frame is 1 and the uplink port on the remote extended frame is 0/0/1. Online state: Online --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Follow-up Procedure If the remote extended frame cannot be discovered, follow the troubleshooting suggestions listed in the following table to rectify faults.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Possible Cause
Troubleshooting Suggestion
The D-CMTS works as a standalone NE and cannot work as a remote extended frame.
Replace the D-CMTS with the one that works as a remote extended frame.
The D-CMTS management policy is set to stand-alone on the OLT.
Run the sysman centralized-mgmt primary command to configure the D-CMTS management policy to extendframe.
The number of remote extended frames on the OLT has reached the threshold.
Run the frame delete command to delete a remote extended frame that is no longer used from the OLT.
The working mode of the ports on the remote extended frame is not extend.
In Ethernet mode, run the network-role extend command to set the working mode of the ports to extend.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1468
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Configuring the HSI Service A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the high-speed Internet (HSI) service for users.
Data Plan Table 15-27 Data plan for the HSI service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the HSI service VLAN (S-VLAN): 100; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink ports
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), broadband, and VoIP packets: 0/8/0 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: 0/9/0
Procedure Step 1 Create an S-VLAN. The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the DCMTS. The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/8 0 that the Layer 3 VLAN interface can be up. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/9 0
//Add uplink ports to the VLAN. Ensure
Step 2 Create a CM S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. NOTE
l The cable service-vlan vlanid command is used to configure a global S-VLAN for CM services. After the configuration, all CM services of the D-CMTSs connected to the same OLT use the same VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is less than eight, this command is recommended. l The cable service-vlan vlanid frameid/slotid command is used to configure an S-VLAN for CM services on a specified D-CMTS. After the configuration, the D-CMTS does not use the global S-VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is greater than eight, this command is recommended. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
----End
Configuring the VoD Service A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the VoD service for users. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1469
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Context All home services use a service VLAN (S-VLAN) and the S-VLAN is globally configured. If the high-speed Internet (HSI) service has been configured on an optical line terminal (OLT), skip this section. For details about how to configure the HSI service, see Configuring the HSI Service.
Data Plan Table 15-28 Data plan for the VoD service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the VoD service VLAN (S-VLAN): 100; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink ports
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), broadband, and VoIP packets: 0/8/0 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: 0/9/0
Procedure Step 1 Create an S-VLAN. The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the DCMTS. The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/8 0 that the Layer 3 VLAN interface can be up. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/9 0
//Add uplink ports to the VLAN. Ensure
Step 2 Create a CM S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. NOTE
l The cable service-vlan vlanid command is used to configure a global S-VLAN for CM services. After the configuration, all CM services of the D-CMTSs connected to the same OLT use the same VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is less than eight, this command is recommended. l The cable service-vlan vlanid frameid/slotid command is used to configure an S-VLAN for CM services on a specified D-CMTS. After the configuration, the D-CMTS does not use the global S-VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is greater than eight, this command is recommended. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1470
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Configuring the Dynamic PacketCable Service A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the dynamic PacketCable service for users.
Context Table 15-29 Data plan for the PacketCable service on the OLT Item
Data
Uplink port
Forwarding VoIP packets: 0/8/0
VLAN
ID of service VLAN: 100 ID of the common open policy service (COPS) connection VLAN: 1000
IP address for creating a COPS connection to an IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) or a softswitch
192.168.60.3/24 (in the same network segment as the IMS or softswitch or can communicate with the IMS or softswitch)
Procedure Step 1 Create a service VLAN (S-VLAN) and add an uplink port to the S-VLAN. NOTE
All home services use an S-VLAN and the S-VLAN is globally configured. If the high-speed Internet (HSI) or VoD service has been configured on the OLT, go to step 3. For details about how to configure the HSI and VoD services, see Configuring the HSI Service and Configuring the VoD Service, respectively.
The ID of S-VLAN is 100 and the type of the VLAN is smart. The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the OLT and the D-CMTS. The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/8 0
Step 2 Create a CM S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. NOTE
l The cable service-vlan vlanid command is used to configure a global S-VLAN for CM services. After the configuration, all CM services of the D-CMTSs connected to the same OLT use the same VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is less than eight, this command is recommended. l The cable service-vlan vlanid frameid/slotid command is used to configure an S-VLAN for CM services on a specified D-CMTS. After the configuration, the D-CMTS does not use the global S-VLAN. When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is greater than eight, this command is recommended. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1471
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Step 3 Configure the Layer 3 interface for COPS connections. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 192.168.60.3 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/8 0
Step 4 Configure a COPS connection. The following configurations are used as an example to configure a COPS connection: l COPS policy enforcement point (PEP) ID: IP address of the Layer 3 interface for the COPS connection l Transmit and receive buffer for TCP sockets: 12 KB l Differentiated services code point (DSCP) priority of COPS packets: ef To ensure the security of the D-CMTS, set an access control list (ACL) rule to support the devices within IP address range 10.10.100.1-10.10.100.8. That is, ensure that the IP addresses of the call management servers (CMSs) or policy and charging rules functions (PRCFs) to be connected are within this range. huawei(config)#acl 2000 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#rule 2000 permit source 10.10.100.1 0.0.0.8 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#quit huawei(config)#cops pepid 192.168.60.3 huawei(config)#cops tcp window 12 huawei(config)#cops ip dscp ef huawei(config)#cops access-list 2000
Step 5 Configure PacketCable parameters. PacketCable 1.x parameter settings are as follows: l Embedded media terminal adapter (EMTA) creating a dynamic media stream: permitted l Information carried in the Gate-Open and Gate-Close packets sent from a PacketCable 1.x device: subscriber-id l Other parameters: default settings huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable
1dotx enable authorize common-docsis-mta enable gate 1dotx send-subscriber-id enable multimedia enable
Step 6 Enable Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) proxy so that the users connected to CMs 1 and 2 can call each other. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit
----End
Configuring DHCP Relay This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1472
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Prerequisites The upper-layer router, DHCP server, and Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server of an optical line terminal (OLT) have been configured.
Data Plan Table 15-30 DHCP data plan for the OLT Item
Data
DHCP server group parameters
l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs: 10.10.224.1; domain name: docsis l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for media terminal adapters (MTAs): 10.100.224.1; domain name: pktc l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for paid PCs: 10.100.187.1; domain name: default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs: 10.100.8.1; domain name: default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for set top boxes (STB): 10.200.160.1; domain name: STB
Table 15-31 Data plan for the upper-layer devices of the OLT Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
IP addresses of DHCP servers
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and MTAs: 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
l Forwarding CM management and VoD packets: 170.30.2.11
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and STBs: 192.168.10.12-192.168.10.13 IP address of the TFTP server
192.168.5.10-192.168.5.13
Procedure Step 1 Set the IP addresses of VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.10.224.1 255.255.255.0 //Set the address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.224.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for MTAs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.200.160.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for STBs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.187.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
IP the the the
1473
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for paid PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.8.1 255.255.255.0 sub IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
//Set the
Step 2 Configure the working mode of the DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 60. In DHCP Option 60 mode, a DHCP server group is selected according to the Option 60 domain name in DHCP packets. Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets, which differentiates various service types in a VLAN. Ensure that the Option 60 domain name and the DHCP server group bound to the Option 60 domain name are configured beforehand. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 Option60 Several minutes may be required and no action can be taken during this period Are you sure to perform this operation? (y/n)[n]: y
Step 3 Set the IP addresses of the servers in a DHCP server group. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 0 ip 192.168.10.10 192.168.10.11 server group 0 to assign IP addresses to CMs and MTAs. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 1 ip 192.168.10.12 192.168.10.13 server group 1 to assign IP addresses to PCs and STBs.
//Configure DHCP //Configure DHCP
Step 4 Create a DHCP Option 60 domain. huawei(config)#dhcp domain default //Create Option 60 domain name default for PCs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#dhcp-gateway learning enable //Paid and overdue PCs are in different network segments. Therefore, self-learning needs to be enabled on OLT gateways. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#dhcp-server 1 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the PCs locate. After the configuration, the PCs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain docsis //Create Option 60 domain name docsis for CMs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the CMs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain pktc //Create Option 60 domain name pktc for MTAs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-pktc)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the MTAs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-pktc)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain STB //Create Option 60 domain name STB for STBs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-STB)#dhcp-server 1 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the STBs locate. After the configuration, the STBs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-STB)#quit
Step 5 Set IP addresses of the gateways for the DHCP domain. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain default gateway 10.100.187.1 10.100.8.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the PC domain to 10.100.187.1 for paid PCs and to 10.100.8.1 for overdue PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain docsis gateway 10.10.224.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the CM domain to 10.10.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain pktc gateway 10.100.224.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the MTA domain to 10.100.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain STB gateway 10.200.160.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the STB domain to 10.200.160.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1474
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router has been configured.
Data Plan Table 15-32 Data plan for the Layer 3 interfaces on the network side Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces on the OLT network side
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and broadband packets: l VLAN ID: 2004 l Port number: 0/8/0 l IP address: 170.30.1.10/24 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: l VLAN ID: 2005 l Port number: 0/9/0 l IP address: 170.30.2.10/24
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
Upper-layer servers of the OLT
l DHCP servers:
l Forwarding CM management and VoD packets: 170.30.2.11
– DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11 – DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and set top boxes (STBs): 192.168.10.12-192.168.10.13 l CM management system and VoD server: 192.168.20.10-192.168.20.11 l Softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) server: 192.168.50.10
Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces on the network side. 1.
Create VLANs and configure their uplink ports. l VLAN 2004 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding DHCP and broadband packets. Add uplink port 0/8/0 to VLAN 2004.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1475
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
l VLAN 2005 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding CM management and VoD packets. Add uplink port 0/9/0 to VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#vlan 2004 to 2005 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 2004 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 2005 0/9 0
2.
(Optional) Create native VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports. Packets between the OLT and its upper-layer router are assumed to be forwarded at Layer 3 and no VLAN information is required. The created native VLANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/8 huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2004 the packets transmitted out of the 0/8/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#quit huawei(config)#interface giu 0/9 huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2005 the packets transmitted out of the 0/9/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#quit
3.
//Remove VLAN tags from
//Remove VLAN tags from
Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. a.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2004, through which DHCP and broadband packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2004 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#ip address 170.30.1.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#quit
b.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2005, through which CM management and VoD packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2005 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#ip address 170.30.2.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#quit
Step 2 Configure static routes to implement the communication between the OLT and its upper-layer devices. huawei(config)#ip route-static 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 170.30.1.11 //Broadband packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.2.11 //CM management and VoD packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.1.11 //DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004
----End
Result The OLT can communicate with its upper-layer devices. To check network connectivity between two devices, run the ping and tracert commands. The configured static routes can be queried in an IPv4 routing table by running the display ip routing-table command.
Verifying Services A distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) working as a remote extended frame locates on an optical node. To facilitate service verification, the optical line terminal (OLT) supports multiple remote service verification methods, such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup emulation tests. This allows commissioning and configuration Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1476
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
engineers to remotely verify services. In addition, this section describes how to verify the home services on site.
Prerequisites l
The OLT is properly connected to the upper-layer network.
l
The DHCP server, Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server, and softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) have been configured.
l
Perform a DHCP dialup emulation test.
Procedure In this test, a cable modem (CM) is emulated on the OLT to apply to the DHCP server for an IP address. This checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server.
l
1.
Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac-address command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test.
2.
Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test.
3.
Run the User IP command to check whether the CM has obtained an IP address.
Check the CM status. Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status. huawei(config)#display cable modem { |cpe|detail }:
all
Command: display cable modem
all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Idx MAC IP I/F Status Prim SID Num Ver CPE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 E0CA-94B4-BEE1 10.10.224.2 1/1/0/U3 online 1 0 D3.0 2 0021-6364-71FC 10.10.224.3 1/1/0/U4 online 2 0 D2.0 3 0021-6364-7397 10.10.224.4 1/1/0/U2 online 3 0 D2.0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 3, online: 3, offline: 0, reject: 0, init: 0, DHCP: 0, DHCP-C: 0, REG: 0 Note: 1. Idx is the index of a CM.
The following table lists the CM status and handling suggestions.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
init
Indicates the CM initialization.
If a CM is always in the ranging state, the ranging fails. Then check radio frequency (RF) line indicators and detect line faults.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1477
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
DHCP
Indicates that a DHCP request is started.
If a CM initiates a DHCP request but does not obtain an IP address, check the DHCP server, routing between the OLT and the DHCP server, and DHCP server parameter settings.
DHCPC
Indicates that the DHCP is complete.
The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server through an option 82 message. If the CM is always in the DHCP-C state, the CM fails to obtain the configuration file. Then check the TFTP server, routing between the OLT and the TFTP server, and TFTP server parameter settings.
l
register
Indicates that a registration is started.
If the CM is always in the register state, the CM obtains an incorrect configuration file. Then change the configuration file.
online
Indicates the online status.
No action is required. The status indicates that the CM has registered with the OLT and can correctly transmit and receive services.
offline
Indicates the offline status.
If the CM is in the offline state, check the power status, noise, and channel frequency of the CM.
reject
Indicates the reject status.
If the CM is in the reject state, no service flow can be created. Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check (MIC), and check whether class of service (COS) parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT.
Verify that home services can be provisioned. 1.
After the CM is installed at a user home and commissioned, the user can watch TV programs.
2.
After the high-speed Internet (HSI) service is provisioned, the user can access the Internet from a PC.
3.
After the VoD service is provisioned, the user can order programs.
4.
After the VoIP service is provisioned, the user can make and receive phone calls.
----End
15.4.2 L2VPN Enterprise Service Networking In L2VPN enterprise service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (DCMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports, and the CMs connect to switches to provide the L2VPN service for users. This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal (OLT) to provision the L2VPN service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1478
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Service Requirements An enterprise requires the provisioning of the L2VPN service.
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15-12, an MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and cable modems (CMs) are deployed at enterprises. The CMs connect to radio frequency (RF) ports on the MA5633 through cables. l
A CM provides the enterprise service through a switch, which connects to enterprise users.
l
Enterprise users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
l
The MA5633 works as a GE remote extended frame to reduce MA5633 management and maintenance costs and simplify configurations.
Figure 15-12 L2VPN enterprise service networking
Configuration Process Figure 15-13 shows the configuration roadmap for the L2VPN service networking.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1479
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Figure 15-13 Configuration roadmap for the L2VPN service networking
The following table describes the configuration steps. All configurations are issued from the optical line terminal (OLT). No.
Step
Description
1
Configure radio frequency (RF) port parameters.
Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables. RF port parameters can be configured using either of the following methods: l Use a cable initialization profile to configure the parameters. l Customize the parameters in cable mode.
2
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Add a remote extended frame to the OLT.
An MA5633 that works as a GPON remote extended frame connects to a port on a GPON cascading board of an optical line terminal (OLT). You can configure the remote extended frame only after adding it to the OLT.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1480
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
No.
Step
Description
3
Configure the L2VPN service.
In the upstream direction, a cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable. In the downstream direction, the CM connects to a switch to provide the L2VPN enterprise service to the users connected to the switch.
4
Configure a route.
This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
5
Configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay.
This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
6
Verify the configured service.
An OLT supports multiple remote service verification methods. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. 1. A DHCP dialup emulation test checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server. 2. The status of a CM can be queried. Based on the information, you can determine whether the CM is online.
Configuring RF Port Parameters Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables.
Context You can use either of the methods listed in the following table to configure RF port parameters based on site requirements.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1481
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Table 15-33 Methods of configuring RF port parameters Method
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters.
A carrier needs to deploy remote extended frames in batches. This method reduces data configuration for remote extended frames, thereby improving service provisioning efficiency.
l If the RF port parameters are the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters.
Configure the RF parameter profile for the remote extended frames on the optical line terminal (OLT). After the remote extended frames are powered on and added to the OLT, the OLT automatically issues the RF parameter profile to the remote extended frames, without requiring any software configuration.
l If the RF port parameters are basically the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters. Then modify parameter settings in customized cable configuration mode.
NOTE After the cable initialization profile is configured, a remote extended frame uses the RF port parameters configured in the profile after going online, regardless of whether the remote extended frame in added in offline mode or automatically discovered by the OLT.
Customize RF port parameters in cable mode.
A carrier requires differentiated plans and configurations for RF port parameters of remote extended frames and the remote extended frames must be configured one by one.
If the RF port parameters are greatly different for the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches, use this method to configure the parameters.
Data Plan Table 15-34 Data plan for RF port parameters
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Item
Data
RF port
1/1/0
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1482
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Upstream channels
l IDs: 1-4
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
l Type: European standard (default channel type) l ID of the upstream channel modulation profile: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 29.8, 42.60, 49.00, and 55.4
Downstream channels
l IDs: 1-16 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 602.00, 610.00, 618.00, ..., and 722.00
Procedure l
Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters. 1.
Configure the frequency spectrum range and channel type. In this example, the channel is of the European type. To change the type to North American, run the cable command.
2.
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels. Parameter
Description
frequency and channel-width
A central frequency and a frequency bandwidth determine a frequency range, within which packets are transmitted. For example, the central frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz. Then the frequency range of the channel is 51.8-58.2 MHz.
modulation-profile
An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel. An optical line terminal (OLT) supports 16 default profiles. You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally. Ports automatically bind to profile 1 by default.
The following configurations are used as an example to configure RF parameters for upstream channels: – Number of upstream channels: 4 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1483
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
– Frequency bandwidth of the channels: 3.2 MHz (default value) – ID of the modulation profile bound to upstream channel 1: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) huawei(config)#interface cable init-template huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable upstream enable
3.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 3 frequency 49.00 4 frequency 55.40
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. Parameter
Description
modulation
A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker antiinterference capability. Therefore, configure the modulation mode based on site requirements. The default modulation mode is QAM256. This example uses the default setting.
The following configuration is used as an example to configure RF parameters for downstream channels: A total of 16 downstream channels have been purchased. huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable enable
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
downstream 1 frequency 602.00 downstream 2 frequency 610.00 downstream 3 frequency 618.00 downstream 4 frequency 626.00 downstream 5 frequency 634.00 downstream 6 frequency 642.00 downstream 7 frequency 650.00 downstream 8 frequency 658.00 downstream 9 frequency 666.00 downstream 10 frequency 674.00 downstream 11 frequency 682.00 downstream 12 frequency 690.00 downstream 13 frequency 698.00 downstream 14 frequency 706.00 downstream 15 frequency 714.00
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1484
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
huawei(config-cable-init-template)#cable downstream 16 frequency 722.00 enable
l
Customize the RF port parameters in cable mode. NOTE
The configuration is complete if you have configured the RF port parameters using a cable initialization profile. For details, see Use a cable initialization profile to configure RF port parameters. Perform this operation if you need to customize the RF port parameters of a remote extended frame.
1.
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels. huawei(config)#interface cable 1/1/0 huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable upstream
2.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 enable 3 frequency 49.00 enable 4 frequency 55.40 enable
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-1/1/0)#cable
downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream
1 frequency 602.00 enable 2 frequency 610.00 enable 3 frequency 618.00 enable 4 frequency 626.00 enable 5 frequency 634.00 enable 6 frequency 642.00 enable 7 frequency 650.00 enable 8 frequency 658.00 enable 9 frequency 666.00 enable 10 frequency 674.00 enable 11 frequency 682.00 enable 12 frequency 690.00 enable 13 frequency 698.00 enable 14 frequency 706.00 enable 15 frequency 714.00 enable 16 frequency 722.00 enable
----End
Result 1.
The transmit power of the downstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable downstream frameid/slotid/portid { all | channel-id } status command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements.
2.
The signal-to-noise (SNR) ratio of the upstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable signal quality [ frameid/slotid/portid [ upstream channel-id ] ] command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements. A greater SNR ratio results in better signal quality. The recommended SNR ratio is greater than 30 dB.
Adding a Remote Extended Frame to an OLT A distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) that works as a GE remote extended frame connects to a port on a GE cascading board of an optical line terminal (OLT). You can configure the remote extended frame only after adding it to the OLT.
Prerequisites The D-CMTS management policy is set to extend-frame. To do so, run the sysman centralizedmgmt primary command. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1485
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Context You can use either of the methods listed in the following table to add a remote extended frame to an OLT based on site requirements. Table 15-35 Methods of adding a remote extended frame to an OLT Method
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Add a remote extended frame in offline mode.
A carrier has planned all remote extended frame IDs together and the remote extended frames must be deployed one by one. This method facilitates remote extended frame management.
The remote extended frame ID has been planned.
Add an automatically discovered remote extended frame.
A great number of remote extended frames need to be deployed. This method reduces manual configurations.
The remote extended frame ID does not need to be planned.
Data Plan Table 15-36 Data plan Item
Data
GE cascading board
Board: H801ETHB Port ID: 0/3/1 Remote extended frame ID: 1 NOTE The OLT uses the MA5603T as an example. The configuration method is the same for other OLTs. The only difference lies in slot IDs.
Procedure l
Add a remote extended frame in offline mode. huawei(config)#interface eth 0/3 huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#network-role extend This operation will reset the board. Are you sure to continue ? (y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#frame add 1 MA5633 extending-port 0/3/1
l
Add an automatically discovered remote extended frame. The OLT supports the adding of an automatically discovered GE remote extended frame. This function does not require manual confirmation, thereby simplifying the remote extended frame registration and adding flow. huawei(config)#interface eth 0/3 huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#network-role extend
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1486
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
This operation will reset the board. Are you sure to continue ? (y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#quit
----End
Result The remote extended frame is online. After adding the remote extended frame, run the display frame info command to query the remote extended frame status. Ensure that Online state is online and State is normal. huawei(config)#display frame info 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Type: MA5633 State: Normal Desc: MA5633_2_extending_0/3/1 Hardware: MA5633 Extend type: ETH Extending port: 0 /3 /1 //The cascading port on the OLT is 0/3/1. Extended port: 1 /0 /1 //The ID of the remote extended frame is 1 and the uplink port on the remote extended frame is 0/0/1. Online state: Online --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Follow-up Procedure If the remote extended frame cannot be discovered, follow the troubleshooting suggestions listed in the following table to rectify faults. Possible Cause
Troubleshooting Suggestion
The D-CMTS works as a standalone NE and cannot work as a remote extended frame.
Replace the D-CMTS with the one that works as a remote extended frame.
The D-CMTS management policy is set to stand-alone on the OLT.
Run the sysman centralized-mgmt primary command to configure the D-CMTS management policy to extendframe.
The number of remote extended frames on the OLT has reached the threshold.
Run the frame delete command to delete a remote extended frame that is no longer used from the OLT.
The working mode of the ports on the remote extended frame is not extend.
In Ethernet mode, run the network-role extend command to set the working mode of the ports to extend.
Configuring the L2VPN Enterprise Service In the upstream direction, a cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable. In the downstream direction, the CM connects to a switch to provide the L2VPN enterprise service to the users connected to the switch. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1487
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Context The L2VPN service requires the configuration of a service VLAN (S-VLAN) for the cable modems (CMs) to be configured on a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). To do so, run the vlan command to add an S-VLAN and run the port vlan command to add an uplink port to the S-VLAN. The L2VPN S-VLAN is defined in the CM configuration file. When the CM goes online, the D-CMTS obtains the L2VPN S-VLAN from the CM configuration file and automatically creates an L2VPN service flow.
Data Plan Table 15-37 Data plan for the L2VPN service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the L2VPN S-VLAN: 200; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink ports
Port forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and broadband packets: 0/8/0 Port forwarding CM management packets: 0/9/0
Procedure Step 1 Configure a CM management S-VLAN. The ID of the CM management S-VLAN is 100 and the type of the VLAN is smart. The SVLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/8 0 //Add uplink ports to the VLAN. Ensure that the Layer 3 VLAN interface can be up. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/9 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/9 1 huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 //The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
Step 2 Create an L2VPN S-VLAN and add uplink ports to it. Uplink ports 0/8/0 and 0/9/0 are added to S-VLAN 200. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/9 0
----End
Configuring DHCP Relay This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1488
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Prerequisites The upper-layer router, DHCP server, and Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server of an optical line terminal (OLT) have been configured.
Data Plan Table 15-38 DHCP data plan for the OLT Item
Data
DHCP server group parameters
IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs: 10.10.224.1; domain name: docsis
Table 15-39 Data plan for the upper-layer devices of the OLT Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
IP address of the DHCP server
DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
IP address of the TFTP server
192.168.5.10-192.168.5.13
l Forwarding CM management packets: 170.30.2.11
Procedure Step 1 Set the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.10.224.1 255.255.255.0 address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
//Set the IP
Step 2 Configure the working mode of the DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 60. In DHCP Option 60 mode, a DHCP server group is selected according to the Option 60 domain name in DHCP packets. Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets, which differentiates various service types in a VLAN. Ensure that the Option 60 domain name and the DHCP server group bound to the Option 60 domain name are configured beforehand. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 Option60 Several minutes may be required and no action can be taken during this period Are you sure to perform this operation? (y/n)[n]: y
Step 3 Set the IP addresses of the servers in a DHCP server group. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 0 ip 192.168.10.10 192.168.10.11 server group 0 to assign IP addresses to CMs.
//Configure DHCP
Step 4 Create a DHCP Option 60 domain. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1489
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
huawei(config)#dhcp domain docsis //Create Option 60 domain name docsis for CMs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the CMs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#quit
Step 5 Set the IP address of the gateway for the DHCP domain. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain docsis gateway 10.10.224.1 address of the gateway for the CM domain to 10.10.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
//Set the IP
----End
Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router of an OLT has been configured.
Data Plan Table 15-40 Data plan for the Layer 3 interfaces on the network side Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces on the OLT network side
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packets: l VLAN ID: 2004 l Port number: 0/8/0 l IP address: 170.30.1.10/24 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management packets: l VLAN ID: 2005 l Port number: 0/9/0 l IP address: 170.30.2.10/24
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP packets: 170.30.1.11
Upper-layer servers of the OLT
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
l Forwarding CM management packets: 170.30.2.11
l CM management system: 192.168.20.1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1490
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces on the network side. 1.
Create VLANs and configure their uplink ports. l VLAN 2004 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding DHCP packets. Add uplink port 0/8/0 to VLAN 2004. l VLAN 2005 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding CM management packets. Add uplink port 0/9/0 to VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#vlan 2004 to 2006 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 2004 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 2005 0/9 0
2.
Create native VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports. Packets between the OLT and its upper-layer router are forwarded at Layer 3 and no VLAN information is required. The created native VLANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/8 huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2004 the packets transmitted out of the 0/8/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#quit huawei(config)#interface giu 0/9 huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2005 the packets transmitted out of the 0/9/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#quit
3.
//Remove VLAN tags from
//Remove VLAN tags from
Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. a.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2004, through which DHCP packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2004 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#ip address 170.30.1.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#quit
b.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2005, through which CM management packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2005 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#ip address 170.30.2.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#quit
Step 2 Configure static routes to implement the communication between the OLT and its upper-layer devices. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.2.11 //CM management and VoD packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.1.11 //DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004.
----End
Result The OLT can communicate with its upper-layer devices. To check network connectivity between two devices, run the ping and tracert commands. The configured static routes can be queried in an IPv4 routing table by running the display ip routing-table command. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1491
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Verifying Services A distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) working as a remote extended frame locates on an optical node. To facilitate service verification, the optical line terminal (OLT) supports multiple remote service verification methods, such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup emulation tests. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. In addition, this section describes how to verify the L2VPN service on site.
Prerequisites l
The OLT is properly connected to the upper-layer network.
l
The DHCP server, Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server, and softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) have been configured.
l
Perform a DHCP dialup emulation test.
Procedure In this test, a cable modem (CM) is emulated on the OLT to apply to the DHCP server for an IP address. This checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server.
l
1.
Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac-address command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test.
2.
Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test.
3.
Run the User IP command to check whether the CM has obtained an IP address.
Check the CM status. Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status. huawei(config)#display cable modem { |cpe|detail }:
all
Command: display cable modem
all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Idx MAC IP I/F Status Prim SID Num Ver CPE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 E0CA-94B4-BEE1 10.10.224.2 1/1/0/U3 online 1 0 D3.0 2 0021-6364-71FC 10.10.224.3 1/1/0/U4 online 2 0 D2.0 3 0021-6364-7397 10.10.224.4 1/1/0/U2 online 3 0 D2.0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 3, online: 3, offline: 0, reject: 0, init: 0, DHCP: 0, DHCP-C: 0, REG: 0 Note: 1. Idx is the index of a CM.
The following table lists the CM status and handling suggestions. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1492
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
init
Indicates the CM initialization.
If a CM is always in the ranging state, the ranging fails. Then check radio frequency (RF) line indicators and detect line faults.
DHCP
Indicates that a DHCP request is started.
If a CM initiates a DHCP request but does not obtain an IP address, check the DHCP server, routing between the OLT and the DHCP server, and DHCP server parameter settings.
DHCPC
Indicates that the DHCP is complete.
The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server through an option 82 message. If the CM is always in the DHCP-C state, the CM fails to obtain the configuration file. Then check the TFTP server, routing between the OLT and the TFTP server, and TFTP server parameter settings.
l
register
Indicates that a registration is started.
If the CM is always in the register state, the CM obtains an incorrect configuration file. Then change the configuration file.
online
Indicates the online status.
No action is required. The status indicates that the CM has registered with the OLT and can correctly transmit and receive services.
offline
Indicates the offline status.
If the CM is in the offline state, check the power status, noise, and channel frequency of the CM.
reject
Indicates the reject status.
If the CM is in the reject state, no service flow can be created. Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check (MIC), and check whether class of service (COS) parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT.
Verify that the L2VPN service can be provisioned. After the CM is installed in the enterprise and the switch connected to the CM is commissioned, enterprise users can access the Internet.
----End
15.4.3 WLAN Hotspot Radio Backhaul Service Networking In wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service networking, a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports. A CM connects to wireless access points (APs) to provide wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access for users. This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal (OLT) to provision the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1493
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
15 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame)
Service Requirements A network supplier needs to provide the Internet access service through Wi-Fi for a business area covered by APs.
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15-14, a D-CMTS is deployed on an optical node and CMs are deployed at shops. The CMs connect to RF ports on the D-CMTS through cables. l
A CM connects to wireless APs to provide the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service. The wireless APs provide Wi-Fi access for users.
l
Wi-Fi users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
l
The D-CMTS works as a GE remote extended frame. This reduces D-CMTS management and maintenance costs and simplifies configurations.
Figure 15-14 WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service networking
Configuration The method of configuring the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service is the same as that of configuring the L2VPN enterprise service and therefore is not described in this section. For details, see Configuration Process.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1494
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
optiCable D-CMTS Configuration
(MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
About This Chapter The optiCable solution implements cable TV (CATV) and broadband signal transmission over a coaxial network. It applies in CATV network reconstruction in upstream and downstream directions or new residential areas requiring the CATV and broadband services over a coaxial network. The radio frequency (RF) access mode applies in the PON+distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) scenario. This mode complies with the data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS) and supports multiple broadcast and TV services, such as highspeed Internet (HSI) and IPTV services. 16.1 D-CMTS Service Overview This section describes the services supported by a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) for multiservice operators (MSOs) from the aspect of basic concepts, networking scenarios, and hardware configurations. This information provides a basis for configuring the services on the D-CMTS. 16.2 Data Plan Principles for D-CMTS Services This section describes the principles of planning frequency spectrum management, device management, quality of service (QoS), and VLANs for distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) services. 16.3 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works in GE Access Mode on a Layer 3 Network This section describes how to configure services, including home services, L2VPN enterprise service, and wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service, on a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) that works in GE access mode on a Layer 3 network. 16.4 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works in GPON Access Mode on a Layer 3 Network This section describes how to configure services, including home services, L2VPN enterprise service, and wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service, on a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) that works in GPON access mode on a Layer 3 network. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1495
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
16.1 D-CMTS Service Overview This section describes the services supported by a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) for multiservice operators (MSOs) from the aspect of basic concepts, networking scenarios, and hardware configurations. This information provides a basis for configuring the services on the D-CMTS.
16.1.1 Basic Concepts This section describes basic concepts related to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) from the user side to the network side on D-CMTS networks using PON and GE upstream transmission. Figure 16-1 D-CMTS networking using PON upstream transmission
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1496
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Figure 16-2 D-CMTS networking using GE upstream transmission
User Home Side Concept
Description
Cable modem (CM)
A device that connects customer premises equipment (CPE) to a hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) network. It transmits data over a cable network through data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS).
Media terminal adapter (MTA)
A network client that provides user terminal (such as a phone set)oriented ports and call control unit-oriented network signaling interfaces. It connects to cable network units through an HFC network. MTAs are classified into embedded MTAs (EMTAs) and single MTAs (SMTAs) according to PacketCable. l An EMTA integrates CM and MTA functions. l An SMTA supports only MTA functionalities.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
VoD
A technology that enables users to order any program in a VoD program library. During program playing, users can perform operations, such as pause, fast forward, fast rewind, and program locating.
Distributor
A component that distributes signals in a cable TV (CATV) transmission system. It equally outputs several channels of signals from one channel of input signals. The common distribution ratios are 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, and 1:6.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1497
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Optical Node Concept
Description
D-CMTS
A device that connects an aggregation network to an HFC network. It forwards network data, processes protocols, and modulates or demodulates radio frequency (RF) signals. The D-CMTS provides the quality of service (QoS) required by CMs and allocates upstream bandwidths and service resources to the CMs based on CMs' request and network QoS policy.
Splitter
A component that connects to the center of a branch or feeder fiber. It consists of a main input end, a main output end, and multiple branch output ends. Each branch output end receives only few input signals on the main path. The majority signals are transmitted forward over the main path.
Branch Equipment Room Concept
Description
PON
A passive optical network (PON) uses a point-to-multipoint (P2MP) network architecture. A PON network consists of three parts: optical line terminal (OLT), optical distribution network (ODN), and optical network units (ONUs). A PON network uses optical fibers for data transmission, supports more users with less optical fiber resources, and provides a higher access rate. Mainstream PON technologies include broadband passive optical network (BPON), Ethernet passive optical network (EPON), and gigabit passive optical network (GPON).
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Optical distribution network (ODN)
The ODN is composed of passive optical components, such as optical fibers and one or more passive optical splitters. The ODN provides highly reliable optical channels between the OLT and ONUs.
Optical line terminal (OLT)
The OLT is an aggregation device located at the central office (CO), which terminates PON protocols. OLTs in this document are MA5600T/ MA5603T/MA5608T.
Optical splitter
Split ratio is the ratio of dividing a downstream optical signal into subsignals in the PON system. Greater optical ratio requires more power to support physical distances.
RX
An optical receiver, which performs optical-to-electrical (O/E) conversion for CATV and upstream backhaul signals.
TX
An optical transmitter, which performs O/E conversion for received CATV signals.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1498
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
MAN Network Concept
Description
Softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS)
Softswitch: core of the NGN network call and control, which supports call and connection control for the services having high real-time requirements. For the softswitch, services are separated from call control and call control is separated from bearing. In addition, the softswitch uses open service interface (API) and standard protocols, which facilitates the development for new services and features. IMS: uses Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) signaling as the call control signaling. It provides voice, data, and multimedia services.
Broadband TV (BTV) source
IPTV head end, a contents preparation platform in the IPTV system. It receives signals, converts media formats, and manages media materials.
16.1.2 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations This section describes networking scenarios of a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) and D-CMTS's hardware configurations.
Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations Networking Scenario
Description
OLT Device
ONU Device
Home service networking
In home service networking, an MA5633 connects to cable modems (CMs) at user homes through radio frequency (RF) ports and provides home services for users, including the cable TV (CATV) service, Internet access service, VoD service, and PacketCable service.
MA5600T, MA5603T, and MA5608T
l Equipped with a built-in optical receiver: MA5633, providing 2-in or 4-in radio frequency (RF) ports
L2VPN enterprise service networking
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
In L2VPN enterprise service networking, an MA5633 connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports, and the CMs connect to switches to provide the L2VPN service for users.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
l Equipped without a built-in optical receiver: MA5633, providing 2-in-2out or 4-in-4-out RF ports
1499
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Networking Scenario
Description
Wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service networking
In wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service networking, an MA5633 connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports. A CM connects to wireless access points (APs) to provide wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access for users.
OLT Device
ONU Device
16.2 Data Plan Principles for D-CMTS Services This section describes the principles of planning frequency spectrum management, device management, quality of service (QoS), and VLANs for distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) services.
16.2.1 Frequency Spectrum Management Total Frequency Bandwidth The total frequency bandwidth supported by a distributed cable modem termination system (DCMTS) ranges from 5 MHz to 1 GHz.
Upstream Frequency Bandwidth The upstream frequency bandwidth supported by a D-CMTS can be of the European or North American standard. l
European standard: 5 MHz to 65 MHz
l
North American standard: 5 MHz to 42 MHz
Downstream Frequency Bandwidth The downstream frequency bandwidth supported by a D-CMTS can be of the European or North American standard. l
European standard: 85 MHz to 1002 MHz
l
North American standard: 57 MHz to 1002 MHz
Recommended Frequency Spectrum Configuration Figure 16-3 lists the recommended frequency spectrum configuration, using the European standard as an example. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1500
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Figure 16-3 Recommended frequency spectrum configuration
Table 16-1 Description of recommended frequency spectrum configuration Item
Planning Suggestion
Planning Principle
Upstream frequency bandwidth
The upstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 5 MHz to 15 MHz is used to transmit low-traffic data without strict requirements on signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), such as network status monitoring, VoD, user passwords, and program indexes.
l Plan the upstream frequency bandwidth for the cable TV (CATV) service to support the services that have been provisioned and those to be provisioned.
The upstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 16 MHz to 65 MHz is used to transmit upstream data. Downstream frequency bandwidth
The downstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 87 MHz to 108 MHz is used to carry the frequency modulation (FM) broadcast service. The FM frequency is 400 kHz. The downstream frequency bandwidth supports 52 frequency points.
l Plan continuous upstream frequency bandwidths for the analog TV service, digital TV service, and data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS) data service to prevent interference between the services. In addition, the planning should facilitate the system in handling the issues of a service without affecting other services.
The downstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 111 MHz to 1 GHz is used to carry the analog TV service, digital service, and DOCSIS data service. In the range from 111 MHz to 1 GHz: l 111 MHz to 550 MHz: analog TV service l 550 MHz to 750 MHz: digital TV service l 750 MHz to 1 GHz: DOCSIS data service
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1501
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
16.2.2 Device Management Data Plan for Device Management Item
Device or Service
Planning Principle
Management channel
Optical line terminal (OLT)
The management VLANs of all OLTs on an entire network carry only service VLAN (S-VLAN) tags.
Distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS)
The management VLANs of all D-CMTSs on an entire network carry only S-VLAN tags.
Device management
The management IP address of an OLT uses a private IP address to ensure the OLT security.
Cable modem (CM)
A CM obtains a private IP address through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
Internet access service
The high-speed Internet (HSI) service uses public IP addresses, which are planned by carriers.
PacketCable service
A media terminal adapter (MTA) obtains a private IP address through DHCP.
VoD service
A set top box (STB) obtains a private IP address through DHCP for program ordering.
IP address
16.2.3 QoS Quality of service (QoS) planning varies according to service types. For details, see Table 15-2.
Service Priority Planning and Queue Scheduling Policy Table 16-2 Service priority planning and queue scheduling policy
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Service Type
802.1p
DSCP
EXP
Queue
Network protocol and signaling
6
110000 (CS6)
6
CS6 (PQ)
VoIP
5
101110 (EF)
5
EF (PQ)
IPTV, OAM for EMS or NMS, and golden enterprises
4
100010 (AF41)
4
AF4 (WFQ)
Silver enterprise
3
011010 (AF31)
3
AF3 (WFQ)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1502
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Service Type
802.1p
DSCP
EXP
Queue
Bronze enterprise
2
010010 (AF21)
2
AF2 (WFQ)
High-speed Internet (HSI) service
0
0 (default)
0
BE (WFQ)
NOTE
The priorities listed in the preceding table are recommended. Change the priorities based on site and carriers' requirements.
QoS Model Figure 15-4 shows the end to end (E2E) QoS processing for the data over cable service interface specification (DOCSIS) service. This section uses a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) that works as a GPON remote extended frame of an optical line terminal (OLT) as an example. Figure 16-4 QoS model for a D-CMTS
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1503
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Table 16-3 QoS planning principles Service
Cable modem (CM) control service, HSI service, or VoIP service
Packet Directi on Upstrea m
QoS Planning CM or Switch
D-CMTS
OLT
1. A CM classifies flows for service packets.
QoS parameters are defined in a CM configuration file. Using the QoS parameter settings, a DCMTS limits service rates or schedules queues by priorities. In addition, an OLT supports the configuration of a QoS profile, which defines QoS parameters for various CM services. If a QoS parameter is defined both in a CM configuration file and a QoS profile, the configuration in the CM configuration file preferentially takes effect.
An OLT maps the priority of a DOCSIS service flow to the 802.1p field in the Ethernet header and uses the 802.1p priority to schedule queues.
2. A CM schedules queues according to the priorities of DOCSIS service flows.
1. A D-CMTS limits CM service rates based on service priority. 2. A D-CMTS limits the rate of a CM service flow group. 3. A D-CMTS remarks the type of service (ToS) or differentiated services code point (DSCP) for service flows. 4. A D-CMTS schedules queues for service flows. GPON module 1. All service flows are mapped from GPON
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1504
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Service
Packet Directi on
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
QoS Planning CM or Switch
D-CMTS
OLT
encapsulation mode (GEM) port 0 to transmission container (TCONT) 1. 2. T-CONT 1 is bound to the default dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA) profile. T-CONT 1 is of type 4 and supports a maximum bandwidth of 1000 Mbit/s. Downstr eam
L2VPN enterpri se or wireless local area network (WLAN ) hotspot radio backhau l service
A CM does not control traffic.
A D-CMTS controls traffic based on traffic settings of DOCSIS service flows and performs committed access rate (CAR) based on the CM traffic control parameters defined in a CM configuration file.
An OLT uses the 802.1p priority to schedule queues.
The QoS processing for L2VPN enterprise and WLAN hotspot radio backhaul services is the same as that for home services.
16.2.4 VLAN
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1505
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Table 16-4 VLAN planning principles Service
Internet access service
VLAN Tag Translation CM
D-CMTS
OLT
Layer 3 MAN Device
The packets of the Internet access service do not carry a VLAN tag.
CM management packets and highspeed Internet (HSI) packets carry the same VLAN tag.
l When an optical line terminal (OLT) forwards services at Layer 2, the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a metropolitan area network (MAN) device.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 and adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 and adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
A service flow is created between a cable modem (CM) and a distributed cable modem termination system (DCMTS).
VoD service
The packets of the VoD service do not carry a VLAN tag. A service flow is created between a CM and a DCMTS.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
CM management packets and electronic program guide (EPG) packets carry the same VLAN tag.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3.
1506
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Service
VoIP service
VLAN Tag Translation CM
D-CMTS
OLT
Layer 3 MAN Device
The packets of the VoIP service do not carry a VLAN tag.
CM management packets and VoIP packets carry the same VLAN tag.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 and adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
A service flow is created between a CM and a DCMTS.
L2VPN enterpris e service
The packets of the L2VPN enterprise service do not carry a VLAN tag. Two service flows are created between a CM and a DCMTS. One is the default service flow and the other is the VPN service flow.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
CM management packets and enterprise packets carry different VLAN tags. The VLAN preconfigured for the packets of the L2VPN enterprise service must be the same as that configured in the CM configuration file.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device. l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3. l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 and adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type. l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3.
1507
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Service
Wireless local area network (WLAN ) hotspot radio backhau l service
VLAN Tag Translation CM
D-CMTS
OLT
Layer 3 MAN Device
The packets of the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service do not carry a VLAN tag.
CM management packets and Wi-Fi packets carry different VLAN tags.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 and adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
Two service flows are created between a CM and a DCMTS. One is the default service flow and the other is the wireless fidelity (WiFi) service flow.
The VLAN preconfigured for the Wi-Fi packets must be the same as that configured in the CM configuration file.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type.
l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3, a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3.
The VLAN planning principles are summarized as follows: l
HSI, VoIP, and CM management services for home users carry the same S-VLAN tag.
l
A D-CMTS identifies the L2VPN enterprise and WLAN hotspot radio backhaul services by S-VLAN tag.
16.3 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works in GE Access Mode on a Layer 3 Network This section describes how to configure services, including home services, L2VPN enterprise service, and wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service, on a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) that works in GE access mode on a Layer 3 network.
16.3.1 Home Service Networking In home service networking, an MA5633 connects to cable modems (CMs) at user homes through radio frequency (RF) ports and provides home services for users, including the cable TV (CATV) service, Internet access service, VoD service, and PacketCable service. This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal (OLT) and the MA5633 to provision the home services. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1508
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Service Requirements Users require the provisioning of the broadcast and TV services, Internet access service, VoD service, and VoIP service. Broadcast and TV services can be provisioned immediately after the distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) hardware is connected. This section only describes how to configure the Internet access service, VoD service, and VoIP service.
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 16-5, an MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and cable modems (CMs) are deployed at user homes. The CMs connect to radio frequency (RF) ports on the MA5633 through cables. l
Port 1 on CM 1 connects to a PC to provide the Internet access service. Port 2 connects to a set top box (STB) to provide a backhaul channel for the VoD service. Port 3 connects to a phone set to provide the VoIP service. CM 1 supports embedded media terminal adapter (EMTA) functions and the voice users of CM 1 use PacketCable 1.x.
l
CM 2 does not support EMTA functions and needs to connect to a media terminal adapter (MTA). The voice users of CM 2 use PacketCable Multimedia.
l
Users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
l
The IP addresses of the CM, STB, PC, and MTA are assigned by the DHCP server and in different network segments.
Figure 16-5 Home service networking
Configuration Process Figure 16-6 shows the configuration roadmap for the home service networking. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1509
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Figure 16-6 Configuration roadmap for the home service networking
The following table describes the configuration steps.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Config uration Object
Step
Description
OLT
Configure a management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS.
This section describes how to configure a management channel between an optical line terminal (OLT) and a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). After the configuration, you can log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT and configure the D-CMTS.
Configure a service channel between the OLT and the DCMTS.
None
Configure a route.
This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1510
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Config uration Object
MA563 3
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Step
Description
Configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay.
This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Configure radio frequency (RF) port parameters.
None
Configure the high-speed Internet (HSI) service.
None
Configure the VoD service.
None
Configure the dynamic PacketCable service.
None
Verify the configured services.
None
Configuring a Management Channel Between an OLT and a D-CMTS This section describes how to configure a management channel between an optical line terminal (OLT) and a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). After the configuration, you can log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT and configure the D-CMTS.
Data Plan Item
Data
Remarks
OLT
GE port: 0/2/0
Management VLAN and IP address of the D-CMTS
ID of the management VLAN: 8
l Do not enable both the remote software commissioning using PON upstream transmission and the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission.
Type of the management VLAN: smart Management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
l Ensure that the database of a newly deployed D-CMTS is empty. Otherwise, the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission cannot be used. l Only the network management parameters defined in SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 are supported. l When the D-CMTS automatically obtains management parameters, it automatically generates a default
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1511
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Management profile of the D-CMTS
ID: 64
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Name: snmp-profile_64 SNMP version: SNMPv2c
Remarks route that can be restored. However, the default route may not be proper in service configuration. Therefore, you are advised to add a new route and delete the default one after the D-CMTS management channel is available. l After the D-CMTS automatically obtains management parameters, the remote software commissioning function is automatically disabled if configurations are issued to the DCMTS through the U2000. To modify the D-CMTS management parameters, remotely log in to the D-CMTS through the command line interface (CLI).
Procedure Step 1 Configure a management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS. 1.
Enable Network Admission Control (NAC) on the OLT. huawei(config)#nac enable master 0/2 0
2.
(Optional) Create an SNMP management profile. Perform this operation if the D-CMTS is managed through the U2000. Plan an SNMP management profile on the U2000 and D-CMTS before creating the profile. huawei(config)#snmp-profile add profile-id 64 profile-name snmp-profile_64 v2c public private 192.168.50.55 30000 trapstatus
3.
Configure D-CMTS management parameters on the OLT. huawei(config)#nac config master 0/2/0 slave vlan 8 priority 3 ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 snmp-profile-id 64
Check whether the D-CMTS management parameters have been configured on the OLT. huawei(config)#display nac configuration master { |frameid/slotid/portid|frameid/slotid }: Command: display nac configuration master
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1512
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Frame ID/Slot ID/Port ID : 0/2/0 VLAN : 8 VLAN priority : 3 IP address : 192.168.50.2 Mask : 255.255.255.0 Gateway : 192.168.50.254 Snmp-profile-id : 64 Snmp-profile-name : ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
Step 2 Check whether the management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS is available. Upon power-on, the D-CMTS exchanges data with the OLT to obtain the management parameters. l Run the ping 192.168.50.1 command on the OLT to check whether the D-CMTS can communicate with the OLT. If the OLT can receive Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) ECHO-REPLY packets sent from the D-CMTS, the D-CMTS is connected to the OLT. l If you can remotely log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT for configuration, the D-CMTS is connected to the OLT. ----End
Configuring a Service Channel Between an OLT and a D-CMTS This section describes how to configure a service channel between an optical line terminal (OLT) and a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). After the configuration, the service channel forwards service packets on the D-CMTS based on the planned VLAN and forwarding policy.
Data Plan Item
Data
High-speed Internet (HSI), VoD, or dynamic PacketCable service
ID of the OLT VLAN (transparently transmitting DCMTS packet tags): 100 ID of the D-CMTS VLAN: 100 ID of the service flow: 1 ID of the common open policy service (COPS) connection VLAN: 1000
Uplink ports
Port forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and broadband packets: 0/8/0 Port forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: 0/9/0 Port forwarding VoIP packets: 0/9/1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1513
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Procedure l
Configure a channel for a home service. 1.
Configure a service VLAN (S-VLAN). NOTE
All home services use an S-VLAN and the S-VLAN is globally configured.
The following configurations are used as an example to configure an S-VLAN: – S-VLAN ID: 100 – S-VLAN type: smart – ID of the VLAN containing uplink ports 0/8/0, 0/9/0, and 0/9/1: 100 (S-VLAN ID) huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#port huawei(config)#port huawei(config)#port
2.
100 smart vlan 100 0/8 0 vlan 100 0/9 0 vlan 100 0/9 1
Configure service flows to receive and transparently transmit D-CMTS packets. The following configurations are used as an example to configure service flows: – Configuration of a service flow: – Service flow ID: 1 – S-VLAN ID: 100 – Customer VLAN (C-VLAN) ID: 100 – Configuration of a COPS connection service flow: – Service flow ID: 2 – VLAN (shared with VoIP media streams) ID: 2006 – C-VLAN ID: 1000 – Device where upstream and downstream packet rates are limited: D-CMTS In this case, use the default traffic profile with ID 6, which does not limit the rate of a service flow. To limit packet rates, run the traffic table ip command to create a traffic profile and bind it to the service flow. – C-VLAN and S-VLAN of the D-CMTS: same huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 100 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 2006 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
----End
Configuring RF Port Parameters on a D-CMTS Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1514
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Context Table 16-5 Configuring RF port parameters Configuration Mode
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Customize radio frequency (RF) port parameters in cable mode.
This configuration mode applies if carriers require differentiated plan and configuration for RF port parameters of distributed cable modem termination systems (D-CMTSs). In this mode, D-CMTSs are configured one by one.
Use this configuration mode if RF port parameters of D-CMTSs are greatly different from each other.
Data Plan Table 16-6 Data plan for RF port parameters Item
Data
RF port
0/1/0
Upstream channels
l IDs: 1-4 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l ID of the upstream channel modulation profile: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 29.8, 42.60, 49.00, and 55.4
Downstream channels
l IDs: 1-16 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 602.00, 610.00, 618.00, ..., and 722.00
Procedure l
Customize RF port parameters in cable mode. 1.
Configure the frequency spectrum range and channel type. In this example, the channel is of the European type. To change the type to North American, run the cable command.
2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1515
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Parameter
Description
frequency and channel-width
A central frequency and a frequency bandwidth determine a frequency range, within which packets are transmitted. For example, the central frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz. Then the frequency range of the channel is 51.8-58.2 MHz.
modulation-profile
An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel. An optical line terminal (OLT) supports 16 default profiles. You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally. Ports automatically bind to profile 1 by default.
The following configurations are used as an example to configure RF port parameters: – Number of upstream channels: 4 – Frequency bandwidth of the channels: 3.2 MHz (default value) – ID of the modulation profile bound to upstream channel 1: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) huawei(config)#interface cable 0/1/0 huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream
3.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 enable 3 frequency 49.00 enable 4 frequency 55.40 enable
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. Parameter
Description
modulation
A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker antiinterference capability. Therefore, configure the modulation mode based on site requirements. The default modulation mode is QAM256. This example uses the default setting.
The following configuration is used as an example to configure RF parameters for downstream channels: A total of 16 downstream channels have been purchased. huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable downstream 1 frequency 602.00 enable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable downstream 2 frequency 610.00 enable
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1516
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable
downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream
3 frequency 618.00 enable 4 frequency 626.00 enable 5 frequency 634.00 enable 6 frequency 642.00 enable 7 frequency 650.00 enable 8 frequency 658.00 enable 9 frequency 666.00 enable 10 frequency 674.00 enable 11 frequency 682.00 enable 12 frequency 690.00 enable 13 frequency 698.00 enable 14 frequency 706.00 enable 15 frequency 714.00 enable 16 frequency 722.00 enable
----End
Result 1.
The transmit power of the downstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable downstream frameid/slotid/portid { all | channel-id } status command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements.
2.
The signal-to-noise (SNR) ratio of the upstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable signal quality [ frameid/slotid/portid [ upstream channel-id ] ] command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements. A greater SNR ratio results in better signal quality. The recommended SNR ratio is greater than 30 dB.
Configuring the HSI Service on a D-CMTS A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the high-speed Internet (HSI) service for users.
Data Plan Table 16-7 Data plan for the high-speed Internet (HSI) service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the HSI service VLAN (S-VLAN): 100; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink port
0/0/1
Procedure Step 1 Create an S-VLAN. The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1517
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Step 2 Create a cable modem (CM) S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
----End
Configuring the VoD Service on a D-CMTS A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the VoD service for users.
Context All home services use a service VLAN (S-VLAN) and the S-VLAN is globally configured. If the high-speed Internet (HSI) service has been configured on a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS), skip this section. For details about how to configure the HSI service, see Configuring the HSI Service on a D-CMTS.
Data Plan Table 16-8 Data plan for the VoD service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the VoD S-VLAN: 100; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink port
0/0/1
Procedure Step 1 Create an S-VLAN. The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1
Step 2 Create a cable modem (CM) S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1518
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Configuring the Dynamic PacketCable Service on a D-CMTS A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the dynamic PacketCable service for users.
Context Table 16-9 Data plan for the PacketCable service Item
Data
Uplink port
0/0/1
VLAN
ID of the PacketCable service VLAN (S-VLAN): 100; type of the VLAN: smart ID of the common open policy service (COPS) connection VLAN: 1000
IP address for creating a COPS connection to an IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) or a softswitch
192.168.60.3/24 (in the same network segment as the IMS or softswitch or can communicate with the IMS or softswitch)
Procedure Step 1 Create a service VLAN (S-VLAN) and add an uplink port to the S-VLAN. NOTE
All home services use an S-VLAN and the S-VLAN is globally configured. If the high-speed Internet (HSI) or VoD service has been configured on the OLT, go to step 3. For details about how to configure the HSI and VoD services, see Configuring the HSI Service and Configuring the VoD Service, respectively.
The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the DCMTS. The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1
Step 2 Create a cable modem (CM) S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
Step 3 Configure the Layer 3 interface for COPS connections. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 192.168.60.3 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/0 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1519
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Step 4 Configure a COPS connection. The following configurations are used as an example to configure a COPS connection: l COPS policy enforcement point (PEP) ID: IP address of the Layer 3 interface for the COPS connection l Transmit and receive buffer for TCP sockets: 12 KB l Differentiated services code point (DSCP) priority of COPS packets: ef To ensure the security of the D-CMTS, set an access control list (ACL) rule to support the devices within IP address range 10.10.100.1-10.10.100.8. That is, ensure that the IP addresses of the call management servers (CMSs) or policy and charging rules functions (PRCFs) to be connected are within this range. huawei(config)#acl 2000 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#rule 2000 permit source 10.10.100.1 0.0.0.8 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#quit huawei(config)#cops pepid 192.168.60.3 huawei(config)#cops tcp window 12 huawei(config)#cops ip dscp ef huawei(config)#cops access-list 2000
Step 5 Configure PacketCable parameters. PacketCable 1.x parameter settings are as follows: l Embedded media terminal adapter (EMTA) creating a dynamic media stream: permitted l Information carried in the Gate-Open and Gate-Close packets sent from a PacketCable 1.x device: subscriber-id l Other parameters: default settings huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable
1dotx enable authorize common-docsis-mta enable gate 1dotx send-subscriber-id enable multimedia enable
Step 6 Enable Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) proxy so that the users connected to CMs 1 and 2 can call each other. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit
----End
Configuring DHCP Relay This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router, DHCP server, and Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server of an optical line terminal (OLT) have been configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1520
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Data Plan Table 16-10 DHCP data plan for the OLT Item
Data
DHCP server group parameters
l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs: 10.10.224.1; domain name: docsis l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for media terminal adapters (MTAs): 10.100.224.1; domain name: pktc l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for paid PCs: 10.100.187.1; domain name: default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs: 10.100.8.1; domain name: default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for set top boxes (STB): 10.200.160.1; domain name: STB
Table 16-11 Data plan for the upper-layer devices of the OLT Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
IP addresses of DHCP servers
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and MTAs: 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
l Forwarding CM management and VoD packets: 170.30.2.11
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and STBs: 192.168.10.12-192.168.10.13 IP address of the TFTP server
192.168.5.10-192.168.5.13
Procedure Step 1 Set the IP addresses of VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.10.224.1 255.255.255.0 //Set the address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.224.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for MTAs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.200.160.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for STBs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.187.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for paid PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.8.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
IP the the the the
Step 2 Configure the working mode of the DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 60. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1521
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
In DHCP Option 60 mode, a DHCP server group is selected according to the Option 60 domain name in DHCP packets. Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets, which differentiates various service types in a VLAN. Ensure that the Option 60 domain name and the DHCP server group bound to the Option 60 domain name are configured beforehand. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 Option60 Several minutes may be required and no action can be taken during this period Are you sure to perform this operation? (y/n)[n]: y
Step 3 Set the IP addresses of the servers in a DHCP server group. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 0 ip 192.168.10.10 192.168.10.11 server group 0 to assign IP addresses to CMs and MTAs. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 1 ip 192.168.10.12 192.168.10.13 server group 1 to assign IP addresses to PCs and STBs.
//Configure DHCP //Configure DHCP
Step 4 Create a DHCP Option 60 domain. huawei(config)#dhcp domain default //Create Option 60 domain name default for PCs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#dhcp-gateway learning enable //Paid and overdue PCs are in different network segments. Therefore, self-learning needs to be enabled on OLT gateways. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#dhcp-server 1 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the PCs locate. After the configuration, the PCs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain docsis //Create Option 60 domain name docsis for CMs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the CMs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain pktc //Create Option 60 domain name pktc for MTAs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-pktc)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the MTAs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-pktc)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain STB //Create Option 60 domain name STB for STBs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-STB)#dhcp-server 1 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the STBs locate. After the configuration, the STBs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-STB)#quit
Step 5 Set IP addresses of the gateways for the DHCP domain. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain default gateway 10.100.187.1 10.100.8.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the PC domain to 10.100.187.1 for paid PCs and to 10.100.8.1 for overdue PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain docsis gateway 10.10.224.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the CM domain to 10.10.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain pktc gateway 10.100.224.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the MTA domain to 10.100.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain STB gateway 10.200.160.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the STB domain to 10.200.160.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
----End
Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1522
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Prerequisites The upper-layer router has been configured.
Data Plan Table 16-12 Data plan for the Layer 3 interfaces on the network side Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces on the OLT network side
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and broadband packets: l VLAN ID: 2004 l Port number: 0/8/0 l IP address: 170.30.1.10/24 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: l VLAN ID: 2005 l Port number: 0/9/0 l IP address: 170.30.2.10/24
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
Upper-layer servers of the OLT
l DHCP servers:
l Forwarding CM management and VoD packets: 170.30.2.11
– DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11 – DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and set top boxes (STBs): 192.168.10.12-192.168.10.13 l CM management system and VoD server: 192.168.20.10-192.168.20.11 l Softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) server: 192.168.50.10
Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces on the network side. 1.
Create VLANs and configure their uplink ports. l VLAN 2004 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding DHCP and broadband packets. Add uplink port 0/8/0 to VLAN 2004. l VLAN 2005 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding CM management and VoD packets. Add uplink port 0/9/0 to VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#vlan 2004 to 2005 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 2004 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 2005 0/9 0
2. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
(Optional) Create native VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1523
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Packets between the OLT and its upper-layer router are assumed to be forwarded at Layer 3 and no VLAN information is required. The created native VLANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/8 huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2004 the packets transmitted out of the 0/8/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#quit huawei(config)#interface giu 0/9 huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2005 the packets transmitted out of the 0/9/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#quit
3.
//Remove VLAN tags from
//Remove VLAN tags from
Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. a.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2004, through which DHCP and broadband packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2004 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#ip address 170.30.1.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#quit
b.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2005, through which CM management and VoD packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2005 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#ip address 170.30.2.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#quit
Step 2 Configure static routes to implement the communication between the OLT and its upper-layer devices. huawei(config)#ip route-static 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 170.30.1.11 //Broadband packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.2.11 //CM management and VoD packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.1.11 //DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004
----End
Result The OLT can communicate with its upper-layer devices. To check network connectivity between two devices, run the ping and tracert commands. The configured static routes can be queried in an IPv4 routing table by running the display ip routing-table command.
Verifying Services To facilitate service verification, an MA5633 supports multiple remote service verification methods, such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup emulation tests. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. In addition, this section describes how to verify services on site.
Prerequisites l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
The MA5633 is properly connected to the upper-layer network. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1524
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
l
The DHCP server, Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server, and softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) have been configured.
l
Perform a DHCP dialup emulation test.
Procedure In this test, a cable modem (CM) is emulated on the MA5633 to apply to the DHCP server for an IP address. This checks whether the MA5633 can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server.
l
1.
Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac-address command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test.
2.
Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test.
3.
Run the User IP command to check whether the CM has obtained an IP address.
Check the CM status. Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status. huawei(config)#display cable modem { |cpe|detail }:
all
Command: display cable modem
all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Idx MAC IP I/F Status Prim SID Num Ver CPE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 E0CA-94B4-BEE1 10.10.224.2 1/1/0/U3 online 1 0 D3.0 2 0021-6364-71FC 10.10.224.3 1/1/0/U4 online 2 0 D2.0 3 0021-6364-7397 10.10.224.4 1/1/0/U2 online 3 0 D2.0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 3, online: 3, offline: 0, reject: 0, init: 0, DHCP: 0, DHCP-C: 0, REG: 0 Note: 1. Idx is the index of a CM.
The following table lists the CM status and handling suggestions.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
init
Indicates the CM initialization.
If a CM is always in the ranging state, the ranging fails. Then check radio frequency (RF) line indicators and detect line faults.
DHCP
Indicates that a DHCP request is started.
If a CM initiates a DHCP request but does not obtain an IP address, check the DHCP server, routing between the OLT and the DHCP server, and DHCP server parameter settings.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1525
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
DHCPC
Indicates that the DHCP is complete.
The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server through an option 82 message. If the CM is always in the DHCP-C state, the CM fails to obtain the configuration file. Then check the TFTP server, routing between the OLT and the TFTP server, and TFTP server parameter settings.
l
register
Indicates that a registration is started.
If the CM is always in the register state, the CM obtains an incorrect configuration file. Then change the configuration file.
online
Indicates the online status.
No action is required. The status indicates that the CM has registered with the OLT and can correctly transmit and receive services.
offline
Indicates the offline status.
If the CM is in the offline state, check the power status, noise, and channel frequency of the CM.
reject
Indicates the reject status.
If the CM is in the reject state, no service flow can be created. Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check (MIC), and check whether class of service (COS) parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT.
Verify that home services can be provisioned. 1.
After the CM is installed at a user home and commissioned, the user can watch TV programs.
2.
After the high-speed Internet (HSI) service is provisioned, the user can access the Internet from a PC.
3.
After the VoD service is provisioned, the user can order programs.
4.
After the VoIP service is provisioned, the user can make and receive phone calls.
----End
16.3.2 L2VPN Enterprise Service Networking In L2VPN enterprise service networking, an MA5633 connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports, and the CMs connect to switches to provide the L2VPN service for users. This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal (OLT) and the MA5633 to provision the L2VPN service.
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Service Requirements An enterprise requires the provisioning of the L2VPN service. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1526
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 16-7, a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) is deployed on an optical node and cable modems (CMs) are deployed at enterprises. The CMs connect to radio frequency (RF) ports on the D-CMTS through cables. l
A CM provides the enterprise service through a switch, which connects to enterprise users.
l
Enterprise users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
Figure 16-7 L2VPN enterprise service networking
Configuration Process Figure 16-8 shows the configuration roadmap for the L2VPN service networking.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1527
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Figure 16-8 Configuration roadmap for the L2VPN service networking
The following table describes the configuration steps. Configuration Object
Step
Optical line terminal (OLT)
Configure a management channel between the OLT and the DCMTS. Configure a service channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS. Configure a route. Configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay.
D-CMTS
Configure radio frequency (RF) port parameters. Configure the L2VPN service. Verify the configured service.
Configuring a Management Channel Between an OLT and a D-CMTS This section describes how to configure a management channel between an optical line terminal (OLT) and a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). After the configuration, you can log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT and configure the D-CMTS.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1528
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Data Plan Item
Data
Remarks
OLT
GE port: 0/2/0
Management VLAN and IP address of the D-CMTS
ID of the management VLAN: 8
l Do not enable both the remote software commissioning using PON upstream transmission and the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission.
Type of the management VLAN: smart Management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Management profile of the D-CMTS
ID: 64 Name: snmp-profile_64 SNMP version: SNMPv2c
l Ensure that the database of a newly deployed D-CMTS is empty. Otherwise, the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission cannot be used. l Only the network management parameters defined in SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 are supported. l When the D-CMTS automatically obtains management parameters, it automatically generates a default route that can be restored. However, the default route may not be proper in service configuration. Therefore, you are advised to add a new route and delete the default one after the D-CMTS management channel is available. l After the D-CMTS automatically obtains management parameters, the remote software commissioning function is automatically disabled if configurations are issued to the DCMTS through the U2000. To modify the D-CMTS management parameters, remotely log in to the D-CMTS through the command line interface (CLI).
Procedure Step 1 Configure a management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS. 1.
Enable Network Admission Control (NAC) on the OLT. huawei(config)#nac enable master 0/2 0
2.
(Optional) Create an SNMP management profile. Perform this operation if the D-CMTS is managed through the U2000. Plan an SNMP management profile on the U2000 and D-CMTS before creating the profile.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1529
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
huawei(config)#snmp-profile add profile-id 64 profile-name snmp-profile_64 v2c public private 192.168.50.55 30000 trapstatus
3.
Configure D-CMTS management parameters on the OLT. huawei(config)#nac config master 0/2/0 slave vlan 8 priority 3 ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 snmp-profile-id 64
Check whether the D-CMTS management parameters have been configured on the OLT. huawei(config)#display nac configuration master { |frameid/slotid/portid|frameid/slotid }: Command: display nac configuration master ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Frame ID/Slot ID/Port ID : 0/2/0 VLAN : 8 VLAN priority : 3 IP address : 192.168.50.2 Mask : 255.255.255.0 Gateway : 192.168.50.254 Snmp-profile-id : 64 Snmp-profile-name : ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1
Step 2 Check whether the management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS is available. Upon power-on, the D-CMTS exchanges data with the OLT to obtain the management parameters. l Run the ping 192.168.50.1 command on the OLT to check whether the D-CMTS can communicate with the OLT. If the OLT can receive Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) ECHO-REPLY packets sent from the D-CMTS, the D-CMTS is connected to the OLT. l If you can remotely log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT for configuration, the D-CMTS is connected to the OLT. ----End
Configuring a Service Channel Between an OLT and a D-CMTS Data Plan Item
Data
L2VPN enterprise service
ID of the OLT VLAN (transparently transmitting DCMTS packet tags): 200 ID of the D-CMTS VLAN: 200 ID of the service flow: 3
Uplink ports
Port forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and broadband packets: 0/8/0 Port forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: 0/9/0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1530
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Procedure l
Configure a channel for the L2VPN enterprise service. 1.
Configure an L2VPN service VLAN (S-VLAN). The following configurations are used as an example to configure an S-VLAN: – S-VLAN ID: 200 – S-VLAN type: smart – ID of the VLAN containing uplink ports 0/8/0 and 0/9/0: 200 (S-VLAN ID) huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/9 0
2.
Configure a service flow to receive and transparently transmit D-CMTS packets. The following configurations are used as an example to configure service flows: – Configuration of a service flow: – Service flow ID: 1 – S-VLAN ID: 200 – Customer VLAN (C-VLAN) ID: 200 – Device where upstream and downstream packet rates are limited: D-CMTS In this case, use the default traffic profile with ID 6, which does not limit the rate of a service flow. To limit packet rates, run the traffic table ip command to create a traffic profile and bind it to the service flow. – C-VLAN and S-VLAN of the D-CMTS: same huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 200 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
l
Configure a CM management channel. 1.
Configure a CM management S-VLAN. The following configurations are used as an example to configure an S-VLAN: – S-VLAN ID: 100 – S-VLAN type: smart – ID of the VLAN containing uplink ports 0/8/0 and 0/9/0: 100 (S-VLAN ID) huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/9 0
2.
Configure a service flow to receive and transparently transmit D-CMTS packets. The following configurations are used as an example to configure service flows: – Configuration of a service flow: – Service flow ID: 2 – S-VLAN ID: 100 – C-VLAN ID: 100
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1531
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
– Device where upstream and downstream packet rates are limited: D-CMTS In this case, use the default traffic profile with ID 6, which does not limit the rate of a service flow. To limit packet rates, run the traffic table ip command to create a traffic profile and bind it to the service flow. – C-VLAN and S-VLAN of the D-CMTS: same huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 100 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
----End
Configuring RF Port Parameters on a D-CMTS Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables.
Context Table 16-13 Configuring RF port parameters Configuration Mode
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Customize radio frequency (RF) port parameters in cable mode.
This configuration mode applies if carriers require differentiated plan and configuration for RF port parameters of distributed cable modem termination systems (D-CMTSs). In this mode, D-CMTSs are configured one by one.
Use this configuration mode if RF port parameters of D-CMTSs are greatly different from each other.
Data Plan Table 16-14 Data plan for RF port parameters Item
Data
RF port
0/1/0
Upstream channels
l IDs: 1-4 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l ID of the upstream channel modulation profile: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 29.8, 42.60, 49.00, and 55.4
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1532
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Downstream channels
l IDs: 1-16
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
l Type: European standard (default channel type) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 602.00, 610.00, 618.00, ..., and 722.00
Procedure l
Customize RF port parameters in cable mode. 1.
Configure the frequency spectrum range and channel type. In this example, the channel is of the European type. To change the type to North American, run the cable command.
2.
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels. Parameter
Description
frequency and channel-width
A central frequency and a frequency bandwidth determine a frequency range, within which packets are transmitted. For example, the central frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz. Then the frequency range of the channel is 51.8-58.2 MHz.
modulation-profile
An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel. An optical line terminal (OLT) supports 16 default profiles. You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally. Ports automatically bind to profile 1 by default.
The following configurations are used as an example to configure RF port parameters: – Number of upstream channels: 4 – Frequency bandwidth of the channels: 3.2 MHz (default value) – ID of the modulation profile bound to upstream channel 1: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) huawei(config)#interface cable 0/1/0 huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream 1 modulation-profile 3 frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream 2 frequency 42.60 enable
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1533
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream 3 frequency 49.00 enable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream 4 frequency 55.40 enable
3.
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. Parameter
Description
modulation
A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker antiinterference capability. Therefore, configure the modulation mode based on site requirements. The default modulation mode is QAM256. This example uses the default setting.
The following configuration is used as an example to configure RF parameters for downstream channels: A total of 16 downstream channels have been purchased. huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable
downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream
1 frequency 602.00 enable 2 frequency 610.00 enable 3 frequency 618.00 enable 4 frequency 626.00 enable 5 frequency 634.00 enable 6 frequency 642.00 enable 7 frequency 650.00 enable 8 frequency 658.00 enable 9 frequency 666.00 enable 10 frequency 674.00 enable 11 frequency 682.00 enable 12 frequency 690.00 enable 13 frequency 698.00 enable 14 frequency 706.00 enable 15 frequency 714.00 enable 16 frequency 722.00 enable
----End
Result 1.
The transmit power of the downstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable downstream frameid/slotid/portid { all | channel-id } status command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements.
2.
The signal-to-noise (SNR) ratio of the upstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable signal quality [ frameid/slotid/portid [ upstream channel-id ] ] command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements. A greater SNR ratio results in better signal quality. The recommended SNR ratio is greater than 30 dB.
Configuring the L2VPN Enterprise Service In the upstream direction, a cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable. In the downstream direction, the CM connects to a switch to provide the L2VPN enterprise service to the users connected to the switch. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1534
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Context The L2VPN service requires the configuration of a service VLAN (S-VLAN) for the cable modems (CMs) to be configured on a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). To do so, run the vlan command to add an S-VLAN and run the port vlan command to add an uplink port to the S-VLAN. The L2VPN S-VLAN is defined in the CM configuration file. When the CM goes online, the D-CMTS obtains the L2VPN S-VLAN from the CM configuration file and automatically creates an L2VPN service flow.
Data Plan Table 16-15 Data plan for the L2VPN service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the L2VPN S-VLAN: 200; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink port
0/0/1
Procedure Step 1 Configure a CM management S-VLAN. The ID of the CM management S-VLAN is 100 and the type of the VLAN is smart. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1 huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 //The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the D-CMTS automatically creates a service flow when the CM goes online. Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
Step 2 Create an L2VPN S-VLAN and add an uplink port to it. Uplink port 0/0/1 is added to S-VLAN 200. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1
----End
Configuring DHCP Relay This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router, DHCP server, and Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server of an optical line terminal (OLT) have been configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1535
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Data Plan Table 16-16 DHCP data plan for the OLT Item
Data
DHCP server group parameters
IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs: 10.10.224.1; domain name: docsis
Table 16-17 Data plan for the upper-layer devices of the OLT Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
IP address of the DHCP server
DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
IP address of the TFTP server
192.168.5.10-192.168.5.13
l Forwarding CM management packets: 170.30.2.11
Procedure Step 1 Set the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.10.224.1 255.255.255.0 address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
//Set the IP
Step 2 Configure the working mode of the DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 60. In DHCP Option 60 mode, a DHCP server group is selected according to the Option 60 domain name in DHCP packets. Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets, which differentiates various service types in a VLAN. Ensure that the Option 60 domain name and the DHCP server group bound to the Option 60 domain name are configured beforehand. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 Option60 Several minutes may be required and no action can be taken during this period Are you sure to perform this operation? (y/n)[n]: y
Step 3 Set the IP addresses of the servers in a DHCP server group. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 0 ip 192.168.10.10 192.168.10.11 server group 0 to assign IP addresses to CMs.
//Configure DHCP
Step 4 Create a DHCP Option 60 domain. huawei(config)#dhcp domain docsis //Create Option 60 domain name docsis for CMs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the CMs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1536
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Step 5 Set the IP address of the gateway for the DHCP domain. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain docsis gateway 10.10.224.1 address of the gateway for the CM domain to 10.10.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
//Set the IP
----End
Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router of an OLT has been configured.
Data Plan Table 16-18 Data plan for the Layer 3 interfaces on the network side Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces on the OLT network side
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packets: l VLAN ID: 2004 l Port number: 0/8/0 l IP address: 170.30.1.10/24 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management packets: l VLAN ID: 2005 l Port number: 0/9/0 l IP address: 170.30.2.10/24
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP packets: 170.30.1.11
Upper-layer servers of the OLT
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
l Forwarding CM management packets: 170.30.2.11
l CM management system: 192.168.20.1
Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces on the network side. 1.
Create VLANs and configure their uplink ports. l VLAN 2004 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding DHCP packets. Add uplink port 0/8/0 to VLAN 2004.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1537
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
l VLAN 2005 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding CM management packets. Add uplink port 0/9/0 to VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#vlan 2004 to 2006 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 2004 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 2005 0/9 0
2.
Create native VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports. Packets between the OLT and its upper-layer router are forwarded at Layer 3 and no VLAN information is required. The created native VLANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/8 huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2004 the packets transmitted out of the 0/8/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#quit huawei(config)#interface giu 0/9 huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2005 the packets transmitted out of the 0/9/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#quit
3.
//Remove VLAN tags from
//Remove VLAN tags from
Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. a.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2004, through which DHCP packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2004 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#ip address 170.30.1.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#quit
b.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2005, through which CM management packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2005 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#ip address 170.30.2.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#quit
Step 2 Configure static routes to implement the communication between the OLT and its upper-layer devices. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.2.11 //CM management and VoD packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.1.11 //DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004.
----End
Result The OLT can communicate with its upper-layer devices. To check network connectivity between two devices, run the ping and tracert commands. The configured static routes can be queried in an IPv4 routing table by running the display ip routing-table command.
Verifying Services A distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) locates on an optical node when the D-CMTS functions as a standalone NE. To facilitate service verification, the D-CMTS supports multiple remote service verification methods, such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup emulation tests. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1538
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
remotely verify services. In addition, this section describes how to verify the L2VPN service on site.
Prerequisites l
The D-CMTS is properly connected to the upper-layer network.
l
The DHCP server, Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server, and softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) have been configured.
l
Perform a DHCP dialup emulation test.
Procedure In this test, a cable modem (CM) is emulated on the OLT to apply to the DHCP server for an IP address. This checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server.
l
1.
Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac-address command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test.
2.
Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test.
3.
Run the User IP command to check whether the CM has obtained an IP address.
Check the CM status. Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status. huawei(config)#display cable modem { |cpe|detail }:
all
Command: display cable modem
all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Idx MAC IP I/F Status Prim SID Num Ver CPE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 E0CA-94B4-BEE1 10.10.224.2 1/1/0/U3 online 1 0 D3.0 2 0021-6364-71FC 10.10.224.3 1/1/0/U4 online 2 0 D2.0 3 0021-6364-7397 10.10.224.4 1/1/0/U2 online 3 0 D2.0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 3, online: 3, offline: 0, reject: 0, init: 0, DHCP: 0, DHCP-C: 0, REG: 0 Note: 1. Idx is the index of a CM.
The following table lists the CM status and handling suggestions.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
init
Indicates the CM initialization.
If a CM is always in the ranging state, the ranging fails. Then check radio frequency (RF) line indicators and detect line faults.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1539
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
DHCP
Indicates that a DHCP request is started.
If a CM initiates a DHCP request but does not obtain an IP address, check the DHCP server, routing between the OLT and the DHCP server, and DHCP server parameter settings.
DHCPC
Indicates that the DHCP is complete.
The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server through an option 82 message. If the CM is always in the DHCP-C state, the CM fails to obtain the configuration file. Then check the TFTP server, routing between the OLT and the TFTP server, and TFTP server parameter settings.
l
register
Indicates that a registration is started.
If the CM is always in the register state, the CM obtains an incorrect configuration file. Then change the configuration file.
online
Indicates the online status.
No action is required. The status indicates that the CM has registered with the OLT and can correctly transmit and receive services.
offline
Indicates the offline status.
If the CM is in the offline state, check the power status, noise, and channel frequency of the CM.
reject
Indicates the reject status.
If the CM is in the reject state, no service flow can be created. Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check (MIC), and check whether class of service (COS) parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT.
Verify that the L2VPN service can be provisioned. After the CM is installed in the enterprise and the switch connected to the CM is commissioned, enterprise users can access the Internet.
----End
16.3.3 WLAN Hotspot Radio Backhaul Service Networking In wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service networking, an MA5633 connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports. A CM connects to wireless access points (APs) to provide wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access for users.
Service Requirements A network supplier needs to provide the Internet access service through Wi-Fi for a business area covered by APs.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1540
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 16-9, an MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and cable modems (CMs) are deployed at shops. The CMs connect to radio frequency (RF) ports on the MA5633 through cables. l
A CM connects to wireless APs to provide the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service. The wireless APs provide Wi-Fi access for users.
l
Wi-Fi users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
Figure 16-9 WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service networking
Configuration The method of configuring the wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service is the same as that of configuring the L2VPN enterprise service and therefore is not described in this section. For details, see Configuration Process.
16.4 Service Configuration on a D-CMTS That Works in GPON Access Mode on a Layer 3 Network This section describes how to configure services, including home services, L2VPN enterprise service, and wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service, on a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) that works in GPON access mode on a Layer 3 network.
16.4.1 Home Service Networking In home service networking, an MA5633 connects to cable modems (CMs) at user homes through radio frequency (RF) ports and provides home services for users, including the cable TV (CATV) service, Internet access service, VoD service, and PacketCable service. This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal (OLT) and the MA5633 to provision the home services.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1541
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Service Requirements Users require the provisioning of the broadcast and TV services, Internet access service, VoD service, and VoIP service. Broadcast and TV services can be provisioned immediately after the distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) hardware is connected. This section only describes how to configure the Internet access service, VoD service, and VoIP service.
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 16-10, a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) is deployed on an optical node and cable modems (CMs) are deployed at user homes. The CMs connect to radio frequency (RF) ports on the D-CMTS through cables. l
Port 1 on CM 1 connects to a PC to provide the Internet access service. Port 2 connects to a set top box (STB) to provide a backhaul channel for the VoD service. Port 3 connects to a phone set to provide the VoIP service. CM 1 supports embedded media terminal adapter (EMTA) functions and the voice users of CM 1 use PacketCable 1.x.
l
CM 2 does not support EMTA functions and needs to connect to a media terminal adapter (MTA). The voice users of CM 2 use PacketCable Multimedia.
l
Users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
l
The IP addresses of the CM, STB, PC, and MTA are assigned by the DHCP server and in different network segments.
Figure 16-10 Home service networking
Configuration Process Figure 16-11 shows the configuration roadmap for the home service networking. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1542
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Figure 16-11 Configuration roadmap for the home service networking
The following table describes the configuration steps.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Config uration Object
Step
Description
OLT
Add a D-CMTS to the OLT.
This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
Configure a management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS.
This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Configure a service channel between the OLT and the DCMTS.
None
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1543
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Config uration Object
DCMTS
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Step
Description
Configure a route.
This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
Configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay.
This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Configure radio frequency (RF) port parameters.
None
Configure the high-speed Internet (HSI) service.
None
Configure the VoD service.
None
Configure the dynamic PacketCable service.
None
Verify the configured services.
A D-CMTS supports multiple remote service verification methods. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. 1. A DHCP dialup emulation test checks whether the D-CMTS can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server. 2. The status of a CM can be queried. Based on the information, you can determine whether the CM is online.
Adding a D-CMTS to an OLT You can configure a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) only after adding it to an optical line terminal (OLT).
Context l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
When adding a D-CMTS to an OLT, bind the following profiles to the D-CMTS: dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA) profile, line profile, and alarm profile. For details about the functions and configuration method of each profile, see Table 16-19. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1544
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Table 16-19 D-CMTS profiles Profile
Function
Command
DBA profile
Describes GPON traffic parameters. A transmission container (T-CONT) is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation. This improves the upstream bandwidth usage.
Command for querying a DBA profile: display dba-profile
Describes the binding between a T-CONT and a DBA profile, quality of service (QoS) mode of a service flow, and mapping from a GEM port to D-CMTS services.
Command for querying a line profile: display ont-lineprofile
Contains a series of alarm thresholds for measuring and monitoring the performance of activated D-CMTS lines.
Command for querying an alarm profile: display gpon alarm-profile
Line profile
Alarm profile
l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Command for adding a DBA profile: dba-profile add
Command for adding a line profile: ontlineprofile add
Command for adding an alarm profile: gpon alarm-profile add
Add a D-CMTS using either of the methods listed in the following table based on site requirements. Method
Usage Scenario
Command
Add a DCMTS in offline mode.
You have obtained the password or serial number (SN) of the DCMTS.
Run the ont add command to add the DCMTS to an OLT.
Add an online DCMTS and confirm the automatic ally discovere d DCMTS.
You do not know the password or SN of the D-CMTS.
In GPON mode, run the port ont-autofind command to enable the D-CMTS automatic discovery function on GPON ports. Then run the ont confirm command to add the D-CMTS.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1545
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Data Plan Table 16-20 Key data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile name: PrivateLine Type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s
Line profile
Profile ID: 10, bound to DBA profile PrivateLine GPON encapsulation mode (GEM) port IDs: 0 and 1 T-CONT ID: 5
Networking data
Port: 0/3/1 D-CMTS ID: 1 D-CMTS authentication mode: SN D-CMTS SN: 48575443E6D8B541 Common open policy service (COPS) connection VLAN: 1000
Procedure Step 1 Configure D-CMTS profiles. D-CMTS profiles include a DBA profile, a line profile, and an alarm profile. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Run the display dba-profile command to query DBA profiles existing in the system. If the existingDBA profiles do not meet service requirements, run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name PrivateLine type3 assure 20480 max 51200
2.
Configure a line profile. Add line profile 10 and bind T-CONT 5 to DBA profile PrivateLine. In this way, the TCONT provides flexible DBA solutions based on the configurations in the DBA profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 5 dba-profile-name PrivateLine
The following configurations are used as an example to add a line profile: l Index of the GEM port for carrying management service flows: 0 l Index of the GEM port for carrying high-speed Internet (HSI) and VoD service flows: 1 l ID of the T-CONT that GEM ports 0 and 1 are bound: 5 l QoS mode: priority-queue (default) Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1546
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
l Queue priority: 3 NOTE
When the QoS mode is PQ, the default queue priority is 0.
huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 l Mode of the mapping from the GEM port to D-CMTS services: VLAN (default) l Index of the GEM port to which the management service flows in VLAN 8 are mapped: 0 l Index of the GEM port to which the HSI and VoD service flows in VLAN 100 are mapped: 1 l Index of the GEM port to which the service flows in COPS connection VLAN 1000 are mapped: 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#mapping-mode vlan huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 1 1 vlan 100 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 1 2 vlan 1000
Run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. In this profile, the thresholds for all alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l This section uses the default alarm profile and therefore the alarm profile does not need to be configured. l To add an alarm profile for monitoring the performance of activated D-CMTS lines, run the gpon alarm-profile add command. Step 2 Add a D-CMTS to an OLT. The D-CMTS connects to a GPON port on the OLT through an optical fiber. You can configure the D-CMTS only after adding it to the OLT. 1.
Add a D-CMTS. The following configurations are used as an example to add a D-CMTS: The management mode is SNMP; the ID of the line profile bound to the D-CMTS is 10. To add a D-CTMS in offline mode, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 desc MA5633_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10
To automatically find a D-CMTS, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont autofind 1 //This command displays the information about all automatically discovered D-CMTSs that are connected to the GPON port through an optical splitter. -----------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/3/1 Ont SN : 48575443E6D8B541
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1547
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : MA5633 Ont SoftwareVersion : V800R13C00 Ont EquipmentID : SmartAX MA5633 Ont autofind time : 2013-04-20 11:20:16 -----------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5633_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 NOTE
If multiple D-CMTSs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line or service profile is bound to the D-CMTSs, add these D-CMTSs in batches by confirming the automatically discovered D-CMTSs in batches. This simplifies operations and improves configuration efficiency. To do so, change the preceding command huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5633_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 to huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 all sn-auth snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5633_0/3/1_lineprofile10.
----End
Result The D-CMTS is online. After adding the D-CMTS, run the display ont info command to query the D-CMTS status. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //The D-CMTS has been activated. Run state : online //The D-CMTS has been online. Config state : normal //The D-CMTS has been configured. ...//The following terminal display is omitted.
Follow-up Procedure If the D-CMTS malfunctions, follow the troubleshooting suggestions listed in the following table to rectify faults.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
D-CMTS Status
Troubleshooting Suggestion
The Control flag of the DCMTS is deactivated.
In GPON port mode, run the ont activate command to activate the D-CMTS.
The D-CMTS is offline (Run state displayed as offline).
The physical line may be disconnected, or the optical module may be damaged. Rectify the fault by checking line connection and the hardware.
The D-CMTS fails to be configured (Config state displayed as failed)
The possible cause is that the D-CMTS cannot support the configured D-CMTS capability set. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command to query the failed configuration items and failure causes. Then rectify the fault accordingly.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1548
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Configuring a Management Channel Between an OLT and a D-CMTS This section describes how to configure a management channel between an optical line terminal (OLT) and a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). After the configuration, you can log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT and configure the D-CMTS.
Data Plan Item
Data
Remarks
Management VLAN and IP address of the OLT
ID of the management VLAN: 8
To remotely log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT for configuration, ensure that the management VLAN of the OLT is the same as that of the D-CMTS and that the management IP address of the OLT is in the same network segment as that of the D-CMTS.
Type of the management VLAN: smart Management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24 ID of the common open policy service (COPS) connection VLAN: 1000
Management VLAN and IP address of the D-CMTS
ID of the management VLAN: 8 Type of the management VLAN: smart Management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure a management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS. NOTE
Perform this operation only when the OLT remotely manages the D-CMTS through SNMP.
1.
Set the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. To remotely log in to the D-CMTS for configuration, set the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the D-CMTS on the OLT. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/8 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
2.
Set the inband management VLAN and IP address of the D-CMTS. Set the static IP address of the D-CMTS to 192.168.50.2/24, the IP address of the gateway to 192.168.50.1, and the ID of the management VLAN to 8 (the same as the management VLAN of the OLT). huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1549
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
3.
Configure an inband management service flow. The following configurations are used as an example to configure an inband management service flow: l Configuration of the service flow: – ID of the management service flow: 0 – ID of the management VLAN: 8 – ID of the GPON encapsulation mode (GEM) port: 0 – ID of the customer VLAN (C-VLAN): 8 l Device where upstream and downstream packet rates are limited: D-CMTS In this case, use the default traffic profile with ID 6, which does not limit the rate of a service flow. To limit packet rates, run the traffic table ip command to create a traffic profile and bind it to the service flow. huawei(config)#service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 2 Check whether the management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS is available. l Run the ping 192.168.50.1 command on the OLT to check whether the D-CMTS can communicate with the OLT. If the OLT can receive Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) ECHO-REPLY packets sent from the D-CMTS, the D-CMTS is connected to the OLT. l If you can remotely log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT for configuration, the D-CMTS is connected to the OLT. ----End
Configuring a Service Channel Between an OLT and a D-CMTS Data Plan Item
Data
High-speed Internet (HSI), VoD, or dynamic PacketCable service
ID of the OLT VLAN (transparently transmitting DCMTS packet tags): 100 ID of the D-CMTS VLAN: 100 ID of the service flow: 1 ID of the common open policy service (COPS) connection VLAN: 1000
Procedure l
Configure a channel for a home service. 1.
Configure a service VLAN (S-VLAN). NOTE
All home services use an S-VLAN and the S-VLAN is globally configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1550
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
The following configurations are used as an example to configure an S-VLAN: – S-VLAN ID: 100 – S-VLAN type: smart – ID of the VLAN containing uplink ports 0/8/0, 0/9/0, and 0/9/1: 100 (S-VLAN ID) huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#port huawei(config)#port huawei(config)#port
2.
100 smart vlan 100 0/8 0 vlan 100 0/9 0 vlan 100 0/9 1
Configure service flows to receive and transparently transmit D-CMTS packets. The following configurations are used as an example to configure service flows: – Configuration of a service flow: – Service flow ID: 1 – S-VLAN ID: 100 – Customer VLAN (C-VLAN) ID: 100 – Configuration of a COPS connection service flow: – Service flow ID: 2 – VLAN (shared with VoIP media streams) ID: 2006 – C-VLAN ID: 1000 – Device where upstream and downstream packet rates are limited: D-CMTS In this case, use the default traffic profile with ID 6, which does not limit the rate of a service flow. To limit packet rates, run the traffic table ip command to create a traffic profile and bind it to the service flow. – C-VLAN and S-VLAN of the D-CMTS: same huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multiservice user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 2006 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
----End
Configuring RF Port Parameters on a D-CMTS Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1551
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Context Table 16-21 Configuring RF port parameters Configuration Mode
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Customize radio frequency (RF) port parameters in cable mode.
This configuration mode applies if carriers require differentiated plan and configuration for RF port parameters of distributed cable modem termination systems (D-CMTSs). In this mode, D-CMTSs are configured one by one.
Use this configuration mode if RF port parameters of D-CMTSs are greatly different from each other.
Data Plan Table 16-22 Data plan for RF port parameters Item
Data
RF port
0/1/0
Upstream channels
l IDs: 1-4 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l ID of the upstream channel modulation profile: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 29.8, 42.60, 49.00, and 55.4
Downstream channels
l IDs: 1-16 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 602.00, 610.00, 618.00, ..., and 722.00
Procedure l
Customize RF port parameters in cable mode. 1.
Configure the frequency spectrum range and channel type. In this example, the channel is of the European type. To change the type to North American, run the cable command.
2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1552
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Parameter
Description
frequency and channel-width
A central frequency and a frequency bandwidth determine a frequency range, within which packets are transmitted. For example, the central frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz. Then the frequency range of the channel is 51.8-58.2 MHz.
modulation-profile
An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel. An optical line terminal (OLT) supports 16 default profiles. You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally. Ports automatically bind to profile 1 by default.
The following configurations are used as an example to configure RF port parameters: – Number of upstream channels: 4 – Frequency bandwidth of the channels: 3.2 MHz (default value) – ID of the modulation profile bound to upstream channel 1: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) huawei(config)#interface cable 0/1/0 huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream
3.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 enable 3 frequency 49.00 enable 4 frequency 55.40 enable
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. Parameter
Description
modulation
A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker antiinterference capability. Therefore, configure the modulation mode based on site requirements. The default modulation mode is QAM256. This example uses the default setting.
The following configuration is used as an example to configure RF parameters for downstream channels: A total of 16 downstream channels have been purchased. huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable downstream 1 frequency 602.00 enable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable downstream 2 frequency 610.00 enable
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1553
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable
downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream
3 frequency 618.00 enable 4 frequency 626.00 enable 5 frequency 634.00 enable 6 frequency 642.00 enable 7 frequency 650.00 enable 8 frequency 658.00 enable 9 frequency 666.00 enable 10 frequency 674.00 enable 11 frequency 682.00 enable 12 frequency 690.00 enable 13 frequency 698.00 enable 14 frequency 706.00 enable 15 frequency 714.00 enable 16 frequency 722.00 enable
----End
Result 1.
The transmit power of the downstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable downstream frameid/slotid/portid { all | channel-id } status command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements.
2.
The signal-to-noise (SNR) ratio of the upstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable signal quality [ frameid/slotid/portid [ upstream channel-id ] ] command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements. A greater SNR ratio results in better signal quality. The recommended SNR ratio is greater than 30 dB.
Configuring the HSI Service on a D-CMTS A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the high-speed Internet (HSI) service for users.
Data Plan Table 16-23 Data plan for the high-speed Internet (HSI) service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the HSI service VLAN (S-VLAN): 100; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink port
0/0/1
Procedure Step 1 Create an S-VLAN. The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1554
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Step 2 Create a cable modem (CM) S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
----End
Configuring the VoD Service on a D-CMTS A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the VoD service for users.
Context All home services use a service VLAN (S-VLAN) and the S-VLAN is globally configured. If the high-speed Internet (HSI) service has been configured on a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS), skip this section. For details about how to configure the HSI service, see Configuring the HSI Service on a D-CMTS.
Data Plan Table 16-24 Data plan for the VoD service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the VoD S-VLAN: 100; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink port
0/0/1
Procedure Step 1 Create an S-VLAN. The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1
Step 2 Create a cable modem (CM) S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1555
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Configuring the Dynamic PacketCable Service on a D-CMTS A cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable and provides the dynamic PacketCable service for users.
Context Table 16-25 Data plan for the PacketCable service Item
Data
Uplink port
0/0/1
VLAN
ID of the PacketCable service VLAN (S-VLAN): 100; type of the VLAN: smart ID of the common open policy service (COPS) connection VLAN: 1000
IP address for creating a COPS connection to an IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) or a softswitch
192.168.60.3/24 (in the same network segment as the IMS or softswitch or can communicate with the IMS or softswitch)
Procedure Step 1 Create a service VLAN (S-VLAN) and add an uplink port to the S-VLAN. NOTE
All home services use an S-VLAN and the S-VLAN is globally configured. If the high-speed Internet (HSI) or VoD service has been configured on the OLT, go to step 3. For details about how to configure the HSI and VoD services, see Configuring the HSI Service and Configuring the VoD Service, respectively.
The S-VLAN is a user-side service VLAN between the optical line terminal (OLT) and the DCMTS. The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1
Step 2 Create a cable modem (CM) S-VLAN. The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online. huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
Step 3 Configure the Layer 3 interface for COPS connections. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 192.168.60.3 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/0 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1556
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Step 4 Configure a COPS connection. The following configurations are used as an example to configure a COPS connection: l COPS policy enforcement point (PEP) ID: IP address of the Layer 3 interface for the COPS connection l Transmit and receive buffer for TCP sockets: 12 KB l Differentiated services code point (DSCP) priority of COPS packets: ef To ensure the security of the D-CMTS, set an access control list (ACL) rule to support the devices within IP address range 10.10.100.1-10.10.100.8. That is, ensure that the IP addresses of the call management servers (CMSs) or policy and charging rules functions (PRCFs) to be connected are within this range. huawei(config)#acl 2000 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#rule 2000 permit source 10.10.100.1 0.0.0.8 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#quit huawei(config)#cops pepid 192.168.60.3 huawei(config)#cops tcp window 12 huawei(config)#cops ip dscp ef huawei(config)#cops access-list 2000
Step 5 Configure PacketCable parameters. PacketCable 1.x parameter settings are as follows: l Embedded media terminal adapter (EMTA) creating a dynamic media stream: permitted l Information carried in the Gate-Open and Gate-Close packets sent from a PacketCable 1.x device: subscriber-id l Other parameters: default settings huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable huawei(config)#packetcable
1dotx enable authorize common-docsis-mta enable gate 1dotx send-subscriber-id enable multimedia enable
Step 6 Enable Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) proxy so that the users connected to CMs 1 and 2 can call each other. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#arp proxy enable huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit
----End
Configuring DHCP Relay This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router, DHCP server, and Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server of an optical line terminal (OLT) have been configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1557
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Data Plan Table 16-26 DHCP data plan for the OLT Item
Data
DHCP server group parameters
l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs: 10.10.224.1; domain name: docsis l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for media terminal adapters (MTAs): 10.100.224.1; domain name: pktc l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for paid PCs: 10.100.187.1; domain name: default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs: 10.100.8.1; domain name: default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for set top boxes (STB): 10.200.160.1; domain name: STB
Table 16-27 Data plan for the upper-layer devices of the OLT Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
IP addresses of DHCP servers
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and MTAs: 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
l Forwarding CM management and VoD packets: 170.30.2.11
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and STBs: 192.168.10.12-192.168.10.13 IP address of the TFTP server
192.168.5.10-192.168.5.13
Procedure Step 1 Set the IP addresses of VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.10.224.1 255.255.255.0 //Set the address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.224.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for MTAs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.200.160.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for STBs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.187.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for paid PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.8.1 255.255.255.0 sub //Set IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
IP the the the the
Step 2 Configure the working mode of the DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 60. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1558
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
In DHCP Option 60 mode, a DHCP server group is selected according to the Option 60 domain name in DHCP packets. Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets, which differentiates various service types in a VLAN. Ensure that the Option 60 domain name and the DHCP server group bound to the Option 60 domain name are configured beforehand. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 Option60 Several minutes may be required and no action can be taken during this period Are you sure to perform this operation? (y/n)[n]: y
Step 3 Set the IP addresses of the servers in a DHCP server group. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 0 ip 192.168.10.10 192.168.10.11 server group 0 to assign IP addresses to CMs and MTAs. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 1 ip 192.168.10.12 192.168.10.13 server group 1 to assign IP addresses to PCs and STBs.
//Configure DHCP //Configure DHCP
Step 4 Create a DHCP Option 60 domain. huawei(config)#dhcp domain default //Create Option 60 domain name default for PCs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#dhcp-gateway learning enable //Paid and overdue PCs are in different network segments. Therefore, self-learning needs to be enabled on OLT gateways. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#dhcp-server 1 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the PCs locate. After the configuration, the PCs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain docsis //Create Option 60 domain name docsis for CMs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the CMs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain pktc //Create Option 60 domain name pktc for MTAs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-pktc)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the MTAs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-pktc)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain STB //Create Option 60 domain name STB for STBs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-STB)#dhcp-server 1 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the STBs locate. After the configuration, the STBs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-STB)#quit
Step 5 Set IP addresses of the gateways for the DHCP domain. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain default gateway 10.100.187.1 10.100.8.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the PC domain to 10.100.187.1 for paid PCs and to 10.100.8.1 for overdue PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain docsis gateway 10.10.224.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the CM domain to 10.10.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain pktc gateway 10.100.224.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the MTA domain to 10.100.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain STB gateway 10.200.160.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the STB domain to 10.200.160.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
----End
Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1559
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Prerequisites The upper-layer router has been configured.
Data Plan Table 16-28 Data plan for the Layer 3 interfaces on the network side Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces on the OLT network side
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and broadband packets: l VLAN ID: 2004 l Port number: 0/8/0 l IP address: 170.30.1.10/24 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: l VLAN ID: 2005 l Port number: 0/9/0 l IP address: 170.30.2.10/24
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
Upper-layer servers of the OLT
l DHCP servers:
l Forwarding CM management and VoD packets: 170.30.2.11
– DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11 – DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and set top boxes (STBs): 192.168.10.12-192.168.10.13 l CM management system and VoD server: 192.168.20.10-192.168.20.11 l Softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) server: 192.168.50.10
Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces on the network side. 1.
Create VLANs and configure their uplink ports. l VLAN 2004 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding DHCP and broadband packets. Add uplink port 0/8/0 to VLAN 2004. l VLAN 2005 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding CM management and VoD packets. Add uplink port 0/9/0 to VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#vlan 2004 to 2005 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 2004 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 2005 0/9 0
2. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
(Optional) Create native VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1560
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Packets between the OLT and its upper-layer router are assumed to be forwarded at Layer 3 and no VLAN information is required. The created native VLANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/8 huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2004 the packets transmitted out of the 0/8/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#quit huawei(config)#interface giu 0/9 huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2005 the packets transmitted out of the 0/9/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#quit
3.
//Remove VLAN tags from
//Remove VLAN tags from
Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. a.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2004, through which DHCP and broadband packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2004 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#ip address 170.30.1.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#quit
b.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2005, through which CM management and VoD packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2005 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#ip address 170.30.2.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#quit
Step 2 Configure static routes to implement the communication between the OLT and its upper-layer devices. huawei(config)#ip route-static 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 170.30.1.11 //Broadband packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.2.11 //CM management and VoD packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.1.11 //DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004
----End
Result The OLT can communicate with its upper-layer devices. To check network connectivity between two devices, run the ping and tracert commands. The configured static routes can be queried in an IPv4 routing table by running the display ip routing-table command.
Verifying Services To facilitate service verification, an MA5633 supports multiple remote service verification methods, such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup emulation tests. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. In addition, this section describes how to verify services on site.
Prerequisites l Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
The MA5633 is properly connected to the upper-layer network. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1561
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
l
The DHCP server, Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server, and softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) have been configured.
l
Perform a DHCP dialup emulation test.
Procedure In this test, a cable modem (CM) is emulated on the MA5633 to apply to the DHCP server for an IP address. This checks whether the MA5633 can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server.
l
1.
Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac-address command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test.
2.
Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test.
3.
Run the User IP command to check whether the CM has obtained an IP address.
Check the CM status. Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status. huawei(config)#display cable modem { |cpe|detail }:
all
Command: display cable modem
all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Idx MAC IP I/F Status Prim SID Num Ver CPE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 E0CA-94B4-BEE1 10.10.224.2 1/1/0/U3 online 1 0 D3.0 2 0021-6364-71FC 10.10.224.3 1/1/0/U4 online 2 0 D2.0 3 0021-6364-7397 10.10.224.4 1/1/0/U2 online 3 0 D2.0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 3, online: 3, offline: 0, reject: 0, init: 0, DHCP: 0, DHCP-C: 0, REG: 0 Note: 1. Idx is the index of a CM.
The following table lists the CM status and handling suggestions.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
init
Indicates the CM initialization.
If a CM is always in the ranging state, the ranging fails. Then check radio frequency (RF) line indicators and detect line faults.
DHCP
Indicates that a DHCP request is started.
If a CM initiates a DHCP request but does not obtain an IP address, check the DHCP server, routing between the OLT and the DHCP server, and DHCP server parameter settings.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1562
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
DHCPC
Indicates that the DHCP is complete.
The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server through an option 82 message. If the CM is always in the DHCP-C state, the CM fails to obtain the configuration file. Then check the TFTP server, routing between the OLT and the TFTP server, and TFTP server parameter settings.
l
register
Indicates that a registration is started.
If the CM is always in the register state, the CM obtains an incorrect configuration file. Then change the configuration file.
online
Indicates the online status.
No action is required. The status indicates that the CM has registered with the OLT and can correctly transmit and receive services.
offline
Indicates the offline status.
If the CM is in the offline state, check the power status, noise, and channel frequency of the CM.
reject
Indicates the reject status.
If the CM is in the reject state, no service flow can be created. Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check (MIC), and check whether class of service (COS) parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT.
Verify that home services can be provisioned. 1.
After the CM is installed at a user home and commissioned, the user can watch TV programs.
2.
After the high-speed Internet (HSI) service is provisioned, the user can access the Internet from a PC.
3.
After the VoD service is provisioned, the user can order programs.
4.
After the VoIP service is provisioned, the user can make and receive phone calls.
----End
16.4.2 L2VPN Enterprise Service Networking In L2VPN enterprise service networking, an MA5633 connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports, and the CMs connect to switches to provide the L2VPN service for users. This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal (OLT) and the MA5633 to provision the L2VPN service.
Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Service Requirements An enterprise requires the provisioning of the L2VPN service. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1563
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 16-12, an MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and cable modems (CMs) are deployed at enterprises. The CMs connect to radio frequency (RF) ports on the MA5633 through cables. l
A CM provides the enterprise service through a switch, which connects to enterprise users.
l
Enterprise users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
Figure 16-12 L2VPN enterprise service networking
Configuration Process Figure 16-13 shows the configuration roadmap for the L2VPN service networking.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1564
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Figure 16-13 Configuration roadmap for the L2VPN service networking
The following table describes the configuration steps.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Config uration Object
Step
Description
OLT
Add a D-CMTS to the OLT.
This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
Configure a management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS.
This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Configure a service channel between the OLT and the DCMTS.
None
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1565
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Config uration Object
DCMTS
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Step
Description
Configure a route.
This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
Configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay.
This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Configure radio frequency (RF) port parameters.
None
Configure the L2VPN service.
None
Verify the configured service.
A D-CMTS supports multiple remote service verification methods. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. 1. A DHCP dialup emulation test checks whether the D-CMTS can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server. 2. The status of a CM can be queried. Based on the information, you can determine whether the CM is online.
Adding a D-CMTS to an OLT You can configure a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) only after adding it to an optical line terminal (OLT).
Context l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
When adding a D-CMTS to an OLT, bind the following profiles to the D-CMTS: dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA) profile, line profile, and alarm profile. For details about the functions and configuration method of each profile, see Table 16-29.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1566
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Table 16-29 D-CMTS profiles Profile
Function
Command
DBA profile
Describes GPON traffic parameters. A transmission container (T-CONT) is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation. This improves the upstream bandwidth usage.
Command for querying a DBA profile: display dba-profile
Describes the binding between a T-CONT and a DBA profile, quality of service (QoS) mode of a service flow, and mapping from a GEM port to D-CMTS services.
Command for querying a line profile: display ont-lineprofile
Contains a series of alarm thresholds for measuring and monitoring the performance of activated D-CMTS lines.
Command for querying an alarm profile: display gpon alarm-profile
Line profile
Alarm profile
l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Command for adding a DBA profile: dba-profile add
Command for adding a line profile: ontlineprofile add
Command for adding an alarm profile: gpon alarm-profile add
Add a D-CMTS using either of the methods listed in the following table based on site requirements. Method
Usage Scenario
Command
Add a DCMTS in offline mode.
You have obtained the password or serial number (SN) of the DCMTS.
Run the ont add command to add the DCMTS to an OLT.
Add an online DCMTS and confirm the automatic ally discovere d DCMTS.
You do not know the password or SN of the D-CMTS.
In GPON mode, run the port ont-autofind command to enable the D-CMTS automatic discovery function on GPON ports. Then run the ont confirm command to add the D-CMTS.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1567
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Data Plan Table 16-30 Key data plan Item
Data
DBA profile
Profile name: PrivateLine Type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s
Line profile
Profile ID: 10, bound to DBA profile PrivateLine GPON encapsulation mode (GEM) port IDs: 0 and 1 T-CONT ID: 5
Networking data
Port: 0/3/1 D-CMTS ID: 1 D-CMTS authentication mode: SN D-CMTS SN: 48575443E6D8B541 Common open policy service (COPS) connection VLAN: 1000
Procedure Step 1 Configure D-CMTS profiles. D-CMTS profiles include a DBA profile, a line profile, and an alarm profile. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Run the display dba-profile command to query DBA profiles existing in the system. If the existingDBA profiles do not meet service requirements, run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name PrivateLine type3 assure 20480 max 51200
2.
Configure a line profile. Add line profile 10 and bind T-CONT 5 to DBA profile PrivateLine. In this way, the TCONT provides flexible DBA solutions based on the configurations in the DBA profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 5 dba-profile-name PrivateLine
The following configurations are used as an example to add a line profile: l Index of the GEM port for carrying management service flows: 0 l Index of the GEM port for carrying high-speed Internet (HSI) and VoD service flows: 1 l ID of the T-CONT that GEM ports 0 and 1 are bound: 5 l QoS mode: priority-queue (default) Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1568
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
l Queue priority: 3 NOTE
When the QoS mode is PQ, the default queue priority is 0.
huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 l Mode of the mapping from the GEM port to D-CMTS services: VLAN (default) l Index of the GEM port to which the management service flows in VLAN 8 are mapped: 0 l Index of the GEM port to which the HSI and VoD service flows in VLAN 100 are mapped: 1 l Index of the GEM port to which the service flows in COPS connection VLAN 1000 are mapped: 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#mapping-mode vlan huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 1 1 vlan 100 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 1 2 vlan 1000
Run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. In this profile, the thresholds for all alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l This section uses the default alarm profile and therefore the alarm profile does not need to be configured. l To add an alarm profile for monitoring the performance of activated D-CMTS lines, run the gpon alarm-profile add command. Step 2 Add a D-CMTS to an OLT. The D-CMTS connects to a GPON port on the OLT through an optical fiber. You can configure the D-CMTS only after adding it to the OLT. 1.
Add a D-CMTS. The following configurations are used as an example to add a D-CMTS: The management mode is SNMP; the ID of the line profile bound to the D-CMTS is 10. To add a D-CTMS in offline mode, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 desc MA5633_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10
To automatically find a D-CMTS, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont autofind 1 //This command displays the information about all automatically discovered D-CMTSs that are connected to the GPON port through an optical splitter. -----------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/3/1 Ont SN : 48575443E6D8B541
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1569
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : MA5633 Ont SoftwareVersion : V800R13C00 Ont EquipmentID : SmartAX MA5633 Ont autofind time : 2013-04-20 11:20:16 -----------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5633_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 NOTE
If multiple D-CMTSs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line or service profile is bound to the D-CMTSs, add these D-CMTSs in batches by confirming the automatically discovered D-CMTSs in batches. This simplifies operations and improves configuration efficiency. To do so, change the preceding command huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5633_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 to huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 all sn-auth snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5633_0/3/1_lineprofile10.
----End
Result The D-CMTS is online. After adding the D-CMTS, run the display ont info command to query the D-CMTS status. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //The D-CMTS has been activated. Run state : online //The D-CMTS has been online. Config state : normal //The D-CMTS has been configured. ...//The following terminal display is omitted.
Follow-up Procedure If the D-CMTS malfunctions, follow the troubleshooting suggestions listed in the following table to rectify faults.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
D-CMTS Status
Troubleshooting Suggestion
The Control flag of the DCMTS is deactivated.
In GPON port mode, run the ont activate command to activate the D-CMTS.
The D-CMTS is offline (Run state displayed as offline).
The physical line may be disconnected, or the optical module may be damaged. Rectify the fault by checking line connection and the hardware.
The D-CMTS fails to be configured (Config state displayed as failed)
The possible cause is that the D-CMTS cannot support the configured D-CMTS capability set. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command to query the failed configuration items and failure causes. Then rectify the fault accordingly.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1570
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Configuring a Management Channel Between an OLT and a D-CMTS This section describes how to configure a management channel between an optical line terminal (OLT) and a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). After the configuration, you can log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT and configure the D-CMTS.
Data Plan Item
Data
Remarks
Management VLAN and IP address of the OLT
ID of the management VLAN: 8
To remotely log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT for configuration, ensure that the management VLAN of the OLT is the same as that of the D-CMTS and that the management IP address of the OLT is in the same network segment as that of the D-CMTS.
Type of the management VLAN: smart Management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24 ID of the common open policy service (COPS) connection VLAN: 1000
Management VLAN and IP address of the D-CMTS
ID of the management VLAN: 8 Type of the management VLAN: smart Management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure a management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS. NOTE
Perform this operation only when the OLT remotely manages the D-CMTS through SNMP.
1.
Set the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. To remotely log in to the D-CMTS for configuration, set the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the D-CMTS on the OLT. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/8 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
2.
Set the inband management VLAN and IP address of the D-CMTS. Set the static IP address of the D-CMTS to 192.168.50.2/24, the IP address of the gateway to 192.168.50.1, and the ID of the management VLAN to 8 (the same as the management VLAN of the OLT). huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1571
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
3.
Configure an inband management service flow. The following configurations are used as an example to configure an inband management service flow: l Configuration of the service flow: – ID of the management service flow: 0 – ID of the management VLAN: 8 – ID of the GPON encapsulation mode (GEM) port: 0 – ID of the customer VLAN (C-VLAN): 8 l Device where upstream and downstream packet rates are limited: D-CMTS In this case, use the default traffic profile with ID 6, which does not limit the rate of a service flow. To limit packet rates, run the traffic table ip command to create a traffic profile and bind it to the service flow. huawei(config)#service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 2 Check whether the management channel between the OLT and the D-CMTS is available. l Run the ping 192.168.50.1 command on the OLT to check whether the D-CMTS can communicate with the OLT. If the OLT can receive Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) ECHO-REPLY packets sent from the D-CMTS, the D-CMTS is connected to the OLT. l If you can remotely log in to the D-CMTS from the OLT for configuration, the D-CMTS is connected to the OLT. ----End
Configuring a Service Channel Between an OLT and a D-CMTS Data Plan Item
Data
L2VPN enterprise service
ID of the OLT VLAN (transparently transmitting DCMTS packet tags): 200 ID of the D-CMTS VLAN: 200 ID of the service flow: 3
Procedure l
Configure a channel for the L2VPN enterprise service. 1.
Configure an L2VPN service VLAN (S-VLAN). The following configurations are used as an example to configure an S-VLAN: – S-VLAN ID: 200 – S-VLAN type: smart
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1572
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
– ID of the VLAN containing uplink ports 0/8/0 and 0/9/0: 200 (S-VLAN ID) huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/9 0
2.
Configure a service flow to receive and transparently transmit D-CMTS packets. The following configurations are used as an example to configure a service flow: – Configuration of the service flow: – Service flow ID: 1 – S-VLAN ID: 200 – Customer VLAN (C-VLAN) ID: 200 – Device where upstream and downstream packet rates are limited: D-CMTS In this case, use the default traffic profile with ID 6, which does not limit the rate of a service flow. To limit packet rates, run the traffic table ip command to create a traffic profile and bind it to the service flow. – C-VLAN and S-VLAN of the D-CMTS: same huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 200 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multiservice user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
----End
Configuring RF Port Parameters on a D-CMTS Radio frequency (RF) port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode. The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables.
Context Table 16-31 Configuring RF port parameters
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configuration Mode
Usage Scenario
Remarks
Customize radio frequency (RF) port parameters in cable mode.
This configuration mode applies if carriers require differentiated plan and configuration for RF port parameters of distributed cable modem termination systems (D-CMTSs). In this mode, D-CMTSs are configured one by one.
Use this configuration mode if RF port parameters of D-CMTSs are greatly different from each other.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1573
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Data Plan Table 16-32 Data plan for RF port parameters Item
Data
RF port
0/1/0
Upstream channels
l IDs: 1-4 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l ID of the upstream channel modulation profile: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 29.8, 42.60, 49.00, and 55.4
Downstream channels
l IDs: 1-16 l Type: European standard (default channel type) l Channel central frequency (MHz): 602.00, 610.00, 618.00, ..., and 722.00
Procedure l
Customize RF port parameters in cable mode. 1.
Configure the frequency spectrum range and channel type. In this example, the channel is of the European type. To change the type to North American, run the cable command.
2.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configure RF port parameters for upstream channels and activate the upstream channels. Parameter
Description
frequency and channel-width
A central frequency and a frequency bandwidth determine a frequency range, within which packets are transmitted. For example, the central frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz. Then the frequency range of the channel is 51.8-58.2 MHz.
modulation-profile
An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel. An optical line terminal (OLT) supports 16 default profiles. You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally. Ports automatically bind to profile 1 by default.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1574
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
The following configurations are used as an example to configure RF port parameters: – Number of upstream channels: 4 – Frequency bandwidth of the channels: 3.2 MHz (default value) – ID of the modulation profile bound to upstream channel 1: 3 (ScdmaHighNoiseQam64) huawei(config)#interface cable 0/1/0 huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream frequency 29.8 enable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable upstream
3.
1 modulation-profile 3 2 frequency 42.60 enable 3 frequency 49.00 enable 4 frequency 55.40 enable
Configure RF port parameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels. Parameter
Description
modulation
A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker antiinterference capability. Therefore, configure the modulation mode based on site requirements. The default modulation mode is QAM256. This example uses the default setting.
The following configuration is used as an example to configure RF parameters for downstream channels: A total of 16 downstream channels have been purchased. huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable huawei(config-if-cable-0/1/0)#cable
downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream downstream
1 frequency 602.00 enable 2 frequency 610.00 enable 3 frequency 618.00 enable 4 frequency 626.00 enable 5 frequency 634.00 enable 6 frequency 642.00 enable 7 frequency 650.00 enable 8 frequency 658.00 enable 9 frequency 666.00 enable 10 frequency 674.00 enable 11 frequency 682.00 enable 12 frequency 690.00 enable 13 frequency 698.00 enable 14 frequency 706.00 enable 15 frequency 714.00 enable 16 frequency 722.00 enable
----End
Result 1.
The transmit power of the downstream channels meets site requirements. Run the display cable downstream frameid/slotid/portid { all | channel-id } status command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements.
2. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
The signal-to-noise (SNR) ratio of the upstream channels meets site requirements. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1575
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Run the display cable signal quality [ frameid/slotid/portid [ upstream channel-id ] ] command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements. A greater SNR ratio results in better signal quality. The recommended SNR ratio is greater than 30 dB.
Configuring the L2VPN Enterprise Service In the upstream direction, a cable modem (CM) connects to a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) through a cable. In the downstream direction, the CM connects to a switch to provide the L2VPN enterprise service to the users connected to the switch.
Context The L2VPN service requires the configuration of a service VLAN (S-VLAN) for the cable modems (CMs) to be configured on a distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS). To do so, run the vlan command to add an S-VLAN and run the port vlan command to add an uplink port to the S-VLAN. The L2VPN S-VLAN is defined in the CM configuration file. When the CM goes online, the D-CMTS obtains the L2VPN S-VLAN from the CM configuration file and automatically creates an L2VPN service flow.
Data Plan Table 16-33 Data plan for the L2VPN service Item
Data
VLAN
ID of the L2VPN S-VLAN: 200; type of the VLAN: smart
Uplink port
0/0/1
Procedure Step 1 Configure a CM management S-VLAN. The ID of the CM management S-VLAN is 100 and the type of the VLAN is smart. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1 huawei(config)#cable service-vlan 100 //The CM S-VLAN identifies a CM service flow. After the CM S-VLAN is configured, the D-CMTS automatically creates a service flow when the CM goes online. Info: The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted, are you sure to modify? (y/n)[n]:y
Step 2 Create an L2VPN S-VLAN and add an uplink port to it. Uplink port 0/0/1 is added to S-VLAN 200. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1576
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Configuring DHCP Relay This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay so that cable modems (CMs) can obtain IP addresses in different network segments.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router, DHCP server, and Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server of an optical line terminal (OLT) have been configured.
Data Plan Table 16-34 DHCP data plan for the OLT Item
Data
DHCP server group parameters
l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs: 10.10.224.1; domain name: docsis l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for media terminal adapters (MTAs): 10.100.224.1; domain name: pktc l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for paid PCs: 10.100.187.1; domain name: default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs: 10.100.8.1; domain name: default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for set top boxes (STB): 10.200.160.1; domain name: STB
Table 16-35 Data plan for the upper-layer devices of the OLT Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
IP addresses of DHCP servers
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and MTAs: 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11
l Forwarding CM management and VoD packets: 170.30.2.11
l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and STBs: 192.168.10.12-192.168.10.13 IP address of the TFTP server
192.168.5.10-192.168.5.13
Procedure Step 1 Set the IP addresses of VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.10.224.1 255.255.255.0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
//Set the IP
1577
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.224.1 255.255.255.0 sub IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for MTAs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.200.160.1 255.255.255.0 sub IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for STBs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.187.1 255.255.255.0 sub IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for paid PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#ip address 10.100.8.1 255.255.255.0 sub IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
//Set the //Set the //Set the //Set the
Step 2 Configure the working mode of the DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 60. In DHCP Option 60 mode, a DHCP server group is selected according to the Option 60 domain name in DHCP packets. Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets, which differentiates various service types in a VLAN. Ensure that the Option 60 domain name and the DHCP server group bound to the Option 60 domain name are configured beforehand. huawei(config)#dhcp mode layer-3 Option60 Several minutes may be required and no action can be taken during this period Are you sure to perform this operation? (y/n)[n]: y
Step 3 Set the IP addresses of the servers in a DHCP server group. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 0 ip 192.168.10.10 192.168.10.11 server group 0 to assign IP addresses to CMs and MTAs. huawei(config)#dhcp-server 1 ip 192.168.10.12 192.168.10.13 server group 1 to assign IP addresses to PCs and STBs.
//Configure DHCP //Configure DHCP
Step 4 Create a DHCP Option 60 domain. huawei(config)#dhcp domain default //Create Option 60 domain name default for PCs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#dhcp-gateway learning enable //Paid and overdue PCs are in different network segments. Therefore, self-learning needs to be enabled on OLT gateways. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#dhcp-server 1 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the PCs locate. After the configuration, the PCs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-default)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain docsis //Create Option 60 domain name docsis for CMs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the CMs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-docsis)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain pktc //Create Option 60 domain name pktc for MTAs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-pktc)#dhcp-server 0 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the MTAs locate. After the configuration, the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 0. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-pktc)#quit huawei(config)#dhcp domain STB //Create Option 60 domain name STB for STBs. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-STB)#dhcp-server 1 vlan 100 //Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the STBs locate. After the configuration, the STBs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1. huawei(config-dhcp-domain-STB)#quit
Step 5 Set IP addresses of the gateways for the DHCP domain. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 100 huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain default gateway 10.100.187.1 10.100.8.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the PC domain to 10.100.187.1 for paid PCs and to 10.100.8.1 for overdue PCs. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain docsis gateway 10.10.224.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the CM domain to 10.10.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain pktc gateway 10.100.224.1 //Set the IP address of the gateway for the MTA domain to 10.100.224.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#dhcp domain STB gateway 10.200.160.1 //Set the IP
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1578
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
address of the gateway for the STB domain to 10.200.160.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif100)#quit
----End
Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal (OLT). Through the route, packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper-layer devices or servers.
Prerequisites The upper-layer router has been configured.
Data Plan Table 16-36 Data plan for the Layer 3 interfaces on the network side Item
IP Address
Layer 3 interfaces on the OLT network side
Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and broadband packets: l VLAN ID: 2004 l Port number: 0/8/0 l IP address: 170.30.1.10/24 Forwarding cable modem (CM) management and VoD packets: l VLAN ID: 2005 l Port number: 0/9/0 l IP address: 170.30.2.10/24
Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT
l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets: 170.30.1.11
Upper-layer servers of the OLT
l DHCP servers:
l Forwarding CM management and VoD packets: 170.30.2.11
– DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters (MTAs): 192.168.10.10-192.168.10.11 – DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and set top boxes (STBs): 192.168.10.12-192.168.10.13 l CM management system and VoD server: 192.168.20.10-192.168.20.11 l Softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) server: 192.168.50.10
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1579
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces on the network side. 1.
Create VLANs and configure their uplink ports. l VLAN 2004 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding DHCP and broadband packets. Add uplink port 0/8/0 to VLAN 2004. l VLAN 2005 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding CM management and VoD packets. Add uplink port 0/9/0 to VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#vlan 2004 to 2005 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 2004 0/8 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 2005 0/9 0
2.
(Optional) Create native VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports. Packets between the OLT and its upper-layer router are assumed to be forwarded at Layer 3 and no VLAN information is required. The created native VLANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports. huawei(config)#interface giu 0/8 huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2004 the packets transmitted out of the 0/8/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/8)#quit huawei(config)#interface giu 0/9 huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#native-vlan 0 vlan 2005 the packets transmitted out of the 0/9/0 port. huawei(config-if-giu-0/9)#quit
3.
//Remove VLAN tags from
//Remove VLAN tags from
Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. a.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2004, through which DHCP and broadband packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2004 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#ip address 170.30.1.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2004)#quit
b.
Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2005, through which CM management and VoD packets are forwarded. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 2005 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#ip address 170.30.2.10 255.255.255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif2005)#quit
Step 2 Configure static routes to implement the communication between the OLT and its upper-layer devices. huawei(config)#ip route-static 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 170.30.1.11 //Broadband packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.2.11 //CM management and VoD packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005. huawei(config)#ip route-static 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 170.30.1.11 //DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004
----End
Result The OLT can communicate with its upper-layer devices. To check network connectivity between two devices, run the ping and tracert commands. The configured static routes can be queried in an IPv4 routing table by running the display ip routing-table command. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1580
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Verifying Services A distributed cable modem termination system (D-CMTS) locates on an optical node when the D-CMTS functions as a standalone NE. To facilitate service verification, the D-CMTS supports multiple remote service verification methods, such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup emulation tests. This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services. In addition, this section describes how to verify the L2VPN service on site.
Prerequisites l
The D-CMTS is properly connected to the upper-layer network.
l
The DHCP server, Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server, and softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) have been configured.
l
Perform a DHCP dialup emulation test.
Procedure In this test, a cable modem (CM) is emulated on the OLT to apply to the DHCP server for an IP address. This checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay, proxy, and server.
l
1.
Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac-address command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test.
2.
Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test.
3.
Run the User IP command to check whether the CM has obtained an IP address.
Check the CM status. Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status. huawei(config)#display cable modem { |cpe|detail }:
all
Command: display cable modem
all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Idx MAC IP I/F Status Prim SID Num Ver CPE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 E0CA-94B4-BEE1 10.10.224.2 1/1/0/U3 online 1 0 D3.0 2 0021-6364-71FC 10.10.224.3 1/1/0/U4 online 2 0 D2.0 3 0021-6364-7397 10.10.224.4 1/1/0/U2 online 3 0 D2.0 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 3, online: 3, offline: 0, reject: 0, init: 0, DHCP: 0, DHCP-C: 0, REG: 0 Note: 1. Idx is the index of a CM.
The following table lists the CM status and handling suggestions. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1581
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
CM Status
Description
Handling Suggestion
init
Indicates the CM initialization.
If a CM is always in the ranging state, the ranging fails. Then check radio frequency (RF) line indicators and detect line faults.
DHCP
Indicates that a DHCP request is started.
If a CM initiates a DHCP request but does not obtain an IP address, check the DHCP server, routing between the OLT and the DHCP server, and DHCP server parameter settings.
DHCPC
Indicates that the DHCP is complete.
The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server through an option 82 message. If the CM is always in the DHCP-C state, the CM fails to obtain the configuration file. Then check the TFTP server, routing between the OLT and the TFTP server, and TFTP server parameter settings.
l
register
Indicates that a registration is started.
If the CM is always in the register state, the CM obtains an incorrect configuration file. Then change the configuration file.
online
Indicates the online status.
No action is required. The status indicates that the CM has registered with the OLT and can correctly transmit and receive services.
offline
Indicates the offline status.
If the CM is in the offline state, check the power status, noise, and channel frequency of the CM.
reject
Indicates the reject status.
If the CM is in the reject state, no service flow can be created. Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check (MIC), and check whether class of service (COS) parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT.
Verify that the L2VPN service can be provisioned. After the CM is installed in the enterprise and the switch connected to the CM is commissioned, enterprise users can access the Internet.
----End
16.4.3 WLAN Hotspot Radio Backhaul Service Networking In wireless local area network (WLAN) hotspot radio backhaul service networking, an MA5633 connects to cable modems (CMs) through radio frequency (RF) ports. A CM connects to wireless access points (APs) to provide wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access for users. This section describes how to configure the MA5633 to provision the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1582
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
16 optiCable D-CMTS Configuration (MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE)
Service Requirements A network supplier needs to provide the Internet access service through Wi-Fi for a business area covered by APs.
Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 16-14, an MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and CMs are deployed at shops. The CMs connect to RF ports on the MA5633 through cables. l
A CM connects to wireless APs to provide the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service. The wireless APs provide Wi-Fi access for users.
l
Wi-Fi users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup.
Figure 16-14 WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service networking
Configuration The method of configuring the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service is the same as that of configuring the L2VPN enterprise service and therefore is not described in this section. For details, see Configuration Process.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1583
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Electrical Service Configuration
About This Chapter The MA5621/MA5621A can be used for remote and intelligent information collection and transmission (regarding power stations and user electricity consumption) in an electricity system, and can also be used for video monitoring. 17.1 Configuration Example of the FTTx Service (GPON Access) This topic describes how to configure the data service in the GPON access mode in various FTTx scenarios.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1584
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
17.1 Configuration Example of the FTTx Service (GPON Access) This topic describes how to configure the data service in the GPON access mode in various FTTx scenarios.
17.1.1 Configuration Example of Transmitting Video Monitoring Data over Ethernet Access An optical network unit (ONU) can receive video monitoring data through gigabit Ethernet (GE)/ fast Ethernet (FE) autonegotiation electrical ports and transmit the data to the optical line terminal (OLT) through gigabit-capable passive optical network (GPON) ports. Then the OLT transmits the data to an upper-layer device.
Service Requirements l
To enhance area security, a video monitoring point is deployed and monitored in real time at the monitoring center.
l
The video encoder at this monitoring point provides Ethernet access so an ONU can receive video monitoring data over Ethernet.
l
The data is transmitted over a GPON network.
Networking Figure 17-1 shows an example network for configuring video monitoring data transmission over Ethernet. l
Located at a monitored point, the ONU is connected to video encoders through GE/FE autonegotiation electrical ports. The ONU receives encoded video monitoring information and forwards the information upstream to an OLT at the monitoring center.
l
The OLT forwards the information to other monitoring devices at the monitoring center.
Figure 17-1 Example network for configuring video monitoring data transmission over Ethernet Monitoring TV wall
Video decoder Network camera
Management terminal
ONU
Splitter
OLT
Network camera
Storage server
NOTE
In this example, an MA5621 is used as the ONU.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1585
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Configuration Flowchart Figure 17-2 provides the procedure for configuring video monitoring data transmission over Ethernet. Figure 17-2 Procedure for configuring video monitoring data transmission over Ethernet ONU
OLT Start
Start
Add an ONU to the OLT
Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN
Configure a management channel between the OLT and the ONU Configure a service channel between the OLT and the ONU
Create a service port
Save
End End
Device
Step
Remarks
OLT
1. Add an ONU on the OLT.
You can configure data for an ONU only after it has been added on an OLT.
2. Configure a management channel between the OLT and the ONU.
After configuring an inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU, you can log in to the ONU and configure data for the ONU on the OLT.
3. Configure a service channel between the OLT and the ONU.
The video monitoring data is received by the ONU and then transmitted to the OLT. The OLT transparently transmits the data to the monitoring center over the upper-layer network.
1. Configure the virtual local area network (VLAN) uplink port.
To transmit packets with a VLAN tag through an uplink port, add the uplink port to the VLAN.
ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1586
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Device
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Step
Remarks
2. Configure a service port.
Create a service port on the ONU to receive the video monitoring data. The data is transmitted upstream to the OLT through an uplink port.
Data Plan Table 17-1 provides the OLT data plan, and Table 17-2 provides the ONU data plan. Table 17-1 Data plan for configuring video monitoring data transmission over Ethernet-OLT side Item
Data
VLAN
l Uplink port: 0/19/0 l Inband management VLAN: smart VLAN 8 l Service VLAN: smart VLAN 100
Inband management IP address
192.168.50.20/24
GPON service board
l Port: 0/3/1 l ONU ID: 1 l ONU authentication mode: SN l ONU SN: 48575443E6D8B541 l Profile name: VideoMonitoring
DBA profile
l Type: type3 l Assured bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s l Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s ONU line profile
l Profile ID: 10, bound to DBA profile VideoMonitoring l GEM port ID: 0 (used for transmitting inband management service stream) l GEM port ID: 1 (used for transparently transmitting video monitoring service stream) l T-CONT ID: 5
ONU management mode
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
SNMP
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1587
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Table 17-2 Data plan for configuring video monitoring data transmission over Ethernet-ONU side Configuration Item
Data
Remarks
Inband management IP address
192.168.50.2/24
-
Traffic profile
Index 6 (default)
-
Service port
0/1/1
-
Uplink port
0/0/0
-
Uplink VLAN
smart VLAN 100
The uplink VLAN must be the same as the user VLAN on the OLT.
User VLAN
smart VLAN 2
-
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Create an SVLAN and add an upstream port to it. Create smart VLAN 100, and then add upstream port 0/19/0 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
2.
(Optional) Configure upstream link aggregation. In this example, a single uplink port is used. In the case of multiple uplink ports, upstream link aggregation can be configured.
3.
Configure GPON ONU profiles. GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate. l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONU-side service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed through OMCI. l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1588
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
a.
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Add a DBA profile. You can at first run the display dba-profile command to query the DBA profiles existing in the system. If the DBA profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. Configure the profile name to VideoMonitoring, profile type to Type3, assured bandwidth to 20 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 50 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name VideoMonitoring type3 assure 20480 max 51200
b.
Add an ONU line profile. Add GPON ONU line profile 10 and bind T-CONT 5 to the DBA profile named VideoMonitoring. In this way, the T-CONT can provide flexible DBA solutions based on different configurations in the DBA profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 5 dba-profile-name VideoMonitoring
Add GEM port 0 for transmitting management traffic streams, GEM port 1 for transmitting video monitoring information traffic streams. Bind GEM port 0 and GEM port 1 to T-CONT 5. Configure the QoS mode to priority-queue (default) and the queue priority to 3. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3
Configure the mapping mode from the GEM port to ONU-side service to VLAN (default), map the service port of management VLAN 8 to GEM port 0, map the service port of video monitoring information SVLAN 100 to GEM port 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#mapping-mode vlan huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 1 1 vlan 100
After the configuration is complete, run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
c.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to add an alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONU line.
4.
Add an ONU on the OLT. The ONU is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through an optical fiber. You can perform the service configuration only after adding an ONU successfully on the OLT. a.
Add an ONU. Connect the ONU to GPON port 0/3/1. The ONU ID is 1, the SN is 48575443E6D8B541, the management mode is SNMP, and the bound line profile ID is 10. There are two ways to add an ONU. Select either of the two ways according to actual conditions.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1589
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
l Add an ONU offline: If the password or SN of an ONU is obtained, you can run the ont add command to add the ONU offline. l Automatically find an ONU: If the password or SN of an ONU is unknown, run the port ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONU auto-find function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONU. To add an ONU offline, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10
To automatically find an ONU, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont autofind 1 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONUs connected to //the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed. -----------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/3/1 Ont SN : 48575443E6D8B541 Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : MA5621 Ont SoftwareVersion : V800R310C00 Ont EquipmentID : SmartAX MA5621 Ont autofind time : 2011-09-10 11:20:16 -----------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 NOTE
If multiple ONUs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONUs, you can add ONUs in batches by confirming the auto-found ONUs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency. For example, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 all sn-auth snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1_lineprofile10.
5.
Confirm that the ONU goes online normally. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, Config state is normal, and Match state is match. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU already goes online normally. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration status of the ONU is normal.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1590
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide Match state to the ONU is
: match
17 Electrical Service Configuration //Indicates that the capability profile bound
//consistent with the actual capability of the ONU. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
If the ONU state fails, the ONU fails to be in the up state, or the ONU does not match, check the ONU state by referring to the above-mentioned descriptions. l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONU. l If the ONU fails to be in the up state, that is, Run state is offline, the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged. You need to check both the material and the line. l If the ONU state fails, that is, Config state is failed, the ONU capability set outmatches the actual ONU capabilities. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault according to actual conditions. NOTE
If an ONT supports only four queues, the values of 4-7 of the priority-queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid. After configuration recovers, Config state will be failed.
6.
Configure the management channel from the OLT to the ONU. NOTE
Only when the OLT remotely manages the ONU through SNMP, the management channel needs to be configured. When the OLT remotely manages the ONU through OMCI, the management channel need not be configured.
a.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. To log in to the ONU through Telnet and configure the ONU from the OLT, you must configure the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the ONU on the OLT. Create management VLAN 8 and add upstream port 0/0/0 to it. Configure the inband management IP address to 192.168.50.20/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.20 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
b.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. Configure the static IP address of the ONU to 192.168.50.2/24 and the management VLAN ID to 8 (the same as the management VLAN of the OLT). huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 manage-vlan 8
c.
Configure an inband management service port. Configure the management service port ID to 0, management VLAN ID to 8, GEM port ID to 0, and CVLAN ID to 8. The rate of the inband service port on the OLT is not limited. Therefore, use traffic profile 6 (default). To limit the rate of the service port, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1591
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
huawei(config)#service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multiservice user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
7.
Confirm that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. l On the OLT, run the ping 192.168.50.2 command to check the connectivity to the ONU. The ICMP ECHO-REPLY packet from the ONU should be received. l You can run the telnet 192.168.50.2 command to telnet to the ONU and then configure the ONU.
8.
Create a service port. Configure the Video Monitoring Data service port ID to 1, SVLAN ID to 100, GEM port ID to 1, CVLAN ID to 100. Rate limitation for upstream and downstream packets is performed on the ONU instead of on the OLT. Therefore, use traffic profile 6 (default). To limit the rate of the service port, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port. The CVLAN must be the same as the upstream VLAN of the ONU. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multiservice user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
9.
Configure queue scheduling. Use the 3PQ+5WRR queue scheduling. Queues 0-4 adopt the WRR mode, with the weights of 10, 10, 20, 20, and 40 respectively; queues 5-7 adopt the PQ mode. Queue scheduling is a global configuration. You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT, and then the configuration takes effect globally. In the subsequent phases, you need not configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0
Configure the mapping between queues and 802.1p priorities. Priorities 0-7 map queues 0-7 respectively. For the service board that supports only four queues, the mapping between 802.1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows: priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1; priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2; priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3; priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4. huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7
10. Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 Configure the ONU. NOTE
Because the management VLAN and the management IP address have been configured, you can run the telnet 192.168.50.2 command on the OLT to log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. You can also log in to the ONU through a serial port to perform the configuration.
1.
Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. On the OLT, use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet. User name: root (default). Password: mduadmin (default). huawei(config)#telnet 192.168.50.2 { |service-port }: Command:
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1592
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
telnet 192.168.50.2 Press CTRL_] to quit telnet mode Trying 192.168.50.2 ... Connected to 192.168.50.2 ... >>User name:root >>User password: //It is not displayed on the console.
2.
Create a VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart
3.
Add an uplink port to the VLAN. Add uplink port 0/0/0 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 0
4.
Create a service port. Create service port 2. Its user VLAN ID is 2 and service VLAN ID is 100. Use the default traffic profile (traffic profile 6). To limit the traffic rate, run the traffic table ip command to configure the traffic profile. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 100 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan 2 rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6
5.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Result After the preceding configurations are complete, devices at the monitoring center (such as the storage server, management terminal, and video decoder) will receive video monitoring information.
Configuration File Configure the OLT. vlan 100 smart port vlan 100 0/19 0 vlan 8 smart port vlan 8 0/19 0 interface vlanif 8 ip address 192.168.50.20 24 quit dba-profile add profile-name VideoMonitoring type3 assure 20480 max 51200 ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 tcont 5 dba-profile-name VideoMonitoring gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 mapping-mode vlan gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 gem mapping 1 1 vlan 100 commit quit interface gpon 0/3 port 1 ont-auto-find enable display ont autofind 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 vlan 8
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1593
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
ont alarm-profile 1 1 profile-id 1 service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi-service user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save
Configure the ONU. vlan 100 smart port vlan 100 0/0 0 service-port 2 vlan 100 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 save
17.1.2 Configuration Example of Intelligently Collecting Power Consumption Information over Ethernet Access An optical network unit (ONU) can intelligently collect power consumption information in the electrical power system through gigabit Ethernet (GE)/fast Ethernet (FE) autonegotiation electrical ports, and transmit the data upstream to the optical line terminal (OLT) through gigabitcapable passive optical network (GPON) ports.
Service Requirements l
A large number of power consumption information in the electrical power system needs to be collected in real time and transmitted to an automatic meter reading system (AMR) server.
l
The smart meter on the user side has a serial port and an ONU is connected to the smart meter through the serial port.
l
The power consumption information is transmitted through a GPON network.
Networking Figure 17-3 shows an example network for configuring intelligent collection of power consumption information in the electrical power system over Ethernet. l
The ONU is connected to a concentrator through a GE/FE autonegotiation electrical port. The concentrator is connected to a collector using power cables and sends the power consumption information collected by the collector to the ONU.
l
The ONU forwards the power consumption information to an OLT and the OLT forwards the information to the upper-layer device. Then the upper-layer device forwards the information to an AMR server.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1594
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Figure 17-3 Example network for configuring intelligent collection of power consumption information in the electrical power system over Ethernet
Master station system
OLT
Splitter
ONU GE/FE Concentrator collector
Smart meter Electric cable Serial port cable Network cable
NOTE
In this example, an MA5621 is used as the ONU.
Configuration Flowchart Figure 17-4 provides the procedure for configuring intelligent collection of power consumption information in the electrical power system over Ethernet
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1595
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Figure 17-4 Procedure for configuring intelligent collection of power consumption information in the electrical power system over Ethernet ONU
OLT Start
Start
Add an ONU to the OLT
Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN
Configure a management channel between the OLT and the ONU Configure a service channel between the OLT and the ONU
Create a service port
Save
End End
Device
Step
Remarks
OLT
1. Add an ONU on an OLT.
You can configure data for an ONU only after it has been added on an OLT.
2. Configure a management channel between the OLT and the ONU.
After configuring an inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU, you can log in to the ONU on the OLT and configure data for the ONU.
3. Configure a service channel between the OLT and the ONU.
The power consumption information collected by the ONU is transparently transmitted by the OLT through the upper-layer network to the AMR server.
1. Create a virtual local area network (VLAN) and add the uplink port to the VLAN.
To transmit packets with a VLAN tag through an uplink port, add the uplink port to the VLAN.
2. Create a service port.
Create a service port on the ONU to receive the power consumption information. The data is transmitted upstream to the OLT through an uplink port.
ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1596
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Data Plan Table 17-3 provides the OLT data plan, and Table 17-4 provides the ONU data plan. Table 17-3 Data plan for configuring intelligent collection of power consumption information in the electrical power system over Ethernet-OLT side Item
Data
VLAN
l Uplink port: 0/19/0 l Inband management VLAN: smart VLAN 8 l Service VLAN: smart VLAN 100
Inband management IP address
IP address: 192.168.50.20/24
GPON service board
l Port: 0/3/1 l ONU ID: 1 l ONU authentication mode: SN l ONU SN: 48575443E6D8B541 l Profile name: Data
DBA profile
l Type: type3 l Assured bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s l Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s l Profile ID: 10, bound to DBA profile Data
ONU line profile
l GEM port ID: 0 (used for transmitting inband management service stream) l GEM port ID: 1 (used for transparently transmitting meter data) l T-CONT ID: 5 ONU management mode
SNMP
Table 17-4 Data plan for configuring intelligent collection of power consumption information in the electrical power system over Ethernet-ONU side
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Configuration Item
Data
Remarks
Inband management IP address
IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
-
Traffic profile
Index 6 (default)
-
Service port
0/1/0
-
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1597
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Configuration Item
Data
Remarks
Uplink port
0/0/0
-
Uplink VLAN
smart VLAN 100
The uplink VLAN must be the same as the user VLAN on the OLT.
User VLAN
untagged
-
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Create an SVLAN and add an upstream port to it. Create smart VLAN 100, and then add upstream port 0/19/0 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
2.
(Optional) Configure upstream link aggregation. In this example, a single uplink port is used. In the case of multiple uplink ports, upstream link aggregation can be configured.
3.
Configure GPON ONU profiles. GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate. l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONU-side service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed through OMCI. l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS. a.
Add a DBA profile. You can at first run the display dba-profile command to query the DBA profiles existing in the system. If the DBA profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. Configure the profile name to Data, profile type to Type3, assured bandwidth to 20 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 50 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name Data type3 assure 20480 max 51200
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1598
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
b.
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Add an ONU line profile. Add GPON ONU line profile 10 and bind T-CONT 5 to the DBA profile named Data. In this way, the T-CONT can provide flexible DBA solutions based on different configurations in the DBA profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 5 dba-profile-name Data
Add GEM port 0 for transmitting management traffic streams, GEM port 1 for transmitting data traffic streams. Bind GEM port 0 and GEM port 1 to T-CONT 5. Configure the QoS mode to priority-queue (default) and the queue priority to 3. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3
Configure the mapping mode from the GEM port to ONU-side service to VLAN (default), map the service port of management VLAN 8 to GEM port 0, map the service port of SVLAN 100 to GEM port 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#mapping-mode vlan huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 1 1 vlan 100
After the configuration is complete, run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
c.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to add an alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONU line.
4.
Add an ONU on the OLT. The ONU is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through an optical fiber. You can perform the service configuration only after adding an ONU successfully on the OLT. a.
Add an ONU. Connect the ONU to GPON port 0/3/1. The ONU ID is 1, the SN is 48575443E6D8B541, the management mode is SNMP, and the bound line profile ID is 10. There are two ways to add an ONU. Select either of the two ways according to actual conditions. l Add an ONU offline: If the password or SN of an ONU is obtained, you can run the ont add command to add the ONU offline. l Automatically find an ONU: If the password or SN of an ONU is unknown, run the port ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONU auto-find function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONU. To add an ONU offline, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1599
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10
To automatically find an ONU, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont autofind 1 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONUs connected to //the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed. -----------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/3/1 Ont SN : 48575443E6D8B541 Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : MA5621 Ont SoftwareVersion : V800R310C00 Ont EquipmentID : SmartAX MA5621 Ont autofind time : 2011-09-10 11:20:16 -----------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 NOTE
If multiple ONUs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONUs, you can add ONUs in batches by confirming the auto-found ONUs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency. For example, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 all sn-auth snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1_lineprofile10
5.
Confirm that the ONU goes online normally. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU already goes online normally. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration status of the ONU is normal. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
If the ONU state fails, the ONU fails to be in the up state, or the ONU does not match, check the ONU state by referring to the above-mentioned descriptions. l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONU.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1600
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
l If the ONU fails to be in the up state, that is, Run state is offline, the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged. You need to check both the material and the line. l If the ONU state fails, that is, Config state is failed, the ONU capability set outmatches the actual ONU capabilities. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault according to actual conditions. NOTE
If an ONT supports only four queues, the values of 4-7 of the priority-queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid. After configuration recovers, Config state will be failed.
6.
Configure the management channel from the OLT to the ONU. NOTE
Only when the OLT remotely manages the ONU through SNMP, the management channel needs to be configured. When the OLT remotely manages the ONU through OMCI, the management channel need not be configured.
a.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. To remote log in to the ONU and configure the ONU from the OLT, you must configure the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the ONU on the OLT. Create management VLAN 8, and configure the inband management IP address to 192.168.50.20/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.20 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
b.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. Configure the static IP address of the ONU to 192.168.50.2/24 and the management VLAN ID to 8 (the same as the management VLAN of the OLT). huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 manage-vlan 8
c.
Configure an inband management service port. Configure the management service port ID to 0, management VLAN ID to 8, GEM port ID to 0, and CVLAN ID to 8. The rate of the inband service port on the OLT is not limited. Therefore, use traffic profile 6 (default). To limit the rate of the service port, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port. huawei(config)#service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multiservice user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
7.
Confirm that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. l On the OLT, run the ping 192.168.50.2 command to check the connectivity to the ONU. The ICMP ECHO-REPLY packet from the ONU should be received. l You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration.
8.
Create a service port. Configure the Data service port ID to 1, SVLAN ID to 100, GEM port ID to 1, CVLAN ID to 100. Rate limitation for upstream and downstream packets is performed on the ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1601
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
instead of on the OLT. Therefore, use traffic profile 6 (default). To limit the rate of the service port, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port. The CVLAN must be the same as the upstream VLAN of the ONU. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multiservice user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
9.
Configure queue scheduling. Use the 3PQ+5WRR queue scheduling. Queues 0-4 adopt the WRR mode, with the weights of 10, 10, 20, 20, and 40 respectively; queues 5-7 adopt the PQ mode. Queue scheduling is a global configuration. You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT, and then the configuration takes effect globally. In the subsequent phases, you need not configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0
Configure the mapping between queues and 802.1p priorities. Priorities 0-7 map queues 0-7 respectively. For the service board that supports only four queues, the mapping between 802.1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows: priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1; priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2; priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3; priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4. huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7
10. Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 Configure the ONU. NOTE
Because the management VLAN and the management IP address have been configured, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration.
1.
Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. On the OLT, you can remote log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. User name: root (default). Password: mduadmin (default).
2.
Create a VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart
3.
Add an uplink port to the VLAN. Add uplink port 0/0/0 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 0
4.
Create a service port. Create service port 2. Its user VLAN ID is untagged and service VLAN ID is 100. Use the default traffic profile (traffic profile 6). To limit the traffic rate, run the traffic table ip command to configure the traffic profile. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 100 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1602
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
5.
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Result After the preceding configurations are complete, the power consumption information collected by the smart meter is transmitted to the AMR server.
Configuration File Configure the OLT. vlan 100 smart port vlan 100 0/19 0 vlan 8 smart port vlan 8 0/19 0 interface vlanif 8 ip address 192.168.50.20 24 quit dba-profile add profile-name Data type3 assure 20480 max 51200 ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 tcont 5 dba-profile-name Data gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 mapping-mode vlan gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 gem mapping 1 1 vlan 100 commit quit interface gpon 0/3 port 1 ont-auto-find enable ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 vlan 8 ont alarm-profile 1 1 profile-id 1 service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi-service user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save
Configure the ONU. vlan 100 smart port vlan 100 0/0 0 service-port 2 vlan 100 eth 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 txcttr 6 save
17.1.3 Configuration Example of Automatically Transmitting Site Information over Ethernet (Single Homing) An optical network unit (ONU) can receive site information in the electrical power system through gigabit Ethernet (GE) or fast Ethernet (FE) autonegotiation electrical ports, and automatically transmit the information to an optical line terminal (OLT). The ONU cooperates with an OLT to provide GPON type C single-homing protection, ensuring service reliability. GPON is the acronym for gigabit-capable passive optical network. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1603
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Context Generic object oriented substation event (GOOSE) is a mechanism defined in IEC 61850 for rapidly transmitting events in a substation automation system. GOOSE packets are multicast packets for communication between terminal units. In the GPON type C single-homing protection mechanism, the two PON lines between an ONU and an OLT work in active/standby mode and cannot forward packets at the same time. l
If the OLT detects that the upstream link to the active PON port is faulty, the OLT automatically switches services to the upstream link to the standby PON port. In addition, the OLT sends a PON section trace (PST) message to the ONU to notify the ONU of the switching and switching cause over the uplink to the standby PON port, and instructs the ONU to perform the switching.
l
If the ONU detects that the downstream link to the active PON port is faulty, the ONU automatically switches services to the downstream link to the standby PON port. In addition, the ONU sends a PST message to the OLT to notify the OLT of the switching and switching cause over the downlink to the standby PON port, and instructs the OLT to perform the switching.
For details about the GPON type C protection mechanism, see GPON Type C Protection in Feature Description.
Service Requirements l
In a smart grid, terminal units collect the running status information, as well as monitoring and control information about the power distribution system and send the information to the master station system.
l
The information collected by terminal units is transparently transmitted to the master station system, and therefore the transmission network must be secure enough to ensure reliable running of the smart grid.
l
Terminal units must communicate with each other. This is because, when a breaker is disconnected or the switch position of an isolator switch changes, a terminal unit must directly send the change information to the measuring and monitoring device and the substation monitoring system in real time. GOOSE can rapidly transmit events in a substation automation system, and requires that ONUs connecting to the same or different PON ports support Layer 2 interconnection.
l
A terminal unit provides Ethernet access so an ONU can receive the collected information over Ethernet.
l
The information is transmitted over a GPON network.
Networking Figure 17-5 shows an example network for configuring automatic transmission of site information in the electrical power system over Ethernet, and the active and standby line connections between the terminal units and the master station system. This example describes how to configure the transmission for terminal unit A connected to ONU_A. The configuration procedure for ONU_B is similar to that for ONU_A. l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
ONU_A and ONU_B are connected to terminal units through a GE or FE autonegotiation electrical port. After receiving messages from a terminal unit, ONU_A and ONU_B report the messages to the OLT. The OLT forwards the messages to the master station system. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1604
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
l
17 Electrical Service Configuration
In a single homing scenario, an ONU is connected to one OLT. The OLT provides two passive optical network (PON) ports. An ONU provides two PON ports for upstream transmission, and the backbone fiber, optical splitter, and distribution fiber are configured for redundancy backup. In this scenario, PON type C single-homing protection can be configured to ensure service reliability.
Figure 17-5 Example network for configuring automatic transmission of site information in the electrical power system over Ethernet Master station system
Transmission
OSN/PTN OLT
Splitter
ONU_A
Terminal unit A
ONU_B
Terminal unit B
Active Link Standby Link NOTE
In this example, an MA5621 is used as the ONU.
Data Plan Table 17-5 provides the OLT data plan, and Table 17-6 provides the ONU data plan.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1605
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Table 17-5 Data plan for configuring automatic transmission of site information in the electrical power system over Ethernet-OLT side Devi ce
Item
Data
OLT
Uplink port
Ethernet port: 0/19/0
VLAN
l Inband management virtual local area network (VLAN): smart VLAN 8 l Customer VLAN (CVLAN): smart VLAN 200; service VLAN (SVLAN): smart VLAN 200 (used for transmitting the site information about the electrical power system) l CVLAN: smart VLAN 100; SVLAN: smart VLAN 100 (used for transmitting GOOSE packets)
Inband management IP address
IP address: 192.168.50.20/24
GPON service board
l Port:
The GPON service board can be the H801GPBC, H802GPBD, or H805GPBD board.
– 0/3/1: GPON port connecting to the active line – 0/4/1: GPON port connecting to the standby line l ONU ID: 1 l ONU authentication mode: SN l ONU SN: 48575443E6D8B541
DBA profile
l Profile name: Data l Type: type3 l Assured bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s l Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s
ONU line profile
l Profile ID: 10, bound to the DBA profile named Data l GEM port ID: 0 (used for transmitting inband management service stream) l GEM port ID: 1 (used for transparently transmitting the information about the electrical power system) l GEM port ID: 2 (used for transparently transmitting GOOSE packets) l T-CONT ID: 5
ONU management mode
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
SNMP
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1606
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Devi ce
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Item
Data
Priority
The 802.1p priority is used: The priority of the site information about the electrical power system is 1 and the priority of GOOSE packets is 5.
Table 17-6 Data plan for configuring automatic transmission of site information in the electrical power system over Ethernet-ONU side Device
Configurati on Item
Data
Remarks
ONU_A
Inband management IP address
192.168.50.2/24
-
Traffic profile
l Index 10 (used for transmitting the power distribution site information)
-
l Index 11 (used for transmitting GOOSE packets) Service port
Ethernet port: 0/1/1
Port 0/1/1 is used for services on terminal unit A.
Uplink port
GPON port
-
l 0/0/0: active uplink port l 0/0/1: standby uplink port Uplink VLAN
l Smart VLAN 8 (used for inband management VLAN) l Smart VLAN 200 (used for transmitting power distribution site information)
The uplink VLAN must be the same as the CVLAN on the OLT.
l Smart VLAN 100 (used for transmitting GOOSE packets) Priority
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
The 802.1p priority is used: The priority of power distribution site information is 1 and the priority of GOOSE packets is 5.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
-
1607
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Device
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Configurati on Item
Data
Remarks
User-side VLAN
l Untagged (used for transmitting power distribution site information)
-
l Smart VLAN 2 (used for transmitting GOOSE packets) ONU_B
The data plan is the same as that of ONU_A except for the IP address.
NOTE
When deploying GPON type C protection, ensure that static MAC address, static Address Resolution Protocol (APR), and Ethernet operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM) functions are not configured on an uplink port. Otherwise, service protection switchover may be affected. When deploying GPON type C protection, ensure that the configurations of port virtual local area network (VLAN), traffic suppression, line rate, and access control list (ACL) on the two uplink ports on an ONU are the same.
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Create an SVLAN and add an uplink port to it. Create service VLANs 100 and 200, and then add uplink port 0/19/0 to VLAN 200. huawei(config)#vlan 100,200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0
2.
(Optional) Configure upstream link aggregation. In this example, a single uplink port is used. In the case of multiple uplink ports, upstream link aggregation can be configured.
3.
Configure GPON ONU profiles. GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate. l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONU-side service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed through OMCI. You do not need to configure a service profile in this configuration example. l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1608
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
a.
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Add a DBA profile. You can at first run the display dba-profile command to query the DBA profiles existing in the system. If the DBA profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. Configure the profile name to Data, profile type to Type3, assured bandwidth to 20 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 50 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name Data type3 assure 20480 max 51200
b.
Add an ONU line profile. Add GPON ONU line profile 10 and bind T-CONT 5 to the DBA profile named Data. In this way, the T-CONT can provide flexible DBA solutions based on different configurations in the DBA profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 5 dba-profile-name Data
Add GEM port 0 for transmitting management traffic streams, GEM port 1 for transmitting the electric system site information traffic streams and GEM port 2 for transmitting goose packets traffic streams. Bind GEM port 0, GEM port 1 and GEM port 2 to T-CONT 5. Configure the QoS mode to priority-queue (default) and the queue priority to 3. NOTE
The MA5621 does not support QoS mode gem-car or flow-car. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 2 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3
Configure the mapping mode from the GEM port to ONU-side service to VLAN (default), map the service port of management VLAN 8 to GEM port 0, map the service port of the site information SVLAN 200 to GEM port 1 and map the service port of the goose packets SVLAN 300 to GEM port 2. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#mapping-mode vlan huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 1 1 vlan 200 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 2 2 vlan 300
After the configuration is complete, run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
c.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to add an alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONU line.
4.
Add an ONU on the OLT. The ONU is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through an optical fiber. You can perform the service configuration only after adding an ONU successfully on the OLT.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1609
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
a.
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Add an ONU. Connect the ONU to GPON port 0/3/1. The ONU ID is 1, the SN is 48575443E6D8B541, the management mode is SNMP, and the bound line profile ID is 10. There are two ways to add an ONU. Select either of the two ways according to actual conditions. l Add an ONU offline: If the password or SN of an ONU is obtained, you can run the ont add command to add the ONU offline. l Automatically find an ONU: If the password or SN of an ONU is unknown, run the port ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONU auto-find function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONU. To add an ONU offline, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10
To automatically find an ONU, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont autofind 1 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONUs connected to the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed. -----------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/3/1 Ont SN : 48575443E6D8B541 Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : MA5621 Ont SoftwareVersion : V800R312C00 Ont EquipmentID : SmartAX MA5621 Ont autofind time : 2012-09-10 11:20:16 -----------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 NOTE
If multiple ONUs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONUs, you can add ONUs in batches by confirming the auto-found ONUs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency. For example, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 all sn-auth snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1_lineprofile10.
5.
Confirm that the ONU goes online normally. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1610
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU already goes online normally. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration status of the ONU is normal. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
If the ONU state fails, the ONU fails to be in the up state, or the ONU does not match, check the ONU state by referring to the above-mentioned descriptions. l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONU. l If the ONU fails to be in the up state, that is, Run state is offline, the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged. You need to check both the material and the line. l If the ONU state fails, that is, Config state is failed, the ONU capability set outmatches the actual ONU capabilities. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault according to actual conditions. NOTE
If an ONT supports only four queues, the values of 4-7 of the priority-queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid. After configuration recovers, Config state will be failed.
6.
Configure the management channel from the OLT to the ONU. NOTE
Only when the OLT remotely manages the ONU through SNMP, the management channel needs to be configured. When the OLT remotely manages the ONU through OMCI, the management channel need not be configured.
a.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. To log in to the ONU through Telnet and configure the ONU from the OLT, you must configure the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the ONU on the OLT. Create management VLAN 8, and configure the inband management IP address to 192.168.50.20/24. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.20 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
b.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. Configure the static IP address of the ONU to 192.168.50.2/24 and the management VLAN ID to 8 (the same as the management VLAN of the OLT). huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 manage-vlan 8
c.
Configure an inband management service port. Configure the management service port ID to 0, management VLAN ID to 8, GEM port ID to 0, and customer VLAN (CVLAN) ID to 8. The rate of the inband service port on the OLT is not limited. Therefore, use traffic profile 6 (default). To limit the rate of the service port, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1611
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
huawei(config)#service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multiservice user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
7.
Confirm that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. l On the OLT, run the ping 192.168.50.2 command to check the connectivity to the ONU. The ICMP ECHO-REPLY packet from the ONU should be received. l You can run the telnet 192.168.50.2 command to telnet to the ONU and then configure the ONU.
8.
Configure a GPON type C protection group. Configure cross-board backup on ports 0/3/1 and 0/4/1 on different GPON service boards on the OLT. After the configuration, when port 0/3/1 is faulty, the OLT automatically switches services to port 0/4/1, ensuring services running. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/4 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/4)#ont add 1 protect-side //Set the link to port 0/4/1 as the standby link. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/4)#quit huawei(config)#protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/4/1 ont 1 role protect huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable huawei(protect-group-0)#quit
9.
Create a service port. Configure the site information service port ID to 1, SVLAN ID to 200, CVLAN ID to 200, and GEM port ID to 1, and configure the GOOSE packets service port ID to 2, SVLAN ID to 100, CVLAN ID to 100, and GEM port ID to 2. Rate limitation for upstream and downstream packets is performed on the ONU instead of on the OLT. The same port is used for transmitting the site information about the electrical power system and GOOSE packets. Therefore, the 802.1p priority of each service needs to be set. The priority of the site information about the electrical power system is lower than that of GOOSE packets. Set the traffic profile index of the site information about the electrical power system to 20 and the priority to 1; set the traffic profile index of GOOSE packets to 21 and the priority to 5. The CVLAN must be the same as the upstream VLAN of the ONU. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 20 cir off priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 20 TD Name : ip-traffictable_20 Priority : 1 Copy Priority : Mapping Index : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Mapping Index : CTAG Default Priority: 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1612
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Priority Policy : localpri CIR : off CBS : off PIR : off PBS : off Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 21 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 21 TD Name : ip-traffictable_21 Priority : 5 Copy Priority : Mapping Index : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Mapping Index : CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : localpri CIR : off CBS : off PIR : off PBS : off Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 200 gpon 0/3/1 ont service user-vlan 200 inbound traffic-table index 20 outbound huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 100 gpon 0/3/1 ont service user-vlan 100 inbound traffic-table index 21 outbound
1 gem port 1 multitraffic-table index 20 1 gem port 2 multitraffic-table index 21
10. Configure the bridging function for GOOSE packets. a.
Disable the unknown multicast suppression function. Goose packets are unknown multicast packets. Disable the unknown multicast suppression function on the OLT to ensure that GOOSE packets are not lost. huawei(config)#multicast-unknown policy service-port 2 transparent huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 20 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-20)#packet-policy multicast forward Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1613
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-20)#commit
b.
Enable the bridging function. To support the electrical GOOSE function, ONU_A must communicate with ONU_B at Layer 2. huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-20)#user-bridging enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-20)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-20)#quit
c.
Bind the VLAN service profile to the uplink VLAN. huawei(config)#display vlan service-profile profile-id 20
Command: display vlan service-profile profile-id 20 Profile
ID:
20 Profile Name: srvprof-20 --------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter Committed
Committed
Not
--------------------------------------------------------------------Forwarding mode
NotConfig
Anti-macspoofing
NotConfig
Anti-ipspoofing
enable
PPPoE MAC mode
NotConfig
BPDU tunnel
NotConfig
RIP tunnel
NotConfig
VTP-CDP tunnel
NotConfig
DHCP mode
n/a
DHCP proxy
enable
DHCP option82
enable
PITP
enable
Broadcast packet policy
NotConfig
Multicast packet policy
forward
Unknown unicast packet policy
NotConfig
User-bridging
enable
IPoE VMAC PPPoE VMAC PPPoA VMAC
NotConfig NotConfig NotConfig
-
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
-
1614
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Mismatch IGMP packet policy
discard
VMAC aging mode
MAC-learning
OSPF tunnel
enable
Layer-3 protocol tunnel
enable
Mac-address learning fabric
enable
DHCPv6 mode n/a DHCPv6 option enable PPPoA MAC mode NotConfig Anti-IPv6spoofing enable IPv6 DAD proxy disable Bind route and ND disable NS-reply function disable ARP-reply function disable DHCP relay-interface relay-agent NotConfig --------------------------------------------------------------------Binding VLAN list : 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 20
11. Configure queue scheduling. The GOOSE service traffic is forwarded in PQ mode. Queue scheduling is a global configuration. You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT, and then the configuration takes effect globally. In the subsequent phases, you need not configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority
Configure the mapping between queues and 802.1p priorities. Priorities 0-7 map queues 0-7 respectively. For the service board that supports only four queues, the mapping between 802.1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows: priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1; priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2; priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3; priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4. huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7
12. Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 The following describes the procedure for configuring the automatic transmission of site information about the electrical power system over Ethernet on ONU_A. NOTE
Because the management VLAN and the management IP address have been configured, you can run the telnet 192.168.50.2 command on the OLT to log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. You can also log in to the ONU through a serial port to perform the configuration.
1.
Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. On the OLT, use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet. User name: root (default). Password: mduadmin (default). huawei(config)#telnet 192.168.50.2 { |service-port }: Command: telnet 192.168.50.2 Press CTRL_] to quit telnet mode
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1615
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Trying 192.168.50.2 ... Connected to 192.168.50.2 ... >>User name:root >>User password: //It is not displayed on the console.
2.
Configure the dual PON ports upstream mode. For GPON type C single-homing protection, set the dual PON ports upstream mode to Active-standby uplink mode. huawei(config)#pon uplink-mode active-standby
3.
Configure a traffic profile. The same port is used for transmitting power distribution site information and GOOSE packets. Therefore, the 802.1p priority of each service needs to be set. The priority of power distribution site information is lower than that of GOOSE packets. Set the traffic profile index of power distribution site information to 10 and the priority to 1; set the traffic profile index of GOOSE packets to 11 and the priority to 5. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 10 TD Name : ip-traffictable_10 Priority : 1 Copy Priority : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : localpri CIR : off CBS : off PIR : off PBS : off Color Mode : colorblind Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 11 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 11 TD Name : ip-traffictable_11 Priority : 5 Copy Priority : -
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1616
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : localpri CIR : off CBS : off PIR : off PBS : off Color Mode : colorblind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------
4.
Create VLANs. huawei(config)#vlan 100,200 smart transmission from ONU_A to the OLT
5.
//Create SVLANs for service
Add an uplink port to the VLANs. Add uplink port 0/0/0 and 0/0/1 to the VLANs. huawei(config)#port vlan 100,200 0/0 0-1
6.
Create service ports. For power distribution site information, create service port 2 with SVLAN 200 and traffic profile 10. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 200 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
For GOOSE packets, create service port 3 with SVLAN 100, CVLAN 2 and traffic profile 11. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 100 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan 2 rxcttr 11 tx-cttr 11
7.
Configure the bridging function for GOOSE packets. a.
Disable the unknown multicast suppression function. Goose packets are unknown multicast packets. Disable the unknown multicast suppression function on the OLT to ensure that GOOSE packets are not lost. huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 10 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-10)#packet-policy multicast forward Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-10)#commit
b.
Enable the bridging function. huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-10)#user-bridging enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-10)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-10)#quit
c. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Bind the VLAN service profile to the uplink VLAN. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1617
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
huawei(config)#display vlan service-profile profile-id 10
Command: display vlan service-profile profile-id 10 Profile
ID:
10 Profile Name: srvprof-10 --------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter Committed
Committed
Not
--------------------------------------------------------------------Forwarding mode
VLAN-MAC
BPDU tunnel
disable
RIP tunnel
disable
VTP-CDP tunnel
disable
Multicast packet policy
forward
User-bridging
enable
OSPF tunnel
enable
--------------------------------------------------------------------Binding VLAN list
:
0 --------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 10
d.
In ETH mode, disable the unknown multicast suppression function on the user interface and uplink port. huawei(config)#interface eth 0/1 huawei(config-if-eth-0/1)#undo traffic-suppress 1 multicast huawei(config-if-eth-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#interface eth 0/0 huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#undo traffic-suppress all multicast huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#quit
8.
Set the queue scheduling mode to strict priority queue (PQ). The GOOSE service traffic is forwarded in PQ mode. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority
9.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Result After the master station server queries the power distribution site information, the power distribution site information is transmitted to the master station server. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1618
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Configuration File Configure OLT_A. vlan 100,200 smart port vlan 200 0/19 0 dba-profile add profile-name Data type3 assure 20480 max 51200 ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 tcont 5 dba-profile-name Data gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 gem add 2 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 mapping-mode vlan gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 gem mapping 1 1 vlan 200 gem mapping 2 2 vlan 100 commit quit interface gpon 0/3 port 1 ont-auto-find enable ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 quit vlan 8 smart port vlan 8 0/19 0 interface vlanif 8 ip address 192.168.50.20 24 quit interface gpon 0/3 ont ipconfig 1 1 ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 manage-vlan 8 service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 interface gpon 0/4 ont add 1 protect-side quit protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode portstate protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work protect-group member port 0/4/1 ont 1 role protect protect-group enable quit traffic table ip index 20 cir off priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting traffic table ip index 21 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting service-port 1 vlan 200 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi-service user-vlan 200 inbound traffic-table index 20 outbound traffic-table index 20 service-port 2 vlan 100 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 2 multi-service user-vlan 100 gemport 2 inbound traffic-table index 21 outbound traffic-table index 21 multicast-unknown policy service-port 2 transparent vlan service-profile profile-id 20 packet-policy multicast forward user-bridging enable commit quit vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 20 queue-scheduler strict-priority cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save
Configure ONU_A. pon uplink-mode active-standby traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting traffic table ip index 11 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting vlan 100,200 smart port vlan 100,200 0/0 0-1 service-port 2 vlan 200 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1619
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
service-port 3 vlan 100 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 11 tx-cttr 11 packet-policy multicast forward user-bridging enable commit quit vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 10 interface eth 0/1 undo traffic-suppress 1 multicast quit interface eth 0/0 undo traffic-suppress all multicast quit squeue-scheduler strict-priority save
17.1.4 Configuration Example of Automatically Transmitting Site Information over Ethernet (Dual Homing) An optical network unit (ONU) can automatically transmit power distribution site information in the electrical power system through gigabit Ethernet (GE) or fast Ethernet (FE) autonegotiation electrical ports. The ONU cooperates with an optical line terminal (OLT) to provide GPON type C dual-homing protection, ensuring service reliability. GPON is the acronym for gigabit-capable passive optical network.
Context Generic object oriented substation event (GOOSE) is a mechanism defined in IEC 61850 for rapidly transmitting events in a substation automation system. GOOSE packets are multicast packets for communication between terminal units. On a type C dual-homing GPON network, the two PON links between an OLT and an ONU work in active/standby mode and they cannot forward packets at the same time. When the active link is faulty due to a component fault, the ONU can rapidly switch services to the standby OLT. If a protection group is bound to the status of an upstream Ethernet port or Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) sessions on an optical line terminal (OLT), namely, a protection group is associated with the status of an upstream Ethernet port of BFD sessions, the OLT notifies the ONU of performing an active/standby switchover to restore services when the OLT upstream network fails to be connected or an OLT Layer 2 physical link fails. For details about the GPON type C protection mechanism, see GPON Type C Protection in Feature Description.
Service Requirements l
In a smart grid, terminal units collect the running status information, as well as monitoring and control information about the power distribution system and send the information to the master station system.
l
The information collected by terminal units is transparently transmitted to the master station system, and therefore the transmission network must be secure enough to ensure reliable running of the smart grid.
l
Terminal units must communicate with each other. This is because, when a breaker is disconnected or the switch position of an isolator switch changes, a terminal unit must directly send the change information to the measuring and monitoring device and the substation monitoring system in real time. GOOSE can rapidly transmit events in a substation automation system, and requires that ONUs connecting to the same or different PON ports support Layer 2 interconnection.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1620
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
l
A terminal unit provides Ethernet access so an ONU can receive the collected information over Ethernet.
l
The information is transmitted over a GPON network.
Networking Figure 17-6 shows an example network for configuring the automatic transmission of power distribution site information in the electrical power system over Ethernet. l
ONU_A and ONU_B are connected to terminal units through a GE or FE autonegotiation electrical port. After receiving messages from a terminal unit, ONU_A and ONU_B report the messages to the OLT. The OLT forwards the messages to the master station system.
l
In a dual homing scenario, an ONU is connected to two OLTs. Each OLT provides a passive optical network (PON) port. An ONU provides two PON ports for upstream transmission, and the backbone fiber, optical splitter, and distribution fiber are configured for redundancy backup. In this scenario, GPON type C dual-homing protection can be configured to ensure service reliability.
Figure 17-6 Example network for configuring automatic transmission of power distribution site information in the electrical power system over Ethernet Master station system
LAN Switch
Transmission
OSN /PTN
OSN /PTN OLT_A
OLT_B
Splitter
ONU_B
ONU_A GE/FE
GE/FE
Terminal unit
Terminal unit
Standby Link Active Link
NOTE
In this example, an MA5621 is used as the ONU.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1621
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Data Plan Table 17-7 provides the OLT data plan, and Table 17-8 provides the ONU data plan. Table 17-7 Data plan for configuring automatic transmission of power distribution site information in the electrical power system over Ethernet-OLT side Device
Item
Data
OLT_A
Uplink port
0/19/0
VLAN
Inband management VLAN: smart VLAN 8 Service VLAN (SVLAN): smart VLAN 200 (used for transmitting the site information about the electrical power system) SVLAN: smart VLAN 101 (used for transmitting GOOSE packets)
Inband management IP address
192.168.50.20/24
GPON service board
Port: 0/3/1
The GPON service board can be an H801GPBC, H802GPBD, or H805GPBD board.
ONU ID: 1
DBA profile
Profile name: Data
ONU authentication mode: SN ONU SN: 48575443E6D8B541
Type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s ONU line profile
l Profile ID: 10, bound to the DBA profile named Data l GEM port ID: 0 (used for transmitting inband management service stream) l GEM port ID: 1 (used for transparently transmitting the information about the electrical power system) l GEM port ID: 2 (used for transparently transmitting GOOSE packets) l T-CONT ID: 5
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
ONU management mode
SNMP
Priority
The 802.1p priority is used: The priority of the site information about the electrical power system is 1 and the priority of GOOSE packets is 6.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1622
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Device
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Item
Data
Associated protection switching
A protection group is associated with the status of upstream Ethernet ports. NOTE l To detect the link status at the IP layer (the connection status of the OLT upstream network), you need to associate the protection group with BFD sessions. l To detect a Layer 2 physical link fault, you need to associate the protection group with the status of the upstream Ethernet port. In this example, the protection group is associated with the status of the upstream Ethernet port.
OLT_B
The data plan is the same as that of OLT_A.
Table 17-8 Data plan for configuring automatic transmission of power distribution site information in the electrical power system over Ethernet-ONU side Device
Configurati on Item
Data
Remarks
ONU_A
Inband management IP address
IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
-
Traffic profile
l Index 10 (used for transmitting the power distribution site information)
-
l Index 11 (used for transmitting GOOSE packets) Service port
Eth port: 0/1/1
-
Uplink port
GPON port: 0/0/0, 0/0/1
-
Uplink VLAN
l Smart VLAN 100 (used for transmitting power distribution site information)
The uplink VLAN must be the same as the CVLAN on the OLT.
l Smart VLAN 101 (used for transmitting GOOSE packets) Priority
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
The 802.1p priority is used: The priority of power distribution site information is 1 and the priority of GOOSE packets is 6.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
-
1623
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Device
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Configurati on Item
Data
Remarks
User-side VLAN
Untagged (used for transmitting power distribution site information)
-
Smart VLAN 2 (used for transmitting GOOSE packets) ONU_B
The data plan is the same as that of ONU_A except for the IP address.
NOTE
When deploying GPON type C dual-homing protection, ensure that static MAC address, static Address Resolution Protocol (APR), and Ethernet operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM) functions are not configured on an uplink port. Otherwise, service protection switchover may be affected. When deploying GPON type C dual-homing protection, ensure that the configurations of port virtual local area network (VLAN), traffic suppression, line rate, and access control list (ACL) on the two uplink ports on an ONU are the same.
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Create an SVLAN and add an uplink port to it. Create smart VLAN 101 and VLAN 200, and then add uplink port 0/19/0 to these VLANs. huawei(config)#vlan 101,200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0
2.
(Optional) Configure upstream link aggregation. In this example, a single uplink port is used. In the case of multiple uplink ports, upstream link aggregation can be configured.
3.
Configure GPON ONU profiles. GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate. l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONU-side service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed through OMCI. You do not need to configure a service profile in this configuration example. l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS. a.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Add a DBA profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1624
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
You can at first run the display dba-profile command to query the DBA profiles existing in the system. If the DBA profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements, you need to run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. Configure the profile name to Data, profile type to Type3, assured bandwidth to 20 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 50 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name Data type3 assure 20480 max 51200
b.
Add an ONU line profile. Add GPON ONU line profile 10 and bind T-CONT 5 to the DBA profile named Data. In this way, the T-CONT can provide flexible DBA solutions based on different configurations in the DBA profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 5 dba-profile-name Data
Add GEM port 0 for transmitting management traffic streams, GEM port 1 for transmitting the electrical power system site information traffic streams and GEM port 2 for transmitting GOOSE packets traffic streams. Bind GEM port 0, GEM port 1 and GEM port 2 to T-CONT 5. Configure the QoS mode to priority-queue (default) and the queue priority to 3. NOTE
The MA5621 does not support QoS mode gem-car or flow-car. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 2 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3
Configure the mapping mode from the GEM port to ONU-side service to VLAN (default), map the service port of management VLAN 8 to GEM port 0, map the service port of the site information SVLAN 200 to GEM port 1 and map the service port of the GOOSE packets SVLAN 101 to GEM port 2. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#mapping-mode vlan huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 1 1 vlan 200 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 2 2 vlan 101
After the configuration is complete, run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
c.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to add an alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONU line.
4.
Add an ONU on the OLT. The ONU is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through an optical fiber. You can perform the service configuration only after adding an ONU successfully on the OLT. a.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Add an ONU. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1625
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Connect the ONU to GPON port 0/3/1. The ONU ID is 1, the SN is 48575443E6D8B541, the management mode is SNMP, and the bound line profile ID is 10. There are two ways to add an ONU. Select either of the two ways according to actual conditions. l Add an ONU offline: If the password or SN of an ONU is obtained, you can run the ont add command to add the ONU offline. l Automatically find an ONU: If the password or SN of an ONU is unknown, run the port ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONU auto-find function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONU. To add an ONU offline, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10
To automatically find an ONU, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont autofind 1 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONUs connected to the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed. -----------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/3/1 Ont SN : 48575443E6D8B541 Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : MA5621 Ont SoftwareVersion : V800R312C00 Ont EquipmentID : SmartAX MA5621 Ont autofind time : 2012-09-10 11:20:16 -----------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 NOTE
If multiple ONUs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONUs, you can add ONUs in batches by confirming the auto-found ONUs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency. For example, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 all sn-auth snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1_lineprofile10.
5.
Confirm that the ONU goes online normally. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Control flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1626
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU already goes online normally. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration status of the ONU is normal. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
If the ONU state fails, the ONU fails to be in the up state, or the ONU does not match, check the ONU state by referring to the above-mentioned descriptions. l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONU. l If the ONU fails to be in the up state, that is, Run state is offline, the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged. You need to check both the material and the line. l If the ONU state fails, that is, Config state is failed, the ONU capability set outmatches the actual ONU capabilities. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault according to actual conditions. NOTE
If an ONT supports only four queues, the values of 4-7 of the priority-queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid. After configuration recovers, Config state will be failed.
6.
Configure the management channel from the OLT to the ONU. NOTE
Only when the OLT remotely manages the ONU through SNMP, the management channel needs to be configured. When the OLT remotely manages the ONU through OMCI, the management channel need not be configured.
a.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. To log in to the ONU through Telnet and configure the ONU from the OLT, you must configure the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the ONU on the OLT. Create management VLAN 8, and configure the inband management IP address to 192.168.50.20/24. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.20 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
b.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. Configure the static IP address of the ONU to 192.168.50.2/24 and the management VLAN ID to 8 (the same as the management VLAN of the OLT). huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 manage-vlan 8
c.
Configure an inband management service port. Configure the management service port ID to 0, management VLAN ID to 8, GEM port ID to 0, and customer VLAN (CVLAN) ID to 8. The rate of the inband service port on the OLT is not limited. Therefore, use traffic profile 6 (default). To limit the rate of the service port, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1627
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
huawei(config)#service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multiservice user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
7.
Confirm that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. l On the OLT, run the ping 192.168.50.2 command to check the connectivity to the ONU. The ICMP ECHO-REPLY packet from the ONU should be received. l You can run the telnet 192.168.50.2 command to telnet to the ONU and then configure the ONU.
8.
Configure a GPON type C protection group. Set OLT_A as the active OLT and OLT_B as the standby OLT. Configure a protection group on both OLT_A and OLT_B. Set the group member status on OLT_A to work and the group member status on OLT_B to protect. After the setting, when the active OLT is faulty, the system automatically switches to the standby OLT, ensuring service running. NOTE
l For a working port, the protect group is enabled by default and you do not need to enable it any more. For a protect port, the protect group is disabled by default. Run the protect-group enable command to enable the protect group. l Run the protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role protect command on OLT_B to specify the member type in a protect group to protect. Other configurations are the same as that on OLT_A. huawei(config)#protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dualparenting huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work huawei(protect-group-0)#protect-group enable//Determine whether to run this command based on the type of the member type in a protect group on the port huawei(protect-group-0)#quit
9.
Create a service port. Configure the site information service port ID to 1, SVLAN ID to 200, GEM port ID to 1, and CVLAN ID to 100, and configure the GOOSE packets service port ID to 2, SVLAN ID to 101, GEM port ID to 2, and CVLAN ID to 101. Rate limitation for upstream and downstream packets is performed on the ONU instead of on the OLT. The same port is used for transmitting the site information about the electrical power system and GOOSE packets. Therefore, the 802.1p priority of each service needs to be set. The priority of the site information about the electrical power system is lower than that of GOOSE packets. Set the traffic profile index of the site information about the electrical power system to 20 and the priority to 1; set the traffic profile index of GOOSE packets to 21 and the priority to 6. The CVLAN must be the same as the upstream VLAN of the ONU. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 20 cir off priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 20 TD Name : ip-traffictable_20 Priority : 1 Copy Priority : Mapping Index :
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1628
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Mapping Index
:
CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : localpri CIR : off CBS : off PIR : off PBS : off Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 21 cir off priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 21 TD Name : ip-traffictable_21 Priority : 6 Copy Priority : Mapping Index : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Mapping Index : CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : localpri CIR : off CBS : off PIR : off PBS : off Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 200 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multiservice user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 20 tx-cttr 20 huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 101 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 2 multiservice user-vlan 101 rx-cttr 21 tx-cttr 21
10. Configure the bridging function for GOOSE packets. a.
Disable the unknown multicast suppression function. Goose packets are unknown multicast packets. Disable the unknown multicast suppression function on the OLT to ensure that GOOSE packets are not lost.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1629
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
huawei(config)#multicast-unknown policy service-port 2 transparent huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 20 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-20)#packet-policy multicast forward Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-20)#commit
b.
Enable the bridging function. To support the electrical GOOSE function, ONU_A must communicate with ONU_B at Layer 2. huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-20)#user-bridging enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-20)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-20)#quit
c.
Bind the VLAN service profile to the uplink VLAN. huawei(config)#display vlan service-profile profile-id 20
Command: display vlan service-profile profile-id 20 Profile
ID:
20 Profile Name: srvprof-20 --------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter Committed
Committed
Not
--------------------------------------------------------------------Forwarding mode
NotConfig
Anti-macspoofing
NotConfig
Anti-ipspoofing
enable
PPPoE MAC mode
NotConfig
BPDU tunnel
NotConfig
RIP tunnel
NotConfig
VTP-CDP tunnel
NotConfig
DHCP mode
n/a
DHCP proxy
enable
DHCP option82
enable
PITP
enable
Broadcast packet policy
NotConfig
Multicast packet policy
forward
Unknown unicast packet policy
NotConfig
-
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1630
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
User-bridging
enable
IPoE VMAC PPPoE VMAC PPPoA VMAC Mismatch IGMP packet policy
NotConfig NotConfig NotConfig discard
VMAC aging mode
MAC-learning
OSPF tunnel
enable
Layer-3 protocol tunnel
enable
Mac-address learning fabric
enable
-
DHCPv6 mode n/a DHCPv6 option enable PPPoA MAC mode NotConfig Anti-IPv6spoofing enable IPv6 DAD proxy disable Bind route and ND disable NS-reply function disable ARP-reply function disable DHCP relay-interface relay-agent NotConfig --------------------------------------------------------------------Binding VLAN list : 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 101 profile-id 20
11. Configure queue scheduling. The GOOSE service traffic is forwarded in PQ mode. Queue scheduling is a global configuration. You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT, and then the configuration takes effect globally. In the subsequent phases, you need not configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority
Configure the mapping between queues and 802.1p priorities. Priorities 0-7 map queues 0-7 respectively. For the service board that supports only four queues, the mapping between 802.1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows: priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1; priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2; priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3; priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4. huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7
12. Associated a protection group with an upstream Ethernet port. huawei(config)#protect-group 0 huawei(protect-group-0)#uplink-monitor port 0/19/0 huawei(protect-group-0)#quit NOTE
If an Ethernet link aggregation group is configured, the Ethernet port that is associated with the dualhoming protection group must be the primary port in the aggregation group. Use the uplink-monitor bfd command to associate the protection group with BFD sessions. For the configuration of BFD, please refer to Configuring the BFD in OLT Configuration Guide.
13. Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 The following describes the procedure for configuring the automatic transmission of site information about the electrical power system over Ethernet on ONU_A. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1631
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
NOTE
Because the management VLAN and the management IP address have been configured, you can run the telnet 192.168.50.2 command on the OLT to log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. You can also log in to the ONU through a serial port to perform the configuration.
1.
Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. On the OLT, use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet. User name: root (default). Password: mduadmin (default). huawei(config)#telnet 192.168.50.2 { |service-port }: Command: telnet 192.168.50.2 Press CTRL_] to quit telnet mode Trying 192.168.50.2 ... Connected to 192.168.50.2 ... >>User name:root >>User password: //It is not displayed on the console.
2.
Configure the dual PON ports upstream mode. When GPON type C dual-homing protect is configured, set the two PON uplink ports to be in the active/standby mode. Run the display pon config command to query the working mode of the two ports. The two ports work in active/standby mode by default. Run the pon uplink-mode active-standby command to set the mode. huawei(config)#pon uplink-mode active-standby//Determine whether to run this command based on the dual PON ports upstream mode
3.
Configure a traffic profile. The same port is used for transmitting power distribution site information and GOOSE packets. Therefore, the 802.1p priority of each service needs to be set. The priority of power distribution site information is lower than that of GOOSE packets. Set the traffic profile index of power distribution site information to 10 and the priority to 1; set the traffic profile index of GOOSE packets to 11 and the priority to 6. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 10 TD Name : ip-traffictable_10 Priority : 1 Copy Priority : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : localpri CIR : off CBS : off PIR : off PBS :
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1632
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
off Color Mode : colorblind Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 11 cir off priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 11 TD Name : ip-traffictable_11 Priority : 6 Copy Priority : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : localpri CIR : off CBS : off PIR : off PBS : off Color Mode : colorblind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------
4.
Create VLANs. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan 101 smart
5.
Add an uplink port to the VLANs. Add uplink port 0/0/0 and 0/0/1 to the VLANs. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 0-1 huawei(config)#port vlan 101 0/0 0-1
6.
Create a service port. For power distribution site information, create service port 2 with SVLAN 100 and traffic profile 10. For GOOSE packets, create service port 3 with SVLAN 101 and traffic profile 11. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 100 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 101 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan 2 rxcttr 11 tx-cttr 11
7.
Configure the bridging function for GOOSE packets. a.
Disable the unknown multicast suppression function. Goose packets are unknown multicast packets. Disable the unknown multicast suppression function on the OLT to ensure that GOOSE packets are not lost.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1633
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 10 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-10)#packet-policy multicast forward Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-10)#commit
b.
Enable the bridging function. huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-10)#user-bridging enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-10)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-10)#quit
c.
Bind the VLAN service profile to the uplink VLAN. huawei(config)#display vlan service-profile profile-id 10
Command: display vlan service-profile profile-id 10 Profile
ID:
10 Profile Name: srvprof-10 --------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter Committed
Committed
Not
--------------------------------------------------------------------Forwarding mode
VLAN-MAC
BPDU tunnel
disable
RIP tunnel
disable
VTP-CDP tunnel
disable
Multicast packet policy
forward
User-bridging
enable
OSPF tunnel
enable
--------------------------------------------------------------------Binding VLAN list
:
0 --------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 101 profile-id 10
d.
In ETH mode, disable the unknown multicast suppression function on the user side interface and uplink port. huawei(config)#interface eth 0/1 huawei(config-if-eth-0/1)#undo traffic-suppress 1 multicast huawei(config-if-eth-0/1)#quit huawei(config)#interface eth 0/0 huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#undo traffic-suppress all multicast huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1634
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
8.
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Set the queue scheduling mode to strict priority queue (PQ). The GOOSE service traffic is forwarded in PQ mode. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority
9.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 3 The following describes the procedure for configuring the automatic transmission of site information about the electrical power system over Ethernet on ONU_B. The procedure is the same as that on ONU_A except for the ID of the uplink VLAN used for transmitting power distribution site information and IP address. ----End
Result After the master station server queries the power distribution site information, the power distribution site information is transmitted to the master station server.
Configuration File Configure the OLT_A. vlan 101,200 smart port vlan 200 0/19 0 vlan 8 smart port vlan 8 0/19 0 interface vlanif 8 ip address 192.168.50.20 24 quit dba-profile add profile-name Data type3 assure 20480 max 51200 ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 tcont 5 dba-profile-name Data gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 gem add 2 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 mapping-mode vlan gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 gem mapping 1 1 vlan 200 gem mapping 2 2 vlan 101 commit quit interface gpon 0/3 port 1 ont-auto-find enable ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 vlan 8 ont alarm-profile 1 1 profile-id 1 service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 protect-group 0 protect-target gpon-uni-ont workmode dual-parenting protect-group member port 0/3/1 ont 1 role work protect-group enable quit traffic table ip index 20 cir off priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting traffic table ip index 21 cir off priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting service-port 1 vlan 200 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi-service user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 20 tx-cttr 20 service-port 2 vlan 101 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 2 multi-service multicast-unknown policy service-port 2 transparent user-vlan 101 rx-cttr 21 tx-cttr 21
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1635
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
vlan service-profile profile-id 20 packet-policy multicast forward user-bridging enable commit quit vlan bind service-profile 101 profile-id 20 queue-scheduler strict-priority cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 protect-group 0 uplink-monitor port 0/19/0 quit save
Configure the ONU_A. pon uplink-mode active-standby traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting traffic table ip index 11 cir off priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting vlan 100 smart vlan 101 smart port vlan 100 0/0 0-1 port vlan 101 0/0 0-1 service-port 2 vlan 100 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 txcttr 10 service-port 3 vlan 101 eth 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 11 tx-cttr 11 vlan service-profile profile-id 10 packet-policy multicast forward user-bridging enable commit quit vlan bind service-profile 101 profile-id 10 interface eth 0/1 undo traffic-suppress 1 multicast quit interface eth 0/0 undo traffic-suppress all multicast quit squeue-scheduler strict-priority save
17.1.5 Configuration Example of Transmitting Information Collected in Centralized Mode in the Smart Grid over a Serial Port An optical network unit (ONU) supports the serial port access service, and transmits the service upstream to an optical line terminal (OLT) through a gigabit-capable passive optical network (GPON) port. Then the OLT forwards the service data to upper-layer devices. This process intelligently collects power consumption information in an electrical power system.
Service Requirements l
In an electrical power system, a large amount of meter data needs to be collected in centralized mode in real time and sent to an automatic meter reading system (AMR) server for monitoring and processing.
l
A user-side smart meter has a serial port, through which the ONU connects to the smart meter.
l
Data is transmitted over a GPON network.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1636
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Networking Figure 17-7 shows the network diagram for transmitting information collected in centralized mode in the smart grid over a serial port. l
A terminal unit collects meter information and transparently transmits it to an AMR server through an ONU serial port.
l
An ONU obtains serial port data through its serial port, encapsulates the serial port data into User Datagram Protocol (UDP) or Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) packets, and transmits the packets upstream to an OLT through a GPON port. The OLT forwards the packets to an upper-layer device and finally to the AMR server. After receiving the UDP or TCP packets sent downstream from the AMR server, the ONU restores the UDP or TCP packets to serial port data flows and transmits the data flows to terminal units.
Figure 17-7 Network diagram for transmitting information collected in centralized mode in the smart grid over a serial port Serial port frame
Socket communication 0/0/0/:VLAN 30 10.1.1.3/24
10.1.1.2/24
0/2/0
Electric terminal
ONU
OLT
Master electric station server
NOTE
This example uses an MA5621 as an ONU.
Configuration Flowchart Figure 17-8 shows the flowchart for transmitting information collected in centralized mode in the smart grid over a serial port.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1637
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Figure 17-8 Flowchart for transmitting information collected in centralized mode in the smart grid over a serial port ONU
OLT Start
Start
Add an ONU to the OLT
Configure a Layer 3 interface
Configure a management channel between the OLT and the ONU
Configure serial port attributes
Configure a service channel between the OLT and the ONU
Configure a serial port connection
Save End End
Device
Configuration Procedure
Configuration Description
OLT
1. Add an ONU to the OLT.
You can configure the ONU only after adding it to the OLT.
2. Configure a management channel between the OLT and the ONU.
You can log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU only after the inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available.
3. Configure a service channel between the OLT and the ONU.
The meter data collected by the ONU needs to be transparently transmitted to the AMR server on the upper-layer network through the OLT.
1. Configure a Layer 3 interface.
The data collected by an ONU needs to carry IP addresses so that it can be transmitted over an IP network.
2. Configure serial port attributes.
An ONU can communicate with a terminal unit properly only when they have the same serial port attributes.
3. Configure a serial port connection.
The data collected by an ONU is converted between serial port lines and the Ethernet network through this serial port connection.
ONU
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1638
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Data Plan Table 17-9 provides the data plan for the optical line terminal (OLT) and Table 17-10 provides the data plan for the ONU. Table 17-9 Data plan for the OLT Configuration Item
Data
Virtual local area network (VLAN)
l Uplink port: 0/19/0 l Inband management VLAN 8 with VLAN type smart l Service VLAN 30 with VLAN type smart
IP address
Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.10/24
GPON service board
l Port ID: 0/3/1 l ONT ID: 1 l ONU authentication mode: SN l ONU serial number (SN): 48575443E6D8B541
Dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA) profile
l Profile name: SerialAccess l Type: type3 l Assured bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s l Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s l ONU line profile 10 bound to DBA profile SerialAccess
ONU line profile
l GPON encapsulation mode (GEM) port ID: 0 (inband management service port ID) l GEM port ID: 1 (transparent transmission service port ID) l Transmission container (T-CONT) ID: 5 ONU management mode
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
Table 17-10 Data plan for the ONU Configuration Item
Data
Remarks
Attributes of the inband management interface
l Uplink port: 0/0/0
-
l VLAN ID: 8 l Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24 l Index of a traffic profile: 6 (default value)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1639
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
Configuration Item
Data
Remarks
Attributes of the VLAN Layer 3 interface
l Uplink port: 0/0/0
The IP address of the master station server is 10.1.1.2.
l VLAN ID: 30 l IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface: 10.1.1.3
Attributes of the serial port
l Serial port ID: 0/2/0 l Working mode: rs485 l Baud rate: 2400 bit/s
The default baud rate specified in the DL645-2007 MultiFunction WattHour Meter Communication Protocol is 2400 bit/ s. Ensure that the serial port attributes are the same as those on the interconnected terminal unit.
Connections of the serial port
l Connection ID: 1 l Transmission mode: tcp-server l Local port ID: 3000 l Serial port frame type: none
If a remote port ID is not specified on an ONU, the system obtains the port ID based on the connection packets received on the serial port from the remote port. NOTE When specifying a remote port ID on an ONU, ensure that it is the same as the ID of the source port sending connection packets.
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Create a service VLAN and add an uplink port to it. The ID of the service VLAN is 30 and the uplink port added to service VLAN 30 is 0/19/0. huawei(config)#vlan 30 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 30 0/19 0
2. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
(Optional) Configure uplink aggregation. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1640
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
This topic uses a single uplink port as an example. If there are multiple uplink ports, configure uplink aggregation. 3.
Configure GPON ONU profiles. GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: describes GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile to allocate dynamic bandwidths, improving upstream bandwidth usage. l Line profile: describes the binding between T-CONTs and DBA profiles, quality of service (QoS) mode of a service port, and mapping between GEM ports and ONU services. l Service profile: provides service configuration channels for an ONU that is managed through an optical network terminal management and control interface (OMCI). l Alarm profile: contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, a PON board on the OLT notifies the OLT of this event and sends an alarm to a log host and the network management system (NMS). a.
Configure a DBA profile. Run the display dba-profile command to query existing DBA profiles in the system. If the existing DBA profiles in the system cannot meet site requirements, run the dbaprofile add command to add a DBA profile. Set the DBA profile parameters as follows: profile name SerialAccess, type Type3, assured bandwidth 20 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth 50 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name SerialAccess type3 assure 20480 max 51200
b.
Configure an ONU line profile. Add GPON ONU line profile 10 and bind T-CONT 5 to DBA profile SerialAccess. Then the T-CONT can provide flexible DBA solutions based on different DBA profile configurations. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 5 dba-profile-name SerialAccess
Add GEM port 0 to carry management service streams and GEM port 1 to carry service flows for collecting information in the smart grid. Bind GEM ports 0 and 1 to T-CONT 5. Set the QoS mode to priority-queue (default mode) and the queue priority to 3. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3
Configure the mapping mode between GEM ports and ONU services to VLAN (default mode), map service flows of management VLAN 8 to GEM port 0, and map service flows of service VLAN 30 to GEM port 1. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#mapping-mode vlan huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 1 1 vlan 30
After the configuration is complete, run the commit command to make the configuration take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
(Optional) Configure an alarm profile. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1641
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
l The default alarm profile is GPON alarm profile 1, in which each alarm threshold is 0, indicating that no alarm is reported. l This topic uses the default alarm profile. Therefore, you do not need to configure the profile. l If necessary, run the gpon alarm-profile add command to add a GPON alarm profile to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines. 4.
Add an ONU to the OLT. The ONU connects to a GPON port on the OLT using an optical fiber. You can configure services only after adding the ONU to the OLT. a.
Add the ONU. Connect the ONU to GPON port 0/3/1 using an optical splitter. The ONU ID is 1, the SN is 48575443E6D8B541, the management mode is SNMP, and the ID of the bound line profile is 10. You can use either of the following methods to add an ONU: l Add an ONU in offline mode. If you have obtained the password or SN of an ONU, run the ont add command to add it in offline mode. l Use the ONU automatic discovery function. If the password or SN of an ONU is unknown, run the port ont-auto-find command in GPON mode to enable the ONU automatic discovery function. Then run the ont confirm command to confirm the automatically discovered ONU. To add an ONU in offline mode, run the following commands: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10
To add an ONU using the ONU automatic discovery function, run the following commands: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont autofind 1 //This command displays the information about all ONUs connected to the GPON port using an optical splitter. -----------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/3/1 Ont SN : 48575443E6D8B541 Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : MA5621 Ont SoftwareVersion : V800R310C00 Ont EquipmentID : SmartAX MA5621 Ont autofind time : 2011-09-10 11:20:16 -----------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1642
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
NOTE
If a port on the OLT connects to multiple ONUs of the same type and the port on the OLT is bound to the same line profile or service profile, you can add ONUs in batches by confirming the automatically discovered ONUs in batches. This function simplifies operations and improves configuration efficiency. For example, in the preceding information, huawei(configif-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 can be changed to huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 all sn-auth snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1_lineprofile10.
5.
Confirm that the ONU goes online properly. After adding the ONU, run the display ont info command to query the ONU status. Ensure that Control flag is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //The ONU has been activated. Run state : online //The ONU is online. Config state : normal //The ONU configuration status has been restored. ...//The follow-up terminal display is omitted.
If the ONU status is abnormal, the ONU cannot be in the up state, or the ONU does not meet requirements, check the ONU status based on the preceding information. l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont activate command in GPON port mode to activate the ONU. l If the ONU cannot be in the up state (Run state is offline), check materials and lines because the physical line may be cut or the optical module may be damaged. l If the ONU status is abnormal (Config state is failed), ONU capabilities cannot support the configured ONU capability set. Then run the display ont failed-configuration command in diagnosis mode to check failed configuration items and failure causes. Then, rectify the fault based on site requirements. NOTE
If an ONT supports only four queues, the values 4 through 7 of the priority-queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid, which causes Config state to be failed.
6.
Configure a management channel from the OLT to the ONU. NOTE
A management channel needs to be configured only when the OLT remotely manages the ONU using SNMP.
a.
Configure the inband management VLAN for the OLT and set the inband management IP address. To log in to the ONU from the OLT and configure the ONU remotely, configure the inband management VLAN for the OLT and the ONU and set the inband management IP address. Configure inband management VLAN 8 and set the inband management IP address to 192.168.50.10/24. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1643
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
b.
Configure the inband management VLAN for the ONU and set the inband management IP address. Set the static IP address of the ONU to 192.168.50.2/24 and management VLAN 8 (the same as the management VLAN for the OLT). huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 manage-vlan 8
c.
Configure an inband management service port. Configure the management service port ID to 0, management VLAN ID to 8, GEM port ID to 0, and customer VLAN ID to 8. The rate of the inband service port on the OLT is not limited. Therefore, use traffic profile 6 (default profile). To limit the rate of the service port, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port. huawei(config)#service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multiservice user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
7.
Verify that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. l Run the ping 192.168.50.2 command on the OLT to check the connectivity to the ONU. If the OLT can receive ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets sent from the ONU, the OLT is connected to the ONU. l Run the telnet 192.168.50.2 command to log in to the ONU and configure it.
8.
Create a service port. Configure the ID of the service port for the power distribution site information to 1, service VLAN ID to 30, and customer VLAN ID to 30. In addition, the traffic of upstream and downstream packets is not limited. Ensure that the customer VLAN is the same as the Layer 3 interface VLAN of the ONU. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 20 cir off priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 20 TD Name : ip-traffictable_20 Priority : 1 Copy Priority : Mapping Index : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Mapping Index : CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : localpri CIR :
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1644
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
off CBS : off PIR : off PBS : off Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 30 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multiservice user-vlan 30 rx-cttr 20 tx-cttr 20
9.
Configure queue scheduling. Use the 3PQ+5WRR queue scheduling. PQ is the acronym for priority queuing and WRR is the acronym for weighted round robin. Queues 0-4 use the WRR mode, with the weights of 10, 10, 20, 20, and 40 respectively. Queues 5-7 use the PQ mode. Queue scheduling is a global configuration. Specifically, you need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT. Then the configuration takes effect globally. In followup operations, you do not need to configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0
Configure the mapping between queues and 802.1p priorities. Priorities 0-7 map queues 0-7. If a board supports only four queues, the mapping between 802.1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows: Priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1. Priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2. Priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3. Priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4. huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7
10. Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 Configure the ONU. NOTE
The management VLAN and the management IP address have been configured. Therefore, you can run the telnet 192.168.50.2 command on the OLT to log in to the ONU and configure the ONU. You can also log in to the ONU through a serial port and configure it.
1.
Log in to the ONU and configure it. On the OLT, use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU in telnet mode. The user name is root (default) and its default password is mduadmin. huawei(config)#telnet 192.168.50.2 { |service-port }: Command: telnet 192.168.50.2 Press CTRL_] to quit telnet mode Trying 192.168.50.2 ... Connected to 192.168.50.2 ... >>User name:root >>User password: //It is not displayed on the console.
2.
Configure a VLAN Layer 3 interface. Configure the service VLAN ID to 30 and VLAN type to smart, add uplink port 0/0/0 to VLAN 30, and set the IP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10.1.1.3.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1645
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
huawei(config)#vlan 30 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 30 0/0 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 30 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#ip address 10.1.1.3 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#quit
3.
Configure the serial port working mode. Configure the serial port working mode to RS485, which is the same as the working mode of the serial port on the terminal unit. huawei(config)#interface serial 0/2 huawei(config-if-serial-0/2)#port mode 0 rs485
4.
(Optional) Configure serial port attributes. The default value of the serial port baud rate is 2400 bit/s. Configure the serial port baud rate to be the same as the baud rate of the serial port on the terminal unit. huawei(config)#interface serial 0/2 huawei(config-if-serial-0/2)#port config 0 baudrate 2400
5.
Configure a serial port connection. Configure the data transmission mode to TCP Server, local end IP address for the TCP/ IP connection to 10.1.1.3, local port ID to 3000, peer end IP address for the TCP/IP connection to 10.1.1.2, and serial port frame type to none. huawei(config)#serialop-connection 1 port 0/2/0 working-mode tcp-server localaddress 10.1.1.3 local-port 3000 peer-address 10.1.1.2 frame-type none
6.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Result 1.
Run the ping command to verify that the route between the ONU and the master station server is available.
2.
Run the display serialop-connection command to query whether the status of the serial port TCP/IP connection is established to determine whether the ONU and the master station server communicate with each other properly. NOTE
If working-mode of the serial port connection is TCP-Client, run the display serialopconnection command to query whether the status of the serial port TCP/IP connection is connected to determine whether the ONU and the master station server communicate with each other properly. If working-mode of the serial port connection is UDP, run the display serialop-connection statistics command to query the number of frames received on or sent from the serial port to determine whether the ONU and the master station server communicate with each other properly.
Configuration File The OLT configurations are as follows: vlan port vlan port
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
30 smart vlan 30 0/19 0 8 smart vlan 8 0/19 0
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1646
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
17 Electrical Service Configuration
interface vlanif 8 ip address 192.168.50.10 24 quit dba-profile add profile-name SerialAccess type3 assure 20480 max 51200 ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 tcont 5 dba-profile-name SerialAccess gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 mapping-mode vlan gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 gem mapping 1 1 vlan 30 commit quit interface gpon 0/3 port 1 ont-auto-find enable ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5621_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 vlan 8 ont alarm-profile 1 1 profile-id 1 service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 traffic table ip index 20 cir off priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting service-port 1 vlan 30 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi-service user-vlan 30 rx-cttr 20 tx-cttr 20 queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save
The ONU configurations are as follows: vlan 30 standard port vlan 30 0/0 0 interface vlanif 30 ip address 10.1.1.3 24 quit interface serial 0/2 port mode 0 rs485 interface serial 0/2 port config 0 baudrate 2400 serialop-connection 1 port 0/2/0 working-mode tcp-server local-address 10.1.1.3 local-port 3000 peer-address 10.1.1.2 frame-type none save
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1647
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
About This Chapter The optiCable solutions mainly apply to two scenarios: bidirectional restructuring for existing cable TV users, and cable TV and broadband service access over coaxial cables for new users. The radio frequency (RF) access can be deployed in a network to support both passive optical network (PON) and ethernet over coaxial cable (EoC) services. Such a network scenario supports high-speed Internet (HSI) and Internet protocol television (IPTV) services, meeting broadcast and television services requirements. 18.1 Configuring Example of EoC Services (OLTs Use GPON Access) Ethernet over coaxial cable (EoC) is a key technology for the next-generation broadcast and TV networks. This technology can be used to reconstruct the existing cable networks to bidirectional broadband network to provide bandwidth services such as high-speed Internet (HSI) and Internet protocol television (IPTV). This topic uses the MA5631 as an optical network unit (ONU) to describe how to configure EoC broadband services.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1648
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
18.1 Configuring Example of EoC Services (OLTs Use GPON Access) Ethernet over coaxial cable (EoC) is a key technology for the next-generation broadcast and TV networks. This technology can be used to reconstruct the existing cable networks to bidirectional broadband network to provide bandwidth services such as high-speed Internet (HSI) and Internet protocol television (IPTV). This topic uses the MA5631 as an optical network unit (ONU) to describe how to configure EoC broadband services.
Service Requirements Users can subscribe to broadcast and TV services, Internet access services, and interaction services. Broadcast and TV services can be provided after the ONU hardware is connected and the service channel is set up. No configuration is required. This topic only describes how to configure the Internet access and interaction services. The CNU uses the HG7022, providing two LAN ports. Port 1 is connected to a PC for providing the Internet access service and port 2 is connected to a set top box (STB) for providing a return channel for the interactive TV service. The CNU differentiates services by port. Virtual local area networks (VLANs) are not switched on the optical line terminal (OLT) and services are transparently transmitted on the OLT. l
Users access the Internet in Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) dialup mode.
l
Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) is enabled to protect user accounts against theft and roaming. NOTE
In Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dialup mode, you can configure anti-theft and roaming for user accounts. For details, see Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming for User Accounts Using DHCP.
Networking Figure 18-1 shows a network diagram of the EoC broadband service. Figure 18-1 Network diagram of the EoC broadband service U2000 HSI
ONU
CNU
MAN Splitter
OLT
Interactive TV
Transport network RX
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Internet
VOD
TX 1550nm is recommended
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1649
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
Data Plan Table 18-1 provides the data plan for the OLT, and Table 18-2 provides the data plan for the ONU. Table 18-1 Data plan for configuring the EoC broadband service-OLT side Item
Data
VLAN
Inband management VLAN: smart VLAN 8 SVLAN: smart VLAN 100 with the attribute Common SVLAN: smart VLAN 101 with the attribute Common
IP address
Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
GPON service board
Port ID: 0/3/1 ONU ID: 1 ONU authentication mode: SN ONU SN: 48575443E6D8B541
DBA profile
Profile name: PrivateLine Type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 50 Mbit/s
ONU line profile
Profile ID: 10, bound to the DBA profile named PrivateLine GEM port IDs: 0, 1, and 2 T-CONT ID: 5
ONU management mode
SNMP
Table 18-2 Data plan for configuring the EoC broadband service-ONU side Item
Data
CNU
l CNU ID: 0 l CNU MAC address: 00B0-5240-0003 l CNU SN: hwhw-12341234 l CNU line profile: 1
VLAN
Inband management VLAN: smart VLAN 8, adding GPON upstream port 0/0/0 to this VLAN HSI SVLAN: smart VLAN 100 with the attribute Stacking, adding GPON upstream port 0/0/0 to the VLAN Interactive TV SVLAN: smart VLAN 101 with the attribute Common, adding GPON upstream port 0/0/0 to the VLAN
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1650
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
Item
Data
IP address
Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT. 1.
Create an SVLAN and add an upstream port to it. Create smart VLANs 100 and 101, their attributes are common, and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the VLANs. huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#port
2.
100-101 smart attrib 100 common attrib 101 common vlan 100-101 0/19 0
(Optional) Configure upstream link aggregation. In this example, a single upstream port is used. In the case of multiple upstream ports, configure upstream link aggregation. For details, see "Configuring the Link Aggregation of Upstream Ethernet Port".
3.
Configure GPON ONU profiles. GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile, line profile, service profile, and alarm profile. l DBA profile: A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation, improving the upstream bandwidth usage. l Line profile: A line profile describes the binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile, the QoS mode of the traffic stream, and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONU-side service. l Service profile: A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed using optical network terminal management and control interface (OMCI). l Alarm profile: An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines. When a statistical value reaches the threshold, the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS. a.
Add a DBA profile. Run the display dba-profile command to query the DBA profiles in the system. If the DBA profiles in the system do not meet requirements, run the dba-profile add command to add a DBA profile. Configure the profile name to PrivateLine, profile type to Type3, assured bandwidth to 20 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 50 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name PrivateLine type3 assure 20480 max 51200
b.
Add an ONU line profile. Add GPON ONU line profile 10 and bind T-CONT 5 to the DBA profile named PrivateLine. In this way, the T-CONT can provide flexible DBA solutions based on different configurations in the DBA profile.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1651
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 5 dba-profile-name PrivateLine
Add GEM port 0 for transmitting management traffic streams, GEM port 1 for transmitting HSI traffic streams and GEM port 2 for transmitting interactive TV traffic streams. Bind GEM port 0, GEM port 1 and GEM port 2 to T-CONT 5. Configure the QoS mode to priority-queue (default) and the queue priority to 3. NOTE
1) To change the QoS mode, run the qos-mode command to configure the QoS mode to gem-car or flow-car, and run the gem add command to configure the ID of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port. 2) When the QoS mode is PQ, the default queue priority is 0; when the QoS is flow-car, traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default (no rate limitation); when the QoS mode is gem-car, traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default (no rate limitation).
huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 2 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 Configure the mapping mode from the GEM port to ONU-side service to VLAN (default), map the service port of management VLAN 8 to GEM port 0, map the service port of HSI SVLAN 100 to GEM port 1 and map the service port of the interactive TV SVLAN 101 to GEM port 2. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#mapping-mode vlan huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 1 1 vlan 100 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 2 2 vlan 101
After the configuration is complete, run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. The thresholds for all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0, which indicates that no alarm is generated. l In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. l Run the gpon alarm-profile add command to add an alarm profile, which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONU line. 4.
Add an ONU on the OLT. The ONU is connected to the GPON port of the OLT using an optical fiber. You can perform the service configuration only after adding an ONU successfully on the OLT. a.
Add an ONU. Connect the ONU to GPON port 0/3/1. The ONU ID is 1, the serial number (SN) is 48575443E6D8B541, the management mode is SNMP, and the bound line profile ID is 10. Add an ONU in either of the following two methods based on site requirements: l Add an ONU offline: If the password or SN of an ONU is obtained, you can run the ont add command to add the ONU offline.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1652
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
l Find an ONU automatically: If the password or SN of an ONU is unknown, run the port ont-auto-find command in GPON mode to enable the ONU auto-find function of the GPON port. Then run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONU. To add an ONU offline, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont add 1 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ontlineprofile-id 10 desc MA5631_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10
To automatically find an ONU, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont autofind 1 //After this command is executed, the information about all the ONUs connected to //the GPON port using the optical splitter is displayed. -----------------------------------------------------------Number : 1 F/S/P : 0/3/1 Ont SN : 48575443E6D8B541 Password : VenderID : HWTC Ont Version : MA5631 Ont SoftwareVersion : V800R310C00 Ont EquipmentID : SmartAX MA5631 Ont autofind time : 2011-09-10 11:20:16 -----------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5631_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 NOTE
If multiple ONUs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profiles or service profiles are bound to the ONUs, add these ONUs in batches by confirming the auto-found ONUs in batches. The adding simplifies the operation and increases the configuration efficiency. Therefore, the preceding command can be modified to: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont confirm 1 all sn-auth snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5631_0/3/1_lineprofile10.
5.
Confirm that the ONU goes online properly. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the ONU status. Ensure that Control flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/3/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONU is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONU already goes online properly. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration status of the ONU is normal. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#quit
If the ONU configuration fails or the ONU fails to be up, check the ONU state by referring to the above-mentioned descriptions. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1653
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont activate command in GPON port mode to activate the ONU. l If Run state is offline, the ONU fails to be up. The physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check both the materials and line. l If Config state is failed, the ONU configuration fails. The ONU capability set outmatches the actual ONU capabilities. Run the display ont failed-configuration command in diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then rectify the fault according to actual conditions. NOTE
If an ONT supports only four queues, the values of 4–7 of the priority-queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid. After configuration recovers, Config state will be failed.
6.
Configure the management channel from the OLT to the ONU. NOTE
The management channel needs to be configured only when the OLT remotely manages the ONU using the SNMP protocol. When the OLT remotely manages the ONU using the OMCI, the management channel need not be configured.
a.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. To remote log in to the ONU and configure the ONU from the OLT, configure the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the ONU on the OLT. Create management VLAN 8 and set the inband management IP address to 192.168.50.1/24. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
b.
Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. Set the static IP address of the ONU to 192.168.50.2/24 and the management VLAN ID to 8 (the same as the management VLAN of the OLT). huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/3 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/3)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 vlan 8
c.
Configure an inband management service port. Set the management service port ID to 0, management VLAN ID to 8, GEM port ID to 0, and CVLAN ID to 8. The rate of the inband service port on the OLT is not limited. Therefore, use traffic profile 6 (default). To limit the rate of the service port, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port. huawei(config)#service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 multiservice user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
7.
Confirm that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. l On the OLT, run the ping 192.168.50.2 command to check the connectivity to the ONU. ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets from the ONU should be received. l You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration.
8.
Create a service port. Configure the port ID of the HSI service to 1, SVLAN ID to 100, GEM port ID to 1, CVLAN ID to 100, and configure the port ID of the interactive TV service to 2, SVLAN ID to 101, GEM port ID to 2, CVLAN ID to 101. Rate limitation for upstream and downstream packets
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1654
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
is performed on the MDU instead of on the OLT. Therefore, use traffic profile 6 (default). To limit the rate of the service port, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port. The CVLAN must be the same as the upstream VLAN of the ONU. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 1 multiservice user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 101 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 2 multiservice user-vlan 101 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
9.
Configure queue scheduling. Use the 3PQ+5WRR queue scheduling. Queues 0-4 use the WRR mode, with the weights of 10, 10, 20, 20, and 40 respectively; queues 5-7 use the PQ mode. The service priority is 4, using the WRR scheduling. Queue scheduling is a global configuration. Configure queue scheduling on the OLT only once, and then the configuration takes effect globally. In subsequent service configurations, you do not need to configure queue scheduling. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0
Configure the mapping between queues and 802.1p priorities. Priorities 0-7 map queues 0-7 respectively. For the service board that supports only four queues, the mappings between 802.1p priorities and queue IDs are as follows: priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1; priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2; priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3; priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4. huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7
10. Save the data. huawei(config)#save
Step 2 Configure the ONU to provide services automatically. The CNU can automatically provide services after going online. No additional service configuration operation is required and therefore the service provisioning efficiency is improved. NOTE
Because the management VLAN and the management IP address have been configured, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration.
1.
Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. On the OLT, you can remote log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. The user name is root (default) and the password is mduadmin (default).
2.
Confirm an automatically discovered CNU. Services are automatically provided after the CNU is automatically discovered. huawei(config)#interface eoc 0/1 huawei(config-if-eoc-0/1)#cnu auto confirm all
3.
Create an SVLAN. Set the VLAN ID of the HSI service to 100, the VLAN type to smart, and the attribute to stacking, and add uplink port 0/0/0 to this VLAN. Set the VLAN ID of the interactive TV service to 101, the VLAN type to smart, and the attribute to common, and add uplink port 0/0/0 to this VLAN.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1655
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#port
4.
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
100-101 smart attrib 100 stacking attrib 101 common vlan 100-101 0/0 0
Create a profile for automatic service provisioning by the CNU. Configure the HSI service profile ID to 1, service VLAN ID to 100, CNU port ID to 1, and traffic profile to 3. huawei(config)#cnu auto-service-profile add 1 vlan 100 eth 1 inbound traffictable index 3 outbound traffic-table index 3
Configure the interactive TV service profile ID to 1, service VLAN ID to 100, CNU port ID to 1, and traffic profile to 3. huawei(config)#cnu auto-service-profile add 1 vlan 101 eth 2 inbound traffictable index 4 outbound traffic-table index 4
Step 3 Configure the ONU to provide services through manual operations. Users must manually configure services after the CNU goes online. NOTE
Because the management VLAN and the management IP address have been configured, you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration.
1.
Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. On the OLT, you can remote log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. The user name is root (default) and the password is mduadmin (default).
2.
Optional: Configure a line profile for the EoC head end module. A line profile is generally not required for the EoC head end module because the default line profile 1 is automatically bound to the head end module port. For details about how to customize a line profile, see Configuration Guide of the ONU. The default profile is used in this example.
3.
Optional: Configure a CNU line profile. A CNU line profile is generally not required because the default line profile 1 is automatically bound to the CNU. For details about how to customize a line profile, see Configuration Guide of the ONU. The default profile is used in this example.
4.
Add a CNU to an ONU. Assume that a CNU ID is 0, the CNU SN is hwhw-12341234, the bound line profile is 1, the description added to the CNU is huaweicnu, and the CNU alarm reporting function is disabled by default. To connect this CNU to EoC head end module port 0/1/0, you can use two methods: add a CNU offline and confirm an automatically discovered CNU. l Add an CNU offline. If the CNU SN is known, run the cnu add command to add the CNU offline. huawei(config)#interface eoc 0/1 huawei(config-if-eoc-0/1)#cnu add 0 0 sn-auth hwhw-12341234 lineprofile-id 1 desc huaweicnu huawei(config-if-eoc-0/1)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1656
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
l Confirm an automatically discovered CNU. If the CNU SN is unknown, run the cnu auto confirm command in EoC mode to enable the CNU automatic discover function on the EoC port. huawei(config)#interface eoc 0/1 huawei(config-if-eoc-0/1)#cnu auto confirm all
5.
Create an SVLAN. Set the VLAN ID of the HSI service to 100, the VLAN type to smart, and the attribute to stacking, and add uplink port 0/0/0 to this VLAN. Set the VLAN ID of the interactive TV service to 101, the VLAN type to smart, and the attribute to common, and add uplink port 0/0/0 to this VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#vlan huawei(config)#port
6.
100-101 smart attrib 100 stacking attrib 101 common vlan 100-101 0/0 0
Configure the traffic profile. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles in the system. If the traffic profiles in the system do not meet requirements, run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. This example uses the default traffic profile. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { |toindex }:
Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR(kbps) CBS(bytes) PIR(kbps) PBS(bytes) Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy ---------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7
7.
Create a service port and bind it to a traffic profile. VLAN tags are switched for the HSI service. The outer VLAN tag, or SVLAN tag, identifies OLT+PON port+services, and the inner VLAN tag, or CVLAN tag, identifies CNU+ONU ID. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 100 eoc 0/1/0 cnu 0 eth 1 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 3 outbound traffic-table index 3 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 100 2
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1657
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
CVLAN to SVLAN tag switching is performed for the interactive TV service. The S-VLAN identifies services. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 101 eoc 0/1/0 cnu 0 eth 2 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 4 outbound traffic-table index 4
8.
Configure the user account security. The PITP P mode can be enabled to protect the user account against theft and roaming. huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode NOTE
For details about the PITP configuration for the user account security, see Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Account Using PITP.
9.
Save the data. huawei(config)#save
----End
Result l
The users connected to port 1 on the CNU can use the HSI service.
l
The users connected to port 2 on the CNU can use the interactive TV service. NOTE
The users connected to LAN ports can use the Internet access service or interactive TV service based on requirements, regardless of whether the CNU provides two or four ports. The procedure for configuring the EoC broadband services on the CNU with four ports is the same as the preceding procedure for configuring the EoC broadband services on the CNU with two ports.
Configuration File Configure the OLT. vlan 100-101 smart vlan attrib 100 common vlan attrib 101 common port vlan 100-101 0/19 0 vlan 8 smart port vlan 8 0/19 0 interface vlanif 8 ip address 192.168.50.1 24 quit dba-profile add profile-name PrivateLine type3 assure 20480 max 51200 ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 tcont 5 dba-profile-name PrivateLine gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 gem add 1 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 gem add 2 eth tcont 5 priority-queue 3 mapping-mode vlan gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 gem mapping 1 1 vlan 100 gem mapping 2 2 vlan 101 commit quit interface gpon 0/3 port 1 ont-auto-find enable display ont autofind 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont-lineprofile-id 10 desc MA5631_0/3/1/1_lineprofile10 ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 vlan 8 ont alarm-profile 1 1 profile-id 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1658
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
18 optiCable EoC Bandwidth Configuration
service-port 0 vlan 8 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport 0 user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport user-vlan 100 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 2 vlan 101 gpon 0/3/1 ont 1 gemport user-vlan 101 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 save
multi-service 1 multi-service 2 multi-service
cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7
Configure the ONU to provide services automatically. interface eoc 0/1 cnu auto confirm all vlan 100-101 smart port vlan 100-101 0/0 0 cnu auto-service-profile add outbound traffic-table index cnu auto-service-profile add outbound traffic-table index
1 vlan 100 eth 1 inbound traffic-table index 3 3 1 vlan 101 eth 2 inbound traffic-table index 4 4
Configure the ONU to provide services through manual operations. interface eoc 0/1 cnu add 0 0 sn-auth hwhw-12341234 lineprofile-id 1 desc huaweicnu quit vlan 100-101 smart port vlan 100-101 0/0 0 vlan service-profile profile-id 1 vlan service-profile profile-id 2 commit quit vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 1 vlan bind service-profile 101 profile-id 2 service-port 1 vlan 100 eoc 0/1/0 cnu 0 eth 1 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 3 outbound traffic-table index 3 service-port 2 vlan 101 eoc 0/1/0 cnu 0 eth 2 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 4 outbound traffic-table index 4 pitp enable pmode save
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1659
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19
19 IPv6 Configuration
IPv6 Configuration
About This Chapter 19.1 IPv6 Networking The FTTH IPv6 solution is part of the Huawei fixed broadband solution for IPv6, supporting the access of the IPv6 high speed Internet (HSI) service and IPTV service. 19.2 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4 The main configuration difference between the IPv6 and IPv4 services lies in the configurations on the OLT, MDU, and ONT. 19.3 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTB/C (No HGWs) Scenario This section describes the methods for configuring IPv6 services in the FTTB/C (No HGWs) scenario. 19.4 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTB+HGW Scenario This section describes the methods for configuring IPv6 services in the FTTB+HGW scenario. 19.5 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTH (Bridging ONT) Scenario This section describes the methods for configuring IPv6 services in the FTTH (bridging ONT) scenario. 19.6 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTH (Gateway ONT) Scenario This section describes the methods for configuring IPv6 services in the FTTH (gateway ONT) scenario.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1660
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
19.1 IPv6 Networking The FTTH IPv6 solution is part of the Huawei fixed broadband solution for IPv6, supporting the access of the IPv6 high speed Internet (HSI) service and IPTV service. The Huawei FBB solution for IPv6 includes the following scenarios based on service access modes. Since "HSI scenario: IPv4/IPv6 DS+PPPoE+L2TP" and "HSI scenario: IPv4/IPv6 DS +NAT+PPPoE" in this solution are the same as those in the FTTx solution, they are not elaborated in this document. l
HSI scenario: IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT+PPPoE
l
HSI scenario: IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT+IPoE
l
HSI scenario: IPv4/IPv6 DS+PPPoE+L2TP
l
HSI scenario: DS-Lite+PPPoE
l
IPTV scenario: IPv4/IPv6 DS+IPoE
l
IPTV scenario: IPv4/IPv6 DS+PPPoE
The access network devices still use IPv4, instead of IPv6, to implement voice services. Table 19-1 lists how the access network devices process different services in different IPv6 networking scenarios. For details, see the data planning and configuration for each scenario. Table 19-1 IPv6 networking scenarios Netwo rk Topol ogy
Servic e
Scheme
OLT
ONU
FTTB/ C (no HGW)
HSI
IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT +PPPoE
Layer 2 forwarding
Layer 2 forwarding
DS-Lite +PPPoE
Not supported
Not supported
IPv4/IPv6 DS+IPoE
No such networking scenario
No such networking scenario
Layer 2 forwarding
Layer 2 forwarding
IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT +IPoE
IPTV
IPv4/IPv6 DS +PPPoE FTTB +HGW
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
HSI
IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT +PPPoE
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1661
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Netwo rk Topol ogy
Servic e
Scheme
19 IPv6 Configuration
OLT
ONU
IPv4/IPv6 DS+IPoE
It is recommended to establish a multicast service channel from the OLT to the ONU to transparently transmit multicast service packets at Layer 2.
It is recommended to use the ONU to duplicate IPv6 multicast flows.
IPv4/IPv6 DS +PPPoE
Not recommended
Not recommended
IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT +PPPoE
Layer 2 forwarding
Layer 2 forwarding
DS-Lite +PPPoE
Not supported
Not supported
IPv4/IPv6 DS+IPoE
The OLT is used to duplicate IPv6 multicast flows.
Bridge forwarding
IPv4/IPv6 DS +PPPoE
Not recommended
Not recommended
IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT +PPPoE
Layer 2 forwarding
To enable IPv4/IPv6 DS on the ONT, enable IPv4 and IPv6 concurrently on the WAN port.
IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT +IPoE DS-Lite +PPPoE IPTV
FTTH (bridgi ng ONT)
HSI
IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT +IPoE
IPTV
FTTH (gatew ay ONT)
HSI
IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT +IPoE DS-Lite +PPPoE IPTV
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
IPv4/IPv6 DS+IPoE
If DS-Lite is enabled on the ONT, enable IPv6 and DSLite on the WAN port. The OLT is used to duplicate IPv6 multicast flows.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Bridge forwarding
1662
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Netwo rk Topol ogy
Servic e
19 IPv6 Configuration
Scheme
OLT
ONU
IPv4/IPv6 DS +PPPoE
Not recommended
Not recommended
NOTE
In the "IPv4/IPv6 DS+PPPoE" scheme of each networking scenario, the broadband remote access server (BRAS), instead of the access network devices, duplicates multicast flows, so that this scheme does not support large scale application and is therefore not recommended.
19.2 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4 The main configuration difference between the IPv6 and IPv4 services lies in the configurations on the OLT, MDU, and ONT.
19.2.1 Configuration Differences Between IPv6 and IPv4 on the OLT Configurations between IPv6 and IPv4 on the OLT vary in the ACL, security feature, and IPTV multicast service.
Configuration Difference in Each Scenario Table 19-2 lists the configuration difference between IPv6 and IPv4 on the OLT in each scenario. For details about the commands, see the later section. Table 19-2 Configuration difference between IPv6 and IPv4 on the OLT Service
Scheme
Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4
HSI
IPv4/IPv6 DS +NAT+PPPoE
The ACL and anti-IP spoofing configurations are different for the two services.
IPv4/IPv6 DS +NAT+IPoE
The ACL, anti-IP spoofing, and DHCP option configurations are different for the two services.
DS-Lite+PPPoE
The ACL and anti-IP spoofing configurations are different for the two services.
IPv4/IPv6 DS +IPoE
The ACL, anti-IP spoofing, DHCP option, and multicast IGMP protocol configurations are different for the two services.
IPTV
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1663
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
ACL ACL configurations on the OLT are different for IPv6 and IPv4 on the network which runs both IPv4 and IPv6 services, irrespective of the networking scenarios and service implementation schemes. When configuring basic and advanced IPv6 ACLs, ensure that the keyword "ipv6" is included in the configuration command. For details, see Table 19-3. Table 19-3 Commands for configuring IPv4 and IPv6 ACL on the OLT IPv4
IPv6
IPv6 ACL Supported or Not
acl
acl ipv6
Supported
packet-filter { inbound | outbound }
packet-filter { inbound | outbound } ipv6
Supported
rule
rule
Supported NOTE After IPv6 is introduced, the protocol parameter in the rule command is extended to support the IPv6 protocols.
Security Feature Anti-IP spoofing configurations for IPv6 and IPv4 are different on the network which runs both IPv4 and IPv6 services, irrespective of the networking scenarios and service implementation schemes. If the IPoE and DHCP protocols are used, DHCP option configurations for IPv6 and IPv4 are also different. For details, see Table 19-4. l
The IP addresses in anti-IP spoofing configurations are different for the two services.
l
In the IPv4 configuration, DHCP option is DHCPv4 option 82. In the IPv6 configuration, DHCP option is DHCPv6 option 18/37. The DHCP option function is used together with the RAIO function, which enables the OLT to include physical information (including RID and CID) of the user, such as the subrack/slot/port. In this way, the BRAS or DHCP server is able to perform user authentication and tracing. When DHCPv4 is in use, the OLT includes RID and CID to the option 82 field. When DHCPv6 is in use, the OLT includes the RID to the option 37 field in the DHCPv6 packet and the CID to the option 18 field. The sub option 7 and sub option 9 functions of DHCPv4 option 82 are not supported by DHCPv6.
Table 19-4 Commands for configuring IPv4 and IPv6 security features on the OLT IPv4
IPv6
IPv6 Security Supported or Not
raio-mode mode dhcpv6option
Supported
DHCP Option raio-mode mode dhcpoption82 Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1664
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
IPv4
IPv6
IPv6 Security Supported or Not
dhcp option82
dhcpv6 option
Supported
dhcp-option82 permitforwarding service-port
dhcpv6-option permitforwarding
Supported
raio sub-option
-
Not supported
dhcp sub-option7
-
Not supported
-
raio dhcpv6-option37 enterprise-num
Supported
display dhcp option82
display dhcpv6 option
Supported
display dhcp config
display dhcpv6 config
Supported
security anti-ipspoofing
security anti-ipv6spoofing
Supported
display security bind ip
display security bind ipv6
Supported
Anti-IP spoofing
IPTV Multicast Service The IGMP protocol configurations (used to implement the IPTV multicast service) for IPv6 and IPv4 on the OLT are different. IPv4 uses the IGMP protocol while IPv6 uses the MLD protocol (the IGMP protocol for IPv6). The IPv4 multicast service can share VLANs with the IPv6 multicast service; therefore, you can deploy the IPv6 multicast service in existing IPv4 MVLANs only by adding IPv6 multicast programs in the IPv4 MVLANs and in right profiles. The configured parameters such as the bound right profiles and MVLANs can remain unchanged. For details about the difference of the IGMP commands between the two services, see Table 19-5. Table 19-5 Commands for configuring the IPv4 and IPv6 multicast services on the OLT IPv4
IPv6
IPv6 Multicast Supported or Not
igmp mode
igmp ipv6 mode
Supported
igmp match mode
igmp ipv6 match mode
Supported
igmp version
igmp ipv6 version
Supported
igmp match group
igmp ipv6 match group
Supported
display igmp config vlan
display igmp ipv6 config vlan
Supported
MVLAN
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1665
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
IPv4
IPv6
IPv6 Multicast Supported or Not
igmp inner-vlan
-
Not supported
igmp send global-leave
-
Not supported
debugging igmp ipv6
Supported
igmp preview
-
Not supported
igmp preview reset count
-
Not supported
igmp preview reset record
-
Not supported
igmp preview-profile add
-
Not supported
igmp preview-profile delete
-
Not supported
igmp preview-profile modify
-
Not supported
display igmp preview user
-
Not supported
display igmp preview-profile
-
Not supported
igmp proxy router genquery-interval
igmp ipv6 proxy router genquery-interval
Supported
igmp proxy router genresponse-time
igmp ipv6 proxy router genresponse-time
Supported
igmp proxy router robustness
igmp ipv6 proxy router robustness
Supported
igmp proxy router sp-queryinterval
igmp ipv6 proxy router spquery-interval
Supported
igmp proxy router sp-querynumber
igmp ipv6 proxy router spquery-number
Supported
igmp proxy router spresponse-time
igmp ipv6 proxy router spresponse-time
Supported
igmp initial-unsolicitedreport interval
igmp ipv6 initial-unsolicitedreport interval
Supported
igmp unsolicited-report interval
igmp ipv6 unsolicited-report interval
Supported
display igmp config vlan
display igmp ipv6 config vlan
Supported
Multicast user and right debugging igmp Preview
Protocol parameter
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1666
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
IPv4
IPv6
IPv6 Multicast Supported or Not
igmp proxy router timeout
-
Not supported
igmp leave-proxy
igmp ipv6 leave-proxy
Supported
igmp priority
igmp ipv6 priority
Supported
imgp report-proxy
igmp ipv6 report-proxy
Supported
igmp accelerator
-
Not supported
igmp echo
-
Not supported
igmp encapsulation
-
Not supported
igmp multicast-tag
-
Not supported
igmp policy
-
Not supported
igmp query-offline-user
-
Not supported
igmp user-action-report
-
Not supported
igmp mismatch
-
Not supported
display igmp policy
-
Not supported
igmp sip-gip-forward
-
Not supported
igmp statistic reset
igmp ipv6 statistic reset
Supported
display igmp statistic
display igmp ipv6 statistic
Supported
display multicast flowstatistic
-
Not supported
-
Not supported
Multicast additional function
Statistics
Log display igmp log statistic
NOTE
The multicast commands that are not listed in this table are the commands shared by the IPv4 multicast and IPv6 multicast.
19.2.2 Configuration Differences Between IPv6 and IPv4 on the ONU Configurations between IPv6 and IPv4 on the ONU vary in the ACL, security feature, and IPTV multicast service. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1667
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Configuration Difference in Each Scenario Table 19-6 lists the configuration difference between IPv6 and IPv4 on the ONU in each scenario. For details about the commands, see the later section. Table 19-6 Configuration difference between IPv6 and IPv4 on the ONU Service
Scheme
Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4
HSI
IPv4/IPv6 DS +NAT+PPPoE
The ACL and anti-IP spoofing configurations are different for the two services.
IPv4/IPv6 DS +NAT+IPoE
The ACL, anti-IP spoofing, and DHCP option configurations are different for the two services.
DS-Lite+PPPoE
The ACL and anti-IP spoofing configurations are different for the two services.
IPv4/IPv6 DS +IPoE
The ACL, anti-IP spoofing, DHCP option, and multicast IGMP protocol configurations are different for the two services.
IPTV
ACL ACL configurations on the ONU are different for IPv6 and IPv4 on the network which runs both IPv4 and IPv6 services, irrespective of the networking scenarios and service implementation schemes. When configuring basic and advanced IPv6 ACLs, ensure that the keyword "ipv6" is included in the configuration command. For details, see Table 19-7. Table 19-7 Commands for configuring IPv4 and IPv6 ACL on the ONU IPv4
IPv6
IPv6 ACL Supported or Not
acl
acl ipv6
Supported
packet-filter { inbound | outbound }
packet-filter { inbound | outbound } ipv6
Supported
rule
rule
Supported NOTE After IPv6 is introduced, the protocol parameter in the rule command is extended to support the IPv6 protocols.
Security Anti-IP spoofing configurations for IPv6 and IPv4 are different on the network which runs both IPv4 and IPv6 services, irrespective of the networking scenarios and service implementation Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1668
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
schemes. If the IPoE and DHCP protocols are used, DHCP option configurations for IPv6 and IPv4 are also different. For details, see Table 19-8. l
The IP addresses in anti-IP spoofing configurations are different for the two services.
l
In the IPv4 configuration, DHCP option is DHCPv4 option 82. In the IPv6 configuration, DHCP option is DHCPv6 option 18/37. In the IPv6 configuration, the DHCP option function is used together with the RAIO function, which enables the ONU to include physical information (including RID and CID) of the user, such as the subrack/slot/port. In this way, the BRAS or DHCP server is able to perform user authentication and tracing. When DHCPv4 is in use, the ONU includes RID and CID to the option 82 field. When DHCPv6 is in use, the ONU includes the RID to the option 37 field in the DHCPv6 packet and the CID to the option 18 field. The sub option 7 and sub option 9 functions of DHCPv4 option 82 are not supported by DHCPv6.
Table 19-8 Commands for configuring IPv4 and IPv6 security features on the ONU IPv4
IPv6
IPv6 Security Supported or Not
raio-mode mode dhcpoption82
raio-mode mode dhcpv6option
Supported
dhcp option82
dhcpv6 option
Supported
dhcp-option82 permitforwarding service-port
dhcpv6-option permitforwarding
Supported
raio sub-option
-
Not supported
dhcp sub-option7
-
Not supported
-
raio dhcpv6-option37 enterprise-num
Supported
display dhcp option82
display dhcpv6 option
Supported
display dhcp config
display dhcpv6 config
Supported
security anti-ipspoofing
security anti-ipv6spoofing
Supported
display security bind ip
display security bind ipv6
Supported
Supports DHCP option82.
Anti-IP spoofing
IPTV Multicast Service The IGMP protocol configurations (used to implement the IPTV multicast service) for IPv6 and IPv4 on the ONU are different. IPv4 uses the IGMP protocol while IPv6 uses the MLD protocol (the IGMP protocol for IPv6). The IPv4 multicast service can share VLANs with the IPv6 multicast service; therefore, you can deploy the IPv6 multicast service in existing IPv4 MVLANs only by adding IPv6 multicast programs in the IPv4 MVLANs and in right profiles. The Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1669
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
configured parameters such as the bound right profiles and MVLANs can remain unchanged. For details about the difference in the IGMP commands for the two services, see Table 19-9. Table 19-9 Commands for configuring the IPv4 and IPv6 multicast services on the ONU IPv4
IPv6
IPv6 Multicast Supported or Not
igmp mode
igmp ipv6 mode
Supported
igmp match mode
igmp ipv6 match mode
Supported
igmp version
igmp ipv6 version
Supported
igmp match group
igmp ipv6 match group
Supported
display igmp config vlan
display igmp ipv6 config vlan
Supported
igmp send global-leave
-
Not supported
debugging igmp ipv6
Supported
igmp preview
-
Not supported
igmp preview reset count
-
Not supported
igmp preview reset record
-
Not supported
igmp preview-profile add
-
Not supported
igmp preview-profile delete
-
Not supported
igmp preview-profile modify
-
Not supported
display igmp preview user
-
Not supported
display igmp preview-profile
-
Not supported
igmp proxy router genquery-interval
igmp ipv6 router gen-queryinterval
Supported
igmp proxy router genresponse-time
igmp ipv6 router genresponse-time
Supported
igmp proxy router robustness
igmp ipv6 router robustness
Supported
igmp proxy router sp-queryinterval
igmp ipv6 router sp-queryinterval
Supported
MVLAN
Multicast user and right debugging igmp Preview
Protocol parameter
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1670
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
IPv4
IPv6
IPv6 Multicast Supported or Not
igmp proxy router sp-querynumber
igmp ipv6 router sp-querynumber
Supported
igmp proxy router spresponse-time
igmp ipv6 router spresponse-time
Supported
igmp initial-unsolicitedreport interval
igmp ipv6 initial-unsolicitedreport interval
Supported
igmp unsolicited-report interval
igmp ipv6 unsolicited-report interval
Supported
display igmp config vlan
display igmp ipv6 config vlan
Supported
igmp proxy router timeout
-
Not supported
igmp statistic reset
igmp ipv6 statistic reset
Supported
display igmp statistic
display igmp ipv6 statistic
Supported
display multicast flowstatistic
-
Not supported
display igmp log
-
Not supported
display igmp statistic
display igmp ipv6 statistic
Supported
igmp leave-proxy
igmp ipv6 leave-proxy
Supported
igmp priority
igmp ipv6 priority
Supported
imgp report-proxy
igmp ipv6 report-proxy
Supported
igmp echo
-
Not supported
igmp encapsulation
-
Not supported
igmp policy
-
Not supported
igmp query-offline-user
-
Not supported
igmp user-action-report
-
Not supported
igmp mismatch
-
Not supported
display igmp policy
-
Not supported
Statistics
Log
Multicast additional function
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1671
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
NOTE
The multicast commands that are not listed in this table are the commands shared by IPv4 and IPv6 multicast services.
19.2.3 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4 on the ONT For the bridging ONT, configurations for IPv6 and IPv4 are the same. For the gateway ONT, the HSI service configurations for IPv6 and IPv4 are different.
Configuring the IPv6 WAN Port on the Gateway ONT For IPv6 IPTV multicast service, no extra configuration is required. For the IPv6 HSI service, the Internet WAN port on the gateway ONT must be configured (only Internet WAN port supports IPv6). If the gateway ONT uses the IPv6/IPv4 DS scheme, select IPv4/IPv6 for Protocol Type. If the gateway ONT uses the DS-Lite scheme, select IPv6 for Protocol Type. For details, see Figure 19-1. Figure 19-1 Configuring the IPv6 WAN port
Configuring the IPv6 Address of the LAN Side on the Gateway ONT The gateway ONT can be configured to allocate IPv6 addresses to the terminals after IPv6 is introduced. For details, see Figure 19-2. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1672
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Figure 19-2 Configuring the IPv6 address on the LAN side
Configuring the Static IPv6 Route on the Gateway ONT The gateway ONT can be configured with the static IPv6 route after IPv6 is introduced. For details, see Figure 19-3. Figure 19-3 Configuring the IPv6 static route
19.3 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTB/C (No HGWs) Scenario This section describes the methods for configuring IPv6 services in the FTTB/C (No HGWs) scenario.
19.3.1 Application Scenarios The FTTB/C (no HGW) networking supports the access of IPv6 HSI services. Generally, no IPTV services will be deployed when there is no HGW. As shown in Figure 19-4, the ONU, which is installed in a corridor or street optical distribution box, transmits services to users through category-5 cables (LAN access) or twisted pairs (xDSL Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1673
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
access). The OLT and ONU work with upper-layer devices to support Huawei DS+NAT +PPPoE/DS+NAT+IPoE HSI IPv6 solutions. l
For voice services: The ONU with a built-in voice module can directly provide VoIP services for users. The ONU processes VoIP services using the IPv4 protocol instead of the IPv6 protocol.
l
For Internet access services: Users connect to the ONU through category-5 cables (LAN access) or the modem and twisted pairs (xDSL access). The PC and BRAS support the IPv4/IPv6 DS and can be connected in the PPPoE or IPoE mode. The OLT and ONU implement Layer 2 forwarding, irrespective of whether the access service is IPv4 or IPv6. Service configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same. Only the ACL, anti-IP spoofing, and DHCP option configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are different.
Figure 19-4 FTTB/C (no HGW) networking OLT
LAN PC
PO
TS
FE/GE PC
PO
BRAS
ONU Optical splitter
Phone
NGN/IMS
CGN
Metro Network Internet
xDSL TS
PE-AGG
UPE
UPE
PE-AGG
ONU
Phone
19.3.2 Data Planning This section describes the security, device management data, QoS, Internet service data, and voice service data planning.
Security Planning Security planning includes system security, user security, and service security, ensuring that user services are provided properly from different dimensions. In the FTTB/C (no HGW) networking scenario, the data for IPv6 and IPv4 security planning differs only in anti-IP spoofing and DHCP option. For details, see 11.2.7 Principle of Security Data Plan. Anti-IP spoofing: This function needs to be configured separately for IPv6 services. The anti-IP spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at three levels. This function takes effect only when it is enabled at all the three levels. 1.
Global level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing enable command in global config mode.
2.
VLAN level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing enable command in VLAN service profile mode.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1674
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
19 IPv6 Configuration
Service port level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command.
DHCP option: The DHCP option for IPv4 is DHCPv4 option 82 and for IPv6 is DHCPv6 option 18/37. The DHCPv6 option18 and option37 functions can be enabled or disabled at two levels. This function takes effect only when it is enabled at both levels. 1.
Global level: Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in global config mode.
2.
VLAN level: Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in VLAN service profile mode.
Device Management Data Planning Device management data planning includes the management channel and IP address planning. The management channel for IPv6 and IPv4 services are the same. Planning
Device or Service
Solution Introduction
Management channel
OLT
The device management uses single-tagged VLANs on the entire network.
ONU
The device management uses single-tagged VLANs on the entire network.
Device management
IPv4 private network IP addresses are still used as management IP addresses of the OLT and MDU devices.
Internet
l IPv4 address: A PC obtains the IPv4 address from the BRAS using PPPoE or DHCP. If IPoE dial-up is used, the static address can be configured for the PC.
IP address planning
– The BRAS can allocate a public network IP address to a PC for Internet access. – The BRAS can allocate a private network address to a PC. The private network address is translated to the public network address by CGN (NAT44). l IPv6 address: A PC obtains the IPv6 address from the BRAS using PPPoE, SLAAC, or DHCPv6. If IPoE dial-up is used, the static address can be configured for the PC.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
IPTV service
The IPTV service is not provisioned in this scenario.
VoIP service
The IPv4 protocol is still used. An ONU functions as the DHCP client to obtain the IP address using DHCP.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1675
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
QoS Planning The E2E QoS planning includes the flow classification, marking/scheduling policy, traffic monitoring, and DBA policy. When the IPv6 protocol is used, the QoS planning is the same for both IPv6 and IPv4. For details, see 11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan. l
Management service: IPv4
l
Voice service: IPv4
l
IPTV service: N/A.
l
Internet service: It is recommended that access devices use one flow to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. The QoS planning is the same for the flow that carries both IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the flow that carries only the IPv4 Internet service.
Internet Service Planning The Internet service planning includes the VLAN and VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios. IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services: It is recommended that devices use one flow to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. This facilitates the control of the aggregate rate for IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. The QoS planning is the same for the flow that carries both IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the flow that carries only the IPv4 Internet service. For details, see 11.2.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan.
Voice Service Data Planning Voice service data planning includes the VLAN/VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios, and voice protocol planning. Even after IPv6 is used, the device still uses IPv4 to implement voice services. For other data planning, see 11.2.5 Principle of VoIP Service Data Plan.
19.3.3 Configuration Procedure This section describes the IPv6 service configuration procedure by scenario, and compares it with the IPv4 service configuration procedure.
FTTB (No HGW, LAN Access) Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the IPv6 service configuration procedure in the FTTB (no HGW, LAN access) scenario. In this scenario, the planning and configuration procedure/method for IPv6 and IPv4 services are almost the same except the commands for configuring anti-IP spoofing and DHCP option. For details, see 19.2 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1676
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Start
Add an ONU on the OLT
Configure the management channel between the OLT and the ONU
OLT
Configure the service channel between the OLT and the ONU
Configure the link aggregation, congestion control, and security policy
Configure the LAN Internet access service
Configure the VoIP service (H.248/SIP) ONU
Verify the Internet access service and VoIP service
End
NOTE
Texts in blue show the configuration difference between IPv6 and IPv4.
FTTB/C (No HGW, xDSL Access) Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the IPv6 service configuration procedure in the FTTB/C (no HGW, xDSL access) scenario. In this scenario, the planning and configuration procedure/method for IPv6 and IPv4 services are almost the same except the commands for configuring anti-IP spoofing and DHCP option. For details, see 19.2 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1677
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Start
Add an ONU on the OLT
Configure the management channel between the OLT and the ONU
OLT
Configure the service channel between the OLT and the ONU
Configure the link aggregation, congestion control, and security policy
Configure the xDSL Internet access service
Configure the VoIP service (H.248/SIP)
(Optional) Configure Vectoring ONU
Verify the Internet access service and VoIP service
End
NOTE
Texts in blue show the configuration difference between IPv6 and IPv4.
19.3.4 Configuration Example Introduce the end-to-end service configuration based on the FTTB/C without HGW networking and the corresponding data plan.
Key Messages for Configuration l
Even after IPv6 is used, the OLT and ONU implement Layer 2 forwarding in this networking, irrespective of whether the access service is IPv4 or IPv6. Service configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same.
l
For the HSI service from one end user, one service flow is used to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services, and the same service VLAN is used.
l
Even after IPv6 is used, the voice service is still realized by IPv4.
Data plan on the OLT side Item
Data
Memo
ONU data plan Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1678
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Item
Data
Memo
DBA profile
Profile name: fttb_dba
The ONU is connected to OLT through the GPON interface.
Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s Line profile
Profile name: fttb(c) Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for Internet access service: 12 GEM port ID for VoIP service: 13
Network topology data
PON port: 0/2/1 ONT ID: 1
LAG data plan LAG
Ports: 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 Working mode: LACP static aggregation
Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address.
Queue scheduling data plan Queue scheduling
Queue scheduling: strict priority (SQ) mode
System default is adopted in this example.
Priority mapping: mapped into different queues based on priorities Management channel data plan Management VLAN and management IP address on the OLT side
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
To configure the MDU from the OLT by logging in to the MDU, the management VLAN of the OLT and that of the MDU must be the same, and the management IP address of the OLT and that of the MDU must be in the same network segment.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1679
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Management VLAN and management IP address on the ONU side
Management VLAN ID: 8
19 IPv6 Configuration
Memo
Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Service channel data plan Internet access service
OLT VLAN ID: l CVLAN ID: 256 x GPON port ID + 32 x Split ratio x (Splitter port ID - 1) + ONU port ID + 1 l SVLAN: VLAN ID 100 and attribute stacking Upstream VLANs of the ONU: 1001-1016
Assume that the split ratio of the optical splitter is 1:32, the ONU is connected to port 1 on the optical splitter using the optical cable, and the user PC is connected to port 1 on the ONU. In this case, the inner VLAN is 258 according to the formula for calculating the inner VLAN. For details about the data plan, see 19.3.2 Data Planning.
Service flow ID: 101 VoIP service
OLT VLAN ID (VLAN transparently transmitting the ONU service): 200
For details about the data plan, see 19.3.2 Data Planning.
ONU VLAN ID: 200 Service flow ID: 201 Security data plan System security
Anti-DOS attack: disabled Anti-ICMP attack: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-IP attack: disabled User security
Anti-MAC duplicate: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-IP sproofing: disabled Service security
Forward the packet with PITP tag: enabled Forward the packet with DHCPv4 Option82: enabled
In this example, the location information is added to packets by the ONU equipment and these packets are forwarded by the OLT equipment.
Forward the packet with DHCPv6 Option18/37: enabled
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1680
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Data plan of the ONU side Item
Data
Memo
Upstream port: 0/0/1
-
HSI service data plan Port
Service port: 0/3/1 Service VLAN
VLAN ID: 1001-1016 VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: common
The ONU supporting 16 FE ports is used as an example. In actual configuration, plan the data according to actual capabilities of devices. For details about the data plan, see 19.3.2 Data Planning.
Traffic profile
Profile ID: 8 Committed rate: 4 Mbit/s
For details about the data plan, see 19.3.2 Data Planning.
Priority: 0 Queue scheduling data plan Queue scheduling
Queue scheduling: strict priority (SQ) mode
System default is adopted in this example.
Priority mapping: mapped into different queues based on priorities Service security data plan System security
Anti-DOS attack: disabled Anti-ICMP attack: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-IP attack: disabled User security
Anti-MAC duplicate: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-IP sproofing: disabled PPPoE Service security
RAIO Type: PITP P
IPv4oE Service security
RAIO Type: DHCP Option 82
PITP is recommended for PPPoE.
RAIO Mode: common DHCPv4 option and DHCPv6 option are recommended for IPoE.
RAIO Mode: common IPv6oE Service security
RAIO Type: DHCPv6 Option RAIO Mode: common
Voice service data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1681
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Item
Data
Memo
Media and signaling upstream VLANs
200
H.248 protocol is adopted in this example.
Media and signaling upstream port
0/0/1
Media IP address and signaling IP address
17.10.10.10/24
Default gateway IP address
17.10.10.1/24
MG interface ID
0
Signaling port ID
2944
IP address of the primary MGC
200.200.200.200/24
Port ID of the primary MGC
2944
Coding
Text
Transmission mode
UDP
H248 version that MG starts to negotiate
1 (the negotiation starts from V1)
Phone number
83110001-83110024
Terminal identification
Terminal layering is not supported and the terminal identification ranges from 0 to 23.
User priority
Cat2 for phone 1 Cat3 for phone 2 to phone 24 (default)
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
User type
Common user (DEL user by default)
System parameter
Default value
Overseas parameter
Default value
PSTN port attribute
Polarity-reversal
Ringing current attribute
Default value
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1682
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name fttb_dba type3 assure 8192 max 20480
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 profile-name fttb(c) huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name fttb_dba huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 13 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 0 vlan 8 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 vlan 1001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 13 2 vlan 200 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. In this example, the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 2 Add an ONU to an OLT. Assume that the ID of GPON port 0/2/1 is 1, SN is 32303131B39FD641, management mode is SNMP, and the bound line profile is fttb(c). Connect the ONU to such a GPON port through the optical splitter. There are two modes to add an ONT: add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONU. l
Add an ONU offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-name fttb(c)
l
Confirm an automatically discovered ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#display ont autofind 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-name fttb(c)
1.
(Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONU. In this example, default alarm profile 1 is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 3 Check the ONU status. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/2/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //The ONU is activated. Run state : online //The ONU is online. Config state : normal //The ONU configurations are recovered normally.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1683
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
...//The rest of the response information is not provided here. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#quit
Step 4 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Step 5 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#quit
Step 6 Configure an inband management service port. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 8 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 7 Confirm that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. l On the OLT, run the ping 192.168.50.2 command to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU. The ICMP ECHO-REPLY packet from the ONU should be received. l On the OLT, you can remote log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. Step 8 Configure the channel for the Internet access service. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0 huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 100 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 258 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 9 Configure the channel for the VoIP service. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0 huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy localsetting huawei(config)#service-port 201 vlan 200 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
Step 10 Configure LAG for upstream ports. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
Step 11 (Optional) When PPPoE is adopted, enable forwarding the packets with PITP tag on the OLT equipment. huawei(config)#pitp permit-forwarding service-port 101 enable
Step 12 (Optional) When IPoE is adopted, enable forwarding the packets with DHCP option on the OLT equipment. huawei(config)#dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port 101 enable //For IPv4 packets huawei(config)#dhcpv6-option permit-forwarding port 0/2/1 ontid 1 enable //For IPv6 packets
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1684
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Step 13 Save the configuration data on the OLT. huawei(config)#save
Step 14 Log in to and configure the ONU. You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration. By default, the user name is root and the password is mduadmin. NOTE
The following steps are configured on the ONU side.
Step 15 Configuration the HSI service on the ONU side. NOTE
This example creates one service port as an example. Each service port maps a user. When configuring another service port, map the corresponding SVLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localSetting huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
Step 16 (Optional) Configure the PITP function for PPPoE. huawei(config)#raio-mode common pitp-pmode huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode
Step 17 (Optional) Configure the DHCP option function for IPoE. huawei(config)#raio-mode common dhcp-option82 huawei(config)#dhcp option82 enable huawei(config)#raio-mode common dhcpv6-option huawei(config)#dhcpv6 option enable
//For DHCPv4 packets //For DHCPv4 packets //For DHCPv6 packets //For DHCPv6 packets
Step 18 Configure the voice service. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 200 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#ip address 17.10.10.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 17.10.10.10 17.10.10.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 17.10.10.10 huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 200.200.200.0 24 17.10.10.1 huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 17.10.10.10 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp primary-mgc-ip1 200.200.200.200 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 17.10.10.10 start-negotiate-version 1 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/23 0 terminalid 0 telno 83110001 huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser modify 0/3/0 priority cat2 huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/23 reverse-pole-pulse enable huawei(config-pstnport)#quit
Step 19 Save the configuration on the ONU side. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1685
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
huawei(config)#save
----End
19.4 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTB+HGW Scenario This section describes the methods for configuring IPv6 services in the FTTB+HGW scenario.
19.4.1 Application Scenario The FTTB+HGW networking includes two scenarios: The ONU provides the voice service in one scenario and the HGW provides the voice service in another scenario. After IPv6 is introduced to the network, the voice service still uses IPv4 so that these two voice scenarios do not change after IPv6 introduction.
FTTB+HGW Application Scenario Figure 19-5 shows an FTTB+HGW network. The OLT is deployed at the CO and connects to the MAN by aggregation, and the ONU is deployed in the buildings or street fiber distribution terminals. Access interfaces are deployed on the HGW that connects to the ONU using LAN or xDSL upstream transmission (deployed in user houses). Together with upper layer devices, the FTTB+HGW network supports the HSI and IPTV services implemented by the schemes of the Huawei fixed broadband solution for IPv6: IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT+PPPoE, IPv4/IPv6 DS+NAT +IPoE, and DS-Lite+PPPoE (for the HSI services) and IPv4/IPv6 DS+IPoE and IPv4/IPv6 DS +PPPoE (for the IPTV service). l
Upstream networking: The HGW connects to the ONU through upstream ETH or xDSL port.
l
HSI service: The HGW has Layer 3 functions (such as PPPoE dial-up and NAT), which enable multiple PCs of a family to access the Internet at the same time. – If the HGW uses the IPv4/IPv6 DS scheme, the PPPoE or IPoE channel that supports both IPv4 and IPv6 is established between the HGW and the BRAS. The OLT and ONU perform Layer 2 forwarding, irrespective of whether the access service is IPv4 or IPv6. Service configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same. Only the ACL, anti-IP spoofing, and DHCP option configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are different. – If the HGW uses the DS-Lite scheme, the PPPoE channel that supports only IPv6 is established between the HGW and the BRAS. As for IPv4, the HGW encapsulates IPv4 packets and transmits them to the BRAS or CGN using the 4in6 tunnel. The OLT and ONU perform Layer 2 forwarding, irrespective of whether the access service is IPv4 or IPv6. Service configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same. Only the ACL, anti-IP spoofing, and DHCP option configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are different.
l
IPTV service: Users can preview or view IPTV programs by connecting an STB to the HGW. STB supports IPv4/IPv6 DS and uses IPv4 or IPv6 (cannot be used together) to carry IPTV services. – If the STB uses IPoE, choose the ONU preferentially to duplicate multicast flows. On the ONU, IPv6 and IPv4 multicast services are configured in the same way but with different commands. On the OLT, service channels to the ONU need to be established, multicast flows do not need to be duplicated, and IGMP IPv6 data needs to be configured.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1686
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
– If the STB uses PPPoE, it establishes a PPPoE connection to the BRAS. The OLT, ONU, and HGW only forward PPPoE service flows and do not process multicast services. Therefore, this scheme is not recommended. l
Voice service: The voice service can be provided by the ONU with the build-in voice module or the build-in IAD of the HGW. The VoIP service on ONU or HGW is still implemented by IPv4.
Figure 19-5 FTTB+HGW service networking Laptop PC
HGW
ONU
PE-AGG
OLT
STB
NGN/IMS
UPE
TV
IPTV Headend
Metro Network
Phone Laptop
Splitter
STB
Internet
UPE
HGW
PC
PE-AGG ONU
TV Phone
19.4.2 Data Planning This section describes the security, device management data, QoS, Internet service data, voice service data, and IPTV service data planning.
Security Planning Security planning includes system security, user security, and service security, ensuring user services are provided properly from different dimensions. In the FTTB+HGW networking scenario, only anti-IP spoofing and DHCP option of IPv6 and IPv4 services are different. For details, see 11.2.7 Principle of Security Data Plan. Anti-IP spoofing: This function needs to be configured separately for IPv6 services. The anti-IP spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at three levels. This function takes effect only when it is enabled at all the three levels. 1.
Global level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing enable command in global config mode.
2.
VLAN level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing enable command in VLAN service profile mode.
3.
Service port level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command.
DHCP option: The DHCP option for IPv4 is DHCPv4 option 82 and for IPv6 is DHCPv6 option 18/37. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1687
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
The DHCPv6 option18 and option37 functions can be enabled or disabled at two levels. This function takes effect only when it is enabled at both levels. 1.
Global level: Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in global config mode.
2.
VLAN level: Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in VLAN service profile mode.
Device Management Data Planning Device management data planning includes the management channel and IP address planning. The management channel for IPv6 and IPv4 services are the same. Planning
Device or Service
Solution Introduction
Management channel
OLT
The device management uses single-tagged VLANs on the entire network.
ONU
The device management uses single-tagged VLANs on the entire network.
HGW
Single-tagged S-VLANs are used as management VLANs for all HGWs that need to be managed by the iTMS. The management VLANs for HGWs can be allocated to an entire network, an OLT, a PON board, or a PON port to identify services and physical locations. It is recommended that you set different HGW management VLANs for the OLTs connected to one SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the SR and convergence switch.
IP address planning
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Device management
IPv4 private network IP addresses are still used as management IP addresses of the OLT and MDU devices.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1688
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Planning
19 IPv6 Configuration
Device or Service
Solution Introduction
Internet
l IPv4 address: An HGW obtains the IPv4 address from the BRAS using PPPoE or DHCP. If IPoE dial-up is used, the static address can be configured. Meanwhile, as the DHCP server, the HGW allocates private network IP addresses to PCs. The NAT function enables these PCs to go online by sharing the IPv4 address allocated by the BRAS. – The BRAS can allocate a public network IP address to an HGW. – The BRAS can allocate a private network address to an HGW. The private network address is translated to the public network address by CGN (NAT44). l IPv6 address: An HGW obtains the IPv6 address from the BRAS using PPPoE or DHCP. If IPoE dial-up is used, the static address can be configured. Meanwhile, the HGW as the DHCP server obtains the prefix of an IPv6 address, and allocates IPv6 addresses to connected PCs.
IPTV service
l If the IPv4 protocol is used, an STB obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCP. l If the IPv6 protocol is used, the STB obtains the IP address in either of the following ways: – Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCPv6. – Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using SLAAC.
VoIP service
The IPv4 protocol is still used. An ONU or HGW functions as the DHCP client to obtain the IP address using DHCP.
TR069 service
The IPv4 protocol is still used. In scenarios in which TR069 is required for management maintenance and service provisioning, the HGW functions as the DHCP client to obtain a public network IP address from the DHCP server to connect the TR069 server ACS.
QoS Planning The E2E QoS planning includes the flow classification, marking/scheduling policy, traffic monitoring, and DBA policy.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1689
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
When the IPv6 protocol is used, the QoS planning is the same for both IPv6 and IPv4. For details, see 11.2.2 Principle of QoS Data Plan. l
Management service: IPv4
l
Voice service: IPv4
l
IPTV service: One user uses either IPv6 or IPv4 at one time. The QoS planning for IPv6 and IPv4 IPTV services is the same.
l
Internet service: It is recommended that access devices use one flow to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. The QoS planning is the same for the flow that carries both IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the flow that carries only the IPv4 Internet service.
Internet Service Planning The Internet service planning includes the VLAN and VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios. IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services: It is recommended that devices use one flow to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. This facilitates the control of the aggregate rate for IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. The QoS planning is the same for the flow that carries both IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the flow that carries only the IPv4 Internet service. For details, see 11.2.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan.
Voice Service Data Planning Voice service data planning includes the VLAN/VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios, and voice protocol planning. Even after IPv6 is used, the device still uses IPv4 to implement voice services. For other data planning, see 11.2.5 Principle of VoIP Service Data Plan.
IPTV Service Data Planning IPTV service data planning includes the VLAN/VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios, and IPTV service planning. When the IPv6 protocol is used, one IPTV user uses either IPv6 or IPv4 at one time. The VLAN data planning for IPv6 is consistent with that for IPv4. For details, see 11.2.6 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan. The IPv6 version of the IGMP protocol is aslo known as multicast listener discovery (MLD). The following table lists the detailed data planning.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Data Item
Remarks
IGMP
The OLT and ONU use the IGMP IPv6 proxy.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1690
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Data Item
Remarks
IGMP version
The compatibility policies of the IGMP version on access devices are different on the network side (multicast router) and the user side (terminal). In normal application scenarios: 1. The device is usually the initiating party. The IGMP version on the multicast router can be seamlessly degraded without packet loss. 2. The terminal is usually the initiating party. The IGMP version on the device can be seamlessly degraded without packet loss. Recommended IGMP IPv6 protocol versions are as follows: l When the network side is V1, the access device uses V1. l When the network side is V2, the access device uses V1 or V2. l When the network side is V1, the access device uses V1 or V2. l When the network side is V2, the access device uses V2.
Multicast program
Static configuration is recommended. The OLT can also generate a multicast program library, that is, dynamically generate a program list according to the programs requested by users.
Multicasat preview profile
Not supported.
Multicast quick leave
The quick leave function is enabled (recommended) to help reduce the exchange of IGMP packets and save bandwidth resources.
19.4.3 Configuration Procedure This section describes IPv6 service configuration procedure by scenario, and compares it with the IPv4 service configuration procedure.
FTTB+HGW (ONU Provides the Voice Service) Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the IPv6 service configuration procedure in the FTTB+HGW (ONU provides the voice service) scenario. In this scenario, the planning and configuration procedure/ method for IPv6 and IPv4 services are almost the same except the following differences. On the OLT side, multicast service channels between the OLT and ONU and part configuration commands of the security policy are different. On the ONU side, configuration commands of IPTV multicast services are different. 19.2 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4 shows the differences.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1691
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Start
Add an ONU on the OLT
Configure the management channel between the OLT and the ONU
OLT
Configure the service channel between the OLT and the ONU
Configure the link aggregation, congestion control, and security policy
Configure the Internet access service
Configure the VoIP service (H.248/SIP)
Configure the IPTV service
(Optional) Configure Vectoring
ONU
Configure the IPTV service
Configure the Internet access service
HGW Verify the Internet access service, VoIP service and IPTV services
End
NOTE
Texts in blue show the configuration (on OLT and ONU ) difference between IPv6 and IPv4. For differences between the HGW's IPv6 and IPv4 service processing, see documentation of the HGW products.
FTTB+HGW (HGW provides the voice service) Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the IPv6 service configuration procedure in the FTTB+HGW (ONU provides the voice service) scenario. In this scenario, the planning and configuration procedure/ method for IPv6 and IPv4 services are almost the same except the following differences. On the OLT side: Multicast service channels between the OLT and ONU and part configuration commands of the safety policy are different. On the ONU side: Configuration commands of IPTV multicast services are different. 19.2 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4 shows the differences.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1692
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Start
Add an ONU on the OLT
Configure the management channel between the OLT and the ONU
OLT
Configure the service channel between the OLT and the ONU
Configure the link aggregation, congestion control, and security policy ONU Configure the Internet access service
Configure the VoIP service
Configure the IPTV service
Configure the VoIP service (SIP)
Configure the IPTV service
(Optional) Configure Vectoring
Configure the Internet access service
Verify the VoIP service
HGW
Verify the Internet access service and IPTV services
End
NOTE
Texts in blue show the configuration (on OLT and ONU ) difference between IPv6 and IPv4. For differences between the HGW's IPv6 and IPv4 service processing, see documentation of the HGW products.
19.4.4 Configuration Example Introduce the end-to-end service configuration based on the FTTB+HGW networking and the corresponding data plan.
Key Messages for Configuration l
Even after IPv6 is used, the voice service is still realized by IPv4.
l
Even after IPv6 is used, the OLT and ONU implement Layer 2 forwarding for HSI service in this networking, irrespective of whether the access service is IPv4 or IPv6. Service configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same. For the HSI service from one end user, one
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1693
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
service flow is used to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services, and the same service VLAN is used. l
For multicast service, the ONU is the node to make multicast duplication. The configuration procedure is the same for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 multicase. The IPv4 multicast service and IPv6 multicast service can be configured in the same multicast VLAN on the ONU equipment.
Data plan on the OLT side Item
Data
Memo
Profile name: fttb_dba
The ONU is connected to OLT through the GPON interface.
ONU data plan DBA profile
Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s Line profile
Profile name: fttb(c) Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for Internet access service: 12 GEM port ID for VoIP service: 13
Network topology data
PON port: 0/2/1 ONT ID: 1
LAG data plan LAG
Ports: 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 Working mode: LACP static aggregation
Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address.
Queue scheduling data plan Queue scheduling
Queue scheduling: strict priority (SQ) mode
System default is adopted in this example.
Priority mapping: mapped into different queues based on priorities Management channel data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1694
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Item
Data
Memo
Management VLAN and management IP address on the OLT side
Management VLAN ID: 8
Management VLAN and management IP address on the ONU side
Management VLAN ID: 8
To configure the MDU from the OLT by logging in to the MDU, the management VLAN of the OLT and that of the MDU must be the same, and the management IP address of the OLT and that of the MDU must be in the same network segment.
Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.1/24
Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.168.50.2/24
Service channel data plan Internet access service
S-VLAN ID: 100; S-VLAN attribute: stacking C-VLAN ID: 1000-1016 Traffic profile: 6
Plan the Internet access service in per user per service per VLAN (PUPSPV) mode and apply S-VLAN+C-VLAN to differentiate users. The 802.1p priority of the Internet access service is 0, and rate limitation is not required. System traffic profile 6 can be used. For details, see 19.4.2 Data Planning.
VoIP service
S-VLAN ID: 200 C-VLAN ID: 200 Traffic profile: 9
The voice over IP (VoIP) service is a carrier-operating, closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags, which are transparently transmitted by OLTs. The 802.1p priority of the VoIP service is 5, and rate limitation is not required. System traffic profiles do not meet the requirements and new traffic profile shall be configured. For details, see 19.4.2 Data Planning.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1695
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Item
Data
Memo
VoD service
S-VLAN ID: 300
Plan the video on demand (VoD) service in per user per VLAN (PUPV) mode if possible, as the VoD service requires only a few VLAN resources.
Traffic profile: 10
The VoD service is a carrier-operating, closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags, which are transparently transmitted by OLTs. The 802.1p priority of the VoD service is 4, and rate limitation is not required. System traffic profiles do not meet the requirements and new traffic profile shall be configured. For details, see 19.4.2 Data Planning. Multicast service
Multicast VLAN ID: 1000 Multicast cascading port: 0/2/1 IGMP version: IGMPv3 IGMP mode: IGMP proxy Multicast IP address range: 224.1.1.10-224.1.1.100
The multicast service is a carrieroperating, closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags. Take the same traffic profile with the VoD service. For details, see 19.4.2 Data Planning.
IP address of the multicast server: 10.10.10.10/24 Traffic profile: 10 Security data plan System security
Anti-DOS attack: disabled Anti-ICMP attack: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-IP attack: disabled User security
Anti-MAC duplicate: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-IP sproofing: disabled Service security
Forward the packet with PITP tag: enabled Forward the packet with DHCPv4 Option82: enabled
In this example, the location information is added to packets by the ONU equipment and these packets are forwarded by the OLT equipment.
Forward the packet with DHCPv6 Option18/37: enabled
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1696
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Data plan of the ONU side Item
Data
Memo
ID: 8
-
HSI service data plan Traffic profile
CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting User VLAN
Untagged User VLAN ID: 1, 2, 3...
HGWs can send untagged packets or packets with user VLAN tags.
Queue scheduling data plan Queue scheduling
Queue scheduling: strict priority (SQ) mode
System default is adopted in this example.
Priority mapping: mapped into different queues based on priorities Service security data plan System security
Anti-DOS attack: disabled Anti-ICMP attack: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-IP attack: disabled User security
Anti-MAC duplicate: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-IP sproofing: disabled PPPoE Service security
RAIO Type: PITP P
IPv4oE Service security
RAIO Type: DHCP Option 82
PITP is recommended for PPPoE.
RAIO Mode: common DHCPv4 option and DHCPv6 option are recommended for IPoE.
RAIO Mode: common IPv6oE Service security
RAIO Type: DHCPv6 Option RAIO Mode: common
Voice service data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Media and signaling upstream VLANs
200
Media and signaling upstream port
0/0/1
H.248 protocol is adopted in this example.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1697
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Media IP address and signaling IP address
17.10.10.10/24
Default gateway IP address
17.10.10.1/24
MG interface ID
0
Signaling port ID
2944
IP address of the primary MGC
200.200.200.200/24
Port ID of the primary MGC
2944
Coding
Text
Transmission mode
UDP
H248 version that MG starts to negotiate
1 (the negotiation starts from V1)
Phone number
83110001-83110024
Terminal identification
Terminal layering is not supported and the terminal identification ranges from 0 to 23.
User priority
Cat2 for phone 1
19 IPv6 Configuration
Memo
Cat3 for phone 2 to phone 24 (default) User type
Common user (DEL user by default)
System parameter
Default value
Overseas parameter
Default value
PSTN port attribute
Polarity-reversal
Ringing current attribute
Default value
IPTV service data plan
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1698
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Item
Data
Memo
Traffic profile
ID: 10
-
CIR: off VLAN priority: 4 Downstream priority policy: local-setting User VLAN in the scenario in which HGWs are upstream connected to an ONU through LANs
User VLAN ID: 1, 2, 3...
HGWs can send untagged packets or packets with user VLAN tags.
VPI/VCI of ADSL2 + users in the scenario in which HGWs are connected upstream to an ONU in ADSL2+ mode
VPI: 0
Internet service providers (ISPs) provide VPI/VCI information.
VDSL2 path mode in the scenario in which HGWs are connected upstream to an ONU in VDSL2 mode
PTM
Both the central office and HGWs must support the PTM mode.
VLAN ID of the VoD service
300
The VoD service is a carrier-operating, closed service and primarily adopts only SVLAN tags, which are transparently transmitted by OLTs.
Multicast VLAN ID of the ONU
1000
-
Multicast VLAN ID of HGWs
43
A carrier generally specifies a globally unique multicast VLAN ID for HGWs.
VCI: 35
Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name fttb_dba type3 assure 8192 max 20480
2.
Configure an ONU line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 profile-name fttb(c) huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name fttb_dba
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1699
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 13 eth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 13 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit
3.
19 IPv6 Configuration tcont 4 cascade on tcont 4 cascade on tcont 4 cascade on 0 vlan 8 1 vlan 1001 2 vlan 200
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. In this example, the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 2 Add an ONU to an OLT. Assume that the ID of GPON port 0/2/1 is 1, SN is 32303131B39FD641, management mode is SNMP, and the bound line profile is fttb(c). Connect the ONU to such a GPON port through the optical splitter. There are two modes to add an ONT: add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONU. l
Add an ONU offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-name fttb(c)
l
Confirm an automatically discovered ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#display ont autofind 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-name fttb(c)
1.
(Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONU. In this example, default alarm profile 1 is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 3 Check the ONU status. After an ONU is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active, Run State is online, and Config state is normal. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/2/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //The ONU is activated. Run state : online //The ONU is online. Config state : normal //The ONU configurations are recovered normally. ...//The rest of the response information is not provided here. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#quit
Step 4 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 8 0/19 0 huawei(config)#vlan priority 8 6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.168.50.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1700
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Step 5 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192.168.50.2 mask 255.255.255.0 gateway 192.168.50.1 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#quit
Step 6 Configure an inband management service port. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 8 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 7 Confirm that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. l On the OLT, run the ping 192.168.50.2 command to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU. The ICMP ECHO-REPLY packet from the ONU should be received. l On the OLT, you can remote log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. Step 8 Configure a channel for the Internet access service. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 1001 tag-transform default rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6
Step 9 Configure a channel for the Voice service. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0 huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy localsetting huawei(config)#service-port vlan 200 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 13 multi-service user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9
Step 10 Configure a channel for the VoD service. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0 huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority-policy localSetting huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 14 multi-service user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
Step 11 Configure a channel for the multicast service. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1000 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 14 multi-service user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port 0/2/1 ontid 1 gemport-index 14 huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 version v2 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP IPv6 mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add batch ipv6 ff15:: to-ipv6 ff15::ffff source-ipv6 2000::1
Step 12 Configure LAG for upstream ports. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
Step 13 (Optional) When PPPoE is adopted, enable forwarding the packets with PITP tag on the OLT equipment. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1701
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
huawei(config)#pitp permit-forwarding service-port 101 enable
Step 14 (Optional) When IPoE is adopted, enable forwarding the packets with DHCP option on the OLT equipment. huawei(config)#dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port 101 enable //For IPv4 packets huawei(config)#dhcpv6-option permit-forwarding port 0/2/1 ontid 1 enable //For IPv6 packets
Step 15 Save the configuration data on the OLT. huawei(config)#save
Step 16 Log in to and configure the ONU. You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration. By default, the user name is root and the password is mduadmin. NOTE
The following steps are configured on the ONU side.
Step 17 Configuration the HSI service on the ONU side. NOTE
This example creates one service port as an example. Each service port maps a user. When configuring another service port, map the corresponding SVLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting
Configurations for untagged packets and packets with user VLAN tags are different. l For untagged packets, the configuration is as follows (assuming that the VLAN ID is 1001): //Create service port 101, bind port 0/3/1 to it, set the user VLAN to untagged, and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN./ huawei(config)#serviceport 101 vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
l For packets with user VLAN tags, the configuration is as follows (assuming that the user VLAN ID is 10 and the VLAN ID is 1001): //Create service port 101, bind port 0/3/1 to it, set the user VLAN ID to 10, and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN./ huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 10 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
Step 18 (Optional) Configure the PITP function for PPPoE. huawei(config)#raio-mode common pitp-pmode huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode
Step 19 (Optional) Configure the DHCP option function for IPoE. huawei(config)#raio-mode common dhcp-option82 huawei(config)#dhcp option82 enable huawei(config)#raio-mode common dhcpv6-option huawei(config)#dhcpv6 option enable
//For DHCPv4 packets //For DHCPv4 packets //For DHCPv6 packets //For DHCPv6 packets
Step 20 Configure the voice service. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 200 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#ip address 17.10.10.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 17.10.10.10 17.10.10.1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1702
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 17.10.10.10 huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 200.200.200.0 24 17.10.10.1 huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 17.10.10.10 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp primary-mgc-ip1 200.200.200.200 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 17.10.10.10 start-negotiate-version 1 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/23 0 terminalid 0 telno 83110001 huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser modify 0/3/0 priority cat2 huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/23 reverse-pole-pulse enable huawei(config-pstnport)#quit
Step 21 Configure the VoD service. Create VLAN 300 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 1
Configure a traffic profile for the IPTV service. The IEEE 802.1p priority of the IPTV service is 4, and rate limitation is not required. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements, run the display traffic table ip command. In this example, the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements, so a traffic profile needs to be configured. Add traffic profile 10 and set priority-policy to local-setting. Then, traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority-policy localsetting
Configure a service flow for the VoD service. Configurations vary according to upstream interface types of HGWs. l If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream through LANs and upstream packets contain user VLAN tags, the ONU needs to perform a switch between user VLAN IDs and SVLAN IDs. Assume that the user VLAN ID is 1 and the Ethernet port is 0/3/1. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 1 rxcttr 10 tx-cttr 10
l If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode, upstream packets contain users' PVC information so the ONU needs to perform a switch between PVC information and SVLAN IDs. Assume that the VPI/VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 adsl vpi 0 vci 35 0/2/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
l If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in VDSL2 mode, formats of upstream packets depend on the encapsulation mode. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1703
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode, port is 0/1/0, and packets from the user VLAN are untagged. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
Step 22 Configure the multicast service. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/0 1 huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 version v2 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP IPv6 mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add batch ipv6 ff15:: to-ipv6 ff15::ffff source-ipv6 2000::1 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
Configure a service flow for the multicast service. Configurations vary according to upstream interface types of HGWs. l If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream through LANs, assume that the user VLAN ID is 43 and the Ethernet port is 0/3/1, and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 43 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
l If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode, assume that the VPI/VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0, and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 adsl vpi 0 vci 35 0/2/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10
l If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in VDSL2 mode, assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode, the user VLAN ID is 43, and the VDSL2 port is 0/1/0, and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan 43 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 401 no-auth huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 401 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
Step 23 Save the configuration on the ONU side. huawei(config)#save
----End
19.5 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTH (Bridging ONT) Scenario This section describes the methods for configuring IPv6 services in the FTTH (bridging ONT) scenario.
19.5.1 Application Scenarios The FTTH (bridging ONT) supports multiple IPv6 HSI and IPTV service schemes. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1704
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
FTTH (Bridging ONT) Application Scenario As shown in Figure 19-6, the FTTH (bridging ONT) works with upper-layer devices to support DS+NAT+PPPoE/DS+NAT+IPoE HSI and DS+IPoE or DS+PPPoE IPTV services in the Huawei fixed network IPv6 solution. l
For the voice service: An ONT with a bulit-in voice module can directly provide VoIP services for users. The ONT still processes VoIP services using IPv4.
l
Internet service: The PC and BRAS support the IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack, and can be connected through the PPPoE or IPoE dial-up. The OLT and ONT perform Layer 2 forwarding for both IPv4 and IPv6 user services, which can be configured almost in the same way. The only difference is that commands for configuring the ACL and security (DHCP option and anti-IP spoofing) features are different.
l
IPTV service: STBs support IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack and carry IPTV services using either IPv4 or IPv6. – When STBs use IPoE and the OLT functions as the multicast duplication point, the process for configuring IPv6 and IPv4 multicast services is the same, but commands are different. The ONTs perform Layer 2 forwarding for only IPTV services, and the configurations for IPv6 and IPv4 multicast services are the same on the ONT side. – When STBs use the PPPoE dial-up, they directly connect to the BRAS by PPPoE. The OLT and ONTs only forward PPPoE services instead of processing multicast services. This solution is not recommended.
Figure 19-6 FTTH (bridging ONT) service networking PC ONT STB
TV
PE-AGG
OLT BRAS
Phone PC
TV
NGN/IMS
UPE
Optical splitter STB
CGN
IPTV Headend Internet
UPE
ONT
PE-AGG
Phone
19.5.2 Data Planning This section describes the security, device management data, QoS, Internet service data, voice service data, and IPTV service data planning.
Security Planning Security planning includes system security, user security, and service security, ensuring user services are provided properly from different dimensions. In the FTTH (briding ONT) networking scenario, only anti-IP spoofing and DHCP option of IPv6 and IPv4 services are different. For details, see 10.6.6 Principle of Security Data Plan. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1705
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Anti-IP spoofing: This function needs to be configured separately for IPv6 services. The anti-IP spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at three levels. This function takes effect only when it is enabled at all the three levels. 1.
Global level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing enable command in global config mode.
2.
VLAN level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing enable command in VLAN service profile mode.
3.
Service port level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command.
DHCP option: The DHCP option for IPv4 is DHCPv4 option 82 and for IPv6 is DHCPv6 option 18/37. The DHCPv6 option18 and option37 functions can be enabled or disabled at two levels. This function takes effect only when it is enabled at both levels. 1.
Global level: Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in global config mode.
2.
VLAN level: Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in VLAN service profile mode.
Device Management Data Planning Device management data planning includes the management channel and IP address planning. The management channel for IPv6 and IPv4 services is the same.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Planning
Device or Service
Solution Introduction
Management channel
OLT
The device management uses single-tagged VLANs on the entire network.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1706
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Planning
Device or Service
Solution Introduction
IP address planning (bridging ONT)
Internet
l IPv4 address: The PC obtains the IPv4 address from the BRAS using PPPoE or IPoE. – The BRAS can allocate a public network IP address to the PC. – The BRAS can allocate a private network address to the PC. The private address is translated to the public network address by CGN (NAT44). – When the IPoE dial-up is used, the static IPv4 address can be allocated to the PC. l IPv6 address: The PC obtains the IPv4 address from the BRAS using PPPoE or IPoE. – The PC can also obtain the IP address from the BRAS using DHCPv6. – The PC can aslo obtain the IP address from the BRAS using SLAAC. – When the IPoE dial-up is used, the static IPv4 address can be allocated to the PC. In all above-mentioned situations, the ONT is only used for transparent transmission, but does not participate in the address allocation.
IPTV service
l If the IPv4 protocol is used, an STB obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCP. l If the IPv6 protocol is used, the STB obtains the IP address in either of the following ways: – Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCPv6. – Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using SLAAC. In all above-mentioned situations, the ONT is only used for transparent transmission, but does not participate in the address allocation.
VoIP service
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
The IPv4 protocol is still used. The ONT functions as the DHCP client to obtain an IP address from the DHCP server, or the NMS issues a static IP address to the ONT using the configuration file. Voice media/signaling flows at multiple POTS ports share one IP address. Media flows are differentiated by port.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1707
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
QoS Planning The E2E QoS planning includes the flow classification, marking/scheduling policy, traffic monitoring, and DBA policy. When the IPv6 protocol is used, the QoS planning is the same for both IPv6 and IPv4. For details, see 10.6.2 Principle of QoS Planning. l
Management service: IPv4
l
Voice service: IPv4
l
IPTV service: One user uses either IPv6 or IPv4 at one time. The QoS planning for IPv6 and IPv4 IPTV services is the same.
l
Internet service: It is recommended that devices use one flow to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. The QoS planning is the same for the flow that carries both IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the flow that carries only the IPv4 Internet service.
Internet Service Planning The Internet service planning includes the VLAN and VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios. IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services: It is recommended that devices use one flow to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. This facilitates the control of the aggregate rate for IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. The QoS planning is the same for the flow that carries both IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the flow that carries only the IPv4 Internet service. For details, see 10.6.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan.
Voice Service Data Planning Voice service data planning includes the VLAN/VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios, and the voice protocol planning. When the IPv6 protocol is used, the voice service still uses IPv4 to implement voice services. For other data planning, see 10.6.4 Principle of Voice Service Data Plan.
IPTV Service Data Planning IPTV service data planning includes the VLAN/VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios, and IPTV service planning. When the IPv6 protocol is used, one IPTV user uses either IPv6 or IPv4 at one time. The VLAN data planning for IPv6 is consistent with that for IPv4. For details, see 10.6.5 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan.
19.5.3 Configuration Procedure This section describes IPv6 configuration procedure, and compares it with the IPv4 configuration procedure.
FTTH (Bridging ONT) Configuration Procedure After IPv6 is introduced to the FTTH (bridging ONT) scenario, the service configuration procedure is as shown in the following figure. When IPv6 is introduced, the configurations for Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1708
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
security features and BTV multicast services on the OLT side are different from those of IPv4. Other configurations do not change. For differences, see 19.2 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4. Start
Add an ONT to an OLT
Configure Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy
Configure the L2 HIS service
Configure the voice service
Configure the BTV multicast service
Configure the VoD service
Verifying services
End
NOTE
Texts in blue show the configuration difference between IPv6 and IPv4.
19.5.4 Configuration Example Introduce the end-to-end service configuration based on the FTTH (Bridging ONT) networking and the corresponding data plan.
Key Messages for Configuration In this example, two ONTs are connected to the same PON port of the OLT. Triple play services are required l
Even after IPv6 is used, the voice service is still realized by IPv4.
l
Even after IPv6 is used, the OLT and ONT implement Layer 2 forwarding for HSI service in this networking, irrespective of whether the access service is IPv4 or IPv6. Service configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same. For the HSI service from one end user, one service flow is used to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services, and the same service VLAN is used.
l
For multicast service, the OLT is the node to make multicast duplication. The configuration procedure is the same for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 multicase. The IPv4 multicast service and IPv6 multicast service can be configured in the same multicast VLAN on the OLT equipment.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1709
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Data plan on the OLT side The data of the bridging ONT can be configured through the web, the NMS, or the CLI at the OLT side. In this example, the data of the ONT is configured through the CLI at the OLT side. Item
Data
Memo
Profile name: ftth_dba
The ONTs are connected to the OLT through the GPON port.
ONT data plan DBA profile
Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for voice services: 12 GEM port ID for video services: 13 GEM port ID for Internet access services: 14
ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth ONT port capability set: adaptive
Network topology data
PON port: 0/1/0 ONT IDs: 1 and 2
LAG data plan LAG
Ports: 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 Working mode: LACP static aggregation
Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address.
Queue scheduling data plan Queue scheduling
Queue scheduling: strict priority (SQ) mode
System default is adopted in this example.
Priority mapping: mapped into different queues based on priorities Security data plan Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1710
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Item
Data
Memo
System security
Anti-DOS attack: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-ICMP attack: disabled Anti-IP attack: disabled User security
Anti-MAC duplicate: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-IP sproofing: disabled PPPoE Service security
RAIO Type: PITP P
IPv4oE Service security
RAIO Type: DHCP Option 82
PITP is recommended for PPPoE.
RAIO Mode: common DHCPv4 option and DHCPv6 option are recommended for IPoE.
RAIO Mode: common IPv6oE Service security
RAIO Type: DHCPv6 Option RAIO Mode: common
HSI service data plan ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth
For details, see 19.5.2 Data Planning.
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for Internet access service: 14 ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth ONT port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
Profile name: ftth_hsi CIR: 4Mbit/s Priority: 0
Network topology data
Upstream port: 0/19/0 PON port: 0/1/0 ONT IDs: 1 and 2 ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC: 1
Voice service data plan ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth
For details, see 19.5.2 Data Planning.
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1711
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth
19 IPv6 Configuration
Memo
ONT port capability set: adaptive Traffic profile
Profile name: ftth_voip CIR: not limited Priority: 5
Networking data
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
BTV multicast service data plan ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth
For details, see 19.5.2 Data Planning.
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13 ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth ONT port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
VLAN Plan
SVLAN ID: 1000 VLAN type: smart VLAN attribute: common
VLAN Translation Policy
ONT: duplicates packets based on user ports and multicast VLANs (MVLANs) are stripped off downstream. OLT: duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1712
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Multicast service data
Multicast protocol: IGMP proxy
19 IPv6 Configuration
Memo
Multicast version: IGMPv2 Multicast program: dynamic obtaining mode Program address area: ff15::-ff15::ffff VOD service data plan ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth
For details, see 19.5.2 Data Planning.
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13 ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth ONT port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting l SVLAN ID: 1100
VLAN Plan
l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l CVLAN=SVLAN VLAN Translation Policy
ONT: adds CVLAN tags to iTV service packets. OLT: transparently transmits packets with SVLANs.
Procedure Step 1 Configure LAG for upstream ports. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
Step 2 Configure GPON ONT profiles. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1713
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
1.
19 IPv6 Configuration
Configure a DBA profile. Create the same DBA profile for different types of services. Set the profile name to ftth_dba, profile type to type3, assured bandwidth to 8 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 20 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name ftth_dba type3 assure 8192 max 20480
2.
Configure an ONT line profile. Create a GPON ONT line profile, named ftth, and bind it to the DBA profile ftth_dba. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name ftth_dba huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem add 11 eth tcont 4 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem add 12 eth tcont 4 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem add 13 eth tcont 4 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem add 14 eth tcont 4 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure an ONT service profile. Create a GPON ONT service profile, named ftth. Configure the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port to adaptive. Then the system automatically adapts to the ONT according to the actual capability of the online ONT. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#ont-port eth adaptive pots adaptive huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 3 Add ONTs. Connect two ONTs to GPON port 0/1/0. Set the ONT IDs to 1 and 2, SNs to 32303131D659FD40 and 6877687714852901, passwords to 0100000001 and 0100000002, discovery mode for password authentication to once-on, and management mode to OMCI. Bind the two ONTs to ONT line profile ftth and ONT service profile ftth. There are two methods of adding an ONT: add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONT. l Add ONTs offline. If the password of an ONT is known, run the ont add command to add an ONT offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 1 password-auth 0100000001 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 2 password-auth 0100000002 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
l Confirm automatically discovered ONTs If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown, run the port portid ont-auto-find command in GPON mode to enable the ONT auto-discovery function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#port 0 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont autofind 0 //After this command is executed, the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1714
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131D659FD40 omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 ontid 2 sn-auth 6877687714852901 omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth NOTE
If multiple ONTs of the same type bound to the same line profile or service profile are connected to the same port, you can bulk add ONTs by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONTs to make configuration easier and more efficient. To do so, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 all sn-auth omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
l (Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONT. The default profile 1 is used in this example. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 1 profile-id 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 2 profile-id 1
Step 4 Check ONT status. After an ONT is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT. Ensure that Config flag of the ONT is active, Run State is online, Config state is normal, and Match state is match. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont info 0 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONT is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONT goes online successfully. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration state of the ONT is normal. Match state : match //Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. l If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module. l If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly. l If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully. Step 5 Configure the traffic profile for the HSI service. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1715
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy local-setting
Step 6 Configure the service port for the HSI service. Table 19-10 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Double-tagged VLAN
ONT: ONTs configure the VLAN and add the same C-VLAN tag to packets. All ONTs are in the same C-VLAN.
l S-VLAN ID: 100 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: stacking
OLT: The OLT performs VLAN translation: CS+C'. The C'-VLAN of every ONT differs from each other.
l CVLAN ID: 1001 l C'-VLAN ID: 1010-1011 Scenario 2
Double-tagged VLAN l S-VLAN: 100 l S-VLAN type: smart l S-VLAN attribute: stacking
ONT: ONTs transparently transmit untagged packets on the user side. OLT: The OLT adds two VLAN tags (S +C) to packets. The C-VLAN of every ONT differs from each other.
l C-VLAN ID: 1001-1002
l Scenario 1: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of C-VLAN 1001 is mapped to GEM port 14 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 14 0 vlan 1001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the PC through Ethernet port 1, add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 1001 in the ONT service profile. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 1001 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Configure the native VLAN of the ONT port. Set the native VLAN ID of Ethernet port 1 to 1001. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 1 eth 1 vlan 1001 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 2 eth 1 vlan 1001 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#quit
Create an Internet access service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1716
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 100, GEM port ID to 14, and user VLAN to 1001. Use traffic profile ftth_hsi. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 14 multi-service user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1010 inbound traffictable name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 14 multi-service user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1011 inbound traffictable name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi
l Scenario 2: Configure the mapping between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on the ONT. Map the service flow of Ethernet port 1 to GEM port 14 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#mapping mode port huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 14 0 eth 1 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the ONT packet processing mode. If the ONT is connected to the PC through Ethernet port 1, In the ONT service profile, set the packet transmission mode to TAG transparent transmission for Ethernet port 1. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 transparent huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Create an Internet access service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set S-VLAN ID to 100 and GEM port ID to 14. Use traffic profile ftth_hsi. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 14 multi-service user-vlan untagged tag-transform add-double inner-vlan 1001 inbound traffictable name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 14 multi-service user-vlan untagged tag-transform add-double inner-vlan 1002 inbound traffictable name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi
Step 7 Configure the traffic profile for the voice service. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_voip cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-setting
Step 8 Configure the VLAN translation policy and service flows for the voice service. 1.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Perform this step in the bridging ONT (single VLAN tag) scenario.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1717
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Table 19-11 Data plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONT
Single VLAN tag
ONT: provides the VoIP service and uses the same SVLAN.
l VLAN ID: 300 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip
2.
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table
gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table
Perform this step in the bridging ONT (double VLAN tags) scenario. Table 19-12 Data plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Bridging ONT
Double VLAN tags
ONT: provides the VoIP service and uses the same CVLAN. A CVLAN identifies a VoIP service.
l SVLAN ID: 300 l SVLAN type: smart l SVLAN attribute: stacking l CVLAN ID: 3001
OLT: implements VLAN translation: CS+C.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1718
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 300 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001, and use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform default outboun d traffic-table name ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform default outboun d traffic-table name ftth_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multiinbound traffic-table name ftth_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multiinbound traffic-table name ftth_voip
Step 9 Configure ONT voice service profiles. ONT voice service profiles include the interface common profile, MGC interface profile, and POTS port profile. l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONT voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l MGC interface profile: saves the IP address or domain name of the MGC, protocol port ID of the MGC transport layer to which the MG interface belongs, and DSCP priority of media packets. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONT, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Configure an MGC interface profile. Run the display ont-mgc-profile command to query the existing MGC interface profile in the system. If the existing MGC interface profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mgc-profile add command to add an MGC interface profile. Create MGC interface profile 2, set the IP address of the MGC to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-mgc-profile add profile-id 2 primary-mgc 200.200.200.200
3.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 10 Configure the IP addresses of ONT H.248 users. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1719
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
For ONT 1 and ONT 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the dhcp mode, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 11 Configure H.248 PSTN users. 1.
Add an H.248 interface and apply an MGC interface profile to the interface. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply MGC interface profile 2 to ONT 1 and ONT 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters of an MGC interface profile are changed, the MGC interface profile must be reapplied to the ONT so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 1 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 2 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add PSTN users. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, create a PSTN user, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the H.248 interface), and set the physical terminal port ID to A0 and A1. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 terminalid A0 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 terminalid A1
Run the display mgpstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the PSTN user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A0 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 2 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A1 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
Step 12 Apply ONT voice service profiles After ONT voice service profiles are applied, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied so that the changed parameters can take effect. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-h248 attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-h248 batapply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1720
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used. 2.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 13 (Optional) Configure the H.248 user codec. Run the mgpstnuser codec command to configure the H.248 user codec. The H.248 user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Step 14 Configure the traffic profile for the IPTV service. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
Step 15 Configure the VLAN translation policy and service port for the multicast service. Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#mapping mode port huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 1 eth 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 1000 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#multicast-forward untag huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Configure the native VLAN of the ONT port. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, the native VLAN ID is 1000. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 1 eth 2 vlan 1000 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 2 eth 2 vlan 1000 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1000, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to untagged, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port user-vlan untagged rx-cttr huawei(config)#service-port user-vlan untagged rx-cttr
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
1 8 2 8
vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multi-service tx-cttr 8 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 multi-service tx-cttr 8
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1721
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Step 16 Create an MVLAN and configure the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMP IPv6 v2. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 version v2 This operation will delete all IPv6 programs with source IP addresses in the current multicast VLAN Are you sure to change current IGMP IPv6 version? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
Step 17 Configure a program library. Set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic. NOTE
You can set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic only when the IGMP mode is off. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 mode off Are you sure to close IGMP IPv6? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 match mode disable Command has been executed successfully
(Optional) Set the address range for the dynamic programs. If you need to limit the address range of dynamic programs, perform this operation. For example, set the address range of dynamic programs to ff15::-ff15::ffff. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 match group ipv6 ff15:: to-ipv6 ff15::ffff
Step 18 Set the IGMP IPv6 mode. Select the IGMP IPv6 proxy mode. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP IPv6 mode? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
Step 19 Configure the IGMP upstream port. Set the IGMP upstream port ID to 0/19/0 and working mode to default. Protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
Step 20 Configure multicast users. Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users. huawei(config-btv)#igmp policy service-port 1 normal huawei(config-btv)#igmp policy service-port 2 normal huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 1 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 2 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 1 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 2 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
Step 21 Configure the traffic profile for the VoD service. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1722
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Step 22 Configure the VLAN translation policy and service port for the VoD service. Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 1100 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 4 vlan 1100 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 1100 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Configure the native VLAN of the ONT port. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, the native VLAN ID is 1100. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 1 eth 2 vlan 1100 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont port native-vlan 0 2 eth 2 vlan 1100 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#vlan 1100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1100, GEM port ID to 13, and VLAN translation mode to transparent transmission, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 rx-cttr 8 txcttr 8 tag-transform transparent huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 rx-cttr 8 txcttr 8 tag-transform transparent
Step 23 (Optional) Configure the PITP function for PPPoE. huawei(config)#raio-mode common pitp-pmode huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode
Step 24 (Optional) Configure the DHCP option function for IPoE. huawei(config)#raio-mode common dhcp-option82 huawei(config)#dhcp option82 enable huawei(config)#raio-mode common dhcpv6-option huawei(config)#dhcpv6 option enable
//For DHCPv4 packets //For DHCPv4 packets //For DHCPv6 packets //For DHCPv6 packets
Step 25 Save the configuration on the OLT side. huawei(config)#save
----End
19.6 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTH (Gateway ONT) Scenario This section describes the methods for configuring IPv6 services in the FTTH (gateway ONT) scenario.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1723
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
19.6.1 Application Scenarios The FTTH (gateway ONT) supports multiple IPv6 HSI and IPTV service solutions.
FTTH (Gateway ONT) Application Scenarios As shown in Figure 19-7, the FTTH (gateway ONT) works with upper-layer devices to support DS+NAT+PPPoE, DS+NAT+IPoE/DS-Lite+NAT+PPPoE HSI and DS+IPoE/DS+PPPoE IPTV services in the Huawei fixed network IPv6 solution. l
Voice service: The ONT with a bulit-in voice module can provide VoIP services for users. The ONT can process VoIP services using IPv4.
l
Internet service: The PC and BRAS support the IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack and are connected using the PPPoE or IPoE dial-up. The OLT and ONT have the same forwarding and configuration methods for both IPv4 and IPv6 user services. The only difference is that commands for configuring the ACL and security (DHCP option and anti-IP spoofing) features are different. – For DS+NAT+PPPoE and DS+NAT+IPoE solutions, both the ONT and BRAS support IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack and are connected using PPPoE or IPoE. The ONT must enable the IPv4 and IPv6 simultaneously at the WAN port. The OLT performs Layer 2 forwarding for both IPv4 and IPv6 user services, which are configured almost in the same way. The only difference is that commands for configuring the ACL and security features (DHCP option and anti-IP spoofing) are different. – For DS-Lite+PPPoE, the BRAS must support IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack while the ONT supports the DS-Lite. The ONT and BRAS are connected using PPPoE. The HGW encapsulates IPv4 service packets into the 4in6 tunnel, and transmits them to the CGN for decapsulation. The ONT must enable DS-Lite at the WAN port. The OLT performs Layer 2 forwarding for both IPv4 and IPv6 user services, which are configured almost in the same way. The only difference is that commands for configuring DHCP option and anti-IP spoofing are different.
l
IPTV service: The STB supports IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack and carries IPTV services using either IPv4 or IPv6. – When the STB uses IPoE and the OLT functions as the multicast duplicate point, the process for configuring IPv6 and IPv4 multicast services is the same, but commands are different. The OLT and ONU perform bridge forwarding for both IPv4 and IPv6 user services, which can be configured almost in the same way. – When the STB uses PPPoE, it directly connects to the BRAS by PPPoE. The OLT and ONT only forward PPPoE services instead of processing multicast services. This solution is not recommended.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1724
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Figure 19-7 FTTH (gateway ONT) service networking PC ONT STB
TV
PE-AGG
OLT
NGN/IMS
UPE BRAS
Phone PC
TV
Optical splitter STB
CGN
IPTV Headend Internet
UPE
ONT
PE-AGG
Phone
19.6.2 Data Plan This section describes the security, device management data, QoS, Internet service data, voice service data, and IPTV service data planning.
Security Planning Security planning includes system security, user security, and service security, ensuring user services are provided properly from different dimensions. In the FTTH (gateway ONT) networking scenario, only anti-IP spoofing and DHCP option of IPv6 and IPv4 services are different. For details, see 10.6.6 Principle of Security Data Plan. Anti-IP spoofing: This function needs to be configured separately for IPv6 services. The anti-IP spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at three levels. This function takes effect only when it is enabled at all the three levels. 1.
Global level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing enable command in global config mode.
2.
VLAN level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing enable command in VLAN service profile mode.
3.
Service port level: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command.
DHCP option: The DHCP option for IPv4 is DHCPv4 option 82 and for IPv6 is DHCPv6 option 18/37. The DHCPv6 option18 and option37 functions can be enabled or disabled at two levels. This function takes effect only when it is enabled at both levels. 1.
Global level: Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in global config mode.
2.
VLAN level: Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in VLAN service profile mode.
Device Management Data Planning Device management data planning includes the management channel and IP address planning. The management channel for IPv6 and IPv4 services are the same. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1725
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Planning
Device or Service
Solution Introduction
Management channel
OLT
The device management uses single-tagged VLANs on the entire network.
IP address planning (gateway ONT)
Internet
l IPv4 address: An ONT obtains the IPv4 address from the BRAS using PPPoE or DHCP. If IPoE dial-up is used, the static address can be configured. Meanwhile, as the DHCP server, the ONT allocates private network IP addresses to PCs. The NAT function enables these PCs to go online by sharing the IPv4 address allocated by the BRAS. – The BRAS can allocate a public network IP address to an ONT. – The BRAS can allocate a private network address to an ONT. The private network address is translated to the public network address by CGN (NAT44). l IPv6 address: An ONT obtains the IPv6 address from the BRAS using PPPoE, SLAAC, or DHCPv6. If IPoE dial-up is used, the static address can be configured. Meanwhile, the ONT as the DHCP server obtains the prefix of an IPv6 address, and allocates IPv6 addresses to connected PCs using the network cable or WiFi.
IPTV service
l If the IPv4 protocol is used, an STB obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCP. l If the IPv6 protocol is used, the STB obtains the IP address in either of the following ways: – Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCPv6. – Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using SLAAC.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
VoIP service
The IPv4 protocol is still used. The ONT functions as the DHCP client to obtain an IP address from the DHCP server, or the NMS issues a static IP address to the ONT using the configuration file. Voice media/signaling flows at multiple POTS ports share one IP address. Media flows are classified by port.
TR069 management
The IPv4 protocol is still used. For scenarios in which TR069 is required for management maintenance and service provisioning, the ONT functions as the DHCP client to obtain a public network IP address from the DHCP server to connect the TR069 server ACS.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1726
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
QoS Planning The E2E QoS planning includes the flow classification, marking/scheduling policy, traffic monitoring, and DBA policy. When the IPv6 protocol is used, the QoS planning is the same for both IPv6 and IPv4. For details, see 10.6.2 Principle of QoS Planning. l
Management service: IPv4
l
Voice service: IPv4
l
IPTV service: One user uses either IPv6 or IPv4 at one time. The QoS planning for IPv6 and IPv4 IPTV services is the same.
l
Internet service: It is recommended that access devices use one flow to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. The QoS planning is the same for the flow that carries both IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the flow that carries only the IPv4 Internet service.
Internet Service Planning The Internet service planning includes the VLAN and VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios. IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services: It is recommended that devices use one flow to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. This facilitates the control of the aggregate rate for IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services. The QoS planning is the same for the flow that carries both IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the flow that carries only the IPv4 Internet service. For details, see 10.6.3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan.
Voice Service Data Planning Voice service data planning includes the VLAN/VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios, and voice protocol planning. Even after IPv6 is used, the device still uses IPv4 to implement voice services. For other data planning, see 10.6.4 Principle of Voice Service Data Plan.
IPTV Service Data Planning IPTV service data planning includes the VLAN/VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios, and IPTV service planning. When the IPv6 protocol is used, one IPTV user uses either IPv6 or IPv4 at one time. The VLAN data planning for IPv6 is consistent with that for IPv4. For details, see 10.6.5 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan. IGMP protocol differences are demonstrated in the configuration procedure.
19.6.3 Configuration Procedure This section describes IPv6 configuration procedure, and compares it with the IPv4 configuration procedure.
FTTH (Gateway ONT) Configuration Procedure After IPv6 is introduced to the FTTH (gateway ONT) scenario, the service configuration procedure is as shown in the following figure. When IPv6 is introduced, the configurations for Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1727
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
security features, Layer 3 Internet services, bridging WAN multicast services are different from those of IPv4. For differences, see 19.2 Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4. Start
Add an ONT to an OLT
Configure Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy
Configure L3 HSI service
Configure the voice service
Configure the bridge WAN multicast service
Configure the VoD service
Verifying Services
End
NOTE
Texts in blue show the configuration difference between IPv6 and IPv4.
19.6.4 Configuration Example Introduce the end-to-end service configuration based on the FTTH (Gateway ONT) networking and the corresponding data plan.
Key Messages for Configuration In this example, two ONTs are connected to the same PON port of the OLT. Triple play services are required l
Even after IPv6 is used, the voice service is still realized by IPv4.
l
Even after IPv6 is used, the OLT implement Layer 2 forwarding for HSI service in this networking, irrespective of whether the access service is IPv4 or IPv6. Service configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same. For the HSI service from one end user, one service flow is used to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services, and the same service VLAN is used. The gateway ONT requires specific configuration to enable the IPv4/IPv6 dual stack or the DS-Lite for the HSI service.
l
For multicast service, the OLT is the node to make multicast duplication. The configuration procedure is the same for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 multicase. The IPv4 multicast service and IPv6 multicast service can be configured in the same multicast VLAN on the OLT equipment.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1728
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Data plan on the OLT side Web or the NMS is recommended to configure the gateway ONT layer 3 HSI service. CLI through the OLT is recommended to configure the gateway ONT voice service. The WAN interface for multicast service on the ONT is configured by iTMS. Item
Data
Memo
Profile name: ftth_dba
The ONTs are connected to the OLT through the GPON port.
ONT data plan DBA profile
Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management services: 11 GEM port ID for voice services: 12 GEM port ID for video services: 13 GEM port ID for Internet access services: 14
ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth ONT port capability set: adaptive
Network topology data
PON port: 0/1/0 ONT IDs: 1 and 2
LAG data plan LAG
Ports: 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 Working mode: LACP static aggregation
Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address.
Queue scheduling data plan Queue scheduling
Queue scheduling: strict priority (SQ) mode
System default is adopted in this example.
Priority mapping: mapped into different queues based on priorities
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1729
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
19 IPv6 Configuration
Data
Memo
Anti-DOS attack: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Security data plan System security
Anti-ICMP attack: disabled Anti-IP attack: disabled User security
Anti-MAC duplicate: disabled
System default is adopted in this example.
Anti-IP sproofing: disabled PPPoE Service security
RAIO Type: PITP P
IPv4oE Service security
RAIO Type: DHCP Option 82
PITP is recommended for PPPoE.
RAIO Mode: common DHCPv4 option and DHCPv6 option are recommended for IPoE.
RAIO Mode: common IPv6oE Service security
RAIO Type: DHCPv6 Option RAIO Mode: common
HSI service data plan ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth
For details, see 19.6.2 Data Plan.
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 14 ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth ONT port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
Profile name: ftth_hsi CIR: 4Mbit/s Priority: 0
Network topology data
Upstream port: 0/19/0 PON port: 0/1/0 ONT IDs: 1 and 2 ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC: 1
Voice service data plan ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth
For details, see 19.6.2 Data Plan.
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 12
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1730
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth
19 IPv6 Configuration
Memo
ONT port capability set: adaptive Traffic profile
Profile name: ftth_voip CIR: not limited Priority: 5
Networking data
IP address of the MGC server: 200.200.200.200/24 Port ID of the MGC server: 2944
Bridge WAN multicast service data plan ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth
For details, see 19.6.2 Data Plan.
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13 ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth ONT port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
VLAN Plan
SVLAN ID: 1000 VLAN type: smart VLAN attribute: common
VLAN Translation Policy
ONT: duplicates packets based on user ports and multicast VLANs (MVLANs) are stripped off downstream. OLT: duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1731
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
Item
Data
Multicast service data
Multicast protocol: IGMP proxy
19 IPv6 Configuration
Memo
Multicast version: IGMPv2 Multicast program: dynamic obtaining mode Program address area: ff15::-ff15::ffff VOD service data plan ONT line profile
Profile name: ftth
For details, see 19.6.2 Data Plan.
T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID: 13 ONT service profile
Profile name: ftth ONT port capability set: adaptive
Traffic profile
ID: 8 802.1p priority: 4 CIR: off (unlimited) Priority-based scheduling policy: local-setting
VLAN Plan
Single VLAN tag l SVLAN ID: 1100 l VLAN type: smart l VLAN attribute: common l CVLAN: 2001
VLAN Translation Policy
The ONT adds CVALN tags (configured on the iTMS) to packets: untagC. The OLT implements VLAN translation: CS.
Procedure Step 1 Configure LAG for upstream ports. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1732
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Step 2 Configure GPON ONT profiles. 1.
Configure a DBA profile. Create the same DBA profile for different types of services. Set the profile name to ftth_dba, profile type to type3, assured bandwidth to 8 Mbit/s, and maximum bandwidth to 20 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name ftth_dba type3 assure 8192 max 20480
2.
Configure an ONT line profile. Create a GPON ONT line profile, named ftth, and bind it to the DBA profile ftth_dba. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name ftth_dba huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem add 11 eth tcont 4 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem add 12 eth tcont 4 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem add 13 eth tcont 4 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem add 14 eth tcont 4 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
3.
Configure an ONT service profile. Create a GPON ONT service profile, named ftth. Configure the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port to adaptive. Then the system automatically adapts to the ONT according to the actual capability of the online ONT. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#ont-port eth adaptive pots adaptive huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
4.
(Optional) Add an alarm profile. In this example, the default alarm profile is used, and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required.
Step 3 Add ONTs. Connect two ONTs to GPON port 0/1/0. Set the ONT IDs to 1 and 2, SNs to 32303131D659FD40 and 6877687714852901, passwords to 0100000001 and 0100000002, discovery mode for password authentication to once-on, and management mode to OMCI. Bind the two ONTs to ONT line profile ftth and ONT service profile ftth. There are two methods of adding an ONT: add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONT. l Add ONTs offline. If the password of an ONT is known, run the ont add command to add an ONT offline. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 1 password-auth 0100000001 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont add 0 2 password-auth 0100000002 once-on no-aging omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
l Confirm automatically discovered ONTs If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown, run the port portid ont-auto-find command in GPON mode to enable the ONT auto-discovery function of the GPON port. Then, run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#port 0 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont autofind 0
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1733
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
//After this command is executed, the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131D659FD40 omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 ontid 2 sn-auth 6877687714852901 omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth NOTE
If multiple ONTs of the same type bound to the same line profile or service profile are connected to the same port, you can bulk add ONTs by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONTs to make configuration easier and more efficient. To do so, the preceding command can be modified as follows: huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont confirm 0 all sn-auth omci ont-lineprofile-name ftth ont-srvprofile-name ftth
l (Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONT. The default profile 1 is used in this example. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 1 profile-id 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont alarm-profile 0 2 profile-id 1
Step 4 Check ONT status. After an ONT is added, run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT. Ensure that Config flag of the ONT is active, Run State is online, Config state is normal, and Match state is match. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display ont info 0 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //Indicates that the ONT is activated. Run state : online //Indicates that the ONT goes online successfully. Config state : normal //Indicates that the configuration state of the ONT is normal. Match state : match //Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT. ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
When Config state is failed, Run state is offline, or Match state is mismatch: l If Control flag is deactive, run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. l If Run state is offline, a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged. Check the line and the optical module. l If Config state is failed, the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. In this case, run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause. Then, rectify the fault accordingly. l If the ONU does not match, that is, Match state is mismatch, the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. In this case, run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU, and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU, and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. Then, the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1734
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Step 5 Configure the traffic profile for the HSI service. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy local-setting
Step 6 Configure the VLAN translation policy and the service port for the HSI service. Table 19-13 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Double VLAN tags
ONT: The iTMS factory default setting (untag) is used.
l SVLAN ID: 100 l SVLAN type: smart l SVLAN attribute: stacking
OLT: performs VLAN translation: UntagS+C. The OLT adds different CVLANs to packets from different ONTs.
l CVLAN ID: 1001-1002 Scenario 2
Double VLAN tags l SVLAN ID: 100 l SVLAN type: smart l SVLAN attribute: stacking
ONT: The iTMS configures CVLANs in a unified manner. OLT: performs VLAN translation: CS+C'. The OLT translates CVLANs from different ONTs to different C'VLANs.
l C'VLAN ID: 1010-1011 l CVLAN ID: 1001
l Scenario 1: Configure the ONT packet processing mode. In the ONT service profile, set the packet transmission mode to TAG transparent transmission for Ethernet port 1. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 1 transparent huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set SVLAN ID to 100 and GEM port ID to 14. Use traffic profile ftth_hsi. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 14 multi-service user-vlan untagged tag-transform add-double inner-vlan 1001 inbound traffictable name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 14 multi-service user-vlan untagged tag-transform add-double inner-vlan 1002 inbound traffictable name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1735
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
l Scenario 2: Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 1001 is mapped to GEM port 14 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 14 0 vlan 1001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 100, GEM port ID to 14, and user VLAN to 1001, and use traffic profile ftth_hsi. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 14 multi-service user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1010 inbound traffictable name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 14 multi-service user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 1011 inbound traffictable name ftth_hsi outbound traffic-table name ftth_hsi
Step 7 Configure the traffic profile for the voice service. huawei(config)#traffic table ip name ftth_voip cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-setting
Step 8 Configure the VLAN translation policy and service port for the voice service. Table 19-14 Scenario plan Scenario
VLAN Plan
VLAN Translation Policy
Scenario 1
Single VLAN tag
ONT: The iTMS issues the VLAN of the WAN port or factory default setting is used.
l SVLAN ID: 300 l SVLAN type: smart l SVLAN attribute: common l CVLAN ID: 300 Scenario 2
Single VLAN tag l SVLAN ID: 300 l SVLAN type: smart l SVLAN attribute: common l CVLAN ID: 3001
OLT: transparently transmits VLAN (CVLAN is the same as the planned SVLAN). ONT: The iTMS issues the VLAN of the WAN port or factory default setting is used. OLT: performs VLAN translation: CS (CVLAN is different from the planned SVLAN).
Scenario 1: Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1736
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 300, and use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 user-vlan 300 inbound traffic-table ftth_voip
gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service name ftth_voip outbound traffic-table name
Scenario 2: Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 12 2 vlan 3001 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 300. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 300 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 300, GEM port ID to 12, and user VLAN to 3001. Use traffic profile ftth_voip. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftth_voip huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi-service user-vlan 3001 tag-transform translate inbound traffic-table name ftth_voip outboun d traffic-table name ftth_voip
Step 9 Configure ONT voice service profiles. ONT voice service profiles include the interface common profile, MGC interface profile, and POTS port profile. l Interface common profile: saves common attributes of an ONT voice interface, including the fax mode, fax/modem negotiation mode, and priority of the coding and decoding mode. l MGC interface profile: saves the IP address or domain name of the MGC, protocol port ID of the MGC transport layer to which the MG interface belongs, and DSCP priority of media packets. l POTS port profile: saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONT, including the impedance, transmitting gain, receiving gain, and signaling type of the POTS port. 1.
Configure an interface common profile. Run the display ont-mg-attribute-profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the system. If the existing interface common profile in the system does
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1737
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
not meet the requirements, run the ont-mg-attribute-profile add command to add an interface common profile. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used. 2.
Configure an MGC interface profile. Run the display ont-mgc-profile command to query the existing MGC interface profile in the system. If the existing MGC interface profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-mgc-profile add command to add an MGC interface profile. Create MGC interface profile 2, set the IP address of the MGC to 200.200.200.200, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#ont-mgc-profile add profile-id 2 primary-mgc 200.200.200.200
3.
Configure a POTS port profile. Run the display ont-pots-profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in the system. If the existing POTS port profile in the system does not meet the requirements, run the ont-pots-profile add command to add a POTS port profile. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 10 Configure the IP addresses of ONT H.248 users. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, configure the IP address obtaining mode to the dhcp mode, set the management VLAN to VLAN 20, and use default values for other parameters. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20
Step 11 Configure H.248 PSTN users. 1.
Add an H.248 interface and apply an MGC interface profile to the interface. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, set the MG ID to 1, apply MGC interface profile 2 to ONT 1 and ONT 2, and use default values for other parameters. If parameters of an MGC interface profile are changed, the MGC interface profile must be reapplied to the ONT so that the changed parameters can take effect. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 1 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#if-h248 add 0 2 1 mgc-profile profile-id 2
2.
Add PSTN users. For ONT 1 and ONT 2, create a PSTN user, set the MG ID to 1 (identical to the MG ID of the H.248 interface), and set the physical terminal port ID to A0 and A1. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 terminalid A0 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#mgpstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 terminalid A1
Run the display mgpstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the PSTN user is properly set. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 1 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 1 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A0 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/1)#display mgpstnuser attribute 0 2 1
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1738
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/1/0 ONT ID : 2 Port ID : 1 MG ID : 1 Terminal ID : A1 ...//The rest of the response information is omitted.
Step 12 Apply ONT voice service profiles After ONT voice service profiles are applied, if parameters in those profiles are changed, those profiles must be reapplied so that the changed parameters can take effect. 1.
Apply an interface common profile. Run the if-h248 attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-if-h248 batapply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default interface common profile, namely interface common profile 1 is used.
2.
Apply a POTS port profile. Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an H.248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters, or run the ont-pstnport electric batapply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to H.248 interfaces. If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly, the last configurations take effect. In this example, the default POTS port profile, namely POTS port profile 1 is used.
Step 13 (Optional) Configure the H.248 user codec. Run the mgpstnuser codec command to configure the H.248 user codec. The H.248 user codec will not be configured independently in this example. Step 14 Configure the traffic profile for the IPTV service. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting
Step 15 Configure the VLAN translation policy and service port for the multicast service. 1.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#mapping mode port huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 1 eth 2 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
2.
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 1000 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#multicast-forward untag
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1739
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
3.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1000. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0
4.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1000, GEM port ID to 13, and user VLAN to 1000, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 1000 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8
Step 16 Create an MVLAN and configure the IGMP version. Set the IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMP IPv6 v2. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 version v2 This operation will delete all IPv6 programs with source IP addresses in the current multicast VLAN Are you sure to change current IGMP IPv6 version? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
Step 17 Configure a program library. Set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic. NOTE
You can set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic only when the IGMP mode is off. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 mode off Are you sure to close IGMP IPv6? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 match mode disable Command has been executed successfully
(Optional) Set the address range for the dynamic programs. If you need to limit the address range of dynamic programs, perform this operation. For example, set the address range of dynamic programs to ff15::-ff15::ffff. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 match group ipv6 ff15:: to-ipv6 ff15::ffff
Step 18 Set the IGMP IPv6 mode. Select the IGMP IPv6 proxy mode. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp ipv6 mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP IPv6 mode? (y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Please wait... Command has been executed successfully
Step 19 Configure the IGMP upstream port. Set the IGMP upstream port ID to 0/19/0 and working mode to default. Protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1740
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y
Step 20 Configure multicast users. Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users. huawei(config-btv)#igmp policy service-port 1 normal huawei(config-btv)#igmp policy service-port 2 normal huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 1 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 2 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 1 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 2 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit
Step 21 Configure the VLAN translation policy and service port for the VoD service. 1.
Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN. The service flow of user VLAN 1100 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#gem mapping 13 4 vlan 1100 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-1)#quit
2.
Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT. If the ONT is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2, add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#ont-srvprofile gpon profile-name ftth huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#port vlan eth 2 1100 huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#commit huawei(config-gpon-srvprofile-1)#quit
3.
Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 1100. huawei(config)#vlan 1100 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1100 0/19 0
4.
Create service flows. Set the service VLAN to 1100, GEM port ID to 13, and VLAN translation mode to transparent transmission, and use traffic profile 8. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 1 gemport 13 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 tag-transform transparent huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 1100 gpon 0/1/0 ont 2 gemport 13 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 tag-transform transparent
Step 22 (Optional) Configure the PITP function for PPPoE. huawei(config)#raio-mode common pitp-pmode huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode
Step 23 (Optional) Configure the DHCP option function for IPoE. huawei(config)#raio-mode common dhcp-option82 huawei(config)#dhcp option82 enable huawei(config)#raio-mode common dhcpv6-option huawei(config)#dhcpv6 option enable
//For DHCPv4 packets //For DHCPv4 packets //For DHCPv6 packets //For DHCPv6 packets
Step 24 Save the configuration on the OLT side. huawei(config)#save
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1741
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
Step 25 Log in to the Web configuration window. 1.
Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment with the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT (default: 192.168.100.1).
2.
Open the Web browser, and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONT. In the login window, enter the user name (default: telecomadmin) and password (default: admintelecom) of the administrator. After the password is authenticated, the Web configuration window is displayed. NOTE
The following steps are configured on the ONT through the web page.
Step 26 Configure the working mode for the LAN port. 1.
Choose LAN > LAN Port Work Mode from the navigation tree. Select the check box next to LAN1 to set port LAN1 to work in Layer 3 mode. Figure 19-8 shows the parameter settings. Figure 19-8 Parameter settings on the Web page for the LAN port
2.
Click Apply to make the configuration take effect.
Step 27 Configure parameters for a WAN interface. 1.
Choose WAN > WAN Configuration from the navigation tree.
2.
In the right pane, click New. In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters as follows: l Select Enable WAN Connection to enable the new WAN connection. l Set Encapsulation Mode to PPPOE or IPOE according to the IPv6 HSI solution. l Set Protocol Type to IPv4/IPv6 (dual stack) or IPv6 (DS-Lite). l Set Mode to Route WAN. l Set Service List to INTERNET. l Select Enable VLAN. l Set VLAN ID to 1001. l Set 802.1p to 0. l Set User Name to iadtest@pppoe and Password to iadtest. l Select the check box next to LAN1 in the Binding options area, indicating that the WAN port is bound to LAN1. IPv4 Information
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1742
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
19 IPv6 Configuration
l Set IP Acquisition Mode to PPPoE when PPPoE is adopted for HSI. Set IP Acquisition Mode to Static or DHCP according to the data plan. l Select Enable NAT to enable the NAT function. IPv6 Information l DHCP-PD is recommended for Prefix Acquisition Mode. l DHCP is recommended for IP Acquisition Mode. l In case of DS-Lite solution and the Protocol Type in the Basic Information field is set to IPv6, set the DSLite Work Mode to Auto. Figure 19-9 shows the parameter settings. Figure 19-9 Parameter settings on the Web page for the WAN port
3.
Click Apply to make the configuration take effect.
----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1743
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
About This Chapter This chapter describes how to configure the common service. There is no obvious logical relation between configurations. You can perform configurations according to actual requirements. 20.1 Manually Disconnecting Login Operators This topic describes how to disconnect one or multiple online users who have logged in to the device. 20.2 Querying the MAC Addresses of the Online Users and the Ports That Provide the Access for the Users 20.3 Changeing the Management IP Address and VLAN of a device 20.4 Changing the Port Rate of the xDSL User This topic describes how to change the port rate of the xDSL user on the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T. 20.5 Changing the Rate of the User Port in a xPON System 20.6 Re-binding the ONT Line Profile This topic describes how to re-bind the ONT line profile on the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T in the GPON profile mode. 20.7 Calculating the Remaining Bandwidth of a PON Port 20.8 Changing IP Address of Voice service VLAN Interface The configured IP address is placed into the IP address pool and functions as the signaling IP address of the MG or the media IP address, which is used to communicate with the MGC. The IP address of the voice VLAN L3 interface cannot be changed but it can be added again after being deleted. 20.9 Loading the Version of the Standby Control Board This topic describes how to load the version of the standby control board of the MA5600T if the active control board functions properly. 20.10 Realizing the Communication Between Users on the Same Board Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1744
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
This topic describes how to realize the communication between users on the same board, including users in the same VLAN and in different VLANs 20.11 Restricting User Login using ACL This topic describes how to filter user IP addresses using access control list (ACL) to restrict user logins. 20.12 Configuring ACL and Time Segment to Restrict Users'Access to the Internet This topic describes how to configure ACL rules on a specified port so that users can access the Internet in a specified time segment. 20.13 Confirming an Upgraded Board 20.14 Changing Upstream Board for Expanding the Bandwidth of the Upstream Port
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1745
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
20.1 Manually Disconnecting Login Operators This topic describes how to disconnect one or multiple online users who have logged in to the device.
Context Only the super user and the administrator can forcedly disconnect the users at lower levels.
Procedure Step 1 Choose Administration > NE Security Management > LCT User Management. Step 2 On the NE User tab page that is displayed, select a required device type from the Device Type drop-down list. Step 3 Click Filter and enter proper parameters to display the required NE users. Step 4 Select the record of the NE user to be forcedly deleted from the NE user list on the Online Users tab page, right-click and choose Kick off.
----End
Result After a user is forcedly disconnected, the user cannot perform any operation on the system.
Related Command
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
To...
Run Command...
Remarks
Query the information about the current login user
display client
You can query the information about only the login users whose levels are equal to or lower than yours.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1746
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
To...
Run Command...
Remarks
Disconnect a login user forcedly
client kickoff clientid
First run the display client command to query clientid, and then specify the user to be disconnected by clientid.
20.2 Querying the MAC Addresses of the Online Users and the Ports That Provide the Access for the Users Procedure Step 1 Run the display mac-address all command to query the MAC addresses of all the online users. Step 2 Run the display location command to query the ports of the online users according to the specified MAC addresses. ----End
20.3 Changeing the Management IP Address and VLAN of a device Procedure Step 1 Log in to the gateway where the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T is located, and then run the telnet command to log in to the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T through the gateway. Step 2 Run the display packet-filter or display firewall packet-filter statistics command to query the ACL configuration. Make sure that the new IP address can access the device. Step 3 Run the vlan command to create a management VLAN, run the port vlan(upport) command to add an upstream port to the VLAN, and then run the interface vlanif command to enable the Layer 3 interface of the VLAN. Then, run the ip address command to configure the management IP address, and run the ip route-static command to add a route. Step 4 Log out of the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T. Run the ip address command to change the IP address of the gateway interface to be in the same subnet as the new management IP address. Then, use the new management IP address to log in to the device. Run the undo interface vlanif command to delete the Layer 3 interface of the original management VLAN, run the undo port vlan command to delete the upstream port of the original management VLAN, and then run the undo vlan command to delete the original management VLAN. Run the undo ip routestatic command to delete the original route. Step 5 Run the save command to save the data, and then exit. ----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1747
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
20.4 Changing the Port Rate of the xDSL User This topic describes how to change the port rate of the xDSL user on the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T.
Context After using the device, the user may change the default user name and password, users may forget their password.
Procedure l
l
l
Changing the port rate of the ADSL user. 1.
Run the interface adsl command to enter the ADSL mode.
2.
Run the deactivate command to deactivate the port.
3.
Run the activate command to activate the port and bind a new line profile to the port.
Changing the port rate of the VDSL user. 1.
Run the interface vdsl command to enter the VDSL mode.
2.
Run the deactivate (in the common mode) or deactivate (in the TI mode) command to deactivate the port.
3.
Run the activate (in the common mode) or activate (in the TI mode) command to activate the port and bind a new line profile to the port.
Changing the port rate of the SHDSL user. 1.
Run the interface shl command to enter the SHDSL mode.
2.
Run the deactivate command to deactivate the port.
3.
Run the activate command to activate the port and bind a new line profile to the port.
----End
20.5 Changing the Rate of the User Port in a xPON System Context In a PON system, when the rate of the user port fails to meet the requirement, the possible causes are as follows: l
The rate of the ONT port does not meet the requirement.
l
The user bandwidth configured in the DBA profile is improper.
l
When the rate of the ONT port does not meet the requirement, run the ont port attribute command to change the rate of the ONT port.
l
When the user bandwidth configured in the DBA profile is improper, do as follows:
Procedure
1. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Run the undo tcont command to unbind the T-CONT from the DBA profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1748
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
2.
Run the dba-profile modify command to change the user bandwidth configured in the DBA profile.
3.
Run the tcont command to bind the T-CONT to the DBA profile.
----End
20.6 Re-binding the ONT Line Profile This topic describes how to re-bind the ONT line profile on the MA5600T/MA5603T/ MA5608T in the GPON profile mode.
Context Bind DBA profiles to T-CONTs in ONT line profile mode or GPON mode. Run the display ont info portid ontid command to query the ONT status. Bind T-CONTs with asterisk (*) to DBA profiles in GPON mode.
Procedure l
Bind the DBA profile to the T-CONT by running the tcont command in the ONT line profile mode. 1.
Run the interface gpon command to enter the GPON mode.
2.
Run the ont modify portid ontid ont-lineprofile-id profile-id command to bind a new line profile to the ONT. NOTE
If the T-CONT in the original line profile is bound to the GEM port and a traffic stream is configured on the GEM port, the T-CONT in the new profile must be bound to the DBA profile. Otherwise, the configuration fails.
l
Bind the DBA profile to the T-CONT by running the tcont bind-profile command in the GPON mode. 1.
Run the interface gpon command to enter the GPON mode.
2.
Run the ont modify portid ontid ont-lineprofile-id profile-id command to bind a new line profile to the ONT. NOTE
If the T-CONT in the original line profile is bound to the GEM port and a traffic stream is configured on the GEM port, the T-CONT in the new profile must be bound to the GEM port. Otherwise, the configuration fails.
----End
20.7 Calculating the Remaining Bandwidth of a PON Port Context l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
The remaining bandwidth of a PON port on the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T cannot be calculated. When the downstream packets exceed 2.5 G, excessive packets will be Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1749
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
discarded. To limit the downstream bandwidth of a specified service, refer to Configuring GPON Rate Limitation. l
You can run a command to query the remaining upstream bandwidth of a PON port on the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T or manually calculate the remaining upstream bandwidth of a PON port on the MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T.
l
Each ONT has a default T-CONT 0 that is bound to DBA profile 1 by default for transmitting ONT management messages. This T-CONT can be modified but cannot be deleted.
l
8000 frames are sent per second (namely, one frame per 125 µs) in the PON network. If one byte (8 bits) is assigned to an ONT per each frame, the rate is 64 kbit/s (8 bits/125 µs). Therefore, 1 byte can represent 64 kbit/s in the PON network.
l
Run a command to query the remaining upstream bandwidth of a PON port:
Procedure Run the display port info(gpon) command to query the remaining committed bandwidth of a port. The remaining bandwidth is 1164032 kbps. NOTE
When you run the display port state(gpon) command to query the port status, the Available bandwidth parameter in the output result indicates the available bandwidth of the port, that is, the actually available bandwidth. This value is a dynamic value. In an actual network, although multiple ONTs may be configured for an xPON port, yet some ONTs may not fully occupy their fixed bandwidth. The bandwidth that is not occupied is the remaining bandwidth.
l
Manually calculate the remaining upstream bandwidth of a PON port: 1.
Run the display ont info(gpon) command to query the related information about the ONT of a port.
2.
Run the display DBA-profile command to query the DBA profile.
3.
The remaining upstream bandwidth of the PON port is the difference between the total upstream bandwidth and the occupied bandwidth. – Maximum upstream bandwidth of the PON port: 1244160 kbit/s = 19440 bytes. . – Occupied bandwidth: – Bandwidth reserved for emergency PLOAM messages of the OLT: (52 x 64) kbit/s = 52 bytes – PLOu bandwidth reserved for each ONT: 32 bytes. – The fixed bandwidth of the DBA profiles that bound ONT service T-CONTs.
----End
20.8 Changing IP Address of Voice service VLAN Interface The configured IP address is placed into the IP address pool and functions as the signaling IP address of the MG or the media IP address, which is used to communicate with the MGC. The IP address of the voice VLAN L3 interface cannot be changed but it can be added again after being deleted.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1750
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
Context An IP interface can be added only after the L3 interface of the VLAN is configured.
Procedure Step 1 In the Main Topology, double-click the required MA5603UMA5680TMA5600V3MA5600T or MA5603TMA5606TUA5000(IPMB)UA5000(PVMV1)ONU in the Physical Root navigation tree; or right-click the required MA5603UMA5680TMA5600V3MA5600T or MA5603TMA5606TUA5000(IPMB)UA5000(PVMV1)ONU and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Step 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. Step 3 On the VLAN tab page, set the filter criteria or click
to display the VLANs.
Step 4 Select a VLAN from the VLAN list, and then click the IP Interface tab in the lower pane. Step 5 On the IP Interface tab page, right-click, and then choose Add from the shortcut menu. Step 6 In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters of the IP interface.
Step 7 Click OK. ----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1751
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
Related Command To...
Run Command...
Remarks
Change IP address of voice VLAN L3 interface
l If the original IP address of the VLAN L3 interface is not added in the media or signaling IP address pool, in the VLAN interface mode, run the undo ip address command to delete the original IP address and then run the ip address command to configure a new IP address.
User rights: operator or higher
l If the original IP address of the VLAN L3 interface is added in the media or signaling IP address pool, in the VoIP mode, run the undo ip address command to delete the IP address from the IP address pool. Then, enter the VLAN interface mode, run the undo ip address command to delete the original IP address, and run the ip address command to configure a new IP address.
20.9 Loading the Version of the Standby Control Board This topic describes how to load the version of the standby control board of the MA5600T if the active control board functions properly.
Context If one of the control boards of the MA5600T is faulty, the faulty control board needs to be replaced.
Procedure l
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
For H801SCUN or H801SCUH, there is no need to check the versions of control boards on the live network or the version of the substitute control board. This is because the
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1752
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
H801SCUN supports duplicating of all information to the standby control board. No manual operation is required. l
For H801SCUB, H801SCUF, or H801SCUL, – When the version of the original control board is earlier than V800R008C01, automatic information duplication to the standby control board is supported if the version of the substitute control board is V800R006C02 or later. No manual operation is required. – When the version of the original control board is V800R008C01 or later, automatic information duplication to the standby control board is supported if the version of the substitute control board is V800R008C01 or later. No manual operation is required. – When the version of the original control board is V800R008C01 or later, a patch is required for the substitute control board to support automatic information duplication to the standby control board if the version of the substitute control board is earlier than V800R008C01. Related patches are as follows: – V800R006C02: SPC124 or a later patch – V800R007C00: SPC307 or a later patch – V800R007C01: SPC307 or a later patch – When the version of the substitute control board is earlier than V800R006C02. automatic information duplication to the standby control board is not supported. Therefore, manually upgrade the substitute control board to the version of the control board on the live network for information synchronization.
----End
20.10 Realizing the Communication Between Users on the Same Board This topic describes how to realize the communication between users on the same board, including users in the same VLAN and in different VLANs
Context When users are in different VLANs, user ports are isolated at Layer 2. Therefore, even if users are on the same board, they cannot directly communicate with each other at Layer 2. To realize the communication between users on the same board, users must belong to the same super VLAN, and therefore different sub VLANs can communicate with each other through the ARP proxy. That is, through the Layer 3 interface of the super VLAN, the services of different sub VLANs can be forwarded at L3, and then users in the same super VLAN can communicate with each other.
Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN 20,VLAN 30. huawei(config)#vlan 20 smart huawei(config)#vlan 30 smart
Step 2 Create super VLAN 40. huawei(config)#vlan 40 super
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1753
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
Step 3 Add a sub VLAN 20 to super VLAN 40. huawei(config)#supervlan 40 subvlan 20
Step 4 Add a sub VLAN 30 to super VLAN 40. huawei(config)#supervlan 40 subvlan 30
Step 5 Enable the ARP proxy globally. huawei(config)#arp proxy enable
Step 6 Enable the ARP proxy on VLAN Layer 3 interface 40. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 40 huawei(config-if-Vlanif40)#arp proxy enable
Step 7 Configure the IP address of VLAN Layer 3 interface 40. huawei(config-if-Vlanif40)#ip address 10.1.1.254 24
When only users in different VLANs need to communicate with each other, steps 8 is not required. Step 8 Enable the ARP proxy on VLAN20,VLAN30. huawei(config-if-vlanif40)#arp proxy enable subvlan 20 huawei(config-if-vlanif40)#arp proxy enable subvlan 30
----End
20.11 Restricting User Login using ACL This topic describes how to filter user IP addresses using access control list (ACL) to restrict user logins.
Prerequisites The IP address of the user to be restricted is obtained.
Procedure Step 1 Run the acl basic-acl-number command to create an ACL and enter the ACL mode. If the specified ACL ID does not exist, create a new ACL. Then, the system enters the corresponding ACL configuration mode. If the specified ACL sequence number exists, the system directly enters the corresponding ACL configuration mode. Step 2 Run the rule [ rule-id ] deny source { sour-addr { sour-wildcard | 0 } | any } command to create an ACL rule. This ACL rule forbids the data packets with the specified IP address or IP address segment to pass. Step 3 Run the firewall packet-filter command to apply the ACL rule to the Ethernet port or the VLAN interface so that unauthorized users cannot access the device through the inband or outband channel. ----End Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1754
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
Example To create basic ACL 2010, create ACL rule 5, forbid the user with IP address 10.71.43.70 to log in, and apply the ACL rule to the Ethernet port, do as follows: huawei(config)#acl 2010 huawei(config-acl-basic-2010)#rule 5 deny source 10.71.43.70 0 huawei(config-acl-basic-2010)#quit huawei(config)#firewall enable huawei(config)#interface meth 0 huawei(config-if-meth0)#firewall packet-filter 2010 inbound ACL applied successfully
20.12 Configuring ACL and Time Segment to Restrict Users'Access to the Internet This topic describes how to configure ACL rules on a specified port so that users can access the Internet in a specified time segment.
Procedure Step 1 Add a time segment. 1.
In the Main Topology, double-click the required NE in the Physical Root navigation tree; or right-click the required NE and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.
2.
Choose QoS > QoS&ACL from the navigation tree.
3.
Click the Time Segment Management tab, right-click the list, and then choose add.
4.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set the name of the time segment.
5.
Click OK.
6.
Select the added time segment, click the One-off Time tab or the Periodic Time tab in the lower pane, right-click, and then choose Add.
7.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters. l In the Add One-off Time dialog box, set Start Time and End Time of the time segment. l In the Add Periodic Time dialog box, set the period, Start Time and End Time of the time segment.
8.
Click OK.
Step 2 Add an ACL group (considering a standard ACL group as an example). 1.
Click the ACL Management tab, right-click the list, and then choose Add.
2.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set Type, Step, and ACL group index of the ACL group.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1755
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
3.
Click OK.
4.
Select the added ACL, and then click the Standard Sub Item tab in the lower pane. Rightclick and choose Add from the shortcut menu.
5.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set Sub Item Index, Action, Source IP Address, Source IP Address Wildcard, Matching Fragmented Packets, and Time Segment Name.
6.
Click OK.
Step 3 Add QoS rules (considering adding rules in batches as an example). 1.
Click the Time Segment Management tab, right-click the list, and then choose Batch Add > Packet Filter.
2.
In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters. There are three steps for adding packets filtering, that is, selecting a port, selecting ACL rules, and filling in the packets filtering parameters. The specific operations are as follows: l Select a port to be bound, and then click Next. l Select ACL rules referenced by the port, and then click Next. l Select the packets filtering parameter, that is, the direction for packets filtering.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1756
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
3.
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
Click OK.
----End
Related Command To...
Run Command...
Remarks
Add a time segment
time-range
The ACL time segment can be relative time or absolute time. l The relative time refers to the periodic time, for example, from 8:30 to 18:30 on each Monday. l Absolute time refers to a time range from a specific time to another specific time, for example, from 2006-06-08 12:00 to 2006-08-08 18:00. Guideline for the validity of a time segment: l When a time segment includes only absolute time or relative time, the union set of all intervals in the time segment takes effect. l When a time segment includes both absolute time and relative time, the intersection set of the union sets of both relative time and absolute time takes effect.
Add a basic ACL group
acl basic-acl-number
The range of basic ACL IDs are 2000-3999. Basic ACL rules are used when ACL rules need to be created according to the L3 source IP address.
Add basic ACL rules
rule [ rule-id ] [priority priorityvalue ] { permit | deny } [ [ source { sour-addr { sourwildcard | 0 } | any } ] | [ timerange time-range-name ] | [ fragment ] ] *
The parameters are as follows: l rule-id: Indicates the ID of an ACL rule. To create an ACL rule with a specified ID, use this parameter. l permit: Indicates the keyword for allowing the data packets that meet the related conditions to pass. l deny: Indicates the keyword for discarding the data packets that meet the related conditions. l time-range: Indicates the keyword of the time segment during which the ACL rule is effective.
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1757
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
To...
Run Command...
Remarks
Activate an ACL
packet-filter { inbound | outbound } { user-group access-list-number1 [ rule ruleid ] | { ip-group access-listnumber2 [ rule rule-id ] | linkgroup access-list-number3 [ rule rule-id ] } * } port frameid/ slotid/portid
After an ACL rule is configured on a service port by running the packet-filter command, the ACL rule takes effect to all other service ports on the same service board. In the case of an upstream port, the ACL rule takes effect to only the upstream port itself.
20.13 Confirming an Upgraded Board Context After a board (newly added) is upgraded on a device, the board is not displayed in the software. Or, the board status is displayed as Auto_find. In such cases, data cannot be configured on the newly added board.
Procedure Step 1 Added offline. After you run the board add command to add a board to a vacant slot, the system generates a board fault alarm. After that, insert the board into the corresponding slot. If the type of the inserted board is the same as the type of the board added offline, the system generates a board recovery alarm (alarm ID 0x02310000). If the board types do not match, the system generates a non-match alarm (alarm ID 0x02300082). NOTE
l To add a board successfully, make sure that the shelf ID and slot ID of the board added through the command line interface (CLI) are the same as the actual shelf ID and slot ID of the board inserted manually. l To add a board successfully, make sure that the type of the board added through the CLI is the same as the actual board type.
Step 2 Auto-found. Insert the board into a vacant slot. When the system prompts that the board is automatically found, you need to run the board confirm command to confirm the board. ----End
20.14 Changing Upstream Board for Expanding the Bandwidth of the Upstream Port Context When the upstream bandwidth of the device is insufficient, how to expand the bandwidth by changing the port type? Assume that the 2GE GICF upstream board is used in the telecommunications room, and the upstream bandwidth is to be expanded to 4GE or higher. Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1758
SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide
20 Appendix: Common Configuration Operations
Procedure Step 1 Confirm the supported boards: According to the board matching relation description in the Release Notes, it can be confirmed that the GICD board supports upstream transmission through the 4GE optical port, and the X1CA/X2CA board supports upstream transmission through the 10GE optical port. NOTE
Assume that the GICD board is selected.
Step 2 Confirm the installation position of the board: According to the Hardware Description, you can confirm the installation position of the GICD board. Step 3 Confirm the cable required: According to the external ports of each board as described in board in the Hardware Description, optical fibers are required for connecting the board to the ODF. Step 4 Install the selected board and optical fibers to expand the upstream bandwidth. ----End
Issue 02 (2013-07-25)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1759
